BOSTON BIOMEDICA INC
S-1, 1996-08-23
Previous: ATLAS ASSETS INC, NSAR-A, 1996-08-23
Next: PS MARINA INVESTORS I, PRE 14A, 1996-08-23



AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 23, 1996
                                                  REGISTRATION NO. 333-

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                          WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                 FORM S-1
          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                          Boston Biomedica, Inc.
          (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

          MASSACHUSETTS
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF
 INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
                                      2835
                          (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL
                          CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)
                                                                   04-2652826
                                                                    (I.R.S.
                                                                    EMPLOYER
                                                                 IDENTIFICATION
                                                                    NUMBER)

                               -------------

   375 WEST STREET, WEST BRIDGEWATER, MASSACHUSETTS 02379 (508) 580-1900
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
               OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

                               -------------

                          RICHARD T. SCHUMACHER,
                   PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                          BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.
                              375 WEST STREET
                   WEST BRIDGEWATER, MASSACHUSETTS 02379
                              (508) 580-1900
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA
                        CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                               -------------

                                   COPIES TO:
        STEVEN R. LONDON, ESQ.                            PAUL JACOBS, ESQ.
    BROWN, RUDNICK, FREED & GESMER                   FULBRIGHT & JAWORSKI L.L.P.
        ONE FINANCIAL CENTER                              666 FIFTH AVENUE
     BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02111                       NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10103
        TEL: (617) 856-8200                              TEL: (212) 318-3000
         FAX: (617) 856-8201                             FAX: (212) 752-5958


                               -------------

    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as
practicable  after this  Registration  Statement  is declared  effective  by the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

    If any of the securities  being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [x]

    If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

    If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. [ ]

                      CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      PROPOSED MAXIMUM             AMOUNT OF
      TITLE OF EACH CLASS                 AGGREGATE              REGISTRATION
OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED       OFFERING PRICE[F1]               FEE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                         <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par value             $22,080,000                $7,614
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Underwriters' Warrants(2)                $       160
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock, $.01 par
value(3)(4)                              $ 2,592,000                $  894
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  TOTAL                                                             $8,509
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1) Estimated  solely  for the  purpose  of  determining  the  registration  fee
    pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) To be sold by the Company to the Underwriters. No additional
    registration fee is included pursuant to Rule 457(g).
(3) Issuable upon exercise of the Underwriters' Warrants.
(4) Such presently indeterminate number of additional shares of Common
    Stock,  $.01 par value,  are  registered  hereunder  as may be issued in the
    event certain  anti-dilution  provisions  with respect to the  Underwriters'
    Warrants become operational.  No additional registration fee is included for
    these shares.

                               -------------

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT  SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME  EFFECTIVE  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  SECTION  8(A) OF THE
SECURITIES  ACT OF  1933  OR  UNTIL  THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,  ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 23, 1996

PROSPECTUS

                                       SHARES

                                  [LOGO]

                          BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.
                               COMMON STOCK

                               -------------

    All of the           shares  of  Common  Stock  (the "Common Stock") offered
hereby are being sold by Boston Biomedica, Inc. (the "Company").

    Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price
will be between $    and $    per share.  See  "Underwriting"   for  information
relating to the determination of the initial public offering price.  Application
will be made to have  the  Common  Stock  approved  for  listing  on the  Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "BBII."

                               -------------

SEE "RISK FACTORS"  beginning on page 6 for a discussion of certain factors that
should  be  considered  by  prospective  purchasers  of the Common Stock offered
hereby.

                               -------------

 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
       PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
           REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 UNDERWRITING
                                 PRICE TO        DISCOUNTS AND      PROCEEDS TO
                                  PUBLIC        COMMISSIONS(1)       COMPANY(2)
   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>              <C>                 <C>
Per Share                       $                $                   $
   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)                        $                $                   $
   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
   --------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

(1) Excludes  the value of  warrants to be issued to the  Underwriters  and a 1%
    non-accountable  expense  allowance  payable to the  Underwriters,  of which
    $40,000  has been paid to date.  The  Company  has agreed to  indemnify  the
    Underwriters  against certain liabilities,  including  liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."

(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated to be $       .

(3) The Company has granted the Underwriters  an option,  exercisable within  30
    days of the date hereof, to purchase up to       additional shares of Common
    Stock at the Price to Public less Underwriting  Discounts and Commissions to
    cover over-allotments, if any. If all  such additional shares are purchased,
    the  total  Price  to  Public,  Underwriting  Discounts  and Commissions and
    Proceeds  to  Company will be $       , $        and $       , respectively.
    See "Underwriting."

                               -------------

    The shares of Common  Stock are offered by the  Underwriters  named  herein,
subject to receipt and  acceptance  by them and subject to their right to reject
any order in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the  certificates
representing  such shares will be made against payment therefor at the office of
Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated in New York, New York on or about , 1996.

OSCAR GRUSS & SON INCORPORATED                         KAUFMAN BROS., L.P.

             THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS            , 1996.









Description of photograph:

  Under the caption "Total Quality  System," there is a collage of the Company's
products which are a part of its Total Quality System.  In the upper left corner
is a photograph of a TQS Qualification Panel,  proceeding clockwise to the upper
right  corner is a photograph  of an Accurun 1(R) vial and pipette  superimposed
over a typical  Levey-Jennings  daily quality  control chart. In the lower right
corner is a photograph  of a lab  technician  operating  equipment in one of the
Company's  laboratories,  and finally, in the lower left corner, is a photograph
of Anti-HIV 1 Western Blots for seven different Company Panel Products.


    The BBI logo is a trademark  of the  Company.  Accurun  1(R) is a registered
trademark of the Company. Accurun(tm) is a trademark of the Company.

IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS  OFFERING,  THE  UNDERWRITERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL  IN THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.





TQS Logo




                           TOTAL QUALITY SYSTEM

* TARGETED TO THE  EMERGING  END-USER  MARKET FOR  INFECTIOUS  DISEASE  TEST KIT
  QUALITY CONTROL

* USER-FRIENDLY PRODUCTS FOR MONITORING LABORATORY PROFICIENCY,  LOT ACCEPTANCE,
  TROUBLESHOOTING AND TRAINING

* DESIGNED  TO EVALUATE  THE KEY  ELEMENTS  IN THE  TESTING  PROCESS:  TEST KIT,
  EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

* ESSENTIAL PRODUCTS IN AN OVERALL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM



Photograph of four of the Company's
Quality Control Panel Products



                          WORLD LEADER IN QUALITY
                      CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR INFECTIOUS
                               DISEASE TESTS

*  SEROCONVERSION  PANELS,  PERFORMANCE  PANELS AND  SENSITIVITY  PANELS FOR THE
   EVALUATION OF INFECTIOUS DISEASE TEST KITS

* KNOWN  AND  ACCEPTED  THROUGHOUT  THE  WORLD  BY TEST  KIT  MANUFACTURERS  AND
  REGULATORS

* DEVELOPED FROM AN EXTENSIVE INVENTORY OF HUMAN BLOOD SPECIMENS

* CONTRIBUTING TO THE IMPROVED SENSITIVITY OF INFECTIOUS DISEASE TESTS WORLDWIDE




Inside Front Cover

Title at top of page reads:  "Serving Our Customer's Needs Throughout the Entire
Product Life Cycle."

Description of Photograph:  Photograph is comprised of a pie chart  superimposed
over photographs of the Company's products and services.  The pie chart has four
sections and eight  subsections.  The four sections  refer to the four stages in
the test kit life-cycle and are captioned: "R&D," "Regulatory," "Production" and
"Marketing." Each subsection has a corresponding photograph of a Company product
or  service.  The  eight  subsections  are  captioned:   "Performance   Panels,"
"Seroconversion   Panels,"  "Highly  Characterized   Specimen  Bank,"  "Clinical
Trials,"  "Characterized  Disease State Sera,"  "Basematrix," "Run Controls" and
"OEM and Custom Panels."

Underneath  the photograph  are the words:  "Your Partner in Infectious  Disease
Quality Control" and the Company's logo is to the immediate left.




                            PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    The following is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed  information
(including the financial  statements and notes thereto)  appearing  elsewhere in
this Prospectus.  Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this Prospectus
(i) assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' option to purchase from the Company
up to _____ additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments,  if any,
(ii) gives  effect to a 1-for-2  reverse  stock split with respect to the Common
Stock to be effected in September 1996, (iii) gives effect to certain changes to
the Company's  Articles of Organization  and By-Laws which are anticipated to be
approved by the Company's  stockholders in September 1996, and (iv) gives effect
to the termination of certain redemption  provisions  relating to 117,647 shares
of Common Stock upon completion of this Offering.  Unless the context  indicates
otherwise, all references to the "Company" are to Boston Biomedica, Inc. and its
two wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  BTRL Contracts and Services, Inc. ("BTRL"), and
BBI --  North  American  Clinical  Laboratories,  Inc.  ("BBI --  NACL").  For a
discussion  of certain  matters that should be  considered  by purchasers of the
Common Stock offered  hereby,  see "Risk Factors." For the definition of certain
technical and scientific terms, see "Glossary."

                                THE COMPANY

    Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.  is a leading  worldwide  provider  of  proprietary
quality  control  products  for use with in vitro  diagnostic  test kits  ("test
kits") for the  detection,  analysis  and  monitoring  of  infectious  diseases,
including AIDS,  Hepatitis and Lyme Disease.  These products are used to develop
test kits, to permit the monitoring of laboratory  equipment and personnel,  and
to help ensure the accuracy of test results.  The Company's products are derived
from human  plasma and serum  using  proprietary  manufacturing  processes.  The
Company  believes its Quality  Control Panel  products are viewed as the current
industry  standard for the independent  assessment of the performance of HIV and
Hepatitis  test  kits.  The  Company  also  manufactures   diagnostic  test  kit
components  and  provides  specialty  laboratory  services,  including  clinical
trials.

    To  date,  the  Company  has  sold  its  products   primarily  to  test  kit
manufacturers and regulatory agencies, but it has recently begun selling Quality
Control  Products  directly to the emerging  end-user market for quality control
products for  infectious  disease test kits.  In late 1994 the Company  received
United States Food and Drug  Administration  ("FDA") clearance for Accurun 1(R),
its first Quality  Control  Product  designed  specifically  for end-users,  and
subsequently has introduced 24 additional  Accurun(tm) Quality Control Products.
In July 1996,  the  Company  introduced  its Total  Quality  System  ("TQS"),  a
marketing platform that combines Accurun(tm) with other Quality Control Products
to provide test kit  end-users  with the products  needed in an overall  quality
assurance  program.  TQS products  allow  end-users to evaluate  each of the key
elements  of the  testing  process:  the  test  kit,  laboratory  equipment  and
laboratory personnel.

    The Company's  customers include Abbott  Diagnostics,  Boehringer  Mannheim,
Chiron,  Fujirebio,  Hoffman LaRoche,  Ortho Diagnostics (Johnson & Johnson) and
Sanofi  Diagnostics;  regulatory  agencies  such as the United  States FDA,  the
British Public Health  Laboratory  Service,  the French Institut  National de la
Transfusion  Sanguine and the German Paul Ehrlich  Institute;  and  end-users of
diagnostic test kits, such as blood banks, hospitals and clinical laboratories.

    The increased threat of infectious  diseases has created a large and growing
market for  infectious  disease test kits.  Venture  Planning  Group,  a medical
products research firm, estimates that the worldwide infectious disease test kit
market was  approximately  $2.7 billion in 1995 and will grow to $5.0 billion by
2000. The related market for quality  control  products for in vitro  diagnostic
testing for infectious and  non-infectious  disease totaled  approximately  $600
million in 1994,  according to the Genesis Report Dx, a medical products survey.
The Company believes that quality control  products for infectious  disease test
kits currently  represent less than five percent of the overall  quality control
market, primarily as a result of the limited use of such products by end-users.

    The  Company  believes  that the market for  quality  control  products  for
infectious  disease  test kits  will  continue  to  expand,  particularly  among
end-users,  primarily  as  a  result  of  several  key  factors:  (i)  increased
regulatory  scrutiny  due to public  concern  about the  dangers  of  infectious
diseases such as AIDS and  Hepatitis;  (ii) growing  recognition of the value of
using quality  control  products to ensure the greatest  possible  safety of the
blood supply,  to achieve the earliest possible  diagnosis of infection,  and to
minimize the  occurrence of false negative  results;  (iii) the discovery of new
infectious diseases and the development of new treatments for diseases requiring
periodic  monitoring,  such as viral load testing for HIV, Hepatitis B and C and
other  diseases;  and  (iv)  the  emergence  of  new  testing  technologies  and
equipment.

                                     3




   The Company  offers three product groups in infectious  disease  diagnostics:
Quality  Control  Panels,  Accurun(tm)  Run Controls and Diagnostic  Components.
These products are used throughout the entire test kit life cycle,  from initial
research and development,  through the regulatory  approval process and test kit
production,  to  training,  troubleshooting  and routine use by  end-users.  The
Company's  Quality  Control  Panels,  which combine human blood  specimens  with
comprehensive  quantitative  data useful for comparative  analysis,  help ensure
that test kits detect the correct analyte (specificity),  detect it the same way
every  time   (reproducibility),   and  detect  it  at  the  appropriate  levels
(sensitivity).  The Company's  Accurun(tm) Run Controls enable end-users of test
kits to confirm the validity of results by monitoring test performance,  thereby
minimizing  false  negative  test  results and  improving  error  detection.  In
addition, the Company provides Diagnostic Components, which are custom processed
human plasma and serum products, to test kit manufacturers.

   The Company's specialty clinical laboratory services include both routine and
sophisticated  infectious  disease  testing  in  microbiology,   immunology  and
molecular biology.  The Company seeks to focus its specialty laboratory services
in advanced areas of infectious disease testing,  and provides contract research
and clinical trials for domestic and foreign test kit manufacturers.

   The  Company's  strategy  is  to  leverage  its  scientific  capabilities  in
microbiology,  immunology,  virology, and molecular biology to (i) capitalize on
the emerging  end-user  market,  (ii) develop new products and  services,  (iii)
enhance  technical  leadership,   (iv)  capitalize  on  complementary   business
operations, and (v) pursue strategic acquisitions and alliances.

   The Company  believes that it has several  competitive  advantages  that will
help it implement its strategy:

*  an  inventory  of   approximately   50,000  distinct  human  blood  specimens
   accumulated since 1986 through its worldwide  sources of blood-supply,  which
   enable the Company to quickly respond to market trends;

*  the ability to offer  specialty  laboratory  services  and  conduct  clinical
   trials,  which helps it to maintain contact and enhance credibility with test
   kit  manufacturers  and  regulatory  authorities,  and allows the  Company to
   remain at the forefront of market trends and customer needs;

*  proprietary  manufacturing  know-how  resulting  from ten years of experience
   working with leading  worldwide  manufacturers  in the  development  of their
   infectious disease test kits; and

*  its reputation as an authority in infectious disease quality control products
   among test kit manufacturers and regulatory agencies.

   The Company, a Massachusetts corporation,  was organized in 1978, but did not
commence significant  operations until 1986. The Company's principal offices are
located at 375 West Street, West Bridgewater, MA 02379, and its telephone number
is (508) 580-1900.

                               THE OFFERING

Common Stock Offered......            shares(1)

Common Stock to be
  Outstanding after the
  Offering................            shares(1)(2)

Use of Proceeds...........  Repayment of indebtedness, capital
                            expenditures, and general corporate purposes,
                            including working capital and potential
                            acquisitions. See "Use of Proceeds."

Proposed Nasdaq National
  Market Symbol...........  BBII

- --------
(1) Does not include up to _____  shares of Common Stock that may be sold by the
    Company   pursuant  to  the   Underwriters'   over-allotment   option.   See
    "Underwriting."

(2) Does not include  1,161,057 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
    outstanding  options and warrants and 14,333 shares of Common Stock issuable
    upon  conversion  of  an  outstanding  subordinated  convertible  note.  See
    "Capitalization"  and Notes 6, 10 and 11 of Notes to Consolidated  Financial
    Statements.

                                     4




                    SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

                   (In thousands, except per share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                              --------------------        -------------------------
                         1993(1)      1994       1995         1995          1996
                         --------   --------   --------      --------      --------
<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
DATA:
  Product sales           $3,942     $ 5,982    $ 6,622     $  3,024      $  3,946
  Service revenue          5,215       4,741      5,649        2,540         2,982
                         --------   --------   --------      --------      --------
    Total revenue          9,157      10,723     12,271        5,564         6,928

  Income from
   operations                312         405        508          104           307
  Net income (loss)          142          97        103          (36)           83
  Net income (loss) per
   share(2)               $ 0.06     $  0.04    $  0.04     $  (0.01)     $   0.03
  Weighted average
   common and common
   equivalent shares
   outstanding(2)          2,480       2,629      3,192        2,640        3,266
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         JUNE 30, 1996
                                                    ------------------------
                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                   ACTUAL           AS ADJUSTED(3)
                                               ------------         ------------
<S>                                               <C>              <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital                                 $ 4,497          $
  Total assets                                     10,047
  Long term debt, less current maturities           2,798               --
  Redeemable common stock                             899               --
  Total stockholders' equity                        3,332
</TABLE>

- -------------

(1) On  June  30,  1993,  the  Company  exercised  its  option  to  pre-pay  the
    acquisition  note issued in  connection  with the 1992 purchase of BTRL at a
    discount  from  the  balance  due,  resulting  in an  extraordinary  gain of
    $50,000,  net of taxes of $33,000. The 1993 net income per share before such
    extraordinary gain was $0.04.

(2) The effect of the common  stock  equivalents  on net income per common share
    has been excluded from the  calculation for 1993 and 1994 and the six months
    ended June 30, 1995 as its inclusion was antidilutive.

(3) Adjusted to reflect:  (i) application of the estimated net proceeds from the
    sale of _____  shares of Common  Stock  offered by the Company  hereby at an
    assumed initial public offering price of $ _____ per share,  after deducting
    estimated  underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, and
    (ii) the termination of redemption  provisions relating to 117,647 shares of
    Common Stock upon completion of this Offering.

                                     5



                                RISK FACTORS

    An investment in the shares of Common Stock offered  hereby  involves a high
degree of risk. In addition to the other  information  in this  Prospectus,  the
following  factors should be considered  carefully in evaluating the Company and
its business before purchasing the shares of Common Stock offered hereby.

UNDEVELOPED END-USER MARKET FOR QUALITY CONTROL PRODUCTS FOR INFECTIOUS
DISEASE TEST KITS

    The Company intends to focus its product development and sales and marketing
efforts on quality  control  products for end-users of  infectious  disease test
kits. Currently,  most quality control products for infectious disease test kits
are sold to test kit  manufacturers  and  regulators.  End-users  of  infectious
disease test kits are currently  using quality  control  products only to a very
limited extent.  See "Business -- Industry  Overview." The Company's strategy is
based primarily upon significant  growth in sales of quality control products to
the end-user market.  See "Business -- Strategy." There can be no assurance that
end-users of  infectious  disease test kits will  increase  their use of quality
control  products,  or that the Company  will be able to  increase  its sales of
quality control products to such end-users.  Clearance or approval by the United
States Food and Drug Administration (the "FDA") will be necessary before quality
control  products  may be sold  for  clinical  laboratory  use  rather  than for
research  purposes  only.  See  "--  Stringent  Government  Regulation."  If the
end-user market for quality control products does not develop, or if the Company
is unable to increase  its sales to this market,  the  Company's  future  growth
could be materially and adversely affected.

COMPETITION

    In sales of both its products and specialty laboratory services, the Company
experiences   substantial   competition  and  the  threat  of  competition  from
established  and potential  competitors,  most of which have greater  financial,
manufacturing  and  marketing  resources  than  the  Company.   Competition  for
customers is intense and depends  principally on the ability to provide products
of the quality and in the quantity required by customers, as well as the ability
to provide  sophisticated  specialty laboratory services, at competitive prices.
The Company  currently  competes  against  independent  reference  laboratories,
integrated plasma collection and processing centers and manufacturers of quality
controls and other Diagnostic  Components.  In addition, the Company understands
that a leading  manufacturer  of quality  control  products  for  non-infectious
diseases recently entered the quality control market for infectious disease test
kits. There can be no assurance that other such manufacturers or other companies
will not enter this  market.  The  entrance of any of these  companies  into the
quality  control market for  infectious  disease test kits could have a material
adverse effect on the Company,  particularly its ability to achieve its strategy
to capitalize on the end-user market for quality control products for infectious
disease test kits. In addition,  certain of the  Company's  products are derived
from donors with rare antibody characteristics.  Competition for blood specimens
from such donors may  increase,  which may increase  the cost of obtaining  such
specimens.  There can be no assurance that such increased  competition  will not
adversely  affect the  Company.  See "--  Difficulty  in  Obtaining  Certain Raw
Materials" and "Business -- Competition."

ABILITY TO MANAGE GROWTH

    The  Company's  future  success will depend in part on its ability to manage
growth as it increases its production capacity and broadens  distribution of its
products.  To compete  effectively and manage future growth, if any, the Company
will be required to continue to implement and improve its operational, financial
and management  information systems,  procedures and controls on a timely basis,
and to  expand,  train,  motivate  and  manage  its  workforce.  There can be no
assurance that the Company's personnel, systems, procedures and controls will be
adequate to support the Company's  future  operations.  The failure to implement
new and improved existing  operational,  financial and management  systems or to
expand, train, motivate or manage employees could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business,  operating results and financial condition. There can
be no assurance that the Company will continue to grow or, if it does,  that the
Company will manage the growth successfully.

                                     6



FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    The  Company's   results  of  operations  have  been  subject  to  quarterly
fluctuations due to a variety of factors, including customer purchasing patterns
and  seasonal  demand  for  laboratory  testing  services.  In  particular,  the
Company's  sales of its  Quality  Control  Products  and  Diagnostic  Components
typically  have been  highest  in the  fourth  quarter  and  lowest in the first
quarter of each fiscal year.  For example,  total revenue for the fourth quarter
ended  December 31, 1994 and 1995 were $3.0  million and $3.8  million  compared
with total  revenue for the first  quarter ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 of $2.7
million and $3.1  million.  The Company  believes  that its customers may expend
end-of-year  budget  surpluses  in  the  fourth  quarter,  thereby  causing  the
Company's  fourth  quarter  product  sales to be higher at the  expense of first
quarter product sales. In addition,  demand for laboratory  services tends to be
somewhat  higher in the third and fourth  quarters of the fiscal year due to the
seasonal  nature of Lyme Disease  testing,  the Company's  highest  volume test.
Moreover,  the Company's  margins for its different  products and services vary,
with Quality Control Products  generally having the highest margins and Contract
Research the lowest.  Therefore,  the Company's  results may vary from period to
period  as a  result  of the mix of  products  and  services  and the mix  among
products. As a result,  quarterly results of operations may not be indicative of
future  results of  operations.  Also,  variations  in the  Company's  quarterly
results of operations may affect the market price of the Common Stock.  See " --
Volatility of Price of Common Stock" and  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

RISK OF ACQUISITIONS

    The  Company  intends to pursue  strategic  acquisitions  to expand its core
product line, strengthen its base in medical science and technology,  and secure
new sources of blood supply.  The Company is subject to various risks associated
with an acquisition strategy, including the risk that the Company will be unable
to identify and attract  suitable  acquisition  candidates  or to integrate  and
manage  any  acquired  business.   The  Company  will  compete  for  acquisition
candidates  with  companies  which  have  significantly  greater  financial  and
management  resources than the Company.  Acquisitions  could place a significant
burden on the Company's  management and operating  personnel.  Implementing  the
Company's  expansion  strategy may also require  significant  capital resources.
Capital  is  needed  not only  for  acquisitions,  but  also  for the  effective
integration, operation and expansion of such businesses. The Company may need to
raise capital  through the issuance of long-term or short-term  indebtedness  or
the issuance of its  securities in private or public  transactions,  which could
result  in  dilution  of  existing  equity  positions,  increased  interest  and
amortization expense or decreased income to fund future expansion.  There can be
no assurance that acceptable financing for future acquisitions will be available
or that the  integration  of  future  acquisitions  and  expansion  of  existing
business can be achieved. See "-- Ability to Manage Growth."

DIFFICULTY IN OBTAINING CERTAIN RAW MATERIALS

    The Company  manufactures its products from human plasma and serum which the
Company  obtains from nonprofit and commercial  blood centers,  primarily in the
United States,  but also from similar sources  throughout the world.  Certain of
the Company's products, including its Seroconversion and Performance Panels, are
comprised of unique and rare plasma specimens  obtained from individuals  during
the short  period of time when the disease  markers of  particular  diseases are
converting  from negative to positive.  See "Business -- Products." As a result,
the  quantity of any such panel is limited,  so the Company  must  replace  such
panels as they sell out with another panel comprised of specimens equally unique
and rare. Competition to obtain such specimens may increase,  which may increase
the cost of obtaining such products.  There can be no assurance that the Company
will continue to be successful in obtaining a steady and adequate  supply of the
unique and rare  specimens  of plasma  and serum  necessary  for  certain of its
products. The inability to continue to obtain such specimens, or any significant
delays in obtaining such specimens,  would have a material adverse effect on the
Company. See "-- Competition."

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

    The Company's  success depends in large part upon its ability to attract and
retain  highly  qualified  scientific  and  management  personnel.  The  Company
competes  for such  individuals  with other  companies,  academic  institutions,
government entities and other organizations. There can be no

                                     7

assurance  that the Company will be successful in hiring or retaining  requisite
personnel. The failure of the Company to recruit and retain qualified scientific
and management  personnel  could have a material  adverse effect on the Company.
None of the  Company's key  management or scientific  personnel is subject to an
employment  agreement with the Company. The loss of the services of any such key
personnel,  including  Richard  T.  Schumacher,  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company, could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The
Company  maintains  key  person  life  insurance  on  certain  of its  officers,
including Mr. Schumacher, on whose life the Company has $4,750,000 of insurance,
$2,000,000 of which has been pledged to the Company's lender.  See "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  --
Liquidity and Capital  Resources,"  "Business -- Competition" and "Management --
Directors and Executive Officers."

DEPENDENCE ON KEY CUSTOMERS

    The  Company's  three  largest  customers  accounted  for  an  aggregate  of
approximately  20% of the Company's  revenues in 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the six
months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996,  although the customers  were not identical
in each period.  In addition,  the majority of the Company's  revenues are based
upon  purchase  orders.  None  of  the  Company's  customers  are  contractually
committed to make future  product  purchases  from the Company.  The loss of any
major customer or a material  reduction in a major  customer's  purchases  would
have a material adverse effect upon the Company.

    A single U.S.  government services contract accounted for approximately 7.5%
and 7.3% of the  Company's  revenues  in 1995 and the six months  ended June 30,
1996. This contract is due to expire in February 1997. The Company has responded
to a Request for Proposals by the United States  government  for a new four year
contract to replace this contract.  There can be no assurance that the Company's
response  to the  Request for  Proposals  will be accepted by the United  States
government.  Failure to receive the new contract  would have a material  adverse
effect on the Company. See "Business -- Services."

STRINGENT GOVERNMENT REGULATION

    The manufacture  and  distribution of medical  devices,  including  products
manufactured  by the Company that are intended for in vitro  diagnostic use, are
subject to extensive  government  regulation  in the United  States and in other
countries.  In the United States,  the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the "FDCA")
prohibits the  marketing of in vitro  diagnostic  products  until they have been
cleared or approved by the FDA, a process that is time-consuming,  expensive and
uncertain.  Once clearance or approval is obtained,  the FDA requires additional
clearances  or  approvals  for product  changes that could affect the safety and
effectiveness of the device,  including, for example, new indications for use or
changes  in the  design  or  manufacturing  process.  Additional  clearances  or
approvals  may also be  required  for  changes  in  claims  relating  to uses of
products.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company  will obtain  regulatory
clearances  or approvals  on a timely  basis,  if at all,  for future  products,
changes in existing  products or changes in claims relating to uses of products.
Delays in obtaining or failure to obtain  requisite FDA  clearances or approvals
could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

    All of the Company's  Quality Control Products with the exception of Accurun
1(R) are marketed  "for  research use only," which do not require FDA  premarket
clearance or approval of the product,  and not marketed for diagnostic purposes,
which do require FDA premarket clearance or approval. The Company's labeling for
these products limits their use to research. It is possible,  however, that some
purchasers of these  products may use them for diagnostic  purposes  despite the
Company's intended use. In these circumstances,  the FDA could allege that these
products  should have been cleared or approved by the FDA prior to marketing and
initiate  enforcement  action  against the Company,  which could have a material
adverse effect on the Company.  Failure to obtain,  or delays in obtaining,  FDA
clearances  or  approval  would  adversely  affect  the  Company's  strategy  of
capitalizing on the end-user market.

    The Company  believes that its Quality  Control  Panels are not regulated by
the FDA because  they are not  intended  for  diagnostic  purposes.  The Company
believes  that its  Diagnostic  Components,  which  are  components  of in vitro
diagnostic products, may be subject to certain regulatory requirements under the
FDCA and other laws administered by the FDA, but do not require that the Company
obtain a

                                     8



premarket approval or clearance.  There can be no assurance,  however,  that the
FDA would agree or that the FDA will not adopt a different interpretation of the
FDCA or other laws it administers, which could have a material adverse effect on
the Company.

    In addition,  both before and after clearance or approval,  medical devices,
such as Accurun  1(R),  are  subject to certain  export and import  requirements
under the FDCA.

    The  Company  is also  subject to strict  FDA good  manufacturing  practices
("GMP") regulations governing testing,  control and documentation,  and to other
postmarketing  restrictions  with respect to the  manufacture  of the  Company's
medical  device  products.  Ongoing  compliance  with GMP and  other  applicable
regulatory  requirements  is  monitored  through  periodic  inspections  by  the
regulatory  authorities.   Failure  to  comply  with  GMP  or  other  regulatory
requirements  can  result,  among other  consequences,  in the failure to obtain
premarket clearances or approvals,  withdrawal of clearances or approvals, total
or partial  suspension of product  distribution,  injunctions,  civil penalties,
recall or seizures of products,  and criminal  prosecution,  each of which would
have a material adverse effect on the Company.

    Laws and regulations  affecting the Company's products are in effect in many
of the countries, states and other jurisdictions in which the Company markets or
intends to market its products.  There can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to obtain any required  regulatory  clearances  or approvals on a timely
basis,  or at all.  Delays in receipt of or failure to obtain such clearances or
approvals,  or the  failure  to comply  with  regulatory  requirements  in these
countries,  states or other jurisdictions,  could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business,  financial  condition and results of operations.  See
"Business -- Government Regulation."

    The  Company  is also  subject to other  national,  state and local laws and
regulations,  including those relating to the use and disposal of  biohazardous,
radioactive  and other hazardous  substances and wastes.  Failure to comply with
such laws and regulations  could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business,  financial  condition  and results of  operations.  See  "Business  --
Government Regulation."

FOREIGN RESTRICTIONS ON IMPORTATION OF BLOOD DERIVATIVES

    Sales  outside  the  United  States  in  1993,  1994  and  1995  represented
approximately  15%, 21% and 25%,  respectively,  of the  Company's  revenues for
those  years,  and 27% in each of the six months  ended June 30,  1995 and 1996.
Foreign  sales are  primarily  to Western  Europe and Japan.  Concern over blood
safety has led to  movements  in a number of  European  and other  countries  to
restrict the importation of blood and blood derivatives,  including  antibodies.
Such  restrictions  continue  to be debated and there can be no  assurance  that
additional  restrictions  will not be imposed in the future.  If  imposed,  such
restrictions could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.

RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE

    The  infectious  disease  test kit  industry is  characterized  by rapid and
significant  technological  change and  changes in customer  requirements.  As a
result,  the Company's success will be dependent upon its ability to enhance its
existing products and to develop or acquire and introduce in a timely manner new
products that take advantage of  technological  advances and respond to customer
requirements.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be successful in
developing  and  marketing  such new products or  enhancements  to the Company's
existing  products  on a timely  basis or that  such  products  will  adequately
address the changing needs of the marketplace.  Furthermore, rapid technological
development by the Company or others may result in products or services becoming
obsolete  or  noncompetitive  before the  Company  recovers  its  investment  in
research, development and commercialization.

RISK OF BROAD MANAGEMENT DISCRETION IN APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

    A significant  portion of the estimated net proceeds from this Offering will
be  allocated  to working  capital and  general  corporate  purposes,  including
potential acquisitions.  Accordingly,  the Company will have broad discretion as
to the application of the net proceeds and may allocate

                                     9



portions of such proceeds to uses which the Company's  stockholders may not deem
desirable.  There can be no assurance that the proceeds will be used in a way to
yield a significant return. See "Use of Proceeds."

PROTECTION OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY

    None of the Company's Quality Control Products or Diagnostic Components have
been patented and the Company does not intend to seek patent protection for such
products. The Company's ability to compete effectively with other companies will
depend,  in part,  on its  ability to  maintain  the  proprietary  nature of its
technologies  and products and operate  without  infringing  the rights of third
parties.  The Company  relies  primarily on a  combination  of trade secrets and
non-disclosure   and   confidentiality   agreements,   and  in  certain  limited
circumstances,  patents,  to establish and protect its proprietary rights in its
technology  and  products.  There  can be no  assurance  that  others  will  not
independently  develop or otherwise  acquire the same,  similar or more advanced
trade secrets and know-how.

    The Company has two United States  patents and,  jointly with the University
of North  Carolina at Chapel  Hill  ("UNC"),  has filed  three  series of United
States and foreign  patent  applications  relating to compounds,  pharmaceutical
compositions  and  therapeutic  methods in connection  with the  Company's  drug
discovery  program at the  University  of North  Carolina  at Chapel  Hill.  See
"Business -- Services," and " -- Strategic Alliances." There can be no assurance
that patent applications will result in issued patents, that issued patents will
provide  any  competitive  advantage  or that  patents  will not be  challenged,
circumvented or invalidated.

    Third parties may be issued patents to, or may otherwise  acquire the rights
to, technology  necessary or potentially  useful to the Company.  The success of
the  Company  is  dependent  in part upon its not  infringing  patents  or other
intellectual  property  rights  of third  parties.  Litigation  relating  to the
infringement  of the  patents or other  intellectual  property  rights of others
could result in substantial costs to the Company.  Litigation which could result
in  substantial  costs to the  Company  may also be  necessary  to  enforce  the
Company's intellectual property rights or to determine the scope and validity of
the  proprietary  rights of  others.  Any such  substantial  costs  would have a
material adverse effect on the Company.

UNCERTAINTY RELATED TO HEALTHCARE REFORM; NO ASSURANCE OF ADEQUATE
REIMBURSEMENT

    Political,  economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the healthcare
industry in the United States to fundamental  change.  Although to date Congress
has failed to pass  comprehensive  health care reform  legislation,  the Company
anticipates  that  Congress and state  legislatures  will continue to review and
assess alternative healthcare delivery and payment systems and may in the future
propose and adopt legislation  effecting  fundamental  changes in the healthcare
delivery system.  Legislative  debate is expected to continue in the future.  In
addition,  the private sector has been changing the healthcare  industry as well
through  consolidations  and alternatives in healthcare  delivery  systems.  The
Company  cannot  predict what impact the adoption of any federal or state health
care reform measures or future private sector reform may have on its industry or
business.

    In both domestic and foreign  markets,  sales by the Company's  customers of
products and services  that  incorporate  or affect the demand for the Company's
products  may  depend  in  part  on  the  availability  of  reimbursement   from
third-party payors such as government health administration authorities, private
health insurers and other  organizations.  Third-party  payors are  increasingly
challenging the price and cost-effectiveness  of  medical products and services.
There can be no assurance  that pricing  pressures  experienced by the Company's
customers will not adversely affect the Company because of a determination  that
its  products  are not cost  effective  or  because  of  inadequate  third-party
reimbursement  levels to such  customers.  In addition,  where the payor for the
Company's  specialty  laboratory services is the patient rather than third-party
payors, there is a greater risk of non-payment. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Results of
Operations."

RISK OF HAZARDOUS WASTE AND PRODUCT LIABILITY; ABSENCE OF INSURANCE

    The  Company's   manufacturing  processes  involve  the  controlled  use  of
biohazardous  materials and chemicals.  The risk of accidental  contamination or
injury from these  materials  cannot be completely  eliminated.  In the event of
such an accident, the Company could be held liable for any damages that result,

                                    10



and any such  liability  could exceed the resources of the Company.  The Company
may  incur  substantial  costs to  maintain  safety  in the use of  biohazardous
materials and to comply with  environmental  regulations as the Company  further
develops its manufacturing capacity. See "Business -- Government Regulation."

    Further,  the  Company's  business  exposes it to  liability  risks that are
inherent in the  testing,  manufacturing  and  marketing  of its  products.  The
Company does not currently have product liability  insurance.  Product liability
claims could expose the Company to substantial  liabilities and expenses,  which
could materially and adversely affect the Company.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH EXPORT SALES

    The  Company  generated  significant  sales  outside  the United  States and
anticipates  that  foreign  sales will  continue  to account  for a  significant
percentage  of the Company's net  revenues.  The  Company's  foreign  operations
accounted for approximately 15%, 21% and 25% of the Company's total revenues for
the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and  approximately  27% in each
of the six months  ended  June 30,  1995 and 1996,  and 36%,  38% and 47% of the
Company's product sales for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and
50% and 48% for each of the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996. The Company
therefore is subject to risks  associated with foreign sales,  including  United
States and foreign  regulatory  requirements  and policy changes,  political and
economic   instability,   difficulties   in  accounts   receivable   collection,
difficulties  in managing  distributors  or  representatives  and seasonality of
sales.  Although the  Company's  sales have been  denominated  in United  States
dollars, the value of the United States dollar in relation to foreign currencies
may also  adversely  affect the  Company's  sales to foreign  customers.  To the
extent that the  Company  expands its  international  operations  or changes its
pricing practices to denominate prices in foreign  currencies,  the Company will
be  exposed  to  increased  risks of  currency  fluctuation.  See  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  and
Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT OF CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS

    Upon  consummation of this Offering,  Richard T.  Schumacher,  President and
Chief Executive  Officer,  his relatives and the existing officers and directors
of the Company  collectively will have voting control over approximately ___% of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock. Accordingly, these stockholders,  should
they choose to act in concert,  will be in a position to exercise a  significant
degree of control over the Company, and to significantly  influence  stockholder
votes on the  election of the  Company's  directors,  increasing  the  Company's
authorized  capital  stock,  mergers,  and sales of the  Company's  assets.  See
"Principal Stockholders."

POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT OF CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

    Certain  provisions  of the  Company's  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of
Organization  and Restated  Bylaws could have the effect of discouraging a third
party from  pursuing a  non-negotiated  takeover of the  Company and  preventing
certain  changes in control.  These  provisions  include a  classified  Board of
Directors,  a fair price provision,  advance notice to the Board of Directors of
stockholder  proposals  and  stockholder  nominees  for the Board of  Directors,
limitations  on the  ability  of  stockholders  to  remove  directors  and  call
stockholders meetings, the provision that vacancies on the Board of Directors be
filled by a majority of the remaining  directors and the ability of the Board to
issue,  without further  stockholder  approval,  preferred stock with rights and
privileges  which  could be senior to the  Common  Stock.  The  Company  also is
subject to Chapter  110F of the  Massachusetts  General  Laws which,  subject to
certain exceptions,  prohibits a Massachusetts  corporation from engaging in any
of a broad range of business combinations with any "interested  stockholder" for
a period of three  years  following  the date that  such  stockholder  became an
interested  stockholder.  These  provisions  could discourage a third party from
pursuing a takeover  of the  Company at a price  considered  attractive  by many
stockholders,  since such  provisions  could have the  effect of  preventing  or
delaying a  potential  acquiror  from  acquiring  control of the Company and its
Board of Directors.  See "Description of Capital Stock -- Preferred  Stock," "--
Massachusetts Anti-Takeover and Related Statutes" and " -- Certain Provisions of
the Company's Articles of Organization and By-laws."

                                    11



NO ASSURANCE OF PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF PRICE OF COMMON
STOCK

    Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  trading  market  for the
Common Stock.  There can be no assurance  that a regular  trading market for the
Common Stock will develop after this Offering or that, if developed,  it will be
sustained.  The  initial  public  offering  price of the  Common  Stock  will be
determined  by  negotiations  between  the Company  and  Representatives  of the
Underwriters  and may not be  indicative  of the price at which the Common Stock
will  trade  after  completion  of  this  Offering.  For  factors  that  will be
considered in determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting."
After completion of this Offering, the market price of the Common Stock could be
subject to significant  fluctuations  in response to various factors and events,
including the liquidity of the market for the shares of Common Stock, variations
in the Company's operating results,  changes in earnings estimates by securities
analysts,  publicity  regarding  the Company,  the  infectious  disease test kit
industry or the healthcare  industry  generally,  new statutes or regulations or
changes in the interpretation of existing statutes or regulations  affecting the
healthcare  industry in general or the  infectious  disease test kit industry in
particular.  In addition, the stock market in recent years has experienced broad
price and volume  fluctuations  that often have been  unrelated to the operating
performance  of  particular  companies.   These  market  fluctuations  also  may
adversely affect the market price of the shares of Common Stock.

DILUTION

    Purchasers  of shares in the  Offering  will  suffer  immediate  dilution of
$           in  net  tangible  book  value  per  share.   See   "Dilution"   and
"Underwriting."

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    Sales of substantial  amounts of Common Stock in the public  market,  or the
perception  that such sales may occur,  could  adversely  affect the  prevailing
market price of the Common Stock and the ability of the Company to raise capital
through a public  offering of its equity  securities.  Upon  completion  of this
Offering, the Company will have _____ shares of Common Stock outstanding ( _____
shares if the Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full). Of those
shares,  the  _____  shares  sold  in  this  Offering  (  _____  shares  if  the
Underwriters'  overallotment  option  is  exercised  in  full)  will  be  freely
tradeable  without  restriction  (except as to  affiliates  of the  Company)  or
further   registration  under  the  Securities  Act.  The  Company's  directors,
executive officers and certain other stockholders holding in the aggregate _____
shares of Common  Stock  have  agreed  not to offer to sell,  sell or  otherwise
dispose of any shares of Common Stock prior to the  expiration  of 180 days from
the date of this  Prospectus.  Oscar Gruss & Son  Incorporated  may, in its sole
discretion  and at any time without prior notice,  release all or any portion of
the  shares of Common  Stock  subject to the lockup  agreements.  Following  the
expiration of the 180-day  lockup  period,  _____ shares of Common Stock will be
eligible for sale in the public market without registration,  subject to certain
volume  and  other  limitations,  pursuant  to Rule  144 or Rule 701  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"). The remaining shares
of Common Stock held by existing  stockholders,  including  shares issuable upon
exercise of options,  will become  eligible for sale under Rule 144 or otherwise
at various times thereafter.  All shares of Common Stock outstanding on the date
of this Prospectus will be eligible for sale to certain qualified  institutional
buyers in  accordance  with Rule 144A  under the  Securities  Act.  The  Company
intends to register under the Securities Act,  shortly after the consummation of
the Offering,  shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of employee  stock
options,  including  934,387  shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of such  options
outstanding on the date of this  Prospectus.  Two of the Company's  stockholders
and the holder of a warrant to purchase Common Stock have the right to cause the
Company to register  their shares under the  Securities Act and to include their
shares in certain  future  registrations  of securities  effected by the Company
under the  Securities  Act. An aggregate of  1,175,390  shares of Common  Stock,
including  _____ shares of Common Stock  issuable upon  exercise of  outstanding
warrants,  are  covered  by  such  registration  rights.  If  such  holders,  by
exercising  their  registration  rights,  cause a large  number  of shares to be
registered and sold in the public market,  such sales may have an adverse effect
on the market price of the Common  Stock.  If the Company is required to include
in a Company-initiated  registration shares held by such holders pursuant to the
exercise of their piggyback  registration rights, such sales may have an adverse
effect  on  the  Company's  ability  to  raise  needed  capital.   See  "Certain
Transactions," "Principal Stockholders" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

                                    12



                              USE OF PROCEEDS

    The net  proceeds to be  received by the Company  from the sale of the _____
shares of Common Stock offered hereby are estimated to be $ _____ ($_____ if the
Underwriters  over-allotment  option is exercised in full), at an assumed public
offering price of $_____ per share and after  deducting  estimated  underwriting
discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company.

    The Company expects to use approximately $3.6 million of the net proceeds to
repay  outstanding  indebtedness,  as described  below, and  approximately  $1.0
million for capital  expenditures to expand its  manufacturing  capacity in West
Bridgewater, of which approximately $500,000 will be spent on building expansion
and approximately  $500,000 will be spent on equipment.  The Company anticipates
using the  remaining  net proceeds  for general  corporate  purposes,  including
working capital, as well as for potential acquisitions and alliances.  See "Risk
Factors -- Risk of Broad Management Discretion in Application of Proceeds."

    At August 1, 1996,  the  approximately  $3.6 million of  indebtedness  to be
repaid from the proceeds of this  Offering  consists of (i)  approximately  $1.7
million of  indebtedness  under a secured  revolving line of credit due June 30,
1998 that bears  interest at a rate equal to the prime rate plus 0.5% per annum;
(ii) a mortgage note in the principal  amount of  approximately  $693,851 on the
West Bridgewater  property that bears interest at a fixed rate of 8.3% per annum
until December 2000 and  thereafter  bears interest at a rate equal to the prime
rate plus 1% per annum,  and which is due December  2002;  (iii) a term note, in
the principal amount of $477,563,  that bears interest at 9.01% per annum and is
due in October 1998; (iv) a term note, in the principal amount of $144,444, that
bears  interest at the prime rate plus 1% per annum and is due October 1999; (v)
a term note, in the principal amount of $336,274,  that bears interest at a rate
equal to the prime plus 1% per annum and is due August  2000;  (vi) a term note,
in the principal  amount of $90,000,  that bears interest at a rate of 8.22% per
annum and is due December  2000;  and (vii) various  other notes that  aggregate
$82,300 due from June 1997 to August 2000. The proceeds from borrowings incurred
within  the past  year  were  used for  working  capital,  to  acquire  the West
Bridgewater  property  and to  purchase  capital  equipment.  See  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  and
Note 6 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    With respect to potential acquisitions and alliances,  the Company may use a
portion of the net proceeds to acquire blood donor centers and other businesses,
products  or  technologies  that  are  complementary  to the  Company's  current
business,  although it currently has no  commitments  for such  acquisitions  or
alliances. See "Business -- Strategy."

    The specific  timing and amount of funds  required for specific  uses by the
Company  cannot be precisely  determined  at this time.  Pending such uses,  the
Company  intends to invest in short-term,  investment  grade,  interest  bearing
obligations.

                              DIVIDEND POLICY

    The Company has never  declared or paid cash  dividends on its capital stock
and does  not plan to pay any cash  dividends  in the  foreseeable  future.  The
Company's  current  policy is to retain all of its  earnings  to finance  future
growth. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion
of the Board of Directors  and will be dependent  upon the  Company's  financial
condition, operating results, capital requirements,  general business conditions
and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.  The Company is
subject to financial and operating  covenants,  including a prohibition  against
the  payment  of  cash  dividends,  under  its  bank  financing  agreement.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

                                    13



                              CAPITALIZATION

    The  following  table  sets  forth  as of  June  30,  1996  (i)  the  actual
capitalization  of the  Company  and (ii) the pro  forma  capitalization  of the
Company after giving effect to the termination of certain redemption  provisions
relating to 117,647 shares of Common Stock and as adjusted to give effect to the
sale of _____ shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed
public  offering  price  of  $_____  per  share,   after   deducting   estimated
underwriting  discounts and commissions and estimated  offering expenses payable
by the Company.  This table should be read in conjunction  with the Consolidated
Financial  Statements  and related  notes  thereto  appearing  elsewhere in this
Prospectus.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        JUNE 30, 1996
                                                    ---------------------
                                                                    PRO FORMA
                                                 ACTUAL            AS ADJUSTED
                                              ------------        ------------
                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                           <C>                 <C>
Current maturities of long term debt             $  490              $ --
                                                =========           =========
Long-term debt, less current maturities:
   Line of credit                                 1,398                --
   Bank term debt                                   719                --
   Mortgage term debt                               620                --
   Other notes payable                               61                --
                                                ---------           ---------
                                                  2,798                --
                                                ---------           ---------
Redeemable common stock, $.01 par value;
  authorized, issued and outstanding
  117,647, and none pro forma as adjusted           899                --
                                                ---------           ---------
Stockholders' equity:
   Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized
     15,000,000 shares; issued and
     outstanding 2,572,417(1] actual, and
                 pro forma as adjusted               26
   Preferred Stock
   Additional paid-in capital                     2,717
   Retained earnings                                589               589
                                                ---------           ---------
     Total stockholders' equity                   3,332
                                                ---------           ---------
     Total capitalization                        $7,029              $
                                                ---------           ---------
                                                ---------           ---------
</TABLE>



- -------------

(1) Excludes the following at June 30, 1996:  (i) 934,387 shares of Common Stock
    issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options outstanding at a weighted
    average  exercise  price of $3.15 per share,  of which  options to  purchase
    653,684  shares were then  exercisable,  (ii) 226,670 shares of Common Stock
    issuable  pursuant to the  exercise of  warrants  outstanding  at a weighted
    average  exercise  price  of  $2.50  per  share,  all  of  which  were  then
    exercisable,   and  (iii)  14,333  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon
    conversion of the subordinated  convertible  note at $1.50 per share.  Since
    June  30,  1996,  no  stock  options  were  exercised,   granted  or  became
    exercisable. See "Management -- Stock Plans."

                                    14



                                 DILUTION

    At June 30, 1996, the Company had a net tangible book value of $4,137,943 or
$1.54 per share of Common Stock.  "Net tangible book value per share" represents
the  tangible  book  value of the  Company  (total  tangible  assets  less total
liabilities)  divided by the number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding (on a
pro  forma  basis  to give  effect  to the  termination  of  certain  redemption
provisions  relating to 117,647  shares of Common  Stock).  Without  taking into
account any changes in such net tangible  book value as of June 30, 1996,  other
than to give  effect to the sale by the  Company  of the _____  shares of Common
Stock offered hereby at an assumed  initial public offering price of $ _____ and
after  deducting  the  estimated  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and
offering expenses payable by the Company,  the pro forma net tangible book value
of the Company at June 30, 1996 would have been $ _____,  or $ ______ per share.
This  represents an immediate  increase in the net tangible book value per share
of $  _____  to  existing  stockholders  and an  immediate  dilution  of the net
tangible book value per share of $ ______ to persons purchasing the Common Stock
offered hereby (the "New  Investors").  The following table illustrates this per
share dilution:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>
 Assumed initial public offering price per share                     $

Net tangible book value per share before the
  Offering                                           $  1.54
Increase per share attributable to New Investors
                                                      ------
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value
  per share after the Offering
                                                                      -------
Dilution per share to New Investors                                  $
                                                                      -------
                                                                      -------
</TABLE>

    The  following  table sets forth on a pro forma basis,  as of June 30, 1996,
the total number of shares purchased from the Company after giving effect to the
sale of the shares of Common  Stock  offered by the  Company  hereby,  the total
consideration  paid to the  Company  and the  average  price per  share  paid by
existing stockholders and by New Investors at an assumed initial public offering
price of $ _____ per share:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           SHARES PURCHASED     TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                             ------------          -------------
                                                                        AVERAGE
                                                                         PRICE
                           NUMBER    PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT   PER SHARE
                          -------     -----     --------      -----     -------
<S>                      <C>         <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>
Existing Stockholders    2,690,064         %   $ 3,835,373         %     $1.43
New Investors                              %                       %
                           -------    -----       -------     -----
  Total                               100.0%   $              100.0%
                          -------     -------     -------     -----
                          -------     -------     -------     -----

</TABLE>

    The above information assumes (i) no exercise of the Underwriters'  warrants
and (ii) no exercise of any other  outstanding  options and warrants  after June
30, 1996. As of June 30, 1996,  there were outstanding  options,  warrants and a
subordinated  convertible  note to purchase an aggregate of 1,175,390  shares of
Common Stock at exercise  prices  ranging  from $0.25 to $8.50 per share.  Since
June 30, 1996, no stock options were exercised,  granted or became  exercisable.
To the extent these  options and warrants are  exercised,  there will be further
dilution  to  New  Investors.   See   "Management  --  Stock  Plans,"   "Certain
Transactions" and Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                    15



                   SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    The following table contains certain selected consolidated financial data of
the Company and is qualified in its entirety by the more  detailed  Consolidated
Financial  Statements and Notes thereto  included  elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The statement of operations  data for the fiscal years 1993,  1994 and 1995, and
the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1994 and 1995,  have been derived from
the Consolidated  Financial Statements of the Company which have been audited by
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, and which appear elsewhere in
this Prospectus. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 1993 are derived from
consolidated  financial  statements  that have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand
L.L.P.  The  statement  of  operations  data of the Company for the fiscal years
ending  December 31, 1991 and 1992 and the balance sheet data as of December 31,
1991 and 1992 have been derived from  consolidated  financial  statements of the
Company which have been audited by other  independent  public  accountants.  The
unaudited  consolidated  financial  data as of June  30,  1996,  and for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995,  have been  prepared on a basis  consistent
with the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and,  in the  opinion of
management,  include  all  adjustments  (consisting  only  of  normal  recurring
adjustments)  necessary to present fairly the financial condition and results of
operations for the periods presented.  The results for the six months ended June
30, 1996, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
the year ending December 31, 1996. This data should be read in conjunction  with
the   Consolidated   Financial   Statements   and  related   Notes  thereto  and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" appearing elsewhere herein.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                       ----------------
                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------
                                                                                                     JUNE 30,   JUNE 30,
                                                  1991    1992(1)   1993(2)(3)    1994      1995       1995       1996
                                                  ----    -------   ----------    ----      ----       ----       ----
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                              <C>      <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
REVENUE:
   Product sales                                 $2,146   $2,955      $3,942     $ 5,982   $ 6,622    $3,024     $ 3,946
   Services                                         264    1,680       5,215       4,741     5,649     2,540       2,982
     Total revenue                                2,410    4,635       9,157      10,723    12,271     5,564       6,928
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
   Cost of product sales                          1,172    1,638       2,088       3,194     3,564     1,646       2,007
   Cost of services                                 191    1,443       3,965       3,416     4,168     1,960       2,250
   Research and development                         104      222         279         469       375       159         362
   Selling and marketing                            372      353         894       1,192     1,340       638         915
   General and administrative                       436      745       1,619       2,047     2,316     1,057       1,088
     Total operating costs and expenses           2,275    4,401       8,845      10,318    11,763     5,460       6,622
     Income from operations                         135      234         312         405       508       104         306
Interest expense, net                               101      113         179         244       336       164         168
   Income (loss) before income taxes and
     extraordinary item                              34      121         133         161       172       (60)        138
Provision for income taxes                           (5)     (45)        (41)        (64)      (69)       24         (55)
   Income (loss) before extraordinary item           29       76          92          97       103       (36)         83
Extraordinary item-gain on elimination of debt,
  net of income taxes                                --       --          50          --        --        --          --
  Net income (loss)                              $   29   $   76      $  142     $    97   $   103    $  (36)    $    83
Net income (loss) per share(4)                   $ 0.01   $ 0.03      $ 0.06     $  0.04   $  0.04    $(0.01)    $  0.03
Weighted average common and common equivalent
  shares outstanding(4)                           1,990    2,202       2,480       2,629     3,192     2,640      3,266
</TABLE>

                                       16

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,                  JUNE 30,
                                                                        ------------                
                                                          1991     1992     1993     1994     1995      1996
                                                          ----     ----     ----     ----     ----      ----
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
WORKING CAPITAL(5)                                       $1,698   $2,457   $3,612   $4,686   $4,829    $ 4,497
TOTAL ASSETS                                              2,624    4,828    6,870    8,076    9,928     10,047
LONG TERM DEBT, LESS CURRENT MATURITIES(5)                  993    1,760    2,381    3,180    4,216      2,798
REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK                                    --       --       --       --       --          899
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                  993    1,837    2,762    3,041    3,187      3,332
DIVIDENDS -- NONE




<FN>
(1) Effective July 1, 1992, the Company acquired the net assets of a division of
    Cambridge Biotech  Corporation for $762,000 which increased 1992 revenues by
    $1,450,000.

(2) On  June  30,  1993,  the  Company  exercised  its  option  to  pre-pay  the
    acquisition  note  in  connection  with  the  1992  purchase  of  BTRL  at a
    substantial  discount  from the balance due,  resulting in an  extraordinary
    gain of $50,000 net taxes of $33,000.  The 1993 net income per share  before
    such extraordinary gain was $0.04.

(3) Effective  January 1, 1993,  the  Company  acquired  the net assets of North
    American  Laboratory  Group Ltd.,  Inc. for $425,000,  which  increased 1993
    revenues by $2,019,000.

(4) The effect of the common stock  equivalents on net income per share has been
    excluded from the calculation for years ended December 31, 1991 through 1994
    and the six months ended June 30, 1995 as its inclusion was antidilutive.

(5) The Company's  demand line of credit with  outstanding  amounts of $880,000,
    $1,091,000  and  $1,895,000  as  of  December  31,  1991,   1992  and  1993,
    respectively,  has been  presented as part of long-term  debt (and  excluded
    from current  liabilities in calculating  working  capital) for 1991 through
    1993 to be consistent with its  reclassification  to long-term debt in 1994,
    1995 and 1996 due to a modification of its maturity date.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       17


                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    This Prospectus contains forward-looking  statements which involve risks and
uncertainties.  The Company's actual results may differ  significantly  from the
results discussed in the  forward-looking  statements.  Factors that might cause
such a  difference  include,  but are not limited to,  those  discussed in "Risk
Factors."

    The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the
Company's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and the Notes thereto  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.

OVERVIEW

    The Company  generates revenue from products and services provided to the in
vitro diagnostic infectious disease industry.  Products consist of three groups:
Quality  Control  Panels,  Accurun(tm)  Run Controls and Diagnostic  Components.
Services consist of Specialty Clinical  Laboratory  Testing,  Contract Research,
Clinical Trials and Drug Screening.  In the three full years since the Company's
acquisition of BTRL and BBI-NACL, the Company has experienced a shift in revenue
mix towards increased product sales, as product revenue as a percentage of total
revenue  increased  from  43.1% in 1993 to 54.0% in 1995,  with a  corresponding
decrease in the percentage of total revenue provided by services.

    The Company's  gross profit margin  increased from 33.9% in 1993 to 37.0% in
1995  principally  as a result of the  increased  percentage  of  higher  margin
product  revenues.  Within  products,  the Company's  Quality  Control  Products
(Accurun(tm)  Run Controls and Quality  Control Panels) have higher margins than
the Company's Diagnostic  Components.  Within services,  Contract Research gross
margins  are lower than  other  services.  However,  such  contracts  enable the
Company  to  maintain  certain  scientific  staff and  capability  that it might
otherwise not be able to afford.  The Company intends to continue to concentrate
on the growth in sales of its Quality Control Products.

    Historically,  the  Company's  results of  operations  have been  subject to
quarterly  fluctuations  due  to  a  variety  of  factors,   including  customer
purchasing patterns, primarily driven by end-of-year expenditures,  and seasonal
demand  during the summer months for certain  laboratory  testing  services.  In
particular,  the Company's sales of its Quality Control  Products and Diagnostic
Components  typically  have been highest in the fourth quarter and lowest in the
first quarter of each fiscal year, whereas Specialty Clinical Laboratory Testing
has generally reached a seasonal peak during the third quarter,  coinciding with
the peak incidence of Lyme Disease.  Research  Contracts are generally for large
dollar  amounts  spread  over a one or two year  period,  and  upon  completion,
frequently  do not have  renewal  phases.  As a  result  they  can  cause  large
fluctuations  in revenue and net  income.  In  addition  to staff  dedicated  to
internal research and development, certain of the Company's technical staff work
on both  Contract  Research for  customers  and Company  sponsored  research and
development.  The allocation of certain technical staff to such projects depends
on the  volume of  Contract  Research.  As a result,  research  and  development
expenditures  fluctuate due to increases or decreases in Contract Research.  See
"Risk Factors -- Fluctuations in Quarterly Results of Operations."

    To develop new Quality Control  Products and support  increased  sales,  the
Company hired  additional  research and development  staff in the second half of
1995 and sales and marketing  staff in 1996. The Company  intends to continue to
add staff to these departments.  This should cause both research and development
and selling and  marketing  expenses to increase as a  percentage  of revenue in
1996 and 1997,  compared to 1995.  General and  administrative  expenses are not
expected  to increase  at the same rate,  as the  Company  has already  incurred
significant infrastructure expenses.

    The Company does not have any foreign operations.  However, the Company does
have significant export sales to agents under distribution  agreements,  as well
as  directly  to test kit  manufacturers.  All  sales  are  denominated  in U.S.
dollars. Export sales for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995 were
$1.4 million,  $2.3 million,  and $3.1  million,  respectively,  and for the six
months  ended  June 30,  1995 and  1996  were  $1.5  million  and $1.9  million,
respectively.  The  Company  expects  that  export  sales will  continue to be a
significant  source of revenue and operating income.  See "Risk Factors -- Risks
Associated with Export Sales."



                                       18


    The Company's cash flow from  operations  over the last three years has been
negative as it funded  investment in research and  development,  increased sales
and marketing  expenditures,  and supported growth-driven working capital needs.
The Company funded the shortfall  through a combination of sales of common stock
and bank financing.  The Company anticipates using a portion of the net proceeds
of this Offering for working  capital  requirements  until such time as its cash
flow from operations becomes sufficient.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    The following  table sets forth for the periods  indicated the percentage of
total  revenue   represented  by  certain  items   reflected  in  the  Company's
consolidated statements of operations:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEAR ENDED           SIX MONTHS
                                                        DECEMBER 31,        ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                        ------------        --------------
                                                    1993    1994    1995    1995     1996
                                                    ----    ----    ----    ----     ----
<S>                                                <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>
Revenue:
  Products                                          43.1%   55.8%   54.0%    54.4%   57.0%
  Services                                          56.9    44.2    46.0     45.6    43.0
                                                    ----    ----    ----     ----    ----
    Total revenue                                  100.0   100.0   100.0    100.0   100.0
Gross profit                                        33.9    38.4    37.0     35.2    38.6
Operating expenses:
   Research and development                          3.0     4.4     3.1      2.9     5.2
   Selling and marketing                             9.8    11.1    10.9     11.4    13.2
   General and administrative                       17.7    19.1    18.9     19.0    15.7
                                                    ----    ----    ----     ----    ----
     Total operating expenses                       30.5    34.6    32.9     33.3    34.1
                                                    ----    ----    ----     ----    ----
   Income from operations                            3.4     3.8     4.1      1.9     4.4
Interest expense                                     2.0     2.3     2.7      3.0     2.4
                                                     ---     ---     ---      ---     ---
  Income (loss) before income taxes                  1.5     1.5     1.4     (1.1)    2.0
  Net income (loss)                                  1.6     0.9     0.8     (0.6)    1.2
                                                     ===     ===     ===     ====     ===
Product gross profit                                47.0%   46.6%   46.2%    45.6%   49.1%
Services gross profit                               24.0%   28.0%   26.2%    22.8%   24.6%
</TABLE>

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1995

    Total revenue  increased  24.5%,  or  $1,364,000,  to $6,928,000 for the six
months  ended  June 30,  1996 from  $5,564,000  in the prior year  period.  This
increase was the result of an increase in product  sales of 30.4%,  or $921,000,
to $3,946,000 from $3,025,000 and an increase in specialty  laboratory  services
of 17.4%, or $443,000, to $2,983,000 from $2,540,000.  Product revenue increased
primarily  as a result  of an  overall  increase  of 34.5%  in  Quality  Control
Products,  due to  sales  of new  products  and  increased  volume  of  existing
products,  including  an  increase  of 132.5% in the sales of  Accurun(tm).  The
increase in service  revenue was primarily  attributable  to a 19.0% increase in
Specialty  Clinical  Laboratory  Testing revenue,  particularly  molecular (PCR)
testing,  and the  addition  of two new  research  contracts  with the  National
Institutes of Health in the fourth quarter of 1995.

    Gross profit increased 36.5%, or $714,000,  to $2,672,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 from  $1,958,000 in the prior year period.  The gross profit
margin  increased to 38.6% in the six months ended June 30, 1996 versus 35.2% in
the prior year  period.  Gross  margins  improved  in both  products,  (45.6% to
49.1%), and services (22.8% to 24.6%), as the Company benefited from an improved
revenue mix at the higher volume level.

    Research and development expenses increased 127.4%, or $203,000, to $362,000
for the six months  ended June 30, 1996 from  $159,000 in the prior year period.
Research and development costs as a percentage of revenues increased to 5.2% for
the six months ended June 30, 1996 from 2.9% in the comparable 1995 period. This
increase was primarily the result of increased  costs of personnel  hired in the
second half of 1995 which enabled the Company to introduce  over 30 new products
in the first half of 1996 compared with 15 new  introductions  in the prior year
period.



                                       19


    Selling and marketing expenses increased 43.6%, or $278,000, to $915,000 for
the six months ended June 30, 1996 from $638,000 in the prior year period.  This
increase was primarily attributable to increased personnel costs associated with
the addition of  tele-sales  staff for Quality  Control  Products,  particularly
Accurun(tm),  and increased  advertising  costs due to the  commencement  of the
Company's "Total Quality System" (TQS) marketing campaign.

    General  and  administrative   expenses  increased  3.0%,  or  $31,000,   to
$1,088,000  for the six months ended June 30, 1996 from  $1,057,000 in the prior
year period. As a result,  general and  administrative  expenses  decreased as a
percentage  of revenues to 15.7% for 1996 from 19.0% in the prior year period as
management maintained close control of expense levels.

    Interest expense was essentially  unchanged in the six months ended June 30,
1996 versus the prior year period as the prime rate  increases in late 1995 were
offset by reduced borrowing due to both additional equity raised and prepayments
from certain customers for contract research services.

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994

    Total revenue  increased  14.4%, or $1,548,000,  to $12,271,000 in 1995 from
$10,723,000  in  1994 . The  increase  in  revenues  was the  result  of a 10.7%
increase in product  revenues of $640,000 to $6,622,000 from  $5,981,000,  and a
19.1% increase in service  revenues of $908,000 to $5,649,000 from $4,741,000 in
1995 compared to 1994. The increase in product  revenue was  attributable  to an
increase  in prices at the  beginning  of 1995 and an  increase in the volume of
sales of  Quality  Control  Products  and  Basematrix  (part  of the  Diagnostic
Components  group),  which  increase  was  partially  offset by the  absence  of
revenues  in 1995  from two OEM  Quality  Control  Panel  contracts  which  were
completed in 1994.  The Company also  reduced  emphasis on certain  lower margin
Diagnostic  Components  as it focused  more  effort on sales of its  proprietary
Basematrix  product,  which carries a higher  margin.  During 1995,  the Company
reorganized  its sales and  marketing  department  and believes that this had an
adverse effect on sales growth for the period.  The increase in service  revenue
was primarily the result of increased specialty clinical laboratory testing, two
new research  contracts and increased  clinical trial services,  particularly in
the area of HIV.

    Gross profit  increased  10.4%,  or $426,000,  to  $4,539,000  for 1995 from
$4,113,000  in 1994.  Products  gross profit  increased  9.7%,  or $270,000,  to
$3,057,000 in 1995 from  $2,787,000 in 1994 as the products  sales  increase was
offset by a small  decrease in products  gross  profit  margin (to 46.2% in 1995
from 46.6%). The products gross margin decrease was a result of a small increase
in material handling personnel costs.  Services gross profit increased 11.8%, or
$156,000,  to $1,481,000 in 1995 from  $1,326,000 in 1994 as the sales  increase
was offset by a decrease in services  gross profit  margin to 26.2% in 1995 from
28.0% in 1994. Services gross margin declined primarily as a result of increased
personnel costs in the specialty clinical laboratory and an increase in contract
research activities, which carry a lower margin.

    Research  and  development  expenditures  decreased  20.0%,  or $94,000,  to
$376,000 in 1995 from  $469,000 in 1994.  The  decrease  resulted  from  certain
technical staff being utilized for Company sponsored research and development in
1994 and Contract  Research in 1995.  See "-- Years Ended  December 31, 1994 and
1993." Development  projects included  Accurun(tm),  molecular and immunological
Run Controls,  specialized  molecular  assays,  and the  development of a second
generation  Lyme Disease western blot test kit for internal use by the Company's
specialty testing laboratory.

    Selling and marketing expenses  increased 12.4%, or $148,000,  to $1,340,000
in 1995 from  $1,192,000  in 1994.  The increase was primarily  attributable  to
additional  sales and marketing  staff and overhead,  partially  offset by lower
trade show and travel expenses as the Company realized greater benefits from its
distributor network.

    General and administrative costs increased 13.1%, or $269,000, to $2,316,000
in 1995 from  $2,047,000 in 1994.  This increase was primarily  attributable  to
additional  staffing in support of revenue growth and higher reserve  provisions
for doubtful accounts associated with the increased volume of revenue related to
testing in situations  where payment to the Company  depends on collecting  from
the


                                       20


patient  rather than a healthcare  institution.  These  increases were partially
offset by lower  professional  fees. Also included in general and administrative
expense was approximately $60,000 of nonrecurring costs associated with the move
of the specialty testing laboratory into a larger, custom-designed facility.

    Interest  expense  increased  37.8%,  or  $92,000,  to $336,000 in 1995 from
$244,000 in 1994,  as the Company  funded its working  capital  needs  primarily
through increased borrowings.

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993

    Total revenue  increased  17.1%, or $1,566,000,  to $10,723,000 in 1994 from
$9,157,000  in 1993.  This  increase  was a result  of a 51.7%,  or  $2,039,000,
increase in product sales, partially offset by a 9.1%, or $473,000,  decrease in
service revenue.  The product sales increase was primarily  attributable to unit
volume growth of both existing and new Quality  Control  Panels for HIV and HCV,
and, to a lesser extent, to sales of the Company's first molecular-based Quality
Control Panel targeted for end-user PCR training.  The service  revenue  decline
was primarily  attributable  to the  completion in February 1994 of a government
contract  with the United  States Army for  retrovirology  research that reduced
contract  research  revenue by  approximately  $1,100,000  in 1994 compared with
1993. This decrease was partially  offset by a $676,000,  or 36.5%,  increase in
specialty laboratory testing services.

    Gross profit  increased  32.5%,  or $1,009,000,  to $4,113,000 for 1994 from
$3,104,000 in 1993.  Products  gross profit  increased  50.3%,  or $933,000,  to
$2,787,000 in 1994 from  $1,855,000 in 1993 as the products  sales  increase was
partially  offset by a small decrease in products gross margin (to 46.6% in 1994
from  47.0%).  The products  gross margin  decrease was a result of higher costs
associated  with pilot  manufacturing  of  Accurun(tm).  Services  gross  profit
increased 6.1%, or $76,000, to $1,326,000 in 1994 from $1,250,000 in 1993 as the
sales  decrease was more than offset by an increase in services gross margin (to
28.0% in 1994 from 24.0%). Services gross margin increased primarily as a result
of improved economies of scale at its specialty clinical  laboratory afforded by
higher test volume,  and redeployment of staff into Company  sponsored  research
and development projects.

    Research and development  expenditures  increased by 68.3%, or $190,000,  to
$469,000 in 1994 from $279,000 in 1993 as the Company commenced several research
and development  projects,  including  development of Quality Control Panels for
molecular  diagnostics,  increased  expenditures related to the development of a
PCR test for Lyme Disease,  and a second  generation  Lyme Disease  western blot
test kit for internal use by the Company's specialty clinical laboratory.

    Selling and marketing expenses  increased 33.3%, or $297,000,  to $1,192,000
in 1994 from $894,000 in 1993. This increase was primarily attributable to staff
additions in sales and customer  service  support for the products  business and
also higher travel costs.

    General  and  administrative  expenses  increased  26.4%,  or  $428,000,  to
$2,047,000  in 1994  from  $1,619,000  in  1993.  This  increase  was  primarily
attributable  to a full year impact of staff  additions in information  systems,
regulatory  affairs and accounting in support of the Company's  sales growth and
growth  expectations  in both the Quality  Control  Products  and the  Specialty
Clinical Laboratory Services business.

    Interest  expense  increased  36.4%,  or  $65,000,  to $244,000 in 1994 from
$179,000  in 1993 as the  Company  funded its  increased  equipment  and working
capital needs primarily from borrowings.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    The Company has  financed  its  operations  to date  through  cash flow from
operations, borrowings from banks and sales of equity.

    At June 30, 1996 the Company had  $1,398,000  outstanding  and $2,028,000 of
availability  under its $3.5 million Revolving Line of Credit Agreement due June
30, 1998 (the "Revolver"). Under the terms of the Revolver, the Company operates
under a zero balance account arrangement whereby cash receipts are received into
a lockbox at the bank and reduce the Revolver, while disbursements for


                                       21


payroll and  accounts  payable  items  increase the  outstanding  balance of the
Revolver.  Borrowings under the Revolver are limited to 80% of eligible accounts
receivable  plus the lesser of 40% of  inventory or $1.5  million.  The Revolver
contains  various  covenants and  restrictions  and the amounts  outstanding are
secured by all of the Company's assets and a $2 million life insurance policy on
an  officer/stockholder.  See  Note 6 to  Notes  to the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements. The Company expects to use a portion of the proceeds of the Offering
to repay the outstanding amount under the Revolver,  which at August 1, 1996 was
approximately $1,727,000.  See "Use of Proceeds." Amounts repaid on the Revolver
will be available for reborrowing.

    Net cash provided by  operations  for the six months ended June 30, 1996 was
$685,000 as compared to $105,000 in the prior year period. This increase in cash
flow was primarily  attributable to an increase in net income and an increase in
deferred revenue from a payment of $308,000 under a research contract for future
clinical  trial  services.  Cash flow used in operations in 1995,  1994 and 1993
amounted to $29,000, $554,000 and $427,000,  respectively.  The decrease in cash
used in operations in 1995 from 1994 was primarily  attributable  to an increase
in deferred revenue.

    Cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 1996 was
$283,000 as compared to  $216,000  in the prior year  period.  This  increase in
investing  activities  was the  result of  increased  capital  expenditures  for
production  equipment  associated  with  Accurun(tm)  and other Quality  Control
Products.  Cash used in investing activities for 1995, 1994 and 1993 amounted to
$1,320,000,  $405,000 and $850,000,  respectively.  The increased use of cash in
1995  versus  1994  was  the  result  of  the  purchase  of the  Company's  West
Bridgewater facility and in 1993 related to the acquisition of the net assets of
North American Laboratory Group Limited, Inc.

    Cash used in financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 1996 was
$403,000 as compared to $151,000  provided by financing  activities in the prior
comparable year period. Net cash was used in financing activities primarily as a
result of the repayment of $1,591,000 of the Revolver  offset by $899,000 raised
through the sale of Common  Stock to Kyowa Medex,  Co.,  Ltd.  Cash  provided by
borrowings  for  1995,  1994 and  1993  amounted  to  $1,240,000,  $846,000  and
$494,000,  respectively,  and net proceeds from the sale of Common Stock for the
same periods amounted to $176,000,  $170,000,  and $765,000,  respectively.  The
proceeds  of such  debt were  used for  working  capital,  to  acquire  the West
Bridgewater  property and to purchase capital equipment.  The Company expects to
use a portion of the proceeds of the Offering to repay the outstanding  balances
on these notes payable, which aggregated  approximately  $1,829,000 at August 1,
1996. See "Use of Proceeds."

    Capital  expenditures  relate  primarily  to the  Company's  facilities  and
related  equipment.  For the six months  ended June 30,  1996 and 1995,  capital
expenditures  totaled  $283,000 and $216,000  respectively.  This  represents an
increase  of $67,000  in the six months  ended  June 30,  1996,  as the  Company
continues to invest in manufacturing  equipment and information  systems related
to both  operations  and finance.  In 1995,  1994 and 1993 capital  expenditures
amounted to $1,316,000,  $405,000 and $461,000,  respectively. In 1995, $806,000
of the  Company's  capital  expenditures  related  to the  purchase  of the West
Bridgewater  facility.  As of August 1, 1996,  the Company has available to it a
$250,000  five  year term  facility  to  finance  equipment  purchases,  bearing
interest at prime plus 1%.

    The Company anticipates capital  expenditures to increase over the near term
as it  expects to use  approximately  $1.0  million  from the  proceeds  of this
Offering  to expand its  manufacturing  capacity in West  Bridgewater,  of which
approximately  $500,000 will be spent on building  expansion  and  approximately
$500,000 will be spent on equipment. See "Use of Proceeds." The Company believes
that  existing  cash  balances,  the  borrowing  capacity  available  under  the
Revolver,  cash generated from  operations and the proceeds of this Offering are
sufficient to fund  operations  and  anticipated  capital  expenditures  for the
foreseeable  future.  There were no material  financial  commitments for capital
expenditures as of June 30, 1996.



                                       22


    On April 26,  1996 the  Company  entered  into a new five year  distribution
agreement  with a foreign  distributor  extending  a six year old  relationship.
Simultaneously, the distributor purchased 117,647 shares of the Company's Common
Stock  at a price  of  $8.50  per  share.  The  Purchase  Agreement  includes  a
redemption  right that may require the Company to repurchase  the stock at $8.50
per share in the event the Company  terminates the distribution  agreement or it
expires prior to the Company completing an initial public offering of its Common
Stock.  These  shares  have  been  presented  in  the  Company's  balance  sheet
separately  as  redeemable  Common  Stock.  Completion  of this  initial  public
offering will terminate the redemption provisions and cause the reclassification
of these shares into stockholders' equity.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

    In October 1995, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123 ("SFAS 123")  "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation,"  which becomes
effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  1995.  SFAS  123
establishes  new financial  accounting and reporting  standards for  stock-based
compensation  plans.  However,  entities are allowed to elect whether to measure
compensation expense for stock-based  compensation under SFAS 123 or APB No. 25,
"Accounting  for Stock Issued to Employees." The Company has elected to continue
to account under APB No. 25 and will make the required pro forma  disclosures of
net  income and  earnings  per share as if the  provisions  of SFAS 123 had been
applied in its December 31, 1996 financial  statements.  The potential impact of
adopting this standard on the Company's pro forma  disclosures of net income and
earnings per share has not been quantified at this time.



                                       23


                                    BUSINESS

GENERAL

    The Company is a leading worldwide  provider of proprietary  quality control
products  for use with in vitro  diagnostic  test  kits  ("test  kits")  for the
detection,  analysis and  monitoring of  infectious  diseases,  including  AIDS,
Hepatitis  and Lyme  Disease.  These  products are used to develop test kits, to
permit the monitoring of laboratory equipment and personnel,  and to help ensure
the  accuracy of test  results.  The  Company's  products are derived from human
plasma and serum using proprietary manufacturing processes. The Company believes
its Quality Control Panel products are viewed as the current  industry  standard
for the  independent  assessment of the  performance  of HIV and Hepatitis  test
kits. The Company also manufactures  diagnostic test kit components and provides
specialty  laboratory   services,   including  clinical  trials.  The  Company's
customers include test kit manufacturers,  regulatory  agencies and end-users of
test kits such as blood banks,  hospital  laboratories  and  clinical  reference
laboratories.  Currently the Company's  products are used in connection with the
detection of more than 15  infectious  diseases,  and its  specialty  laboratory
services are used in connection with the detection of over 100 such diseases.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

    According to the World Health Organization ("WHO"),  infectious diseases are
now the leading  cause of  premature  death  around the world and the third most
common  cause of premature  death in the United  States.  In 1995,  more than 17
million people died from exposure to infectious  diseases,  constituting  nearly
one-third of the  approximately  52 million  people  worldwide who died from all
causes.  Currently,  the  Company  focuses  on two  infectious  diseases,  Viral
Hepatitis and AIDS,  which are among the largest  killers and are also a primary
focus of blood testing efforts worldwide.

    WHO estimates that  approximately  20 million people  worldwide are infected
with HIV,  and that  approximately  one million  people  died from  AIDS-related
illnesses  during  1995.  WHO  also  estimates  that  up to 350  million  people
worldwide  are infected  with  Hepatitis  Type B, one of several  types of Viral
Hepatitis, and that over one million people died of Viral Hepatitis during 1995.
In developed countries,  blood products are routinely screened for HIV and Viral
Hepatitis by use of infectious disease test kits.

    The  increased  threat  from  infectious  diseases  has  created a large and
growing  market  for test  kits.  Venture  Planning  Group,  a medical  products
research firm,  estimates that the worldwide  infectious disease test kit market
was  approximately  $2.7 billion in 1995, and will grow to $5.0 billion by 2000,
representing a compound annual increase of 13%.

    Infectious  Disease Test Kits and Testing Methods.  Test kits contain in one
compact  package all of the materials  necessary to run a test for an infectious
disease. These include the disposable diagnostic components,  instructions,  and
reaction  mixing  vessels  (generally  96-well  plates or test tubes)  which are
coated  with the  relevant  infectious  disease  antigens,  antibodies  or other
materials.  To perform the test,  either a  technician  or a specially  designed
instrument  typically  mixes the  solutions  from the test kit with human  blood
specimens in a specific  sequence  according to the test kit  instructions.  The
mixture must then  "incubate" for up to 18 hours,  during which time a series of
biochemical  reactions trigger signals  (including color,  light and radioactive
count) which indicate the presence or absence and amount of specific  markers of
the particular disease in the specimen.

    Test kits  generally  employ one of three  methods  for  infectious  disease
testing: microbiology, immunology or molecular biology. Traditional microbiology
tests use a growth medium that enables an organism, if present, to replicate and
be detected visually.  Immunology tests detect the antigen or antibody, which is
an  indicator  (marker)  of the  pathogen  (e.g.,  virus,  bacterium,  fungus or
parasite).  Molecular diagnostic methods,  such as the polymerase chain reaction
("PCR"),  test for the presence of nucleic acids (DNA or RNA) which are specific
to a particular pathogen.




                                       24


    Most infectious disease tests currently use microbiological or immunological
methods.  However,  molecular  diagnostic methods are increasingly being used in
research laboratories  worldwide and the Company believes that soon they will be
accepted  for  routine  use in the  clinical  laboratory  setting.  The  Company
believes that the advent of molecular  diagnostic methods will complement rather
than diminish the need to test by microbiological and immunological  procedures,
because  different test methods  reveal  different  information  about a disease
state. The Company  anticipates that as new test methods become more widespread,
they will account for a larger portion of the Company's business.

    Quality Control for In Vitro Diagnostic Test Kits.  Customers employ quality
control  products  in order to develop  and use test kits (both  infectious  and
non-infectious).  Quality  control  products  ensure  that test kits  detect the
correct   analyte   (specificity),   detect   it  the   same  way   every   time
(reproducibility  or  precision),  and  detect  it  at  the  appropriate  levels
(sensitivity).  The  major  element  of  this  quality  control  process  is the
continuous  evaluation  of test kits by the testing of  carefully  characterized
samples that resemble the donor or patient samples routinely used with the test.
Quality  control  is used in both  the  infectious  and  non-infectious  disease
markets, although currently it is not as prevalent among end-users of infectious
disease test kits.

    The market for quality  control  products  consists  of three main  customer
segments:  (i) manufacturers of test kits, (ii) regulatory agencies that oversee
the  manufacture  and use of test kits and (iii) end-users of test kits, such as
hospitals, clinical reference laboratories and blood banks.

    According to the Genesis  Report Dx (May 1994), a medical  products  survey,
the quality  control market for in vitro  diagnostic  testing for infectious and
non-infectious  disease in 1994 totaled  approximately $600 million. The Company
believes that the market for quality  control  products for  infectious  disease
testing  currently  represents  less than five  percent of the  overall  quality
control  market.  At  the  present  time,  most  quality  control  products  for
non-infectious  disease test kits are sold to  end-users,  who have used quality
control  products as part of standard  laboratory  practice for several decades.
Conversely,  most quality control  products for the infectious  disease test kit
segment of the market are sold to test kit manufacturers and regulators, and not
to end-users,  who have  historically  used quality  control  products only on a
limited  basis.  The  Company  believes  that this  lower  level of usage  among
end-users  of  infectious  disease  test  kits is  primarily  due to  laboratory
practices  that have evolved from earlier  testing  methods that did not require
routine  and  extensive  use of  external  quality  controls as part of standard
laboratory practice. However, the Company also believes that this lower level of
usage among end-users of test kits represents a major market  opportunity  since
current testing methods have been improving test kit performance to increasingly
higher  levels of  sensitivity,  specificity  and  reproducibility.  The Company
believes  that these  three key  criteria  of test kit  performance  can be best
monitored through the use of quality control products, such as those sold by the
Company.

MARKET TRENDS

    The  Company  believes  that  end-users  of test kits will  become  the most
significant  users of quality control products in the infectious  disease market
and that the market for infectious disease test kits and related quality control
products  will continue to expand,  primarily as a result of the following  four
trends.

    Increased Regulatory Scrutiny.  Due to the high level of public concern with
the dangers of infectious diseases, particularly AIDS, Viral Hepatitis, and Lyme
Disease,  governmental  regulatory  agencies are requiring  additional  tests to
improve the safety of the blood  supply,  and are  requiring  manufacturers  and
end-users of test kits to adopt  quality  assurance  programs  applicable to the
entire test kit product life-cycle,  from initial product design and development
through  manufacture  and  end-use.  The  passage  of  the  Clinical  Laboratory
Improvement  Amendments  of  1988  ("CLIA")  and its  regulatory  implementation
beginning in 1992 have resulted in a set of  recommended  laboratory  practices,
including more stringent quality control programs, as well as regular government
inspections  aimed at improving the overall  standard of proficiency in clinical
laboratories.  As a result,  the Company believes that blood bank,  hospital and
clinical laboratory personnel are adopting more comprehensive  quality assurance
programs,  especially in  infectious  disease  testing,  to minimize the risk of
errors and to comply with CLIA and other regulations.



                                       25


    Growing  Recognition  of the Value of Using  Quality  Control  Products.  To
ensure the greatest possible safety of the blood supply, to achieve the earliest
possible  diagnosis  of  infection,  and to  minimize  the  occurrence  of false
negative results, sensitivity of tests (i.e., their ability to accurately detect
very small  amounts of the disease  marker) is a critical  element.  The Company
believes  there  is  increasing  recognition  of  the  benefit  of  continuously
monitoring test  sensitivity  using quality control  products to help ensure the
accuracy of each test run.

    New Diseases and the  Development  of New Therapies.  In recent years,  HIV,
Hepatitis C Virus ("HCV"),  Borrelia burgdorferi ("Lyme Disease") and Ehrlichia,
among  others,  have  emerged  as  significant  human  pathogens.  New and  drug
resistant strains of known pathogens, such as those causing tuberculosis, escape
mutants of  Hepatitis B Virus  ("HBV"),  and Group O and other  variants of HIV,
have also emerged. In response,  new and improved tests are being developed.  In
addition, as new drug therapies are introduced to treat infectious diseases, new
tests are needed to monitor the  effectiveness of these therapies.  For example,
the recent  advances in AIDS drug therapy,  which use a  combination  of several
drugs to treat infected patients, have prompted the creation of a new viral load
test used to  periodically  measure the precise amount of virus in the patient's
blood to evaluate the  effectiveness  of the drug therapy.  The Company believes
that  viral load  testing  will be applied  to  additional  areas of  infectious
disease, including Hepatitis B and C and Lyme Disease.

    Advanced  Test  Technologies  and  Equipment.  Test  kit  manufacturers  are
continuing to enhance the sensitivity,  specificity and reproducibility of their
tests.  Molecular  diagnostics  now permit the direct  detection  of the nucleic
acids (DNA and RNA)  specific to viruses and other  pathogens and are being used
to complement traditional microbiological and immunological tests for infectious
disease.  New tests  for  urine  and  saliva  have  been  developed  that  offer
advantages  in some settings over blood tests and may be more widely used in the
future.  Test kit  manufacturers  are also  developing  assays on silicon chips,
laser-read microspot arrays, and are using electrochemi- luminescence detection,
among other  technologies.  The different types of information  obtained through
the  complementary use of various  diagnostic  methods can provide the physician
with a broader  perspective  on the diagnosis  and prognosis of the disease,  as
well as on the effectiveness of drug therapy.

THE BOSTON BIOMEDICA ADVANTAGE

    The Company  believes it offers the only  integrated  range of products  for
quality assurance  throughout the entire infectious disease test kit life-cycle,
from initial research and development,  through the regulatory  approval process
and test  kit  production,  to  training,  troubleshooting  and  routine  use by
end-users.  To directly address the emerging  end-user market  opportunity,  the
Company  introduced its TQS marketing  platform based around its Accurun(tm) Run
Control  products.  The  Company  believes  that TQS is the first  comprehensive
package of quality control products designed specifically for infectious disease
test kit end-users, providing them with a customized approach to evaluate all of
the key elements of the testing process.

    The Company believes that it has several  competitive  advantages which have
enabled  it to achieve  its  current  leadership  position  in  quality  control
products for infectious diseases:

    Valuable  Inventory.  The Company has an inventory of  approximately  50,000
distinct  human blood  specimens  accumulated  since 1986 through its  worldwide
sources of blood-supply.  This inventory cannot be easily or rapidly acquired on
the open market, and enables the Company to respond quickly to market trends and
customer needs.

    Specialty  Laboratory  Services and Clinical  Trials.  The knowledge  gained
through the Company's specialty laboratory services allows the Company to remain
at the  forefront of emerging  market trends and customer  needs.  By conducting
clinical  trials of new test kits  under  development,  the  Company  is able to
maintain  close  contact  with  manufacturers  and to  release  Quality  Control
Products for test kits soon after the test kits are introduced to the market. In
addition,  by operating a specialty clinical laboratory,  the Company is able to
better understand the requirements of the end-user.



                                       26


    Proprietary  Manufacturing  Know-How. As a result of ten years of experience
working with leading  worldwide  manufacturers  in the development of their test
kits and with regulators to help in the evaluation of test kits, the Company has
developed proprietary know-how in manufacturing its Quality Control Products.

    Reputation.  The Company  believes  that it has developed a reputation as an
authority in quality control products for infectious disease among manufacturers
and regulators of infectious  disease test kits.  The Company  believes that its
reputation,  established over the past ten years,  will assist it in penetrating
the emerging end-user market.

STRATEGY

    The  Company's  strategy  is to  enhance  its  leadership  position  in  the
infectious diseases quality control market and to take advantage of the emerging
opportunities  in the end-user  market for quality control  products.  There are
five key elements to this strategy:

    Capitalize on Emerging  End-User Market.  In 1996 the Company  introduced an
expanded line of Quality Control Products that are specifically designed for the
end-users  of  test  kits,   such  as  blood  banks,   hospitals   and  clinical
laboratories.  The  Company  plans to  continue  to expand  its line of  Quality
Control Products,  particularly its Accurun(tm) line of Run Controls, to cover a
wider range of immunological  and molecular  markers.  The Company also recently
introduced its Total Quality System ("TQS") marketing  platform,  which combines
Accurun(tm)  with other Quality  Control  Products to provide test kit end-users
with the products needed in an overall quality  assurance  program.  The Company
intends to continue to expand its sales,  marketing and distribution  activities
to support its product  development  program for the emerging  end-user  quality
control market.

    Develop New Products and Services.  The Company intends to capitalize on its
reputation  with  manufacturers  and  regulators by developing  Quality  Control
Products  and  Diagnostic  Components  for use with  test kits for both new test
methodologies and new diseases.  For example,  in response to a 1996 FDA mandate
that all blood collected for transfusion  must be tested for the presence of the
HIV antigen,  the Company recently  introduced on an OEM basis the first quality
control  training panels for use with the two FDA-licensed HIV antigen test kits
available in the United  States.  In addition,  the Company has also  provided a
training panel for end-users of the only  FDA-licensed  molecular  amplification
test for HIV RNA, and has  introduced a new line of HIV RNA controls to meet the
demand of the newly emerging viral load test market. In the future,  the Company
expects to provide  Quality  Control Panels for use with tests that  distinguish
among the  subtypes of HIV, the  serotypes  of HCV,  and the various  strains of
Mycobacteria causing tuberculosis.

    Enhance  Technical  Leadership.  The Company  seeks to expand its  technical
capabilities  by  continually   enhancing  its  strong   scientific   staff  and
collaborating with other scientists worldwide, thus strengthening its reputation
in the area of quality  control  for  infectious  disease  testing.  The Company
maintains and enhances its technical  leadership by  participating in scientific
studies  relevant to its products and services,  and by making  presentations at
scientific  meetings on blood  banking and  infectious  diseases.  The Company's
scientists also publish articles in peer reviewed journals.

    Capitalize on  Complementary  Business  Operations.  The Company  intends to
capitalize  on  operational  and marketing  opportunities  that arise out of its
activities in both  infectious  disease  products and laboratory  services.  For
example,  the Company  conducts  clinical trials for  manufacturers  of in vitro
diagnostic  products,  which allows the Company to maintain  close  contact with
test kit manufacturers  and regulators,  and enables the Company to evaluate new
technologies  in various stages of  development.  The Company  believes that the
reputation and experience of its  laboratory  and  scientific  staff,  its large
number of unique  Quality  Control  Panels,  and its inventory of  characterized
serum and plasma  specimens  assist the Company in marketing its clinical  trial
services to its customers.  Finally, the Company's specialty clinical laboratory
also affords the Company  access to materials  needed in the  production  of its
Quality Control Products and Diagnostic Components.



                                       27


    Pursue Strategic  Acquisitions and Alliances.  The Company intends to pursue
strategic  acquisitions  and  alliances  to expand its core  product  lines,  to
strengthen its base in medical science and technology,  and to secure sources of
blood supply. To date, the Company has acquired BTRL, a research and development
laboratory  with a strong  capability  in molecular  and cellular  biology,  and
BBI-NACL,  formerly North American  Laboratory  Group Ltd., Inc., a microbiology
and immunology clinical  laboratory  specializing in the diagnosis of infectious
diseases,   including  tick-borne  diseases.   These  acquisitions  led  to  the
introduction  in  1994 of the  Company's  first  Quality  Control  Products  for
molecular  diagnostics.  The  Company  believes  that  there  may be  additional
acquisition and alliance opportunities, such as blood donor centers in strategic
locations, that would strengthen its existing business.

PRODUCTS

    The Company designs,  develops and markets diagnostic  products used for the
quality control, quality assurance and technical evaluation of test kits for the
laboratory  diagnosis of infectious  disease.  The Company  offers three product
groups: Quality Control Panels, Run Controls and Diagnostic Components.

    The Company  manufactures its products from human plasma and serum which are
obtained from  nonprofit and commercial  blood centers,  primarily in the United
States.  The Company has  acquired and  developed an inventory of  approximately
50,000  individual  blood units and specimens (with volumes ranging from 1 ml to
800 ml) which  provides most of the raw material for its  products.  The Company
believes the current market value of this inventory is  significantly  in excess
of its book value.

QUALITY CONTROL PANELS

    Quality  Control  Panels  consist  of blood  products  characterized  by the
presence or absence of  specific  disease  markers  and a Data Sheet  containing
comprehensive  quantitative data useful for comparative analysis.  These Quality
Control  Products are designed for measuring  overall test kit  performance  and
laboratory proficiency,  as well as for training laboratory  professionals.  The
Company's  Data Sheets are an integral  part of its  Quality  Control  Products.
These Data  Sheets are  created as the result of  extensive  testing of proposed
panel  components  in both  the  Company's  laboratories  and at  major  testing
laboratories on behalf of the Company in the United States and Europe, including
national  public health  laboratories,  research and clinical  laboratories  and
regulatory agencies. These laboratories are selected based on their expertise in
performing the appropriate tests on a large scale in an actual clinical setting;
this testing process provides the Company's  customers with the benefit that the
Quality  Control Panels they purchase from the Company have  undergone  rigorous
testing  in  actual  clinical  settings.  In  addition,   the  Company  provides
information on its Data Sheets on the reactivity of panel  components in all FDA
licensed test kits and all leading  European test kits for the target  pathogen,
as well as for all other appropriate markers of this pathogen.  For example, the
Company's HIV panel Data Sheets include anti-HIV by IFA, ELISA and western blot;
HIV antigen by ELISA; and HIV RNA by several  molecular  diagnostic  procedures.
The Company's Data Sheets require  significant time and scientific  expertise to
prepare.

    The Company first  introduced  Quality  Control  Panels in 1987. The Company
currently  offers a broad range of Quality Control Panels that address a variety
of needs of  manufacturers  and  regulators of test kits as well as blood banks,
hospitals,  clinical laboratories and other end-users.  Prices for the Company's
quality control  seroconversion,  performance and sensitivity  panels range from
$450 to $2,000  each,  and its  qualification  and OEM panels range from $100 to
$200 per panel. The following table describes the types of Quality Control Panel
products currently offered by the Company.




                                       28


                      QUALITY CONTROL PANEL PRODUCTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   PRODUCT LINE            DESCRIPTION                USE                 CUSTOMERS
  <S>                    <C>                    <C>                   <C>
  SEROCONVERSION         PLASMA SAMPLES         COMPARE THE           TEST KIT
   PANELS                COLLECTED FROM A       CLINICAL              MANUFACTURERS AND
                         SINGLE INDIVIDUAL      SENSITIVITY OF        REGULATORS
                         OVER A SPECIFIC        COMPETING
                         TIME PERIOD SHOWING    MANUFACTURERS' TEST
                         CONVERSION FROM        KITS, ENABLING THE
                         NEGATIVE TO            USER TO ASSESS THE
                         POSITIVE FOR           SENSITIVITY OF A
                         MARKERS OF AN          TEST IN DETECTING A
                         INFECTIOUS DISEASE     DEVELOPING
                                                ANTIGEN/ANTIBODY

  PERFORMANCE            A SET OF 10 TO 50      DETERMINE TEST KIT    TEST KIT
   PANELS                SERUM AND PLASMA       PERFORMANCE AGAINST   MANUFACTURERS AND
                         SAMPLES COLLECTED      ALL EXPECTED LEVELS   REGULATORS
                         FROM MANY DIFFERENT    OF REACTIVITIES IN
                         INDIVIDUALS AND        THE EVALUATION OF
                         CHARACTERIZED FOR      NEW, MODIFIED AND
                         THE PRESENCE OR        IMPROVED TEST
                         ABSENCE OF A           METHODS
                         PARTICULAR DISEASE
                         MARKER

  SENSITIVITY PANELS     PRECISE DILUTIONS      EVALUATE THE          TEST KIT
                         OF HUMAN PLASMA OR     LOW-END ANALYTICAL    MANUFACTURERS
                         SERUM CONTAINING A     SENSITIVITY OF A
                         KNOWN AMOUNT OF AN     TEST KIT
                         INFECTIOUS DISEASE
                         MARKER AS
                         CALIBRATED AGAINST
                         INTERNATIONAL
                         STANDARDS

  QUALIFICATION          DILUTIONS OF HUMAN     DEMONSTRATE THE       CLINICAL REFERENCE
   PANELS                PLASMA OR SERUM        CONSISTENT            LABORATORIES, BLOOD
                         MANIFESTING A FULL     LOT-TO-LOT            BANKS, AND HOSPITAL
                         RANGE OF               PERFORMANCE OF TEST   LABORATORIES
                         REACTIVITIES IN        KITS, TROUBLESHOOT
                         TEST KITS FOR A        PROBLEMS, EVALUATE
                         SPECIFIC MARKER        PROFICIENCY, AND
                                                TRAIN LABORATORY
                                                TECHNICIANS

  OEM PANELS             CUSTOM-DESIGNED        TRAIN LABORATORY      CUSTOM DESIGNED
                         QUALIFICATION          PERSONNEL ON NEW      WITH TEST KIT
                         PANELS FOR             TEST KITS OR          MANUFACTURERS AND
                         REGULATORS AND TEST    EQUIPMENT             REGULATORS AS AN
                         KIT MANUFACTURERS                            END-USER PRODUCT OR
                         FOR DISTRIBUTION TO                          FOR INTERNAL USE
                         CUSTOMERS OR FOR
                         INTERNAL USE
</TABLE>

    Seroconversion  and  Performance  Panels  are  comprised  of unique and rare
plasma specimens  obtained from individuals during the short period of time when
the markers for a particular  disease are converting  from negative to positive.
As a result, the quantity of any such panel is limited, so that the Company must
replace these panels as they sell out with another panel  comprised of different
specimens  equally unique and rare. The Company  believes that its inventory and
relationships with blood centers affords it a competitive advantage in acquiring
such plasma for  replacement  panels and  developing new products to meet market
demand.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to continue to
obtain  such  specimens.  See "Risk  Factors  --  Difficulty  in  Obtaining  Raw
Materials."

    The Company  believes  that it offers its customers a broad range of Quality
Control Panel products to address the requirements of the complete life-cycle of
a test kit,  from  initial  research  and  development,  through the  regulatory
approval process, test kit production, training, troubleshooting and routine use
by end-users.  The Company  further  believes that its Data Sheets,  an integral
part of all  panel  products,  offer its  customers  in-depth  information  on a
particular  test kit of interest.  Quality


                                       29


Control Panels  currently  span the  immunologic  markers for AIDS (i.e.,  HIV),
Hepatitis B and C, Lyme Disease and ToRCH (Toxoplasma,  rubella, cytomegalovirus
and  herpes  simplex  virus).  New  introductions  this year  include  molecular
Performance Panels for HBV and HCV,  qualification  panels for HIV, HBV and HCV,
and additional Seroconversion Panels for HIV, HBV, and HCV.

ACCURUN(TM) RUN CONTROLS

    End-users  of test kits  utilize Run  Controls  to confirm  the  validity of
results by monitoring test performance,  thereby  minimizing false negative test
results and  improving  error  detection.  Run  controls  consist of one or more
specimens of known  reactivity  that are tested  together  with donor or patient
samples in an assay to  determine  whether  the assay is  performing  within the
manufacturer's  specifications.  Clinical  laboratories  generally process their
patient  specimens in a batch processing  mode, and typically  include 25 to 100
specimens to be tested in each batch (a "run").  Large  laboratories may perform
several runs per day, while smaller  laboratories  may perform only a single run
each day, or sometimes only several runs per week. A clinical laboratory using a
Run Control will place the Run Control  product in a testing well or  test-tube,
normally used for a specimen,  and will test it in the same manner that it tests
the donor or patient specimens. It will then compare the results generated to an
acceptable range, determined by the user, to measure whether the other specimens
are  being  accurately  tested.  The  Run  Control  result  must be  within  the
acceptable range to be considered  valid. This is often tracked visually using a
Levey-Jennings chart.  Depending upon a particular  laboratory's quality control
practices,  it may use several  Run  Controls on each run or it may simply use a
Run Control in a single run at the beginning and end of the day.

    The Company  believes its  Accurun(tm)  product line  provides the following
benefits to end-users:

    * Helps to satisfy the requirements of Good Laboratory Practice.

    * Tracks the accuracy and precision of test runs.

    * Detects  laboratory  errors and  identifies  trends  before  they become a
      problem.

    * Monitors test kit performance, equipment and personnel.

    * Helps  to  meet  National  Committee  For  Clinical  Laboratory  Standards
      ("NCCLS")  for  molecular  and   immunological   diagnostic   methods  for
      infectious disease quality control.

    * Documents the validity of test results, day to day, week to week.

    The Company  introduced its first four  Accurun(tm) Run Control  products in
the fourth  quarter of 1993 and has since  developed  and  released  for sale an
additional  24  Accurun(tm)  products.  A limited  number of these  products are
available for diagnostic purposes;  the others currently are limited to research
use. See " -- Government  Regulation."  Current Accurun(tm) Run Control products
range in price from $15 to $45 per milliliter and are described in the following
table.

                         ACCURUN(TM) RUN CONTROLS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             CURRENT
                                                            NUMBER OF          PRIMARY
     PRODUCT LINE                 DESCRIPTION                PRODUCTS         CUSTOMER(S)
  <S>                    <C>                                 <C>           <C>
  Accurun(tm) 1-99       Multi-marker Run Control for           4          Blood Banks
                         immunological tests

  Accurun(tm) 100-199    Single-marker Run Control              17         Hospitals and clinical
                         for immunological tests                           reference laboratories

  Accurun(tm) 200-299    Multi-marker Run Control for           1          Research and specialty
                         molecular tests                                   laboratories

  Accurun(tm) 300-399    Single-marker Run Control              3          Research and specialty
                         for molecular tests                               laboratories

  Accurun(tm) 800-899    Negative Run Control for               3          All laboratories
                         immunological and molecular
                         tests
</TABLE>


                                       30


    The  Company's  Accurun(tm)  family of products is targeted at the  emerging
market of end-users of infectious  disease test kits. The Company  believes that
it offers the most comprehensive line of Run Controls in the industry,  and that
its  Accurun(tm)  products,  in  combination  with  its  Quality  Control  Panel
products,  provide an  extensive  line of  products  for  quality  assurance  in
infectious disease testing. See "-- Sales and Marketing." The Company intends to
continue  to expand its line of  Accurun(tm)  products,  thereby  providing  its
customers with the convenience and cost  effectiveness  of a single supplier for
independent run controls.  See "Risk Factors -- Undeveloped  End-User Market For
Quality Control Products for Infectious Disease Test Kits."

    The Company has received 510(k) clearance from the FDA to market its Accurun
1(R) line, for diagnostic purposes,  and intends to apply for such clearance for
the  remainder  of its  Accurun(tm)  products.  Failure to obtain,  or delays in
obtaining,  such  clearance  would  adversely  affect the Company's  strategy of
capitalizing on the end-user market.  See "Risk Factors -- Stringent  Government
Regulation" and "-- Government Regulation."

DIAGNOSTIC COMPONENTS

    Diagnostic  Components are the individual  materials  supplied to infectious
disease test kit manufacturers  and combined (often after further  processing by
the manufacturer) with other materials to become the various fluid components of
the manufacturer's test kit. The Company supplies Diagnostic  Components in four
product  lines:  Normal  Human  Plasma,  Normal  Human  Serum,  Basematrix,  and
Characterized  Disease State Serum and Plasma. Normal Human Plasma and Serum are
both the clear  liquid  portion of blood which  contains  proteins,  antibodies,
hormones  and  other  substances,  except  that the  Serum  product  has had the
clotting factors removed.  Basematrix, the Company's proprietary processed serum
product that has been  chemically  converted  from  plasma,  is designed to be a
highly-stable,  lower cost  substitute  for most  Normal  Human Serum and Plasma
applications.  Characterized  Disease State Serum and Plasma are collected  from
specific  blood  donors  pre-selected  because of the  presence  or absence of a
particular   disease  marker.   The  Company  often  customizes  its  Diagnostic
Components by further  processing the raw material to meet the specifications of
the test kit manufacturer.  The Company's  Diagnostic  Components range in price
from $0.25 to $60 per milliliter, with the majority selling between $0.50 and $5
per milliliter.

    The  Company  believes  that  it  has  several  competitive   advantages  in
Diagnostic Components. Through its trained and experienced laboratory staff, the
Company  is able to  perform  comprehensive  in-house  testing  for a number  of
markers in a  particular  material,  and  consequently  is able to  address  the
demands of its customers.  The Company's large inventory of approximately 50,000
specimens  provides it with the  flexibility  to produce  Diagnostic  Components
efficiently and rapidly in response to customer  requests.  The Company believes
that its proprietary  manufacturing  knowledge enables it to manufacture stable,
high quality products to meet the demands of its worldwide customer base.

SERVICES

    The Company  seeks to focus its  specialty  laboratory  services in both the
clinical  reference  laboratory testing and advanced research areas. The Company
concentrates its services in those areas of infectious disease testing which are
complementary to its quality control and diagnostic products businesses.

    Specialty Clinical Laboratory  Testing.  The Company operates an independent
specialty  clinical  laboratory  which  performs both routine and  sophisticated
infectious  disease testing in microbiology,  immunology and molecular  biology,
with special emphasis in AIDS,  Viral Hepatitis and Lyme Disease.  The Company's
specialty  clinical  laboratory  combines  traditional  microbiology,   advanced
immunology, and current molecular diagnostic techniques,  such as PCR, to detect
and identify  microorganisms,  their antigens and related antibodies,  and their
nucleic  acids  (i.e.,  DNA and RNA).  Customers  include  physicians,  clinics,
hospitals and other clinical/research laboratories.

    Contract  Research.  The  Company  offers a  variety  of  contract  research
services in molecular  biology,  cell  biology and  immunology  to  governmental
agencies,   diagnostic  test  kit  manufacturers  and  biomedical   researchers.
Molecular  biology  services  include DNA  sequencing,  recombinant DNA


                                       31


support,  probe  labeling  and custom PCR assays.  Cell  biology and  immunology
services include sterility  testing,  virus infectivity  assays,  cultivation of
virus or bacteria from  clinical  specimens,  preparation  of viral or bacterial
antigens,  or  nucleic  acids and  production  of  antibodies.  The  Company  is
currently  providing  research  services for  assessment  of the  efficiency  of
candidate  HIV vaccines in a monkey  model  system under two separate  contracts
with the National Institute for Allergy and Infectious Disease ("NIAID"), a part
of the National Institutes of Health ("NIH").  Each of these contracts has a two
year term which expires in September 1997. In addition, since 1983, the Company,
through its BTRL  subsidiary,  has  provided  blood  processing  and  repository
services for the National Cancer Institute ("NCI"),  also a part of the NIH. The
repository stores over 2,000,000  specimens and processes or ships up to several
thousand  specimens per week in support of various NIH cancer and virus research
programs. While the current NCI repository contract terminates in February 1997,
the  Company  has  responded  to a Request for  Proposals  by the United  States
government for a new four year contract to replace this  contract.  There can be
no assurance  that any of these  contracts  will be replaced with new contracts.
See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Key Customers."

    Small Business  Innovation  Research  ("SBIR")  grants and other  government
contracts  similar to the ones  described  have  enabled  the Company to develop
technologies  applicable to new product  development and its specialty  clinical
laboratory.  For example, recent SBIR grants have enabled the Company to develop
PCR based  assays for the  detection  of the nucleic  acids of HIV, HCV and Lyme
Disease.  Although the Company does not currently  have any SBIR grants,  it has
two  pending  applications  for such  grants  and  intends to  continue  to seek
government  grants and contracts that further the Company's core  technology and
commercial business. There can be no assurance that the Company will receive any
government research grants in the future.

    Clinical  Trials.  The Company  conducts  clinical  trials for  domestic and
foreign test kit manufacturers.  Test kit manufacturers must conduct such trials
to collect data for  submission  to the United  States FDA and other  regulatory
agencies.  By  providing  this  service,  the Company is able to maintain  close
contact with test kit manufacturers and regulators,  and is able to evaluate new
technologies  in various stages of  development.  The Company  believes that the
reputation of its laboratory and scientific  staff,  its large number of Quality
Control Panels,  and its inventory of  characterized  serum and plasma specimens
assist the Company in marketing its clinical  trial  services to its  customers.
The  Company has  performed  clinical  trials for a number of United  States and
foreign  test kit  manufacturers  seeking  to  obtain  FDA  approval  for  their
infectious disease test kits.

    Drug Screening Program. As a subcontractor for an NIH AIDS grant held by the
University  of North  Carolina at Chapel Hill,  the Company has  established  an
anti-HIV  drug  screening  program to test a large  number of  natural  products
(largely plant derivatives) to determine whether they inhibit HIV replication in
an in vitro assay system. These in vitro assays are also offered as a service to
researchers  and  pharmaceutical  companies  who wish to test various  candidate
anti-viral agents for anti-HIV activity.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

    The Company's  research and development effort is focused on the development
of (i) new and improved  Quality  Control  Products  for the  emerging  end-user
market,  (ii) new products for existing customers,  (iii) Diagnostic  Components
for use with test kits for both new test  methodologies  and new  diseases,  and
(iv)  infectious  disease  testing  services  using PCR and other  amplification
assays for AIDS, Viral Hepatitis, Lyme Disease and Chlamydia,  among others. The
Company  has  approximately  20 full or  part-time  employees  dedicated  to its
research  and  development  effort.  For the six months  ended June 30, 1996 the
Company  increased  spending on research  and  development  as a  percentage  of
revenues compared to the same period ended June 30, 1995 and expects to continue
to increase such  expenditures  as a percentage of revenues for the next several
years.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results  of  Operations  --  Results  of  Operations."  The  Company's  research
scientists  work closely with sales,  marketing and  manufacturing  personnel to
identify and prioritize the development of new products and services.



                                       32


    The Company's product  development  activities center on the  identification
and  characterization  of materials for the  manufacture of new Quality  Control
Products and the replacement of sold-out products. For example, during 1996, the
Company has introduced 10 new Seroconversion,  Performance and Sensitivity Panel
products as well as 14 new  Accurun(tm) Run Controls;  in addition,  during July
1996, the Company released its first Qualification  Panel products.  The Company
is developing new Quality  Control  Products for use with  molecular  diagnostic
tests for HIV, HCV and HBV.  Recently the Company  expanded its Quality  Control
Product  line beyond the  retrovirus  and Viral  Hepatitis  diagnostics  area to
include sexually  transmitted  diseases (e.g.,  Syphilis),  tick-borne  diseases
(e.g., Lyme Disease), and respiratory and other infections (e.g.,  Tuberculosis)
and is  continuing to develop new Quality  Control  Products for these and other
diseases.  The Company has increased the number of Quality  Control  Products it
offers from approximately 20 in 1990 to approximately 150 products in 1996.

    The Company is also developing new and improved infectious disease specialty
tests for Lyme Disease and other  tick-borne  diseases for use in its  specialty
laboratory  business.  For  example,  the Company was among the first to develop
enzyme  immunoassays  and Western Blot assays for Lyme  Disease.  The Company is
also  pursuing  new  applications  of  PCR  technology  to  infectious   disease
diagnostics,  such as  amplification  assays for the  pathogens  of AIDS,  Viral
Hepatitis,  Lyme Disease and  Chlamydia,  and for the direct  detection of other
infectious agents in blood, tissues and other body fluids.

    From time to time in the  past,  the  Company  has  funded a portion  of its
research and development activities from grants provided by various agencies and
departments of the U.S. government. See "-- Services."

STRATEGIC ALLIANCES

    University  of North  Carolina  at Chapel  Hill.  The  Company  is  directly
supporting  a drug  discovery  program  at UNC,  in which a  full-time  research
scientist is working to develop synthetic derivatives of anti-HIV compounds that
have been  discovered  pursuant to the Company's joint  collaboration  with UNC.
This  research  scientist is also working to  introduce  modifications  to these
derivatives that would make them more soluble,  less toxic, or otherwise enhance
their anti-viral properties. UNC has licensed to the Company exclusive worldwide
rights to three series of patent  applications filed by the Company and UNC with
respect  to  three  classes  of  anti-HIV  compounds.  Two such  compounds  have
exhibited  therapeutic indices in in vitro test model systems in excess of those
recorded for AZT under  comparable  test  conditions.  In  addition,  under this
license,  the Company will also have the rights to any new anti-HIV compounds or
derivatives  developed in the course of this  sponsored  research,  provided the
Company obtains certain regulatory approvals from the FDA. See "-- Services."

    Ajinomoto  Co., Inc. The Company  entered into an agreement  with  Ajinomoto
Co., Inc. in October 1995  pursuant to which the Company is performing  research
regarding  among other  things,  whether tests for certain amino acids in plasma
can be used to  determine  a person's  immune  status,  particularly  in chronic
fatigue  syndrome.  This  project  is funded by  Ajinomoto  and has a three year
budget of approximately $1,000,000.  Discoveries and inventions arising from the
research  will be owned by  Ajinomoto,  but the  Company  has the right of first
refusal to obtain  certain  exclusive  licenses  from  Ajinomoto of any patented
technology arising from the research.  The Company is entitled certain royalties
based upon a percentage of sales of products  arising out of the research.  This
agreement expires in September 1998.

SALES AND MARKETING

    The  Company's  sales and  marketing  efforts are  directed by a Senior Vice
President of Sales and Marketing  who  supervises 15 sales people and four other
full-time sales and marketing employees.

    The Company's marketing strategy is focused upon addressing the needs of its
customers in the infectious  disease  testing market  throughout the entire test
kit life-cycle,  from initial research and  development,  through the regulatory
approval  process and test kit  production,  to  training,  troubleshooting  and
routine use by end-users  such as,  clinical  laboratories,  hospitals and blood
banks.  By serving its  customers at all stages of the product  life-cycle,  the
Company  expects  to stay at the  forefront  of  trends  in  infectious  disease
testing,  which in turn  enables  the Company to  anticipate  and respond to the
needs of the marketplace.



                                       33



    The Company  recently has begun to focus its sales and marketing  efforts on
the emerging end-user market for quality control products for infectious disease
test kits.  To promote  this  objective,  the  Company is  implementing  a major
marketing platform, known as "Total Quality System" ("TQS"). TQS is a package of
Quality  Control  Products,  including the Company's  Accurun(tm)  Run Controls,
which is designed to provide test kit end-users  with the products  needed in an
overall  quality  assurance  program.  These  products  enable  laboratories  to
evaluate each of the key elements involved in the testing process: the test kit,
laboratory  equipment and laboratory  personnel.  The Company  believes that TQS
effectively  addresses  the need for  end-users  to ensure the accuracy of their
test results.  The Company intends to continue to expand its sales and marketing
activities with respect to its Accurun(tm) line of Run Control  products.  Since
the beginning of 1996, the Company has hired two new employees for the sales and
marketing of its Accurun(tm) line of products and expects to add six more direct
salespeople by the end of 1997.

    The  Company's   products  are  currently  sold  through  a  combination  of
telephone,  mail,  third party  distributors  and limited  direct sales efforts.
Domestically,  products are sold through an in-house tele-sales group consisting
of five sales  representatives,  two sales  managers  and one  customer  service
representative.  Internationally,  the Company  distributes  its  products  both
directly and through 17 independent  distributors  located in Japan,  Australia,
South America,  Southeast Asia, Israel and Europe.  The Company's  international
sales manager  oversees the Company's  foreign  distributors.  During the fiscal
years  1993,  1994,  1995 and the six months  ended  June 30,  1995 and 1996 the
Company's  distributors  accounted for 1.9%,  3.5%,  6.2%,  2.8% and 8.8% of the
Company's  total revenue,  respectively.  The Company  intends to further expand
sales through  international  distributors,  although there can be no assurances
that it will be able to do so. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Associated with Export
Sales."

    The Company's  Specialty  Clinical  Laboratory Testing services are marketed
primarily  through a direct  domestic  sales  force  consisting  of seven  sales
representatives  managed  by a sales  director.  The sales  representatives  are
located throughout the eastern and mid-western United States. They are supported
internally by a client services representative.

    The  Company  emphasizes  high  quality  products  and  services,  technical
knowledge,  and responsiveness to customer needs in its marketing activities for
both products and services. The Company educates its distributors, customers and
prospective  customers about its products through a series of detailed marketing
brochures,  technical  bulletins and  pamphlets,  press releases and direct mail
pieces.  These  materials are  supplemented  by  advertising  campaigns in major
industry  publications,  technical  presentations,  and  exhibitions  at  local,
national and international trade shows and expositions.

CUSTOMERS

    The  Company's   customers  for  Quality   Control  Product  and  Diagnostic
Components  comprise  three major  groups:  (i)  international  diagnostics  and
pharmaceutical  manufacturing  companies,  such as Abbott Diagnostics,  Behring,
Boehringer  Mannheim,  Chiron,  Fujirebio,  Hoffman LaRoche,  Ortho  Diagnostics
(Johnson and Johnson),  Sanofi Diagnostics and Sorin Biomedica;  (ii) regulatory
agencies  such as the United States FDA, the British  Public  Health  Laboratory
Service, the French Institut National de la Transfusion Sanguine, and the German
Paul Ehrlich  Institute;  and (iii)  end-users of diagnostic  test kits, such as
hospital  clinical  laboratories,  public health  laboratories  and blood banks,
including the Swiss Red Cross,  United Blood Services and Kaiser Permanente.  In
1995,  the  Company  sold  products  to   approximately   100   diagnostics  and
pharmaceutical  manufacturers,  15 regulatory agencies,  and 250 end-users.  The
Company's  Specialty  Clinical  Laboratory Testing services are sold to hospital
and  clinical  laboratories,  blood  banks,  researchers  and other  health care
providers.

    The  Company  does not have  long-term  contracts  with its  customers.  The
Company's  products are sold to its  customers  pursuant to purchase  orders for
discrete  purchases.  Although the Company believes that its relationships  with
these customers are satisfactory, termination of the Company's relationship with
any one of such customers  could have a material  adverse effect on the Company.
See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Key Customers."



                                       34


    During the fiscal years 1993,  1994 and 1995,  and the six months ended June
30, 1995 and 1996, sales to the Company's three largest customers  accounted for
an aggregate  of  approximately  20% of the  Company's  net sales,  although the
customers  were not  identical in each period and no one customer  accounted for
more than 10% of net sales.

MANUFACTURING AND OPERATIONS

    The Company manufactures and assembles  substantially all of its products at
its facility in West  Bridgewater,  Massachusetts.  The Company has computerized
purchasing,  inventory,  and test result and  materials  tracking  systems in an
integrated  operations  management  system,  and believes that these systems are
adequate  for its  current  level  of  production,  but  would  require  further
enhancements if the Company  experiences  substantial future growth. The Company
acquires raw materials  from a variety of vendors and through a program of donor
recruitment,  donor screening, product collection,  product characterization and
donor management. All important materials have multiple sources of supply.

    The Company's West Bridgewater facility contains  environmentally-controlled
freezers and cold rooms, which are used to store raw materials for manufacturing
and  finished  products.  More  than  3,000  square  feet of  space  in the West
Bridgewater  facility is dedicated to freezers and cold rooms.  The freezers and
cold rooms are monitored  continuously  and the Company  maintains a natural gas
fired emergency generator in the event of a power outage.

    The Company also  operates a specialty  clinical  laboratory in New Britain,
Connecticut  and a research and development  laboratory in Rockville,  Maryland.
See "-- Properties."

COMPETITION

    The market for the  Company's  products and services is highly  competitive.
Many of the Company's  competitors  are larger than the Company and have greater
financial,   research,   manufacturing,   and  marketing  resources.   Important
competitive  factors for the Company's products include product quality,  price,
ease of use,  customer  service and  reputation.  In a broader  sense,  industry
competition  is based upon  scientific  and  technical  capability,  proprietary
know-how, access to adequate capital, the ability to develop and market products
and processes,  the ability to attract and retain qualified  personnel,  and the
availability of patent protection. To the extent that the Company's products and
services do not reflect technological advances, the Company's ability to compete
in those products and services could be adversely affected. See "Risk Factors --
Risk of Technological Change" and "-- Competition."

    In the area of Quality Control Products,  the Company competes in the United
States  primarily with NABI (formerly North American  Biologicals,  Inc.) in Run
Controls and Quality Control Panel products and Blackhawk Biosystems Inc. in Run
Controls.  In Europe,  the  Netherlands  Red Cross has recently  begun  offering
several Run Control and panel products.  The Company  believes that all three of
these  competitors  currently  offer a more  limited  line of products  than the
Company,  although  there can be no assurance  these  companies  will not expand
their product lines.

    In the Diagnostic  Components area, the Company competes against  integrated
plasma collection and processing companies such as Serologicals,  Inc. and NABI,
as well as smaller,  independent plasma collection centers and brokers of plasma
products.  In the Diagnostic  Components area, the Company competes on the basis
of quality, breadth of product line, technical expertise and reputation.

    The  Company  believes  that it has  competitive  advantages  in the quality
control products and diagnostic components industry. These include its access to
raw materials, technical know-how, broad product line and established reputation
among large diagnostics and pharmaceutical manufacturers,  as well as regulatory
agencies.

    In  the  Specialty  Clinical  Laboratory  Testing  services  portion  of the
Company's business, it competes with large national reference laboratories, such
as LabCorp of America,  Corning  Clinical  Laboratories  and SmithKline  Beecham
Clinical  Laboratories,  as well as several independent  regional  laboratories,
hospital  laboratories,  government  contract  laboratories  and large  research
institutions.  The Company  believes that by focusing on the specialty  clinical
laboratory  market,  it is able to offer  its  customers  a  higher  value-added
service on the more complex  diagnostic tests than the larger national reference
laboratories.


                                       35


GOVERNMENT REGULATION

    The manufacture  and  distribution of medical  devices,  including  products
manufactured  by the Company that are intended for in vitro  diagnostic use, are
subject to extensive  government  regulation  in the United  States and in other
countries. See "Risk Factors -- Stringent Government Regulation."

    In the United States,  the Food,  Drug, and Cosmetic Act ("FDCA")  prohibits
the marketing of in vitro  diagnostic  products  until they have been cleared or
approved by the FDA, a process that is time-consuming, expensive, and uncertain.
In  vitro  diagnostic  products  must  be the  subject  of  either  a  premarket
notification   clearance  (a  "510(k)")  or  an  approved   premarket   approval
application  ("PMA").  With  respect  to  devices  reviewed  through  the 510(k)
process,  a Company may not market a device for diagnostic use until an order is
issued by FDA finding the product to be  substantially  equivalent  to a legally
marketed  device.  A  510(k)  submission  may  involve  the  presentation  of  a
substantial  volume  of  data,  including  clinical  data,  and  may  require  a
substantial  period of review.  With respect to devices reviewed through the PMA
process,  a  Company  may not  market  a device  until  FDA has  approved  a PMA
application,  which must be supported by extensive data,  including  preclinical
and clinical trial data, literature,  and manufacturing information to prove the
safety and effectiveness of the device.

    The Company's  Accurun Run Controls,  when marketed for diagnostic use, have
been classified by the FDA as medical devices. The Accurun 1(R) Multi-Marker Run
Control,  which  include  eight  analytes,  has been cleared  through the 510(k)
process. The Company expects that, in the future, most of its products that need
FDA premarket review also will be reviewed  through the 510(k) process.  The FDA
could, however,  require that some products be reviewed through the PMA process,
which  generally  involves a longer  review  period and the  submission  of more
information  to FDA.  There can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will obtain
regulatory  approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Failure to obtain regulatory
approvals in a timely fashion or at all could have a material  adverse effect on
the Company.

    All of the Company's Quality Control Products, with the exception of Accurun
1(R),  are marketed  "for research use only," which do not require FDA premarket
clearance  or  approval,  and not for  diagnostic  uses,  which do  require  FDA
premarket clearance or approval. The labeling of these products limits their use
to research. It is possible, however, that some purchasers of these products may
use them for diagnostic  purposes  despite the Company's  intended use. In these
circumstances, the FDA could allege that these products should have been cleared
or approved  by the FDA prior to  marketing,  and  initiate  enforcement  action
against the Company, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

    Once  cleared or  approved,  medical  devices are subject to  pervasive  and
continuing  regulation  by  the  FDA,  including,   but  not  limited  to,  good
manufacturing  practices ("GMP")  regulations  governing testing,  control,  and
documentation;  and reporting of adverse experiences with the use of the device.
Ongoing  compliance  with GMP and other  applicable  regulatory  requirements is
monitored through periodic inspections. FDA regulations require agency clearance
or  approval  for  certain  changes  if they do or could  affect  the safety and
effectiveness of the device,  including,  for example,  new indications for use,
labeling  changes or changes in design or  manufacturing  methods.  In addition,
both before and after  clearance  or  approval,  medical  devices are subject to
certain  export and import  requirements  under the FDCA.  Product  labeling and
promotional  activities  are  subject  to  scrutiny  by the FDA and,  in certain
instances,  by the Federal  Trade  Commission.  Products  may be promoted by the
Company  only for their  approved  use.  Failure to comply  with these and other
regulatory  requirements  can result,  among other  consequences,  in failure to
obtain premarket approvals, withdrawal of approvals, total or partial suspension
of product  distribution,  injunctions,  civil penalties,  recall or seizures of
products and criminal prosecution.

    The Company  believes that its Quality  Control  Panels are not regulated by
the FDA because  they are not  intended  for  diagnostic  purposes.  The Company
believes  that its  Diagnostic  Components,  which  are  components  of in vitro
diagnostic products, may be subject to certain regulatory requirements under the
FDCA and other laws administered by the FDA, but do not require that the Company
obtain a


                                       36


premarket approval or clearance.  There can be no assurance,  however,  that the
FDA would agree or that the FDA will not adopt a different interpretation of the
FDCA or other laws it administers, which could have a material adverse effect on
the Company.

    Laws and regulations  affecting some of the Company's products are in effect
in many of the  countries in which the Company  markets or intends to market its
products.  These requirements vary from country to country. Member states of the
European  Economic Area (which is composed of the European Union members and the
European Free Trade Association  members) are in the process of adopting various
product and services  "Directives"  to address  essential  health,  safety,  and
environmental  requirements  associated with the subject  products and services.
The  "Directives"  cover both  quality  system  requirements  (ISO  Series  9000
Standards) and product and marketing  related  requirements.  In addition,  some
jurisdictions have requirements  related to marketing of the Company's products.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain any regulatory
approvals  required to market its products on a timely basis,  or at all. Delays
in receipt of, or failure to receive  such  approvals,  or the failure to comply
with  regulatory  requirements  in  these  countries  or  states  could  lead to
compliance  action,  which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition, or results of operations.

    The Company's  service-related business (clinical trials, infectious disease
testing,  and  contract  research)  is  subject  to  other  national  and  local
requirements.  The  Company's  facilities  are  subject to  review,  inspection,
licensure or accreditation by some states,  national professional  organizations
(College of  American  Pathologists),  and other  national  regulatory  agencies
(Health  Care  Financing  Administration).  Studies  to  evaluate  the safety or
effectiveness  of FDA regulated  products  (primarily  human and animal drugs or
biologics) must also be conducted in conformance with relevant FDA requirements,
including Good Laboratory Practice ("GLP") regulations, investigational new drug
or device  regulations,  Institutional  Review  Board  ("IRB")  regulations  and
informed consent regulations.

    CLIA prohibits  laboratories  from performing in vitro tests for the purpose
of  providing  information  for the  diagnosis,  prevention  or treatment of any
disease or  impairment  of, or the  assessment  of,  the health of human  beings
unless there is in effect for such laboratories a certificate issued by the U.S.
Department of Health and Human  Services  ("HHS")  applicable to the category of
examination or procedure performed.

    The Company  currently holds permits issued by HHS (CLIA  license),  Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention (Importation of Etiological Agents or Vectors
of  Human  Diseases),  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  (Importation  and
Transportation  of Controlled  Materials and Organisms and Vectors) and the U.S.
Nuclear  Regulatory  Commission (in vitro testing with byproduct  material under
general license, covering the use of certain radioimmunoassay test methods).

    The Company is also subject to government  regulation  under the Clean Water
Act, the Toxic  Substances  Control Act, the Resource  Conservation and Recovery
Act, the Atomic  Energy Act, and other  national,  state and local  restrictions
relating  to the  use  and  disposal  of  biohazardous,  radioactive  and  other
hazardous  substances  and  wastes.  The  Company  is an exempt  small  quantity
generator  of hazardous  waste and has a U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency
identification  number.  The Company is also  registered  with the U.S.  Nuclear
Regulatory  Commission for use of certain radioactive  materials.  All hazardous
waste is  manifested  and disposed of  properly.  The Company is also subject to
various state regulatory  requirements governing the handling of and disposal of
biohazardous,  radioactive  and hazardous  wastes.  The Company has never been a
party to any environmental proceeding.

    Internationally,  some of the  Company's  products are subject to additional
regulatory requirements,  which vary significantly from country to country. Each
country  in which the  Company's  products  and  services  are  offered  must be
evaluated independently to determine the country's particular  requirements.  In
foreign  countries,  the Company's  distributors  are generally  responsible for
obtaining any required government consents.



                                       37


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

    None of the Company's Quality Control Products or Diagnostic Components have
been  patented.  The  Company  has  decided  to hold as  trade  secrets  current
technology  used to  prepare  Basematrix  and other  blood-based  products.  The
Company relies  primarily on a combination  of trade secrets and  non-disclosure
and confidentiality  agreements, and in certain limited circumstances,  patents,
to establish and protect its proprietary  rights in its technology and products.
There  can be no  assurance  that  others  will  not  independently  develop  or
otherwise acquire the same, similar or more advanced trade secrets and know-how.

    The Company has two United States  patents and,  jointly with UNC, has filed
three  series of United  States and  foreign  patent  applications  relating  to
compounds,  pharmaceutical  compositions  and therapeutic  methods in connection
with the Company's  drug  discovery  program at UNC. See "-- Services," and " --
Research and Development."

    The  Company  has no reason to believe  that its  products  and  proprietary
methods  infringe the  proprietary  rights of any other  party.  There can be no
assurance,  however,  that other parties will not assert  infringement claims in
the  future.  See "Risk  Factors --  Protection  of  Intellectual  Property  and
Proprietary Technology."

PROPERTIES

    The Company's corporate offices and manufacturing  facilities are located in
a two story, 22,500 square foot building in West Bridgewater, Massachusetts. The
Company  owns  and  operates  this   building.   The  Company   intends  to  use
approximately  $1  million  of the  proceeds  of this  Offering  to  expand  its
manufacturing   capacity  and  to  purchase  necessary  equipment  at  its  West
Bridgewater  site,  and  has  submitted  plans  to  local  authorities  for  the
development  of an additional  7,500 square feet,  primarily  for  manufacturing
purposes.  The Company  anticipates that these renovations will begin this year.
The Company  believes that  following  these  renovations,  its facility in West
Bridgewater  will be  sufficient  to meet  its  foreseeable  needs.  See "Use of
Proceeds."

    The Company leases its laboratory facilities in Rockville,  Maryland and New
Britain,  Connecticut. The Rockville facility contains 21,000 square feet and is
occupied  under a five-year  lease that is due to expire on June 30,  1997.  The
Company is currently  considering the exercise of its option to extend the lease
for an additional five years, as well as relocating its laboratory.  The Company
believes that there is sufficient space available in the Rockville  facility for
its current  needs.  The New Britain  facility has 15,000  square feet,  most of
which is dedicated to laboratory  space.  The lease is for five years and is due
to expire on July 30, 2000; the Company has an option to renew for an additional
five years.

EMPLOYEES

    As of August 1, 1996 the  Company  employed  184  persons,  all of whom were
located in the United  States.  Seventy-seven  of these persons were employed in
West Bridgewater,  Massachusetts,  58 in New Britain, Connecticut, and 49 at the
Rockville,  Maryland  site.  None of the  Company's  employees  is  covered by a
collective bargaining agreement. The Company believes that it has a satisfactory
relationship with its employees.



                                       38


                                MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The  directors  and  executive  officers  of the  Company  and their ages are as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  NAME                        AGE                       POSITION
<S>                                           <C>     <C>
Richard T. Schumacher<F1>                     46      President; Chief Executive Officer and
                                                        Chairman of the Board

Kevin W. Quinlan<F2>                          46      Senior Vice President, Finance; Chief
                                                        Financial Officer; Treasurer and Director

Patricia E. Garrett, Ph.D.                    53      Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs &
                                                        Strategic Programs

Mark M. Manak, Ph.D.                          45      Senior Vice President, Research and
                                                        Development

Richard C. Tilton, Ph.D.                      60      Senior Vice President, Specialty Laboratory
                                                        Services

Barry M. Warren                               49      Senior Vice President, Sales & Marketing

Ronald V. DiPaolo, Ph.D.                      52      Vice President of Operations

Francis E. Capitanio<F2>                      52      Director

Henry A. Malkasian<F1>                        79      Director

Calvin A. Saravis<F1><F2>                     66      Director



- ------------------
<FN>
<F1> Member of the Compensation Committee.

<F2> Member of the Audit Committee.
</FN>
</TABLE>

    Mr.  Schumacher,  the founder of the Company,  has been the President  since
1986, and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman since 1992. Mr. Schumacher served
as the Director of Infectious Disease Services for Clinical Science  Laboratory,
a New England-based medical reference  laboratory,  from 1986 to 1988. From 1972
to 1985,  Mr.  Schumacher  was  employed  by the  Center for Blood  Research,  a
nonprofit medical research institute associated with Harvard Medical School. Mr.
Schumacher received a B.S. in zoology from the University of New Hampshire.

    Mr. Quinlan,  a Director of the Company since its founding,  has been Senior
Vice President,  Finance,  Treasurer,  and Chief Financial Officer since January
1993. From 1990 to December 1992, he was the Chief Financial Officer of ParcTec,
Inc. a New York-based leasing company.  Mr. Quinlan served as Vice President and
Assistant  Treasurer of American  Finance Group,  Inc. from 1981 to 1989 and was
employed  by Coopers & Lybrand  from 1975 to 1980.  Mr.  Quinlan is a  certified
public accountant and received a M.S. in accounting from Northeastern University
and a B.S. in economics from the University of New Hampshire.

    Dr. Garrett has been Senior Vice President,  Regulatory  Affairs & Strategic
Programs  since 1988.  From 1980 to 1987,  Dr.  Garrett  served as the Technical
Director of the Chemistry  Laboratory,  Department of Laboratory Medicine at the
Lahey Clinic Medical Center. Dr. Garrett earned her Ph.D. from the University of
Colorado and was a postdoctoral research associate at Harvard University, Oregon
State  University,  Massachusetts  Institute of Technology and the University of
British Columbia.

    Dr.  Manak has served as Senior Vice  President,  Research  and  Development
since 1992. From 1980 to 1992, he served as Senior Research Scientist, Molecular
Biology,  of Biotech  Research  Laboratories.  Dr. Manak  received his Ph.D.  in
biochemistry  from the  University of  Connecticut  and  completed  postdoctoral
research work in biochemistry/virology at Johns Hopkins University.



                                       39


    Dr.  Tilton  has  served  as Senior  Vice  President,  Specialty  Laboratory
Services  since  the  Company's   acquisition  of  BBI-North  American  Clinical
Laboratories,  Inc. in 1993 and was one of the  founders of  BBI-NACL,  where he
served as President  from 1989 to 1993. Dr. Tilton has 25 years of experience in
university hospital clinical microbiology laboratories and is board certified in
medical  and public  health  microbiology.  Dr.  Tilton  received  his Ph.D.  in
microbiology from the University of Massachusetts.

    Mr.  Warren has served as Senior Vice  President,  Sales &  Marketing  since
1993.  From 1985 to 1993,  Mr. Warren  served as Group  Director of Marketing of
Organon  Teknika,  a manufacturer  of infectious  disease  reagents.  Mr. Warren
received an M.A. in political  science from Loyola  University  of Chicago and a
B.A. from Loyola University.

    Dr.  DiPaolo has been Vice  President  of  Operations  since 1993.  Prior to
joining the Company, Dr. DiPaolo served as Vice President and General Manager of
the Biomedical Products Division of Collaborative  Research,  a medical research
products  company.  From  1975 to 1986 he was  employed  by DuPont  New  England
Nuclear,  an in vitro test kit  manufacturer.  Dr. DiPaolo received his Ph.D. in
biochemistry  from  Massachusetts  Institute of Technology  and later  completed
postdoctoral research at the Eunice Shriver Center in Waltham, Massachusetts.

    Mr.  Capitanio  has served as a Director  since  January  1986.  He has been
President,   Treasurer  and  Director  of  Diatech  Diagnostics  Inc.  (formerly
Immunotech  Corporation),  an in vitro  diagnostics  company and a wholly  owned
subsidiary of Healthcare  Technologies  Ltd., since 1980. Mr. Capitanio received
an  M.B.A.  from the Sloan  School of  Management,  Massachusetts  Institute  of
Technology and a B.S. in metallurgy from Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

    Mr.  Malkasian has served as a Director since the Company's  organization in
1978.  Mr.  Malkasian is a practicing  attorney-at-law  and a member of the firm
Malkasian & Budge in  Massachusetts.  He received  his J.D.  degree from Harvard
University School of Law and a B.A. degree from Clark University.

    Dr. Saravis has served as a Director since 1978. Since 1971, Dr. Saravis has
been a Senior Research Associate at the Mallory Institute of Pathology and since
1979 he has been a Senior Research Associate at the Cancer Research Institute --
New England Deaconess  Hospital.  Since 1984, Dr. Saravis has had an appointment
as an Associate  Professor of Surgery  (biochemistry)  at Harvard Medical School
and an Associate  Research Professor of Pathology at Boston University School of
Medicine. Dr. Saravis received his Ph.D. in immunology and serology from Rutgers
University.

    In August 1990 the Board of Directors  established a Compensation  Committee
currently composed of Messrs.  Schumacher,  Saravis and Malkasian. The functions
of the Compensation  Committee include  presentation and  recommendations to the
Board of  Directors  on  compensation  levels for  officers  and  directors  and
issuance of stock options to the Board of Directors, employees and affiliates.

    In  August  1990  the  Board of  Directors  established  an Audit  Committee
currently composed of Messrs.  Capitanio,  Quinlan and Saravis. The functions of
the  Audit  Committee  include  recommending  to  the  Board  of  Directors  the
engagement  of the  independent  accountants,  reviewing  the scope of  internal
controls and reviewing the implementation by management of recommendations  made
by the independent accountants.

    The  Company's  Board of Directors is divided into three  classes,  with the
classes being elected for staggered  three-year terms. At each annual meeting of
stockholders, directors will be elected to succeed those in the class whose term
then expires,  and each elected  director shall serve for a term expiring at the
third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after such director's  election,
and until the  director's  successor is elected and qualified.  Thus,  directors
stand for election  only once in three years.  Executive  officers  serve at the
discretion of the Board of Directors.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

    Directors  of the  Company  do  not  receive  cash  compensation  for  their
services.  Each director is eligible to receive options to purchase Common Stock
under the Company's 1987 Non-Qualified  Stock Option Plan. As of August 1, 1996,
options  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of  249,750  shares  have been  granted to
directors  of the  Company  under  this Plan.  During  fiscal  1995,  options to
purchase  an  aggregate  of 15,000  shares of Common  Stock were  granted to the
Directors  as  follows:  5,000  shares  to Mr.  Capitanio,  5,000  shares to Mr.
Malkasian,  and  5,000  shares  to Dr.  Saravis  and no  shares  to  either  Mr.
Schumacher or Mr. Quinlan.



                                       40


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The following  table sets forth the  compensation  for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1995 of each of the Chief Executive Officer and the six most highly
compensated  officers of the Company (the "Named Executive  Officers"),  none of
whom received any bonuses during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995:

                        SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                                                      FOR FISCAL 1995
                                                                                      ---------------
                                                                                             OTHER ANNUAL
                         NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                           SALARY($)    COMPENSATION($)
                         ---------------------------                           ---------    ---------------
<S>                                                                            <C>          <C>
Richard T. Schumacher.......................................................    166,676        2,008<F1>
  President and Chief Executive Officer
Kevin W. Quinlan............................................................    120,615        1,650<F2>
  Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Patricia E. Garrett, Ph.D. .................................................     92,353        1,650<F2>
  Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs & Strategic Programs
Mark M. Manak, Ph.D. .......................................................    102,753           --
  Senior Vice President, Research & Development
Richard C. Tilton, Ph.D. ...................................................    111,924        6,000<F3>
  Senior Vice President, Specialty Laboratory Services
Barry M. Warren.............................................................    113,454        1,500<F2>
  Senior Vice President, Sales & Marketing
Ronald V. DiPaolo, Ph.D. ...................................................     86,614       1,500<F2>
  Vice President of Operations




<FN>
<F1> Consists of personal  usage of Company  vehicle,  and includes the value of
     premiums paid for a term life insurance policy.

<F2> Consists of automobile allowance, discontinued as of March 31, 1995.

<F3> Consists of automobile allowance.
</FN>
</TABLE>

    The  following  table sets forth the  aggregate  number and value of options
exercisable  and  unexercisable  by the Named  Executive  Officers during fiscal
1995.  No stock  options  were  granted  to, or  exercised  by, any of the Named
Executive Officers in fiscal 1995.

                       FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                            UNDERLYING         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                            UNEXERCISED        IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                                       OPTIONS AT 12/31/95(#)   AT 12/31/95($)<F1>
            NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION            EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE
            ---------------------------            ---------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>               <C>
Richard T. Schumacher ..............................   127,500         2,500
  President and Chief Executive Officer
Kevin W. Quinlan ...................................    58,000        10,000
  Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief
  Financial Officer
Patricia E. Garrett, Ph.D. .........................    41,250         1,250
  Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs &
  Strategic Programs
Mark M. Manak, Ph.D. ...............................    26,250         8,750
  Senior Vice President, Research & Development
Richard C. Tilton, Ph.D. ...........................    17,500        17,500
  Senior Vice President, Specialty Laboratory
  Services
Barry M. Warren ....................................     7,500         7,500
  Senior Vice President, Sales & Marketing
Ronald V. DiPaolo, Ph.D. ...........................    25,000         1,000
  Vice President of Operations




<FN>
<F1> There was no public  trading market for the Common Stock as of December 31,
     1995.  Accordingly,  these values have been  calculated on the basis of the
     assumed  initial  public  offering  price of $ _____  per  share,  less the
     applicable exercise price.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       41


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS


    None of the Company's  employees are subject to employment  agreements  with
the Company.

STOCK PLANS

    1987  Non-Qualified   Stock  Option  Plan:  The  Company  adopted  the  1987
Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  "Non-Qualified  Plan") to  provide  an
opportunity to employees,  officers,  directors and  consultants  employed by or
affiliated  with the Company or any of its  subsidiaries to acquire stock in the
Company, to provide increased  incentives to such persons to promote the success
of the  Company's  business and to encourage  such persons to become  affiliated
with the Company  through the granting of options to acquire its capital  stock.
Any  employee  of the  Company  or of a  subsidiary  of the  Company,  including
officers,  as well as directors of the company and  consultants  or providers of
services to the Company are eligible to receive nonqualified stock options under
the  Non-Qualified  Plan.  A total of  897,600  shares of Common  Stock has been
reserved for issuance under the Non-Qualified Plan.

    The Non-Qualified Plan is administered by a Committee  currently  consisting
of at least  one  member  appointed  by the  Board of  Directors,  and after the
completion  of this Offering to consist of at least two  independent  members of
the Board of  Directors.  The  Committee  has the  authority  and  discretion to
determine those persons to whom options shall be granted under the Non-Qualified
Plan,  to determine  the number of shares to be granted,  to establish the terms
and conditions upon which options may be exercised or transferred,  to alter any
restrictions  or conditions on the options and to make all other  determinations
necessary or desirable for the  administration  of the  Non-Qualified  Plan. The
exercise price for options granted under the Non-Qualified Plan is determined by
the  Committee,  but is in no event less than the par value of the Common Stock.
Options granted under the Non-Qualified  Plan continue in effect for such period
as the Committee  determines.  The Non-Qualified  Plan terminates as of December
16, 1997.

    As of August 1, 1996,  options to purchase  749,850 had been issued pursuant
to the  Non-Qualified  Plan at  exercise  prices  ranging  from  $.25 to  $6.00,
including an aggregate of 249,750  shares to the  Company's  directors,  Richard
Schumacher,  Kevin  Quinlan,  Francis  Capitanio,  Henry  Malkasian,  and Calvin
Saravis.

    Employee  Stock Option Plan:  The purpose of the Employee  Stock Option Plan
(the  "Employee  Plan") is to provide  increased  incentives  to  employees,  to
encourage new employees to become  affiliated  with the Company and to associate
more  closely the  interests  of such  persons  with those of the  Company.  The
Employee  Plan permits the issuance of options to purchase up to 750,000  shares
of Common Stock in the form of incentive stock options as defined in Section 422
of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  and  non-qualified  stock
options.  The Employee Plan is currently  administered by a Committee consisting
of at least  one  member  appointed  by the  Board of  Directors,  and after the
completion of this Offering,  shall consist of at least two independent  members
of the Board of Directors.  The exercise price of stock options is determined by
the Committee, but is in no event less than par value, and the exercise price of
incentive stock options may not be less than the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the date of grant  (or,  in the case of  holders  of 10% or more of the
outstanding  Common  Stock,  110% of the fair market  value on such  date).  The
Committee also determines the vesting schedule, number of shares and other terms
of the  options.  As of August 1, 1996,  options to purchase  184,537  shares of
Common  Stock at  exercise  prices  ranging  from  $6.00 to $8.50 per share were
outstanding under the Employee Plan.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

    The  Compensation  Committee  currently  consists of Messrs.  Schumacher and
Malkasian and Dr. Saravis,  each of whom has received options to purchase shares
of Common Stock. See "-- Director Compensation" and "-- Stock Plans."

LIMITATION OF OFFICERS' AND DIRECTORS' LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION
AGREEMENTS

    The  Company's  Amended and  Restated  Articles of  Organization  eliminate,
subject to certain  exceptions,  the  personal  liability  of  directors  to the
Company or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages for  breaches of  fiduciary
duties as directors. The Restated Articles do not provide for the elimination of
or any limitation on the personal  liability of a director for (i) any breach of
the director's duty of loyalty


                                       42


to the Company or its stockholders,  (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or
which  involve  intentional  misconduct  or a knowing  violation  of law,  (iii)
certain unauthorized  dividends,  redemptions or distributions as provided under
Section 61 of the Massachusetts  Business Corporation Law, (iv) certain loans of
assets of the Company to any of its  officers  or  directors  as provided  under
Section 62 of the Massachusetts  Business Corporation Law or (v) any transaction
from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.  This provision of
the  Amended  and  Restated  Articles of  Organization  will limit the  remedies
available to a stockholder in the event of breaches of any director's  duties to
such stockholder or the Company.

    The Company's Amended and Restated Articles of Organization provide that the
Company  may,   either  in  its  By-laws  or  by   contract,   provide  for  the
indemnification  of  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents,  by whomever
elected or appointed,  to the full extent permitted by law, as it may be amended
from time to time.

    The Company  intends to enter into  indemnification  agreements with each of
the directors and officers. The indemnification agreements will provide that the
Company will pay certain amounts incurred by a director or officer in connection
with any civil or  criminal  action or  proceeding  and  specifically  including
actions  by or  in  the  name  of  the  Company  (derivative  suits)  where  the
individual's  involvement  is by reason of the fact that he is or was a director
or officer.  Such  amounts  include,  to the maximum  extent  permitted  by law,
attorney's  fees,  judgments,  civil or criminal fines,  settlement  amounts and
other expenses customarily incurred in connection with legal proceedings.  Under
the  indemnification   agreements,  a  director  or  officer  will  not  receive
indemnification if he is found not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable
belief that his action was in the best interests of the Company.


                                       43



                           CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

    Registration  Rights.  The  Company  is a  party  to a  Registration  Rights
Agreement dated June 5, 1990, as amended (the "Registration Agreement") with G &
G Diagnostics Limited Partnership I and G & G Diagnostics Limited Partnership II
(together,  "G & G")  pursuant  to which G & G has  certain  rights  to have its
shares of Common Stock  registered by the Company under the  Securities  Act." A
total of 366,670 shares of Common Stock (the "Registrable Shares") held by G & G
or subject to warrants  held by G & G may be registered  under the  Registration
Agreement.  If the Company  proposes to register any of its securities under the
Securities  Act,  either  for  its  own  account  or for the  account  of  other
securityholders, G & G is entitled to notice of the registration and is entitled
to include, at the Company's expense, the Registrable Shares therein,  provided,
among other conditions, that the underwriters have the right to limit the number
of such shares included in the registration.  In addition, G & G may require the
Company at its  expense on no more than two  occasions,  to file a  registration
statement under the Securities Act with respect to its Registrable  Shares,  and
the  Company  is  required  to use its best  efforts  to effect a  registration,
subject to certain  conditions and limitations.  Further,  G & G may require the
Company at its expense to register the Registrable  Shares on Form S-3 when such
form  becomes  available  to the  Company,  subject  to certain  conditions  and
limitations.  G & G waived its respective registration rights for this Offering.
See "Principal Stockholders."

    Warrant  Exercise.  In May 1995, G & G Diagnostics  Limited  Partnership  II
exercised  warrants to purchase 40,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock for
an exercise price of $2.50 per share or an aggregate amount of $100,000.

    Indemnification Contracts. The Company intends to enter into indemnification
agreements  with  each  of  its  directors  and  officers.  See  "Management  --
Limitation of Officers' and Directors' Liability; Indemnification Agreements."




                                       44


                          PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  as of August 1, 1996
concerning  the beneficial  ownership of Common Stock by each director,  certain
executive  officers,  all executive  officers and directors as a group, and each
person  known by the  Company  to be the  beneficial  owner of 5% or more of the
Company's Common Stock. This information is based upon information received from
or on behalf of the named  individuals.  Unless  otherwise noted, the beneficial
owners  listed have sole  voting and  investment  power over the shares  listed.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               PERCENTAGE OF OUTSTANDING SHARES
                                                                                    BENEFICIALLY OWNED<F1>
                                                                                    ----------------------
                                                           NUMBER OF SHARES      BEFORE THE        AFTER THE
         NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER             BENEFICIALLY OWNED      OFFERING          OFFERING
         ------------------------------------             ------------------      --------          --------
<S>                                                       <C>                     <C>               <C>
5% Stockholders
  Irwin J. Gruverman<F2> ..............................         412,920             14.71%                %
   c/o G & G Diagnostics Limited Partnership I
   30 Ossipee Road
   Newton, MA 02164
  G & G Diagnostics Limited Partnership II<F3>                  153,333              5.69%
Directors and Senior Executives
  Richard T. Schumacher<F4><F5>                               1,013,957             35.89
  Henry A. Malkasian<F4><F6>                                    311,510             11.54
  Kevin W. Quinlan<F4>                                           93,100              3.37
  Patricia E. Garrett<F4>                                        55,000              2.01
  Richard C. Tilton<F4>                                          62,500              2.29
  Mark M. Manak<F4>                                              55,500              2.03
  Barry M. Warren<F4>                                            37,500              1.37
  Ronald V. DiPaolo<F4>                                          28,000              1.03
  Calvin A. Saravis<F4>                                          23,000                 *
  Francis E. Capitanio<F4>                                        8,750                 *
  All Executive Officers and Directors as a group
   (10 Persons)<F4><F5><F6><F7>                               1,688,817             54.04




<FN>
 *  Less than 1% of the outstanding Common Stock.

<F1> The number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding  used in calculating  the
     percentage  for each  listed  person  includes  the shares of Common  Stock
     underlying options or warrants held by such person.

<F2> Includes  283,333  shares  held of  record  by three  limited  partnerships
     (including  G &  G  Diagnostics  Limited  Partnership  II),  of  which  Mr.
     Gruverman is the general partner,  10,000 shares subject to options held by
     Mr.  Gruverman and 106,670  shares subject to warrants held by one of three
     limited partnerships.

<F3> The address for G & G  Diagnostics  Limited  Partnership  II is the same as
     that for Mr. Gruverman. Mr. Gruverman is the beneficial owner of the shares
     of Common Stock held of record by G & G Limited Partnership II.

<F4> Includes the following  shares subject to options:  Mr. Capitanio -- 8,750,
     all of which are  exercisable  within 60 days  after  August 1,  1996;  Dr.
     DiPaolo --  28,000,  25,000 of which are  exercisable  within 60 days after
     August 1, 1996;  Dr.  Garrett --  45,000,  41,250 of which are  exercisable
     within 60 days after August 1, 1996; Mr. Quinlan -- 73,000, 58,000 of which
     are  exercisable  within 60 days after  August 1, 1996;  Mr.  Malkasian  --
     10,000,  all of which are exercisable  within 60 days after August 1, 1996;
     Dr. Manak -- 37,500,  26,250 of which are exercisable  within 60 days after
     August 1, 1996; Dr. Saravis -- 23,000,  all of which are exercisable within
     60 days after August 1, 1996; Mr.  Schumacher  --135,000,  127,500 of which
     are exercisable  within 60 days after August 1, 1996; Dr. Tilton -- 37,500,
     26,250 of which are  exercisable  within 60 days after August 1, 1996;  and
     Mr. Warren -- 37,500,  7,500 of which are exercisable  within 60 days after
     August 1, 1996.

<F5> Includes 50,000 shares held of record by Mr. Schumacher's spouse and 20,000
     shares held of record by Mr.  Schumacher  as  custodian  for his  daughter.
     Excludes an  aggregate  of 146,317  shares held by other  relatives  of Mr.
     Schumacher as to which Mr. Schumacher disclaims beneficial ownership.

<F6> Includes 12,000 shares held of record by Mr.  Malkasian's son, 5,000 shares
     held by Mr.  Malkasian's  daughter,  53,850 shares held by Mr.  Malkasian's
     spouse and 30,000 shares held by Mr. Malkasian as trustee in trust for each
     of his son and his daughter.

<F7> Includes  4,000  shares held of record by Mr.  Manak as  custodian  for his
     daughter.
</FN>
</TABLE>



                                       45


                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 20,000,000 shares of
Common  Stock,  $0.01 par value  (referred  to herein  as  "Common  Stock")  and
1,000,000  shares of  Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par value  (referred  to herein as
"Preferred Stock").

COMMON STOCK

    As  of  August  1,  1996,  there  were  2,690,064  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding, held of record by approximately 130 stockholders.

    The  holders  of  Common  Stock  are  entitled  to one vote per share on all
matters  to be  voted  on by  stockholders  and are  entitled  to  receive  such
dividends,  if any,  as may be  declared  from  time to  time  by the  Board  of
Directors from funds legally available therefor.  The holders of Common Stock do
not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Upon liquidation
or  dissolution  of the  Company,  the holders of Common  Stock are  entitled to
receive all assets  available for distribution to the  stockholders.  The Common
Stock  has  no  preemptive  or  other  subscription  rights,  and  there  are no
conversion  rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to such
shares. All of the shares of Common Stock are, and the shares to be sold in this
Offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

PREFERRED STOCK

    The  Company is  authorized  to issue up to  1,000,000  shares of  Preferred
Stock, none of which are outstanding. The Board of Directors may, without future
action of the  stockholders of the Company,  issue the Preferred Stock in one or
more classes or series and fix the rights and preferences thereof, including the
dividend rights,  dividend rates,  conversion  rights,  voting rights,  terms of
redemption  (including  sinking fund  provisions),  redemption  price or prices,
liquidation  preferences  and the  number  of shares  constituting  any class or
series, or the designations of such class or series. The voting and other rights
of the holders of Common Stock may be subject to and adversely  affected by, the
rights of holders of any Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future.

MASSACHUSETTS ANTI-TAKEOVER AND RELATED STATUTES

    Control  Share  Acquisition  Law.  Under  Chapter 110D of the  Massachusetts
General Laws governing "control share  acquisitions," any stockholder of certain
publicly-held  Massachusetts  corporations who acquires certain ranges of voting
power  --  one-fifth  or more but  less  than  one-third  of all  voting  power,
one-third or more but less than a majority of all voting power, or a majority or
more of all voting power -- may not (except in certain  transactions)  vote such
stock  unless the  stockholders  (excluding  the shares  held by the  interested
stockholders) of the corporation so authorize. As permitted by Chapter 110D, the
Company's  Amended and Restated  By-laws  include a provision which excludes the
Company from the applicability of that statute upon completion of the Offering.

    Business  Combination  Statute.  Chapter 110F of the  Massachusetts  General
Laws, entitled "Business Combinations with Interested  Shareholders," applies to
publicly-held  Massachusetts  corporations  with  200 or  more  stockholders  of
record. Generally,  this statute prohibits such Massachusetts  corporations from
engaging in a "business  combination"  with an  "interested  stockholder"  for a
period of three years  following the date of the transaction in which the person
becomes an interested  stockholder unless (a) the interested stockholder obtains
the  approval  of the  corporation's  board of  directors  prior to  becoming an
interested stockholder;  (b) the interested stockholder acquires at least 90% of
the voting stock of the corporation (excluding shares held by certain affiliates
of  the   corporation)   outstanding  at  the  time  he  becomes  an  interested
stockholder;  or (c) the business  combination  is both approved by the board of
directors and authorized at an annual or special  meeting of stockholders by the
holders  of  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  of  the
corporation   (excluding  shares  held  by  the  interested   stockholder).   An
"interested stockholder" is a person who, together with


                                       46


affiliates and associates, owns (or at any time within the prior three years did
own) 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.  A "business
combination" includes,  among other transactions,  a merger, stock or asset sale
and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder.  The
Amended  and  Restated  Articles of  Organization  and  Restated  By-laws of the
Company do not  expressly  provide for opting out of the  provisions  of Chapter
110F.  As a  result,  the  application  of this  statute  to the  Company  after
completion of this Offering  could  discourage or make it more difficult for any
person or group of  persons to attempt  to obtain  control of the  Company.  The
Company may at any time amend its Amended and Restated  Articles of Organization
or Restated  By-laws to elect not to be governed by Chapter  110F,  by a vote of
the holders of a majority of its voting stock,  but such an amendment  would not
be  effective  for twelve  months and would not apply to a business  combination
with any person who became an  interested  stockholder  prior to the date of the
amendment.

CERTAIN   PROVISIONS  OF  THE  COMPANY'S   AMENDED  AND  RESTATED   ARTICLES  OF
ORGANIZATION AND AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

    The Company's Amended and Restated Articles of Organization  include several
provisions  which may render more  difficult an unfriendly  tender offer,  proxy
contest,  merger or other change in control of the Company. See "Risk Factors --
Possible Adverse Effect of Certain Anti-takeover Provisions."

    Preferred  Stock. The Amended and Restated  Articles of Organization  permit
the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix
the rights,  preferences,  privileges and restrictions thereof,  without further
vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the
effect of delaying,  deferring or  preventing a change in control of the Company
and may  adversely  affect the voting and other  rights of the holders of Common
Stock. The Company currently has no plans to issue any preferred stock.

    Classification  of Board of Directors.  The Amended and Restated Articles of
Organization  provide for the classification of the Company's Board of Directors
into three  classes,  with the classes being  elected for  staggered  three-year
terms.  At each annual  meeting of  stockholders,  directors  will be elected to
succeed  those in the class whose term then expires,  and each elected  director
shall  serve for a term  expiring  at the third  succeeding  annual  meeting  of
stockholders after such director's election,  and until the director's successor
is elected and qualified.  Thus, directors stand for election only once in three
years.  This provision also restricts the ability of stockholders to enlarge the
Board of Directors. Changes in the number of Directors may be effected by a vote
of a  majority  of the  Continuing  Directors  (as  defined in the  Amended  and
Restated  Articles of  Organization)  or by the stockholders by vote of at least
80% of the shares of  Company's  voting  stock  outstanding,  voting as a single
class. Under this provision, Directors may only be removed with or without cause
by the affirmative vote of the holders at least 80% of the combined voting power
of the outstanding  shares of the Company's  voting stock,  voting together as a
single class, or upon the vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors.

    Fair Price  Provision.  The Amended and  Restated  Articles of  Organization
contain a "Fair Price Provision" that is intended to protect stockholders who do
not tender their shares in a takeover bid by  guaranteeing  them a minimum price
for their shares in any subsequent  attempt to purchase such remaining shares at
a price lower than the acquiror's  original  acquisition  price.  The Fair Price
Provision  requires the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of the
Company's  outstanding  voting stock for certain  business  combinations  with a
Related Person, unless specified price criteria and procedural  requirements are
met or the  business  combination  is approved  by a majority of the  Continuing
Directors.

    Indemnification Provision. The Amended and Restated Articles of Organization
provide that the Company may, either in its By-laws or by contract,  provide for
the  indemnification of directors,  officers,  employees and agents, by whomever
elected or appointed,  to the full extent permitted by applicable law, as it may
be amended from time to time.  See "--  Limitation of Officers'  and  Directors'
Liability; Indemnification Agreements."

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

    The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is ___________.



                                       47


                      SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no  public  market  for the  Common
Stock.  Future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market
could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.

    Upon  completion  of this  Offering,  the Company  will have _____ shares of
Common  Stock  outstanding  ( _____  shares if the  Underwriters'  overallotment
option is exercised  in full).  Of those  shares,  the _____ shares sold in this
Offering ( _____ shares if the Underwriters'  overallotment  option is exercised
in full) will be freely tradeable without  restriction  (except as to affiliates
of the Company) or further  registration under the Securities Act. The remaining
2,690,064  shares of  Common  Stock  were sold by the  Company  in  reliance  on
exemptions  from the  registration  requirements  of the  Securities Act and are
"restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
The  Company's  directors,  executive  officers and certain  other  stockholders
holding in the  aggregate  _____ shares of Common Stock have agreed not to offer
to sell,  sell or  otherwise  dispose of any shares of Common Stock prior to the
expiration  of 180  days  from the date of this  Prospectus.  Oscar  Gruss & Son
Incorporated  may, in its sole  discretion and at any time without prior notice,
release all or any portion of the shares of Common  Stock  subject to the lockup
agreements.

    Following  the  expiration  of the 180-day  lockup  period,  _____ shares of
Common  Stock  will  be  eligible  for  sale  in  the  public   market   without
registration,  subject to certain volume and other limitations, pursuant to Rule
144 or Rule 701 under the Securities  Act. The remaining  _____ shares of Common
Stock held by  existing  stockholders,  including  _____  shares  issuable  upon
exercise of options,  will become  eligible for sale under Rule 144 or otherwise
at various times thereafter.  All shares of Common Stock outstanding on the date
of this Prospectus will be eligible for sale to certain qualified  institutional
buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

    In  general,  under Rule 144 as  currently  in effect,  a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate of the Company, may sell in
the open market within any  three-month  period a number of shares that does not
exceed the  greater of (i) 1% of the  then-outstanding  shares of the  Company's
Common Stock or (ii) the average weekly  trading volume in the  over-the-counter
market  during the four  calendar  weeks  preceding  such sale,  provided that a
minimum of two years has elapsed between the later of the date of acquisition of
the securities  from the issuer or from an affiliate of the issuer.  The holding
period of shares of a non-affiliate for this purpose includes the holding period
of all prior non-affiliate holders,  provided that if an affiliate has held such
shares  at any  time,  the  holding  period  shall  commence  upon the sale to a
non-affiliate by the last affiliate to hold the shares. Sales under Rule 144 are
also subject to certain  limitations on the manner of sale,  notice  requirement
and  availability of current public  information  about the Company.  Under Rule
144(k),  a non-affiliate  who holds  restricted  securities and who has not been
affiliated with the Company during the three-month period preceding the proposed
sale thereof may sell such  securities  without regard to conditions  imposed by
Rule 144 if at least three years have elapsed  from the sale of such  securities
by the Company or any  affiliate.  The  Securities  and Exchange  Commission has
proposed  amendments to Rule 144,  including an amendment which would reduce the
waiting period to one year.

    Under Rule 701 of the Securities Act,  persons who purchased shares pursuant
to an employee stock purchase  program or upon exercise of options granted prior
to the  effective  date  of this  Offering  are  entitled,  subject  to  certain
conditions  and  limitations  of Rule 701, to sell such shares 90 days after the
effective date of this Offering in reliance upon Rule 144, without regard to the
holding  period  requirement  of Rule  144 and,  in the case of  non-affiliates,
without  compliance  with the public  information,  volume  limitation or notice
provisions of Rule 144.

    The Company  intends to register  under the Securities Act shortly after the
consummation  of the offering an  aggregate of 1,629,600  shares of Common Stock
issued or issuable  upon exercise of employee  stock  options  granted under the
Non-Qualified Plan and the Employee Plan, including 934,387 shares issuable upon
exercise of such options outstanding on the date of this Prospectus.  Two of the
Company's stockholders and the holder of a warrant to purchase Common Stock have
the right to cause the Company to register their shares under the Securities Act
and to  include  their  shares in certain  future  registrations  of  securities
effected by the Company under the Securities Act. An aggregate of 604,317 shares
of Common Stock, including 226,670 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of  outstanding  warrants  are covered by such  registration  rights.  See "Risk
Factors  --  Shares  Eligible  for  Future  Sale,"   "Certain   Transactions  --
Registration Rights" and "Principal Stockholders."


                                       48



                                  UNDERWRITING

    The  Underwriters  named below,  for whom Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated and
Kaufman Bros., L.P. are acting as the Representatives  (the  "Representatives"),
have  severally  agreed,  subject to the terms and  conditions  contained in the
Underwriting  Agreement,  to  purchase  from the Company the number of shares of
Common Stock set forth opposite their respective names below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       NUMBER OF
                                NAME                                     SHARES
                                ----                                     ------
<S>                                                                     <C>
Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated
Kaufman Bros., L.P.
                                                                        -------
  TOTAL
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>

    The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that the  several  Underwriters  are
obligated to purchase  all of the _____  shares of Common  Stock  offered by the
Underwriters  hereby  (other  than  shares  which  may be  purchased  under  the
over-allotment  option) if any are purchased.  The Representatives  have advised
the  Company  that the  Underwriters  propose  to offer the shares to the public
initially  at the  public  offering  price set  forth on the cover  page of this
Prospectus;  that the Underwriters may allow to selected dealers a concession of
$ ___ per share and that such  dealers  may  reallow a  concession  of $ ___ per
share to certain other dealers.  After the initial public offering, the offering
price  and  the  concessions  may  be  changed  by  the   Representatives.   The
Representatives have informed the Company that the Underwriters do not intend to
confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

    The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, expiring at the close
of business  on the 30th day after the date of the  Underwriting  Agreement,  to
purchase up to _____  additional  shares of Common Stock at the public  offering
price less underwriting discounts and commissions, all as set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus.  The Underwriters may exercise the option only to cover
over-allotments, if any, in the sale of shares of Common Stock in this Offering.
To the extent that the Underwriters  exercise the option,  each Underwriter will
become obligated,  subject to certain conditions,  to purchase approximately the
same  percentage  thereof  that the number of shares to be  purchased by each of
them as shown in the  foregoing  table bears to the _____ shares of Common Stock
offered hereby.

    The  Company  has  agreed to pay to the  Representatives  a  non-accountable
expense allowance of one percent of the gross proceeds of the Offering ($ ___ if
the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  is  not  exercised  and $ ___ if the
Underwriters'  overallotment  option is exercised in full), of which $40,000 has
been paid to date. If the Offering is not consummated,  the Representatives will
return to the Company any unused portion of the pre-paid expense allowance.  The
Company has also agreed to pay all expenses in connection  with  registering  or
qualifying the Common Stock offered hereby for sale under the laws of the states
in which the Common  Stock is sold by the  Underwriters  (including  expenses of
counsel  retained  for such  purposes  by the  Underwriters)  as well as certain
expenses associated with information meetings.

    The Company has agreed to sell to the  Representatives,  or their designees,
warrants  (the  "Underwriters'  Warrants")  to  purchase  _____  shares  of  the
Company's  Common  Stock at an aggregate  purchase  price of $ ___. The exercise
price per Underwriters' Warrant, subject to anti-dilution  adjustment,  is equal
to 135% of the public  offering price per share of Common Stock offered  hereby.
The  Underwriters'  Warrants expire on the fifth anniversary of the closing date
of the Offering.  The Underwriters' Warrants may not be transferred or exercised
for one year from the date of this Prospectus,  except for transfers to officers
of the  Representatives  or members of the  underwriting or selling group and/or
their  officers  or


                                       49


partners,  if any. The  Underwriters'  Warrants  become  exercisable  during the
four-year  period  commencing  one year  from the date of this  Prospectus  (the
"Warrant  Exercise Term").  During the Warrant Exercise Term, the holders of the
Underwriters'  Warrants are given,  at nominal cost,  the  opportunity to profit
from an increase in the market price of the Company's  Common Stock. The Company
has granted the Representatives  certain registration rights with respect to the
Underwriters'  Warrants. All registration rights will terminate seven years from
the closing date of the Offering.

    Except as set forth below,  the Company,  its  officers and  directors,  and
certain of its  stockholders,  who will hold an aggregate of ______ shares after
this Offering,  have agreed that they will not,  directly or indirectly,  offer,
sell, offer to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase or otherwise
sell or  dispose  of any shares of Common  Stock or other  capital  stock of the
Company or any securities  convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for,
any shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Company for a period of
180 days after the date of this Prospectus  without the prior written consent of
Oscar Gruss & Son Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters.  Oscar Gruss & Son
Incorporated  may, in its sole  discretion and at any time without prior notice,
release  all or any  portion  of the  shares of Common  Stock  subject  to these
"lock-up" agreements.

    Prior to this Offering,  there has not been any public market for the Common
Stock.  Consequently,  the initial  public  offering  price of the Common  Stock
offered hereby will be determined through  negotiations  between the Company and
the  Representatives.  Among  the  factors  to  be  considered  in  making  such
determination will be the prevailing market conditions, the Company's fiscal and
operating  history and condition,  the Company's  prospects and the prospects of
its industry, the management of the Company, the market price for securities for
companies in  businesses  similar to that of the Company and the recent  trading
activity and prices of shares of common stock on the Nasdaq National Market. The
estimated  initial  public  offering  price range set forth on the cover page of
this Prospectus is subject to change as a result of market  conditions and other
factors. See "Risk Factors -- No Assurance of Public Market; Volatility of Stock
Price."

    Kaufman Bros., L.P. became registered as a broker-dealer in July 1995.

    The  Company  has  agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

    Certain legal  matters in connection  with this Offering will be passed upon
for the  Company  by  Brown,  Rudnick,  Freed & Gesmer,  Boston,  Massachusetts.
Certain legal matters in connection with the Common Stock offered hereby will be
passed upon for the Underwriters by Fulbright & Jaworski  L.L.P.,  New York, New
York. A member of Brown,  Rudnick,  Freed & Gesmer,  counsel to the Company,  is
Clerk and is the owner of 12,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock.

                                     EXPERTS

    The consolidated  balance sheets of Boston Biomedica,  Inc. and Subsidiaries
as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the consolidated  statements of operations,
stockholders'  equity,  and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1995, included in this prospectus,  have been included herein
in reliance on the report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.,  independent accountants,
given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    The Company  has filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission"), Washington, D.C. 20549, a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the
"Registration  Statement")  under the  Securities Act with respect to the Common
Stock offered  hereby.  This  Prospectus does not contain all of the information
set forth in the Registration  Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto.
For  further  information  with  respect to the  Company  and the Common  Stock,
reference is made to the


                                       50


Registration  Statement  and the  exhibits  and  schedules  thereto.  Statements
contained  in this  Prospectus  as to the  contents  of any  contract  or  other
document are not necessarily  complete and, in each instance where such contract
or document is filed as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement,  reference is
made to the  copy of such  contract  or  document  filed  as an  exhibit  to the
Registration  Statement,  each such statement being qualified in all respects by
such reference.  A copy of the Registration  Statement may be inspected  without
charge at the offices of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549,  and at the  Commission's  regional  offices located at Seven World
Trade  Center,  13th Floor,  New York,  New York 10048,  and at 500 West Madison
Street,  Northwestern Atrium Center,  Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois 60661-2511.
Copies of  materials  can also be obtained at  prescribed  rates from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549.  The  Commission  maintains  a World  Wide  Web site on the  Internet  at
http://www.sec.gov  that contains registration  statements,  reports,  proxy and
information  statements and other  information  regarding  registrants that file
electronically with the Commission.

    The  Company  intends  to  distribute  to its  stockholders  annual  reports
containing   consolidated   financial  statements  audited  by  its  independent
accountants  and will make available  copies of quarterly  reports for the first
three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited  consolidated  financial
information.



                                       51



                 BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                       INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          -----
 <S>                                                                      <C>
Report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., Independent Accountants .............. F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and
  June 30, 1996 (unaudited) .............................................. F-3

Consolidated  Statements  of Operations  for the years ended  
  December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995 and for the six months ended 
  June 30, 1995 (unaudited) and June  30, 1996 (unaudited) ............... F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years 
  ended December 31, 1993,  1994,  and 1995 and for the six 
  months ended June 30, 1996  (unaudited) ................................ F-5

Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flows for the years ended  
  December  31, 1993, 1994, and 1995 and for the six months 
  ended June 30, 1995 (unaudited) and June 30, 1996 (unaudited) .......... F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................... F-7
</TABLE>

                                    F-1




    The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Boston Biomedica, Inc.
and Subsidiaries have been prepared to give effect to a Common Stock split prior
to the time the Registration Statement is declared effective as disclosed in the
first  paragraph of Note 11 to  financial  statements.  When the  aforementioned
Common Stock split is approved by the stockholders of the Company, we will issue
the following report:


                                            COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
Boston, Massachusetts
August 23, 1996

                     REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.:

    We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Boston
Biomedica,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1994 and 1995 and the
related  consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1995.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted  our audits in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the  financial  position of Boston
Biomedica,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1994 and 1995 and the
results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period  ended  December  31,  1995 in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.




Boston, Massachusetts
March 12, 1996,  except as to the information 
in the first paragraph of Note 11, for which
the date is September____, 1996


                                       F-2





                  BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DECEMBER 31,              JUNE 30,       
                                                        -----------              
                                                    1994            1995           1996
                                                  -------         -------         -------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>             <C>            <C>

                                     ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:                                 
   Cash .....................................    $   89,129     $    11,463    $     10,548
   Accounts receivable, less                    
     allowances of $94,723 in 1994,             
     $142,372 in 1995 and $133,579              
     in 1996 ................................     2,259,842       3,075,870       2,866,401
   Inventories (Notes 1 & 3) ................     3,609,516       3,676,851       3,865,219
   Prepaid expense and other ................       156,117         254,199         294,646
   Deferred income taxes (Note 7) ...........       101,880         110,766         213,538
                                                -----------     -----------     -----------
     Total current assets ...................     6,216,484       7,129,149       7,250,352
                                                -----------     -----------     -----------
Property and equipment, net (Notes 1 & 4)....     1,724,420       2,614,982       2,625,117
                                                
OTHER ASSETS:                                   
   Notes receivable and other ...............        22,079          83,422          79,037
   Goodwill and other intangibles,              
     net (Notes 1 & 2) ......................       112,521         100,820          92,777
                                                -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                    134,600         184,242         171,814
                                                -----------     -----------     -----------
     TOTAL ASSETS ...........................    $8,075,504      $9,928,373     $10,047,283
                                                 ==========      ==========     ===========
                                                
                                     
                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
   Current maturities of long term
     debt (Note 6) ..........................    $  242,006     $   436,509    $    490,126
   Accounts payable .........................       787,406         745,216         815,946
   Accrued compensation .....................       361,911         395,755         488,223
   Other accrued expenses ...................       139,052         199,334         127,712
   Deferred revenue .........................        --             523,401         831,244
                                                -----------     -----------     -----------
     Total current liabilities ..............     1,530,375       2,300,215       2,753,251
                                                -----------     -----------     -----------
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
   Long-term debt, less current
     maturities (Note 6) ....................     3,179,526       4,215,501       2,797,581
   Deferred rent ............................       186,860         141,068         107,832
   Deferred income taxes (Note 7) ...........       137,520          84,641         157,899

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 8)

REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK (Note 11)
   $.01 par value; 117,647 shares
     authorized, issued and
     outstanding ............................        --              --             898,503

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 10):
   Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized 
     15,000,000 shares in 1994, 1995 and 1996;
     issued and outstanding 2,578,865 in 1994;
     issued 2,640,417 in 1995; issued and 
     outstanding 2,572,417 in 1996 ..........        25,789          26,404          25,724
   Additional paid-in capital ...............     2,612,500       2,798,620       2,717,700
   Retained earnings ........................       402,934         505,924         588,793
                                                -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                  3,041,223       3,330,948       3,332,217
   Less treasury stock, at cost --
     80,000 shares ..........................        --            (144,000)        --
                                                -----------     -----------     -----------
     Total stockholders' equity .............     3,041,223       3,186,948       3,332,217
                                                -----------     -----------     -----------
     TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
       STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY .................    $8,075,504      $9,928,373     $10,047,283
                                                 ==========      ==========     ===========


 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

</TABLE>
                                    F-3




                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,           SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,   
                                            ----------------------------------        ----------------------
                                             1993          1994           1995          1995          1996
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
REVENUE:                                  
   Product sales .....................    $3,942,328    $ 5,981,378  $  6,621,631   $ 3,024,629    $3,945,759
   Services ..........................     5,214,688      4,741,376     5,649,099     2,539,851     2,982,624
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
     Total revenue ...................     9,157,016     10,722,754    12,270,730     5,564,480     6,928,383
                                          
COSTS AND EXPENSES:                       
   Cost of product sales .............     2,087,771      3,194,217     3,564,241     1,646,594     2,006,833
   Cost of services ..................     3,965,154      3,415,777     4,167,625     1,960,315     2,249,610
   Research and development ..........       278,859        469,358       375,712       159,035       361,619
   Selling and marketing .............       894,202      1,191,573     1,339,792       637,567       915,289
   General and administrative ........     1,619,331      2,047,256     2,315,814     1,056,590     1,088,448
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
       Total operating costs and          
        expenses .....................     8,845,317     10,318,181    11,763,184     5,460,101     6,621,799
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
       Income from operations ........       311,699        404,573       507,546       104,379       306,584
Interest expense, net ................       178,640        243,694       335,899       164,569       168,469
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
       Income (loss) before income        
        taxes and extraordinary           
        item .........................       133,059        160,879       171,647       (60,190)      138,115
(Provision) benefit (for) from            
  income taxes (Notes 1 & 7) .........       (40,473)       (64,351)      (68,657)       24,034       (55,246)
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
       Income (loss) before               
        extraordinary item ...........        92,586         96,528       102,990       (36,156)       82,869
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Extraordinary item-gain on                
  elimination of debt (Notes 6 & 7),      
  net of income taxes of $33,157 .....        49,736        --            --            --             --
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
       Net income (loss) .............    $   142,322   $    96,528   $   102,990   $   (36,156)  $    82,869
                                          ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

Income (loss) per share:                  
       Before extraordinary gain .....    $     0.04    $      0.04   $      0.04   $     (0.01)   $     0.03
       Extraordinary gain ............          0.02        --            --            --             --
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
       Net income (loss) .............    $     0.06    $      0.04   $      0.04   $     (0.01)   $     0.03
Weighted average common and common        
  equivalent shares outstanding ......     2,479,651      2,629,063     3,192,196     2,639,515     3,266,111
                                         ===========    ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

</TABLE>                                  
                                          
           The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                     consolidated financial statements

                                    F-4




               BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      COMMON STOCK
                                 ----------------------
                                                           ADDITIONAL                              TOTAL         
                                              $.01 PAR      PAID-IN     RETAINED    TREASURY   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                   SHARES       VALUE       CAPITAL     EARNINGS     STOCK        EQUITY
                                 ---------    ---------    ---------   ---------   ---------     ---------
<S>                              <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1992 ...   2,280,040     $22,800    $1,635,830    $164,084      --         $1,822,714
  Issuance of common             
   stock .....................     201,298       2,013       711,318                                713,331
  Stock options and              
   warrants exercised ........      33,000         330        65,420                                 65,750
  Conversion of note             
   payable ...................      10,690         107        17,532                                 17,639
  Net income                                                             142,322                    142,322
                                 ---------    ---------    ---------   ---------   ---------     ---------
BALANCE, December 31, 1993 ...   2,525,028      25,250     2,430,100     306,406      --          2,761,756
  Issuance of common             
   stock .....................      29,862         299       139,403                                139,702
  Stock options and              
   warrants exercised ........      23,975         240        30,197                                 30,437
  Tax benefit of stock           
   options exercised                                          12,800                                 12,800
  Net income .................                                            96,528                     96,528
                                 ---------    ---------    ---------   ---------   ---------     ---------
BALANCE, December 31,1994 ....   2,578,865      25,789     2,612,500     402,934      --          3,041,223
  Issuance of common             
   stock .....................       8,535          85        58,160                                 58,245
  Stock options and              
   warrants exercised ........      47,200         472       117,068                                117,540
  Conversion of note             
   payable ...................       5,817          58         9,542                                  9,600
  Treasury stock                 
   purchased -- 80,000           
   shares ....................                                                     $(144,000)      (144,000)
  Tax benefit of stock           
   options exercised .........                                 1,350                                  1,350
  Net income .................                                           102,990                    102,990
                                 ---------    ---------    ---------   ---------   ---------      ---------
BALANCE, December 31, 1995 ...   2,640,417      26,404     2,798,620     505,924    (144,000)     3,186,948
  Stock options and              
   warrants exercised            
   (unaudited) ...............      12,000         120        62,280                                 62,400
  Issuance of treasury           
   stock -- 80,000               
   shares (unaudited) ........     (80,000)       (800)     (143,200)                144,000         --
  Net income                     
   (unaudited) ...............                                            82,869                     82,869
                                 ---------    ---------    ---------   ---------   ---------      ---------
BALANCE, June 30, 1996           
  (unaudited) ................   2,572,417     $25,724    $2,717,700    $588,793      --         $3,332,217
                                 =========     =======    ==========    ========   ==========    ==========

</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                      F-5




                  BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,           SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                     -------------------------------------    --------------------------
                                       1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                                     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
<S>                                 <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
  ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss) ................. $  142,322   $    96,528   $    102,990  $    (36,156) $     82,869
Adjustments to reconcile net income
  (loss) to net cash (used in)
  provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization ..    301,004       360,512        441,356       202,693       280,426
   Provision for doubtful accounts.     22,956       102,099        181,084        53,643        77,145
   Deferred rent ..................     99,708         5,908        (45,792)      (12,556)      (33,236)
   Deferred income taxes ..........     42,323       (42,798)       (61,765)      (74,809)      (29,514)
   Tax benefit of stock options
     exercised ....................     --            12,800          1,350       --            --
   Extraordinary item-gain on
     elimination of debt ..........    (49,736)       --            --            --            --
Changes in operating assets and
  liabilities:
   Accounts receivable ............   (215,270)     (529,157)      (997,112)       11,403       132,324
   Note receivable and other assets    (17,002)       (3,720)       (61,343)      (12,962)        4,385
   Inventories ....................   (950,715)     (567,420)       (67,335)       77,857      (188,368)
   Prepaid expenses ...............     25,410        (3,500)       (98,082)      (79,496)      (40,447)
   Accounts payable ...............     11,875       (86,130)       (42,190)       35,834        70,730
   Accrued expenses ...............    160,021       100,767         94,126       (60,639)       20,846
   Deferred revenue ...............     --            --            523,401       --            307,843
                                      ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
       Net cash (used in) provided
        by operating activities ...   (427,104)     (554,111)       (29,312)      104,812       685,003
                                      ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
CASH FLOWS FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Additions to property and
     equipment ....................   (460,591)     (404,639)    (1,316,217)     (215,542)     (282,518)
   Purchase of intangible assets ..     --            --             (4,000)      --            --
   Net assets of acquisitions (net
     of cash acquired) ............   (389,703)       --            --            --            --
                                      ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
       Net cash used in investing
        activities ................   (850,294)     (404,639)    (1,320,217)     (215,542)     (282,518)
                                      ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
CASH FLOWS FOR FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from notes payable ....  1,107,392     1,734,425      1,517,867       191,990       226,300
   Proceeds from redeemable common
     stock, net ...................     --            --            --            --            898,503
   Proceeds of common stock issued,
     net ..........................    765,081       170,139        175,785       103,126        62,400
   Repayments of long-term debt ...   (613,199)     (887,989)      (277,789)      --         (1,590,603)
   Purchase of treasury stock .....     --            --           (144,000)     (144,000)      --
                                      ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
       Net cash (used in) provided
        by financing activities ...  1,259,274     1,016,575      1,271,863       151,116      (403,400)
                                      ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
(DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH: ......    (18,124)       57,825        (77,666)       40,386          (915)
   Cash, beginning of period ......     49,428        31,304         89,129        89,129        11,463
                                      ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
   Cash, end of period ............ $    31,304   $    89,129   $     11,463  $    129,515  $    10,548
                                    ===========   ===========   ============  ============  ===========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH
  ACTIVITIES:
   Conversion of note payable to
     common stock ................  $   17,639       --         $     9,600   $     9,600      --
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:
   Income taxes paid .............  $   10,689    $   33,718    $   168,994   $   129,100   $    85,000
   Interest paid .................  $  163,831    $  254,133    $   331,495   $   163,735   $   178,328

</TABLE>

               The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                         consolidated financial statements

                                    F-6




                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                       1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)


(1) BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Boston Biomedica,  Inc. ("BBI") and Subsidiaries  (together,  the "Company")
provide infectious disease diagnostic products,  contract research and specialty
infectious  disease  testing  services  to  the  in-vitro  diagnostic  industry,
government  agencies,  blood banks,  hospitals  and other health care  providers
worldwide.

    Significant  accounting  policies  followed  in  the  preparation  of  these
consolidated financial statements are as follows:

 (i) Principles of Consolidation

    The consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of BBI and its
wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  Biotech Research  Laboratories,  Inc.  ("BTRL") and
BBI-North American Clinical  Laboratories,  Inc.  ("BBI-NACL").  All significant
intercompany   accounts   and   transactions   have  been   eliminated   in  the
consolidation.

 (ii) Reclassification

    Certain amounts included in the prior year's financial  statements have been
reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

 (iii) Use of Significant Estimates

    To prepare the financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles,  management is required to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting  period.  In
particular,   the  Company   records   reserves  for  estimates   regarding  the
collectability  of accounts  receivable.  Actual  results  could differ from the
estimates and assumptions used by management.

 (iv) Revenue Recognition

    Product  revenues are  recognized as sales upon shipment of the products or,
for  specific  orders at the request of the  customer,  on a bill and hold basis
after completion of manufacture.  All bill and hold  transactions meet specified
revenue  recognition  criteria which include normal billing,  credit and payment
terms,  and  transfer to the  customers  of all risks and rewards of  ownership.
Accounts  receivable  as of December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1996 include bill and
hold  receivables  of $179,000  and  $85,000,  respectively.  There were no such
receivables as of December 31, 1993 and 1994.

    The Company periodically enters into barter transactions whereby the Company
exchanges  inventory for testing  services.  Revenue on these  transactions  are
recognized  when both the products  have been  shipped and the testing  services
have been  completed and are recorded at the estimated  fair market value of the
inventory based upon standard  Company prices.  The revenue  recognized on these
transactions  for the years ended  December 31, 1993,  1994 and 1995 and for the
six  months  ended  June 30,  1995 and 1996  was  $30,000,  $192,000,  $213,000,
$126,000 and $191,000, respectively.

    Services are  recognized  as revenue upon  completion of tests for specialty
laboratory services, and under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting
as costs are incurred for contract research.

 (v) Research and Development Costs

    Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

 (vi) Inventories

    Inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or net realizable  value
and include material, labor and manufacturing overhead.


                                    F-7




                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)

(1) BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)

 (vii) Property and Equipment

    Property and equipment are stated at cost. For financial reporting purposes,
depreciation  is  recognized  using  accelerated  and   straight-line   methods,
allocating the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives ranging from
five years to ten years for certain manufacturing and laboratory equipment,  and
fifteen years for the building.  Upon  retirement or sale,  the cost and related
accumulated  depreciation of the asset are removed from the books. Any resulting
gain or loss is credited or charged to income.

 (viii) Goodwill and Intangibles

    Goodwill  results from excess of the purchase  prices over the net assets of
BTRL and BBI-NACL  acquired  and is amortized on a straight  line basis over ten
years.   Other  intangibles   primarily  consist  of  patents,   licenses,   and
intellectual property rights and are amortized over five to ten years.

 (ix) Income Taxes

    The Company  utilizes the liability  method of accounting  for income taxes.
Under the liability  method,  deferred  taxes arise from  temporary  differences
between the financial  statement and tax bases of assets and  liabilities  using
enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the  differences  are expected
to reverse.  A valuation  allowance  is provided for net deferred tax assets if,
based on the weighted available  evidence,  it is more likely than not that some
or all of the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not be  realized.  Tax  credits  are
recognized when realized using the flow through method of accounting.

 (x) Concentration of Credit Risk

    Financial   instruments   which   potentially   subject   the   Company   to
concentrations of credit risk are principally cash and accounts receivable.  The
Company places its cash in federally  chartered banks,  each of which is insured
up to $100,000 by the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation.  Concentration of
credit risk with respect to accounts  receivable is limited to certain customers
to whom the  Company  makes  substantial  sales.  The  Company  does not require
collateral from its customers.  To reduce risk, the Company  routinely  assesses
the financial strength of its customers and, as a consequence, believes that its
trade accounts receivable credit risk exposure is limited.

 (xi) Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

    The  consolidated  financial  statements as of June 30, 1996 and for the six
months  ended  June  30,  1995 and 1996 and  related  footnote  information  are
unaudited and have been prepared on a basis  substantially  consistent  with the
audited consolidated  financial  statements,  and, in the opinion of management,
include  all  adjustments  (consisting  of only  normal  recurring  adjustments)
necessary for fair  presentation  of the results of these interim  periods.  The
results of the six months ended June 30, 1996 are not necessarily  indicative of
the results to be expected for the entire year.

 (xii) Deferred Revenue

    Deferred revenue consists of payments  received from customers in advance of
services performed.

 (xiii) Computation of Income (Loss) Per Share

    Net income  (loss)  per common  share is  computed  based upon the  weighted
average number of common shares and common equivalent shares (using the treasury
stock method)  outstanding  after certain  adjustments  described below.  Common
equivalent shares consist of common stock options and warrants  outstanding.  In
accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No.
83, all common,  redeemable  common,  and common equivalent shares issued during
the twelve month period prior to the proposed date of the initial  filing of the
Registration Statement have been included


                                    F-8




                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)

(1) BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)

in the  calculation  as if they  were  outstanding  for all  periods  using  the
treasury  stock method and assuming an initial  public  offering price of $11.00
per share.  Fully diluted net income (loss) per common share is not presented as
it does not differ from primary earnings per share.

(2) ACQUISITION

    Effective January 1, 1993, North American Laboratory,  Inc., a Massachusetts
corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of BBI, acquired the net assets of North
American  Laboratory  Group,  Ltd.,  Inc. from its founder and chief  scientific
officer, who remains in this same capacity. During 1995, the name was changed to
BBI-North  American  Clinical   Laboratories,   Inc.  BBI-NACL  is  a  specialty
infectious  disease testing  laboratory  providing testing services to hospitals
and other  health  care  providers.  The  purchase  price was  $425,000  in cash
representing  $375,038 of net tangible  assets  (including  cash of $35,297) and
$49,962 of goodwill and other intangibles.

(3) INVENTORIES

    The  Company  purchases  human  plasma and serum from  various  private  and
commercial  blood  banks.  Upon  receipt,   such  purchases   generally  undergo
comprehensive  testing,  and  associated  costs are included in the value of raw
materials.  Most plasma is  manufactured  into  Basematrix and other  diagnostic
components  to  customer  specifications.  Plasma  and  serum  with the  desired
antibodies or antigens are sold or  manufactured  into Quality  Control  Panels,
Accurun(tm) run controls,  and reagents ("Finished Goods").  Panels and reagents
are unique to specific donors and/or collection periods, and require substantial
time to characterize and manufacture due to stringent technical  specifications.
Panels play an important role in diagnostic test kit development,  licensure and
quality  control.  Panels are  manufactured  in  quantities  sufficient  to meet
expected user demand which may exceed one year.

    Inventories consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                  -------------------------
                                    1994             1995          JUNE 30, 1996
                                  ---------        ---------       -------------
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                              <C>              <C>              <C>
Raw materials                    $1,548,560       $1,298,131        $ 1,272,687
Work-in-process                     551,280          565,667            597,922
Finished goods                    1,509,676        1,813,053          1,994,610
                                  ---------        ---------       -------------
                                 $3,609,516       $3,676,851        $ 3,865,219
                                 ==========       ==========        ===========
</TABLE>

(4) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment at December 31, 1994 and 1995 consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1994                    1995
                                               ---------               ---------
<S>                                           <C>                     <C>
Laboratory equipment                          $1,442,349              $1,630,872
Management information systems                   609,923                 834,768
Office equipment                                 249,544                 332,496
Automobiles                                      176,315                 178,465
Leasehold improvements                           300,341                 108,892
Land, building and improvements                   --                     941,175
                                               ---------               ---------
                                               2,778,472               4,026,668
Less accumulated depreciation                  1,054,052               1,411,686
                                               ---------               ---------
Net book value                                $1,724,420              $2,614,982
                                              ==========              ==========
</TABLE>

    Depreciation  expense for the years ended  December 31, 1993,  1994 and 1995
and the six  months  ended  June  30,  1995 and  1996  was  $286,456,  $345,228,
$425,655, $194,236 and $272,383, respectively.

                                    F-9




                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)



(5) REVENUE FROM SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS AND EXPORT SALES

    The Company performs contract research and certain services under contracts,
subcontracts and grants from United States  Government  Agencies,  primarily the
National Institutes of Health ("NIH"). Revenue from such contracts, subcontracts
and  grants  was  approximately  $2,707,000  in 1993,  $1,677,000  in 1994,  and
$1,628,000 in 1995.

    Export sales accounted for approximately  $1,411,000, or 15% of consolidated
revenue in 1993;  $2,279,000,  or 21% in 1994;  $3,104,000,  or 25% in 1995; and
$1,523,000,  or 27%,  and  $1,877,000,  or 27% for the six months ended June 30,
1995 and 1996, respectively.

(6) LONG TERM DEBT

    In August 1995,  the Company's  revolving  line of credit  ("Revolver")  was
increased to  $3,500,000  and the due date  extended to June 30,  1997.  In July
1996, the due date of the Company's  Revolver was extended to June 30, 1998, and
the interest rate reduced to prime plus 1/2 %. In addition, the Company borrowed
$200,000 under a five-year  term loan approved in 1994 ($170,370  outstanding at
December 31, 1995),  $100,000  under a five-year term loan, and $123,700 under a
$350,000  five year term loan facility for  equipment  acquisitions  approved in
1995 ("New Term"). As of December 31, 1995, the Company had additional borrowing
capacity  available  under the New Term facility equal to $226,300.  The Company
borrowed  this amount prior to the facility  expiration  date of May 2, 1996. In
July 1996,  the Company  received  approval for a $250,000,  five year equipment
facility loan from its bank due July 31, 2001 at a rate of prime plus 1%.

    Borrowings  under the  Revolver  are  limited  to 80% of  eligible  accounts
receivable  plus the lesser of 40% of inventory or  $1,500,000.  The Company had
approximately  $657,000  and  $2,028,000  available  under it's  Revolver  as of
December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1996, respectively. Amounts outstanding under the
Revolver  bear interest at the lender's base rate plus 1% (9.75% at December 31,
1995 and 9.25% at June 30, 1996) and are  collateralized by all of the Company's
assets and a $2 million life insurance policy of an officer/stockholder.

    The Revolver contains covenants regarding the Company's debt-to-equity ratio
and certain minimum debt service coverage ratios.  The Revolver further provides
for restrictions on the payment of dividends,  limitations on the acquisition of
property  and  equipment,  limitations  on  additional  borrowings,  and certain
minimum stock ownership levels by the officer/stockholder referred to above.

    In December  1995,  the Company  purchased  its corporate  headquarters  and
manufacturing  facility in West  Bridgewater,  MA from its former  landlord at a
price of $806,800  including  closing costs, and borrowed $750,000 from its bank
to finance the purchase. See also Note 4.

    On  June  30,  1993,  the  Company  exercised  its  option  to  pre-pay  the
acquisition  note in connection  with the 1992 purchase of BTRL at a substantial
discount  from the balance due,  resulting in an  extraordinary  gain of $49,736
($82,893 minus taxes of $33,157).

    During 1993,  convertible  debt in the amount of $17,639 was converted  into
10,690  shares  of  common  stock at a price of $1.65 per  share.  During  1995,
convertible  debt in the amount of $9,600  was  converted  into 5,817  shares of
common stock at a price of $1.65 per share.


                                   F-10





                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)


(6) LONG TERM DEBT -- (CONTINUED)

At December 31, 1994 and 1995,  and June 30, 1996, the Company had the following
debt outstanding:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             JUNE 30,
                                                1994           1995           1996
                                             -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>

Revolving Line of Credit Agreement due
  June 30, 1998 ...........................  $2,533,860     $2,784,307     $ 1,397,884

Note payable to a bank, due in monthly
  principal payments of $17,687
  through October 1998 with interest
  fixed at 9.01%. Collateralized by all
  of the assets of the Company ............     813,625        601,375         495,250

Note payable to a bank,  due in monthly  
  principal  payments  of $3,704  
  through October 1999 with interest at
  prime rate plus 1.0%. Collateralized 
  by all of the assets of the Company .....          --        170,370         148,148

Note payable to a bank, due in monthly
  principal payments of $1,667 through
  December 2000 with interest at 8.22%.
  Collateralized by all of the assets
  of the Company ..........................          --        100,000          91,667

Note payable to a bank, with interest 
  only due until May 2, 1996, and 
  thereafter 54 consecutive equal monthly
  principal  payments of $6,863 
  commencing June 18, 1996. Interest is 
  at prime rate plus 1.0%. Collateralized
  by all of the assets of the Company ....           --        123,700         343,137

Note payable to a bank,  due in 84 fixed
  payments of principal  and interest of
  $11,729,  bearing  interest  fixed at 
  8.30%  for the  first  five  years,  and
  floating  at prime  plus  1.0% for the
  remaining  term.  Collateralized  by a
  mortgage and all of the assets
  of the Company .........................           --        750,000         705,580

Subordinated  convertible note payable,
  at 12.5% interest rate, due December 31,
  1996,  interest  payable  monthly.  
  Convertible into common stock at $1.50 
  per share at the option of the holder ..       31,100         21,500          21,500

Other installment notes payable with 
  interest rates ranging from 7.25% to 
  10.99% at December 31, 1995,  
  collateralized  by office equipment 
  and vehicles due at various maturity
  dates from April 1996 to August 2001 ...       42,947        100,758          84,541
                                           ------------   ------------    ------------
    Total long term debt .................    3,421,532      4,652,010       3,287,707
Less: current maturities .................     (242,006)      (436,509)       (490,126)
                                           ------------   ------------    ------------
                                             $3,179,526     $4,215,501     $ 2,797,581
                                             ==========     ==========     ===========

</TABLE>

                                   F-11





                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)

(6) LONG TERM DEBT -- (CONTINUED)

    At December 31, 1995, debt maturities are as follows:



 YEAR ENDED                                                            AMOUNT
- -----------                                                          -----------
  1996 ......................................................      $     436,509
  1997 ......................................................          3,199,875
  1998 ......................................................            386,723
  1999 ......................................................            207,300
  2000 ......................................................            161,382
  Thereafter ................................................            260,221
                                                                    ------------
                                                                   $   4,652,010
                                                                   =============


(7) INCOME TAXES

    The  Company's  effective  tax rate does not  significantly  differ from the
federal and state income tax statutory  rates.  The  components of the provision
for income taxes are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1993       1994       1995
                                                  --------   --------   -------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
Current expense: federal and state ............   $23,700    $ 91,242   $130,422
Deferred (benefit) expense: federal and state .    49,930     (26,891)   (61,765)
                                                  --------   --------   --------
  Total .......................................   $73,630    $ 64,351   $ 68,657
                                                  ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

    The  provision  for 1993  includes  $33,157 of income taxes which was offset
against the  extraordinary  gain on elimination of debt of $82,893 and presented
net in the Statement of Operations. See also Notes 2 and 6.

    Significant items making up deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets
are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1994        1995
                                                           --------     --------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>
Current deferred taxes:
   Inventory ........................................     $  47,318       --
   Allowances and other accruals ....................        54,562    $ 110,766
                                                           --------     --------
     Total deferred tax assets ......................       101,880      110,766
Long term deferred taxes:
   Accelerated tax depreciation .....................      (163,139)    (207,361)
   Cash basis benefit of subsidiary .................       (47,818)      --
   Goodwill .........................................       (26,859)     (22,795)
   Tax credits ......................................       100,296      106,710
   State net operating loss carryforwards ...........        --           38,805
                                                           --------     --------
     Total deferred tax liabilities .................      (137,520)     (84,641)
                                                           --------     --------
     Total net deferred tax (liabilities) assets ....     $ (35,640)  $   26,125
                                                          =========   ==========
</TABLE>

    As of December 31, 1995,  the net  operating  loss  carryforwards  expire at
various  dates  beginning in 1998 through  2000.  Tax credits  expire at various
dates beginning in 2006 through 2009.

                                      F-12





                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)



(8) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    The Company leases certain office space, laboratory, and research facilities
under operating leases with various terms through July 2000. All the real estate
leases include renewal options at increasing levels of rent.

    One of the facility leases  includes  scheduled base rent increases over the
term of the lease.  The amount of base rent payments is being charged to expense
on the straight-line method over the term of the lease. As of December 31, 1995,
the Company has recorded a $141,068  noncurrent  liability to reflect the excess
of rent expense over cash payments since  inception of the lease. In addition to
base rent, the Company pays a monthly  allocation of the operating  expenses and
real estate taxes for the above facilities.

    Rent expense for the years ended  December  31, 1993,  1994 and 1995 and six
months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 was $479,697,  $549,713,  $477,580, $225,109
and $181,816,  respectively.  At December 31, 1995,  the  remaining  fixed lease
commitment was as follows:



YEAR ENDED                                                          AMOUNT
- ----------                                                         ---------
1996 ........................................................    $   371,200
1997 ........................................................        254,600
1998 ........................................................        117,300
1999 ........................................................        124,800
2000 ........................................................         79,700
                                                                   ---------
                                                                 $   947,600
                                                                 ===========


(9) RETIREMENT PLAN

    In January,  1993,  the Company  adopted a  retirement  savings plan for its
employees,  which has been qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code.  Eligible
employees are permitted to  contribute  to the plan through  payroll  deductions
within  statutory  limitations  and subject to any  limitations  included in the
plan. To date, the Company has made no contributions to the plan.

(10) COMMON STOCK

    The Company has two stock option plans which are administered by a committee
of the Board of Directors who determines the employees and affiliated persons to
receive  options and the number and option price of shares  covered by each such
option.

    Options  granted under both plans may be either  incentive  stock options or
non-qualified stock options. In general, for incentive stock options, the option
price  shall not be less than the fair  market  value at the time the  option is
granted. Generally,  options become exercisable at the rate of 25% at the end of
each of the four years  following the  anniversary of the grant.  Options issued
expire ten years from the date of grant, or 30 days from the date of termination
or affiliation.

    At December 31, 1995,  897,600  shares have been reserved for  non-qualified
stock options,  of which 97,125 are available for future grants. At December 31,
1995,  750,000 shares have been reserved for incentive  stock options,  of which
696,812 are available for future grants.

    The Company has issued  warrants in connection  with certain equity and debt
financings.  As of June 30,  1996,  226,670  shares  of Common  Stock  have been
reserved  for issuance  pursuant to the exercise of such  warrants at a weighted
average exercise price of $2.50 per share.



                                   F-13




                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)


(10) COMMON STOCK -- (CONTINUED)

    The Company has reserved  shares of its authorized but unissued common stock
for the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              STOCK OPTIONS               WARRANTS
                            --------------------     --------------------
                                         PRICE                   PRICE         TOTAL
                           SHARES     PER SHARE     SHARES     PER SHARE       SHARES
                           ------     ---------     ------     ---------       -------
<S>                        <C>        <C>           <C>       <C>             <C>
Balance outstanding,
  December 31, 1992 ....    747,600   $.25-$4.50    266,670   $2.00-$2.50     1,014,270
   Granted .............    166,250         4.50     59,468     3.75-5.20       225,718
   Exercised ...........    (13,000)    .25-1.50    (20,000)         2.50       (33,000)
   Expired .............    (19,000)        2.50      --                        (19,000)
                            -------                 -------                   ----------

Balance outstanding,
  December 31, 1993 ....    881,850     .25-4.50    306,138     2.00-5.20     1,187,988
   Granted .............     --           --          --          --            --
   Exercised ...........    (19,375)    .25-4.50     (4,600)         3.75       (23,975)
   Expired .............    (81,525)    .25-4.50      --          --            (81,525)
                            -------                 -------                   ----------

Balance outstanding,
  December 31, 1994 ....    780,950     .25-4.50    301,538     2.00-5.20     1,082,488
   Granted .............     73,187         6.00      --          --             73,187
   Exercised ...........     (6,000)   1.50-2.50    (41,200)    2.50-5.20       (47,200)
   Expired .............    (47,850)   1.50-4.50      --          --            (47,850)
                            -------                 -------                   ----------

Balance outstanding,
  December 31, 1995 ....    800,287     .25-6.00    260,338     2.00-5.20     1,060,625
   Granted (unaudited) .    140,600    7.00-8.50      --          --            140,600
   Exercised
     (unaudited) .......     --           --        (12,000)         5.20       (12,000)
   Expired (unaudited) .     (6,500)   6.00-7.00    (21,668)         5.20       (28,168)
                            -------                 -------                   ----------

Balance outstanding,
  June 30, 1996
  (unaudited) ..........    934,387     .25-8.50    226,670     2.00-5.00     1,161,057
                            =======                 =======                   ==========

Exercisable at June 30,
  1996 (unaudited) ....     359,500     .25-1.65      --          --            359,500
                            262,200    2.50-4.50    206,670     2.00-2.50       468,870
                             31,984         6.00     20,000          5.00        51,984
                            -------                 -------                  ----------
Total exercisable at
  June 30, 1996
  (unaudited) .........     653,684   $.25-$6.00    226,670   $2.00-$5.00       880,354
                            =======                 =======                   ==========

Proceeds of exercisable
  at June 30, 1996
  (unaudited) .........  $1,356,655                $566,675                  $1,923,330
                         ==========                ========                  ===========

</TABLE>

    In October 1995, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123 ("SFAS 123")  "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation,"  which becomes
effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  1995.  SFAS  123
establishes  new financial  accounting and reporting  standards for  stock-based
compensation  plans.  However,  entities are allowed to elect whether to measure
compensation expense for stock-based  compensation under SFAS 123 or APB No. 25,
"Accounting  for Stock Issued to Employees." The Company has elected to continue
to account under APB No. 25 and will make the required pro forma  disclosures of
net  income and  earnings  per share as if the  provisions  of SFAS 123 had been
applied in its December 31, 1996 financial  statements.  The potential impact of
adopting this standard on the Company's pro forma  disclosures of net income and
earnings per share has not been quantified at this time.


                                   F-14




                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                          1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)



(11) SUBSEQUENT EVENT

 Stock Split

    On August 8, 1996 the Board of Directors  approved a 1-for-2  reverse  stock
split and an increase in authorized common shares to 20,000,000,  and authorized
1,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock  (par  value  $.01),   each  subject  to
stockholder  approval.  The stock split has been retroactively  reflected in the
accompanying financial statements and notes for all periods presented.

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

    On April 26, 1996, the Company  entered into a Stock Purchase  Agreement and
Exclusive  Distributor  Agreement  for five  years  with a foreign  distributor.
Pursuant to the Stock Purchase  Agreement,  the Company issued 117,647 shares of
redeemable common stock at a price per share of $8.50, for which it received net
proceeds of $898,503. Issuance costs were $101,497.  Furthermore,  the agreement
may  require  the  Company  to  repurchase  the  stock  at  the  issuance  price
($1,000,000  in  total)  in  three  equal  installments  in the  event  that the
Distribution Agreement is terminated by the Company prior to the completion of a
public  offering.  Completion of a public offering will terminate the redemption
feature  and cause  the  reclassification  of these  shares  into  stockholders'
equity. In addition, the distributor is restricted from selling these securities
for a one-year period after  completion of such Offering.  The Company  utilized
the 80,000 shares of Treasury Stock in connection with this transaction.

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

    The Company is preparing to file a registration statement in August 1996 for
the sale of shares of common stock.  There can be no assurances that the initial
public offering of common stock will be successfully completed.

                                   F-15







                                    GLOSSARY

AIDS......................  Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome.  AIDS is caused
                            by infection with the Human Immunodeficiency  Virus,
                            HIV.

Antibodies................  Binding proteins  naturally  produced by the body in
                            response  to  exposure  to  non-self  agents  (e.g.,
                            bacteria,  viruses,  cancer cells).  Antibodies form
                            part of the immunological defense system.

Antigens..................  Foreign non-self agents (such as the proteins or the
                            nucleic acids of infectious  agents) that  stimulate
                            an immune  response,  including  the  production  of
                            antibodies.

Assay.....................  Synonym  for  test:   qualitative  or   quantitative
                            measurement of some component of a material.

Chlamydia.................  A  sexually  transmitted  pathogen  that  can  cause
                            Trachoma  (an  eye  disease   which   culminates  in
                            blindness), chronic infection of genitals (which can
                            result in infertility), and pneumonia, especially in
                            the newborn.

CLIA......................  The  Clinical  Laboratory  Improvement   Amendments,
                            passed by Congress in October 1988,  and  formulated
                            into  regulations and implemented by the Health Care
                            Financing  Administration  beginning  in 1992.  CLIA
                            refers  to a set of  regulations  which  govern  the
                            staffing and function of all U.S.  laboratories that
                            perform in vitro  diagnostic tests for clinical use,
                            except for blood  bank  laboratories  and  Veterans'
                            Administration  hospital  laboratories,   which  are
                            regulated separately using similar rules.

Cytomegalovirus...........  A virus  responsible  for several  diseases that are
                            especially prevalent in  immunocompromised  patients
                            such as those  infected  with HIV,  receiving  organ
                            transplants or receiving cancer chemotherapy.

Diagnostic Components.....  The  solutions  and  materials  that  are  combined,
                            sometimes after further  manufacture,  to make an in
                            vitro diagnostic test kit.

DNA.......................  Deoxyribonucleic Acid, together with RNA, a class of
                            molecules  called  "nucleic  acids." DNA carries the
                            genetic  information in most living  organisms.  The
                            DNA  of  each  cell  contains  the  information  for
                            "building" a whole organism (e.g., a virus, a plant,
                            or a whole human  being).  DNA testing can  identify
                            microscopic  amounts of the  genetic  material  of a
                            virus or bacterium,  thus indicating its presence in
                            quantities   undetectable   in  the  bloodstream  by
                            immunoassay techniques.

ELISA.....................  Enzyme-Linked  Immunosorbent  Assay,  a  biochemical
                            procedure in which  interactions  among  antibodies,
                            antigens and enzymes are used to detect and quantify
                            various  diseases  and other  materials  of interest
                            through the measurement of color released at the end
                            of the assay.

End-User..................  The purchaser and consumer of an in vitro diagnostic
                            test kit;  usually  clinical  laboratories,  but may
                            also be other  health care  providers  or members of
                            the general public.


                                      G-1


Hepatitis.................  A disease that causes  inflammation of and damage to
                            the  liver,  often  caused by a virus.  In  advanced
                            stages,  hepatitis  can  result in life  threatening
                            liver dysfunction,  liver cirrhosis or liver cancer.
                            The most common  causes of viral  hepatitis  are the
                            Hepatitis A, B and C viruses (HAV, HBV and HCV).

HIV.......................  Human  Immunodeficiency  Virus.  HIV, a  retrovirus,
                            causes AIDS. HIV infection  leads to the destruction
                            of the immune system.

Immunology................  Narrowly  defined as the study of the immune system,
                            but often  used to  describe  tests  for  infectious
                            diseases  which rely on the principle of the binding
                            of antigens and antibodies.

Immunoassay...............  A  test  that  relies  on  the  specificity  of  the
                            reaction  between  antibodies and antigens to detect
                            and  measure   the   concentration   of   biological
                            molecules.

In Vitro..................  Laboratory procedures that occur "in the test tube,"
                            or outside the body. In vitro diagnostic  testing is
                            the process of analyzing  blood,  urine,  saliva and
                            other  specimens  outside  the body to  screen  for,
                            monitor  or  diagnose  diseases  and  other  medical
                            conditions.

Infectious Agent..........  Any microorganism,  such as bacteria, viruses, fungi
                            or other  parasites,  capable  of  invading  another
                            organism,     with    or    without     pathological
                            manifestations.

Levey-Jennings Chart......  A chart on which the test  results for a Run Control
                            are plotted over time,  so that the  reproducibility
                            of a test method can be  monitored.  The  acceptable
                            range for the Run  Control,  as  determined  by each
                            individual  test kit end-user,  is also indicated on
                            the chart.

Lyme Disease..............  A bacterial  infection caused by a spirochete called
                            Borrelia   burgdorferi   (B.   burgdorferi).    This
                            spirochete  usually infects the deer tick which then
                            bites a person  or  animal,  thus  transmitting  the
                            infection.

Marker....................  A substance  which,  when detected in blood or other
                            study  sample  by an in vitro  diagnostic  test,  is
                            indicative  of the  presence  of  disease  or  other
                            medical condition.

Microbiology..............  The  clinical   laboratory   testing   segment  that
                            specializes in the detection of organisms that cause
                            infectious   disease.   Often   used  to   refer  to
                            traditional  tests  that use a growth  medium  which
                            enables an organism, if present, to replicate and be
                            detected  visually.  Newer methods for detection and
                            monitoring of infectious diseases such as immunology
                            and   molecular   biology   methods  are   sometimes
                            performed  in separate  laboratories  and  sometimes
                            incorporated into microbiology laboratories.

Molecular Biology.........  The clinical  laboratory  testing segment which uses
                            newer  methods such as PCR to detect  nucleic  acids
                            (i.e., DNA and RNA) for infectious disease diagnosis
                            and other purposes.


                                      G-2


Multi-Marker Run 
  Control.................  A run control designed to be used with several tests
                            for different  analytes or markers.  These  controls
                            are  designed  to cover  groups of markers  that are
                            tested in the same laboratory section, e.g., Accurun
                            1(R) is a  multi-marker  run  control for blood bank
                            tests.

Nucleic Acids.............  Two  families of compounds  called  deoxyribonucleic
                            acid (DNA) and ribonucleic acid (RNA) that carry the
                            coded  information  from which all living  organisms
                            are made.

Pathogen..................  An  organism  that  causes   disease  in  the  study
                            subjects  (e.g.,  a virus  which  causes  disease in
                            humans  is human  pathogen;  an insect  that  causes
                            disease in a plant is a plant pathogen).

PCR.......................  Polymerase  Chain  Reaction,  a sequence of chemical
                            steps  using DNA  primers  (short  pieces of nucleic
                            acids)  to  locate  and  copy   (amplify)   specific
                            sequences  of DNA,  if present,  to a  concentration
                            high enough for chemical detection.

Performance Panels........  A set of serum and  plasma  samples  collected  from
                            many different individuals and characterized for the
                            presence or absence of a particular disease marker.

Plasma....................  The clear  liquid  portion of blood  which  contains
                            clotting factors,  proteins,  antibodies,  hormones,
                            electrolytes  and  other  components   dissolved  in
                            water. Plasma differs from serum only in that plasma
                            contains  clotting  factors in addition to its other
                            components, and serum does not.

Qualification Panels......  Dilutions  of human  plasma or serum  manifesting  a
                            full  range  of  reactivities  in  test  kits  for a
                            specific marker.

Qualitative Test..........  An  assay  for  which  the  reportable  results  are
                            positive, negative or indeterminate.  An alternative
                            set of terms  sometimes used to express  qualitative
                            test results is reactive, non-reactive or gray zone.

Quality Control 
  Products................  Materials including characterized samples of various
                            kinds,  data sheets and  software,  all designed for
                            use  in  the  performance  evaluation  of  in  vitro
                            diagnostic    tests   during   their    development,
                            manufacture or use.

Quantitative Test.........  An  assay  for  which  the  reportable  results  are
                            numeric.

Reactivity................  Test result for a qualitative  test; can take one of
                            three forms: positive, negative or indeterminate.

Reagent...................  A substance,  usually a chemical solution, used as a
                            component of an in vitro diagnostic test.


                                      G-3



Retrovirus................  A virus with its genetic  information encoded in RNA
                            rather than DNA. HIV is a retrovirus.

RNA.......................  Ribonucleic  acid,  with DNA,  a class of  molecules
                            called nucleic acids. RNA functions with DNA in most
                            organisms to translate the coded genetic information
                            into  the  organism  itself.  In some  viruses,  RNA
                            substitutes   for   DNA  in   carrying   the   coded
                            information from which the organism is made. HIV and
                            HCV are RNA viruses.

Run Controls..............  Well-characterized  samples designed to resemble the
                            donor and patient  samples  routinely  tested with a
                            given  method,  manufactured  to specific  levels of
                            reactivity and provided in quantities  sufficient to
                            be used each time the test is run,  over a period of
                            time, so that test  performance  can be continuously
                            monitored.

Sensitivity...............  The  ability  of a test to detect  accurately  small
                            quantities  of a substance of interest.  The greater
                            the  sensitivity,  the smaller  the  quantity of the
                            substance  the test can detect,  and the fewer false
                            negatives   will  be   reported.   Sensitivity   and
                            specificity  are  two  important   measures  of  the
                            quality of a test.

Sensitivity Panels........  Precise   dilutions   of  human   plasma   or  serum
                            containing a known amount of an  infectious  disease
                            marker   as   calibrated    against    international
                            standards.

Seroconversion Panels.....  Plasma samples  collected  from a single  individual
                            over a specific time period showing  conversion from
                            negative  to positive  for markers of an  infectious
                            disease.

Serum.....................  The clear  liquid  portion of blood  which  contains
                            proteins,  antibodies,  hormones,  electrolytes  and
                            other components  dissolved in water.  Serum differs
                            from  plasma  only in that  serum  does not  contain
                            clotting factors.

Single Analyte Run 
  Control.................  A run  control  designed to be used with tests for a
                            single  analyte or marker,  e.g.,  Accurun  106 is a
                            positive  control for HIV antigen tests from several
                            manufacturers.

Specificity...............  The ability of a test to distinguish between similar
                            materials. The greater the specificity, the better a
                            test is at  identifying  a substance in the presence
                            of substances of similar makeup, and the fewer false
                            positives   will  be   reported.   Sensitivity   and
                            specificity  are  two  important   measures  of  the
                            quality of a test.

Therapeutic Index.........  A   mathematical   description   of  the   potential
                            usefulness  of  a  candidate  drug,   based  on  its
                            toxicity to the host system versus its effectiveness
                            against the  pathogen.  The  Therapeutic  Index of a
                            candidate drug is compared to the Therapeutic  Index
                            in the same test system of a drug already in use for
                            the disease being studied.



                                      G-4


Titer.....................  An  approximation  of the  quantity of a marker in a
                            qualitative test,  arrived at by diluting the sample
                            repeatedly  and  testing  the  dilutions  until  the
                            marker is no longer detected by the test method.

Toxoplasma................  A protozoan parasite, ubiquitous in the environment,
                            and which  causes  Toxoplasmosis.  Toxoplasmosis  is
                            commonly  acquired  by eating food  contaminated  by
                            cysts.  Pregnant  women may be at risk of  acquiring
                            Toxoplasmosis  from cats, with subsequent  infection
                            of the baby.

Virus.....................  A microorganism  dependent on host cells in order to
                            grow and reproduce.

Western Blot Method.......  The standard  diagnostic  method for confirmation of
                            the presence of an infectious  disease  marker (e.g.
                            HIV,  Borrelia  burgdorferi),  in  which  lysate  (a
                            mixture  of  proteins)  is  separated  on a  gel  by
                            electrochemical  means  and  then  transferred  to a
                            nitrocellulose  filter.  The  filter is then  tested
                            against a blood sample to identify antibodies to the
                            proteins.




                                      G-5





Photograph  showing  certain of the Company's  Quality  Control Panel  Products,
including Seroconversion and Performance Panels.



================================================================================



NO  DEALER,  SALESMAN  OR ANY  OTHER  PERSON  HAS  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION  OR MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS  OTHER  THAN THOSE  CONTAINED  IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING  DESCRIBED  HEREIN,  AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE,  SUCH OTHER  INFORMATION  OR  REPRESENTATIONS  MUST NOT BE RELIED  UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, OR THE UNDERWRITERS. NEITHER THE DELIVERY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL,  UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES,
CREATE ANY IMPLICATION  THAT THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF
ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL OR A  SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER TO BUY ANY  SECURITIES  OTHER  THAN  THOSE
SPECIFICALLY  OFFERED  HEREBY  OR  OF  ANY  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  TO ANY  PERSON  TO  WHOM  IT IS  UNLAWFUL  TO  MAKE  AN  OFFER  OR
SOLICITATION IN SUCH JURISDICTION.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO  SELL  OR  A  SOLICITATION  OF  AN  OFFER  TO  BUY  SUCH  SECURITIES  IN  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS UNLAWFUL.

                                 --------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE 
<S>                                                                           <C>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY                                                             3 
RISK FACTORS                                                                   6 
USE OF PROCEEDS                                                               13 
DIVIDEND POLICY                                                               13 
CAPITALIZATION                                                                14 
DILUTION                                                                      15 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA                                          16 
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF 
  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
  OPERATIONS                                                                  18 
BUSINESS                                                                      24 
MANAGEMENT                                                                    39 
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS                                                          44 
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS                                                        45 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK                                                  46 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE                                               48 
UNDERWRITING                                                                  49 
LEGAL MATTERS                                                                 50 
EXPERTS                                                                       50 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION                                                        50 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                   F-1 
GLOSSARY                                                                     G-1 
</TABLE>

    UNTIL  ____________ , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS)  ALL
DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS  IN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK,  WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING  IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATIONS OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  WHEN
ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD   ALLOTMENTS  OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.


================================================================================





================================================================================

                                     SHARES

                                     [LOGO]

                             BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                                 --------------
                                   PROSPECTUS

                                 --------------

                         OSCAR GRUSS & SON INCORPORATED
                               KAUFMAN BROS., L.P.
                                         , 1996 




================================================================================


                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 TOTAL 
                                                                               EXPENSES 
                                                                               -------- 
<S>                                                                           <C>
SEC Registration Fee                                                          $    8,508 
NASD Filing Fee                                                                    2,708 
Nasdaq National Market Listing Fee                                               30,000* 
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses                                                       15,000* 
Underwriters' Non-Accountable Expense Allowance                                 176,000* 
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees                                                 2,500* 
Accounting Fees and Expenses                                                     60,000* 
Legal Fees and Expenses                                                         300,000* 
Printing and Engraving                                                           60,000* 
Miscellaneous                                                                    95,284* 
                                                                                 ------  
  TOTAL                                                                       $750,000* 
                                                                              ========  



- --------------
<FN>
* Estimate 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 
</FN>
</TABLE>

    The Company's Amended and Restated By-Laws include  provisions to permit the
indemnification of officers and directors of the Company for damages arising out
of the  performance  of  their  duties  unless  such  damages  arise  out of the
officer's or  director's  failure to exercise  his duties and to  discharge  the
duties of his office in good faith and in the reasonable  belief that his action
was in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the Company, and with respect to
any criminal action or proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to believe that his
conduct  was  unlawful.  The  Company  intends  to  enter  into  indemnification
contracts  with each of its directors and officers.  Reference is hereby made to
the caption  "Management  -- Limitation of Officers' and  Directors'  Liability;
Indemnification Agreements."

    Reference  is hereby made to the caption  "Description  of Capital  Stock --
Limitation of Directors'  Liability" in the Prospectus,  which is a part of this
Registration Statement.

    Reference  is  hereby  made to  Section____  of the  Underwriting  Agreement
between  the  Company  and  the  Underwriter,  filed  as  Exhibit  1.1  to  this
Registration  Statement,  for  a  description  of  indemnification  arrangements
between the Company and the Underwriter.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES 

    The following  information is furnished with regard to all securities issued
by the Registrant  within the past three years which were not  registered  under
the Securities Act.

    In August  1996,  the  stockholders  of the  Registrant  voted to approve an
amendment to the  Registrant's  Articles of Organization to effect a one-for-two
reverse stock split of the Registrant's  Common Stock, $.01 par value per share.
All  references  to number of shares of Common  Stock give  effect to this stock
split.



                                      II-1


    (1) In August 1993, the  Registrant  sold to eight  individual  investors an
aggregate  of 45,000  shares of Common  Stock for total  cash  consideration  of
$202,500, at a price per share of $4.50, and to another investor 1,958 shares of
Common  Stock  in  exchange  for  services  rendered  valued  at  $8,811,  which
securities were not registered under the Securities Act.

    (2) In April 1994,  the  Registrant  sold to eight  individual  investors an
aggregate of 21,200 shares of Common Stock, for total  consideration of $127,200
at a price per share of $6.00,  which  securities were not registered  under the
Securities Act.

    (3) From June through  December 1994,  the Registrant  sold the following at
$6.00  per  share:  to one  investor  5,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  for cash
consideration of $30,000,  to a second investor 1,167 shares of Common Stock for
cash  consideration  of $3,501 and in exchange for services  rendered  valued at
$3,501,  and to a third investor 2,494 shares in exchange for services  rendered
valued at $14,964,  which  securities  were not registered  under the Securities
Act.

    (4) In November and December 1995,  the Registrant  sold to two investors an
aggregate  of 7,800  shares of Common  Stock for  total  cash  consideration  of
$54,600 at a price of $7.00,  and to another investor 734 shares of Common Stock
in exchange for services  rendered valued at $5,138,  which  securities were not
registered under the Securities Act.

    (5) On April 26, 1996, the Registrant sold 117,647 shares of Common Stock to
Kyowa  Medex,  Co.,  Ltd.  for total cash  consideration  of  $1,000,000,  which
securities were not registered under the Securities Act.

    (6) For the  period  August  1,  1993 to date,  the  Registrant  granted  to
directors, officers, employees and consultants, 15,000 ($6.00 per share), 63,000
($4.50 to $7.00 per share), 244,037 ($4.50 to $8.50 per share), and 8,000 ($6.00
per share) , respectively,  options to purchase shares of Common Stock under the
Registrant's 1987 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan or Employee Stock Option Plan,
which securities were not registered under the Securities Act.

    (7) During the period  from March 1994  through  June 1996,  the  Registrant
issued an aggregate of 88,993 shares to fifteen persons pursuant to the exercise
of options,  warrants or convertible notes of the Registrant for exercise prices
ranging  from  $0.25  to  $5.20  per  share  (an  aggregate  exercise  price  of
$219,977.50), which securities were not registered under the Securities Act.

    To the extent that the foregoing transactions constituted "sales" within the
meaning of the Securities Act, the securities  issued in such  transactions were
not  registered  under the  Securities  Act,  as amended,  in reliance  upon the
exemptions  from  registration  set  forth  in  Section  3(b)  and  4(2)  of the
Securities  Act,  relating  to sales  by an  issuer  not  involving  any  public
offering,  or in reliance upon  Regulation S of the  Securities  Act relating to
sales  by an  issuer  of  securities  outside  the  United  States.  None of the
foregoing  transactions,  either  individually  or in the aggregate,  involved a
public offering.

ITEM 16. FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE AND EXHIBITS 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 SCHEDULE 
    NO. 
    --- 
    <S>     <C>
   II       -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT 
    NO. 
    --- 
  <S>       <C>
   1.1      -- Form of Underwriting Agreement*

   3.1      -- Amended and Restated Articles of Organization of the Registrant*

   3.2      -- Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant*

   4.1      -- Specimen Certificate for Shares of the Registrant's Common Stock*



                                      II-2


   4.2      -- Description of Capital Stock (contained in the Restated  Articles
               of Organization of the Registrant filed as Exhibit 3.1)

   5.1      -- Legal Opinion of Brown, Rudnick, Freed & Gesmer*

   10.1     --  Agreement,  dated  January 17,  1994,  between  Roche  Molecular
                Systems, Inc. and the Registrant

   10.2     -- Exclusive License Agreement,  dated December 6, 1994, between the
               University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and the Registrant**

   10.3     --  Contract,   dated  September  30,  1995,  between  the  National
                Institutes of Health and the Registrant (No. 1-AI-55273)**

   10.4     --  Contract,   dated  September  30,  1995,  between  the  National
                Institutes of Health and the Registrant (No. 1-AI-55277)**

   10.5     --  Contract,  dated  March 1, 1993,  between  the  National  Cancer
                Institute and the Registrant**

   10.6     -- Agreement, dated October 1, 1995, between Ajinomoto Co., Inc. and
               the Registrant**

   10.7     -- Lease  Agreement,  dated June 30, 1992, for  Rockville,  Maryland
               Facility between Cambridge Biotech Corporation and the Registrant**

   10.8     --  Lease   Agreement,   dated  July  28,  1995,  for  New  Britain,
                Connecticut Facility between MB Associates and the Registrant**
 
   10.9     -- Worcester  County  Institution for Savings Warrant dated December
               1, 1995 (No. 1)

   10.10    -- Worcester  County  Institution for Savings Warrant dated July 26,
               1993 (No. 2)

   10.11    --  Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  June 5,  1990,  between  G&G
                Diagnostics Limited Partnership I and the Registrant, as amended

   10.12    -- Purchase and Sale  Agreement,  dated  December 11, 1995,  for 375
               West Street Property between James Leonard,  Trustee,  C.W.B.  Trust
               and the Registrant

   10.13    -- Purchase and Sale  Agreement,  dated  December  20, 1995,  for 80
               Manley Street Property between the Registrant and Donald M. Leonard,
               Trustee, Live Oak Realty Trust

   10.14    -- Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated April 26, 1996,  between Kyowa
               Medex Co., Ltd. and the Registrant

   10.15    -- 1987 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan

   10.16    -- Employee Stock Option Plan

   10.17    -- Form of Underwriters Warrant*

   10.18.1  -- Second  Amended and Restated Loan and Security  Agreement,  dated
               August 2, 1995,  between the First  National  Bank of Boston and the
               Registrant, as amended

   10.18.2  -- Note Payable to The First National Bank of Boston,  dated October
               1994, in the amount of $200,000*

   10.18.3  -- Note Payable to The First National Bank of Boston,  dated October
               1994, in the amount of $849,000*

   10.18.4  -- Note Payable to The First  National Bank of Boston,  dated August
               1995, in the amount of $350,000*

   10.18.5  -- Note Payable to The First National Bank of Boston, dated December
               1995, in the amount of $100,000*

   10.18.6  --  Mortgage  Note  to The  First  National  Bank of  Boston,  dated
                December 1995, in the amount of $750,000*

   10.18.7  -- Note  Payable to The First  National  Bank of Boston,  dated July
               1996, in the amount of $250,000*


                                      II-3



   10.19    -- Form of Indemnification Agreement with Officers and Directors

   11       -- Statement re Computation of Per Share Earnings


   21       -- Subsidiaries of the Registrant


   23.1     -- Consent of Brown,  Rudnick,  Freed & Gesmer (contained in Exhibit
               5.1)
   

   23.2     -- Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants

   24       -- Power of Attorney (included on signature page hereof)


   27       -- Financial Data Schedule

</TABLE>


- --------------
*  To be filed by amendment. 

** Confidential Treatment requested for certain portions of this document. 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS 

    (a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes: 

       (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
    post-effective amendment to this registration statement;

       (i) To  include  any  prospectus  required  by  Section  10(a)(3)  of the
    Securities Act of 1933;

       (ii) To reflect in the  prospectus  any facts or events arising after the
    effective   date  of  the   registration   statement  (or  the  most  recent
    post-effective  amendment thereof) which,  individually or in the aggregate,
    represent  a  fundamental  change  in  the  information  set  forth  in  the
    registration  statement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any  increase or
    decrease  in volume of  securities  offered  (if the total  dollar  value of
    securities  offered  would not  exceed  that which was  registered)  and any
    deviation from the low or high end of the estimated  maximum  offering range
    may be  reflected  in the  form of  prospectus  filed  with  the  Commission
    pursuant  to Rule  424(b) if, in the  aggregate,  the  changes in volume and
    price  represent no more than a 20 percent  change in the maximum  aggregate
    offering price set forth in the  "Calculation of Registration  Fee" table in
    the effective registration statement;

       (iii) To include any  material  information  with  respect to the plan of
    distribution not previously  disclosed in the registration  statement or any
    material change to such information in the registration statement;

       (2)  That,  for the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under  the
    Securities Act of 1933, each such  post-effective  amendment shall be deemed
    to be a new  registration  statement  relating  to  the  securities  offered
    therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
    be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

       (3) To remove from  registration by means of a  post-effective  amendment
    any  of  the  securities   being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at  the
    termination of the Offering.

    (b)  The  undersigned   Registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates
in  such  denominations  and  registered  in  such  names  as  required  by  the
underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

    (c) Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of
the Registrant pursuant to the Registrant's By-Laws, the Underwriting  Agreement
relating to this Offering, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission such  indemnification  is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,  unenforceable.
In the event that a claim for  indemnification  against such liabilities  (other
than the payment by the  Registrant of expenses  incurred


                                      II-4


or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling  person of the Registrant in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

    (d) The undersigned Registrant hereby further undertakes that:

       (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
    1933, the information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of
    this  registration  statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
    or  497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall be  deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

       (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
    of 1933,  each  post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus
    shall  be  deemed  to  be a  new  registration  statement  relating  to  the
    securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
    shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.



                                      II-5


                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this  Registration  Statement  to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in the  City  of  West  Bridgewater,
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on August 23, 1996.

                                            BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. 


                                            By: /s/ RICHARD T. SCHUMACHER 
                                                -------------------------------
                                                    RICHARD T. SCHUMACHER 
                                                        PRESIDENT 

                             POWER OF ATTORNEY 

    KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature  appears
below  constitutes and appoints Richard T. Schumacher and Kevin W. Quinlan,  and
each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone), his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact   and   agents,   with   full   power  of   substitution   and
resubstitution,  for  him  and in his  name,  place  and  stead,  in any and all
capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective  amendments)
to this Registration Statement,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  and,  in  connection  with any
registration  of  additional  securities  pursuant  to  Rule  462(b)  under  the
Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended,  to sign  any  abbreviated  registration
statement and any and all  amendments  thereto,  and to file the same,  with all
exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, in each case, with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents,  and each of them,  full power and  authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as  fully  to all  intents  and  purposes  as he might or could do in
person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  or any of them,  or their  substitutes,  may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

    PURSUANT  TO  THE   REQUIREMENTS   OF  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,  THIS
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  HAS  BEEN  SIGNED  BY  THE  FOLLOWING  PERSONS  IN  THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 SIGNATURE                                   TITLE                        DATE 
                 ---------                                   -----                        ---- 
     <S>                                   <C>                                  <C>
     /s/ RICHARD T. SCHUMACHER             PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER          AUGUST 23, 1996 
     --------------------------             AND DIRECTOR 
         RICHARD T. SCHUMACHER 

     /S/ KEVIN W. QUINLAN                  PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING   AUGUST 23, 1996 
     --------------------------             OFFICER AND DIRECTOR 
          KEVIN W. QUINLAN     

     /S/ HENRY A. MALKASIAN                DIRECTOR                             AUGUST 23, 1996 
     --------------------------
         HENRY A. MALKASIAN 

     /S/ FRANCIS E. CAPITANIO              DIRECTOR                             AUGUST 23, 1996 
     --------------------------
         FRANCIS E. CAPITANIO 

     /S/ CALVIN A. SARAVIS                 DIRECTOR                             AUGUST 23, 1996 
     --------------------------
         CALVIN A. SARAVIS 
</TABLE>



                                      II-6


                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
 BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.: 

    In connection with our audits of the  consolidated  financial  statements of
Boston Biomedica,  Inc. and Subsidiaries,  as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and
for each of the  three  years in the  period  ended  December  31,  1995,  which
financial statements are included in this Registration  Statement,  we have also
audited the consolidated financial statement schedule listed in Item 16 herein.

    In  our  opinion,  this  consolidated  financial  statement  schedule,  when
considered  in  relation  to the basic  financial  statements  taken as a whole,
presents  fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  information  required to be
included therein.

                                            COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P. 

Boston, Massachusetts 
March 12, 1996 



                                      S-1


                                                                     SCHEDULE II

                  BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
                     VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          RECOVERIES 
                                            BALANCE AT                   FOR ACCOUNTS   UNCOLLECTIBLE   BALANCE AT 
                                             BEGINNING   PROVISION FOR    PREVIOUSLY       ACCOUNTS       END OF 
     ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS         OF PERIOD      BAD DEBT      WRITTEN OFF    WRITTEN OFF      PERIOD 
     -------------------------------         ---------      --------      -----------    -----------      ------ 
<S>                                          <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
Six months ended June 20, 1996               $142,372       $ 77,145           --         $ (85,938)     $133,579 
1995                                           94,723        181,084           --          (133,435)      142,372 
1994                                           43,956        102,099           --           (51,332)       94,723 
1993                                           21,000         22,956           --             --           43,956 
</TABLE>



                                      S-2



                             INDEX TO EXHIBITS 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             SEQUENTIALLY 
  EXHIBIT                                                                                      NUMBERED 
  NUMBER                                      DESCRIPTION                                        PAGE 
  ------                                      -----------                                        ---- 
  <S>       <C>                                         
   1.1      -- Form of Underwriting Agreement*
 

   3.1      -- Amended and Restated Articles of Organization of the Registrant*

   3.2      -- Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant*

   4.1      -- Specimen Certificate for Shares of the Registrant's Common Stock*

   4.2      -- Description of Capital Stock (contained in the Restated  Articles
               of Organization of the Registrant filed as Exhibit 3.1)

   5.1      -- Legal Opinion of Brown, Rudnick, Freed & Gesmer*

   10.1     --  Agreement,  dated  January 17,  1994,  between  Roche  Molecular
                Systems, Inc. and the Registrant

   10.2     -- Exclusive License Agreement,  dated December 6, 1994, between the
               University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and the Registrant**

   10.3     --  Contract,   dated  September  30,  1995,  between  the  National
                Institutes of Health and the Registrant (No. 1-AI-55273)**
 
   10.4     --  Contract,   dated  September  30,  1995,  between  the  National
                Institutes of Health and the Registrant (No. 1-AI-55277)**

   10.5     --  Contract,  dated  March 1, 1993,  between  the  National  Cancer
                Institute and the Registrant**

   10.6     -- Agreement, dated October 1, 1995, between Ajinomoto Co., Inc. and
               the Registrant**

   10.7     -- Lease  Agreement,  dated June 30, 1992, for  Rockville,  Maryland
               Facility between Cambridge Biotech Corporation and the Registrant**

   10.8     --  Lease   Agreement,   dated  July  28,  1995,  for  New  Britain,
                Connecticut Facility between MB Associates and the Registrant**

   10.9     -- Worcester  County  Institution  for Savings Warrant (No. 1) dated
               December 1, 1995

   10.10    -- Worcester  County  Institution  for Savings Warrant (No. 2) dated
               July 26, 1993

   10.11    --  Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  June 5,  1990,  between  G&G
                Diagnostics Limited Partnership I and the Registrant, as amended

   10.12    -- Purchase and Sale  Agreement,  dated  December 11, 1995,  for 375
               West Street Property between James Leonard,  Trustee,  C.W.B.  Trust
               and the Registrant

   10.13    -- Purchase and Sale  Agreement,  dated  December  20, 1995,  for 80
               Manley Street Property between the Registrant and Donald M. Leonard,
               Trustee, Live Oak Realty Trust

   10.14    -- Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated April 26, 1996,  between Kyowa
               Medex Co., Ltd. and the Registrant

   10.15    -- 1987 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan

   10.16    -- Employee Stock Option Plan

   10.17    -- Form of Underwriters Warrant*

   10.18.1  -- Second  Amended and Restated Loan and Security  Agreement,  dated
               August 2, 1995,  between the First  National  Bank of Boston and the
               Registrant, as amended
  
   10.18.2  -- Note Payable to The First National Bank of Boston,  dated October
               1994, in the amount of $200,000*

   10.18.3  -- Note Payable to The First National Bank of Boston,  dated October
               1994, in the amount of $849,000*
</TABLE>

                       INDEX TO EXHIBITS (CONTINUED) 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             SEQUENTIALLY 
  EXHIBIT                                                                                      NUMBERED 
  NUMBER                                      DESCRIPTION                                        PAGE 
  ------                                      -----------                                        ---- 

<S>                   <C>                                                                        <C>         <C>
   10.18.4  -- Note Payable to The First National Bank of Boston,  dated  August
               1995, the in amount of $350,000*

   10.18.5  --  Note  Payable  to  The  First  National  Bank of  Boston,  dated
                December 1995, in the amount of $100,000*

   10.18.6  --  Mortgage  Note  to The  First  National  Bank of  Boston,  dated
                December 1995, in the the amount of $750,000*

   10.18.7  -- Note  Payable to The First  National  Bank of Boston,  dated July
               1996, in the amount of $250,000.

   10.19    -- Form of Indemnification Agreement with Officers and Directors

   11       -- Statement re Computation of Per Share Earnings

   21       -- Subsidiaries of the Registrant

   23.1     -- Consent of Brown,  Rudnick,  Freed & Gesmer (contained in Exhibit
               5.1)

   23.2     -- Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants

   24       -- Power of Attorney (included on signature page hereof)

   27       -- Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>


- --------------
*  To be filed by amendment. 

** Confidential Treatment requested for certain portions of this document. 


                                                                    Exhibit 10.1
                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------


       This  Agreement  is made by and between  Roche  Molecular  Systems,  Inc.
("RMS"),  having an office at 1080 U.S.  Highway  202,  Branchburg,  New  Jersey
08876-1760 and Biotech  Research  Laboratories  ("BTRL"),  Rockville,  Maryland,
hereafter collectively referred to as "The Parties".


                                   BACKGROUND
                                   ----------


A. RMS has the right to grant  immunities  from suit under certain United States
Patents describing and claiming,  inter alia, a gene amplification process known
as the polymerase chain reaction ("PCR") technology.

B. BTRL has  attained  substantial  expertise  in  validating,  documenting  and
performing sophisticated diagnostic procedures.

C. BTRL  desires  to  obtain an  immunity  from  suit from RMS to  practice  PCR
Technology to perform human in vitro clinical  laboratory  services,  and RMS is
willing to grant such an  immunity,  on the terms and subject to the  conditions
provided exclusively in this Agreement.


       NOW,  THEREFORE,  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants
contained herein, RMS and BTRL agree as follows:



                                       1



        1.     Definitions

               For the purpose of this  Agreement,  and solely for that purpose,
the terms set forth hereinafter shall be defined as follows:

               1.1 The term  "AFFILIATE" of a designated party to this Agreement
shall mean:

                   a)    an organization of which fifty percent (50%) or more of
                         the voting  stock is  controlled  or owned  directly or
                         indirectly by either party to this Agreement;

                   b)    an  organization  which directly or indirectly  owns or
                         controls  fifty  percent  (50%)  or more of the  voting
                         stock of either party to this Agreement;

                   c)    an  organization,  the  majority  ownership of which is
                         directly or indirectly common to the majority ownership
                         of either party to this Agreement; and

                   d)    an  organization  under (a), (b), or (c) above in which
                         the amount of said ownership is less than fifty percent
                         (50%) and that amount is the maximum  amount  permitted
                         pursuant to the law  governing  the  ownership  of said
                         organization.




                                       2


It is  understood  and  agreed,  however,  that the term  "Affiliate"  shall not
include  Genentech  Inc.,  a company  located at 460 Point San Bruno  Boulevard,
South San Francisco, California, U.S.A. ("Genentech").


            1.2 "ASSAY" shall mean an in vitro  diagnostic  procedure  utilizing
PCR  Technology  to detect the  presence,  absence or quantity of a nucleic acid
sequence associated with a specific human disease or condition.


             1.3  "DIAGNOSTIC  PRODUCT"  shall mean an  assemblage  of reagents,
including but not limited to reagents  packaged in the form of a kit,  useful in
performing an Assay.


             1.4  "EFFECTIVE  DATE"  shall  mean  the  date on  which  the  last
signatory to this Agreement signs the Agreement.


             1.5  "LICENSED  FIELD"  shall  mean  the  field  of  human in vitro
diagnostics   solely   for  the   detection   of   genetic   diseases,   genetic
pre-disposition to disease,  microorganisms associated with infectious diseases,
cancer, or for tissue transplant typing or Parentage.

              1.6 "LICENSED  SERVICES" shall mean the performance of an Assay by
BTRL to  detect  nucleic  acid  sequences  associated  with a human  disease  or
condition  within the  Licensed  Field.  Licensed  Services  include but are not
limited to, any  combination  of the steps of  collecting a sample for analysis,
isolating  nucleic  acid  sequences  therein,  amplifying  one or  more  desired
sequences, analyzing the amplified material and reporting the results.




                                       3


              1.7  "LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY"  shall  mean  the  application  of PCR
Technology,  as that term is  defined  in  Section  1.10,  to  perform  Licensed
Services.


              1.8 "NET SERVICE  REVENUES" shall mean gross invoice price for the
Licensed  Services  performed  by  BTRL  (or  the  fair  market  value  for  any
nonmonetary  consideration which BTRL agrees to receive in exchange for Licensed
Services), less the following deductions where they are factually applicable and
are not already reflected in the gross invoice price:


                   i)    discounts  allowed and taken,  in amounts  customary in
                         the trade (which shall include the  difference  between
                         the  dollar  amount  charged  by  BTRL  for a  Licensed
                         Service  and the  Medicare  and/or  Medicaid  Limits of
                         Allowance and/or  reimbursement  limitations of a Third
                         Party insurance program); and


                   ii)   sales and/or use taxes and/or  duties  imposed upon and
                         with specific reference to particular sales; and


                   iii)  actual bad debt,  up to 2% of gross  invoice  price for
                         Licensed  Services,  which  bad debt BTRL can prove and
                         document  that it was  reasonable  and  diligent in its
                         efforts to collect payment.



                No  allowance  or  deduction  shall be made for  commissions  or
collections, by whatever name known.




                                       4


              It is hereby  understood and agreed that, to the extent  feasible,
the Licensed Services shall at all times be invoiced,  listed and billed by BTRL
as a separate item in BTRL's invoices, bills and reports to customers.  However,
in the event a Licensed  Service is offered in combination  with another non-PCR
diagnostic  assay(s)  or  together  with  a  non-testing  service(s)  (e.g.,  an
interpretive  or  consultive  service)  as  part  of a  package  (e.g.,  genetic
counseling)  (this  combination  of a Licensed  Service  with a  non-testing  or
interpretive  service is hereinafter  referred to as a  "Combination  Service"),
then Net Service  Revenues for purposes of  determining  royalties on a Licensed
Service  which  is  part  of  a  Combination  Service  shall  be  determined  by
multiplying  the  gross  invoice  price,  less  applicable  deductions,  for the
Combination  Service,  by the appropriate  fraction in Attachment I hereto.  The
fraction  specified in Attachment I for a particular  Licensed  Service shall be
mutually agreed to by The Parties as accurately reflecting the value contributed
by the Licensed  Service to the overall value of the package of the  Combination
Service as offered by BTRL.  Attachment  I hereto may be modified at any time by
mutual consent of The Parties.


              The  Net  Service  Revenues  of the  Licensed  Services  that  are
performed by BTRL for any person,  firm or corporation  controlling,  controlled
by, or under common  control with BTRL, or enjoying a special  course of dealing
with BTRL,  shall be determined by reference to the Net Service  Revenues  which
would be applicable under this Section in an arm's length transaction by BTRL to
a Third Party other than such person, firm or corporation.


               1.9 "PARENTAGE"  shall mean analysis of human genetic material to
ascertain  whether  two  or  more  individuals  are  biologically  related,  but
specifically excludes analysis of forensic evidence for a criminal proceeding.





                                       5


             1.10  "PCR   TECHNOLOGY"   shall  mean  polymerase  chain  reaction
technology  covered by United  States  Patent Nos. B1 4,683,195 and B1 4,683,202
and any reissue or reexamination patents thereof.

              1.11 "THIRD  PARTY"  shall mean a party other than an Affiliate of
The Parties to this Agreement.


      2.    Grant


             2.1 Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement,
RMS hereby grants to BTRL, and BTRL hereby accepts from RMS, a  royalty-bearing,
non-exclusive  immunity  from suit under PCR  Technology  solely to use Licensed
Technology  to  perform  Licensed  Services  within  the  United  States and its
possessions  and the  Commonwealth  of Puerto Rico.  The Parties  understand and
agree that no rights are hereby granted, expressly or by implication, under U.S.
Patent No.  4,965,188  (the '188  patent).  An immunity from suit under the '188
patent  may  be  obtained  by  purchase  of  RMS-manufactured  polymerase  or by
contacting  the Director of  Licensing,  Roche  Molecular  Systems,  Inc.,  1145
Atlantic Avenue, Alameda, CA 94501 (510/865-5400).


              2.2 The Licensed Technology  hereunder may be practiced solely for
the performance of Licensed Services and for no other purpose whatsoever, and no
other right, immunity or license is granted expressly, impliedly or by estoppel.


              2.3 BTRL expressly  acknowledges and agrees that the immunity from
suit pursuant to this Agreement is personal to BTRL alone and BTRL shall have no
right to sublicense,  assign or otherwise transfer or share its rights under the
foregoing



                                       6


immunity from suit and further agrees that Licensed  Services will be performed,
offered,  marketed and sold only by BTRL and BTRL shall not  authorize any other
party, including Affiliates,  to practice the Licensed Technology,  nor shall it
practice the Licensed Technology in conjunction with any other party.

             2.4 For each Combination  Service that BTRL offers pursuant to this
immunity from suit, BTRL agrees that it will notify RMS at least sixty (60) days
before it commercializes said Combination  Service. The Parties shall then agree
on the fraction of the value of Combination  Services which is  attributable  to
the Licensed  Service  component.  As to all other Licensed  Services offered by
BTRL  which  are not part of a  Combination  Service,  BTRL  agrees  to keep RMS
informed  about  the  availability  from  BTRL of each  such  Service  within  a
reasonable time after BTRL commences offering the Service.

              2.5 RMS  hereby  grants  to BTRL the right  and BTRL  accepts  and
agrees  to  credit  RMS as  the  source  of PCR  Technology  rights  in  BTRL's,
promotional materials and any other materials intended for distribution to Third
Parties as follows:

       "This test is  performed  pursuant  to a  license  agreement  with  Roche
Molecular Systems, Inc."

       3.    Acknowledgment and Agreement on Diagnostic Products

              3.1 BTRL  acknowledges  and  agrees  that the  immunity  from suit
granted  hereunder is for the performance of Licensed Services only and does not
include  any  right to make,  have  made,  import,  offer or sell any  products,
including



                                       7


devices, PCR reagents,  kits or Diagnostic  Products.  BTRL further acknowledges
and  agrees  that RMS  Affiliates  are in the  business  of  providing  clinical
laboratory  testing  services  and the  commercial  sale of  diagnostic  testing
systems and therefore may compete directly with BTRL's business.


      4.    Royalties, Records and Reports


             4.1  Royalties.  For the rights and  privileges  granted under this
Agreement, BTRL shall pay to RMS earned royalties equal to fifteen percent (15%)
of BTRL's Net Service Revenues for each Assay performed.


             4.2 BTRL  shall  keep  full,  true and  accurate  books of  account
containing all particulars which may be necessary for the purpose of showing the
amount payable to RMS by way of royalty or by way of any other  provision  under
this  Agreement.  Such  books  and  the  supporting  data  shall  be open at all
reasonable  times, for three (3) years following the end of the calendar year to
which they  pertain (and access shall not be denied  thereafter,  if  reasonably
available),  to  the  inspection  of  RMS  or an  independent  certified  public
accountant  retained  by  RMS  for  the  purpose  of  verifying  BTRL's  royalty
statements or BTRL's  compliance in other  respects with this  Agreement.  If in
dispute, such records shall be kept until the dispute is settled. The inspection
of  records  shall be at RMS's  sole  cost and  expense,  unless  the  inspector
concludes  that  royalties  reported  by BTRL for the period  being  audited are
understated  by five percent (5%) or more from actual  royalties,  in which case
the costs and expenses of such inspection shall be paid by BTRL.





                                       8


               4.3 BTRL  shall  within  thirty  (30) days after the first day of
January, April, July and October of each year deliver to RMS a true and accurate
royalty  report.  This  report  shall  give  such  particulars  of the  business
conducted  by BTRL  during  the  preceding  three  (3)  calendar  months  as are
pertinent to an accounting for royalty under this Agreement and shall include at
least the following:

                   a)    the  number  of assays  performed  in  connection  with
                         performance  of the Licensed  Services and  Combination
                         Services during those three (3) months;

                   b)    compilation  of  billings  thereon  and  the  allowable
                         deductions therefrom;

                   c)    Net  Service  Revenues  and the  calculation  of  total
                         royalties thereon; and

                   d)    the  calculation of the net royalty  payable to RMS. If
                         no royalties are due, it shall be so reported.


                The  correctness  and  completeness of each such report shall be
attested  to  in  writing  by  the  responsible   financial  officer  of  BTRL's
organization  or by BTRL's  external  auditor  or by the chair or other  head of
BTRL's internal audit committee.


                Simultaneously with the delivery of each such report, BTRL shall
pay to RMS the royalty and any other  payments due under this  Agreement for the
period


                                       9


covered by such report.  All payments due RMS  hereunder  shall be sent together
with the royalty report by the due date to the following address:

                              Roche Molecular Systems, Inc.
                              P.O. Box 18139
                              Newark, N.J. 07191

or to any address that RMS may advise in writing.


               4.4 All amounts payable hereunder by BTRL to RMS shall be payable
in United States currency.


               4.5 BTRL's obligation to pay royalties pursuant to this Agreement
shall terminate upon a final holding of invalidity or unenforceability of all of
the  patents  identified  in  Section  1.10,  supra,  by a  court  of  appellate
jurisdiction or by a trial court from which no appeal is or can be taken.


               4.6 If BTRL  shall fail to pay any  amount  specified  under this
Agreement after the due date thereof, the amount owed shall bear interest at the
Citibank NA base  lending  rate  ("prime  rate") plus 2% from the due date until
paid, provided,  however, that if this interest rate is held to be unenforceable
for any reason,  the  interest  rate shall be the maximum rate allowed by law at
the time the payment is due.


       5.    Performance of Licensed Services

               5.1  The  Parties  agree  that  quality  assurance  is of  utmost
importance in the  performance  of Licensed  Services.  To that end, BTRL agrees
that it will:


                                       10


                   a)    participate  in at least  one  independent  proficiency
                         testing  program for each  Licensed  Service  when such
                         program(s) becomes available; and


                   b)    comply  with  all   Medicare,   Medicaid   and/or  CLIA
                         standards for  diagnostic  testing as well as all other
                         applicable   federal,   state  and  local   regulations
                         applicable to human diagnostic testing.


       6.    Technology Notification


               6.1 With  respect  to any  invention,  improvement  or  discovery
(hereinafter  referred to as  "Discoveries"  in this Article) of BTRL made after
entering into this Agreement, resulting from work conducted under this Agreement
and being  applicable to PCR, if BTRL decides to license that Discovery to Third
Parties,  then BTRL agrees to provide to RMS,  unless not possible due to BTRL's
previous commitments to Third Parties relating to said Discoveries, a reasonable
opportunity  to  negotiate  a  license  to use  said  Discoveries  in  PCR-based
diagnostic products and services.  Such Discoveries include, but are not limited
to,   improvements  of  the  PCR  process  or  in  the  performance  of  Assays,
modifications  to or  new  methods  of  performing  the  Assays,  including  the
automation of the PCR process or of the Assays.


               6.2 Any  agreement  reached  between  The  Parties as a result of
BTRL's  notification to RMS of a Discovery  pursuant to Section 6.1 hereto shall
be upon terms and conditions negotiated in good faith by The Parties.





                                       11


       7.    Diligence

              BTRL shall exercise reasonable  diligence in developing,  testing,
validating,  documenting,  promoting and selling the Licensed  Services.  In the
course of such diligence,  BTRL shall take  appropriate  steps  including,  upon
reasonable written request of RMS, furnishing RMS with representative  copies of
all promotional material relating to the Licensed Services.

       8.    Term and Termination

              8.1 The imumunity  from suit granted to BTRL herein shall commence
on the  Effective  Date and  terminate on the date of  expiration of the last to
expire of the patents included within the PCR Technology,  which patent contains
at least one claim covering the performance of Licensed Services.

              8.2 If in the course of performing and offering Licensed Services,
BTRL fails to comply with the quality  assurance  provisions  of Article 5, BTRL
shall so notify RMS and RMS shall notify BTRL to correct the defects. BTRL shall
have thirty  (30) days from  receipt of such notice to cure all defects of which
it is  notified.  If BTRL does not cure all such defects  within the  designated
thirty (30) days, RMS may then in its sole  discretion  terminate this Agreement
in its entirety,  or any portion thereof  immediately.  For the purposes of this
Section and this  Agreement,  BTRL's  failure to provide an accurate and correct
test result when  participating  in an independent  proficiency  testing program
pursuant to Section 5.1 (a), on two consecutive evaluations, shall automatically
be deemed a failure to comply with  Article 5 and shall be a material  breach of
this Agreement.





                                       12


              8.3 Notwithstanding any other Section of this Agreement,  BTRL may
terminate  this  Agreement for any reason on thirty (30) days' written notice to
RMS.

              8.4 The  decision of a Court or  Administrative  body  finding RMS
liable or culpable due to BTRL's performance of Licensed Services shall give RMS
the right to terminate this Agreement  immediately  upon  notification to RMS of
said decision.


             8.5 The  immunity  granted  hereunder  to BTRL shall  automatically
terminate upon (i) an adjudication  of BTRL as bankrupt or insolvent,  or BTRL's
admission in writing of its inability to pay its obligations as they mature;  or
(ii) an  assignment  by BTRL for the  benefit  of  creditors;  or  (iii)  BTRL's
applying for or consenting to the appointment of a receiver,  trustee or similar
officer for any substantial part of its property;  or such receiver,  trustee or
similar  officer's  appointment  without the  application or consent of BTRL, if
such appointment  shall continue  undischarged for a period of ninety (90) days;
or (iv)  BTRL's  instituting  (by  petition,  application,  answer,  consent  or
otherwise)  any  bankruptcy,   insolvency  arrangement,  or  similar  proceeding
relating to BTRL under the laws of any  jurisdiction;  or (v) the institution of
any such  proceeding (by petition,  application  or otherwise)  against BTRL, if
such proceeding shall remain undismissed for a period of ninety (90) days or the
issuance or levy of any  judgment,  writ,  warrant of attachment or execution or
similar  process  against a  substantial  part of the property of BTRL,  if such
judgment,  writ,  or similar  process  shall not be  released,  vacated or fully
bonded  within  ninety (90) days after its issue or levy; or (vi) loss of BTRL's
federal or state licenses  permits or  accreditation  necessary for operation of
BTRL as a healthcare institution.







                                       13


              8.6 RMS  shall  have the  right to  terminate  this  Agreement  by
written notice to BTRL upon any change in the ownership or control of BTRL or of
its assets.  Termination under this Section shall be effective  immediately upon
receipt by BTRL of RMS's notice of termination.  For such purposes, a "change in
ownership  or control"  shall mean that 30% or more of the voting  stock of BTRL
become  subject to the control of a person or entity,  or any  related  group of
persons or entities  acting in concert,  which  person(s) or entity(ies) did not
control  such  proportion  of  voting  stock  as of the  effective  date  of the
Agreement.  Analogously,  RMS shall have the right to terminate  this  Agreement
upon any transfer or sale of 30% or more of the assets of BTRL to another party.


              8.7 Breach. Upon any breach of or default of a material term under
this  Agreement by BTRL, RMS may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days'
written  notice to BTRL.  Said notice shall  become  effective at the end of the
thirty-day  (30) period,  unless during said period BTRL fully cures such breach
or default to RMS's reasonable satisfaction and notifies RMS of such a cure.


              8.8 Upon  termination  of this Agreement as provided  herein,  all
immunities and rights  granted to BTRL hereunder  shall revert to or be retained
by RMS. To the extent RMS has licensed  technology  or know-how of BTRL pursuant
to Article 6 hereto,  those  licenses  shall remain in force  according to their
terms.


              8.9 BTRL's  obligations  to report to RMS and to pay  royalties to
RMS  as to  the  Licensed  Services  performed  under  the  Agreement  prior  to
termination  or expiration of the Agreement  shall survive such  termination  or
expiration.




                                       14


       9.    Confidentiality-Publicity


              9.1 Except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 2.5, BTRL
agrees to obtain RMS's approval  before  distributing  any written  information,
including but not limited to promotional and sales  materials,  to Third Parties
which contains references to RMS or this Agreement.  RMS's approval shall not be
unreasonably  withheld or delayed  and, in any event,  RMS's  decision  shall be
rendered  within  three (3) weeks of receipt of the  written  information.  Once
approved,  such  materials,  or  abstracts  of  such  materials,  which  do  not
materially  alter  the  context  of  the  material  originally  approved  may be
reprinted  during the term of the  Agreement  without  further  approval  by RMS
unless RMS has notified  BTRL in writing of its decision to withdraw  permission
for such use.


              9.2 Each  Party  agrees  that  any  financial,  legal or  business
information or any technical information disclosed to it (the "Receiving Party")
by the other (the "Disclosing Party") in connection with this Agreement shall be
considered  confidential  and  proprietary  and the  Receiving  Party  shall not
disclose same to any Third Party and shall hold it in confidence for a period of
five (5) years and will not use it other than as permitted  under this Agreement
provided,  however,  that any  information,  know-how  or data  which is  orally
disclosed  to the  Receiving  Party  shall not be  considered  confidential  and
proprietary  unless such oral  disclosure is reduced to writing and given to the
Receiving  Party in written form within  thirty (30) days after oral  disclosure
thereof.  Such confidential and proprietary  information shall include,  without
limitation,  marketing  and  sales  information,   commercialization  plans  and
strategies,  research and development work plans, and technical information such
as patent applications, inventions, trade




                                       15


secrets, systems, methods, apparatus,  designs, tangible material, organisms and
products and derivatives thereof.

                 9.3 The  above  obligations  of  confidentiality  shall  not be
applicable to the extent:

                   a)    such  information is general public knowledge or, after
                         disclosure   hereunder,   becomes   general  or  public
                         knowledge through no fault of the Receiving Party; or

                   b)    such information can be shown by the Receiving Party by
                         its  written  records  to have  been in its  possession
                         prior to receipt thereof hereunder; or

                   c)    such  information  is received by the  Receiving  Party
                         from  any  Third  Party  for use or  disclosure  by the
                         Receiving   Party   without  any   obligation   to  the
                         Disclosing  Party provided,  however,  that information
                         received  by the  Receiving  Party from any Third Party
                         funded  by  the  Disclosing  Party  (e.g.  consultants,
                         subcontractors,   etc.)  shall  not  be  released  from
                         confidentiality under this exception; or

                   d)    the disclosure of such information is reasonably needed
                         for use in  connection  with  performing,  offering and
                         selling Licensed Services; or





                                       16


                   e)    the  disclosure  of such  information  is  required  or
                         desirable  to  comply  with  or  fulfill   governmental
                         requirements,  submissions to governmental  bodies,  or
                         the securing of regulatory approvals.

               9.4 With the exception of Section 2.5,  each party shall,  to the
extent reasonably practicable, maintain the confidentiality of the provisions of
this  Agreement  and shall  refrain  from  making  any  public  announcement  or
disclosure of the terms of this Agreement without the prior consent of the other
party, except to the extent a party concludes in good faith that such disclosure
is required under  applicable law or regulations,  in which case the other party
shall be notified in advance.

       10.   Compliance

               In  exercising   any  and  all  rights  and  in  performing   its
obligations hereunder, BTRL shall comply fully with any and all applicable laws,
regulations and ordinances and shall obtain and keep in effect licenses, permits
and other governmental approvals, whether at the federal, state or local levels,
necessary or  appropriate  to carry on its  activities  hereunder.  BTRL further
agrees to refrain from any  activities  that would have an adverse effect on the
business reputation of RMS. RMS will advise BTRL of any such activities and BTRL
will have thirty (30) days to correct such activity.

        11.   Assignment

               This Agreement shall not be assigned by BTRL  (including  without
limitation any purported  assignment or transfer that would arise from a sale or
transfer of


                                       17


BTRL's  business).  RMS may assign all or any part of its rights and obligations
under this  Agreement  at any time  without the consent of BTRL.  BTRL agrees to
execute such further  acknowledgments or other instruments as RMS may reasonably
request in connection with such assignment.


        12.   Negation of Warranties and Indemnity

                 12.1  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as:

                   a)    a warranty or  representation by RMS as to the validity
                         or scope of any Licensed Technology;

                   b)    a warranty or  representation  that the practice of the
                         Licensed   Technology   is  or  will   be   free   from
                         infringement of patents of Third Parties (however,  RMS
                         is not aware of any such infringement and no such claim
                         has been made);

                   c)    an  obligation  to bring or prosecute  actions or suits
                         against Third Parties for infringement;

                   d)    except as expressly  set forth herein,  conferring  the
                         right to use in advertising, publicity or otherwise any
                         trademark,  trade name, or names,  or any  contraction,
                         abbreviation, simulation or adaptation thereof, of RMS;



                                       18


                   e)    conferring  by  implication,  estoppel or otherwise any
                         license,  right or immunity under any patents or patent
                         applications  of RMS other than those  specified in PCR
                         Technology,  regardless  of whether  such  patents  and
                         patent  applications  are  dominant or  subordinate  to
                         those in PCR Technology;


                   f)    an  obligation  to furnish any know-how not provided in
                         PCR Technology; or


                   g)    creating  any  agency,  partnership,  joint  venture or
                         similar relationship between RMS and BTRL.

               12.2  RMS   MAKES   NO   EXPRESS   OR   IMPLIED   WARRANTIES   OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

               12.3 BTRL  acknowledges  that the technology  licensed  hereby is
newly developed, and agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent death,
personal  injury,  illness and property damage from the use of such  technology.
BTRL shall assume full responsibility for its use of the Licensed Technology and
shall defend,  indemnify  and hold RMS harmless from and against all  liability,
demands,  damages,  expenses  (including  attorneys' fees) and losses for death,
personal  injury,  illness,  property  damage  or any other  injury  or  damage,
including any damages or expenses  arising in  connection  with state or federal
regulatory  action,  in  view  of  the  use by  BTRL,  including  its  officers,
directors,  agents and employees,  of the Licensed Technology,  except that BTRL
shall not be liable to RMS for injury or damage  arising solely because of RMS's
negligence.



                                       19


        13.   General

                 13.1 This Agreement  constitutes the entire  agreement  between
The  Parties  as to the  subject  matter  hereof,  and all  prior  negotiations,
representations,  agreements and understandings are merged into, extinguished by
and  completely  expressed by it. This Agreement may be modified or amended only
by a writing executed by authorized officers of each of The Parties.

                 13.2  Any  notice  required  or  permitted  to be given by this
Agreement shall be given by postpaid, first class, registered or certified mail,
or by  courier  or  facsimile,  properly  addressed  to the  other  party at the
respective address as shown below:

If to RMS:
                                  Roche Molecular Systems, Inc.
                                  340 Kingsland Street
                                  Nutley, New Jersey 07110
                                  Attn: Corporate Secretary

with a copy to:
                                  Roche Molecular Systems, Inc.
                                  1145 Atlantic Avenue, Suite 100
                                  Alameda, California 94501
                                  Attn: Licensing Manager

If to BTRL:
                                  Biotech Research Laboratories
                                  3 Taft Ct.
                                  Rockville, Maryland 20850
                                  Attn: Mark M. Manak, Ph.D.
                                  Senior Vice President and Director of Science



                                       20


Either  party may change its  address by  providing  notice to the other  party.
Unless  otherwise  specified  herein,  any notice given in  accordance  with the
foregoing shall be deemed given within four (4) full business days after the day
of mailing,  or one full day after the date of delivery to the  courier,  or the
date of facsimile transmission, as the case will be.


              13.3  Governing Law and Venue.  This  Agreement and its effect are
subject to and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the law of the
State of New  Jersey,  U.S.A.,  except as to any  issue  which by the law of New
Jersey depends upon the validity,  scope or  enforceability of any patent within
the Licensed Technology,  which issue shall be determined in accordance with the
applicable  patent  laws of the  United  States.  The  Parties  agree  that  the
exclusive  jurisdiction  and venue for any dispute or  controversy  arising from
this Agreement  shall be in the United States District Court for the District of
New  Jersey if  federal  jurisdiction  exists,  and if no  federal  jurisdiction
exists, then in the Superior Court of New Jersey.


              13.4 Arbitration.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of Section 13.3
above, any dispute concerning solely the determination of facts such as, but not
limited  to,  (i) the value of a  Combination  Service  and a  Licensed  Service
pursuant to Section 1.8;  (ii) a  determination  of royalty rate  payments  owed
pursuant to Section 4.1; (iii)  compliance  with quality  assurance  pursuant to
Article 5; or (iv) good faith  compliance with Article 6; and which dispute does
not involve a question of law, shall be settled by final and binding arbitration
at a mutually  convenient  location  in the State of New Jersey  pursuant to the
commercial  arbitration  rules  of  the  American  Arbitration  Association,  in
accordance with the following procedural process:





                                       21


                   a)    The   arbitration   tribunal  shall  consist  of  three
                         arbitrators.  Each party shall  nominate in the request
                         for  arbitration  and the answer thereto one arbitrator
                         and the two  arbitrators  so named  will  then  jointly
                         appoint  the  third   arbitrator  as  chairman  of  the
                         arbitration tribunal.

                   b)    The decision of the arbitration tribunal shall be final
                         and judgment  upon such  decision may be entered in any
                         competent  court for  juridical  acceptance  of such an
                         award  and  order of  enforcement.  Each  party  hereby
                         submits itself to the jurisdiction of the courts of the
                         place  of  arbitration,  but  only  for  the  entry  of
                         judgment   with   respect  to  the   decision   of  the
                         arbitrators hereunder.

                13.5  Nothing  in this  Agreement  shall be  construed  so as to
require the  commission  of any act contrary to law,  and wherever  there is any
conflict  between any provision of this  Agreement or concerning the legal right
of The Parties to enter into this  contract and any statute,  law,  ordinance or
treaty, the latter shall prevail,  but in such event the affected  provisions of
the  Agreement  shall be curtailed  and limited only to the extent  necessary to
bring it within the applicable legal requirements.

                13.6  If  any  provision  of  this   Agreement  is  held  to  be
unenforceable  for any reason,  it shall be  adjusted  rather  than  voided,  if
possible,  in order to achieve the intent of the parties to the extent possible.
In any event,  all other  provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed valid and
enforceable to the full extent possible.







                                       22


       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Parties hereto have set their hands and seals and
duly executed this Agreement on the date(s)  indicated below, to be effective on
Effective Date as defined herein.




ROCHE MOLECULAR SYSTEMS, INC.                 BIOTECH RESEARCH LABORATORIES

By: /s/Kathy Oronez                           By: /s/Mark M. Manak
    ------------------------                      --------------------------
Typed Name: Kathy Ordonez                     Typed Name: Mark M. Manak, Ph.D.

Title: President                              Title:  Senior Vice President and
                                                      Director of Science

Date: Aug. 12, 1993                           Date: Jan. 17, 1994
      ----------------------                        ------------------------

   Apprv'd As To form LAW DEPT.
   By. PSR


22080




                                       23


                                  ATTACHMENT I
                                  ------------
                              COMBINATION SERVICES
                              --------------------

                                                        PERCENT OF NET SERVICE
                                                        REVENUES FOR COMBINATION
                                                        SERVICES WHICH IS
                                                        ATTRIBUTABLE TO LICENSED
LICENSED SERVICES                                       SERVICES


                               [TO BE DETERMINED]






22080



                                       24






                 RIDER CONCERNING SUPPLEMENTAL PATENT RIGHTS TO
                          DIAGNOSTIC SERVICES AGREEMENT

The  purpose of this  rider is to set forth the  agreement  of Biotech  Research
Laboratories  ("BTRL") and Roche Molecular Systems,  Inc. ("RMS") concerning the
supplemental  rights to additional  patents relating to PCR technology which RMS
offers  and  the  parties  agree  to add to the  rights  granted  to BTRL by the
Agreement  between the  parties,  dated Jan 17, 1994 (the  "Diagnostic  Services
Agreement").


1.      It is understood  by the parties that RMS may,  from time to time,  come
        into  possession or control of  additional  patents or claims of patents
        relating  to PCR  technology  rights to which RMS may decide to offer to
        add to the  Diagnostic  Services  Agreement and which BTRL may desire to
        accept.  Accordingly,  appended  hereto as  APPENDIX A is a list of such
        additional  patents or claims of patents as RMS is currently offering to
        which  BTRL,  by  its  authorized  representative,   has  indicated  its
        acceptance  thereof in  accordance  with the rights of use and all other
        pertinent obligations,  restrictions and limitations as set forth in the
        Diagnostic Services Agreement.


2.      APPENDIX A may be amended by mutual  agreement of the parties in writing
        so as to add additional patent rights being offered by RMS. Accordingly,
        a new APPENDIX A signed and dated by both parties  shall  supersede  any
        prior APPENDIX A and shall become a part of this rider.


3.      It is expressly  understood  and agreed by the parties that the grant of
        additional patent rights herein does not in any way otherwise modify the
        Diagnostic  Services Agreement and that all provisions of that Agreement
        shall remain in full force and effect as originally  set forth  therein.
        The  term  of  the  Diagnostic  Services  Agreement  shall  control  the
        enjoyment of rights





RIDER CONCERNING SUPPLEMENTAL PATENT RIGHTS TO
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICES AGREEMENT
Page 2 of 2

        hereunder  and is not  extended by the rights  granted  hereby nor shall
        there be any additional  royalty obligation to RMS beyond that set forth
        in said Agreement.

4.      In consideration of the further rights being granted it hereunder,  BTRL
        agrees to remain in good faith  compliance with the applicable  terms of
        the Diagnostic  Services  Agreement,  including reporting and payment of
        royalties and the limitation on use of PCR  technology  strictly for the
        performance of licensed services and not to make products.

5.      In  the  event  that  BTRL's  obligation  to  pay  royalties  under  the
        Diagnostic  Services  Agreement for its rights to use the PCR technology
        shall cease for any reason, whether by termination, expiry, invalidation
        or  otherwise,  then the parties agree that this rider shall become null
        and void and the rights granted hereunder  terminated without notice and
        the parties shall be free to negotiate a new  agreement  with respect to
        the patent rights listed on APPENDIX A.

                                                   Accepted and Agreed,
ROCHE MOLECULAR SYSTEMS, INC.                      BIOTECH RESEARCH LABORATORIES

By: /s/Kathy Ordonez                               By: /s/Mark Manak
    ------------------------                           --------------------
       Kathy Ordonez

Title: President                                   Title: Senior Vice President
       ---------------------                              ---------------------
Date:  Aug 12, 1993                                Date: Jan 17, 1994
       ---------------------                             ----------------------

   Apprv'd As To Form
   LAW DEPT.
   By PSR


                               APPENDIX A TO RIDER


Additional Patents
- ------------------
U.S. Patent Number 5,008,182
U.S. Patent Number 5,176,995
U.S. Patent Number 5,219,727






ROCHE MOLECULAR SYSTEMS, INC.            BIOTECH RESEARCH LABORATORIES

By: /s/Ellen Daniell                     By: /s/Mark Manak
    -------------------------                -------------------------
       Ellen Daniell, Ph.D.

Title: Director of Licensing             Title: Senior Vice President
       ----------------------                   ----------------------

Date:  8/17/93                           Date: Jan 14, 1994
       ----------------------                  -----------------------




                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2




                                    EXCLUSIVE
                                LICENSE AGREEMENT


     1. Consideration and Effective Date

     1.1 The effective date of this agreement shall be    ,199 .

     1.2 The parties enter into this  agreement in  consideration  of the mutual
covenants  and terms  expressed  herein and hereby  acknowledge  receipt of said
consideration.

     2. Parties
     2.1 The  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill is a  non-profit
organization  having its  principal  place of  business  at Chapel  Hill,  North
Carolina 27599-4100 (hereinafter referred to as the "University").
     2.2 BTRL Contracts and Services, Inc., is a corporation organized under the
laws of  Massachusetts  and has its principal  place of business at 1600 E. Gude
Drive, Rockville, Maryland 20850 (hereinafter referred to as "the Company").


     3. [RESERVED]

     4. Definitions
     4.1 RELATED  COMPANY shall mean any  corporation or other  business  entity
which  directly or indirectly  controls,  is  controlled  by, or is under common
control with Company.  Control means ownership or other  beneficial  interest in
40% or more of the voting stock or other  voting  interest of a  corporation  or
other business entity.  Boston  Biomedica,  Inc. is presently a RELATED COMPANY.
CORPORATE FAMILY shall mean the COMPANY and all RELATED COMPANIES.
     4.2 "SUBJECT INVENTIONS" shall mean:
             (a) any invention disclosed in
              (i)   UNC  Invention  Disclosure  ORS 93-16,  entitled  "Anti-AIDS
                    Agents: Suksdorfin (1)";




License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994  


              (ii)  
                    [Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request]
                    
              (iii) U.S. patent  application  (LEE33) serial number  08/142,992,
                    filed October 29, 1993; and/or
              (iv)  U.S. patent  application  (LEE33A) serial number 08/235,852,
                    filed April 29, 1994;
             (b) any  invention  arising out of NIH Grant No.  AI-33066  and any
continuations,  extensions  or  amendments  thereof  which  relate to one of the
compounds set forth in Appendix 1 or to a derivative or analogue thereof; and/or
     These  inventions  may be compounds,  methods of purifying or  synthesizing
such compound,  compositions  comprising such compounds,  and/or the use of such
compounds  in the FIELD OF USE,  whether or not  patentable,  and whether or not
conceived or made prior to the execution of this Agreement.
     4.3 (a)  "LICENSED  PRODUCT" is a product  which is covered by a claim of a
patent or  pending  patent  application,  in at least one  country  included  in
LICENSED  RIGHTS,  or is manufactured by a method covered by such a claim, or is
used or  intended  to be used in FIELD OF USE,  by a  method  covered  by such a
claim,  or is  manufactured,  or used or intended to be used in FIELD OF USE, in
accordance with PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY.
             (b) A LICENSED ARTICLE is an article of a LICENSED PRODUCT.
             (c) A  LICENSED  TRANSACTION  is a  transaction  whereby a LICENSED
ARTICLE is made, used in FIELD OF USE, leased or sold, and, in the country where
such act  occurs  (i)  such act  would,  but for this  license,  and but for any
license implied as a result of assignment of any title in any of LICENSED RIGHTS
to the Company, infringe one or more claims of a patent included in LICENSED

                                        2



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


RIGHTS, or, if issued, of a patent  application  included in LICENSED RIGHTS, or
(ii) such act  occurred  during the period set forth in Section  6.1(c) in which
the University is entitled to royalties for PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY.
     4.4 "CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION" means  information,  not generally known in
the relevant  trade or industry,  whether or not used by the  disclosing  party,
including  information relating to research,  development,  patent solicitation,
manufacture,  purchasing, accounting,  engineering,  marketing, merchandising or
selling,  which is considered by the party which  possesses or controls it to be
proprietary to it.
     4.5 An ARTICLE REPRESENTING CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION is any object, device,
machine, material,  substance or copy thereof, including any writing, recording,
drawing, sample, specimen,  prototype,  model,  photograph,  organism,  culture,
tissue,  organ,  antibody,  virus, or DNA or RNA molecule,  which  completely or
partially  describes,  depicts,  embodies,  contains,  constitutes,  reflects or
records CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
     4.6 "LICENSED RIGHTS" shall include all pending patent applications and all
patents-in-force  in any country  which are owned or  controlled  in whole or in
part by the  University,  now or during  the term of this  Agreement,  and which
relate to, SUBJECT INVENTIONS, including, but not limited to (i) the patents and
applications listed in Appendix 3, and any division, continuation, continuation-
in-part, substitute,  renewal, reissue, extension or reexamination thereof, (ii)
any rights of priority  based on the  foregoing,  (iii) any patent  applications
claiming  priority from or otherwise  related to the  applications of (i) above,
and (iv) U.S. and foreign  patents issued on (i) and (iii) above.  It shall also
include the University's PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY.


                                        3



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


     4.7 (a) "LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY"  shall mean "PATENTED  TECHNOLOGY",  "PATENT
PENDING TECHNOLOGY", and "PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY".
             (b)  PATENTED  TECHNOLOGY  shall  mean any  method or  product  the
manufacture,  use,  sale,  rental or lease of which is  covered  by a claim of a
patent  included in  LICENSED  RIGHTS  which has not  expired,  lapsed,  or been
declared  invalid or unenforceable by a court from which no appeal has or can be
taken.
             (c) PATENT  PENDING  TECHNOLOGY  shall mean any method or  product,
other than PATENTED TECHNOLOGY,  the manufacture,  use, sale, rental or lease of
which is covered by a claim of a pending patent application included in LICENSED
RIGHTS.
             (d)  PROPRIETARY  TECHNOLOGY  means an  invention,  whether  or not
patentable,  which is not PATENTED TECHNOLOGY or PATENT PENDING TECHNOLOGY,  and
which utilizes CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION owned by UNIVERSITY and disclosed by the
UNIVERSITY to Company,  which relates to a SUBJECT INVENTION.  However, it shall
not include information which
      (i)       was in Company's  possession at the time of the  disclosure  and
                was not  previously  acquired,  directly or indirectly  from the
                University,  or which is  subsequently  developed  by Company by
                persons not privy to the disclosure;
      (ii)      has since  been  acquired  by  Company  from  others who have no
                confidential  commitment to the University with respect to same,
                or
      (iii)     is now or becomes,  through no fault of  Company,  a part of the
                public domain by publication  (including publication or issuance
                of Patent applications) or otherwise.
     4.8 (a) "Net Sales"  shall mean  payments  received  by a CORPORATE  FAMILY
member as part of a LICENSED TRANSACTION with respect to LICENSED ARTICLES, less
returns and customary trade

                                        4



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


discounts actually taken, outbound freight,  value added, sales or use taxes and
custom duties.
              (b) However, a transaction between members of the CORPORATE FAMILY
shall only be included in "Net Sales" if the article paid for is used,  and such
use  is  other  than  in  research  or  development,  quality  assurance  or the
development  of data  for  regulatory  approval.  A  LICENSED  TRANSACTION  may,
however,  occur when the LICENSED ARTICLE is resold, rented or leased to one not
a member of the CORPORATE FAMILY, in accordance with 4.8(a).
              (c) (i) In the event any  LICENSED  PRODUCT is sold as a component
of a combination of two or more active  ingredients,  where a license  hereunder
was not required for all said active  ingredients,  Net Sales Price for purposes
of  determining  royalty  payments on such  combination  shall be  calculated by
multiplying  the net sales price of the  combination by the fraction  A/(A+B) in
which "A" is the  total of the  gross  selling  prices  of the  licensed  active
ingredients  when sold  separately  and "B" is the  total of the  gross  selling
prices of the unlicensed  active  ingredients.  (ii) In the event that it is not
possible to determine  the gross selling  price for each  ingredient,  Net Sales
Price shall be calculated by multiplying  the net sales price of the combination
by the fraction C/(C+D),  in which "C" is the total of the fully allocated costs
of the  licensed  active  ingredients  and  "D"  that of the  unlicensed  active
ingredients.  The fully  allocated  cost of a component  shall be  determined in
accordance with conventional cost accounting  principles.  (iii) Notwithstanding
the above,  in no event  shall the Net Sales  Price be  adjusted to be less than
forty percent (40%) of the net sales price of any  combination  product prior to
adjustment pursuant to (i) and (ii) above.
     4.9 FIELD OF USE shall mean (a) use for the inhibition of retroviruses,  or
of pathogens of diseases related to those caused

                                        5




License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


by  retroviruses,  and (b) uses for  compounds  included in SUBJECT  INVENTIONS,
discovered  in  whole  or in  part  by the  Company,  a  Related  Company,  or a
Sublicense.

     5. License Grant
     5.1 The University grants to Biotech Research Labs, upon and subject to all
the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  a worldwide  license,  exclusive
except for any license to a Federal agency to practice the invention  which that
agency has acquired by operation of Public Law 96-517,  under LICENSED RIGHTS to
use  LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY  and to make,  use,  sell,  have  made,  rent or lease
LICENSED PRODUCTS in FIELD OF USE for the term provided under Section 14 hereof.
This license specifically includes a right of sublicense.
     5.2  Company  is  further  granted  the  right  to  disclose  and  use  any
information  pertaining to a SUBJECT  INVENTION,  or a product  incorporating or
embodying  same,  in any  submission  to a  local,  state,  federal  or  foreign
governmental agency or instrumentality,  including, but not limited to, the U.S.
Food and Drug  Administration  and the U.S.  Patent and Trademark  Office.  This
right shall survive the  termination of this  Agreement  under 14.2, but not the
uncured material breach by Company of its obligations hereunder.
     5.3 To the  extent  that  the  Company  cannot  practicably  make  or use a
LICENSED  ARTICLE  without  infringing  a patent,  other  than one  included  in
LICENSED RIGHTS,  which is owned by the University and not exclusively  licensed
to a third party,  pursuant to this  Agreement,  the Company  pays  University a
royalty on said article, the University agrees not to assert said patent against
the manufacture,  use or sale of said article by the Company or those in privity
therewith.  Where such  alternative  manufacture or use is practicable,  but not
commercially desirable, the University agrees

                                        6



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


to  negotiate  in good faith terms  under which it will grant  COMPANY a license
under such patent which would permit such manufacture and use, if said patent is
not already exclusively licensed to a third party.

     6. Compensation
     6.1 In  consideration  of the  license  granted  under  Section 5.1 of this
Agreement, Company shall pay the University a royalty on NET SALES by Company or
a RELATED COMPANY.
     (a) During each calendar year, such royalties shall be, on NET SALES of any
PATENTED TECHNOLOGY, [Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request] on
the first fifty million dollars of sales for that year, [Language Deleted due to
Confidential  Treatment Request] on sales in excess of fifty million dollars, up
through  the  hundred  millionth  dollar of sales for that year,  and  [Language
Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request] on sales in excess of one hundred
million dollars for that year.
     (b) Also during each calendar year,  such royalties  shall be, on NET SALES
of  any  PATENT  PENDING  TECHNOLOGY,  [Language  Deleted  due  to  Confidential
Treatment Request] on the first fifty million dollars of sales of PATENT PENDING
TECHNOLOGY  for that  year,  [Language  Deleted  due to  Confidential  Treatment
Request]  on sales in excess of fifty  million  dollars up through  the  hundred
millionth  dollar  of  sales  for  that  year,  and  [Language  Deleted  due  to
Confidential  Treatment  Request]  on sales in  excess  of one  hundred  million
dollars for that year.
     (c) Also during each calendar year,  such royalties  shall be, on NET SALES
of  any  PROPRIETARY   TECHNOLOGY  for  that  year,  [Language  Deleted  due  to
Confidential  Treatment  Request] on the first fifty million dollars of sales of
PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY, [Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request]
on sales in excess of fifty  million  dollars up through the  hundred  millionth
dollar sales for that year, and [Language Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment
Request] on sales in excess one hundred million dollars for that year.  However,
no royalty will be due on NET SALES of articles  covered  solely by  PROPRIETARY
TECHNOLOGY more than [Language  Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment  Request]
years  after the first  sale of an  article  representing  such  technology,  or
[Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request] years after the

                                        7



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


disclosure of such technology to the Company, whichever comes earlier.
     (d) On any  particular  article,  only one  PATENTED,  PATENT  PENDING,  or
PROPRIETARY  TECHNOLOGY  royalty will be paid,  whichever is the highest royalty
applicable.
     6.2 Nothing in this Agreement  shall be construed to require the payment of
more than one royalty with regard to the  manufacture,  use, lease, or sale of a
particular article.
     6.3 In the case of income derived by Company  through  sublicensing  (other
than to a RELATED  COMPANY),  Company  will pay the  University  a share of such
sublicensing income, which share will be computed as follows:

<TABLE>
          <S>                  <C>
              (i)               if there is no IND filed on
                                the sublicensed product.....................[Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request]
              (ii)              if an IND was filed, but phase II clinical
                                studies have not been completed.............[Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request]
              (iii)             if phase II clinical studies have
                                been completed, but an NDA has not
                                yet been filed..............................[Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request]
              (iv)              if an NDA has been filed....................[Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request]

     6.4 (a) Company will also make the  following  milestone  payments for each
distinct LICENSED PRODUCT, subject to the limitations of ss. 6.4(b) and (c):
              (i)               on filing its first IND for the LICENSED
                                PRODUCT..................................[Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request]
              (ii)              on first completing a phase II clinical study
                                for the LICENSED PRODUCT.................[Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request]
              (iii)             on first filing an NDA (but not an
                                ANDA) for the LICENSED PRODUCT...........[Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request]


                                        8




License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


              (iv)              on  the  first   commercial   sale  outside  the
                                CORPORATE FAMILY, of the LICENSED PRODUCT, based
                                on    an    approved    NDA    (but    not    an
                                ANDA).................................. [Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request]
</TABLE>

     (b) The parties recognize that different  LICENSED PRODUCTS may contain the
same active ingredients.  A milestone payment is due for a LICENSED PRODUCT only
if it  contains  an  active  ingredient  (which  is  the  subject  of a  SUBJECT
INVENTION)  which  is  distinct  from the  active  ingredients  of all  LICENSED
PRODUCTS for which that level of milestone  payment has previously  been paid. A
chemical,  and its salts,  complexes and esters,  are considered the same active
ingredient for the purpose of this provision. Moreover, the active ingredient is
not considered  distinct if it differs from prior active  ingredients  solely by
one or more of the following structural differences: substitution of one halogen
atom for  another;  substitution  of one  chalcogen  (oxygen or sulfur) atom for
another;  or  lengthening  or shortening of a hydrocarbon  chain (i.e.,  the two
compounds are members of a homologous series).
     Each of the compounds  set forth in Appendix 1 is considered  distinct from
the others so listed.
     (c)  Milestone  payments  will not  apply to  products  covered  solely  by
PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY.
     6.5 If a properly  instructed  court  would be more likely than not to hold
that Company, or a Related Company, or their customers, require a license from a
third  party in order to practice a Subject  Invention  and Company or a Related
Company  acquires  such a license,  Company  shall receive a credit equal to the
sums paid by Company or a Related  Company  to said third  party for  practicing
said Subject Invention.


                                        9



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


     Prior to obtaining  said license,  the Company shall supply the  University
with a reasoned opinion of outside patent counsel supporting its conclusion that
a license is so required.
     No such reduction  shall be made,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if the
University  supplies  the  Company  with a reasoned  opinion  of outside  patent
counsel to the effect that the license is not so  required,  and the  University
agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless the Company (or, as the case may be, the
Related Company, or their customers) for liability for infringement with respect
to said  inventions or uses if the Company (or the Related  Company)  refuses or
terminates said third party license.
     6.6 The credits  granted to the Company  pursuant to 6.5, 10.2 and 11.5 may
be applied  against  the  payments  due under 6.1,  6.3 and 6.4 above,  with the
proviso that the total  credits  outstanding  cannot be used to offset more than
50% of the total  payments  due in any given  period under 7.1, any excess being
carried forward to later periods.

     7. Reports and Payments
     7.1 For each semiannual period in which this Agreement is in force, Company
shall  submit  to the  University  a written  semiannual  report  (the  "Payment
Report") within two months of the close of each semiannual period.  Such Reports
shall state:
              (i) NET SALES made by Company  and any  RELATED  COMPANIES  during
such period for LICENSED TECHNOLOGY;
              (ii) Payments  received by the Company or a Related  Company which
are excluded from Net Sales pursuant to 4.8(b).
              (iii) NET SALES made by unrelated sublicensees during such period;
              (iv)  sublicensing  income  under  6.3 for  such  period,  and the
University's share thereof; and

                                       10



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


              (v) milestones achieved, for which payments are due under 6.4, for
such period; and
              (vi) A  calculation  under  Section  6 of the  amounts  due to the
University,  making reference to each subsection. Said calculation shall include
an itemization of any credits to which the Company is entitled,  itemized by the
section under which said credit is granted,  and  indicating  any excess credits
carried  into the reported  period from a prior  period,  any new  credits,  the
amount of the accrued credits which can be used to offset the payment  otherwise
due for the reported period,  and any excess credit to be carried forward to the
next period.
     7.2  Simultaneously  with the  submission of each Payment  Report,  Company
shall make payments to the  University of the amounts due for the period covered
by the Payment Report.
     7.3  Company  shall  maintain  at its  principal  office the usual books of
accounts and records showing its actions under this  Agreement.  Upon reasonable
notice,  such books and  records  shall be made  available  for  inspection  and
copying,  during usual business hours, by University  auditors,  or by the State
Auditor,  or by an  independent  certified  public  accountant  retained  by the
University at its own expense to whom Company has no reasonable  objection,  for
three years after the calendar quarter for which such books and records pertain,
solely for  purposes of  verifying  the  accuracy of the amounts paid by Company
under this  Agreement,  and the contents of Company's books and records shall be
held in confidence by the  University  and its  accountant.  In the event of the
discovery by an independent  certified public accountant hired by the University
of an error in Company's  favor which is more than $1,000,  and more than 10% of
the  payment  actually  due,  Company  will  reimburse  the  University  for the
University's actual and reasonable out of pocket


                                       11



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


expenses for such audit. The amount of said  reimbursement  shall not,  however,
exceed the amount of the error.
          Nothing  herein shall be construed to limit the authority of the State
     Auditor of North Carolina.

     8. Patent Prosecution and Maintenance
     8.1  As to  any  Subject  Invention  which  is not  fully  disclosed  in an
application  previously  filed,  the  University  shall  diligently  provide the
Company with a written  disclosure  thereof.  The  University  shall in a timely
manner  provide a  disclosure  sufficiently  detailed  to permit the  Company to
determine the patentability of the Subject Invention, and to permit the drafting
of a patent  application  with a  specification  reasonably  likely to be deemed
adequate to support one or more patentable and commercially  meaningful  claims.
The University  shall disclose to the Company any  information in its possession
or control which is material to patentability of the Subject Invention, and give
the Company  timely notice of any  activities  known to it which could limit the
time  available  for filing a patent  application  without loss of rights in the
U.S. or abroad.
     8.2 (a) The Company shall give the University timely notice of the deadline
for filing a U.S.  application  abroad with the benefit of priority,  and timely
notice of the deadline  for  entering  the  national  stage in the case of a PCT
application.  The University shall give the Company a timely response indicating
the foreign countries in which it is interested in pursuing patent protection.
     (b) The Company shall give the  University  timely notice of its intent not
to file for patent protection, or to continue to prosecute a pending application
for patent  protection,  or to  maintain a patent,  in the United  States or any
foreign country, with respect to any Subject Invention.


                                       12



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


     8.3 If, after receiving  notice under 8.2, the University  decides to file,
prosecute or maintain the noticed application or patent, the effect will be that
the Company's exclusive license,  with respect to the noticed Subject Invention,
will terminate  insofar as the countries in which the  University  exercises its
right of intervention under this section are concerned. This will not affect the
Company's exclusive license under patents and applications  included in Licensed
Rights which the Company continues to file, prosecute, and maintain.
     8.4  At the  University's  discretion,  which  shall  not  be  unreasonably
refused,  the Company  may  reestablish  rights  lost  pursuant to 8.3 if (a) it
reimburses  the  University  for its  reasonable  legal  expenses  in  filing or
prosecuting such applications or maintaining such patents, and pays compensation
pursuant  to  Article 6, for any  transactions  which  would have been  LICENSED
TRANSACTIONS  if the Company had not  terminated the license rights it now seeks
to  reestablish,  and (b) at the  time of the  request  for  reinstatement,  the
Company is still an exclusive  licensee  under this Agreement with respect to at
least one pending application or patent-in-force in at least one country.
     8.5 Unless it has given suitable notice under 8.2 above,  the Company shall
file for patent protection,  and prosecute and maintain Licensed Rights, in such
countries as the  University  has indicated are of interest to it insofar as the
Subject Invention in question is concerned.
     8.6 Until it has given suitable  notice under 8.2 above,  the Company shall
pay all expenses relating to the filing, prosecution and maintenance of Licensed
Rights.  After  notice  is  given  under  8.2  above,  the  University  will  be
responsible for payment of all expenses  incurred after said notice with respect
to the noticed

                                       13



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


applications  or patents.  The  Company  will remain  responsible  for  expenses
incurred prior to notice, even if billed subsequently.
      8.7 Except for the cases as to which the Company has  relinquished  rights
pursuant to 8.3, the U.S. and foreign prosecution conducted under this Article 8
shall be  performed  by one or more  patent  attorneys  or  agents  selected  by
Company. The University shall provide said one or more selected patent attorneys
or agents with any  necessary  Power of Attorney  as required to  authorize  the
patent attorney or agent to prosecute the applications for patent rights.
      8.8 The University will timely provide Company with all information in its
possession  or control  which  might be material  to  patentability  of LICENSED
TECHNOLOGY. The University will promptly provide Company's patent counsel with a
copy  of  any  legal   opinion  it  receives  or  has  received   regarding  the
patentability,  validity,  enforceability,  scope or third party infringement of
any of LICENSED RIGHTS.
      8.9 The Company will provide the University  with the  opportunity to have
draft  applications and responses reviewed by patent counsel of the University's
choice,  and the  Company  will  reimburse  the  University  for its  reasonable
expenses for such  review.  The Company  will give good faith  consideration  to
suggestions made by the reviewing counsel chosen by the University.
      8.10  The  University  will on a timely  basis  provide  COMPANY  with all
information in its possession or control,  or readily obtainable by it, which is
reasonably  requested  by  the  Company  to  aid  in  drafting  and  prosecuting
applications, and defending patents, within Licensed Rights.



                                       14



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


      9.   Commercialization
      9.1  Company  shall use its best  efforts  to  develop  and  market  drugs
embodying  LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY  for  the  treatment  of  retroviral  infections
throughout the world.  Specifically,  in the case of a drug  embodying  LICENSED
TECHNOLOGY,  Company  shall use its best efforts to, for at least one drug which
is a  LICENSED  PRODUCT  (hereafter,  LICENSED  DRUG),  (a)  file an IND  within
[Language  Deleted  due  to  Confidential  Treatment  Request]  years  of  first
receiving  a  sample  of the drug  for  testing  or  executing  this  Agreement,
whichever comes later,  (b) file a new drug  application  (NDA) within [Language
Deleted  due to  Confidential  Treatment  Request]  years  after  its  IND for a
LICENSED  DRUG becomes  effective,  (c) obtain NDA approval for a LICENSED  DRUG
within [Language Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment Request] years after its
NDA for that  drug is  filed,  and (d)  commercialize  a  LICENSED  DRUG  within
[Language Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment Request] year after the NDA for
that drug is approved.
      9.2 After [Language Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment  Request] years
have elapsed from the execution of this Agreement, the University may in writing
notify the Company that it desires that an IND be filed for a LICENSED  DRUG for
which  the  Company  has not yet  filed  an IND,  which  LICENSED  DRUG has been
supplied to the Company for  testing,  and the Company will then have six months
from such notice to file an IND or have its license terminated as to the noticed
LICENSED DRUG. The University cannot so designate more than three LICENSED DRUGS
within a six month period.

      9.3 In the event  that  Section  9.1 is not  complied  with in one or more
countries for one or more  LICENSED  DRUGS,  and there is no excuse  pursuant to
14.4, the Company shall forfeit its exclusive  license in such  countries  under
this  Agreement as to such LICENSED  DRUGS as were not developed and marketed in
accordance with 9.1 above,  but its license as to other LICENSED DRUGS, or as to
the same LICENSED DRUG in other countries, shall not be affected.


                                       15



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


     9.4 To the extent required by law, it is agreed that any LICENSED  PRODUCTS
sold in the United  States  shall be  substantially  manufactured  in the United
States.

      10.  Infringement
      10.1 The University  will protect its licensed  Patents from  infringement
and prosecute infringers at its own expense when in its sole reasonable judgment
such action may be reasonably necessary, proper, and justified.
      10.2 If Company shall have supplied the University  with written  evidence
reasonably  demonstrating  prima  facie  infringement  of a claim of a  Licensed
Patent by a third party selling  products in competition  with Company or any of
its AFFILIATES,  Company may, by written notice,  request The University to take
steps to protect the Licensed  Patent.  Unless the University shall within three
months of the  receipt of such  notice  either (i) cause  such  infringement  to
terminate or (ii) initiate legal proceedings against the infringer,  Company may
upon notice to the University  initiate legal proceedings  against the infringer
at the expense of Company. In such event Company may deduct from shall receive a
credit  equal to its  reasonable  costs and legal fees  incurred to conduct such
proceedings.
      10.3 In the event one party shall  initiate or carry on legal  proceedings
to enforce any Licensed  Patent  against an alleged  infringer,  the other party
shall  use its  best  efforts  to fully  cooperate  with and  shall  supply  all
assistance  reasonably  requested  by the party  initiating  or carrying on such
proceedings.  The party which  institutes any proceeding to protect or enforce a
Licensed  Patent shall have sole control of that  proceeding  and shall bear the
reasonable expenses incurred by said other party in providing

                                       16



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


such assistance and cooperation as is requested pursuant to this paragraph.
      10.4 The litigating party shall not settle,  or abandon a legal proceeding
without the consent of the other party,  which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld.  If consent is withheld,  the nonconsenting party shall assume control
of the proceeding and shall reimburse the prior  litigating  party for all legal
expenses incurred prior to such assumption of control.
      10.5 Any  recovery,  whether by  settlement  or  judgment,  shall be first
applied, in the following order:
      (a)     to reimburse the parties for their previously  unreimbursed  costs
              and legal fees in connection with the proceedings;
      (b)     to pay any  royalties  or  milestone  payments  withheld  from the
              University by Company under ss. 10.2; and
      (c)     to pay the  University  its  proper  share of that  portion of the
              recovery  which the  Company  would  have  expected  to receive as
              income  from  sublicensing  had the  third  party  been  granted a
              sublicense on the royalty terms set forth in ss. 6.1.
      The remainder of the recovery shall go to the Company.
      As a term of any settlement, the settling party shall use best
efforts to require the third party to account for its prior sales in such manner
as to facilitate the calculation of the University's share of the recovery.
      10.6 Nothing in this  Agreement  shall be construed to limit the authority
of the Attorney General of North Carolina.



                                       17



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


      11.  Representations and Related Obligations by the University
      11.1 The University represents, and covenants, as follows:
              (a) It has the full right, power, and authority to enter into this
Agreement and to perform all of its obligations hereunder.
              (b)  The  execution  and  delivery  of  this   Agreement  and  the
consummation of the  transaction  contemplated by this Agreement do not violate,
conflict  with, or constitute a default  under the  University's  Charter or the
terms and provisions of any material or other instrument to which the University
is a party or by which it is bound,  or any material order,  award,  judgment or
decree to which the University is a party or by which it is bound,  or any state
or federal law governing the University activities.
              (c) Upon execution and delivery,  this  Agreement will  constitute
the legal,  valid and binding obligation of the University  enforceable  against
the University in accordance with its terms.
              (d) To the best of the knowledge and belief of the University,  no
employee,  agent,  or consultant of the University who has performed any work in
connection  with the  LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY  is,  or is now  expected  to be,  in
violation of any term of any  employment  or  consulting  contract or agreement,
non-disclosure or confidentiality  agreement,  non-competitive agreement, or any
other  common law  obligation  to a former or present  employer  relating to the
right of any such  employee,  agent,  or consultant to be employed or engaged by
the University in connection with the work to be performed hereunder.
              (e) Subject to the rights held by the U.S. Government under Public
Law 96-517, as amended, and the implementing regulations,  and to such rights as
may be held by  Company,  the  University  is the owner of all right,  title and
interest in and to the patents,

                                       18



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


patent rights, and patentable  inventions,  comprising the LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY.
Also subject to the aforementioned rights of the U.S. Government, the University
has the sole and complete  authority to issue and grant to Company the exclusive
license granted hereunder,  free and clear of any claims, liens, encumbrances or
charges of any third party.
              (f) The University has no knowledge of any potential  infringement
action or claim relating to the LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY and has no knowledge of any
infringement,  or breach of any agreement or of any facts that might  reasonably
lead to any claim of  infringement  or breach of any  agreement  relating to any
patent, patent right, patentable invention, patent application,  trade secret or
other  proprietary  right of any third party relating to the University's use or
ownership  of the  LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY  or  Company's  license to the  LICENSED
TECHNOLOGY.
              (g) The  University  has taken all steps  within  its power  which
under Public Law 96-517, as amended, were necessary, as of the date of execution
of this  Agreement,  for the  University  to retain title to the fullest  extent
permitted by law in any of LICENSED TECHNOLOGY.
      11.2 To the extent that rights  granted by the University to Company under
this Agreement are subject to the requirements of Public Law 96-517, as amended,
and its implementing  regulations,  the University  agrees that it will take all
steps within its power to retain title, to the fullest extent  permitted by law,
to the  LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY  in the United  States and in any  foreign  country
designated by Company for the duration of this license and to avoid  exercise by
any federal agency of "march-in" rights under such law.
      11.3 The  University  will  promptly  disclose  to the  designated  Patent
Counsel of Company all information which is or could be

                                       19



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


material to the patentability,  enforceability or validity of any application or
patent included in LICENSED RIGHTS.
      11.4 The  University  will  promptly  disclose  to the  designated  Patent
Counsel of Company any  information  pertaining to the likelihood or merits of a
third  party  claim  of  infringement  arising  from  Company  use  of  LICENSED
TECHNOLOGY.
      11.5 In the event that the  University  discovers  that an  interest in an
Invention is not held by either the University or by Company (or its employees),
it shall promptly notify the Company. The University may, at its option, acquire
such  interest  at its own  expense,  or invite  the  Company  to  acquire  said
interest. In the latter case, the cost to the Company of acquiring said interest
may be applied as a credit.
      11.6  The  University  represents  that all  representations  made in this
Article 11 were made only after using best efforts to diligently investigate the
underlying circumstances.

      12.  Disclosure and Confidentiality

      12.1 The University shall disclose each SUBJECT INVENTION to
Company:
              (a)  within  two  months  after  the  inventor   discloses  it  to
      University personnel or agents responsible for patent matters,
              (b) at least two months prior to any intended public disclosure of
      all or part of the SUBJECT INVENTION, and
              (c) prior to  submission  for  publication  of any  manuscript  or
      abstract which discloses all or part of the SUBJECT INVENTION.


                                       20



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


      12.2  The  disclosure  under  12.1  shall  be  in  writing  and  shall  be
sufficiently complete in technical detail to convey a clear understanding to the
extent known at the time of the disclosure,  of the nature,  purpose,  operation
and the physical,  chemical,  biological or  electrical  characteristics  of the
invention,  such that a patent  application  may be drafted with a specification
reasonably  likely to be deemed  adequate to support one or more  patentable and
commercially  meaningful  claims.  It should also indicate the earliest expected
date of public disclosure of the SUBJECT INVENTION.
      12.3 The University  will promptly inform Company of the submission of any
abstract or manuscript for publication and of the acceptance thereof.
      12.4 The  University  will not permit  public  disclosure  of the  SUBJECT
INVENTION  until 60 days after the disclosure  under 12.1 (complying with 12.2),
or until  after the filing of a patent  application  adequately  disclosing  the
SUBJECT  INVENTION,  whichever is earlier.  If within 60 days of the  disclosure
under 12.1,  Company  advises the University that it would be beneficial to have
more time to prepare and file a patent application  thereon,  and such advice is
reasonably made, the University will defer the public  disclosure of the SUBJECT
INVENTION  for up to an  additional 30 days,  and will not  unreasonably  deny a
request for further deferral.
      12.5 Any information  which is to be treated as  Confidential  Information
hereunder must be clearly marked as  "confidential"  prior to transmittal to the
other party. If such  Confidential  Information is disclosed orally, it shall be
identified as being confidential at the time of disclosure, and shall thereafter
be reduced to writing within 30 days, marked as confidential, and transmitted to
the receiving party. Specifically excluded from such

                                       21



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


confidential  treatment  shall  be  information  which:  (i) as of the  date  of
disclosure, is already known to the party receiving such information; (ii) is or
becomes  part of the public  domain,  through no fault of the  receiving  party;
(iii) is lawfully  disclosed to the receiving  party by a third party who is not
obligated to retain such  information  in confidence;  or (iv) is  independently
developed  at the  receiving  party by personnel  not privy to the  confidential
information.
      12.6  Confidential  Information  shall not be disclosed  by the  receiving
party without written consent of the other party.  Confidential Information will
be used by the receiving party only by its authorized personnel and only for the
purposes contemplated under this Agreement. The receiving party shall advise its
employees,  agents,  and  consultants  who have access to the  disclosing  party
premises or to any  proprietary  information  or trade secrets of the disclosing
party,  including any LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY not previously released to the public
pursuant  the  terms  of this  Article  12,  of the  responsibility  under  this
Agreement  to be  bound  by the  confidentiality  obligations  to not  disclose,
publicly  use, or offer for sale any of said  proprietary  information  or trade
secrets or  LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY  not  previously  released to the public or any
information that is confidential and proprietary to the disclosing party.
      12.7 The obligation  pursuant to Section 12.6 shall  terminate three years
after the first sale of an article represent-ing such information,  or ten years
after the disclosure of the  information,  whichever comes earlier  (compare ss.
6.1(c)).

      13.   Breach and Cure
      13.1  In  addition  to  applicable  legal  standards,   Company  shall  be
considered to be in material breach of this Agreement for failure

                                       22



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


to pay fully and promptly amounts due pursuant to Article 6 and payable pursuant
to Article 7; in addition,  failure to meet the  obligations  of Article 9 shall
also be deemed a material breach of this Agreement.
      13.2 In addition to applicable  legal  standards,  the University shall be
considered  in  material  breach  of this  Agreement  for  making a  knowing  or
negligent material misrepresentation of a matter as to which UNIVERSITY has made
a representation under Article 11, or breaching its obligations under Article 5,
Section 8.4, Article 11 or Article 12.
      13.3 Either  party shall have the right to cure its material  breach.  The
cure shall be effected within a reasonable period of time, but in no event later
than thirty days after written  notice of any breach given by the  non-breaching
party.
      If the breach is not cured within the thirty day period, the non-breaching
party  may,  in  addition  to any other  rights it may have at law or in equity,
terminate this Agreement.
      13.4 In the event of a material  breach by University,  which is not cured
pursuant to Section  13.3, in lieu of  termination,  Company may pay into escrow
such  compensation  as is  due  under  Article  6 as to any  articles  embodying
Inventions  to which the  breach  pertains,  until such  breach is cured,  while
still, however, paying directly expenses pursuant to Article 8.
      13.5 The  Parties  shall not be  liable  for any  failure  to  perform  as
required by this  Agreement,  to the extent such failure to perform is caused by
any reason  beyond the party's  control,  or by reason of any of the  following:
labor disturbances or disputes of any kind,  accidents,  failure of any required
governmental approval, civil disorders, acts of aggression,  acts of God, energy
or other conservation  measures,  failure of utilities,  mechanical  breakdowns,
material shortage, disease, or similar occurrences.

                                       23



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994



      14.  Term of Agreement
      14.1 This  Agreement  shall be  effective  as of the date  first set forth
above and shall  continue  in full  force and  effect  until its  expiration  or
termination in accordance with this Article 14.
      14.2 Unless terminated earlier under any provision of this Agreement,  the
term of the exclusive  license  granted  under the LICENSED  RIGHTS shall extend
until the expiration, lapse, invalidation,  declaration of unenforceability,  or
abandonment  of the last of the  patents and  applications  included in LICENSED
RIGHTS and the lapse of the period of compensation  for  PROPRIETARY  TECHNOLOGY
pursuant to subsection 6.1(c).
      14.3 In the event any term or  provision of this  Agreement  shall for any
reason be held to be invalid,  illegal,  or unenforceable in any respect,  then,
unless such term or provision  goes to the root of the  Agreement and subject as
otherwise  agreed,  this Agreement  shall continue in full force and effect save
that the term or provision shall be deemed to be excised  therefrom and shall be
interpreted  and construed as if such term or provision,  to the extent the same
shall  have been held to be valid,  illegal,  or  unenforceable,  had never been
contained herein.
      14.4 Each party shall be excused from any nonperformance of this Agreement
which is proximately caused by government  regulation,  war, strike, act of God,
or other  similar  circumstances  normally  deemed  outside  the control of well
managed businesses.

      15.  Notices
      15.1 Any notice  required or  permitted  to be given under this  Agreement
shall be  sufficient  if sent by first class mail,  postage  prepaid,  if to the
University, to:


                                       24



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


                David M. Parker, Esq.
                Associate Director, Technology Development
                  and Associate University Counsel
                Office of Research Services
                CB# 4100, 302 Bynum Hall
                The University of North Carolina at
                       Chapel Hill
                Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27599-4100

if to Company, to:

                Richard T. Schumacher
                President and CEO
                Boston Biomedica, Inc.
                375 West Street
                West Bridgewater, Massachusetts  02379

or to such other or additional address as a party may specify by
notice hereunder.

      16.  Complete Agreement
      16.1 It is understood and agreed between  University and Company that this
license,  together  with Appendix 1, and the  invention  disclosures  and patent
applications referred to in subsection 4.2(a), constitutes the entire Agreement,
both  written  and oral,  between  the  parties,  and that all prior  agreements
respecting  the subject  matter  hereof,  either  written or oral,  expressed or
implied, shall be abrogated, canceled, and are null and void and of no effect.

      17.  Governing Law
      17.1 This Agreement  shall be governed by North Carolina law applicable to
agreements made and to be performed in North Carolina.

      18.  Indemnity
      18.1 Licensee agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend
University, its officers, employees, and agents, against any and

                                       25



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


all claims,  suits losses,  damage,  cost, fees, and expenses  asserted by third
parties,  both  government  and  private,  resulting  from or arising out of the
exercise of this license,  except to the extent that such claims, suits, losses,
damages,  costs,  fees or  expenses  arise  in whole or in  material  part  from
circumstances  related  to a breach by the  University  of a  representation  or
agreement given under Article 11.

      19.   Insurance
      19.1  Licensee  is  required  to  maintain  in force at its sole  cost and
expense, with reputable insurance companies, to the extent that such coverage is
reasonably  available for biotech  companies  manufacturing or selling drugs for
the inhibition of human  retroviruses,  general liability  insurance and, to the
extent  available to Licensee,  products  liability  insurance  coverage,  in an
amount  reasonably  sufficient to protect against  liability under paragraph 18,
above.  The University  shall have the right to ascertain from to time that such
coverage exists,  such right to be exercised in a reasonable manner, and, if the
University is of the opinion that  Licensee's  coverage is inadequate,  Licensee
will be given a  reasonable  opportunity  to obtain  additional  coverage  or to
explain why its present  coverage is sufficient,  or why additional  coverage is
not reasonably available.

      20.  Use of University's Name
      20.1 The use of the name of University, or any contraction thereof, in any
manner in connection  with the exercise of this license is expressly  prohibited
except with prior written consent of University.  The University consents to use
of its name to the extent  such is  required to  prosecute  patent  applications
pursuant

                                       26



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


to this  Agreement  and to the extent such is  required  to secure  governmental
approval to test and sell Licensed Technology.

      21.  Disposition  of  Licensed  Products  on  Hand  Upon  Cancellation  or
           Termination


      21.1 Upon  cancellation of this Agreement or upon  termination in whole or
in part, other than natural termination pursuant to Section 14.2:
      (a) Company  shall  provide  University  with a written  inventory  of all
Licensed  Technology and Licensed Products in process of manufacture,  in use or
in stock.
      (b) Except with respect to termination  pursuant to Section 13.2,  Company
shall have the privilege of disposing of the inventory of such Licensed Products
within a period of one hundred and eighty  (180) days of such  termination  upon
conditions most favorable to University that Company can reasonably obtain.
      (c)  Company  will  also  have the right to  complete  performance  of all
contracts  requiring  use of the  Licensed  Technology  (except  in the  case of
termination  pursuant to Paragraph 13.2) or Licensed  Products within and beyond
said 180-day  period  provided that the remaining term of any such contract does
not exceed one year, and
      (d) All  Licensed  Products  which are not  disposed of as provided  above
shall be delivered to University or otherwise  disposed of, in University's sole
discretion, and at Company's sole expense.

      22.  University Use
      22.1 It is expressly agreed that,  notwithstanding  any provisions herein,
University is free to use Subject Invention,  Licensed Technology, patent rights
and Licensed  Products for its own research  (not  supported by any "for profit"
entity), public

                                       27



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


service,  clinical,   teaching  and  educational  purposes  without  payment  of
royalties.

      23.  Waiver
      23.1 It is agreed that no waiver by either  party  hereto of any breach or
default of any of the covenants or agreements herein set forth shall be deemed a
waiver as to any subsequent and/or similar breach or default.

      24.  Assignments
      24.1 This  Agreement  is  binding  upon and shall  inure to benefit of the
University,  its  successors  and  assigns.  However,  this  Agreement  shall be
personal to Company and it not assignable by Company to any other entity, except
as part of the sale or  transfer  of all assets of  Company  to another  entity,
without  the  written  consent of the  University,  which  consent  shall not be
withheld unreasonably.

      25.  Late Payments
      25.1 In the event royalty  payments or other financial  consideration  are
not  received by the  University  when due, or within a grace period of 30 days,
Company shall pay to University on said indebtedness, interest running from said
due date to the date of payment,  at an interest rate  calculated,  on the first
business day of each month, at six percentage  points above the six month T-bill
rate then applicable, as published in the Wall Street Journal.

      26.  Compliance with Laws
      26.1 In exercising  its rights under this license,  Company shall use best
efforts to comply with the requirements of any and all

                                       28



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994


applicable laws,  regulations,  rules and orders of any governmental body having
jurisdiction  over the exercise of rights under this  license.  Such  compliance
includes,  but is not limited to, manufacturing articles in the United States to
the extent  required by Public Law  96-517,  as  amended,  and the  implementing
regulations.  Company further agrees to indemnify and hold  University  harmless
from and against any costs, expenses,  attorney's fees, citation,  fine, penalty
and  liability  of every kind and nature which might be imposed by reason of any
asserted  or  established  violation  of any  such  laws,  order,  rules  and/or
regulations.

      27.     Survival of Terms
      27.1    The following shall survive the termination of this
Agreement:
              (a)      the right of each party to sue the other party for breach
                       of any term of this  Agreement,  subject  to  Article  17
                       ("Governing Law");
              (b)      the   obligation  of  the  Company  to   compensate   the
                       University, pursuant to Article 6, for its licensed acts;
              (c)      the obligation of the Company to indemnify the University
                       pursuant to Articles 18 and 26;
              (d)      the  obligation of the Company to refrain from use of the
                       University's name, pursuant to Article 20;
              (e)      the  obligation  of the  receiving  party with respect to
                       Confidential  Information,  pursuant to Section 12.6, but
                       subject to Section 12.7;
              (f)      the right of the Company to dispose of Licensed Products,
                       pursuant  to  Article  21,  except  as  limited  by  said
                       Article, and subject to the obligations of Article 26;

                                       29



License Agreement between UNC and Biotech Research Labs
LEE=33
December 6, 1994

              (g)      the  Company's  right of use of data  pursuant to Section
                       5.2, except as limited thereby, and
              (h)      the University's right of use pursuant to Article 22.

      IN WITNESS  THEREOF,  the  University  and the  COMPANY,  have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized  representatives as of the day
and year first written above.


UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA                         BRL CONTRACTS AND SERVICES,
  AT CHAPEL HILL (UNIVERSITY)                          INC.



By __________________________                      By __________________________
      Wayne Jones

Title _______________________                      Title _______________________
    Vice Chancellor, Business & 
    Finance


Agreed to:

- --------------------------------
K.H. Lee







                                       30







                                   APPENDIX I

                    UNC-CH/BTRL EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

                      DECEMBER 12, 1994 LIST OF COMPOUNDS:

1. Suksdorfin

2. Xie-Br-24

3. Xie-Br-25

4. DCK

5. KHL-FH-2(also referred to as FH11309)

6. KHL-FH-1A



                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.3
STANDARD FORM 26 (REV. 4-85)
NSN 7540-01-152-8069
OMB No. 0990-0115
RFP 95-32
AWARD/CONTRACT
1. THIS CONTRACT IS A RATED ORDER UNDER DPAS (15 CFR 350)
RATING
PAGE 1 OF PAGES 20
2. CONTRACT (Proc. inst. ident.) No. ND1-AI-55273
3. EFFECTIVE DATE September 30, 1995
4. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQUEST/PROJECT N-933
5. ISSUED BY CODE 2668-55273
National Institutes of Health
Contract Management Branch, NIAID
Solar Building, Room 3007
6003 Executive Boulevard MSC 7610
Bethesda, Maryland 20892-7610
6. ADMINISTERED BY (if other than item 5) CODE
7. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR (No.,  street,  city,  country,  State and Zip
Code)
BTRL Contracts and Services, Inc., dba/
Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc. 
3 Taft Court
Rockville, Maryland 20850
8. DELIVERY
FOB ORIGIN
OTHER (See below Destination)
9. DISCOUNT FOR PROMPT PAYMENT N/A
10. SUBMIT INVOICES
(4 copies unless otherwise specified) TO THE ADDRESS SHOWN IN ITEM G.3
CODE
FACILITY CODE
11. SHIP TO/MARK FOR
See Article F.1.
12. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY
See Article G.3.
CODE
13. AUTHORITY FOR USING OTHER THAN FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION N/A
10 U.S.C. 2304 (c)( )
41 U.S.C. 253 (c)( )
14. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA CAN#5-8425674 DOC#300N1A155273 TIN#1-
043152484-A1
SOC#25.55
FY 95 $343,987
15A. ITEM NO.
15B. SUPPLIES/SERVICES
15C. QUANTITY
15D. UNIT
15E. UNIT PRICE
15F. AMOUNT
Research & Development Contract
Title: MAO/Detection of Antibodies & Proteins; Isolation of Virus (E)
Period: September 30, 1995 through September 29, 1997
Amount allotted: $343,987 Awarded under MA N01-AI-42602
Contract Type: Cost Reimbursement/Completion
FY 95 343,987
FY 96 778,668
15G. TOTAL AMOUNT OF CONTRACT $1,122,655
16. TABLE OF CONTENTS
( ) SEC. DESCRIPTION PAGE(S) ( ) SEC. DESCRIPTION PAGE(S)
PART I - THE SCHEDULE PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES
X A SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM 1 X 1 CONTRACT CLAUSES 13
X B  SUPPLIES  OR  SERVICES  AND  PRICES/COSTS  4 PART III - LIST OF  DOCUMENTS,
EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACH.
X C DESCRIPTION/SPECS./WORK STATEMENT 8 X J LIST OF ATTACHMENTS 13
X D PACKAGING AND MARKING 8 PART IV- REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
X E INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE 9 X K  REPRESENTATIONS,  CERTIFICATIONS  AND OTHER
STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS 13
X F DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE 10
X G CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA 11 L INSTRS., CONDS., AND NOTICES TO OFFERORS
X H SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 12 M EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD
CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL COMPLETE ITEM 17 OR 18 AS APPLICABLE
17. X  CONTRACTOR'S  NEGOTIATED  AGREEMENT  (Contractor is required to sign this
document and return 3 copies to issuing  office.)  Contractor  agrees to furnish
and  deliver  all items or  perform  all the  services  set  forth or  otherwise
identified above and on any  continuation  sheets for the  consideration  stated
herein.  The rights and  obligations  of the parties to this  contract  shall be
subject to and governed by the following documents: (a) this award/contract, (b)
the   solicitation,   if  any,   and  (c)  such   provisions,   representations,
certifications, and specifications, as are attached or incorporated by reference
herein. (Attachments are listed herein.)
18.  AWARD  (Contractor  is not required to sign this  document.)  Your offer on
Solicitation  Number  including the full  additions or changes made by you which
additions or changes are set forth in full above,  is hereby  accepted as to the
items listed above and on any continuation  sheets.  This award  consummates the
contract  which  consists  of the  following  documents:  (a)  the  Government's
solicitation and your offer, and (b) this award/contract. No further contractual
document is necessary.
19A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print)
Mark Manak, Senior Vice President
20A. NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICER
Nancy Hershey, Contracting Officer
CMB, NIAID, HIH
19B. NAME OF CONTRACTOR
BY Mark Manak
(Signature of person authorized to sign)
19C. DATE SIGNED
9/21/95
20B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
BY Lawrence M. Butler
(Signature of Contracting Officer)
20C. DATE SIGNED
9/22/95

 




             DETAILED TABLE OF MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER (MAO) CONTENTS
             -------------------------------------------------------
PART I - THE SCHEDULE
SECTION A - SOLICITATION/MAO FORM............................................. 1
- ---------------------------------

SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS............................. 4
- -------------------------------------------------
ARTICLE B.1. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES........................ 4
ARTICLE B.2. ESTIMATED COST AND FIXED FEE..................................... 4
ARTICLE B.3. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS............................ 5
ARTICLE B.4. ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS........................................... 6

SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT......................... 8
- -----------------------------------------------------
ARTICLE C.1. STATEMENT OF WORK................................................ 8
ARTICLE C.2. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS........................................... 8

SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING................................... 8
- -------------------------------------------

SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE......................................... 9
- -------------------------------------

SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE........................................ 10
- -------------------------------------
ARTICLE F.1. DELIVERIES...................................................... 10
ARTICLE F.2. STOP WORK ORDER................................................. 10

SECTION G - MAO ADMINISTRATION DATA.......................................... 11
- -----------------------------------
ARTICLE G.1. PROJECT OFFICER................................................. 11
ARTICLE G.2. KEY PERSONNEL................................................... 11
ARTICLE G.3. INVOICE SUBMISSION . . . . . . . . . . ..........................11
ARTICLE G.4. GOVERNMENT PROPERTY............................................. 12
ARTICLE G.5. GOVERNMENT SUPPLY SOURCES........................................12

SECTION H - SPECIAL MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER REQUIREMENTS.......................12
- -------------------------------------------------------
ARTICLE H.1. HUMAN SUBJECTS . . . . ......................................... 12
ARTICLE H.2. SALARY RATE LIMITATION LEGISLATION PROVISIONS................... 12


PART II...................................................................... 13

SECTION I - MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER CLAUSES................................... 13
- ------------------------------------------
ARTICLE I.1. GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A NEGOTIATED COST-PLUS-A-FIXED FEE
MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER ...................................................... 13
ARTICLE I.2. AUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTIONS OF CLAUSES............................. 13
ARTICLE I.3. ADDITIONAL MAO CLAUSES.......................................... 13
ARTICLE I.4. ADDITIONAL FAR CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT.................... 13








                                        2




PART III..................................................................... 13

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS.............................................. 13
Statement of Work.............................................................13

PART IV...................................................................... 13

SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS............................... 13
Representations and Certifications........................................... 13



                                        3





SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS
- -------------------------------------------------

[THIS MAO IS AWARDED  UNDER MASTER AGREEMENT NO1-AI-42602 FOR HIV PRECLINICAL
VACCINE DEVELOPMENT].

ARTICLE B.1. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES

The  purpose of this  master  agreement  order  (MAO) is for the  "Detection  of
Antibodies and Proteins;  Isolation of Virus;  Section A:  Immunization with HIV
Vaccines and Challenge with SHIV.

ARTICLE B.2.  ESTIMATED COST AND FIXED FEE

a.       The estimated cost of this MAO is $1,057,412.

b.       The  fixed  fee for  this  MAO is  $65,243.  The fee  shall  be paid in
         installments  based  on  the  percentage  of  completion  of  work,  as
         determined by the Contracting  Officer,  and subject to the withholding
         provisions  of the  clauses  ALLOWABLE  COST AND  PAYMENT and FIXED FEE
         referenced  in the General  Clause  Listing in Part II,  ARTICLE I.1 of
         this MAO.  Payment of fixed fee shall not be made in less than  monthly
         increments.

c.       The  Government's  obligation,  represented by the sum of the estimated
         cost plus the fixed fee, is $1,122,655.

d.       Total funds  currently  available  for payment and allotted to this MAO
         are $343,987,  of which $323,996 represents the estimated costs, and of
         which  $19,991  represents  the fixed fee.  For further  provisions  on
         funding, see the LIMITATION OF FUNDS referenced in Part II, ARTICLE I.2
         Authorized Substitutions of Clauses of the MA.

e.       It  is  estimated  that  the  amount  currently   allotted  will  cover
         performance of the MAO through September 29, 1996.

f.       Increments to be allotted to this contract are estimated as follows:

                                            Estimated     Fixed  Total Estimated
       FY           Period                    Cost         Fee           Cost
       --           ------                    ----         ---           ----

       95       9/30/95  -  9/29/96       $  323,996    $  19,991   $  343,987
       96       9/30/96  -  9/29/97       $  733,416    $  45,252   $  778,668

                       Total              $1,057,412    $  65,243   $1,122,655


g.       The Contracting  Officer may allot  additional funds to the MAO without
         the concurrence of the MA Holder.




                                        4




ARTICLE B.3.  PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS
- ---------------------------------------------------


a.       Items Unallowable Unless Otherwise Provided

         Notwithstanding the clause, ALLOWABLE COST AND PAYMENT, [and FIXED FEE]
         incorporated  into  this  MAO,  unless  authorized  in  writing  by the
         Contracting  Officer,  the costs of the  following  items or activities
         shall be unallowable as direct costs:

         (1)      Acquisition,  by  purchase or lease,  of any  interest in real
                  property;

         (2)      Special rearrangement or alteration of facilities;

         (3)      Purchase  or  lease  of any  item of  general  purpose  office
                  furniture  or office  equipment  regardless  of dollar  value.
                  (General purpose equipment is defined as any items of personal
                  property  which are usable for purposes  other than  research,
                  such as office equipment and furnishings,  pocket calculators,
                  etc.);

         (4)      Travel  to  attend  general  scientific  meetings  (a  general
                  scientific   meeting   is   defined   as  an   assemblage   of
                  scientific/technical  personnel  held to exchange  information
                  and  ideas  through  a  scheduled  program  of  presentations;
                  includes  conferences,   congresses,  seminars,  symposia  and
                  workshops; usually sponsored by a national organization);

         (5)      Foreign travel - See Paragraph b. below;

         (6)      Overtime premium;

         (7)      Consultant fees;

         (8)      Subcontracts;

         (9)      Accountable  Government  property  (defined  as both  real and
                  personal  property with an acquisition  cost of $1,000 or more
                  and a life  expectancy of more than two years) and  "sensitive
                  items"  (defined  and  listed  in the  Contractor's  Guide for
                  Control  of   Government   Property,   1990,   regardless   of
                  acquisition value.

b.       Travel Costs

(1)      Foreign Travel

         Requests  for foreign  travel must be  submitted  at least six weeks in
         advance and shall contain the following: (a) meeting(s) and place(s) to
         be visited,  with costs and dates;  (b)  name(s) and  title(s) of MAO's
         personnel  to travel and their  functions  in the specific MAO project;
         (c) the MAO purposes to be served by the travel;  (d) how travel of MAO
         personnel will benefit and contribute to accomplishing the specific MAO
         project,  or will otherwise  justify the  expenditure of NIH MAO funds;
         (e) how such  advantages  justify the costs for travel and absence from
         the project of more than one person if such are suggested; and (f) what
         additional  functions  may be performed by the  travelers to accomplish
         other  purposes  of the  specific  MAO and  thus  further  benefit  the
         project.




                                        5






ARTICLE B.4.  ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS
- ------------------------------------

a.       The estimated  level of effort set forth below is for guidance to serve
         not as a  measure  of the  MAO  Holder's  obligation  but as a  further
         description  of the  required  tasks.  It will  represent  the basis of
         direct  labor  agreed to in the MAO  negotiations  for the period  from
         September 30, 1995 through September 29, 1997, and will be used by both
         the  Government  and  the  MAO  Holder  to  monitor   progress   toward
         achievement of the MAO objectives.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Total Estimated        Total Estimated            Total Estimated
         Labor Category                Year 1 Hours            Year 2 Hours             Number of Hours
         --------------                ------------            ------------             ---------------
        <S>                           <C>                     <C>                       <C> 
 

           [Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request.]

 
          TOTAL                                             
</TABLE>

b.       The  MAO  Holder  agrees  to  abide  by the  terms  of  FAR  52.247-63,
         Preference for U.S.-Flag Air Carriers.  This  provision  states in part
         that, in  performing  work under this MAO, the MAO Holder shall utilize
         U.S.  flag  air  carriers  unless  service  by  those  carriers  is not
         available.  If U.S.  flag air carriers are not available the MAO Holder
         shall    so     certify     in     writing     and     include     that
         certification/justification  in the  request  for  advance  approval of
         foreign  travel.  (Cost/lower  fares  are not  acceptable  reasons  for
         proposing to utilize foreign air carriers.)

c.       The MAO  Holder  agrees to submit an annual  and a final  inventory  of
         Government  property as required  by the DHHS  "Contractor's  Guide for
         Control of Government Property."  Inventories shall be submitted to the
         Contract  Property  Administrator  identified  in Article  G.4. of this
         contract,  with a copy to the Contracting  Officer.  Annual inventories
         shall be submitted by October 31 each year.

d.       The MAO Holder agrees to immediately notify the Contracting  Officer in
         writing if there is a projected  overrun (in any amount) or  unexpended
         balance  (greater  than  10%) in the  overall  budget at the end of any
         funding  period,  and  the  reasons  for the  variance  (see  also  the
         requirements of the Limitation of Funds clause in the MAO).

e.       If the MAO  contains any specific  limitations/ceilings  on  particular
         costs, these shall always prevail until modified in the MAO.

f.       The MAO Holder agrees that  samples/products  received from/through the
         Government  for  utilization  under  this MAO  shall  be used  only for
         purposes required by this MAO.

g.       Publication of Manuscripts or Abstracts

         Because  there is a likelihood  that the MAO Holder will be  evaluating
         proprietary  compounds  provided to the Government by a third party, it
         is essential to include  provisions that will protect the rights of the
         third party suppliers as follows:

                  The MAO  Holder  agrees  that  manuscripts/abstracts  based on
                  data/information   generated   under  this  MAO  will  not  be
                  submitted  for  publication   until  written  Project  Officer
                  clearance has been received. MAO support shall be acknowledged
                  in all such  publications.  A  "publication"  is defined as an
                  issue of printed  material  offered  for  distribution  or any
                  communication or oral presentation of information.





                                        6





                  The Project Officer will review all manuscripts/documents in a
                  period of time not to exceed 30  calendar  days from  receipt,
                  and will either grant  clearance  for  publication/disclosure,
                  recommend changes or, as applicable, refer the document to the
                  Supplier of the compound for their review.

                  NIAID will use its best  efforts to assist  and  expedite  the
                  review process by the Supplier wherever possible.

h.       Correspondence Procedures

         To promote timely and effective administration,  correspondence (except
         for  invoices/financial   reports,   technical  progress  reports/other
         deliverables)  submitted  under  this  MAO  shall  be  subject  to  the
         following procedures:

         1.       Technical  correspondence  shall be  addressed  to the Project
                  Officer with an information  copy of the basic  correspondence
                  to  the  Contracting  Officer.  (As  used  herein,   technical
                  correspondence    excludes   correspondence   which   proposes
                  deviations from or modifications of MAO requirements, terms or
                  conditions.)

         2.       Other  correspondence  shall be addressed  to the  Contracting
                  Officer,  with an information copy of the basic correspondence
                  to the Project Officer.

         3.       Subject Line(s).  All  correspondence  shall contain a subject
                  line commencing with the MAO number as illustrated below:

                           SUBJECT:  MAO No. NO1-AI-55273
                                     Request for Approval of



                                        7




SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT
- -----------------------------------------------------

ARTICLE C.1.  STATEMENT OF WORK
- -------------------------------

a.       Independently  and not as an agent of the  Government,  the MAO  Holder
         shall  furnish  all  the  necessary  services,   qualified   personnel,
         material,  equipment,  and  facilities,  not otherwise  provided by the
         Government  as needed to  perform  the  Statement  of Work,  SECTION J,
         ATTACHMENT 1, dated September 30, 1995 attached hereto and incorporated
         herein.

b.       If  there  is any  inconsistency  between  the MAO  Holder's  technical
         proposals  dated March 7, 1995,  June 20, 1995 and August 7, 1995,  and
         the work  described in this Article  C.1.,  Paragraph a., the terms and
         conditions of this Article C.1., Paragraph a, shall control.


ARTICLE C.2.  REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
- ------------------------------------

a.       Technical Reports

         In addition to those  reports  required by the other terms of this MAO,
         the MAO Holder shall  prepare and submit the  following  reports in the
         manner stated below and in accordance  with ARTICLE F.1.  DELIVERIES of
         this MAO:


         (1)      Quarterly Progress Report

                  By the fifteenth  calendar day of the month  following the end
                  of each  quarter,  the MA Holder  shall submit (5) copies of a
                  quarterly technical report. Four (4) copies shall be submitted
                  to the Project  Officer and one (1) copy shall be submitted to
                  the   Contracting   Officer.   This  report  shall  include  a
                  (description  of the activities  during the reporting  period,
                  and the activities  planned for the ensuing  reporting period.
                  The first  reporting  period  consists of the first full three
                  months of  performance  including any  fractional  part of the
                  initial month. Thereafter,  the reporting period shall consist
                  of three full calendar months. A quarterly report shall not be
                  submitted when a final report is due.


         (2)      Final Report

                  The MAO  Holder  shall  submit  five (5)  copies  of the final
                  report  documents.  Four (4) copies  shall be submitted to the
                  Project  Officer  and  (1)  copy  shall  be  submitted  to the
                  Contracting Officer.  This report is to include a summation of
                  the work  performed  and results  obtained  for the entire MAO
                  period of  performance.  This  report  shall be in  sufficient
                  detail to describe  comprehensively the results achieved.  The
                  Final Report  shall be submitted no later than the  completion
                  date of this MAO.


SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING
- -------------------------------------------

All deliverables  required under this MAO shall be packaged,  marked and shipped
in accordance  with  Government  specifications.  The MAO Holder shall guarantee
that  all  required  materials  shall  be  delivered  in  immediate  usable  and
acceptable condition.



                                        8




SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
- -------------------------------------

a.       For the purpose of this ARTICLE,  the designated Project Officer is the
         authorized representative of the Contracting Officer, who shall perform
         inspection and acceptance of materials and services to be provided.

b.       Inspection  and acceptance  will be performed at the Project  Officer's
         address listed in the clause entitled "Deliveries" in Section F.

         Acceptance may be presumed unless otherwise indicated in writing by the
         Contracting  Officer or the duly  authorized  representative  within 30
         days of receipt.

c.       This MAO incorporates the following clause by reference,  with the same
         force and effect as if it were given in full text.  Upon  request,  the
         Contracting Officer will make its full text available.

         FAR Clause  52.246-9,  INSPECTION OF RESEARCH AND  DEVELOPMENT - (SHORT
         FORM)(APRIL 1984).



                                        9





SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE
- -------------------------------------

ARTICLE F.1.  DELIVERIES
- ------------------------

Satisfactory  performance of this MAO shall be deemed to occur upon delivery and
acceptance by the Contracting Officer, or the duly authorized representative, of
the following items in accordance with the stated delivery schedule:

The items  specified  below as described  in (SECTION C,  ARTICLE C.2.  shall be
delivered f.o.b. destination as set forth in FAR 52.247-35,  F.O.B. DESTINATION,
WITHIN  CONSIGNEES  PREMISES  (APRIL 1984),  and in  accordance  with and by the
date(s) specified below [and any specifications  stated in SECTION D, PACKAGING,
MARKING AND SHIPPING, of this MAO]:


         Item     Description       QuantityDelivery Schedule
         ----     -----------       -------------------------

          1.      Quarterly             5         1/15/96, 97
                                                  4/15/96, 97
                                                  7/15/96, 97
                                                  10/15/96
          2.      Final                 5         By completion date of this MAO

         The above items shall be addressed and delivered to:

         Addressee                  Deliverable Item No.      Quantity
         ---------                  --------------------      --------

         Project Officer                    1.                   4
         PRB, DAIDS                         2.                   4

         Solar Bldg., Rm. 2A31
         6003 Executive Blvd.
         Bethesda, MD. 20892

         Contracting Officer                1.                   1
         CMB, DEA, NIAID, NIH               2.                   1
         Solar Bldg., Rm. 3C07
         6003 Executive Blvd.
         Bethesda, MD. 20892


ARTICLE F.2.  STOP WORK ORDER
- -----------------------------

This MAO incorporates the following clause by reference, with the same force and
effect as if it were given in full text. Upon request,  the Contracting  Officer
will make its full text available.

         FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSE:
         52.212-13, STOP WORK ORDER (AUGUST 1989) with ALTERNATE I (APRIL 1984).




                                       10




SECTION G - MAO ADMINISTRATION DATA
- -----------------------------------

ARTICLE G.1.  PROJECT OFFICER
- -----------------------------

Pursuant to the Project  Officer  Article  incorporated in the MA, the following
Project Officer will represent the Government for the purpose of this MAO:

                  MAO Project Officer:              Marta J. Glass, M.S.

The  Project  Officer  is  responsible  for:  (1)  monitoring  the MAO  Holder's
technical progress, including the surveillance and assessment of performance and
recommending  to  the  Contracting   Officer   changes  in   requirements;   (2)
interpreting  the  Statement  of  Work  and  any  other  technical   performance
requirements;  (3) performing technical  evaluation as required;  (4) performing
technical inspections and acceptances required by this MAO; and (5) assisting in
the resolution of technical problems encountered during performance.

The Contracting Officer is the only person with authority to act as agent of the
Government  under this MAO. Only the  Contracting  Officer has authority to: (1)
direct or negotiate any changes in the  Statement of Work;  (2) modify or extend
the period of  performance;  (3) change the  delivery  schedule;  (4)  authorize
reimbursement  to the MAO Holder any costs  incurred  during the  performance of
this MAO; or (5) otherwise change any terms and conditions of this MAO.

The Government may unilaterally change its Project Officer designation.


ARTICLE G.2.  KEY PERSONNEL
- ---------------------------

Pursuant to the Key  Personnel  clause  incorporated  in the MAO, the  following
individuals  are  considered  to be  essential  for  the  work  being  performed
hereunder:

                  NAME                        TITLE
                  ----                        -----

               Chang Chih-Tai, Ph.D.      Principal Investigator
               Hanna Weissberger, Ph.D.   Co-Principal Investigator


ARTICLE G.3. INVOICE SUBMISSION
- -------------------------------

The  Invoice/Financing  Request  Instructions  for NIH  Cost-Reimbursement  Type
Contracts, NIH(RC)-1, set forth in your Master Agreement are incoporated herein.

The invoice  instructions and directions for the submission of invoice/financing
requests  contained  in the MA must be  followed to meet the  requirements  of a
"proper" invoice, pursuant to FAR 32.9.



                                       11





ARTICLE G.4.  GOVERNMENT PROPERTY
- ---------------------------------

a.       In addition to the  requirements  of the clause,  GOVERNMENT  PROPERTY,
         incorporated in this Section I of this MAO, the MAO Holder shall comply
         with the provisions of DHHS Publication, Contractor's Guide for Control
         of Government Property,  (1990), which is incorporated into this MAO by
         reference.  Among other issues, this publication  provides a summary of
         the MAO Holder's  responsibilities  regarding purchasing authorizations
         and inventory and reporting  requirements under the MAO. A copy of this
         publication  is  available  upon  request  to  the  Contract   Property
         Administrator at the following address:


                  Contracts Property Administrator
                  Research Contracts Property Administration, NIH
                  Building 13, Room 2E-65
                  9000 Rockville Pike
                  Bethesda, Maryland  20892
                  (301) 496-6466


ARTICLE G.5.  GOVERNMENT SUPPLY SOURCES, is hereby incorporated into this MAO by
reference pursuant to the Master Agreement.


SECTION H - SPECIAL MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER REQUIREMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------

The following  Articles are incorporated into this MAO by reference  pursuant to
the Master  Agreement.  [(Any MAO Articles which are not contained in the MA are
set forth below in full text)]:

a.       ARTICLE H.1.  HUMAN SUBJECTS
         ----------------------------

b.       ARTICLE H.2.  SALARY RATE LIMITATION LEGISLATION PROVISIONS
         -----------------------------------------------------------

         Paragraph b. of this ARTICLE is revised as follows:

         b.       Public Law No.    Fiscal Year      Salary Limitation
                  --------------    -----------      -----------------


                    103-333            1995               $125,000






                                       12





PART II
- -------


SECTION I - MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER CLAUSES
- ------------------------------------------

The following  Articles are incorporated into this MAO by reference  pursuant to
the Master  Agreement.  [(Any MAO Articles which are not contained in the MA are
set forth below in full text)]:

a.       ARTICLE I.1.  GENERAL  CLAUSES FOR A  NEGOTIATED  COST PLUS A FIXED FEE
         MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER

b.       ARTICLE I.2. AUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTIONS OF CLAUSES, [Cost-Reimbursement]

c.       ARTICLE I.3. ADDITIONAL MASTER AGREEMENT CLAUSES, [Cost-Reimbursement]


d.       ARTICLE I.4. ADDITIONAL FAR CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT


PART III
- --------

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
- -------------------------------

Unless  otherwise  indicated  below,  the  following  documents are attached and
incorporated in this MAO:


1.       Statement of Work, September 30, 1995,  7 pages.

2.       Invoice/Financing  Request Instructions for NIH Cost-Reimbursement Type
         Contracts,  NIH(RC)-1 6/18/92, 4 pages. [This attachment is part of the
         Master  Agreement  document  and  is  incorporated  into  this  MAO  by
         reference].

3.       Safety and Health,  PHSAR clause  352.223-70,  (4/84),  2 pages.  [This
         attachment is part of the Master Agreement document and is incorporated
         into this MAO by reference.

4.       Procurement of Certain Equipment,  NIH(RC)-7,  (4/1/84),  1 page. [This
         attachment is part of the Master Agreement document and is incorporated
         into this MAO by reference.


SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS
- ----------------------------------------------

The following documents are incorporated by reference in this MAO:

1.       Representations and Certifications, dated August 7, 1995.



END of the SCHEDULE
(MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER)

                                       13





                                STATEMENT OF WORK
                                -----------------


SECTION A:  IMMUNIZATION WITH HIV VACCINES AND CHALLENGE WITH SHIV
- ----------  ------------------------------------------------------



Independently, and not as an agent of the Government, the Master Agreement Order
holder shall  provide the necessary  services,  qualified  personnel,  material,
equipment, and facilities,  not otherwise provided by the Government,  as needed
to perform the tasks of the Statement of Work below:


The MAO Holder shall:



1. Perform assays to assess the humoral  immune  responses of macaques that have
been  immunized  with HIVenv (or with a  combination  of HIVenv and SIV non-env)
vaccines. Specifically the MAO Holder shall:


         a.       Conduct  assays  (such as ELISA and  western  blots) to detect
                  antibodies  to  the  envelope  of  HIV  (and  to  non-envelope
                  proteins  of  SIV  that  are  included  in  the   immunization
                  protocol)  in  the  sera  or  other  fluids  of  immunized  or
                  virus-infected monkeys for all vaccine studies assigned.


         b.       Develop  assays to detect  antibodies to the above proteins or
                  antigens  if an assay  system is not  currently  available  to
                  detect  those  antibodies  or if  existing  assays  are not of
                  sufficient   sensitivity   or   specificity   to  provide  the
                  information required by NIAID.


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
(09/30/95)                                                                Page 1







2. Conduct assays to determine whether monkeys become infected after exposure to
   SHIV:

         a.       Determine whether SHIV can be isolated from PBMC, lymph nodes,
                  or  other   tissue  of  monkeys   after  virus   challenge  by
                  co-cultivating  the cells or tissue with primary simian and/or
                  human peripheral blood cells, other primary cells, and/or cell
                  lines. Evaluate the virus load in the PBMC of infected monkeys
                  by conducting limitingdilution virus isolations.

                  Confirm   virus   transmission   to  the   target   cells   by
                  demonstration  of the presence of virus or viral protein(s) in
                  the culture  supernatant  and/or the presence of viral protein
                  or nucleic acid in the cultured cells.

         b.       Conduct assays to detect HIV proteins and/or SIV proteins,  or
                  SHIV  nucleic  acids  (using HIV or SIV primers or probes,  as
                  appropriate) in peripheral blood  lymphocytes or other tissues
                  of animals after challenge with virus.


         c.       Conduct  assays  (such as  antigen  capture  assays) to detect
                  viral antigens or conduct assays to detect viral nucleic acids
                  in the plasma of animals after challenge with virus.


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
(09/30/95)                                                                Page 2





3.       Receive,  catalog,  track,  and maintain an inventory of the  specimens
         that arrive for evaluation:

         a) Advise sample  suppliers  (Category B MAO  contractors)  of the most
         suitable  manner for  shipment  of sera,  whole  blood,  cells or other
         specimens  for  evaluation  and  arrange  for  the  transfer  of  these
         specimens from primate  laboratories  to the MAO Holder.  All shipments
         must be coordinated so that activity/viability of specimens will not be
         adversely affected.

         b) When necessary,  pick up or arrange for pick up of incoming specimen
         shipments  from a specified  airport or other  contact site in a timely
         manner and assure  maintenance  of  activity  and/or  viability  of the
         specimens by providing the appropriate  temperature in transit from the
         airport or other contact site to the MAO Holder's laboratory.

         c) Receive and  catalog  specimens  arriving  for  evaluation  from the
         primate laboratories.  Maintain  documentation on file for all incoming
         specimens,  including but not limited to:primate subject identification
         number, trial site, protocol identification number, specimen collection
         date and condition of sample upon arrival.

         d) Store cataloged,  aliquotted specimens under appropriate  conditions
         to retain maximum immunological activity.

         e) Maintain  specimen tracking and inventory system such that specimens
         can be traced and located from  receipt  through  processing  and assay
         analysis.


4.       Maintain test result database and transfer data electronically:

         a) Compile and maintain a computerized  database of all assay and virus
         isolation results, using a format compatible with the FOX-PRO data base
         that NIAID  plans to use to compile  records  and data from the vaccine
         studies. Results are to be recorded with designations of study protocol
         number, animal number,  specimen collection date, and other information
         requested by the Project Officer.

         b)  Transfer   specified  data   electronically  to  the  AIDS  Vaccine
         Evaluation Group (AVEG)  Statistical and Coordinating  Center (SCC) and
         to the  Project  Officer  at regular  intervals  as  instructed  by the
         Project  Officer  (Format to be agreed  upon  betwen  NIAID and the MAO
         Holder).




MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
(09/30/95)                                                                Page 3






         c) Ensure  protection  against the loss of data by the  duplication  of
         data base files and programs for storage;  provide for the security and
         safety of data on the specimen inventory and the test results database.

5.       Provide facilities and resources:

         a)  Provide  facilities  and  equipment  for the work to be  conducted,
         including a biosafety  level 2 or 3 laboratory for conducting work with
         live HIV and SHIV as well as samples from infected monkeys.

         b) Provide,  maintain, and operate facilities for controlled storage of
         sera,  virus  stocks,  cell  stocks,  and other  samples and  reagents,
         including  storage  at -10 to -20  degrees C, at -70 to - 90 degrees C,
         and in liquid  nitrogen  conditions,  with  appropriate  monitoring  of
         storage  conditions  to  guarantee   continuous  proper  storage.   The
         reliability of supply  systems,  electrical  power,  and backup support
         systems shall be ensured by the MAO Holder.

         c) Provide protective garments,  equipment and sufficient monitoring to
         assure safe  handling of  potentially  hazardous  materials,  including
         radioactive materials.  Specifically,  the MAO Holder shall comply with
         all applicable health and safety  regulations while conducting the work
         set forth herein.

         d)  Conduct  work  under  this MAO in  accordance  with all  applicable
         Federal, state, and local laws, codes, ordinances and regulations,  and
         with the following basic references and other related  modifications by
         the Public Health Service:

                  (1)      Biosafety   in    Microbiological    and   Biomedical
                           Laboratories,  U.S.  Department  of Health  and Human
                           Services,  Centers for Disease  Control and  National
                           Institutes  of Health,  HHS Pub.  No.  (NIH)  93-8395
                           published  by the U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,
                           third  edition,   May  1993,   stock  number  17-040-
                           00523-7.

                  (2)      Recommendations for Prevention of HIV Transmission in
                           Health Care Settings,  Morbidity and Mortality Weekly
                           Report, Vol. 36, No. 2-S.

                  (3)      Agent Summary  Statement  for Human  Immunodeficiency
                           Virus  and  Report on  Laboratory-Acquired  Infection
                           with  Human  Immunodeficiency  Virus,  Morbidity  and
                           Mortality Weekly Report, Vol. 37, No.S-4, pp.1-22.

                  (4)      "Guidelines to Prevent Simian  Immunodeficiency Virus
                           Infection in Laboratory Workers and Animal Handlers,"
                           Morbidity and Mortality  Weekly Report,  Vol. 37, No.
                           45, pp. 693-704.

MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
(09/30/95)                                                                Page 4





6.  Designate  a project  coordinator  to manage the  day-to-day  conduct of the
study, to interact with the Category B MAO laboratory or laboratories  providing
non-human  primate  samples  from the vaccine  study or studies,  and to provide
information on the status of the assay results to the Project Officer.

7.  Report  data  and  results  to NIAID or to a  designated  NIAID  contractor.
Printouts  of data and  verbal  reports  of the  status  of the  study are to be
provided  on an ongoing  basis  during the course of the study at the request of
the Project Officer,  in addition to the required periodic (quarterly and final)
written  reports  describing  the progress of the study,  and in addition to the
periodic electronic transfer of data described in item (6) above.


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
(09/30/95)                                                                Page 5




          SUMMARY OF VACCINE STUDIES FOR WHICH ASSAYS WILL BE REQUIRED
          ------------------------------------------------------------

             (SECTION A:  IMMUNIZATION WITH HIV VACCINES AND CHALLENGE
              WITH SHIV)


VACCINE STUDY 4
- ---------------

Title:   Testing  of   Recombinant   Poxvirus/HIV   Together  with   Recombinant
Poxvirus/SIV Vaccines in the SHIV Model

Description:   Rhesus  monkeys  will  be  immunized  with  recombinant   vaccina
expressing HIV-1 env,  recombinant  vaccina expressing SIV non-envelope genes or
with both;  monkeys will be immunized with recombinant  fowlpox expressing HIV-1
env,  recombinant  fowlpox  expressing  SIV  non-envelope  genes,  or with both.
Immunized  monkeys will be boosted with purified  HIV-1 env protein  and/or with
SIV proteins. Monkeys will be challenged with a SHIV. The experiment is designed
to evaluate the contribution of env versus non-env immune responses in providing
protection from infection and to compare the efficacy of  vaccinia-based  versus
fowlpox-based vaccines when followed by a protein boost.

Number of monkeys:  48     (8 groups of 6)

Length of study:   18 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  5 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge

Number of bleeds per animal:  approximately 40


VACCINE STUDY 13
- ----------------

Title: Immunogenicity of a Soluble Oligomeric Form of the HIV-1 Envelope Protein

Description: Rhesus monkeys will be immunized with a purified oligomeric form of
the HIV-1  envelope  protein to determine if monkeys  will  generate  antibodies
(presumably to conformational epitopes of the oligomeric envelope) that are able
to  neutralize  genetically  divergent  strains  of HIV- 1.  Vaccines  based  on
monomeric  forms of the  HIV-1  envelope  generate  predominantly  type-specific
antibodies that  neutralize a limited range of HIV-1  isolates,  but preliminary
studies with the oligomeric form of the envelope  indicate that antibodies to it
may be more  broadly  reactive.  Animals  will be  challenged  with  SHIV  after
immunization  to determine the ability of the immune  response to the oligomeric
envelope to protect monkeys from infection.


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
(09/30/95)                                                                Page 6






Number of monkeys:  36     (6 groups of 6)

Length of study:   24 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  5 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge


VACCINE STUDY 16
- ----------------

Title:  Evaluation of a Recombinant Semliki Forest Virus/HIV Vaccine

Description:  Rhesus  monkeys  will be immunized  with an avirulent  recombinant
Semliki Forest virus expressing HIV-1 envelope and SIV gag proteins. The monkeys
will be infected  with the virus,  which has a broad tissue  tropism,  by either
intramuscular,   intravenous,  subcutaneous,  or  mucosal  site  administration.
Animals will be  challenged  with SHIV to determine the efficacy of this vaccine
in protecting from virus infection.

Number of monkeys:  10  (5 groups of 2)

Length of study:  18 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  8 immunizations plus l virus challenge

MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
(09/30/95)                                                                Page 7


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4
STANDARD FORM 26 (REV. 4-85)
NSN 7540-01-152-8069
OMB No. 0990-0115
RFP 95-3 
AWARD/CONTRACT
1. THIS CONTRACT IS A RATED ORDER UNDER DPAS (15 CFR 350)
RATING
PAGE 1 OF PAGES 21
2. CONTRACT (Proc. inst. ident.) No. NO1-AI-55277
3. EFFECTIVE DATE September 30, 1995
4. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQUEST/PROJECT N0. 000948
5. ISSUED BY CODE 2668-55277
National Institutes of Health
Contract Management Branch, NIAID
Solar Building, Room 3007
6003 Executive Boulevard MSC 7610
Bethesda, Maryland 20892-7610
6. ADMINISTERED BY (If other than item 5) CODE
7. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR (No.,  street,  city,  country,  State and Zip
Code)
BTRL Contracts and Services, Inc., dba/
Biotech Research Laboratories 
3 Taft Court
Rockville, Maryland 20850
8. DELIVERY
FOB ORIGIN
OTHER (See below) DESTINATION
9. DISCOUNT FOR PROMPT PAYMENT N/A
10. SUBMIT INVOICES
(4 copies unless otherwise specified) TO THE ADDRESS SHOWN IN
ITEM G.3
CODE
FACILITY CODE
11. SHIP TO/MARK FOR
See Article F.1.
12. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY
See Article G.3.
CODE
13. AUTHORITY FOR USING OTHER THAN FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION N/A
10 U.S.C. 2304 (c)( )41 U.S.C. 253(c)( )
14. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA
CAN#58425674 (Amount Obligated - $387,353)

DOC#300N1A155277
EIN#1-043152484-A1
SOC#25.55
15A. ITEM NO.
15B. SUPPLIES/SERVICES
15C. QUANTITY
15D. UNIT
15E. UNIT PRICE
15F. AMOUNT
Research & Development Contract
Title: MAO/Assessment of Humoral Immune Responses (G)
Period: September 30, 1995 through September 29, 1997
Amount allotted: $387,353 Awarded under MA N01-AI-42602
Contract Type: Cost Reimbursement/Completion
FY 95 387,353
FY 96 226,739
15G. TOTAL AMOUNT OF CONTRACT $614,092
16. TABLE OF CONTENTS
( ) SEC. DESCRIPTION PAGE(S) ( ) SEC. DESCRIPTION PAGE(S)
PART I - THE SCHEDULE PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES
X A SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM 1 X 1 CONTRACT CLAUSES 11
X B  SUPPLIES  OR  SERVICES  AND  PRICES/COSTS  3 PART III - LIST OF  DOCUMENTS,
EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACH.
X C DESCRIPTION/SPECS./WORK STATEMENT 7 X J LIST OF ATTACHMENTS 12
X D PACKAGING AND MARKING 7 PART IV- REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
X E INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE 7 X K  REPRESENTATIONS,  CERTIFICATIONS  AND OTHER
STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS 13
X G CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA 9
11 L INSTRS., CONDS., AND NOTICES TO OFFERORS
X H SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 10 M EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD
CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL COMPLETE ITEM 17 OR 18 AS APPLICABLE
17. X  CONTRACTOR'S  NEGOTIATED  AGREEMENT  (Contractor is required to sign this
document and return 3 copies to issuing  office.)  Contractor  agrees to furnish
and  deliver  all items or  perform  all the  services  set  forth or  otherwise
identified above and on any  continuation  sheets for the  consideration  stated
herein.  The rights and  obligations  of the parties to this  contract  shall be
subject to and governed by the following documents: (a) this award/contract, (b)
the   solicitation,   if  any,   and  (c)  such   provisions,   representations,
certifications, and specifications, as are attached or incorporated by reference
herein. (Attachments are listed herein.)
18.  AWARD  (Contractor  is not required to sign this  document.)  Your offer on
Solicitation  Number  including the full  additions or changes made by you which
additions or changes are set forth in full above,  is hereby  accepted as to the
items listed above and on any continuation  sheets.  This award  consummates the
contract  which  consists  of the  following  documents:  (a)  the  Government's
solicitation and your offer, and (b) this award/contract. No further contractual
document is necessary.
19A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print)
Mark Manak, Senior Vice President
20A. NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICER
Jacqueline C. Holden, Contracting Officer
AIDS Preclinical Research Contract Section, CMB, NIAID, HIH
19B. NAME OF CONTRACTOR
BY Mark Manak
(Signature of person authorized to sign)
19C. DATE SIGNED
9/25/95
20B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
BY Jacqueline C. Holden
(Signature of Contracting Officer)
20C. DATE SIGNED
9/27/95

 



             DETAILED TABLE OF MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER (MAO) CONTENTS
             -------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                      <C>
PART I - THE SCHEDULE
      SECTION A - SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM...........................................................................   1
      --------------------------------------
      SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS.................................................................  3
      -------------------------------------------------
            ARTICLE B.1.  BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES.....................................................  3
            ARTICLE B.2.  ESTIMATED COST AND FIXED FEE..................................................................  3
            ARTICLE B.3.  PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS.........................................................  3
            ARTICLE B.4.  ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS........................................................................  5
      SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT.............................................................  7
      -----------------------------------------------------
            ARTICLE C.1.  STATEMENT OF WORK.............................................................................  7
            ARTICLE C.2.  REPORTING REQUIREMENTS........................................................................  7
      SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING.......................................................................  7
      -------------------------------------------
      SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE.............................................................................  7
      -------------------------------------
      SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE.............................................................................  8
      -------------------------------------
            ARTICLE F.1.  DELIVERIES....................................................................................  8
            ARTICLE F.2.  STOP WORK ORDER...............................................................................  8
      SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA..........................................................................  9
      ----------------------------------------
            ARTICLE G.1.  PROJECT OFFICER...............................................................................  9
            ARTICLE G.2.  KEY PERSONNEL.................................................................................  9
            ARTICLE G.3.  INVOICE SUBMISSION............................................................................  9
            ARTICLE G.4.  GOVERNMENT PROPERTY..........................................................................   9
            ARTICLE G.5.  GOVERNMENT SUPPLY SOURCES.......................................................................9
      SECTION H - SPECIAL MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER REQUIREMENTS..........................................................  10
      -------------------------------------------------------
            ARTICLE H.1.  HUMAN SUBJECTS...............................................................................  10
            ARTICLE H.2.  SALARY RATE LIMITATION LEGISLATION PROVISIONS................................................  10
PART II................................................................................................................. 11
      SECTION I - MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER CLAUSES........................................................................ 11
      ------------------------------------------
            ARTICLE I.1.  GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A COST-REIMBURSEMENT RESEARCH AND
                  DEVELOPMENT MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER.................................................................... 11
            ARTICLE I.2.  AUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTIONS OF CLAUSES........................................................... 11
            ARTICLE I.3.  ADDITIONAL MAO CLAUSES........................................................................ 11
            ARTICLE I.4.  ADDITIONAL FAR CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT.................................................. 11
PART III................................................................................................................ 12
      SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS................................................................................... 12
      -------------------------------
      Statement of Work................................................................................................. 12
PART IV................................................................................................................. 13
      SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS.................................................................... 13
      ----------------------------------------------
            Representations and Certifications.......................................................................... 13

</TABLE>

                                        2






SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS
- -------------------------------------------------

[THIS MAO IS AWARDED UNDER MASTER  AGREEMENT  NO1-AI-42602  FOR HIV  PRECLINICAL
VACCINE DEVELOPMENT]

ARTICLE B.1.  BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES
- -------------------------------------------------------

The  purpose of this  master  agreement  order  (MAO) is for the  Assessment  of
Humoral Immune Response.

ARTICLE B.2.  ESTIMATED COST AND FIXED FEE
- ------------------------------------------

a.    The estimated cost of this MAO is $573,918

b.    The  fixed  fee for this MAO is  $40,174.  The  fixed fee shall be paid in
      installments  based on the percentage of completion of work, as determined
      by the Contracting Officer,  and subject to withholding  provisions of the
      clauses ALLOWABLE COST AND PAYMENT AND FIXED FEE referenced in the General
      Clause Listing in PART II, ARTICLE I.1. of this MAO.
      Payment of fixed fee shall not be made in less than monthly installments.

c.    The Government's obligation,  represented by the sum of the estimated cost
      plus fixed fee, is $614,092.

d.    Total funds  currently  available for payment and allotted to this MAO are
      $387,353 of which $362,012  represents the estimated  costs,  and of which
      $25,341  represents  the fixed fee. For further  provisions on funding see
      the  LIMITATION  OF  FUNDS  clause  referenced  in Part II,  ARTICLE  I.2.
      Authorized Substitutions of Clauses of the Master Agreement (MA).

e.    It is estimated that the amount currently  allotted will cover performance
      of the MAO through September 29, 1996.

f.    Increments to be allotted to this contract are estimated as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Estimated          Fixed        Total Estimated
      FY           Period                    Cost             Fee          Cost Plus Fee
    -----     ---------------------       ----------       --------       --------------
   <S>        <C>                        <C>              <C>              <C>

      95       09/30/95 - 09/29/96        $362,012         $25,341          $387,353
      96       09/30/96 - 09/29/97        $211,906         $14,833          $226,739
 
     Totals                               $573,918         $40,174          $614,092

</TABLE>

g.    The Contracting  Officer may allot additional funds to the MAO without the
      concurrence of the MAO Holder.

ARTICLE B.3.  PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS
- ---------------------------------------------------

a.    Items Unallowable Unless Otherwise Provided

      Notwithstanding  the  clause(s),  ALLOWABLE  COST AND PAYMENT,  [and FIXED
      FEE,]  incorporated  in this MAO,  unless  authorized  in  writing  by the
      Contracting  Officer, the costs of the following items or activities shall
      be unallowable as direct costs:

      (1)   Acquisition, by purchase or lease, of any interest in real property;

      (2)   Special rearrangement or alteration of facilities;

      (3)   Purchase or lease of any item of general purpose office furniture or
            office  equipment  regardless  of  dollar  value.  (General  purpose
            equipment  is defined as any items of  personal  property  which are
            usable for purposes  other than research,  such as office  equipment
            and furnishings, pocket calculators, etc.);


                                        3





      (4)   Travel to attend general  scientific  meetings (a general scientific
            meeting  is  defined  as  an  assemblage   of   scientific/technical
            personnel held to exchange information and ideas through a scheduled
            program  of   presentations;   includes   conferences,   congresses,
            seminars,  symposia and workshops;  usually  sponsored by a national
            organization);

      (5)   Foreign travel - See Paragraph b. below;

      (6)   Overtime premium;

      (7)   Consultant fees;

      (8)   Subcontracts;

      (9)   Accountable  Government  property (defined as both real and personal
            property  with an  acquisition  cost of  $1,000  or more  and a life
            expectancy of more than two years) and  "sensitive  items"  (defined
            and  listed in the  Contractor's  Guide for  Control  of  Government
            Property, 1990, regardless of acquisition value.

b.    Travel Costs

(1)         Domestic Travel

      (a)   Total  expenditures  for domestic travel  (transportation,  lodging,
            subsistence, and incidental expenses) incurred in direct performance
            of this MAO shall not exceed $-0- without the prior written approval
            of the Contracting Officer.

            (Domestic travel is defined as MA Holder travel directly  applicable
            to performance  under this MAO;  includes travel to discuss progress
            under this MAO with the Project Officer or Contracting Officer or to
            attend  meetings,  called by the  NIAID,  of  collaborating  program
            investigators  to discuss program  progress and plans.  The domestic
            travel amount above does not include scientific meeting travel which
            is defined in Article B.3.a.  above and which shall be  specifically
            approved in writing by the Contracting Officer.)

      (b)   The cost of travel by privately-owned automobile shall be reimbursed
            at the  mileage  rate  prescribed  by the MA  Holder's  established,
            generally   applicable  travel  policy  in  lieu  of  actual  costs,
            provided,  however,  that such  reimbursement  shall not  exceed the
            otherwise allowable comparative cost of travel by common carrier.

      (c)   Reasonable  actual costs of lodging and subsistence,  or per diem in
            lieu of actual  costs,  shall be  allowable  to the extent that such
            actual  costs or per diem  amounts do not exceed the  amounts or per
            diem rates  prescribed  by the MA  Holder's  established,  generally
            applicable travel policy.

      (d)   Any revision to the MA Holder's  established,  generally  applicable
            travel  policy  submitted to the  cognizant  audit agency during the
            period of performance of this MAO shall be effective, without formal
            modification to this MAO, upon delivery to the  Contracting  Officer
            of notice  describing  such revised policy together with evidence of
            submission thereof to the cognizant audit agency.

(2)   Foreign Travel

      Requests  for  foreign  travel  must be  submitted  at least  six weeks in
      advance and shall contain the following: (a) meeting(s) and place(s) to be
      visited,  with  costs  and  dates;  (b)  name(s)  and  title(s)  of Master
      Agreement Holder's personnel to travel and their functions in the specific
      Master Agreement Order project; (c) the Master Agreement Order purposes to
      be  served  by the  travel;  (d) how  travel  of  Master  Agreement  Order
      personnel will benefit and contribute to accomplishing the specific Master
      Agreement Order project,  or will otherwise justify the expenditure of NIH
      Master  Agreement Order funds;  (e) how such advantages  justify the costs
      for travel and  absence  from the  project of more than one person if such
      are suggested;  and (f) what additional  functions may be performed by the
      travelers to accomplish  other purposes of the specific  Master  Agreement
      Order and thus further benefit the project.




                                        4





ARTICLE B.4.  ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS
- ------------------------------------

a.    The estimated level of effort set forth below is for guidance to serve not
      as a measure of the MAO Holder's  obligation but as a further  description
      of the required  tasks. It will represent the basis of direct labor agreed
      to in the MAO  negotiations for the period from September 30, 1995 through
      September 29, 1997,  and will be used by both the  Government  and the MAO
      Holder to monitor progress toward achievement of the MAO objectives.

                            Total Estimated   Total Estimated    Total Estimated
  Labor Category             Year 1 Hours      Year 2 Hours      Number of Hours
  --------------             ------------      ------------      ---------------


           [Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request.]



  TOTAL                         

b.    The total  costs  negotiated  for this MAO only cover  Vaccine  Studies in
      support of Section B of the Statement of Work.  Section A of the Statement
      of Work is also  attached  to this  contract  should  it be  necessary  to
      perform  assays in  support  of Vaccine  Studies  for  Section A. If it is
      necessary to perform Section A assays, the costs for those assays shall be
      offset against the cost negotiated for performance of Section B assays.

c.    The MAO Holder agrees to abide by the terms of FAR  52.247-63,  Preference
      for  U.S.-Flag  Air  Carriers.  This  provision  states in part  that,  in
      performing work under this MAO, the MAO Holder shall utilize U.S. flag air
      carriers  unless service by those carriers is not available.  If U.S. flag
      air carriers are not  available the MAO Holder shall so certify in writing
      and include  that  certification/justification  in the request for advance
      approval of foreign travel.  (Cost/lower fares are not acceptable  reasons
      for proposing to utilize foreign air carriers.)

d.    The MAO  Holder  agrees  to  submit an  annual  and a final  inventory  of
      Government  property  as  required  by the DHHS  "Contractor's  Guide  for
      Control of  Government  Property."  Inventories  shall be submitted to the
      Contract  Property  Administrator  identified  in  Article  G.4.  of  this
      contract, with a copy to the Contracting Officer. Annual inventories shall
      be submitted by October 31 each year.

e.    The MAO Holder agrees to  immediately  notify the  Contracting  Officer in
      writing if there is a  projected  overrun  (in any  amount) or  unexpended
      balance (greater than 10%) in the overall budget at the end of any funding
      period, and the reasons for the variance (see also the requirements of the
      Limitation of Funds clause in the MAO).

f.    If the MAO contains any specific limitations/ceilings on particular costs,
      these shall always prevail until modified in the MAO.

g.    The MAO Holder  agrees that  samples/products  received  from/through  the
      Government  for  utilization  under this  contract  shall be used only for
      purposes required by this MAO.

h.    Publication of Manuscripts or Abstracts

      Because  there is a  possibility  that the MAO Holder  will be  evaluating
      proprietary  compounds  provided to the Government by a third party, it is
      essential to include  provisions that will protect the rights of the third
      party suppliers as follows:

            The  MAO  Holder   agrees   that   manuscripts/abstracts   based  on
            data/information  generated under this MAO will not be submitted for
            publication   until  written  Project  Officer  clearance  has  been
            received.   MAO   support   shall  be   acknowledged   in  all  such
            publications.  A  "publication"  is  defined  as an issue of printed
            material  offered  for  distribution  or any  communication  or oral
            presentation of information.


                                        5



            The  Project  Officer  will  review all  manuscripts/documents  in a
            period of time not to exceed 30 calendar days from receipt, and will
            either grant clearance for publication/disclosure, recommend changes
            or,  as  applicable,  refer  the  document  to the  Supplier  of the
            compound for their review. NIAID will use its best efforts to assist
            and expedite the review process by the Supplier wherever possible.

i.    Correspondence Procedures

      To promote timely and effective administration, correspondence (except for
      invoices/financial reports, technical progress reports/other deliverables)
      submitted under this MAO shall be subject to the following procedures:

      1.    Technical  correspondence  shall be addressed to the Project Officer
            with  an  information  copy  of  the  basic  correspondence  to  the
            Contracting  Officer.  (As  used  herein,  technical  correspondence
            excludes   correspondence   which   proposes   deviations   from  or
            modifications of MAO requirements, terms or conditions.)

      2.    Other  correspondence shall be addressed to the Contracting Officer,
            with an information copy of the basic  correspondence to the Project
            Officer.

      3.    Subject  Line(s).  All  correspondence  shall contain a subject line
            commencing with the contract number as illustrated below:

                  SUBJECT:  Contract No. NO1-AI-55277
                            Request for Approval of


                                        6



SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT
- -----------------------------------------------------

ARTICLE C.1.  STATEMENT OF WORK
- -------------------------------

a.    Independently and not as an agent of the Government,  the MAO Holder shall
      furnish  all  the  necessary  services,  qualified  personnel,   material,
      equipment,  and  facilities,  not otherwise  provided by the Government as
      needed to perform the  Statement of Work,  SECTION J,  ATTACHMENT 1, dated
      September 30, 1995, attached hereto and incorporated herein.

b.    If there is any inconsistency  between the MAO Holder's technical proposal
      and the work  described in this Article C.1.,  Paragraph a., the terms and
      conditions of this Article C.1., Paragraph a, shall control.


ARTICLE C.2.  REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
- ------------------------------------

a.    Technical Reports

      In addition to those reports  required by the other terms of this MAO, the
      MAO Holder shall  prepare and submit the  following  reports in the manner
      stated below and in accordance with ARTICLE F.1. DELIVERIES of this MAO:

      (1)   Quarterly Progress Report

            By the fifteenth calendar day of the month following the end of each
            quarter,  the MAO Holder  shall  submit  (5)  copies of a  quarterly
            technical report.  Four (4) copies shall be submitted to the Project
            Officer  and one (1) copy  shall  be  submitted  to the  Contracting
            Officer.  This report shall include a description  of the activities
            during the  reporting  period,  and the  activities  planned for the
            ensuing reporting period. The first reporting period consists of the
            first full three months of performance including any fractional part
            of the initial month. Thereafter, the reporting period shall consist
            of three full  calendar  months.  A  quarterly  report  shall not be
            submitted when a final report is due.

      (2)   Final Report

            The MAO Holder  shall  submit  five (5)  copies of the final  report
            documents. Four (4) copies shall be submitted to the Project Officer
            and (1) copy shall be submitted  to the  Contracting  Officer.  This
            report is to include a summation of the work  performed  and results
            obtained for the entire MAO period of performance. This report shall
            be in  sufficient  detail to  describe  comprehensively  the results
            achieved.  The Final  Report  shall be  submitted  no later than the
            completion date of this MAO.

SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING
- -------------------------------------------

All deliverables  required under this MAO shall be packaged,  marked and shipped
in accordance  with  Government  specifications.  The MAO Holder shall guarantee
that  all  required  materials  shall  be  delivered  in  immediate  usable  and
acceptable condition.

SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
- -------------------------------------

a.    For the purpose of this ARTICLE,  the  designated  Project  Officer is the
      authorized  representative of the Contracting  Officer,  who shall perform
      inspection and acceptance of materials and services to be provided.

b.    Inspection  and  acceptance  will be  performed  at the Project  Officer's
      address listed in the clause entitled "Deliveries" in Section F.

      Acceptance may be presumed  unless  otherwise  indicated in writing by the
      Contracting Officer or the duly authorized  representative  within 30 days
      of receipt.

c.    This MAO  incorporates  the following  clause by reference,  with the same
      force and  effect as if it were  given in full  text.  Upon  request,  the
      Contracting Officer will make its full text available.
      FAR Clause  52.246-9,  INSPECTION  OF RESEARCH  AND  DEVELOPMENT  - (SHORT
      FORM)(APRIL 1984).

                                        7






SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE
- -------------------------------------

ARTICLE F.1.  DELIVERIES
- ------------------------

a.    Satisfactory  performance  of this MAO  shall  be  deemed  to  occur  upon
      delivery and acceptance by the Contracting Officer, or the duly authorized
      representative,  of the  following  items in  accordance  with the  stated
      delivery schedule:

      The items  specified  below as described in (SECTION C, ARTICLE C.2. shall
      be delivered  f.o.b.  destination  as set forth in FAR  52.247-35,  F.O.B.
      DESTINATION,  WITHIN  CONSIGNEES  PREMISES (APRIL 1984), and in accordance
      with and by the date(s) specified below [and any specifications  stated in
      SECTION D, PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING, of this MAO]:


      Item        Description   Quantity   Delivery Schedule
      ----        -----------   --------   -----------------

       1.         Quarterly         5         01/15/96, 97,
                                              04/15/96, 97,
                                              07/15/96, 97,
                                              10/15/96

       2.         Final             5         By completion date of this
                                              contract


      The above items shall be addressed and delivered to:

      Addressee                     Deliverable Item No.         Quantity
      ---------                     --------------------         --------

      Project Officer                       a.1.                     4
      PRB, DAIDS                            a.2.                     4
      Solar Bldg., Rm. 2A38
      6003 Executive Blvd.
      Bethesda, MD. 20892

      Contracting Officer                   a.1.                      1
      CMB, DEA, NIAID, NIH                  a.2.                      1
      Solar Bldg., Rm. 3C07
      6003 Executive Blvd.
      Bethesda, MD. 20892



ARTICLE F.2.  STOP WORK ORDER
- -----------------------------

This MAO incorporates the following clause by reference, with the same force and
effect as if it were given in full text. Upon request,  the Contracting  Officer
will make its full text available.

      FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSE:
      52.212-13, STOP WORK ORDER (AUGUST 1989) with ALTERNATE I (APRIL 1984).


                                        8




SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA
- ----------------------------------------


ARTICLE G.1.  PROJECT OFFICER
- -----------------------------

Pursuant to the Project  Officer  Article  incorporated in the MA, the following
Project Officers will represent the Government for the purpose of this MAO:

            MAO Project Officer:              Nancy Miller, Ph.D.


ARTICLE G.2.  KEY PERSONNEL
- ---------------------------

Pursuant  to the Key  Personnel  clause  incorporated  in the MA, the  following
individuals  are  considered  to  be  essential  to  the  work  being  performed
hereunder:

            NAME                         TITLE
            ----                         -----

      Mark Cosentino, Ph.D.         Principal Investigator
      Hanna Weissberger, Ph.D.      Co-Investigator


ARTICLE G.3.  INVOICE SUBMISSION
- --------------------------------


a.    INVOICE SUBMISSION - COST-REIMBURSEMENT MAOs

      The Invoice/Financing Request Instructions for NIH Cost-Reimbursement Type
      Contracts,  NIH(RC)-1, set forth in your Master Agreement are incorporated
      herein.

      The  invoice   instructions   and   directions   for  the   submission  of
      invoice/financing  requests  contained  in the MA must be followed to meet
      the requirements of a "proper" invoice, pursuant to FAR 32.9.

ARTICLE G.4.  GOVERNMENT PROPERTY
- ---------------------------------

a.    In  addition  to the  requirements  of the  clause,  GOVERNMENT  PROPERTY,
      incorporated  in this  Section I of this MAO,  the MAO Holder shall comply
      with the provisions of DHHS Publication, Contractor's Guide for Control of
      Government  Property,  (1990),  which  is  incorporated  into  this MAO by
      reference.  Among other issues, this publication provides a summary of the
      MAO Holder's  responsibilities  regarding  purchasing  authorizations  and
      inventory  and  reporting  requirements  under  the  MAO.  A copy  of this
      publication   is  available   upon   request  to  the  Contract   Property
      Administrator at the following address:

            Contracts Property Administrator
            Research Contracts Property Administration, NIH
            Building 13, Room 2E-65
            9000 Rockville Pike
            Bethesda, Maryland  20892
            (301) 496-6466

ARTICLE G.5.  GOVERNMENT SUPPLY SOURCES, is hereby incorporated into this MAO by
reference pursuant to the Master Agreement.




                                        9




SECTION H - SPECIAL MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER REQUIREMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------

The following  Articles are incorporated into this MAO by reference  pursuant to
the Master  Agreement.  [(Any MAO Articles which are not contained in the MA are
set forth below in full text)]:

a.    ARTICLE H.1.  HUMAN SUBJECTS
      ----------------------------

b.    ARTICLE H.2.  SALARY RATE LIMITATION LEGISLATION PROVISIONS
      -----------------------------------------------------------

      Paragraph b. of this ARTICLE is revised as follows:


      b.    Public Law No.               Fiscal Year       Salary Limitation
            --------------               -----------       -----------------

              103-333                       1995                $125,000




                                       10





PART II
- -------


SECTION I - MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER CLAUSES
- ------------------------------------------

The following  Articles are incorporated into this MAO by reference  pursuant to
the Master  Agreement.  [(Any MAO Articles which are not contained in the MA are
set forth below in full text)]:

a.    ARTICLE I.1.  GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A NEGOTIATED  COST-REIMBURSEMENT  MASTER
      AGREEMENT ORDER

b.    ARTICLE I.2.  AUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTIONS OF CLAUSES]

      For this Master  Agreement  Order  (N01-AI-55277),  FAR Clause  52.232-22,
      LIMITATION  OF FUNDS,  (APRIL  1984) as contained  in MA  N01-AI-42602  is
      deleted  in its  entirety  and is  replaced  with  FAR  Clause  52.232-20,
      LIMITATION OF COSTS.

c.    ARTICLE I.3.  ADDITIONAL MASTER AGREEMENT CLAUSES

d.    ARTICLE I.4.  ADDITIONAL FAR CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT




                                       11




PART III
- --------

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
- -------------------------------

Unless  otherwise  indicated  below,  the  following  documents are attached and
incorporated in this MAO:



1.    Statement of Work, September 30, 1995; 8 pages.


2.    Invoice/Financing  Request  Instructions for NIH  Cost-Reimbursement  Type
      Contracts,  NIH(RC)-1 (6/18/92),  4 pages. [This attachment is part of the
      Master Agreement document and is incorporated into this MAO by reference.]

3.    Safety  and  Health,  PHSAR  Clause  352.223-70,  (4/84),  2 pages.  [This
      attachment is part of the Master  Agreement  document and is  incorporated
      into this MAO by reference.]

4.    Procurement  of Certain  Equipment,  NIH(RC)-7,  (4/1/84),  1 page.  [This
      attachment is part of the Master  Agreement  document and is  incorporated
      into this MAO by reference.]



                                       12





PART IV
- -------

SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS
- ----------------------------------------------


The following documents are incorporated by reference in this MAO:

1.    Representations and Certifications, dated September 15, 1995.




                               END of the SCHEDULE
                            (MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER)




                                       13






                      MASTER AGREEMENT ORDER FOR CATEGORY G

                                STATEMENT OF WORK

                     ASSESSMENT OF HUMORAL IMMUNE RESPONSES


SECTION A:  HUMORAL IMMUNE RESPONSES TO HIV VACCINES


Independently, and not as an agent of the Government, the Master Agreement Order
holder shall  provide the necessary  services,  qualified  personnel,  material,
equipment, and facilities,  not otherwise provided by the Government,  as needed
to perform the tasks of the Statement of Work below:

The MAO Contractor  shall perform assays to assess and  characterize the humoral
immune  responses  of macaques  that have been  immunized  with HIVenv or with a
combination of HIVenv and SIV non-env vaccines.  Specifically the MAO Contractor
shall:

1.    Conduct assays to determine the ability of sera or mucosal secretions from
      monkeys  immunized  with HIV  vaccines (or of sera from  infected  monkeys
      after SHIV challenge) to neutralize infection of cell lines and/or primary
      cells (PBMC) by the HIV strain used for the vaccine.  Further characterize
      the antibodies, including determining the neutralization titer against the
      vaccine  (homologous)  HIV strain.  If the appropriate SHIV virus stock is
      available,  determine the ability of the sera to neutralize  the SHIV made
      with the envelope gene of the homologous (vaccine) HIV.

2.    For  sera  (or  mucosal   secretions)  that  were  determined  (above)  to
      neutralize  the  homologous  strain of HIV,  determine the  neutralization
      titer  against  infection  of T cell  lines  and/or  PBMC by  heterologous
      laboratory strains of HIV.

3.    For sera (or  mucosal  secretions)  that show the  ability  to  neutralize
      heterologous  HIV isolates  (above),  determine  the ability to neutralize
      infection of T cell lines and/or primary PBMC and/or  primary  macrophages
      by primary, "field" isolates of HIV grown only in primary cells.

4.    Prior to  conducting  neutralization  assays with the monkey sera from the
      vaccine   studies,   grow  appropriate  HIV  and  SHIV  virus  stocks  and
      demonstrate  that the  viruses  are able to be  neutralized  by sera  from
      HIV-infected people or SHIV-infected monkeys.

5.    Receive,  catalog,  track, and maintain an inventory of the specimens that
      arrive for evaluation:

      a)    Advise  sample  suppliers  (Category  B  contractors)  of  the  most
            suitable  manner for shipment of sera,  whole blood,  cells or other
            specimens  for  evaluation  and  arrange  for the  transfer of these
            specimens from primate laboratories to the Contractor. All shipments
            must be coordinated so that activity/viability of specimens will not
            be adversely affected.

      b)    When necessary,  pick up or arrange for pick up of incoming specimen
            shipments from a specified airport or other contact site in a timely
            manner and assure  maintenance of activity  and/or  viability of the
            specimens by providing the  appropriate  temperature in transit from
            the airport or other contact site to the Contractor's laboratory.

      c)    Receive and  catalog  specimens  arriving  for  evaluation  from the
            primate  laboratories.   Maintain  documentation  on  file  for  all
            incoming  specimens,  including but not limited  to:primate  subject
            identification  number, trial site, protocol  identification number,
            specimen collection date and condition of sample upon arrival.

      d)    Store cataloged,  aliquotted specimens under appropriate  conditions
            to retain maximum immunological activity.

      e)    Maintain  specimen tracking and inventory system such that specimens
            can be traced and located from receipt through  processing and assay
            analysis.

MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95            
                                       14




6.    Maintain test result database and transfer data electronically:

      a)    Compile and maintain a computerized  database of all  neutralization
            assays results, using a format compatible with the FOX-PRO data base
            that NIAID plans to use to compile records and data from the vaccine
            studies. Assay results are to be recorded with designations of study
            protocol number, animal number,  specimen collection date, and other
            information requested by the Project Officer.

      b)    Transfer   specified  data   electronically   to  the  AIDS  Vaccine
            Evaluation Group (AVEG)  Statistical and  Coordinating  Center (SCC)
            and to the Project Officer at regular intervals as instructed by the
            Project  Officer  (format to be agreed  upon  between  NIAID and the
            Contractor).

      c)    Ensure  protection  against the loss of data by the  duplication  of
            data base files and programs for storage;  provide for the security,
            safety,  and accuracy of data on the specimen inventory and the test
            results database.

7.    Provide facilities and resources

      a)    Provide  facilities  and  equipment  for the  work to be  conducted,
            including a biosafety  level 2 or 3 laboratory for  conducting  work
            with live HIV and SHIV as well as samples from infected monkeys.

      b)    Provide,  maintain, and operate facilities for controlled storage of
            sera,  virus  stocks,  cell stocks,  and other samples and reagents,
            including  storage at -10 to -20 degrees C, at -70 to -90 degrees C,
            and in liquid nitrogen  conditions,  with appropriate  monitoring of
            storage  conditions  to guarantee  continuous  proper  storage.  The
            reliability of supply systems,  electrical power, and backup support
            systems shall be ensured by the contractor.

      c)    Provide protective garments,  equipment and sufficient monitoring to
            assure safe handling of potentially  hazardous materials,  including
            radioactive  materials.  Specifically,  the contractor  shall comply
            with all applicable  health and safety  regulations while conducting
            the work set forth herein.

      d)    Conduct work under this contract in accordance  with all  applicable
            Federal,  state, and local laws, codes,  ordinances and regulations,
            and  with  the  following   basic   references   and  other  related
            modifications by the Public Health Service:

            (1)   Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories, U.S.
                  Department of Health and Human  Services,  Centers for Disease
                  Control and National  Institutes of Health, HHS Pub. No. (NIH)
                  93-8395  published  by the U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,
                  third edition, May 1993, stock number 17-040-00523-7.

            (2)   Recommendations  for Prevention of HIV  Transmission in Health
                  Care Settings, Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, Vol. 36,
                  No. 2-S.

            (3)   Agent Summary Statement for Human  Immunodeficiency  Virus and
                  Report   on    Laboratory-Acquired    Infection   with   Human
                  Immunodeficiency Virus, Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report,
                  Vol. 37, No.S-4, pp.1-22.

            (4)   "Guidelines to Prevent Simian Immunodeficiency Virus Infection
                  in  Laboratory  Workers and Animal  Handlers",  Morbidity  and
                  Mortality Weekly Report, Vol. 37, No. 45, pp. 693-704.

8.    Designate a project  coordinator to manage the  day-to-day  conduct of the
      study,  to interact  with the Category B MAO  laboratory  or  laboratories
      providing non-human primate samples from the vaccine study or studies, and
      to provide  information  on the status of the assay results to the Project
      Officer.

9.    Report  data and  results to NIAID or to a  designated  NIAID  contractor.
      Printouts of data and verbal  reports of the status of the study are to be
      provided on an ongoing basis during the course of the study at the request
      of the Project Officer,  in addition to the required  periodic  (quarterly
      and final) written  reports  describing the progress of the study,  and in
      addition to the periodic electronic transfer of data described in item (6)
      above.



MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95

                                       15





           SUMMARY OF VACCINE STUDIES FOR WHICH ASSAYS MAY BE REQUIRED
           -----------------------------------------------------------

              (SECTION A: HUMORAL IMMUNE RESPONSES TO HIV VACCINES)


VACCINE STUDY 7
- ---------------

Title:  Evaluation of HIV DNA Vaccines in Monkeys Using the SHIV Model

Description:  To  compare  routes  of  administration,  rhesus  monkeys  will be
immunized by either  intramuscular  injection or by "gene gun"  inoculation with
DNA  constructs  which express HIV-1 env proteins,  together with DNA constructs
expressing SIV proteins.  The animals will be challenged  with SHIV to determine
if a  protective  response is induced and, if so, how soon it is induced and how
long it persists.


Number of monkeys:  24     (6 groups of 3; 3 groups of 2)

Length of study:  30 months

Number of inoculations per animal: 4 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge



VACCINE STUDY 8
- ---------------

Title: Evaluation of the Contribution of SIV Regulatory Genes to the Efficacy of
an HIV/SIV DNA Vaccine.

Description:   Rhesus  monkeys  will  be  immunized   intramuscularly  with  DNA
constructs encoding HIV envelope,  DNA constructs  expressing SIV proteins,  and
DNA  constructs   expressing  SIV  regulatory  gene  products  to  determine  if
theregulatory proteins elicit immune responses (particularly CTL responses) that
enhance the ability of the monkeys to resist infection with SHIV.

Number of monkeys:  20   (5 groups of 4)

Length of study:  24 months

Number of inoculations per animal: 4 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge


VACCINE STUDY 13
- ----------------

Title: Immunogenicity of a Soluble Oligomeric Form of the HIV-1 Envelope Protein

Description: Rhesus monkeys will be immunized with a purified oligomeric form of
the HIV-1  envelope  protein to determine if monkeys  will  generate  antibodies
(presumably to conformational epitopes of the oligomeric envelope) that are able
to  neutralize  genetically  divergent  strains  of  HIV-1.  Vaccines  based  on
monomeric  forms of the HIV-1  envelope  generate  predominantly  type- specific
antibodies that  neutralize a limited range of HIV-1  isolates,  but preliminary
studies with the oligomeric form of the envelope  indicate that antibodies to it
may be more  broadly  reactive.  Animals  will be  challenged  with  SHIV  after
immunization  to determine the ability of the immune  response to the oligomeric
envelope to protect monkeys from infection.

Number of monkeys:  18     (6 groups of 3)

Length of study:   24 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  5 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95
                                       16




VACCINE STUDY 16
- ----------------

Title:  Evaluation of a Recombinant Semliki Forest Virus/HIV Vaccine

Description:  Rhesus  monkeys  will be immunized  with an avirulent  recombinant
Semliki Forest virus expressing HIV-1 envelope and SIV gag proteins. The monkeys
will be infected  with the virus,  which has a broad tissue  tropism,  by either
intramuscular,   intravenous,  subcutaneous,  or  mucosal  site  administration.
Animals will be  challenged  with SHIV to determine the efficacy of this vaccine
in protecting from virus infection.

Number of monkeys:  10     (5 groups of 2)

Length of study:  18 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  8 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge



MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95
                                       17






SECTION B:  HUMORAL IMMUNE RESPONSES TO SIV VACCINES
- ----------------------------------------------------


Independently, and not as an agent of the Government, the Master Agreement Order
holder shall  provide the necessary  services,  qualified  personnel,  material,
equipment, and facilities,  not otherwise provided by the Government,  as needed
to perform the tasks of the Statement of Work below.

The MAO Contractor  shall perform assays to assess the humoral immune  responses
of macaques that have been immunized with an SIV vaccine.  Specifically  the MAO
Contractor shall:


1.    Determine  the  capability  of sera or  mucosal  secretions  from  monkeys
      immunized  with SIV vaccines to neutralize  infection of cell lines and/or
      primary  cells  (PBMC) by the SIV  strain  used for the  vaccine.  Further
      characterize  these antibodies,  including  determining the neutralization
      titer against the vaccine (homologous) SIV strain.

2.    For  sera  (or  mucosal   secretions)  that  were  determined  (above)  to
      neutralize  the  homologous  strain of SIV,  determine the  neutralization
      titer  against  infection  of T cell lines  and/or PBMC by a  heterologous
      strain or strains of SIV.

3.    Prior to conducting neutralization assays with the monkey sera (or mucosla
      secretions)  from the vaccine  studies,  grow appropriate SIV virus stocks
      and  demonstrate  that the viruses are able to be neutralized by sera from
      SIV-infected monkeys.

4.    Receive,  catalog,  track, and maintain an inventory of the specimens that
      arrive for evaluation:

      a)    Advise  sample  suppliers  (Category  B  contractors)  of  the  most
            suitable  manner for shipment of sera,  whole blood,  cells or other
            specimens  for  evaluation  and  arrange  for the  transfer of these
            specimens from primate laboratories to the Contractor. All shipments
            must be coordinated so that activity/viability of specimens will not
            be adversely affected.

      b)    When necessary,  pick up or arrange for pick up of incoming specimen
            shipments from a specified airport or other contact site in a timely
            manner and assure  maintenance of activity  and/or  viability of the
            specimens by providing the  appropriate  temperature in transit from
            the airport or other contact site to the Contractor's laboratory.

      c)    Receive and  catalog  specimens  arriving  for  evaluation  from the
            primate  laboratories.   Maintain  documentation  on  file  for  all
            incoming  specimens,  including but not limited to: primate  subject
            identification  number, trial site, protocol  identification number,
            specimen collection date and condition of sample upon arrival.

      d)    Store cataloged,  aliquotted specimens under appropriate  conditions
            to retain maximum immunological activity.

      e)    Maintain  specimen tracking and inventory system such that specimens
            can be traced and located from receipt through  processing and assay
            analysis.

5.    Maintain test result database and transfer data electronically:

      a)    Compile and maintain a computerized  database of all  neutralization
            assays results, using a format compatible with the FOX-PRO data base
            that NIAID plans to use to compile records and data from the vaccine
            studies. Assay results are to be recorded with designations of study
            protocol number, animal number,  specimen collection date, and other
            information requested by the Project Officer.

      b)    Transfer   specified  data   electronically   to  the  AIDS  Vaccine
            Evaluation Group (AVEG)  Statistical and  Coordinating  Center (SCC)
            and to the Project Officer at regular intervals as instructed by the
            Project  Officer  (format to be agreed  upon  between  NIAID and the
            Contractor).


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95
                                       18






      c)    Ensure  protection  against the loss of data by the  duplication  of
            data base files and programs  for storage;  provide for the security
            and safety of data on the  specimen  inventory  and the test results
            database.

6.    Provide facilities and resources:

      a)    Provide  facilities  and  equipment  for the  work to be  conducted,
            including a biosafety  level 2 or 3 laboratory for  conducting  work
            with live HIV and SHIV as well as samples from infected monkeys.

      b)    Provide,  maintain, and operate facilities for controlled storage of
            sera,  virus  stocks,  cell stocks,  and other samples and reagents,
            including  storage at -10 to -20 degrees C, at -70 to -90 degrees C,
            and in liquid nitrogen  conditions,  with appropriate  monitoring of
            storage  conditions  to guarantee  continuous  proper  storage.  The
            reliability of supply systems,  electrical power, and backup support
            systems shall be ensured by the contractor.

      c)    Provide protective garments,  equipment and sufficient monitoring to
            assure safe handling of potentially  hazardous materials,  including
            radioactive  materials.  Specifically,  the contractor  shall comply
            with all applicable  health and safety  regulations while conducting
            the work set forth herein.

      d)    The Contractor  shall conduct work under this contract in accordance
            with  all  applicable   Federal,   state,  and  local  laws,  codes,
            ordinances and regulations,  and with the following basic references
            and other related modifications by the Public Health Service:

            (1)   Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories, U.S.
                  Department of Health and Human  Services,  Centers for Disease
                  Control and National  Institutes of Health, HHS Pub. No. (NIH)
                  93-8395  published  by the U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,
                  third edition, May 1993, stock number 17-040-00523-7.

            (2)   Recommendations  for Prevention of HIV  Transmission in Health
                  Care Settings, Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, Vol. 36,
                  No. 2-S.

            (3)   Agent Summary Statement for Human  Immunodeficiency  Virus and
                  Report   on    Laboratory-Acquired    Infection   with   Human
                  Immunodeficiency Virus, Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report,
                  Vol. 37, No.S-4, pp.1-22.

            (4)   "Guidelines to Prevent Simian Immunodeficiency Virus Infection
                  in  Laboratory  Workers and Animal  Handlers,"  Morbidity  and
                  Mortality Weekly Report, Vol. 37, No. 45, pp. 693-704.


7.    Designate a project  coordinator to manage the  day-to-day  conduct of the
      study,  to interact  with the Category B MAO  laboratory  or  laboratories
      providing non-human primate samples from the vaccine study or studies, and
      to provide  information  on the status of the assay results to the Project
      Officer.

8.    Report  data and  results to NIAID or to a  designated  NIAID  contractor.
      Printouts of data and verbal  reports of the status of the study are to be
      provided on an ongoing basis during the course of the study at the request
      of the Project Officer,  in addition to the required  periodic  (quarterly
      and final) written  reports  describing the progress of the study,  and in
      addition to the periodic electronic transfer of data described in item (6)
      above.


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95
                                       19





SUMMARY OF VACCINE STUDIES FOR WHICH ASSAYS MAY BE REQUIRED:
- ------------------------------------------------------------


(SECTION B:  HUMORAL IMMUNE RESPONSES TO SIV VACCINES)

VACCINE STUDY 1
- ---------------

Title:  Comparison of Different Routes of Immunization with ALVAC/SIV

Description:  Rhesus  monkeys will be immunized by three  different  routes with
recombinant avipox (ALVAC)  expressing SIV genes.  Intramuscular and two mucosal
routes  are  planned.   Animals  will  be  challenged   with  SIV   administered
intravenously  or at a mucosal  surface to determine if there is a difference in
efficacy of the vaccine when  administered by different  routes and to determine
if mucosal routes of  immunization  are more effective at blocking  infection at
mucosal  surfaces  than  intramuscular  immunizations.  Monkeys will be followed
after  challenge  to  determine  whether  infection  has  occurred  and  whether
immunization affects disease progression in any infected animals.

Number of monkeys:  48    (8 groups of 6)

Length of study:  32 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  5 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge


VACCINE STUDY 2
- ---------------

Title:  Comparison of Different Routes of Immunization with NYVAC/SIV

Description:  Rhesus  monkeys will be immunized by three  different  routes with
recombinant   attenuated   vaccinia  virus  (NYVAC)   expressing  SIV  proteins.
Intramuscular  and two  different  mucosal  routes are planned.  Animals will be
challenged  with SIV  administered  intravenously  or at a  mucosal  surface  to
determine if there is a difference in efficacy of the vaccine when  administered
by different  routes and to determine if mucosal routes of immunization are more
effective  at  blocking   infection  at  mucosal  surfaces  than   intramuscular
immunizations.  Monkeys will be followed  after  challenge to determine  whether
infection has occurred and whether  immunization  affects disease progression in
infected animals.

Number of monkeys:  48     (8 groups of 6)

Length of study:  32 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  5 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge


VACCINE STUDY 5
- ---------------

Title: Evaluation of Immunization with Recombinant Vaccinia/SIV Vaccine Followed
by Immunization with SIV Proteins

Description:   Rhesus  monkeys  will  be  immunized  with  recombinant  vaccinia
expressing SIV genes by intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular or oral routes,
followed by immunizations with SIV proteins. Animals will be challenged WITH SIV
to  determine  whether  the  efficacy of the vaccine is affected by the route of
administration.

Number of monkeys:  24     (4 groups of 6)

Length of study:  24 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  6 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge


MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95
                                       20





VACCINE STUDY 14
- ----------------

Title:  Evaluation of recombinant BCG/SIV vaccines

Description: Rhesus monkeys will be immunized orally with a live recombinant BCG
expressing  SIV  proteins,  followed  by  immunization  with  a  mixture  of SIV
peptides. The monkeys will be challenged with SIV administered  intravenously or
at a mucosal site  different from the site of  immunization  to determine if the
live recombinant BCG vaccine  administered by a mucosal route confers protection
from infection.

Number of monkeys:  16     (4 groups of 4)

Length of study:  30 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  4 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge



VACCINE STUDY 15
- ----------------

Title:  Evaluation of a Recombinant Polio/SIV Vaccine

Description:  Pig-tailed  macaques  will be immunized at two mucosal  sites with
live  recombinant  poliovirus  replicons  expressing SIV proteins.  This will be
followed by  immunization  with  purified  SIV  proteins.  The  animals  will be
challenged  with  SIV  either  intravenously  or  at a  mucosal  site  used  for
immunization or at a mucosal site different from the one used for immunization.

Number  of  monkeys:  30 (for  immunizations:  6 groups of 4; for  titration  of
                      challenge virus stock: 6)

Length of study:    24 months

Number of inoculations per animal:  3 immunizations plus 1 virus challenge

MAO Statement of Work                                               ATTACHMENT 1
9/30/95
                                       21


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5
<TABLE>


<S>                           <C>
         AWARD/CONTRACT                     1.  THIS CONTRACT IS A RATED ORDER          RATING                     PAGE OF PAGE
                                                UNDER DPAS (15 CFR 350)                                              1      32

2.  CONTRACT (Proc. Inst. Indent.) NO.      3.  EFFECTIVE DATE                          4.  REQUISITION PURCHASE REQUEST/PROJECT NO.
    N01-CP-33060                                03/01/93

5.  ISSUED BY    CODE  261933060            6.  ADMINISTERED BY (IF OTHER THAN ITEM 5)           CODE

    National Cancer Institute                   ENVIRONMENTAL EPIDEMIOLOGY 
    Research Contracts Branch, CECS             EPIDEMIOLOGY AND  BIOSTATISTICS PROGRAM 
    Executive Plaza South,  Room 620            DIVISION OF CANCER  ETIOLOGY 
    9000  Rockville Pike                        (RFP No. NCI-CP-21000-21) 
    Bethesda, Maryland 20892

7.  NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR 
    (No., street, city, county, 
    State and ZIP Code)                    8.  Delivery

         BIOTECH RESEARCH LABORATORIES, INC.                                            FOB ORIGIN                FOB DESTINATION
         3 TAFT COURT                                                                   9.  DISCOUNT FOR PROMPT PAYMENT
         T HIGH RIS, MARYLAND  20850                                                    10. SUBMIT NOTICES             ITEM
                                                                                            (4 copies unless other-    SEE SECTION G
         PLACE OF PERFORMANCE:  ROCKVILLE, MARYLAND                                         wise specified) TO         ARTICLE G.3.

CODE                                FACILITY CODE                                       THE ADDRESS SHOWN IN:

11.  SHIP TO/MARK FOR      CODE                      12.  PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY                CODE

         SEE SECTION C, ARTICLE C.2.                                   SEE SECTION G, ARTICLE G.3.

13.  AUTHORITY FOR USING OTHER THAN FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION          14.  ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA
                                                                            CAN1  38422985       TIN  1043152484A1
         10 U.S.C. 2304(c)  (     )         41 U.S.C. 253(c) (   )          CAN2             DOC. NO.  N1CP33060A
                                                                         OC CODE  25.3T          LOC

15A.  ITEM NO.             15B.  SUPPLIES/SERVICES            15C.  QUANTITY    15D.  UNIT       15E.  UNIT PRICE       15F.  AMOUNT

      TITLE:               LABORATORY SUPPORT FOR PROCESSING AND STORAGE OF BIOLO-
                           GICAL SPECIMENS FROM PERSONS AT HIGH RISK FROM CANCER

      CONTRACT PERIOD:  03/01/93 through 02/28/94.
      CONTRACT TYPE:    Cost-Plus Fixed Fee, TERM                                                                          558,106
      CURRENT OBLIGATION:
                                                                                                                   $
                                            15G.  TOTAL AMOUNT OF CONTRACT                                         $       898,011

                                                            16. TABLE OF CONTENTS

(()      SEC.              DESCRIPTION               PAGE(S)  (()      SEC.             DESCRIPTION                        PAGE(S)
                    PART I - THE SCHEDULE                                       PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES
(        A        SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM            1     (        I        CONTRACT CLAUSES                           25
(        B        SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS  4       PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACH.
(        C        DESCRIPTION/SPECS./WORK STATEMENT     7     (        J        LIST OF ATTACHMENTS                        32
(        D        PACKAGING AND MARKING                14     (  PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
(        E        INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE            15              K        REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS AND
(        F        DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE            16                       OTHER STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS               32
(        G        CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA         17              L        INSTRS., CONDS., AND NOTICES TO OFFERORS
(        H        SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS        22              M        EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD

                                        CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL COMPLETE ITEM 17 OR 18 AS APPLICABLE

17.  CONTRACTOR'S NEGOTIATED AGREEMENT (Contractor is                  18. AWARD (Contractor is not required to sign this document.)
required to sign this document and return 1 copies to issuing          Your offer on Solicitation Number                          ,
office.)  Contractor agrees to furnish and deliver all items or        including the additions or changes made by you which 
perform all the services set forth or otherwise identified above       additions or changes are set forth in full above, is hereby
and on any continuation sheets for the consideration stated            additions or items listed above and on any continuation 
herein.  The rights and obligations of the parties to this             sheets.  This award consumates the contract which consists of
contract shall be subject to and governed by the following             the following documents:  (a)  the Government's solicitation
documents:  (a) this award/contract, (b)  the solicitation, if         and your offer, and (b) this award/contract.  No further
any, and (c) such provisions, representations, certifications,         contractual document is necessary.
and specifications, as are attached or incorporated by reference
herein.  (Attachments are listed herein.)

19A.  NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or Print)                         20A.  NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICER
         /S/ MARK MANAK                                                         NANCY E COLEMAN
         VICE PRESIDENT

19B.  NAME OF CONTRACTOR                          19C.  DATE SIGNED    20B.  UNITED STATES OF AMERICA              20C.  DATE SIGNED
         /S/ Mark Manuk                                                BY  /S/ SIGNATURE UNREADABLE                  2/22/93
         (Signature of person authorized to sign)       2/22/93        (Signature of Contracting Officer)


NSW 7540-01-152-8069                                          26-107                    STANDARD FORM 26 (REV. 4-85)
PREVIOUS EDITION UNUSABLE                                                               Prescribed by GSA
                                                                                        FAR (48 CFR) 53.214(a)

                                                        * GPO: 1985 0 - 461-275 (418)



</TABLE>



                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060



                       DETAILED TABLE OF CONTRACT CONTENTS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PART I - THE SCHEDULE
<S>                                                                                                      <C>          
         SECTION A - SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM...........................................................1

         SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS................................................4

                   ARTICLE B.1.  BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES................................4
                   ARTICLE B.2.  ESTIMATED COST AND FIXED FEE.............................................4
                   ARTICLE B.3.  PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS....................................5
                   ARTICLE B.4.  ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS...................................................7

         SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORKSTATEMENT.............................................7

                   ARTICLE C.1.  STATEMENT OF WORK........................................................7
                   ARTICLE C.2.  REPORTING REQUIREMENTS...................................................13

         SECTION  D  -  PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING...................................................14

                   ARTICLE D.1.  PACKAGING................................................................14
                   ARTICLE D.2.  MARKING..................................................................15
                   ARTICLE D.3.  SHIPPING.................................................................15

         SECTION  E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE...........................................................15

                   ARTICLE E.1.  INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE................................................15


         SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE............................................................16

                   ARTICLE F.1.  PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE....................................................16
                   ARTICLE F.2.  LEVEL OF EFFORT..........................................................16
                   ARTICLE F.3.  STOP WORK ORDER..........................................................17

         SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA.........................................................17

                   ARTICLE G.1.  PROJECT OFFICER..........................................................17
                   ARTICLE G.2.  KEY PERSONNEL............................................................18
                   ARTICLE G.3.  INVOICE SUBMISSION.......................................................18
                   ARTICLE G.4.  CONTRACT FINICAL REPORT..................................................19
                   ARTICLE G.5.  INDIRECT COST RATES......................................................20
                   ARTICLE G.6.  GOVERNMENT PROPERTY......................................................20
                   ARTICLE G.7.  GOVERNMENT SUPPLY SOURCES................................................22






                                        2





                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


         SECTION H - SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS........................................................22

                   ARTICLE H.l.  REIMBURSEMENT OF COSTS FOR INDEPENDENT RESEARCH AND
                                 DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS.....................................................22
                   ARTICLE H.2.  HUMAN SUBJECTS...........................................................23
                   ARTICLE H.3.  HUMAN MATERIALS..........................................................23
                   ARTICLE H.4.  PRIVACY ACT..............................................................23
                   ARTICLE H.5.  OPTION PROVISION.........................................................23
                   ARTICLE H.6.  SALARY RATE LIMITATION IN FISCAL YEAR 1993...............................24
                   ARTICLE H.7.  CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION...........................................25

PART II

         SECTION I - CONTRACT CLAUSES.....................................................................25

                   ARTICLE I.1.  GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A COST-PLUS-A-FIXED-FEE CONTRACT.....................25
                   ARTICLE I.2.  AUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTIONS OF CLAUSES......................................29
                   ARTICLE I.3.  ADDITIONAL CONTRACT CLAUSES..............................................29
                   ARTICLE I.4.  ADDITIONAL FAR CONTRACT CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT....................30

PART III
         SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS..................................................................32

                  Invoice/Financing Request Instructions for NIH Cost-Reimbursement
                      Type Contracts......................................................................32
                  Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract, NIH 2706...............................32
                  Instructions for Completing form NIH 2706...............................................32
                  Privacy Act System of Records...........................................................32
                  Safety and Health.......................................................................32
                  Procurement of Certain Equipment........................................................32
                  Schedule II-A, Government Furnished Property............................................32

PART IV

         SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS...................................................32

                  Representations and Certifications......................................................32




</TABLE>





                                        3

                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060

SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS

ARTICLE B.1. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES

Numerous  scientific  advancements  have been  accelerated  by having  available
well-characterized  biologic specimens  collected from previous research efforts
and then preserved for long-term  storage.  The Epidemiology  and  Biostatistics
Program (EBP),  Division of Cancer  Etiology (DCE),  National  Cancer  Institute
(NCI),  has had a long history of  collaboration  with laboratory  investigators
involving the  collection,  testing and storage of biologic  samples on patients
with  malignancies  or at  high  risk  of  developing  malignancies,  as well as
appropriate  controls.  The  Contractor  shall maintain a repository of biologic
specimens for the  Epidemiology  and  Biostatistics  Program  (EBP).  This shall
include frozen serum, plasma, urine, tumor tissue, tumor tissue extracts,  whole
red blood cells,  separated and frozen white blood cells,  or fractions of white
blood cell  populations,  bone marrow cells,  body fluids,  lymphoblastoid  cell
lines,  DNA, stool specimens or smears on slides and other types of specimens as
specified by the Project Officer. These materials shall be maintained at optimum
temperatures for long-term storage, including liquid nitrogen, if appropriate.

ARTICLE B.2. ESTIMATED COST AND FIXED FEE

a.      The estimated cost of Year 1 of this contract is $842,429.

b.      If the Government exercises its options pursuant to ARTICLE H.5. of this
        contract,  the  estimated  cost of this  contract  will be  increased by
        $881,626  (Option  1, Year 2);  $922,633  (Option  2, Year 3);  $965,679
        (Option 3, Year 4).

c.      The  fixed fee for Year 1 of this  contract  is  $55,582.  The fixed fee
        shall be paid in direct ratio to the level of effort expended;  that is,
        the  percent of fee paid shall be equal to the  percent of total  effort
        expended.  Payment shall be subject to the withholding provisions of the
        clauses  ALLOWABLE  COST AND  PAYMENT  and FIXED FEE  referenced  in the
        General  Clause  Listing  in Part II,  ARTICLE  I.1.  of this  contract.
        Payment of fixed fee shall not be made in less than monthly increments.

d.      If the Government exercises its options pursuant to ARTICLE H.5. of this
        contract,  the fixed fee of this  contract  will be increased by $58,207
        (Option 1, Year 2); $60,955  (Option 2, Year 3); $63,841 (Option 3, Year
        4).

e.      The Government's obligation,  represented  by  the  sum of the estimated
        cost plus the fixed fee for Year 1 is $898,011.

f.      If the Government exercises its options pursuant to ARTICLE H.5. of this
        contract,  the  Government's  obligation  represented  by the sum of the
        estimated  cost plus the fixed fee will be $939,833  (Option 1, Year 2);
        $983,588 (Option 2, Year 3); $1,029,520 (Option 3, Year 4).





                                        4

                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


g.      Total funds  currently  available  for payment of Year 1 and allotted to
        this contract are $558,106 of which  $523,562  represents  the estimated
        costs  and of which  $34,544  represents  the  fixed  fee.  For  further
        provisions on funding,  see the LIMITATION OF FUNDS clause referenced in
        Part II, ARTICLE I.2. Authorized Substitutions of Clauses.

h.      It  is  estimated  that  the  amount   currently   allotted  will  cover
        performance of the contract through October 15, 1993.

i.      The  Contracting  Officer  may allot  additional  funds to the  contract
        without the concurrence of the Contractor.


ARTICLE B.3. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS

a.   Items Unallowable Unless Otherwise Provided

     Notwithstanding  the  clauses,  ALLOWABLE  COST AND  PAYMENT and FIXED FEE,
     incorporated  in  this  contract,  unless  authorized  in  writing  by  the
     Contracting  Officer,  the costs of the following items or activities shall
     be unallowable as direct costs:

     1)   Acquisition, by purchase or lease, of any interest in real property;

     2)   Special rearrangement or alteration of facilities;

     3)   Purchase or lease of any item of general  purpose office  furniture or
          office  equipment   regardless  of  dollar  value.   (General  purpose
          equipment  is  defined  as any items of  personal  property  which are
          usable for purposes other than research,  such as office equipment and
          furnishings, pocket calculators, etc.);

     4)   Travel to attend general scientific meetings;

     5)   Foreign travel - [See paragraph b.2), below.];

     6)   Patient care costs;

     7)   Accountable  Government  property  (defined as both real and  personal
          property  with an  acquisition  cost  of  $1,000  or  more  and a life
          expectancy of more than two years) and "sensitive  items" (defined and
          listed in the Contractor's  Guide for Control of Government  Property,
          1990, regardless of acquisition value.






                                        5



                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060

b.   Travel Costs

      1)   Domestic Travel

           a)     No expenditures for domestic travel (transportation,  lodging,
                  subsistence,  and  incidental  expenses) are to be incurred in
                  direct  performance of this contract without the prior written
                  approval of the Contracting Officer. In the event travel costs
                  may be required as a direct cost to this contract, these costs
                  must be approved in writing,  in advance,  by the  Contracting
                  Officer,  and must be  certified  that  the  cost  will not be
                  included in the indirect costs.

           b)     This  contract is subject to the  provisions  of Section 24 of
                  Public  Law  99-234   which   amends  the  Office  of  Federal
                  Procurement  Policy Act to provide that  contractor  costs for
                  travel,  including lodging, other subsistence,  and incidental
                  expenses,  shall be allowable  only to the extent that they do
                  not exceed the amount allowed for Federal employees.

      2)   Foreign Travel

                 Requests  for  foreign  travel must be  submitted  at least six
                 weeks  in  advance  and  shall  contain  the   following:   (a)
                 meeting(s)  and  place(s) to be visited,  with costs and dates;
                 (b) name(s) and title(s) of contractor  personnel to travel and
                 their functions in the contract project;  (c) contract purposes
                 to be  served  by the  travel;  (d) how  travel  of  contractor
                 personnel  will benefit and  contribute  to  accomplishing  the
                 contract project,  or will otherwise justify the expenditure of
                 NIH contract funds;  (e) how such advantages  justify the costs
                 for travel and absence from the project of more than one person
                 if such are suggested; and (f) what additional functions may be
                 performed by the travelers to accomplish  other purposes of the
                 contract and thus further benefit the project.

     3)   Government Discount Air Travel Rates

           a)     To the  maximum  extent  practicable  consistent  with  travel
                  requirements,  the  Contractor  agrees to use the  reduced air
                  transportation  rates and services  provided through available
                  Government  discount air fares. These fares are available only
                  for bona-fide employees' travel that is otherwise reimbursable
                  as a direct cost pursuant to this  contract.  The objective is
                  to achieve  the lowest  overall  cost to the  Contractor  and,
                  thus, to the Government.  The Contractor  shall submit written
                  requests to the Contracting  Officer for  authorization to use
                  these rates.  The request  shall  provide the full name of the
                  traveler(s),  the number of the  contract for which the travel
                  is  being  performed,  the  contract  objective  that is to be
                  fulfilled, and the dates during which the



                                        6

                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


                  travel is to occur.  Contracting  Officer approval,  if given,
                  will be on official  agency  letterhead so that the letter can
                  be   presented   to  the  airline  as   confirmation   of  the
                  authorization.

           b)     Nothing  in this  clause  shall  authorize  transportation  or
                  services  which  are not  otherwise  reimbursable  under  this
                  contract. Nothing in this clause requires air carriers to make
                  available to the Contractor any Government discount airfares.


ARTICLE B.4. ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS

Other  provisions  of this contract  notwithstanding,  approval of the following
items  within  the  limits  set  forth  is  hereby   granted   without   further
authorization from the Contracting Officer.

a.   Indirect Rates



           [Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request.]




SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORKSTATEMENT

ARTICLE C.1. STATEMENT OF WORK

a.   Independently  and not as an agent of the Government,  the Contractor shall
     be required to furnish all the  necessary  services,  qualified  personnel,
     material,   equipment,  and  facilities,  not  otherwise  provided  by  the
     Government, as needed to perform the Statement of Work below:

     1)  The Contractor shall provide the services described below in accordance
         with Contractor-developed, Government-approved protocols:

         a)  separation  and  viable   cryopreservation   of  blood  mononuclear
             lymphocytes;

         b)  separation,  aliquotting and storage of serum,  plasma and/or urine
             as needed;

         c)  cryopreservation of bone marrow samples;

         d)  storage of tumor extracts;

         e)  cryopreservation of whole tumor tissue;





                                        7

                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


         f)  cryopreservation of intact red blood cells;

         g)  viable  cryopreservation of previously  established  lymphoblastoid
             cell lines;

         h)  storage of DNA and other  biological  materials as specified by the
             Project Officer;

         i)  extraction of DNA from biologic materials;

         j)  specimen processing as required by NCI to preserve special biologic
             materials;

         k)  logging  in,  labeling  and  tracking  of each vial of each  sample
             employing an NCI developed  computerized  specimen tracking system,
             including  all  laboratory  safeguards  to insure the  fidelity and
             purity of each sample; and

         l)  maintenance  of  the  previously-established  repository  currently
             containing  300,000  biological  specimens  and  allowance  for  an
             estimated increase of up to 25% of freezer storage space.

         These services shall be available  routinely  between the hours of 9:00
         a.m.  and 2:00  p.m.,  Monday  through  Friday,  and at any other  time
         (including  nights,  weekends  and  holidays)  by special  arrangement,
         usually  with  advance  notice.  A  laboratory  staff  member  shall be
         available during  non-business hours for emergency specimen  processing
         (as might occur when a patient  dies).  A biohazard  area  adequate for
         processing  specimens with Acquired  Immunodeficiency  Syndrome  (AIDS)
         shall be available for the processing of all biologic samples.

2)       The Contractor shall supply  messenger  service to pick up specimens or
         inter-laboratory  communication  from  medical care  facilities  in the
         Washington,  D.C. area or at area transportation centers (i.e., Dulles,
         D.C.  National  and  Baltimore/Washington   Airports).  This  messenger
         service shall be supplied by the  Contractor and not  subcontracted  to
         commercial  carriers.  All specimens  submitted to the  laboratory  for
         processing  shall be scheduled  in advance,  except in  emergencies  as
         detailed  below.  Specimens  shall  be  delivered  to the  Contractor's
         laboratory  within four hours of  notification  for pick-up.  Specimens
         shall  be  protected  from  temperature  extremes  by use of  insulated
         containers  or other  acceptable  means as needed.  A  portable  liquid
         nitrogen  container  for  transport of frozen cells or tumor  specimens
         shall also be required.  Only specimens  provided by or approved by the
         Project  Officer  shall be accepted for  processing  and storage by the
         Contractor.





                                        8



                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


3)      The  Contractor  shall be  responsible  for recording and monitoring the
        location of all specimens that are being sent or received through use of
        a log  book of all  requests  and  specimens.  The  Contractor  shall be
        responsible  for  monitoring,  shipping  and  receipt  of  specimens  to
        minimize delay or loss. If a specimen is not received  within four hours
        of expected delivery, the Contractor shall inform the Project Officer by
        telephone.  An after-hours  telephone number of the  Contractor's  staff
        member  shall be  available  to assist in this  follow-up  and the staff
        member  shall be  available  at that  number.  The  Contractor  shall be
        responsible for tracing immediately the location of delinquent specimens
        not received  when  expected.  All  specimens  that are of  questionable
        research  value  shall  be noted  and the  Project  Officer  immediately
        notified  by  telephone,  as well as in writing,  providing  identifying
        names or  numbers,  quantity,  place of  origin,  etc.,  so that  repeat
        specimens can be obtained.  The  Contractor  shall  designate a specific
        individual to be responsible  for  after-hours  specimen  processing and
        name an alternate to act when the primary person is not available.

4)      The Contractor shall maintain a repository of biologic specimens for the
        Epidemiology and Biostatistics  Program (EBP). This shall include frozen
        serum,  plasma,  urine, tumor tissue,  tumor tissue extracts,  whole red
        blood cells,  separated  and frozen  white blood cells,  or fractions of
        white  blood  cell   populations,   bone  marrow  cells,   body  fluids,
        lymphoblastoid  cell lines, DNA, stool specimens or smears on slides and
        other types of  specimens as  specified  by the Project  Officer.  These
        materials  shall be  maintained  at optimum  temperatures  for long-term
        storage, including liquid nitrogen, if appropriate.

5)      All  specimens  will be  submitted  to the  Contractor,  accompanied  by
        written  identification of the specimen source,  using forms supplied by
        the Project Officer.  Specimens from members of NCI-associated  families
        will be submitted with a unique Family Studies  identification number to
        insure compatibility with NCI laboratory computer data bases.  Specimens
        shall  be  assigned  a  unique  code  number  which  shall  be the  only
        identification  of  the  specimen  in  future   laboratory   processing,
        dispersal,  etc.  This code  number  shall  comply  with the  format and
        convention established by the NCI Project Officer. The name of the donor
        shall  not  be  used  in  labeling  of  specimens  or in  correspondence
        concerning  the specimen by laboratory  personnel.  Such labeling  shall
        uniquely  identify  each vial of each  specimen  and the quality of that
        individual   vial  will  be  recorded  and  updated  as  needed  in  the
        NCI-developed computer system.

6)      The  Contractor  shall provide and train primary and backup staff in the
        operation of a computerized  record system for specimens  which has been
        developed and furnished by the Project Officer.  Using this system,  the
        laboratory  shall keep records of all  manipulation on all specimens and
        accurately  enter data on each specimen.  The data shall include but not
        be limited to vial identification number, study ID, material type and




                                        9




                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060




        material  description,  volume or cell concentration,  freezer location,
        subject ID, crisis events,  data received,  specimen vial quality,  etc.
        Data shall be entered  into the system  within 48 hours of receipt or as
        specified  by  the  NCI  Project   Officer.   The  Contractor  shall  be
        responsible  for extracting this  information  from either data forms or
        floppy disks which will be transmitted with the samples.  The Contractor
        shall also use this system to monitor and track all  activities  related
        to  specimens.  The Project  Officer  will supply  computer  support for
        generating management reports for the Contractor on a regular basis.

7)      The  Contractor  shall  prepare  a variety  of  specimens  for  storage.
        Specifically,  white  blood cell  separation,  fractionation  and viable
        cryopreservation, red blood cell cryopreservation,  serum separation and
        storage of aliquots of 0.5 ml,  plasma  separation  and  storage,  tumor
        tissue  freezing,  tumor tissue extracts,  urine,  serum, or blood fluid
        lyophilization,  freezing and/or extraction of stool specimens and other
        techniques  as  required.   Specimens  shall  be  stored  in  containers
        impervious  to entry of CO2 so that they can be shipped  on dry ice.  In
        order to ensure the  viability  of valuable  specimens,  the  Contractor
        shall be prepared  to have  appropriate  personnel  travel to a contract
        site,  foreign or domestic,  to train local staff on optimal  techniques
        for freezing viable material.

8)      Freezers  shall be equipped with a stylus  recording  system  indicating
        consistency of temperature  which shall be reviewed  frequently each day
        at specified times.  Freezer  malfunctions must give warning by means of
        an alarm  system.  The  Contractor  must provide a central  alarm system
        monitored  24-hours a day, 365 days a year. A  switch-operated  electric
        generator of appropriate  wattage for these particular freezers shall be
        hooked up and on standby in the event of a major  power  outage.  Liquid
        nitrogen  freezers must have automatic filling  mechanisms  drawing on a
        constant central source of liquid nitrogen with emergency  back-up.  All
        unplanned defrostings must be logged, giving date and times during which
        defrostings  were in effect and  temperature  reached,  and  reported by
        telephone as soon as possible to the Project Officer.  The circumstances
        of the defrosting  shall be reported  immediately to the Project Officer
        in writing, giving full particulars.

9)      The  laboratory  shall keep clear  records of all  manipulations  on all
        specimens  and  carefully   document   specimen   type,   volume,   cell
        concentration,  source, "crisis events", etc. for each sample. The exact
        freezer location shall be known for each specimen and shall be kept in a
        master log which is easy to  understand.  Information  shall be supplied
        routinely to the NCI Project  Officer on forms  designed and supplied by
        NCI in  conjunction  with  laboratory  personnel.  These  records  shall
        include number of vials,  exact location of vials and specimen type. The
        Contractor shall conduct a complete inventory of all stored specimens on
        an annual basis.  Thorough  quality control  protocols must be designed,
        documented and


                                       10




                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


        approved by the NCI Project Officer.  These protocols must be rigorously
        implemented  in the  conduct  of the  inventories.  The  results of each
        inventory shall be documented in the Annual Technical Progress Report.

10)     The  Contractor  shall respond only to written  requests for  biological
        specimens from collaborating investigators,  which have been approved by
        the NCI Project Officer or his/her  designee(s).  Specimens shall not be
        sent to any investigators without a written request from the NCI Project
        Officer or  his/her  designee(s).  A copy of this  written  request  and
        Contractor-generated  correspondence  shall  be sent to the NCI  Project
        Officer.  All written requests for specimen  distribution shall be acted
        upon within four working  days of receipt,  unless  permission  to delay
        such action is obtained from the Project Officer.

        The  Contractor  shall not  supply  the  outside  collaborator  with any
        information  concerning the biological specimens other than code number,
        specimen  type or other  information  essential to specimen  processing.
        Requests for identification of the patient,  the diagnosis,  demographic
        information  or other  such  information  shall be  referred  to the NCI
        Project Officer.

        The  Contractor  shall  never  send out the last vial from a  particular
        specimen without explicit authorization from the Project Officer.

        The Contractor  shall prepare  specimens for shipment,  supply  shipping
        containers  appropriate to maintain specimens in the proper state (cool,
        frozen, deep frozen,  etc.) and make arrangements through commercial air
        freight  companies  and other  carriers to send  biologic  specimens  to
        collaborating  investigators in an expeditious (e.g.,  overnight or same
        day) fashion.  For immunologic or genetic typing studies, the Contractor
        shall prepare  specimens for delivery to the local HLA typing laboratory
        or immune  function  laboratory in a suitable  form.  The local in-house
        delivery service shall be used for these particular  specimens to ensure
        expeditious delivery under optimum conditions. In some cases, commercial
        freight companies shall be used in overnight  shipments to investigators
        in other cities.  The Contractor  shall be responsible for notifying the
        receiving  laboratory of the specimens shipment and anticipated  arrival
        time to insure that the receiving  laboratory is prepared to receive the
        specimens. All specimens for both immunologic testing and HLA typing and
        serum or  other  type  storage  shall be  processed  by the  Contractor.
        Peripheral  blood  cells  shall be  aliquoted  for  storage in  suitable
        quantities for subsequent  testing.  Other specimens,  such as red blood
        cells, plasma,  serum, urine, stool, tumor tissue, and body fluids shall
        be processed for storage.

11)     A large  repository  of sera and  cells  used for  immunogenetic  tissue
        typing shall be inventoried,  stored and maintained under this contract.
        This shall include  preparing  appropriate  inventory forms for specimen
        storage, retrieval and shipment.


                                       11




                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


        The  laboratory  shall retain  written,  hard-copy  records of inventory
        sheets and shall supply  copies in suitable  form for computer  entry by
        NCI computer support  personnel.  Laboratory  personnel shall verify the
        accuracy of  information  as it is entered in the  computer  against the
        original data, and errors shall be corrected.

12)     The Contractor shall be prepared to process up to 1100 mls. of blood per
        day four days per week for lymphocyte  harvesting  (these samples coming
        from as many as 60 donors per day). For this aspect of the contract,  it
        is anticipated that technicians  shall be available at least one day per
        weekend  through the entire  period of this  contract (the weekend blood
        samples will be less than 200 mls. and from less than five donors).  The
        Contractor  shall also be prepared to receive and process  approximately
        5000 serum vials from up to 400 individuals and  approximately  250 mls.
        whole blood per month for plasma and red blood cell storage.

13)     The  Contractor  shall  handle  international  shipments  of  biological
        specimens (blood components,  urine, gastric juice, and biopsy specimen)
        and clearance of these shipments through U.S. and foreign customs.  Most
        of these samples are being collected in a  collaborative  study with the
        Beijing  Institute for Cancer Research  investigating  causes of stomach
        cancer.  Pan Alpina,  a European  company  with  officers in Beijing and
        Northern  Virginia,  will ship these samples from China to the U.S. West
        Coast,  clear them  through  U.S.  customs,  and then  transfer  them to
        Federal  Express for shipment to various  laboratories in the U.S. or to
        the Contractor's own facilities for short-term storage. In addition, Pan
        Alpina will occasionally ship samples from the U.S. via the Contractor's
        short-term  storage  facilities  to  laboratories  outside the U.S.  The
        Contractor  shall  serve as the  liaison  between  Biostatistics  Branch
        scientists  and Pan  Alpina  and must work  closely  with Pan  Alpina to
        coordinate  these shipments.  Close  coordination is vital because these
        samples  need to be kept  frozen  with dry ice,  and  freezer-to-freezer
        shipping time must be less than 72 hours. Delays of just one or two days
        will seriously jeopardize months of scientific and medical work.

        Another large group of samples (estimated to be at least 40,000 aliquots
        of sera and 20,000  cervical  swabs) will be shipped from Costa Rica and
        shall  require  similar  clearance,  transfer,  and storage.  A separate
        shipping/customs  agent shall be procured by the  Contractor  to provide
        this  service.  Large  quantities  of samples are shipped  from  London,
        Europe, the West Indies,  Africa and other geographic  locales.  In each
        instance,  the  repository  Contractor  shall  have  responsibility  for
        coordinating  logistics  to  insure  their  timely  arrival,   including
        contracting  with  appropriate  customs  brokers  and agents to expedite
        shipment and customs clearances.




                                       12





                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060



ARTICLE C.2. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

a.   Technical Progress Reports

     In addition to those reports  required by the other terms of this contract,
     the  contractor  shall prepare and submit the following  reports during the
     period of performance of this contract:

     1)  Monthly Computerized and Written Reports

         The Contractor  shall submit Monthly  Computerized  and Written Reports
         summarizing  the status of all newly  received  specimens and outlining
         all  dispersals  by the  laboratory.  A summary  of all  correspondence
         consisting of requests for shipment,  cover letters and inquiries  from
         outside  collaborators  shall be  submitted  monthly to the NCI Project
         Officer and copies made  available  upon request.  Emphasis shall be on
         conciseness as well as comprehensiveness.

         The first monthly report shall cover the period consisting of the first
         full calendar  month  following the effective  date of the contract and
         any fractional  part of the initial month and shall be due on or before
         April 15, 1993.  Thereafter,  monthly reports shall be due on or before
         the 15th day of the month following each monthly reporting period.  The
         submission of monthly  reports shall  continue  through the exercise of
         each option period. A Monthly Computerized and Written Report shall not
         be required when submitting the Annual Reports or the Final Report.

     2)  Annual Technical Progress Reports

         The Contractor  shall prepare Annual  Technical  Progress Reports which
         explain the progress of work performed under this contract. Each report
         shall  describe  the  progress  of the  project  to  date,  noting  all
         technical  areas in which the effort is being  directed and  indicating
         the status of work in each  area.  This  report  shall  include:  (a) a
         quantitative  summary of the  numbers  of  specimens  processed  by the
         Contractor,  their type and  investigator  source;  (b)  shipments  and
         logistics;  (c) an indication of any current  problems which may impede
         performance under the contract and the proposed  corrective action, and
         (d) a  discussion  of work to be  performed  during the next  reporting
         period.  The annual  report  shall,  in  addition,  include a complete,
         up-to-date  inventory of the  Repository  and its contents.  Additional
         interim reports may be requested as necessary.

         The first annual report shall cover the period  consisting of the first
         full year following the effective date of the contract and shall be due
         on or before February 28, 1994. If the Government exercises its options
         pursuant to ARTICLE  H.5.,  the annual report will be due on/before the
         expiration  date  of each  option  year.  If the  Government  does  not
         exercise  its  options,  the  annual  report  shall  cover  the  period
         consisting of the first full year  following the effective date of this
         contract through the



                                       13


                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060



         expiration  date of the current  option period and shall  represent the
         Final Technical  Progress  Report.  Emphasis shall be on conciseness as
         well as comprehensiveness.  A separate Annual Technical Progress Report
         shall not be required when submitting the Final Report.

       3)   Final Technical Progress Report

         The Contractor  shall submit a Final  Technical  Progress  Report on or
         before the  expiration  date of the  contract.  The Final  Report shall
         include  information in sufficient  detail to describe  comprehensively
         the  results  achieved  and  shall  include  a  summation  of the  work
         performed for the entire contract period of performance.

       4)   Summary of Salient Results

         The Contractor shall submit,  with the Final Technical Progress Report,
         a summary (not to exceed 200 words) of salient results  achieved during
         the performance of the contract.

b.    Addresses for Submission of Technical Progress Reports

      Technical progress reports shall be addressed to:

      ORIGINAL TO:        Contracting Officer
                          Cancer Etiology Contracts Section
                          Research Contracts Branch, OD
                          National Cancer Institute
                          Executive Plaza South, Suite 620
                          Bethesda, Maryland 20892

      TWO COPIES TO:      Project Officer
                          Viral Epidemiology Branch
                          Epidemiology & Biostatistics Program
                          Division of Cancer Etiology
                          National Cancer Institute
                          Executive Plaza North, Suite 434
                          Bethesda, Maryland 20892


SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING

ARTICLE D.1. PACKAGING

Specimens  shall be  protected  from  temperature  extremes by use of  insulated
containers  or other  acceptable  means as needed.  A portable  liquid  nitrogen
container for transport of frozen cells shall also be required.






                                       14



                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060



ARTICLE D.2. MARKING

All  deliverables  under  this  contract  shall be clearly  identified  with the
subject  contract  number.  All specimens  shall be submitted to the Contractor,
accompanied  by written  identification  of the  specimen  source,  using  forms
supplied  by  the  Project   Officer.   All   specimens   from  members  of  the
NCI-associated  families  will be  submitted  with a unique  alpha-numeric  code
number  which  will  be the  only  identification  of  the  specimen  in  future
laboratory processing,  dispersal,  etc. The name of the donor shall not be used
in the  labeling  of  specimens  by  laboratory  personnel.  No names of persons
enrolled in AIDS-associated studies shall be written on vials.

ARTICLE D.3.  SHIPPING

The Contractor shall prepare specimens for shipment,  supply shipping containers
appropriate  to maintain  specimens  in the proper  state  (cool,  frozen,  deep
frozen, etc.) and make arrangements through commercial air freight companies and
other carriers to send biologic  specimens to collaborating  investigators in an
expeditious  (e.g.,  overnight or same day) fashion.  For immunologic or genetic
typing studies, the Contractor shall prepare specimens for delivery to the local
Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA) typing laboratory or immune function laboratory in
a suitable  form. The local  in-house  delivery  service shall be used for these
particular specimens to ensure expeditious delivery under optimum conditions. In
some cases,  commercial freight companies shall be used for overnight  shipments
to  investigators  in other cities.  The  Contractor  shall be  responsible  for
notifying the receiving  laboratory  of the specimens  shipment and  anticipated
arrival time to insure that the receiving  laboratory is prepared to receive the
specimens.

SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE

ARTICLE E.1. INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE

a.   The Contracting Officer or the duly authorized  representative will perform
     inspection and acceptance of materials and services to be provided.

b.   For the purpose of this ARTICLE,  the Project Officer identified in ARTICLE
     G.1., is the authorized representative of the Contracting Officer.

c.   Inspection  and  acceptance  will  be  performed  at  the  National  Cancer
     Institute,   Division  of  Cancer  Etiology,   Viral  Epidemiology  Branch,
     Epidemiology & Biostatistics  Program, 6130 Executive Boulevard,  Executive
     Plaza North, Room 434, Rockville, Maryland 20852.

     Acceptance  may be presumed  unless  otherwise  indicated in writing by the
     Contracting Officer or the duly authorized representative within 30 days of
     receipt.




                                       15


                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060



d.   This contract incorporates the following clause by reference, with the same
     force and  effect  as if it were  given in full  text.  Upon  request,  the
     Contracting Officer will make its full text available.

     FAR  52.246-9,  INSPECTION  OF RESEARCH AND  DEVELOPMENT  - (SHORT FORM)
     (APRIL 1984).


SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE

ARTICLE F.1,  PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE

The period of performance of Year 1 of this contract shall be from March 1, 1993
through February 28, 1994.

If the  Government  exercises  its  options  pursuant  to ARTICLE  H.5.  of this
contract, the period of performance of this contract will be:

       Option 1, Year 2 -- March 1, 1994 through  February  28, 1995.
       Option 2, Year 3 -- March 1, 1995 through  February  29, 1996.
       Option 3, Year 4 -- March 1, 1996 through February 28, 1997.


ARTICLE F.2. LEVEL OF EFFORT

a.   During Year 1 of this  contract,  the  Contractor  shall provide  [Language
     Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment  Request.] total direct labor hours.
     If the  Government  exercises its options  pursuant to ARTICLE H.5. of this
     contract,  the total direct labor hours of this  contract will be increased
     by [Language  Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment  Request.] labor hours
     (Option  1,  Year  2);  [Language  Deleted  due to  Confidential  Treatment
     Request.]  labor  hours  (Option  2,  Year  3);  [Language  Deleted  due to
     Confidential  Treatment Request.] labor hours (Option 3, Year 4). The labor
     hours exclude vacation,  sick leave, and holiday.  It is estimated that the
     labor  hours  are  constituted  as  specified  below  and will be  expended
     approximately as follows:


                                               Option 1   Option 2     Option 3
      Labor Category                Year 1       Year 2     Year 3       Year 4
      --------------                ------       ------     ------       ------



           [Language Deleted due to Confidential Treatment Request.]



                     TOTALS         

b.   The Contractor shall have satisfied the requirement herein if not less than
     90% nor more than 110% of the total direct labor hours specified herein are
     furnished. Accordingly, the Contractor shall not expend more than 110%.



                                       16



                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060



c.   In the event fewer hours than the minimum  specified number of direct labor
     hours in the total  categories are used by the Contractor in  accomplishing
     the prescribed work and the Government has not invoked its rights under the
     FAR Clause 52.249-6, TERMINATION (Cost-Reimbursement), incorporated in this
     contract,  these parties  agree that the fee will be adjusted  based solely
     upon the  quantity  of hours by which  the  number of  direct  labor  hours
     furnished is less than the number of direct  labor hours  specified in this
     ARTICLE.  The  resulting  adjustment  shall  be  evidenced  by  a  contract
     modification.


ARTICLE F.3.  STOP WORK ORDER

This  contract  incorporates  the following  clause by reference,  with the same
force and effect as if it were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting
Officer will make its full text available.

     FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSE:
     52.212-13, STOP WORK ORDER (AUGUST 1989) with ALTERNATE I (APRIL 1984).


SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA

ARTICLE G.1. PROJECT OFFICER

The following  Project  Officer(s) will represent the Government for the purpose
of this contract:

           Dr. Paul A. Levine, Project Officer
           Dr. William A. Blattner, Assistant Project Officer

The  Project  Officer  is  responsible  for:  (1)  monitoring  the  Contractor's
technical progress, including the surveillance and assessment of performance and
recommending  to  the  Contracting   Officer   changes  in   requirements;   (2)
interpreting  the  Statement  of  Work  and  any  other  technical   performance
requirements;  (3) performing technical  evaluation as required;  (4) performing
technical  inspections  and  acceptances  required  by  this  contract;  and (5)
assisting  in  the   resolution  of  technical   problems   encountered   during
performance.

The Contracting Officer is the only person with authority to act as agent of the
Government under this contract.  Only the Contracting  Officer has authority to:
(1) direct or  negotiate  any changes in the  Statement  of Work;  (2) modify or
extend  the  period of  performance;  (3)  change  the  delivery  schedule;  (4)
authorize  reimbursement  to  the  Contractor  any  costs  incurred  during  the
performance of this contract;  or (5) otherwise  change any terms and conditions
of this contract.

The Government may unilaterally change its Project Officer designation.






                                       17


                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060



ARTICLE G.2. KEY PERSONNEL

Pursuant  to the  Key  Personnel  clause  incorporated  in  this  contract,  the
following  individual(s)  is/are  considered  to be  essential to the work being
performed hereunder:

                    NAME                           TITLE
                    ----                           -----

      Dr. Hanna Weissberger              Principal Investigator
      Radhika Uppaluri                   Laboratory Manager


ARTICLE G.3. INVOICE SUBMISSION

a.   Invoice/Financing  Request  Instructions  for NIH  Cost-Reimbursement  Type
     Contracts  NIH(RC)-l  are  attached  and made  part of this  contract.  The
     instructions   and  the  following   directions   for  the   submission  of
     invoices/financing  request must be followed to meet the  requirements of a
     "proper" payment request pursuant to FAR 32.9.

        Invoices/financing requests shall be submitted concurrently as follows:

     1)   An original and two copies to the following designated payment office:

                          National Institutes of Health
                          Division of Financial Management
                          Chief, Contracts Section FAAB
                          Building 31, Room BlBO5A
                          9000 Rockville Pike
                          Bethesda, Maryland 20892

      2)   Three copies to the following approving officer:

                          Contracting Officer
                          Cancer Etiology Contracts Section
                          Research Contracts Branch, OD
                          National Cancer Institute, NIH
                          Executive Plaza South, Suite 620
                          Bethesda, Maryland  20892

     Inquiries  regarding   payment  of  invoices  should  be  directed  to  the
        designated payment office,  attention of Chief,  Contracts Section, FAAB
        (301) 496-6452.





                                       18


                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060



b.   The Contractor  shall include the following  certification on every invoice
     for  reimbursable  costs incurred with Fiscal Year 1993 funds.  For billing
     purposes,  certified  invoices are required for the billing  period  during
     which  Fiscal  Year 1993 funds were  initially  charged  through  the final
     billing period utilizing the Fiscal Year 1993 funds:

             "I hereby certify that the salaries charged in this invoice are in
             compliance  with  P.L.  102-394  and  ARTICLE  H.6.  of  the above
             referenced contract."


ARTICLE G.4. CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORT

a.   Financial  reports  on the  attached  Form NIH  2706,  Financial  Report of
     Individual  Project/Contract,  shall  be  submitted  by the  Contractor  in
     accordance  with the  Instructions  for  Completing  Form NIH  2706,  which
     accompany the form, in an original and two copies,  not later than the 30th
     working day after the close of the reporting  period.  The line entries for
     subdivisions of work and elements of cost  (expenditure  categories)  which
     shall be reported  within the total  contract are listed in  paragraph  e.,
     below.  Subsequent  changes  and/or  additions in the line entries shall be
     made in writing.

b.   Unless  otherwise  stated in that part of the  Instructions  for Completing
     Form NIH 2706, entitled  "PREPARATION  INSTRUCTIONS," all columns A through
     J, shall be completed for each report submitted.

c.   The first financial  report shall cover the period  consisting of the first
     full three calendar months following the date of the contract,  in addition
     to any fractional part of the initial month. Thereafter, reports will be on
     a quarterly basis.

d.   The  Contracting  Officer  may require the  Contractor  to submit  detailed
     support for costs contained in one or more interim financial reports.  This
     clause does not supersede  the record  retention  requirements  in FAR Part
     4.7.

e.   The following is a listing of expenditure categories to be reported:

       Expenditure Category
                  A
       --------------------

             1) Direct Labor
             2) Overhead
             3) Materials & Supplies
             4) Shipping
             5) Freezer Maintenance and Repair
             6) G&A
             7) Fixed Fee
             8) Government Furnished Equipment
             9) TOTAL CPFF



                                       19


                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


ARTICLE G.5. INDIRECT COST RATES

In  accordance  with  Federal  Acquisition  Regulation  (FAR) (48 CFR Chapter 1)
Clause 52.216-7 (d)(2),  Allowable Cost and Payment incorporated by reference in
this  contract  in  Part  II,  Section  I,  the  cognizant  Contracting  Officer
responsible  for  negotiating  provisional  and/or final  indirect cost rates is
identified as follows:

            Chief, Financial Advisory Services Branch
            Division of Contracts and Grants
            Building 31, Room 1B43
            9000 Rockville Pike
            National Institutes of Health
            Bethesda, Maryland 20892

These rates are hereby  incorporated  without  further action of the Contracting
Officer.


ARTICLE G.6. GOVERNMENT PROPERTY

a.   In  addition  to the  requirements  of  the  clause,  GOVERNMENT  PROPERTY,
     incorporated  in Section I of this contract,  the  Contractor  shall comply
     with the provisions of DHHS Publication,  Contractor's Guide for Control of
     Government  Property,  (1990),  which is incorporated into this contract by
     reference.  Among other issues, this publication  provides a summary of the
     Contractor's   responsibilities  regarding  purchasing  authorizations  and
     inventory and  reporting  requirements  under the contract.  A copy of this
     publication   is  available   upon   request  to  the   Contract   Property
     Administrator.

     This contract's Contract Property Administrator is:

            David A. Hubbard, II
            Contracts Property Administrator
            Research Contracts Property Administration, NIH
            Building 13, Room 2E-65
            9000 Rockville Pike
            Bethesda, Maryland 20892
            (301) 496-6467

b.   Contractor-Acquired Government Property - Schedule I-B

     Pursuant to the clause, GOVERNMENT PROPERTY, incorporated in this contract,
     the  Contractor  will be  authorized  to  acquire  the  property  listed in
     Schedule  I-B,  below,  for  use in  direct  performance  of the  contract,
     following receipt of the Contracting  Officer's written approval,  based on
     contractor-furnished prices and evidence of competition.






                                       20


                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


                                  SCHEDULE I-B

Year 1:
                                                                    Total
                                                Estimated          Estimated
     Item                       Quantity        Unit Price           Cost
     ----                       --------        ----------           ----

Forma Freezers                     4            $4,794.00          $19,176
Forma Racks                      132               $52.00            6,864
MVE Liquid
   Nitrogen Freezers               2            $9,579.00           19,158
MVE Racks                         40               $80.00            3,200

       Year 1 Total Est. Cost:                                     $48,398


Option 1 (Year 2):
                                                                     Total
                                                Estimated          Estimated
     Item                       Quantity        Unit Price            Cost
     ----                       --------        ----------            ----

Forma Freezers                     4            $5,034.00          $20,136
Forma Racks                      132               $54.59            7,206
MVE Liquid
   Nitrogen Freezers               2           $10,058.00           20,116
MVE Racks                         40               $84.00            3,360

       Option 1 (Year 2) Total Est. Cost:                          $50,818


Option 2 (Year 3):
                                                                    Total
                                               Estimated          Estimated
    Item                       Quantity        Unit Price            Cost
    ----                       --------        ----------            ----

Forma Freezers                     4            $5,285.75          $21,143
Forma Racks                      132               $57.32            7,566
MVE Liquid
   Nitrogen Freezers               2           $10,561.00           21,122
MVE Racks                         40               $88.20            3,528

       Option 2 (Year 3) Total Est. Cost:                          $53,359






                                       21


                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


       Option 3 (Year 4):
                                                                           Total
                                                     Estimated         Estimated
           Item                       Quantity       Unit Price            Cost
           ----                       --------       ----------            ----

       Forma Freezers                    4            $5,550.00          $22,200
       Forma Racks                     132               $60.18            7,944
       MVE Liquid
         Nitrogen Freezers               2          $11,089.00            22,178
       MVE Racks                        40               $92.62            3,705

             Option 3 (Year 4) Total Est. Cost:                          $56,027


c.   Government Furnished Property - Schedule II-A

     Pursuant to the clause, GOVERNMENT PROPERTY, incorporated in this contract,
     the  Contractor  is hereby  authorized  to retain  custody of the  property
     listed  in the  attached  Schedule  II-A  (ATTACHMENT  7) for use in direct
     performance  of this  contract.  Accountability  for the  items  listed  in
     Schedule  II-A is hereby  transferred  to this  contract  from  predecessor
     Contract  No.  N01-CP-95663,  under which these items were  provided by the
     Government. Title to this property shall remain in the Government.


ARTICLE G.7. GOVERNMENT SUPPLY SOURCES

This  contract  incorporates  the following  clause by reference,  with the same
force and effect as if it were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting
Officer will make its full text available.

     FEDERAL  ACQUISITION  REGULATION  (48  CFR  CHAPTER  1)  CLAUSE  52.251-01,
     GOVERNMENT SUPPLY SOURCES


SECTION H - SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

ARTICLE H.l. REIMBURSEMENT OF COSTS FOR INDEPENDENT RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
PROJECTS

The primary purpose of the Public Health Service (PHS) is to support and advance
independent research within the scientific  community.  This support is provided
in the form of contracts and grants  totalling  approximately  7 billion dollars
annually.  PHS has  established  effective,  time  tested  and  well  recognized
procedures for stimulating and supporting this independent research by selecting
from multitudes of applications  those research  projects most worthy of support
within the  constraints of its  appropriations.  The  reimbursement  through the
indirect  cost  mechanism  of  independent  research and  development  costs not
incidental to product improvement would circumvent this competitive process.


                                       22


                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


To ensure that all research and development  projects  receive similar and equal
consideration,  all  organizations may compete for direct funding of independent
research and development  projects they consider worthy of support by submitting
those projects to the appropriate Public Health Service grant office for review.
Since these projects may be submitted for direct funding,  the Contractor agrees
that no costs for any independent  research and development  project,  including
all applicable indirect costs, will be claimed under this contract.

ARTICLE H.2. HUMAN SUBJECTS

It is hereby understood and agreed that research  involving human subjects shall
not be conducted under this contract, and that no material developed,  modified,
or delivered by or to the  Government  under this  contract,  or any  subsequent
modification of such material, shall be used by the Contractor or made available
by the Contractor for use by anyone other than the Government,  for experimental
or therapeutic  use involving  humans without the prior written  approval of the
Contracting Officer.

ARTICLE H.3. HUMAN MATERIALS

It is understood that the acquisition and supply of all human specimen  material
(including  fetal  material)  used under this contract  shall be obtained by the
Contractor  in full  compliance  with  applicable  State and Local  laws and the
provisions of the Uniform  Anatomical  Gift Act in the United States and that no
undue  inducements,  monetary  or  otherwise,  will be  offered to any person to
influence their donation of human material.

ARTICLE H.4.  PRIVACY ACT

This  procurement  action  requires  the  Contractor  to do one or  more  of the
following:  design,  develop,  or operate a system of records on  individuals to
accomplish an agency function in accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974, Public
Law 93-579,  December 31, 1974 (5 USC 552a) and applicable  agency  regulations.
Violation of the Act may involve the imposition of criminal penalties.

The  Privacy  Act  System  of  Records  applicable  to this  project  is  Number
09-25-0130. This document is incorporated into this contract as ATTACHMENT 4.

ARTICLE H.5. OPTION PROVISION

a.   Unless the Government exercises its option pursuant to paragraph b. of this
     article,  the contract will consist only of YEAR 1 of the Statement of Work
     as defined in Sections C and F of the  contract.  Pursuant to FAR  52.217-9
     set forth in  paragraph  b.,  below,  the  Government  may,  by  unilateral
     contract




                                       23


                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


     modification,  require the Contractor to perform Years 2 through 4 (Options
     2 through 3) of the  Statement  of Work as also defined in Sections C and F
     of the contract. If the Government exercises these options,  notice must be
     given at least 60 days prior to the expiration  date of this contract,  and
     the estimated  cost plus fixed fee of the contract will be increased as set
     forth in ARTICLE B.2.

b.   FAR 52,217-9. OPTION TO EXTEND THE TERM OF THE CONTRACT (MARCH 1989)

     (a) The  Government  may extend the term of this contract by written notice
         to the  Contractor  within  the time  specified  within  the  Schedule;
         provided,  that the Government  shall give the Contractor a preliminary
         written notice of its intent to extend at least 60 calendar days before
         the  contract  expires.  The  preliminary  notice  does not  commit the
         Government to an extension.

     (b) If the Government exercises this option, the extended contract shall be
         considered to include this option provision.

     (c) The total  duration of this  contract,  including  the  exercise of any
         options under this clause, shall not exceed four years.

                                 (End of clause)


ARTICLE H.6. SALARY RATE LIMITATION IN FISCAL YEAR 1993

a.      Pursuant to Public Law (P.L.) 102-394,  no NIH Fiscal Year 1993 (October
        1, 1992 - September 30, 1993) funds may be used to pay the direct salary
        of an  individual  through this contract at a rate in excess of $125,000
        per year (direct  salary is exclusive of Overhead,  Fringe  Benefits and
        General and Administrative  Expenses). The $125,000 per year salary rate
        limit also applies to individuals  proposed under subcontracts.  If this
        is a multi-year contract,  it may be subject to unilateral  modification
        by the Government if an individual's salary rate exceeds any salary rate
        ceiling established in future HHS appropriation acts. P.L.
        102-394 states in pertinent part:

             "None of the funds  appropriated  in this  title  for the  National
             Institutes  of Health and the  Substance  Abuse and  Mental  Health
             Services  Administration  shall  be used to pay  the  salary  of an
             individual  through a grant or  extramural  mechanism  at a rate in
             excess of $125,000 per year."





                                       24


                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


ARTICLE H.7. CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION

The following information is covered by HHSAR Clause 352.224-70, Confidentiality
of Information (APRIL 1984):

a.   Identification of the specimen source or donor name;
b.   All records of manipulations on all specimens;
c.   Information  concerning the  identification of the patient,  the diagnosis,
     demographic information or other such information;
d.   Written, hard-copy records of inventory sheets;


                                     PART II


SECTION I - CONTRACT CLAUSES

ARTICLE I.1 GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A COST-PLUS-A-FIXED-FEE CONTRACT - CLAUSES
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (APRIL 1984)

This contract  incorporates  the following  clauses by reference,  with the same
force  and  effect  as if they  were  given  in full  text.  Upon  request,  the
Contracting  Officer will make their full text  available  [FAR  52.252-2  (JUNE
1988)].

a.   FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES:

         FAR
      CLAUSE NO.     TITLE AND DATE

      52.203-1       Officials Not to Benefit (APRIL 1984)

      52.203-3       Gratuities (APRIL 1984)

      52.203-5       Covenant Against Contingent Fees (APRIL 1984)

      52.203-6       Restrictions on Subcontractor Sales to the Government (JULY
                     1985)

      52.203-7       Anti-Kickback Procedures (OCTOBER 1988)

      52.203-10      Price or Fee  Adjustment  for Illegal or Improper  Activity
                     (SEPTEMBER 1990)

      52.203-12      Limitation  on  Payments  to  Influence   Certain   Federal
                     Transactions (Over $100,000) (JANUARY 1990)

      52.209-6       Protecting the Government's  Interests when  Subcontracting
                     with  Contractors  Debarred,  Suspended,  or  Proposed  for
                     Debarment (NOVEMBER 1992)


                                                                         (12/92)
                                       25



                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


        FAR
      CLAUSE NO.     TITLE AND DATE

      52.215-1       Examination  of Records by  Comptroller  General  (FEBRUARY
                     1993)

      52.215-2       Audit--Negotiation (FEBRUARY 1993)

      52.215-22      Price  Reduction for  Defective  Cost or Pricing Data (Over
                     $100,000) (JANUARY 1991)

      52.215-24      Subcontractor   Cost  or  Pricing   Data  (Over   $100,000)
                     (DECEMBER 1991)

      52.215-27      Termination   of  Defined   Benefit   Pension  Plans  (Over
                     $100,000) (SEPTEMBER 1989)

      52.215-33      Order of Precedence (JANUARY 1986)

      52.215-39      Reversion  or  Adjustment  or  Plans  for   Post-retirement
                     Benefits  Other Than Pensions (PRB) (Over  $100,000)  (JULY
                     1991)

      52.216-7       Allowable Cost and Payment (JULY 1991)

      52.216-8       Fixed Fee (APRIL 1984)

      52.219-8       Utilization   of  Small   Business   Concerns   and   Small
                     Disadvantaged Business Concerns (FEBRUARY 1990)

      52.219-9       Small   Business   and   Small    Disadvantaged    Business
                     Subcontracting Plan (Over $500,000) (JANUARY 1991)

      52.219-13      Utilization of Women-Owned Small Businesses (AUGUST 1986)

      52.219-16      Liquidated   Damages--Small  Business  Subcontracting  Plan
                     (Over $500,000) (AUGUST 1989)

      52.220-1       Preference for Labor Surplus Area Concerns (APRIL 1984)

      52.220-3       Utilization of Labor Surplus Area Concerns (APRIL 1984)

      52.222-2       Payment for Overtime  Premiums (Over  $100,000) (JULY 1990)
                     (NOTE: The dollar amount in paragraph (a) of this clause is
                     $0 unless otherwise specified in the contract.)

      52.222-18      Notification of Employee Rights Concerning Payment of Union
                     Dues or Fees (MAY 1992)

      52.222-20      Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act (APRIL 1984)

      52.222-26      Equal Opportunity (APRIL 1984)


                                       26



                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


         FAR
      CLAUSE NO.     TITLE AND DATE

      52.222-28      Equal Opportunity  Preaward Clearance of Subcontracts (Over
                     $1,000,000) (APRIL 1984)

      52.222-35      Affirmative  Action for  Special  Disabled  and Vietnam Era
                     Veterans (APRIL 1984)

      52.222-36      Affirmative Action for Handicapped Workers (APRIL 1984)

      52.222-37      Employment   Reports  on  Special  Disabled   Veterans  and
                     Veterans of the Vietnam Era (JANUARY 1988)

      52.223-2       Clean Air and Water (Over $100,000) (APRIL 1984)

      52.223-6       Drug-Free Workplace (JULY 1990)

      52.225-11      Restrictions on Certain Foreign Purchases (MAY 1992)

      52.227-1       Authorization and Consent (APRIL 1984)

      52.227-2       Notice  and  Assistance   Regarding  Patent  and  Copyright
                     Infringement (APRIL 1984)

      52.227-3       Patent Indemnity (APRIL 1984)

      52.227-14      Rights in Data--General (JUNE 1987)

      52.232-9       Limitation on Withholding of Payments (APRIL 1984)

      52.232-17      Interest (JANUARY 1991)

      52.232-20      Limitation of Cost (APRIL 1984)

      52.232-23      Assignment of Claims (JANUARY 1986)

      52.232-25      Prompt Payment (SEPTEMBER 1992)

      52.232-28      Electronic Funds Transfer Payment Methods (APRIL 1989)

      52.233-1       Disputes (DECEMBER 1991)

      52.233-3       Protest After Award (AUGUST 1989) Alternate I (JUNE 1985)

      52.242-1       Notice of Intent to Disallow Costs (APRIL 1984)

      52.242-13      Bankruptcy (APRIL 1991)




                                       27



                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060

        FAR
      CLAUSE NO.     TITLE AND DATE

      52.243-2       Changes--Cost-Reimbursement   (AUGUST  1987)  Alternate  II
                     (APRIL 1984)

      52.244-2       Subcontracts   (Cost-Reimbursement  and  Letter  Contracts)
                     (JULY 1985)

      52.244-5       Competition in Subcontracting (APRIL 1984)

      52.245-5       Government Property (Cost-Reimbursement, Time-and-Material,
                     or Labor-Hour Contracts) (JANUARY 1986)

      52.246-23      Limitation of Liability (APRIL 1984)

      52.248-1       Value Engineering (Over $100,000) (MARCH 1989)

      52.249-6       Termination (Cost-Reimbursement) (MAY 1986)

      52.249-14      Excusable Delays (APRIL 1984)

      52.253-1       Computer Generated Forms (JANUARY 1991)

b. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES  ACQUISITION  REGULATION  (HHSAR) (48
   CFR CHAPTER 3) CLAUSES:

        HHSAR
      CLAUSE NO.     TITLE AND DATE

      352.202-1      Definitions (APRIL 1984) Alternate I (APRIL 1984)

      352.228-7      Insurance - Liability to Third Persons (DECEMBER 1991)

      352.232-9      Withholding of Contract Payments (APRIL 1984)

      352.233-70     Litigation and Claims (APRIL 1984)

      352.242-71     Final Decisions on Audit Findings (APRIL 1984)

      352.270-5      Key Personnel (APRIL 1984)

      352.270-6      Publication and Publicity (JULY 1991)

      352.270-7      Paperwork Reduction Act (APRIL 1984)


          [End of GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A COST-PLUS-A-FIXED-FEE CONTRACT]




                                       28



                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060

ARTICLE I.2. AUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTIONS OF CLAUSE

ARTICLE I.1. of this SECTION is hereby modified as follows:

FAR 52.215-31,  WAIVER OF FACILITIES  CAPITAL COST OF MONEY  (SEPTEMBER 1987) is
added.

FAR 52.219-9,  SMALL BUSINESS AND SMALL  DISADVANTAGED  BUSINESS  SUBCONTRACTING
PLAN (JANUARY  1991),  and FAR  52.219-16,  LIQUIDATED  DAMAGES--SMALL  BUSINESS
SUBCONTRACTING PLAN (AUGUST 1989), are deleted in their entirety.

FAR 52.232-20, LIMITATION OF COST, is deleted in its entirety and FAR 52.232-22,
LIMITATION OF FUNDS (APRIL 1984), is substituted therefor.


ARTICLE 1.3. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT CLAUSES

a.   FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES:

     This  contract  incorporates  the following  clauses by reference,  (unless
     otherwise  noted),  with the same force and effect as if they were given in
     full text. Upon request,  the Contracting Officer will make their full text
     available.

     1)   FAR 52.220-4, LABOR SURPLUS AREA SUBCONTRACTING PROGRAM (APRIL 1984).

     2)   FAR 52.224-1, PRIVACY ACT NOTIFICATION (APRIL 1984).

     3)   FAR 52.224-2, PRIVACY ACT (APRIL 1984).

     4)   ALTERNATE I (JUNE 1987), FAR 52.227-14,  RIGHTS IN DATA--GENERAL (JUNE
          1987).

     5)   FAR 52.247-63, PREFERENCE FOR U.S.-FLAG AIR CARRIERS  (APRIL 1984).

b.   DEPARTMENT  OF HEALTH  AND HUMAN  SERVICES  ACQUISITION  REGULATIONS/PUBLIC
     HEALTH SERVICE ACQUISITION  REGULATIONS  (HHSAR)/(PHSAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 3)
     CLAUSES:

     This  contract  incorporates  the following  clauses by reference,  (unless
     otherwise  noted)  with the same  force and effect as if they were given in
     full text. Upon request,  the Contracting Officer will make their full text
     available.

     1)  HHSAR 352.224-70, CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION (APRIL 1984).

     2)  PHS 352.223-70,  SAFETY AND HEALTH (APRIL 1984), is hereby incorporated
         in full text. See Part III, Section J of this contract.





                                       29


                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


c.   NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH) RESEARCH CONTRACTING (RC) CLAUSES:

     The following clauses are attached and made a part of this contract:

     1)  NIH(RC)-7,  PROCUREMENT OF CERTAIN EQUIPMENT (APRIL 1984) (OMB Bulletin
         81-16).


ARTICLE I.4. ADDITIONAL FAR CONTRACT CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT

This contract incorporates the following clause(s) in full text.

FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR)(48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES:

a.   FAR Clause 52.203-9 REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATE OF PROCUREMENT  INTEGRITY--
     MODIFICATION (NOVEMBER 1990)

           (a) Definitions.  The definitions set forth in FAR 3.104-4 are hereby
        incorporated in this clause.

           (b) The Contractor  agrees that it will execute the certification set
        forth in paragraph (c) of this clause when requested by the  Contracting
        Officer in  connection  with the execution of any  modification  of this
        contract.

           (c)  Certification.  As required in paragraph (b) of this clause, the
        officer or employee  responsible  for the  modification  proposal  shall
        execute the following certification:

          CERTIFICATE OF PROCUREMENT INTEGRITY--MODIFICATION (NOV 1990)

           (1) I,  ___________________  [Name of  certifier]  am the  officer or
        employee  responsible for the preparation of this modification  proposal
        and hereby  certify that,  to the best of my knowledge and belief,  with
        the exception of any information described in this certification, I have
        no  information   concerning  a  violation  or  possible   violation  of
        subsection 27(a), (b), (d), or (f) of the Office of Federal  Procurement
        Policy Act, as amended*  (41 U.S.C.  423),  (hereinafter  referred to as
        "the Act"), as implemented in the FAR,  occurring  during the conduct of
        this procurement ___________________ [contract and modification number].

           (2) As  required  by  subsection  27(e)(1)(B)  of the Act,  I further
        certify  that to the best of my  knowledge  and  belief,  each  officer,
        employee,     agent,      representative,      and     consultant     of
        ____________________[Name  of Offeror] who has  participated  personally
        and  substantially in the preparation or submission of this proposal has
        certified  that he or she is familiar  with,  and will comply with,  the
        requirements of subsection  27(a) of the Act, as implemented in the FAR,
        and will report immediately to me any information concerning a violation
        or possible violation of subsections 27(a), (b), (d), or (f) of the Act,
        as implemented in the FAR, pertaining to this procurement.



                                       30


                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


      (3)  Violations or possible  violations:  [Continue on plain bond paper if
necessary  and  label   Certificate   of   Procurement   Integrity--Modification
(Continuation Sheet), ENTER "NONE" IF NONE EXISTS]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------
[Signature of the officer or employee responsible for the modification  proposal
and date]

- ----------------------------------
[Typed  name  of the  officer  or  employee  responsible  for  the  modification
proposal]

*Subsections   27(a),   (b),  and  (d)  are   effective  on  December  1,  1990.
Subsection(f) is effective on June 1, 1991.

THIS CERTIFICATION CONCERNS A MATTER WITHIN THE JURISDICTION OF AN AGENCY OF THE
UNITED STATES AND THE MAKING OF A FALSE, FICTITIOUS, OR FRAUDULENT CERTIFICATION
MAY RENDER THE MAKER SUBJECT TO PROSECUTION  UNDER TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE,
SECTION 1001.

                             [End of certification]

      (d) In making the  certification in paragraph (2) of the certificate,  the
officer or employee of the  competing  Contractor  responsible  for the offer or
bid, may rely upon a one-time  certification  from each  individual  required to
submit a  certification  to the competing  Contractor,  supplemented by periodic
training.  These  certifications shall be obtained at the earliest possible date
after an individual  required to certify begins  employment or association  with
the  Contractor.  If a contractor  decides to rely on a  certification  executed
prior to the  suspension  of section 27 (i.e.,  prior to December 1, 1989),  the
Contractor shall ensure that an individual who has so certified is notified that
section 27 has been reinstated.  These certifications shall be maintained by the
Contractor  for a  period  of 6 years  from  the  date a  certifying  employee's
employment  with  the  company  ends  or,  for  an  agent,  representative,   or
consultant, 6 years from the date such individual ceases to act on behalf of the
Contractor.

      (e) The  certification  required  by  paragraph  (c) of this  clause  is a
material  representation of fact upon which reliance will be placed in executing
this modification.

                                 [End of clause]



                                       31


                                             Biotech Research Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                    N01-CP-33060


                                    PART III

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

The following documents are attached and incorporated in this contract:

1)   Invoice/Financing  Request  Instructions  for NIH  Cost-Reimbursement  Type
     Contracts, NIH(RC)-l (6/18/92), 5 pages.

2)   Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract, NIH 2706, (5/92), 1 page.

3)   Instructions  for Completing form NIH 2706,  Financial Report of Individual
     Project/Contract, (5/92), 3 pages.

4)   Privacy Act System of Records,  Number 09-25-0130,  as cited in the Federal
     Register Notice issued in Volume 56, Number 8, (1/11/91), 2 pages.

5)   Safety and Health, PHSAR Clause 352.223-70,(4/84), 2 pages.

6)   Procurement of Certain Equipment, NIH(RC)-7, (4/1/84), 1 page.

7)   Schedule II-A, Government Furnished Property, (3/1/93), 6 pages.


                                     PART IV

SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

The following documents are incorporated by reference in this contract:

1)   Representations and Certifications, dated October 23, 1992.


                               END of the SCHEDULE
                                   (CONTRACT)




                                       32





                     INVOICE/FINANCING REQUEST INSTRUCTIONS
              FOR NIH COST-REIMBURSEMENT TYPE CONTRACTS. NIH(RC)-l

General:  The Contractor shall submit claims for reimbursement in the manner and
format  described  herein and as  illustrated  in the  sample  invoice/financing
request.

Format: Standard Form 1034, Public Voucher for Purchases and Services Other Than
Personal;  and Standard  Form 1035,  Public  Voucher for  Purchases and Services
Other Than  Personal--Continuation  Sheet,  or  reproduced  copies of such forms
marked  ORIGINAL should be used to submit claims for  reimbursement.  In lieu of
SF-1034 and SF-1035,  claims may be submitted on Form NIH 2706, Financial Report
of Individual  Project/Contract,  or on the payee's  letterhead or self-designed
form   provided   that  it  contains  the   information   shown  on  the  sample
invoice/financing request.

Number of Copies: As indicated in the Invoice Submission clause in the contract.

Frequency:  Invoices/financing requests submitted in accordance with the payment
clause shall be submitted monthly unless otherwise authorized by the Contracting
Officer. 

Cost Incurrence  Period:Costs  incurred must be within the contract  performance
period or covered by precontract cost provisions.

Billing of Costs Incurred: If billed costs include: (1) Costs of a prior billing
period,  but not previously  billed,  or (2) costs incurred  during the contract
period  and  claimed  after the  contract  period  has  expired,  the amount and
month(s) in which such costs were incurred shall be cited.

Contractor's Fiscal Year:  Invoices/financing requests shall be prepared in such
a manner that costs claimed can be identified with the Contractor's fiscal year.

Currency:  All NIH  contracts  are  expressed in United  States  dollars.  Where
expenditures  are made in a currency other than United States dollars,  billings
on the contract  shall be  expressed,  and  reimbursement  by the United  States
Government  shall be made,  in that other  currency at amounts  coincident  with
actual costs incurred.  Currency fluctuations may not be a basis of gain or loss
to the  Contractor.  Notwithstanding  the above,  the total of all invoices paid
under this contract may not exceed the United States dollars authorized.

Costs  Requiring  Prior  Approval:  Costs  requiring the  Contracting  Officer's
approval  which are not set forth in an advance  understanding  in the  contract
shall be so identified  and reference the  Contracting  Officer's  Authorization
(COA) number.

Invoice/Financing  Request Identification:  Each invoice/financing request shall
be identified as either:

(a)  Interim  Invoice/Contract  Financing  Request:  These are  interim  payment
     requests during the contract performance period.








NIH(RC)-1                                                           ATTACHMENT 1
Rev. 6/18/92








(b)   Completion  Invoice:  The  completion  invoice is a final invoice which is
      submitted promptly upon completion of the work, but no later than one year
      from the  contract  completion  date.  The  completion  invoice  should be
      submitted when all costs (except for  finalization of indirect cost rates)
      have been  assigned to the contract and all  performance  provisions  have
      been completed.

(c)   Final  Invoice:  A revised final invoice may be required after the amounts
      owed have been settled  between the Government  and the Contractor  (e.g.,
      final  indirect  cost rates and  resolution of all  suspensions  and audit
      exceptions).

Preparation and  Itemization of the  Invoice/Financing  Request:  The Contractor
shall furnish the information set forth in the  explanatory  notes below.  These
notes are keyed to the entries of the sample invoice/financing request.

(a)   Payor's Name and Address: The paying office and address, identified in the
      Invoice Submission clause of the contract,  shall be entered on all copies
      of the invoice/financing request.

(b)   Invoice/Financing  Request Number: Insert the appropriate serial number of
      the invoice/financing request.

(c)   Date   Invoice/Financing   Request   Prepared:   Insert   the   date   the
      invoice/financing request is prepared.

(d)   Contract  Number and Date:  Insert the contract number and the date of the
      contract.

(e)   Payee's Name and Address: Show the Contractor's name (as it appears in the
      contract),  correct  address,  and  the  title  and  phone  number  of the
      responsible  official  to whom  payment  is to be sent.  When an  approved
      assignment has been made by the Contractor,  or a different payee has been
      designated,  then insert the name and address of the payee  instead of the
      Contractor.

(f)   Total  Estimated Cost of Contract:  Insert the total estimated cost of the
      contract,  exclusive of fixed-fee.  For  incrementally  funded  contracts,
      enter the amount currently obligated and available for payment.

(g)   Total Fixed-Fee: Insert the total fixed-fee (where applicable).

(h)   Billing  Period:  Insert the beginning and ending dates (day,  month,  and
      year)  of  the  period  in  which  costs  were   incurred  and  for  which
      reimbursement is claimed.

(i)   Amount Billed for Current  Period:  Insert the amount billed for the major
      cost elements, adjustment and adjusted amounts for the period.

(j)   Cumulative  Amount  from  Inception  to Date of this  Billing:  Insert the
      cumulative amounts billed for the major cost elements and adjusted amounts
      claimed during this contract.







NIH(RC)-1                                                           ATTACHMENT 1
Rev. 6/18/92








(k)   Direct Costs: Insert the major cost elements.  For each element,  consider
      the  application of the paragraph  entitled Costs Requiring Prior Approval
      on page 1 of these instructions.

      (1)  Direct  Labor:  This consists of salaries and wages paid (or accrued)
           for direct performance of the contract.

      (2)  Fringe Benefits: This represents fringe benefits applicable to direct
           labor and  billed  as a direct  cost.  Fringe  benefits  included  in
           indirect costs should not be identified here.

      (3)  Accountable  Personal  Property:   This  category  of  cost  includes
           permanent  research  equipment and general purpose equipment having a
           unit  acquisition  cost of  $1,000  or more and  having  an  expected
           service  life  of  more  than  two  years,  and  sensitive   property
           regardless  of cost (See the DHHS  Contractor's  Guide for Control of
           Government Property.) Show permanent research equipment separate from
           general purpose equipment.  Prepare and attach Form HHS-565,  "Report
           of   Accountable   Property,"  in   accordance   with  the  following
           instructions:

           List each item for which  reimbursement  is  requested.  A  reference
           shall be made to the following (as applicable):

                 (A) The item number for the specific piece of equipment  listed
                     in the Property Schedule;

                 (B) The Contracting Officer's  Authorization letter and number,
                     if the  equipment is not covered by the Property  Schedule,
                     or;

                 (C) Be preceded by an asterisk  (*) if the  equipment  is below
                     the approval level.

           Further  itemization  of  invoices/financing  requests  shall only be
           required  for  items  having  specific  limitations  set forth in the
           contract.

      (4)  Materials and Supplies:  This category  includes  equipment with unit
           costs of less than $500 or an expected  service  life of two years or
           less, and consumable material and supplies regardless of amount.

      (5)  Premium Pay: This is remuneration in excess of the basic hourly rate,

      (6)  Consultant Fee: Fees paid to consultants. Identify consultant by name
           or category as set forth in the contract's  advance  understanding or
           in the COA  letter,  as well as the  effort  (i.e.,  number of hours,
           days, etc.) and rate being billed.

      (7)  Travel: Foreign travel is travel outside of Canada, the United States
           and its territories  and  possessions.  However,  for an organization
           located  outside  Canada,  the United States and its  territories and
           possessions,  foreign  travel  means  travel  outside  that  country.
           Foreign travel should be billed separately from domestic travel.




NIH(RC)-1                                                           ATTACHMENT 1
Rev. 6/18/92








      (8)  Subcontract Costs: List subcontractor(s) by name and amount billed.

      (9)  Other:  List all other direct costs in total unless  exceeding $1,000
           in amount.  If over  $1,000,  list cost  elements  and dollar  amount
           separately.  If  the  contract  contains  restrictions  on  any  cost
           element, that cost element should be listed separately.

(l)   Cost of Money  (COM):  Cite the COM factor  and base in effect  during the
      time the cost was incurred and for which reimbursement is claimed.

(m)   Indirect  Costs--Overhead:  Cite the  formula  (rate  and  base) in effect
      during  the time the cost was  incurred  and for  which  reimbursement  is
      claimed. If special rate is being used; e.g., off-site, then so specify.

(n)   Fixed-Fee: If the contract provides for a fixed-fee, it must be claimed as
      provided for by the contract. Cite the formula or method of computation.

(o)   Total Amounts  Claimed:  Insert the total amounts  claimed for the current
      and cumulative periods.

(p)   Adjustments: This includes amounts conceded by the Contractor, outstanding
      suspensions and disapprovals subject to appeal.

(q)   Grand Totals

The Contracting  Officer may require the Contractor to submit  detailed  support
for costs claimed on one or more interim invoices/financing requests.





NIH(RC)-l                                                           ATTACHMENT 1
Rev. 6/18/92





                        SAMPLE INVOICE/FINANCING REQUEST


<TABLE>

<S>                                                         <C>
(a)   Payor's Name and Address                              (b) Invoice/Financing  Request No.
         NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH
         Division of Financial Management
         Contracts Section, FAAB                            (c) Date Voucher Prepared
         Building 31, Room B1B05A
         Bethesda, Maryland  20892
                                                            (d) Contract No. and Date

(e)   Payee's Name and Address
         ABC CORPORATION                                    (f) Total Est. Cost of Contract
         100 Main Street
         Anywhere, U.S.A.  zip code
                                                            (g) Total Fixed-Fee
         Attention:  Name, Title and Phone Number of
                     Official to Whom Payment is Sent


(h) This invoice/financing  request represents reimbursable costs from August 1,
1982 through August 31, 1982.

                                                  (i) Amount Billed    (j) Cumulative Amt. From
                                                       for Current           Inception to Date
                                                         Period               of this Billing

(k)   Direct Costs

        (1) Direct Labor                                 $ 3,400                   $ 6,800
        (2) Fringe Benefits                                  600                     1,200
        (3) Accountable Personal Property
                (Attach HHS-565)
                Permanent Research                          3,000                   8,000
                General Purpose                             2,000                   2,000
        (4) Materials and Supplies                          2,000                   4,000
        (5) Premium Pay                                       100                     150
        (6) Consultant Fee                                    100                     100
                Dr. Jones/1 day @ 100 (COA #3)
        (7) Travel -- (Domestic)                              200                     200
                      (Foreign)                               200                     200
        (8) Subcontract Cost                                    0                       0
        (9) Other                                               0                       0

                           Total Direct Costs             $11,600                 $20,650

(l) Cost of Money
        (Factor) of (Approp. Base)                          2,400                   3,600

(m) Indirect Costs - Overhead
        % of Direct Labor or Other Base (Formula)           4,000                   6,000

(n) Fixed-Fee Earned (Formula)                                700                   1,400

(o) Total Amount Claimed                                  $18,700                $31,650

(p) Adjustments
               Outstanding Suspensions

(q) Grand Totals                                          $18,700                $29,950


"I certify that all payments requested are for appropriate purposes and in accordance with the contract."



               (Name of Official)                             (Title)

</TABLE>




NIH(RC)-1                                                           ATTACHMENT 1
Rev. 6/18/92








<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                  National Institute of Health                    Project Task                       Contract No.                   
                                                                                                                                    
                 Financial Report of Individual
                        Project/Contract
                                                                  Reporting Period                   Contractor's Name and Address
             Complete this form in accordance with accompanying instructions.

    Expenditure Cagetory       Percentage of Effort/Hours         Cumulative        Incurred         Cumulative        Estimated    
                                                                   Insurred       Cost-Current      Cost to Date        Cost to     
                                                                 Cost at End         Period           (D + E)           Complete    
                                                               of Prior Period                                                      
                                Funded           Actual
             A                    B                 C                 D                 E                F                 G        
<S>                           <C>
Direct Labor                  22,435                                                                                               

Overhead                                                                                                                            

Materials/Supp.                                                                                                                     

Shipping                                                                                                                            

Freezer Maint.                                                                                                                      

G&A                                                                                                                                 

Fixed Fee                                                                                                                           
Government Furnished Equip.
                                                                                                                                    


TOTAL CPFF                                                                                                                          







                       Date of Report      0990-0134     
                                           0990-0131     
                                                         
                                                         

                                                         
                                                         
                     Estimated           Funded       Variance (Over     
                      Cost at       Contract Amount      or Under)  
                    Completion          Year 1           (I - H)        
                      (F + G)                                            
                                                                                
                         H                 I                 J           

Direct Labor        [Language  Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment  Request.]                                                 
                                                                                          
Overhead            [Language  Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment  Request.]          
                                                                                
Materials/Supp.     [Language  Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment  Request.]                                  
                                                                                
Shipping            [Language  Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment  Request.]                                  
                                                                                
Freezer Maint.      [Language  Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment  Request.]                                  
                                                                            
G&A                 [Language  Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment  Request.]                                  
                                                                                
Fixed Fee           [Language  Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment  Request.]                                  
Government Furnished Equip.                                                     
                    [Language  Deleted due to Confidential  Treatment  Request.]                                  
                                                                                
                                                                                
TOTAL CPFF                                                                      

                                                                                
NIH 2706 (5/92) Formerly HHS646                                                 
                                                                                
</TABLE>
                                                                    ATTACHMENT 2


                    INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING FORM NIH 2706
                "FINANCIAL REPORT OF INDIVIDUAL PROJECT/CONTRACT"

GENERAL INFORMATION

Purpose.  Form NIH 2706 is designed to: (1) provide a management tool for use by
NIH in monitoring the  application  of financial and personnel  resources to NIH
contracts,  (2) provide contractors with financial and personnel management data
which is usable in their management  processes,  (3) promptly indicate potential
areas of contract underruns or overruns by making possible comparisons of actual
performance and projections with prior estimates on individual  elements of cost
and  personnel,  and (4)  obtain  contractor's  analyses  of cause and effect of
significant  variations  between  actual and prior  estimates of  financial  and
personnel performance.

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

(a) Scope.  The specific  cost and  personnel  elements to be reported  shall be
established by mutual  agreement prior to award.  The Government may require the
contractor to provide detailed documentation to support any element(s) on one or
more financial reports.

(b) Number of Copies and Mailing Address.  An original and two (2) copies of the
report(s) shall be sent to the  Contracting  Officer at the address shown on the
face page of the  contract,  no later than the 30th working day after the end of
the period reported.

REPORTING STATISTICS

A modification  which extends the period of performance of an existing  contract
will not  require  reporting  on a separate  Form NIH 2706,  except  where it is
determined  by the  Contracting  Officer that  separate  reporting is necessary.
Furthermore,  when  incrementally  funded contracts are involved,  each separate
allotment is not considered a separate  contract entity (only a funding action).
Therefore,  the  statistics  under  incrementally  funded  contracts  should  be
reported cumulatively from the inception of the contract through completion.

Definitions  and  Instructions  for Completing Form NIH 2706. For the purpose of
establishing  expenditure  categories in Column A, the following definitions and
instructions  will be utilized.  Each contract will specify the categories to be
reported.

(1)  Personnel--Professional.  Included  are the  senior  level  and  all  other
personnel whose total annual salary rates are $50,000 or more. It should include
key personnel  regardless of annual salary rates. All such individuals should be
listed by names and job titles on a separate line  including  those whose salary
is not directly charged to the contract but whose effort is directly  associated
with the contract. The listing must be kept up to date.

(2)  Personnel--Other.  This  will be  listed  as one  amount  unless  otherwise
required by the contract.

Form NIH 2706, Instructions                                         ATTACHMENT 3
(5/92)









(3) Fringe Benefits.  Include allowances and services provided by the Contractor
to employees as  compensation  in addition to regular  salaries and wages.  If a
fringe benefit rate(s) has been established, identify the base, rate, and amount
billed for each category. If a rate has not been established, the various fringe
benefit costs may be required to be shown separately.  Fringe benefits which are
included in the indirect cost rate should not be shown here.

(4)  Accountable  Personal  Property.  Nonexpendable  personal  property with an
acquisition  cost of $1,000 or more and with an  expected  useful life of two or
more years,  and sensitive items  regardless of cost.  Form HHS 565,  "Report of
Accountable  Property,"  must  accompany  the  contractor's  public  voucher (SF
1034/SF  1035) or this report if not  previously  submitted.  See  "Contractor's
Guide for Control of Government Property."

(5) Supplies.  Includes the cost of supplies and material and equipment  charged
directly to the contract,  but excludes the cost of  nonexpendable  equipment as
defined in (4) above.

(6) Inpatient Care.  Costs  associated with a subject while occupying a bed in a
patient care setting. It normally includes both routine and ancillary costs.

(7) Outpatient  Care. Costs associated with a subject while not occupying a bed.
It normally includes ancillary costs only.

(8)  Travel.  Includes  all direct  costs of travel,  including  transportation,
subsistence and miscellaneous  expenses.  Travel for staff and consultants shall
be shown  separately.  Identify  foreign  and  domestic  travel  separately.  If
required by the contract, the following information shall be submitted: (i) Name
of  traveler  and  purpose of trip;  (ii) Place of  departure,  destination  and
return, including time and dates; and (iii) Total cost of trip.

(9)  Consultant  Fee. Fees paid to  consultant.  Identify each  consultant  with
effort expended, billing rate, and amount billed.

(10) Premium  pay.  Includes the amount of salaries and wages over and above the
basic rate of pay.

(11) Subcontracts. List each subcontract by name and amount billed.

(12) Other costs. Includes a number of separate expenditure categories for which
the Government does not require  individual line item reporting.  It may include
some of the above categories.

(13)  Overhead/Indirect  Costs.  Identify the cost base, indirect cost rate, and
amount billed for each indirect cost category.

(14) General and Administrative expense. Cite the rate and the base. In the case
of nonprofit  organizations,  this item will usually be included in the indirect
cost.

(15) Fee. If any, cite the fee earned.

(16) Total Costs to the Government.


Form NIH 2706, Instructions                                         ATTACHMENT 3
(5/92)








PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS

These instructions are keyed to the columns on Form NIH 2706.

Column  A--Expenditure  Category.  Enter in column A the expenditure  categories
required by the contract.

Column B--Percentage of Effort/Hours Funded. Enter in column B the percentage of
effort or number of hours agreed to during contract  negotiations for each labor
category listed in column A.

Column  C--Percentage  of  Effort/Hours-Actual.  The  Contractor  will enter the
cumulative  percentage  of effort or number of hours worked by each  employee or
group of employees listed in Column A.

Column  D--Cumulative  Incurred Cost at End of Prior Period.  This column should
show the cumulative  incurred costs up to the end of the prior reporting period.
This column will be blank at the time of the submission of the initial report.

Column  E--Incurred  Cost-Current  Period. The Contractor should enter the costs
which were incurred during the current period.

Column  F--Cumulative  Incurred Cost to Date.  The  Contractor  should enter the
combined total of Columns D and E.

Column  G--Estimated  Cost to  Complete.  Entries  need  only be made  when  the
Contractor  estimates that a particular  expenditure category will vary from the
amount funded. Realistic estimates are essential.

Column  H--Estimated  Costs at  Completion.  No entry is required in this column
unless an entry is made in Column G.

Column  I--Funded  Contract  Amount.  Enter in this  column the costs  agreed to
during contract negotiations for all expenditure categories listed in Column A.

Column  J--Variance  (Over or  Under).  This  column  need not be filled in when
Column H is blank.  When entries have been made in Column H, this column  should
show the  difference  between the estimated  costs at completion  (Column H) and
funded costs (Column I). When a line item varies by plus or minus 10%, i.e., the
percentage  arrived at by dividing  Column J by Column I, an  explanation of the
variance should be submitted. In the case of an overrun (net negative variance),
this  submission  shall not be deemed as  notice  under the  Limitation  of Cost
(Funds) clause of the contract.

Modifications.  Any  modification  in the  amount  funded  for an item since the
preceding report should be listed in the appropriate cost category.

Expenditures  Not  Funded.  An  expenditure  for an item for which no amount was
funded  (e.g.,  at  the  discretion  of the  Contractor  in  performance  of its
contract)  should be listed in the  appropriate  cost  category  and all columns
filled in except for I. Column J will of course show a 100% variance and will be
explained along with those identified under J above.

Form NIH 2706, Instructions                                         ATTACHMENT 3
(5/92)




     Federal Register / Vol. 56, No. 8 / Friday, January 11, 1991 / Notices


SYSTEMS EXEMPTED FROM CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE ACT:                        

   None.                                                                  

   89-25-0138                                                    

   SYSTEM NAME:                                                             

Clinical Research: Environm and Epidemiologic Studies in the Div National Cancer
etiology, HHS/NIH/NCL Institutes

   SECURITY CLASSIFICATION:                                                

   None.                                                                      
                                                                               
   SYSTEM LOCATION:                                                           
 
   National  Institutes  of  Health,  Executive  Plaza  North,  room  443,  0130
   Executive  Blvd.,  Bethesda,  MD 20882,  and National  Institutes  of Health,
   Building 12, 9000 Rockville  Pike,  Bethesda,  MD  20882, and  at  hospitals,
   medical   schools,    universities,    research   institutions,    commercial
   organizations,  state agencies, and collaborating government agencies. A list
   of locations and contracts is available upon request from the system manager.

CATEGORIES OF INDIVIDUALS COVERED BY THE SYSTEM:
                                                                          
   Patients with cancer and other environmentally caused diseases,  (e.g., birth
   defects),  patients with other diseases  (e.g.,  heart  disease),  normal and
   other persons (e.g., family members) for the purpose of making comparisons.

CATEGORIES OF PERSONS IN THE SYSTEM:

   Medical   records,   progress   reports,   correspondence,    epidemiological
   computerized data and records on biological  specimens (e.g., blood,  tumors,
   urine, etc.).

AUTHORITY FOR MAINTENANCE OF THE SYSTEM:

   42 U.S.C. 241, AND 282.

PURPOSE(S) OF THE SYSTEM:
                                                    
   To  determine:  (1)  Factors or  substances  in the  environment  which cause
   cancer;  (2) ways in which these factors or substances may cause cancer;  (3)
   characteristics  of  persons  who  may  be  particularly  susceptible  to the
   environmental factor(s) or substance(s) and/or to cancer.

ROUTINE USES OF RECORDS MAINTAINED IN THE SYSTEM,  INCLUDING CATEGORIES OF USERS
AND THE PURPOSES OF SUCH USES

   1.  Disclosure  may be made to HHS  contractors,  grantees and  collaborating
   researchers and their staff in order to accomplish the research  purposes for
   which the records are collected.  The recipients are required to protect such
   records  from  improper   disclosure.

   2. Disclosure may be made to a congressional office from the record of


                                                                    ATTACHMENT 4





     Federal Register / Vol. 56, No. 8 / Friday, January 11, 1991 / Notices

an  individual in response to an inquiry from the  congressional  office made at
the request of the individual.

     3. The  Department  contemplates  that it will contract with a private firm
for the purpose of  collating,  analyzing,  aggregating  or  otherwise  refining
records in this system. Relevant records will be disclosed to such a contractor.
The contractor shall be required to maintain Privacy Act safeguards with respect
to such records.

     4. In the event of litigations  where the defendant is (a) the  Department,
any component of the Department, or any employee of the Department in his or her
official  capacity;  (b) the United States where the Department  determines that
the claim,  if  successful,  is likely to directly  affect the operations of the
Department or any of its  components;  or (c) any Department  employee in his or
her  individual  capacity  where the Justice  Department has agreed to represent
such  employees,  or  example  in  defending  against  a  claim  based  upon  an
individual's  mental or physical condition and alleged to have arisen because of
activities of the Public Health Services in connection with such individual, the
Department  may disclose such records as it deems  desirable or necessary to the
Department of Justice or other appropriate  Federal agency to enable that agency
to present an effective  defense,  provided  that such  disclosure is compatible
with the purpose for which the records were collected.
                                                  
POLICIES  AND  PRACTICES  FOR  STORAGE,  RETRIEVING,  ACCESSING,  RETAINING  AND
DISPOSING OF RECORDS IN THE SYSTEM:

                                                  
STORAGE:                                          

     File folders,  microfilm,  charts, graphs, computer tapes, disks, and punch
cards.
                                                  
RETRIEVABILITY:                                   

     By name and/or code number.
                                                  
SAFEGUARDS:                                       

     HHS contractors and  collaborating  researchers are required to comply with
the  provisions  of the Privacy Act and with  Department  Regulations.  Subjects
participating  in a clinical  study are advised that their identity will only be
known to those who are involved in  conducting  the study and that any published
findings  will be in a format  which  precludes  individual  identification. 

     1.  Authorized  Users:  Employees  who maintain  records in this system are
instructed to grant regular  access only to  physicians,  scientists and support
staff  of the  National  Cancer  Institute,  collaborating  researchers,  or HHS
contractors,  whose duties  require the use of  ATTACHMENT  4 such  information.
Other  one-time  and  special  access  by  other   employees  is  granted  on  a
need-to-know basis as specifically authorized by the system manager.

     2. Physical Safeguards:  Data are kept in secured areas with access limited
to authorized personnel (system manager,  project officer,  contracting officer,
collaborating researchers,  staff, and HHS contractors). Data transmitted to the
NCI are in a form  which  precludes  individual  identification. 

     3.  Procedural  Safeguards:  For  computerized  records,  the contractor is
required to comply,  where appropriate,  with Department  standards and National
Bureau of Standards Guidelines.  For example, access is controlled by the use of
security  codes  known only to  authorized  personnel.  These  practices  are in
compliance with the standards of Chapter 45-13 of the HHS General Administration
Manual.  "Safeguarding  Records Contained in Systems of Records,"  supplementary
Chapter  PHS  bf:  45-13,  and  Part  6,  "ADP  Systems  Security,"  of the  HHS
Information  Resources Management Manual and the National Institute of Standards
and Technology Federal Information  Processing  Standards (FIPS Pub. 41 and FIPS
Pub. 31).
                                               
RETENTION AND DISPOSAL:                        

     Records are retained and disposed of under the authority of the NIH Records
Control Schedule contained in NIH Manual Chapter 1743, Appendix  1--"Keeping and
Destroying  Records" (HHS Records  Management  Appendix  B-301),  item 3000-G-3,
which  allows  records  to be kept as long as  they  are  useful  in  scientific
research. Refer to the NIH Manual Chapter for specific disposition instructions.
                                               
                                               
SYSTEM MANAGER AND ADDRESS:                    

     National  Cancer  Institute,   Chief,  Environmental  Epidemiology  Branch,
Executive Plaza North, room 443, 0130 Executive Blvd., Bethesda, Maryland 20862.
                                               
NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE:                        

     To  determine  if a file  exists,  write to System  Manager and provide the
following information:

     a. System  name:  Environmental  Epidemiologic  Studies in the  Division of
Cancer Causes and Prevention;
     b. Complete Name at time of study;
     c. Facility and Home Address at the time the study was undertaken;
     d. Date(s) at the time the information was provided (if known);
     e. Birth date;  
     f.  Disease  type (if  known) 

     The  requester  must also verify his or her identify by providing  either a
notarization of the request or a written certification that the requester is who
he or she claims to be and understands  that the knowing and willful request for
acquisition  of a record  pertaining to an individual  under false pretense is a
criminal   offense  under  the  Act,  subject  to  five  thousand  dollar  fine.

     Individuals  seeking  notification  of or access to medical  records should
designate a  representative  (including  address) who may be a physician,  other
health  professional,  or other  responsible  individual who would be willing to
review the record and inform the  subject  individual  of its  contents,  at the
representative's  discretion.

     A parent or guardian who requests notification of or access to a child's or
incompetent  person's medical record shall designate a family physician or other
health  professional  (other than a family  member) to whom the record;  if any,
will be sent.  The parent or guardian must verify  relationship  to the child or
incompetent person as well as his or her own identity.
                                                 
RECORD ACCESS PROCEDURE:                        

     Write to System Manager and specify the record sought. The same information
required above for notification is also needed for access.  Individuals may also
request  listings  of  accountable  disclosures  that  have  been  made of their
records, if any.
                                                 
CONTESTING RECORDS PROCEDURE

     Write to System  Manager  and  specify  the  record  and the  part(s) to be
contested,  and state the  corrective  action  sought  and the  reasons  for the
correction.  The right to contest  records is  limited to  information  which is
incomplete, irrelevant, incorrect, or untimely (obsolete).
                                                 
RECORD SOURCE CATEGORIES

     HHS  agencies,   institutions  under  contract  to  the  U.S.   Government,
universities,  medical schools,  hospitals,  research  institutions,  commercial
institutions,  state  agencies,  other U.S.  Government  agencies,  patients and
normal volunteers,  physicians,  research  investigators and other collaborating
personnel.
                                                 
SYSTEMS EXEMPTED FROM CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE ACT:

     None.







PHS 352.223-70 SAFETY AND HEALTH (APRIL 1984)

(a)  In order to provide  safety  controls for protection to the life and health
     of employees and other  persons;  for prevention of damage to all property;
     and for avoidance of work interruptions in the performance of the contract;
     the  Contractor  will consult,  comply with,  and include in all applicable
     subcontracts, the following standards, as appropriate:

     (1)  Biosafety  in  Microbiological  and  Biomedical   Laboratories,   U.S.
          Department of Health and Human  Services,  Centers for Disease Control
          (CDC) and the NIH, HHS Pub. No. (CDC) 88-8395.

     (2)  Recommendations  for  Prevention of HIV  Transmission  in  Health-Care
          Settings,  Morbidity and Mortality  Report,  August 21, 1987, Vol. 35,
          No. 2S.

     (3)  Update:  Universal Precautions for Prevention of Transmission of Human
          Immunodeficiency  Virus,  Hepatitis  B  Virus,  and  Other  Bloodborne
          Pathogens in  Health-Care  Settings.  Morbidity and  Mortality  Weekly
          Report, June 24, 1988, Vol. 37, No. 24.

     (4)  Agent Summary  Statement  for Human  Immunodeficiency  Viruses  (HIV);
          Included are GTLV-III,  LAV, HIV-1, and HIV-2. Morbidity and Mortality
          Weekly Report, April 1, 1988, Vol. 37, No. S4.

     (5)  Recommendations  for the Safe  Handling of  Parentoral  Antineoplastic
          Drugs, NIH Publication No. 83-2621.

     (6)  NIH Guidelines for the Laboratory Use of Chemical Carcinogens, NIH No.
          81-2385.

      The above, (1) - (6), may be obtained from:

                 Division of Safety
                 Office of Research Services
                 National Institutes of Health
                 Building 31, Room 1C02
                 Bethesda, Maryland 20892

     (7)  Guidelines  for Research  Involving  Recombinant  DNA Molecules (49 FR
          46266 latest revision) and Administrative Practices Supplement.  These
          may be from:

                 Office of Recombinant DNA Activities
                 Office of Science Policy and Legislation
                 National Institutes of Health
                 Building 31, Room B1C34
                 Bethesda, Maryland 20892







Safety and Health Clause                                            ATTACHMENT 5
PHS 352.223-70 (04/84)








     (8)  Procedures  for the  Domestic  handling and  Transport  of  Diagnostic
          Specimens  and  Etiologic  Agents,  National  Committee  for  Clinical
          Laboratory Standards, July 17, 1985, Vol. 5. This may be obtained from

                 National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards
                 771 East Lancaster Avenue
                 Villanova, Pennsylvania 19085

      Further,  the Contractor  shall take or cause to be taken such  additional
      safety measures as the Contracting  Officer may determine to be reasonably
      necessary;  provided,  that if  compliance  with  such  additional  safety
      measures results in a material increase in the cost or time of performance
      of the contract,  an equitable  adjustment will be made in accordance with
      the clause of this contract entitled "Changes."

(b)   Prior to  commencement  of work, the Contractor will submit in writing its
      plan for complying with the safety and health provisions of this contract,
      and  will  meet  with  the  Contracting   Officer  or  his/her  designated
      representative to discuss and develop a mutual  understanding  relative to
      administration of the overall safety program.

(c)   During the performance of work under this contract,  the Contractor  shall
      comply with all procedures  prescribed by the Contracting  Officer for the
      control and safety of persons  visiting  the job site and will comply with
      such  requirements  to  prevent  accidents  as  may be  prescribed  by the
      Contracting Officer.

(d)   The  Contractor  will  maintain an  accurate  record of, and report to the
      Contracting  Officer  in  such  manner  as  the  Contracting  Officer  may
      prescribe,  all  accidents  and  incidents  resulting in death,  traumatic
      injury,  occupational  disease,  and/or damage to all property incident to
      work performed under the contract.

(e)   The  Contracting  Officer shall notify (if otherwise,  confirm in writing)
      the Contractor of any noncompliance with the provisions of this clause and
      corrective  action  to  be  taken.  After  receipt  of  such  notice,  the
      Contractor shall  immediately take such corrective  action.  (Such notice,
      when delivered to the Contractor or its  representative at the site of the
      work, shall be deemed sufficient for the purpose.) If the Contractor fails
      or refuses to comply promptly,  the Contracting Officer may issue an order
      stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory  corrective action has
      been  taken.  No part of the time lost due to any such stop order shall be
      the subject of claim for  extension of time or for costs or damages by the
      Contractor.

(f)   The  Contractor  shall  insert  the  substance  of  this  clause  in  each
      subcontract  involving  the  use of  hazardous  materials  or  operations.
      Compliance  with the provisions of this clause by  subcontractors  will be
      the responsibility of the Contractor.


                                 [End of Clause]




Safety and Health Clause                                            ATTACHMENT 5
PHS 352.223-70 (04/84)








                        PROCUREMENT OF CERTAIN EQUIPMENT

Notwithstanding  any other clause in this contract,  the Contractor  will not be
reimbursed for the purchase, lease, or rental of any item of equipment listed in
the following Federal Supply Groups, regardless of the dollar value, without the
prior written approval of the Contracting Officer.

            67 - Photographic Equipment
            69 - Training Aids and Devices
            70 - General Purpose ADP Equipment, Software, Supplies
                 and Support (Excluding 7045-ADP Supplies and
                 Support Equipment.)
            71 - Furniture
            72 - Household and Commercial Furnishings and Appliances
            74 - Office Machines and Visible Record Equipment
            77 - Musical Instruments, Phonographs, and Home-type
                 Radios
            78 - Recreational and Athletic Equipment


When equipment in these Federal Supply Groups is requested by the Contractor and
determined essential by the Contracting Officer, the Government will endeavor to
fulfill  the  requirement  with  equipment  available  from its excess  personal
property  sources,  provided  the  request  is made  under a  cost-reimbursement
contract.  Extensions  or renewals of  approved  existing  leases or rentals for
equipment in these Federal  Supply  Groups are excluded  from the  provisions of
this article.





NIH(RC)-7  (4/1/84)                                                 ATTACHMENT 6
OMB Bulletin 81-16







Biotech Research

                                  SCHEDULE II-A
                                 Master List of
                          Government Furnished Property

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Description                             Model #         Serial #       Gov. Decal #   Location          Cost ($)  Date
                                                                                                                  Acquired
<S>                                     <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>                  <C>              <C>
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8158            80638-004      467579         3 Taft, Annex        1,780            04/03/82
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8158            80856-007      481561         3 Taft, Annex        4,850            10/22/84
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8158            80638-005      467580         3 Taft, Annex        1,780            04/03/82
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8158            80638-003      467578         3 Taft, Annex        1,780            04/03/82
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8158            80856-008      467628         3 Taft, Annex        4,850            10/22/84
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            69929-77       467349         3 Taft, Annex        4,539            12/27/83
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            69566-1        449931         3 Taft, Annex        4,539            08/03/83
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            69566-2        449932         3 Taft, Annex        4,539            08/03/83
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            60091-118      468220         3 Taft, Annex        4,539            06/28/84
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            60091-119      468222         3 Taft, Annex        4,539            06/28/84
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            60342-261      486569         3 Taft, Annex        4,732            05/02/85
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            80128-320      496994         3 Taft, Annex        4,680            07/25/85
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            81043-402      None           3 Taft, Annex        4,680            07/01/85
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            81391-455      509353         3 Taft, Annex        4,680            02/18/86
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            81611-479      509354         3 Taft, Annex        4,680            06/25/86
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            82004-659      525534         3 Taft, Annex        4,275            05/06/87
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            82004-658      525535         3 Taft, Annex        4,275            05/06/87
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            82189-762      600051         3 Taft, Annex        4,792            11/01/87
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            82154-858      None           3 Taft, Annex        4,857            08/01/88
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            82154-857      None           3 Taft, Annex        4,857            08/01/88
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8358            82154-860      None           3 Taft, Annex        4,857            08/01/88
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8458            83029-220      None           3 Taft, Annex        4,743            06/01/89
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8458            83029-219      None           3 Taft, Annex        4,743            06/01/89
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8458            83071-255      609114         3 Taft, Annex        4,743            09/01/89
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8458            83071-256      609115         3 Taft, Annex        4,743            09/01/89
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8458            83327-403      623931         3 Taft, Annex        5,028            04/01/90
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8458            83327-402      623932         3 Taft, Annex        5,028            04/01/90
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8458            83510-576      811081         3 Taft, Annex        4,473            12/01/90
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/Forma           8458            83510-578      811080         3 Taft, Annex        4,473            12/01/90
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/So-Low          SE27-120        8889646        01023091       3 Taft, Annex                            11/92
Freezer, Mechanical MPG/So-Low          SE27-120        8889645        01023092       3 Taft, Annex                            11/92
Freezer, MFG/Montgomery Ward                                           None           3 Taft, Lab D          450
Freezer Racks, for Mechanical           820012                         449933         3 Taft, Annex        2,884            08/03/83
  MFG/Forma
Freezer Racks, for Mechanical (2 sets   12-2                           None           3 Taft, Annex        5,469           03/05/91
   MFG / Cryo
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 A4500           449-B          449930         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   6,909           07/06/83
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 A4500           448-B          449929         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   6,909           07/06/83
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 A4500           276-B          467577         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   1,460           04/03/82
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 A4500           272-B          467576         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   1,460           04/03/82
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 A4500           274-B          467575         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   1,460           04/03/82
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 A4500           481-B          481973         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   7,500           04/01/85
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 A4500           561            509677         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   7,800           08/22/86
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 A4500           595            530495         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   8,952           09/01/87
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 A4500           593            530496         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   8,952           09/01/87
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 XLC1110         DKA88J102      None           3 Taft, Freezer Rm   9,500           09/01/88
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 XLC1110         DKG89G101      609116         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   9,870           09/01/89
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 XLC1110         DKC89G103      609117         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   9,870           09/01/89
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 XLC1110         DKD90B102      623933         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   9,870           04/01/90
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 XLC1110         DKD90B101      623934         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   9,870           04/01/90
Freezer, LN 2 MFG / MVE                 XLC1110         DFK90K110      811082         3 Taft, Freezer Rm  10,077           12/01/90
Freezer Racks, for LN 2 (2 sets)        9-2                            44934          3 Taft, Freezer Rm   2,260           08/12/83
   MFG/MVE                                                             44935
Freezer Racks, for LN 2 MFG / MVE       12-2C                          468221         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   2,970           08/17/84
Freezer Racks, for LN 2 MFG / MVE       9-2C                           481973         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   1,300           04/01/85
Freezer Racks, for LN 2 MFG / MVE       12-2C                          486570         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   2,805           05/22/85
Freezer Racks, for LN 2 MFG / Cryo      9-2                            None           3 Taft, Freezer Rm   1,409           03/05/91
Centrifuge, Micro MFG/Fisher            59              1611           467566         3 Taft, Lab D        1,100           04/03/82
Centrifuge MFG/IEC                      PR-6            47914P2        295075         3 Taft, Lab D        2,606           04/03/82
Centrifuge MFG/Beckman                  TJ-6            10309          481563         3 Taft, Lab D        2,900           10/22/84
Centrifuge MFG/IEC                      CRU-5000        23452863       467626         3 Taft, Lab D        2,950           10/22/84
Centrifuge with H-100B Rotor            RT6000B         8601962        509355         3 Taft, Lab D        7,325           07/17/86
    MFG/Sorvall

Water Bath MFG/Precision Scientific     182             22AM/7         467574         3 Taft, Lab D          450           04/03/82
Water Bath MFG/Precision Scientific     184             22AM/6         467572         3 Taft, Lab D          450           04/03/82
Hood, Laminar Flow MFG/Nuaire, Inc.     NU-408-424      4009 MM-A      467568         3 Taft, Lab D        8,952           04/03/82
Hood, Laminar Flow MFG/CCI              740             13406          418708         3 Taft, Annex        8,952           05/01/90
Coulter Counter MFG/Coulter Electron    ZBi             5632           467567         3 Taft, Lab D       10,000           04/03/82
Tank, TN 2 MFG/MVE                      160L DURA-LO    L83112112CA    467514         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   1,295           02/06/84
Freezer, Control Rate; Programmer       900             81050ID        496118         3 Taft, Freezer Rm   9,870               1986
    Controller, & Recorder
    MFG/Cryomed

Freezer, Control Rate; Chamber          990             81020F         496118         3 Taft, Freezer Rm                       1986
    MFG/Cryomed

Freezer, Control Rate; Programer &      1010            89-22026       None           3 Taft, Freezer Rm                   06/01/89
    Controller MFG/Cryomed

Freezer, Control Rate; Recorder         L655221         1288/89        None           3 Taft, Freezer Rm                   06/01/89
    MFG/Cryomed

Freezer, Control Rate; Chamber          2700C           882110         None           3 Taft, Freezer Rm                   06/01/89
    MFG/Cryomed

Refrigerator MFG/Puffer Hubbard         LR201T4         11138          277520         3 Taft, Lab D          880           04/03/82
Refrigerator MFG/Gibson                 RT173WJGB       0781677522     401923         3 Taft, Lab D          310           10/22/84
Freezer, Mechanical MFG/Forma           8458            84200-00719    811940         3 Taft, Annex        5,431           08/28/91
Freezer, Mechanical MFG/Forma           8458            84200-00720    811941         3 Taft, Annex        5,431           08/28/91
Freezer, LN2MFG/MVE                                     DFK91G101      811942         3 Taft, Freezer Room 9,870           08/28/91
Freezer Racks for LN2MFG/MVE                                                          3 Taft, Freezer Room 2,000           08/28/91
Freezer Racks for LN2MFG/MVE                                                          3 Taft, Freezer Room 1,725           08/28/91
COMPUTER EQUIPMENT
Computer, 286 MFG/Compaq                20              48-14AM3B1292  None           3 Taft, Office D     2,195           12/01/88
Monitor, Monochrome                     1418            AONO7564       None           3 Taft, Office D       157           12/01/88
    MFG/Packard Bell

Printer MFG/Epson                       DFX-5000        OOG0000823     None           3 Taft, Office D     1,517           12/01/88
Modem MFG/Hayes                         2400B                          None           3 Taft, Office D       443           12/01/88
Graphic Card MFG/Hercules                                              None           3 Taft, Office D       194           12/01/88
Program, MS DOS MFG/Compaq              V3.3                           None           3 Taft, Office D        84           12/01/88
Disc Drive/Compaq                                                      None           3 Taft, Office D       400           06/25/91
Hard Drive/Compaq                                                      None           3 Taft, Office D       538           07/09/91
Keyboard/Compaq                                                        None           3 Taft, Office D                     07/09/91
Liquid Nitrogen Dry                     CRYOMED         CMD-20-1       916815                              1,100              11/91
    Shipper                             CMD-20

Liquid Nitrogen Dry                     CRYOMED         CMD-20-2       916816                              1,100              11/91
    Shipper                             CMD-20

Freezer, LN2 MFG/MVE                    XLC 1110        JIA92B101      871521                              9,882              05/92
Freezer, Mechanical MFG/So-Low          SE27.120        9192769        871522                              5,243              06/92
Freezer, Mechanical MFG/So-Low          SE27.120        9192768        871523                              5,243              06/92

</TABLE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6



                                    AGREEMENT


       WHEREAS,  Ajinomoto Co., Inc.  ("Ajinomoto")  of Tokyo,  Japan desires to
sponsor  and fund a research  and  development  program and BTRL  Contracts  and
Services,  Inc., doing business as Biotech Research Laboratories (BTRL) a wholly
owned  subsidiary  company of Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.,  desires to provide  the
necessary  services  to perform  such  research  (The  Project),  this  Contract
Agreement  is made  this 1st day of  October  1995 by  Ajinomoto  and  BTRL.  In
consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein,  the parties hereto state
and agree as follows:

1.     BTRL agrees,  that in return for the payments to be made  thereunder,  it
       shall  provide  services   including   labor,   materials  and  supplies,
       facilities and administrative support necessary to perform the Project as
       described in Attachment I, using its best efforts therein. This work will
       be performed under the direction of the Project  Officer  (Ajinomoto) and
       facilitated by a Principal Investigator (BTRL).

2.     In  consideration  of the  services  to be  performed  by BTRL during the
       Project,  Ajinomoto will pay BTRL in accordance with the budget specified
       in Attachment II.

       a.     The Labor,  Materials  and Supplies and Other Direct  Charges will
              reflect  the actual  usage on the  Contract,  and will be burdened
              with a [Language Deleted Due To Confidential  Treatment  Request.]
              Fringe  Benefit  Rate,  an [Language  Deleted Due To  Confidential
              Treatment  Request.]  G&A  Rate  and a  [Language  Deleted  Due To
              Confidential Treatment Request.] Fee as indicated. Fringe benefits
              will include: long-term disability,  life insurance,  earned time,
              tuition  reimbursement,  usually ten paid holidays,  401K plan and
              short  term  disability.  No  health  insurance  coverage  will be
              offered to this class of employee ( "Project At-Will").

       b.     The Rental and Other Fixed Overhead Costs will remain fixed in the
              course of the Project as indicated.

       c.     Any required equipment  purchases which are not billed directly to
              this contract,  but which come from a Supplementary  Budget,  will
              not be burdened with G&A or Fee.

       The  payments  on each  year's  budget  shall  be  payable  in two  equal
       semi-annual  installments,  the  first  of  which  shall be due as of the
       effective  date of this Agreement and the remaining  installments  due at
       six month intervals thereafter.  BTRL will provide Ajinomoto with monthly
       statements indicating the actual expenditures incurred on this Project.

       In the  event  that  substantial  changes  in  the  proposed  budget  are
       requested by Ajinomoto, (such as hiring additional personnel or requiring
       substantial  increases in the cost of Materials  or  Services),  and such
       changes will exceed the proposed 

                                    -Page 1-


       budget for the year, BTRL will request a  Supplementary  Budget and await
       Ajinomoto's  approval prior to incurring these costs.  Approved  payments
       relating to the Supplementary  Budget will be made in accordance with the
       manner detailed in a., b., c., above.

3.     BTRL agrees that in the performance of the Project,  it shall provide the
       personnel identified and required by Ajinomoto. Initially, this personnel
       shall consist of a Principal  Investigator  (10%  effort),  two full-time
       Technicians and one full-time  Administrative  Assistant. If requested by
       Ajinomoto,  a full-time  Senior Scientist or other personnel may be added
       at a subsequent time. Personnel hired by BTRL for the Project, other than
       the P.I., will be "Project At-Will" employees directly  reimbursed by the
       Project.  The scientific  personnel working on the Project shall have the
       necessary scientific training and experience to perform the Project.

4.     In further consideration of the payments to be made in Paragraph 2 above,
       BTRL shall provide two carpeted  offices  (designated as Room I and Ia on
       BTRL's  floor  plan),  one  for  [Language  Deleted  Due To  Confidential
       Treatment  Request.],  the on-site Project Officer employed by Ajinomoto,
       and another for the  Administrative  Assistant and scientific  personnel.
       The offices will come equipped with a telephone  extension  connecting to
       the Company switchboard for internal and local use and a computer network
       connection.  Private telephone line(s) will be provided by the Project as
       will any additional office  improvements.  BTRL also agrees to provide to
       the Project, laboratory space designated as Laboratory X and Xa on BTRL's
       floor plan.  Laboratory Xa comes  equipped with  laboratory  casework and
       cabinets. Laboratory X does not come equipped with laboratory casework or
       cabinets.  Any additional  casework , cabinets or laboratory  renovations
       will be provided by the Project.

5.     Ajinomoto  agrees and shall  require  the  Project  Officer and any other
       Ajinomoto  representative  entering  BTRL's  premises  to  agree  to  the
       following:

       a.     The  presence  of such  person(s)  in BTRL's  premises  is for the
              benefit of Ajinomoto and though BTRL will use  reasonable  efforts
              to maintain  its premises in a safe  condition,  BTRL shall not be
              liable for any illness or injury  suffered by such person(s) while
              in, on or around BTRL's premises, including its laboratories where
              infectious biological materials are or may be used.

       b.     In the event of any illness or injury to such person(s)  occurring
              on, in or around BTRL's premises,  BTRL shall be released from any
              and all  responsibility  or  liability  for such illness or injury
              except to the extent such  illness or injury  occurred as a result
              of any intentional misconduct by BTRL. Ajinomoto shall defend BTRL
              against any such claims by such  persons and  indemnify  BTRL from
              any liability arising from such claims.

                                    -Page 2-


       c.     Ajinomoto  shall have the  responsibility  of providing  statutory
              workers  compensation  insurance and any other insurance  coverage
              that may apply to such person(s).

       d.     BTRL shall have no obligation  to provide any  insurance  coverage
              whatsoever for the benefit of Ajinomoto or such person(s).

       e.     Such  person(s)  shall abide by all BTRL policies and  procedures,
              including those concerning  health,  security and safety,  and any
              violation of such  policies and  procedures  shall entitle BTRL to
              refuse to allow such  person(s) on its premises  and/or to require
              Ajinomoto  to  substitute  other  representatives  for  those  who
              violate such policies and procedures.

       f.     Any  non-public  information  learned  about  any  aspect  of  the
              business  of BTRL  and/or its  affiliated  companies  (other  than
              information  concerning  the  Project)  shall  be held in full and
              complete  confidence  and shall not be used,  or  disclosed to any
              person or entity whatsoever,  without the prior written consent of
              BTRL.   The  foregoing   restriction   shall  apply  to  technical
              information, and financial and non-financial information including
              but  not  limited  to  know-how,   formulae,  patents,  processes,
              procedures,  sales  information,  manufacturing  data and names of
              customers or vendors.

6.     This  Agreement and the Project shall extend for an initial term of three
       (3) years, which may be extended by mutual agreement for additional terms
       of one year each.

       Ajinomoto  shall  have the right to  terminate  this  Agreement  prior to
       September  30, 1998 by giving  three (3) months prior  written  notice to
       BTRL. If however,  Ajinomoto  terminates this Agreement without cause for
       its own convenience BTRL shall be due the balance of all Fee as specified
       in the Project Budget (Attachment II). Except as otherwise provided above
       or unless explicitly agreed otherwise between the parties,  neither party
       shall have the right to terminate this Agreement on or before October 30,
       1998, except that either party may terminate this Agreement forthwith:

       a.     in the event the other party shall  breach any of its  obligations
              under this  Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within sixty
              (60) days from  receipt of notice of such  breach by the party not
              in default:

       b.     in case of the other party's  liquidation,  bankruptcy or state of
              insolvency; or

       c.     in the event the other party  assigns this  Agreement  without the
              written consent of the terminating party.

       Upon   expiration  or  termination  of  this  agreement  for  any  reason
       whatsoever,  all claims each party may have against the other party shall
       become  due.  The  parties  

                                    -Page 3-


       shall  make up a list of such  claims of each  against  the  other.  Such
       claims  shall be offset  and the net  amount  arrived at shall be settled
       within sixty (60) days from the termination of this agreement.


7.     In order to  protect  the  confidentiality  of all  confidential  subject
       matter,  the parties  agree not to disclose or release such  confidential
       subject  matter to any person,  laboratory,  institution,  corporation or
       other entity that is not directly  participating in this Project; and, to
       not use or permit  the use of said  confidential  subject  matter for any
       purpose other than for the Project  without  first  obtaining the express
       written  permission  of the  other  party,  except  under  the  following
       circumstances:

       a.     Subject  matter that, as of the signing of this  agreement,  is in
              the public domain;

       b.     Subject  matter  that,  as of the  date  of the  signing  of  this
              agreement,  can be shown by written evidence to have been known to
              either party;

       c.     Subject  matter  that,  at any time is  received  in good faith by
              either party from a third party who was lawfully in  possession of
              the same and had the right to disclose the same; and

       d.     Subject  matter  that the  parties  mutually  agree in  writing to
              release from the terms of this agreement.

8.     Any and all discoveries and/or inventions arising from performance of the
       Project shall belong to Ajinomoto.  BTRL shall, however, be entitled to a
       royalty of [Language Deleted Due To Confidential  Treatment  Request.] of
       the net sales of those  products  which are  covered by a product  patent
       arising  out of the  Project;  and BTRL shall be entitled to a royalty of
       [Language  Deleted Due To  Confidential  Treatment  Request.]  of the net
       sales of  products  covered  by only a process  patent  arising  from the
       Project. In the event a product is covered by both a product patent and a
       process patent,  BTRL shall receive a royalty of [Language Deleted Due To
       Confidential Treatment Request.]. Royalty payments on products covered by
       patents shall continue for the life of the applicable patent.  BTRL shall
       be  entitled  to  a  [Language  Deleted  Due  To  Confidential  Treatment
       Request.] royalty on net sales of products utilizing technology developed
       under the  Project  if there is no patent on either  the  product  or the
       process  utilized  therein.  Royalty  payments  applicable  to unpatented
       products or processes  shall  continue for a period of ten years from the
       date of the first  commercial sale of a product  utilizing the unpatented
       technology.

9.     BTRL  shall  have  a  right  of  first   refusal  on  an   exclusive   or
       semi-exclusive  (with Ajinomoto) basis in the event Ajinomoto  decides to
       license any patented technology arising from the Project. BTRL shall have
       the right to use  unpatented  technology in exchange for payment of a sum
       to be agreed upon by both  parties  during the term of its use;  however,
       after ten years of royalty  payments  BTRL shall be deemed to have a paid
       up license to use such technology.

                                    -Page 4-


10.    In the event that  either of the parties  hereto,  at any time during the
       term of this Agreement, commits a breach of any provision thereunder, and
       fails to rectify  such breach  within sixty (60) days from the receipt of
       written  notice  thereof  from the other  party,  such other party may be
       entailed to terminate this Agreement.

11.    In the event of any dispute,  the parties shall use their best efforts to
       resolve such dispute.  If such dispute is not resolved  within sixty (60)
       days of the first  written  notice  thereof,  either  party  may  request
       arbitration, with such arbitration to take place in Rockville,  Maryland,
       in  accordance  with  the  Commercial  Mediation  rules  of the  American
       Arbitration Association.  The parties agree that they will be represented
       at the  oral  proceedings  of such  mediation  by at  least  one of their
       authorized officers who may be assisted by one or more advisors. The cost
       of such mediation shall be shared equally by the parties,  and each party
       shall  bear its own  expenses  in  connection  with such  mediation.  The
       parties  shall  endeavor  and shall  instruct  the  mediator  to have the
       mediation  proceedings completed and a final resolution reached within 60
       days of the date the mediator is appointed.

       This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
       laws of the State of Maryland.  In the event of an unsettled dispute, the
       parties  mutually  agree to the use of any  federal or state court in the
       State of Maryland  having  jurisdiction  over the subject matter thereof,
       and the parties  hereby  waive any and all rights to object to the laying
       of venue in any such  court and to the right to claim that any such court
       may be an inconvenient forum. The parties hereby submit themselves to the
       jurisdiction of each such court and agree that service of process on them
       in any such action may be effected by notice in writing to the  officials
       or their replacements who have signed this Agreement.

12.    In the event of termination  of or at the end of the Agreement  Ajinomoto
       agrees to reimburse BTRL for those expenses incurred by the Project after
       the  winding  down of the  Project.  Sixty  days  prior to the end of the
       agreement  BTRL will  submit  to the  on-site  Project  Officer a list of
       expenses to be  approved  that will be incurred as a result of the end of
       the project

13.    Attachment I is a description of the Project.

14.    Attachment II is the Project Budget.

15.    Attachment III is the List of Equipment.

16.    Attachment IV is a Building Floor Plan designating  office and laboratory
       space to be assigned to the Project.

                                    -Page 5-


       IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
       executed  as of the  date  set  forth  above  by  their  duly  authorized
       representatives.


AJINOMOTO CO., INC.                 BTRL CONTRACTS  AND SERVICES, INC.


BY                                  BY
  ----------------------------        ------------------------------------------
Masakatsu Nakamura                  Richard T. Schumacher

TITLE                               TITLE
     -------------------------           ---------------------------------------
Managing Director                   President



                                    -Page 6-


                                  ATTACHMENT 1

Research Objectives

       a.     Relationship   between   immunodeficiency  and  plasma  levels  of
              L-cystine

              There  is  evidence  to  support  the  idea  that   persons   with
              immunodeficiencies,  such as Low Natural Killer  Syndrome  (LNKS),
              advanced and terminal stage cancers, HIV-1 infections,  etc., have
              significantly  lower  plasma  levels of  certain  essential  amino
              acids,  i.e.,  L-cystine  and  L-glutamine  compared  to  those of
              healthy individuals.  Since current assays for immunodeficiencies,
              specifically NK activity assays,  require the use of radioisotopes
              and viable biological  samples,  a chemical assay to measure amino
              acids would be both simpler and easier.  Our group is developing a
              colorimetric  assay to determine plasma levels of L-cystine.  This
              assay can be used in place of the more  time-consuming NK activity
              assay to determine a person's  immune status.  The results we have
              obtained  thus far using  this  colorimetric  assay  lend  further
              support to the above hypothesis.

              The ultimate  goal of this project is to develop a diagnostic  kit
              that  makes use of  plasma  levels of  L-cystine  as a marker  for
              immunodeficiency.

       b.     Support  of  clinical  trials  of  Low  NK  Syndrome  patients  by
              treatment with Lentinan.

              The  University of Pittsburgh  School of Medicine,  in cooperation
              with Ajinomoto  Company,  is planning  clinical trials to gain FDA
              approval to administer Lentinan,  a polysaccharide  extracted from
              an edible  Japanese  mushroom,  to patients  with Chronic  Fatigue
              Syndrome  (CFS) with or without LNKS. Use of Lentinan in Japan has
              proven to be an effective  immunopotentiator  for the treatment of
              CFS and LNKS.

       c.     Examination of etiology of Low NK Syndrome

              Our  group  will  also be  collaborating  with the  University  of
              Pittsburgh  School of Medicine to determine  the etiology of LNKS.
              As of now, there are three hypotheses as to the cause of LNKS: (1)
              an undetermined  virus, (2) a defective  metabolic  pathway and/or
              (3) a genetic factor. Once the mechanism(s) that leads to LNKS has
              been defined,  a  quantitative  assay,  e.g., PCR in the case of a
              viral  infection,  can be  utilized  to further  characterize  the
              etiologic agent(s).


ATTACHMENT II
YEARLY COST BREAKDOWN

                            SUMMARY OF ANNUAL COSTS
                               AJINOMOTO CONTRACT

                                                                       3 YEAR
                                           YEAR 1   YEAR 2    YEAR 3    TOTAL
DIRECT LABOR
  Technician         [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]
  Technician 
  Admin Assistant    [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]
  P.I.                         

TOTAL DIRECT
LABOR                [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]

FRINGE BENEFITS                    

FACILITIES                    
OFFICE 272 SQUARE FT.  [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]
LABS 892 SQUARE FT.

OTHER FIXED OVERHEAD COSTS               

MATERIALS             [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]

OTHER DIRECT                             
(HEALTH INSURANCE, POSTAGE, TRAVEL, PRIVATE TELEPHONE)

SUBTOTAL                                

G & A               [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]

TOTAL COSTS                             
                     [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]
FEE                               

TOTAL COSTS PLUS
FIXED FEE            [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]

EQUIPMENT

DIRECT LABOR BASED ON 1856 PERON HOURS PER YEAR



                                 ATTACHMENT III

FURNITURE/COMPUTER EQUIPMENT:

Ajinomoto  owns desks,  chairs,  and file cabinets for Dr. Aoki and his staff; 2
IBM compatible computers, 1 laser printer, and 1 laserjet fax.

EQUIPMENT:

Ajinomoto owns the following equipment:

Miscellaneous equipment, supplies, disposable labware, chemicals, etc.
Locker
Scotsman Ice Maker
LKB Ultraspec Plus (Spectrophotometer) 
Perkin Elmer Thermal Cycler (Gene Amp PCR System 9600) 
Sorvall RT6000B Refrigerated Centrifuge 
Ohaus balance 
3x Forma Scientific Water-Jacketed Incubator 
2x Olympus CK2 Microscopes 
Olympus CK2 Microscope with Camera 
Zeiss Axiophot Fluorescence Microscope 
Skatron A/S Plate Washer 
HPLC equipment 
Branson 8200 Sonifier 
Orion Research pH meter 
Sartorius Balance 
Ohaus GT480 Balance 
2x Refrigerator/Freezers 
Beckman 18-70M Ultracentrifuge 
Revco (-70%C) freezer (Deep Freezer) 
Napco 201 and 202 water baths 
Beckman Microfuge 12 
Power Supply 
Fischer Biotech UV Box 
HP Quiet Jet Printer 
Titertek Multiskan Mcc/340 Plate Reader 
Mistral 3000E Centrifuge 
Beckman J2-M1 Centrifuge 
Fire Safety Cabinet
Hoeffer Transfor 
Packard Liquid Scintillation Analyzer 
Branson Sonifier 250 
LKB-HPLC Variable Monitor 
LKB-HPLC Superac 
LKB-HPLC LC Controller 
LKB-HPLC HPLC Pump



                                 Attachment IV

                          [FLOOR PLAN -- UPPER LEVEL]



                                 Attachment IV

                          [FLOOR PLAN -- LOWER LEVEL]


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7
                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

      THIS LEASE is made as of this 30th day of June,  1992,  by and between (i)
Cambridge Biotech Corporation,  a Delaware corporation  qualified to do business
in the State of Maryland (the  "Landlord"),  with a business and mailing address
of 1500 East  Gude  Drive,  Rockville,  MD 20850,  and (ii) BTRL  Contracts  and
Services Inc., a Massachusetts corporation qualified to do business in the State
of Maryland (the  "Tenant"),  with a business and mailing  address of c/o Boston
Biomedica, Inc., 375 West Street, West Bridgewater, Massachusetts 02379.

                                   WITNESSETH:

      For and in  consideration  of the covenants  herein contained and upon the
terms and conditions herein set forth, the parties agree as follows:

        1.       Introductory Provisions.

                (a) Fundamental  Lease  Provisions.  Certain  Fundamental  Lease
provisions  are  presented in this Section in summary form solely to  facilitate
convenient reference by the parties hereto:

<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                             <C>                    <C>                   <C> 
                 (1)  Leased Premises             3 Taft Court                                 [See Section 2(a)
                                                  Rockville,  MD  20850                        and Exhibit A]
                 (2)  Floor Space of Leased       20,680 square  feet                          [See Section 2(a)]
                      Premises                    (more or less)

                 (3)  Gross Leasable Area of      22,680 square  feet                          [See Section 2(b))
                      Property
 
                 (4)  A. Proportionate Share      91%                                          [See Section 2(c)]
                      B. R.E. Proportionate       67%
                         Share
                      C. Insurance  Propor-       67%
                         tionate Share

                 (5)  Rent Commencement Date      July 1, 1992                                 [See Section 3(a)]

                 (6)  Expiration Data             June 30, 1997                                [See Section 3(a)]

                 (7)  Minimum Annual Rent         Lease Year           Minimum  Annual Rent    [See Section 4(a)]
                                                   1                   $19,200.00
                                                   2                   $144,760.00
                                                   3                   $206,800.00
                                                   4                   $248,160.00
                                                   5                   $289,520.00

                 (8)  Basic Monthly Rent          Lease Year           Basic Monthly Rent      [See Section 4(a)]
                                                   1                   $1,600.00
                                                   2                   $12,063.33
                                                   3                   $17,233.33
                                                   4                   $20,680.00
                                                   5                   $24,126.66

                 (9)  Tenant's  Use Clause         General  office,
                                                   research/development,                       [See Section 6]
                                                   and   manufacturing   
                                                   (as  allowed  by
                                                   zoning  code)  in  
                                                   biotechnology   and
                                                   biomedical fields

                 (10) Security Deposit             $12,063.00                                  [See Section 5]

                 (11) Leasing Broker               None                                        [See Section 35]

</TABLE>

                (b) References and  Conflicts.  References  appearing in Section
1(a) are  intended  to  designate  some of the other  places in the Lease  where
additional provisions applicable to the particular  fundamental Lease provisions
appear.  These  references are for convenience  only and shall not be deemed all
inclusive.  Each  reference  in  this  Lease  to any of  the  fundamental  Lease
provisions  contained in Section 1(a) shall be construed to  incorporate  all of
the terms provided for under such provisions,  and such provisions shall be read
in conjunction with all other provisions of this Lease  applicable  thereto.  If
there is any conflict between any of the fundamental  Lease provisions set forth
in Section 1(a) and any other provisions of the Lease, the latter shall control.






                                       -2-





              (c) Exhibits.  The following  drawings and special  provisions are
attached hereto as exhibits and hereby made a part of this Lease:

Exhibit A.    Site Plan of Property including the Leased Premises and Adjacent 
              Laboratory Building
Exhibit B.    List of  Landlord  Repairs  After  Rent  Commencement Date
Exhibit C.    Rules and Regulations

        2.   Premises.

              (a) Leased Premises.  Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant
hereby rents from Landlord,  that certain building (the "Leased Premises") which
is located  at 3 Taft  Court,  Rockville,  MD 20850 and is  outlined  in blue on
Exhibit A, together with the non-exclusive  right to use the common areas of the
Property as more fully described in Section 7 hereof.  The Leased Premises shall
consist of the agreed  square  footage of floor  space as  specified  in Section
l(a)(2).

              (b) The  Property.  The Leased  Premises  is a part of a parcel of
improved real property owned by Landlord  which is more fully  described as "Lot
5,  Block  A, in the  Redgate  Industrial  Park  Subdivision  as shown on a plat
thereof  recorded  in Plat Book  102,  Plat  11503  among  the Land  Records  of
Montgomery County, Maryland" (the "Property").  Landlord represents and warrants
to Tenant that it is the owner in fee simple of the Property, subject to certain
encumbrances,  rights of way, easements, and other matters of record. Located on
the Property is the Leased Premises,  a laboratory  building known as 3 1/2 Taft
Court,  Rockville,  Maryland 20850 (the  "Adjacent  Laboratory  Building"),  and
certain  common areas as  hereinafter  defined in Section 7. Landlord and Tenant
acknowledge  that the gross  leasable  area of both the Leased  Premises and the
Adjacent  Laboratory  Building is specified in Section l(a)(3) ("Gross  Leasable
Area" or "GLA"),  and shall hereafter be referred to as the GLA of the Property.
The GLA of the  Property  shall be used  hereinafter  for  purposes of computing
Tenant's  "Proportionate  Share" (as  hereinafter  defined) of certain  expenses
payable to Landlord as  "Additional  Rent" (as  hereinafter  defined).  Landlord
reserves the right to modify the GLA of the  Property,  and shall modify the GLA
of the  Property,  from  time to time  during  the  Lease  Term as a  result  of
construction of new leasable improvements or the demolition of existing leasable
improvements on the Property. Landlord's right to modify the GLA of the Property
shall not be construed to provide  Landlord  with any right to modify the GLA of
the Leased  Premises,  or to deprive Tenant of the reasonable use of any portion
of the parking areas allocated to it.

              (c) Tenant's  Proportionate Share. Tenant's Proportionate Share of
certain  expenses  hereinafter  made payable to Landlord as  Additional  Rent is
specified in Section  l(a)(4).  Said  computation is based upon the ratio of the
total area of floor space in the Leased Premises to the GLA of the Property. The
Proportionate  Share shall be  modified  during the Lease Term in the event that
the GLA of the Property is modified as described in Section 2(b) above.

        3.    Term and Acceptance by Tenant.

              (a) Lease Term.  The term of this Lease  (sometimes  herein called
the "Lease  Term")  shall  begin as of the date  specified  in Section  1(a) (5)
("Rent  Commencement  Date") and, unless sooner  terminated as herein  provided,
continue  thereafter through the date specified in Section l(a)(6)  ("Expiration
Date").  The period commencing with the Rent Commencement Date and ending on the
last day of the twelfth (12th) full calendar month  thereafter  shall constitute
the first "Lease Year" as such






                                       -3-





term is used herein.  Each  successive  full twelve (12) month period during the
Lease Term shall constitute a "Lease Year".

              (b) Acceptance of Leased  Premises.  Tenant accepts  possession of
the  Leased  Premises  in "as is"  condition,  except  that  Landlord  shall  be
obligated to complete, or cause to be completed,  repairs to the Leased Premises
which are identified in Exhibit B, in a good and workmanlike  manner using first
quality  materials,  on or before the ninetieth (90th) day following the date of
execution  of  this  Lease  by  both  parties  hereto.  Landlord  shall  use all
reasonable efforts to cause said repair work to be completed by such independent
contractors in a diligent manner. Tenant expressly  acknowledges and agrees that
Landlord has made no  representations  or warranties  with respect to the Leased
Premises,  and that no promises to alter,  repair or improve the Leased Premises
or the Property  have been made by Landlord or its agents or  employees,  unless
specifically set forth herein.

              (c)  Permits.  Tenant  shall  be  responsible  for  obtaining  the
occupancy permit (if and to the extent required by law) and all other permits or
licenses  necessary  for its  lawful  occupancy  of the  Leased  Premises.  This
requirement shall not relieve Tenant of its liability for the payment of Minimum
Annual Rent and Additional  Rent, and the  performance of all other  obligations
contained herein,  from and after the Rent Commencement  Date, in the event that
all of said  approvals,  permits  and  licenses  have  not been  acquired  prior
thereto.

        4.  Rent.

              (a)  Minimum   Annual  Rent.  The  Minimum  Annual  Rent  reserved
hereunder in Section  1(a)(7) shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord during each
Lease Year of the Lease Term in equal monthly installments of Basic Monthly Rent
in the amounts set forth in Section 1(a)(8),  due in advance,  without notice or
demand, and without set-off, deduction,  recoupment or abatement of any kind, on
the Rent  Commencement  Date and the first (1st) day of each and every  calendar
month thereafter  during the Lease Term. In the event that the Rent Commencement
Date  occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar  month or the Lease
Term ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar  month,  then the Basic
Monthly Rent or Additional Rent for such partial month(s) shall be computed on a
per diem basis by dividing the Basic Monthly Rent or  Additional  Rent by thirty
(30) and  multiplying  it by the number of days in the partial  calendar  month.
Rent shall be paid to  Landlord,  or to such other  person(s),  or at such other
address as Landlord may designate to Tenant from time to time.

              (b) Additional Rent.

                    (i)  General.  Whenever  it is provided by the terms of this
Lease that  Tenant is  required  to make any  payment to  Landlord  other than a
payment of Minimum Annual Rent,  such payment shall be deemed to be a payment of
additional  rent  ("Additional  Rent").  Unless  otherwise  expressly  specified
herein,  Additional  Rent shall be paid by Tenant with the next  installment  of
Basic Monthly Rent thereafter  falling due.  Additional Rent shall include,  but
not be limited to:

                    (ii) Real  Estate  Taxes.  On or before  September  1, 1992,
Tenant  shall pay to Landlord  its R.E.  Proportionate  Share of the Real Estate
Taxes to be incurred by Landlord on the Property  during the 1992-1993 tax year,
based upon a copy of the 1992-1993 tax bill for the Property delivered to Tenant
by Landlord  prior  thereto (or if a copy of said tax bill is not  delivered  to
Tenant until after  September 1, 1992, then within five (5) business days of the
receipt thereof).  Commencing upon the 1st day of October,  1992, and thereafter
on the first day of each calendar month throughout the Lease Term,  Tenant shall
pay to Landlord, without





                                      -4-






notice or demand therefor  (other than the annual notice of Landlord's  estimate
of Tenant's R.E.  Proportionate Share of the Real Estate Taxes and a copy of the
tax bill as described in the following  paragraph of this Section),  and without
any deduction whatsoever,  one-twelfth (1/12) of its R.E. Proportionate Share of
Landlord's  good faith  estimate  of the Real  Estate  Taxes to be  incurred  by
Landlord on the Property during the following tax year (prorated,  if necessary,
if the  remainder  of the Lease Term  constitutes  less than the full tax year).
Tenant's obligation to pay its R.E. Proportionate Share of the Real Estate Taxes
incurred during the Lease Term shall survive the expiration or other termination
of the Lease.

              The term "Real Estate Taxes" shall mean all taxes and assessments,
general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, now or
hereafter assessed, levied or imposed upon the Property, including both the land
and the improvements  which are built thereon,  including,  without  limitation,
front foot benefit charges and adequate  public facility costs and  assessments,
together with (i) any tax,  assessment,  or other  imposition in the nature of a
real estate tax, (ii) any ad valorem tax on rent or any tax on income if imposed
in lieu of or in addition to real estate  taxes and  assessments,  and (iii) any
taxes and assessments  which may hereafter be substituted for real estate taxes,
including by way of illustration  only, any tax,  assessment or other imposition
(whether a business  rental or other tax) now or hereafter  levied upon Landlord
for a tenant's use or occupancy of or conduct of business on the Property,  or a
tenant's  improvements  to or furniture,  fixtures or equipment on the Property.
Real Estate Taxes shall also include all  reasonable  costs incurred by Landlord
in contesting the validity or amount of any such taxes.  Real Estate Taxes shall
not  include  transfer,  inheritance,  capital  stock or  income  taxes or other
similar personal tax of Landlord,  nor any late charges,  penalties or interest,
incurred due to untimely payments by Landlord in connection with said tax.

              Within fifteen (15) days after Landlord's  receipt from the taxing
authority  of the Real  Estate Tax bill for the  1993-1994 tax year and for each
tax year  thereafter  during the Lease Term,  Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a
copy  of  such  tax  bill,  together  with a  statement  showing  Tenant's  R.E.
Proportionate  Share of the actual Real  Estate  Taxes due for said tax year and
the amount of payments  made by Tenant based upon the estimate  thereof.  Tenant
shall  pay  Landlord,  within  thirty  (30)  days of  Tenant's  receipt  of such
statement,  Tenant's R.E. Proportionate Share of the excess, if any, of the Real
Estate Taxes for such tax year over the estimated  costs thereof.  If the amount
paid by Tenant as Tenant's R.E. Proportionate Share of the estimated Real Estate
Taxes for such tax year  exceeded  Tenant's R.E.  Proportionate  Share of actual
Real Estate Taxes for such tax year, the excess shall be credited toward payment
of the next  installment of Basic Monthly Rent to be paid by Tenant after Tenant
receives said statement from Landlord. If the amount paid by Tenant for the last
tax year of the Lease Term exceeds Tenant's R.E.  Proportionate  Share of actual
Real Estate Taxes for such tax year, Landlord shall pay Tenant the excess amount
within thirty (30) days after  Landlord's  submission to Tenant of the aforesaid
statement for such tax year.

             In the event that the Adjacent  Laboratory  Building is  demolished
during  the  Lease  Term,  then,  commencing  upon  the  effective  date  of the
reassessment of the Property and the modification of Real Estate Taxes resulting
from such  demolition,  and for so long as the Leased  Premises  constitutes one
hundred  percent  (100%) of the leasable  improvements  located on the Property,
Tenant shall be obligated to pay Tenant's R.E.  Proportionate  Share of the Real
Estate Taxes assessed  against the Property land and one hundred  percent (100%)
of the Real Estate Taxes assessed against the Property improvements.





                                       -5-





         Upon Tenant's  written  request,  Landlord  will  contest,  at Tenant's
expense,  the  validity or amount of any such Real Estate Tax.  Tenant  shall be
entitled to its R.E. Proportionate Share of any refund.

         Landlord   shall  deposit  and   thereafter   hold  in  escrow,   until
disbursement,  the funds  received  from Tenant  pursuant to this  section in an
interest bearing, federally insured account. All interest earned on said account
shall be  credited  to Tenant and shall be used in the  adjustments  to Tenant's
payments made hereunder from time to time during the Lease Term so that Landlord
collects only such monies as are  necessary to pay Tenant's  R.E.  Proportionate
Share of said Real Estate Taxes.

         In  addition  to  Tenant's  obligation  for  the  payment  of its  R.E.
Proportionate  Share of the Real Estate  Taxes,  Tenant shall be liable for, and
shall pay before delinquency,  all taxes levied against any personal property or
trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Leased Premises.

         (iii)  Insurance.  Commencing  upon  the  Rent  Commencement  Date  and
thereafter  throughout  the Lease Term,  Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord  without
notice or demand  therefor and without any deduction  whatsoever,  its Insurance
Proportionate  Share of the premium  cost of the casualty  insurance,  liability
insurance,  rent loss  insurance,  and other  reasonable  and necessary  form of
insurance  carried by Landlord with respect to the Property  ("Insurance  Cost")
during any policy  year;  provided,  however,  that if the  Adjacent  Laboratory
Building  is  demolished  during  the  Lease  Term,  then  commencing  upon such
demolition  and for so long  as the  Leased  Premises  constitutes  one  hundred
percent  (100%) of the leasable  improvements  on the Property,  Tenant shall be
obligated to pay one hundred percent (100%) of the Insurance Cost.

        Not less than ten (10) days before the Rent Commencement Date,  Landlord
shall deliver to Tenant a written statement of Landlord's estimate of the amount
of the Insurance Cost for the then-current  policy year, and Tenant's  Insurance
Proportionate  Share of such Insurance Cost. On the Rent Commencement  Date, and
on the first day of each month  thereafter  throughout  the Lease  Term,  Tenant
shall  pay  one-twelfth  (1/12) of  Tenant's  Insurance  Proportionate  Share of
Landlord's  estimate of the Insurance Cost for the then-current  policy year, as
shown  on  Landlord's  estimate.  Landlord  shall  submit  its  estimate  of the
Insurance  Cost  for  the  forthcoming   policy  year  and  Tenant's   Insurance
Proportionate  Share thereof at the  commencement  of each such policy year, and
Tenant's  monthly  payments made after its receipt of such estimate  shall be in
the  amount  of  one-twelfth   (1/12)  of  the  amount  of  Tenant's   Insurance
Proportionate  Share of Insurance Cost as shown on such  estimate.  Landlord may
revise its  estimate of the  Insurance  Cost at any time during a policy year by
notice to Tenant,  setting  forth such revised  estimate and Tenant's  Insurance
Proportionate  Share thereof. In such event, all monthly payments made by Tenant
after such notice shall be in an amount  calculated on the basis of such revised
estimate.  Tenant  shall,  in all cases,  continue to make  monthly  payments of
Insurance  Cost  based on the last  estimate  received  from  Landlord  until it
receives a revised or updated estimate.

        After the end of each policy year,  Landlord will as soon as practicable
submit to Tenant a statement of the actual  Insurance  Cost for such policy year
and Tenant's  Insurance  Proportionate  Share thereof.  Landlord shall cause its
insurance carrier,  whenever practical,  to issue policies of insurance covering
the Leased  Premises  which are separate and apart from the Adjacent  Laboratory
Building and all other  properties  owned by Landlord,  in which event  Tenant's
Proportionate Share of Insurance Cost shall be the full cost payable pursuant to
said





                                       -6-




separate  policy.  Where such separate  policies  cannot be issued  practically,
Landlord  shall  cause its  insurance  carrier  to  provide a written  statement
identifying  the manner in which all premiums  paid by Landlord are allocated to
reflect the portion thereof  attributable to the insurance carried on the Leased
Premises and the portion thereof  attributable  to the insurance  carried on the
Adjacent  Laboratory  Building and other  properties  owned by Landlord.  Tenant
shall  pay  Landlord,  within  thirty  (30)  days of  Tenant's  receipt  of such
statement,  Tenant's  Insurance  Proportionate  Share of the excess,  if any, of
Insurance  Cost for such policy year over the projected  Insurance  Cost. If the
amount paid by Tenant as Tenant's Insurance Proportionate Share of the estimated
Insurance Cost for such policy year exceeded  Tenant's  Insurance  Proportionate
Share of  actual  Insurance  Cost for such  policy  year,  the  excess  shall be
credited toward payment of the next installment of Basic Monthly Rent to be paid
by Tenant after Tenant receives said statement from Landlord. If the amount paid
by Tenant for the last policy year of the Lease Term exceeds Tenant's  Insurance
Proportionate  Share of actual Insurance Cost for such year,  Landlord shall pay
Tenant the excess amount within thirty (30) days after Landlord's  submission to
Tenant of the aforesaid Insurance Cost statement for such policy year.

        Landlord   shall   deposit  and   thereafter   hold  in  escrow,   until
disbursement,  the funds  received  from Tenant  pursuant to this  section in an
interest bearing, federally insured account. All interest earned on said account
shall be  credited  to Tenant and shall be used in the  adjustments  to Tenant's
payments made hereunder from time to time during the Lease Term so that Landlord
collects  only  such  monies  as  are   necessary  to  pay  Tenant's   Insurance
Proportionate Share of said Insurance Cost.

        Landlord agrees that, at all times during the Lease Term, it shall carry
casualty  insurance  and  liability  insurance  in such form and in such amounts
which are consistent  with and comparable to the coverage of casualty  insurance
policies  and  liability   insurance   policies  carried  by  landlord's  owning
commercial buildings located in Montgomery County,  Maryland that are similar to
the Leased Premises.

                   (iv) Utility Expenses Not Separately Metered.

                         (aa) Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant agrees to pay to
Landlord,  as Additional Rent,  Tenant's  Proportionate Share of all water usage
charges,  exterior  electric  lighting  charges,  and any other utility  charges
("Shared  Charges") not separately  metered (and only for so long as each is not
separately  metered) for each of the Leased  Premises,  the Adjacent  Laboratory
Building, and the common areas of the Property.

                         (bb) Upon receipt of each  billing for Shared  Charges,
Landlord  will as soon as  practicable  submit to Tenant a  statement  of Shared
Charges  incurred for the preceding  billing period.  Tenant shall pay Landlord,
within  thirty  (30)  days  of  Tenant's  receipt  of such  statement,  Tenant's
Proportionate Share of Shared Charges.

                   (v)  Landlord's  Enforcement  Costs.  Additional  Rent  shall
include  any  and  all  expenses  incurred  by  Landlord,  including  reasonable
attorneys'  fees,  for  the  collection  of  monies  due  from  Tenant  and  the
enforcement of Tenant's  obligations  under the provisions of this Lease. In the
event  Minimum  Annual Rent or Additional  Rent is not paid within  fifteen (15)
business days of its due date,  Landlord,  at its sole option, may assess a late
charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of the delinquent  Basic Monthly
Rent and Additional Rent as compensation for the additional administrative costs
incurred by Landlord as a result of such late payment.






                                       -7-




                         (c)  Payment  of  Rent.  Any  Minimum  Annual  Rent  or
Additional  Rent which is not paid within five (5) business  days after the same
is due shall bear interest  ("Penalty  Rate") at one percentage (1%) point above
the prime rate of interest by  NationsBank/Maryland  existing  from time to time
and adjusted  each day the prime rate is  redetermined  to reflect the change in
said  prime  rate of  interest,  from the due date  until the date  received  by
Landlord.  Any payments of Minimum  Annual Rent or Additional  Rent by Tenant or
acceptance  by  Landlord  of a lesser  amount  than shall be due from  Tenant to
Landlord shall be treated as a payment on account. The acceptance by Landlord of
a check for a lesser amount with an  endorsement or statement  thereon,  or upon
any letter  accompanying such check, that such lesser amount is payment in full,
shall be given no effect,  and Landlord may accept such check without  prejudice
to any other  rights or remedies  which  Landlord may have  against  Tenant.  If
Landlord  receives  from Tenant two (2) returned or "bounced"  checks in any one
Lease Year,  Landlord  may require all future  Rent by  cashier's  or  certified
check.

             5.      Security Deposit.

                         (a) Contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease,
Tenant has deposited with Landlord the sum specified in Section  1(a)(10) as the
security  deposit  ("Security   Deposit"),   the  receipt  of  which  is  hereby
acknowledged.  Said  Security  Deposit  shall serve as security for the faithful
performance  by Tenant of all the terms,  covenants and conditions of this Lease
to be kept and performed by Tenant during the Lease Term. If, at any time during
the Lease Term,  any payment of Minimum  Annual Rent or  Additional  Rent herein
reserved  shall be  overdue  and  unpaid,  then  Landlord  may,  at its  option,
appropriate and apply any portion of said Security Deposit to the payment of any
such overdue rent or other sum.

                         (b) In the event of the  failure  of Tenant to keep and
perform any of the terms,  covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and
performed by Tenant, then Landlord, at its option, may appropriate and apply the
entire Security Deposit,  or so much thereof as may be necessary,  to compensate
Landlord for loss or damage sustained or suffered by Landlord due to such breach
on the part of Tenant.  Should  the  entire  Security  Deposit,  or any  portion
thereof, be appropriated and applied by Landlord for the payment of overdue rent
or other sums due and  payable to  Landlord  by Tenant  hereunder,  then  Tenant
shall,  upon the  written  demand of  Landlord,  forthwith  remit to  Landlord a
sufficient  amount in cash to restore the Security  Deposit to the original sum.
Tenant's  failure  to do so within  five (5) days after  receipt of such  demand
shall  constitute a breach of this Lease.  Should Tenant comply with all of said
terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of this Lease and  promptly  pay all Minimum
Annual  Rent and  Additional  Rent  herein  provided  as it falls due,  then the
Security Deposit (and all accrued  interest) shall be returned in full to Tenant
within forty-five (45) days of the Expiration Date or earlier termination of the
Lease Term.

                         (c)  Landlord   shall   deliver  the  funds   deposited
hereunder  by  Tenant as a  Security  Deposit  to the  purchaser  of  Landlord's
interest  in the  Property  and/or  the Leased  Premises  in the event that such
interest is sold, and thereupon  Landlord  shall be discharged  from any further
liability with respect to such Security Deposit.

                         (d) If the  Tenant  fails  to  take  possession  of the
Leased  Premises as required by this Lease,  the Security  Deposit  shall not be
deemed liquidated  damages,  and Landlord's use of the Security Deposit pursuant
to this Section 5 shall not preclude  Landlord from  recovering  from Tenant all
additional damages incurred by Landlord.





                                       -8-





                         (e)  Landlord  shall  deposit  the funds  delivered  by
Tenant as a Security Deposit in an interest bearing,  federally insured account,
and shall  hold the  Security  Deposit in such an  account(s)  during the entire
Lease  Term.  For so long as Signet  Bank/Maryland  holds a first lien  security
interest in the  Property,  the Security  Deposit shall be held in an account at
Signet  Bank/Maryland which identifies Landlord as the escrow agent or custodian
of the proceeds constituting the Security Deposit for the benefit of Tenant. All
interest  earned on said  account  shall be credited to Tenant,  and, so long as
Tenant is not in default of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall pay
to Tenant  all  accrued  interest  (and shall  deliver to Tenant an  appropriate
statement showing the accrual of such interest on said account) on or before the
31st day of  January  of each  calendar  year  during  the  Lease  Term.  Tenant
acknowledges that its tax  identification  number is #04-3152484 for purposes of
reporting to the Internal Revenue Service interest earned on said account.

             6.       Use.

                         (a) Use.  Tenant shall use the Leased  Premises for the
purposes specified in Section 1(a)(9), and for no other purpose.

                         (b) Compliance With Laws, Fire Insurance,  Condition of
Leased  Premises.  Tenant  shall not do, or  permit  anything  to be done in the
Leased  Premises or on the Property,  or bring or keep anything  therein,  which
will in any way  invalidate  or  conflict  with fire  insurance  policies on the
Property,  including,  but  not  limited  to all  improvements,  the  Property's
fixtures and personal  property kept therein,  or obstruct or interfere with the
rights of the Landlord or of other tenants of the Property,  or in any other way
injure or annoy  Landlord  or such other  tenants,  or subject  Landlord  to any
liability  for injury to persons or damage to property,  or  interfere  with the
good order of the Property,  as  determined  by Landlord in its sole  reasonable
discretion.  Tenant  shall  refrain or  discontinue  said use  immediately  upon
receipt of written notice from Landlord  requiring such action.  Tenant,  at its
expense,  shall comply with all present and future laws, rules or regulations of
any federal,  state or municipal  authority,  or the Maryland Fire  Underwriters
Rating  Bureau,  or with any notice  from any  public  officer  pursuant  to law
pertaining  to Tenant's  occupancy or use of the Leased  Premises,  whether such
notice shall be served on Landlord or Tenant  (including,  where necessary,  the
construction of capital  improvements to the Leased Premises).  Tenant agrees to
indemnify,  defend, and hold Landlord harmless from all liability, damage, cost,
and expense (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys
fees) resulting from any injury to persons or damage to property occurring in or
around the Leased Premises, whether occasioned by any act or omission of Tenant,
Tenant's agents, contractors, servants, employees, invitees or licensees. Tenant
agrees that any increases of fire insurance  premiums on the Leased  Premises or
contents caused by the occupancy of Tenant and any expenses or costs incurred in
consequence  of  negligence  or  carelessness  or the willful  action of Tenant,
Tenant's employees, agents, contractors,  servants, invitees, or licensees shall
be deemed Additional Rent and paid by Tenant to Landlord as they accrue.

            7.   Common Areas.

                    (a) Common  Areas  Defined.  In this Lease,  "common  areas"
means all areas, facilities and improvements provided, from time to time, on the
Property for the mutual convenience and use of all tenants or other occupants of
the Leased  Premises  and the Adjacent  Laboratory  Building,  their  respective
agents,  employees,  and invitees,  and shall include, if provided,  but are not
limited to, parking areas and facilities, access roads,




                                       -9-




driveways,  retaining walls, sidewalks, walkways, landscaped areas, and exterior
lighting facilities.

              (b) Landlord's  Control.  Landlord shall, as between  Landlord and
Tenant, at all times during the Lease Term have the sole and exclusive  control,
management and direction of the common areas, and may, at any time and from time
to time  during the Lease  Term,  exclude  and  restrain  any person from use or
occupancy thereof, excepting,  however, Tenant and other tenants of Landlord and
bona fide invitees of either who make use of said areas in  accordance  with the
rules and  regulations  established  by Landlord  from time to time with respect
thereto.  The rights of Tenant in and to the common  areas shall at all times be
subject to the rights of others to use the same in common  with  Tenant,  and it
shall be the duty of  Tenant  to keep all of said  areas  free and  clear of any
obstructions   created  or  permitted  by  Tenant  or  resulting  from  Tenant's
operation.  Landlord  may at any time and from time to time (i) close all or any
portion of the common  areas to make  repairs or changes,  (ii) close all or any
portion of the common  areas to such extent as may, in the opinion of  Landlord,
be necessary to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of any rights to any
person or to the public therein, and (iii) do and perform such other acts in and
to said areas as, in the  exercise of good  business  judgment,  Landlord  shall
determine to be advisable with a view to the  improvement of the convenience and
use thereof by tenants, their employees, agents, and invitees. Landlord shall at
all times have the right and privilege of  determining  the nature and extent of
the common  areas,  and of making such  changes,  rearrangements,  additions  or
reductions therein and thereto from time to time which in its opinion are deemed
to be desirable  and for the best interest of all persons using the common areas
or which are as a result of any federal, state or local environmental protection
or other law, rule, regulation, guideline or order. The purpose of the site plan
attached hereto as Exhibit A is to show the approximate locational  relationship
of the Leased  Premises to the  Adjacent  Laboratory  Building and to the common
areas as of the Rent  Commencement  Date.  Nothing  described in Exhibit A shall
limit or  prevent  Landlord  from  effecting  any  change or  alteration  to the
Property as described in this paragraph. Nothing contained in this Section shall
give Landlord the right to impose  restrictions  on the use and enjoyment of the
common areas by Tenant,  or to make  modifications to the common areas, in a way
to cause Tenant to be unable to use the Leased  Premises and the common areas in
a reasonable manner for the purposes originally contemplated by this Lease.

                         (c) Parking Spaces. During the Lease Term, Tenant shall
have the exclusive right to the use of all parking spaces in the common areas of
the Property,  except for the six (6) parking  spaces which are marked in red on
Exhibit A and are reserved by Landlord for its use.

        8. Rules and  Regulations.  Tenant agrees to comply with and observe any
reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord as set forth in Exhibit
C, which may be supplemented or amended from time to time by Landlord.  Tenant's
failure to keep and observe said rules and regulations shall constitute a breach
of the terms of this  Lease in the same  manner  as if the same  were  contained
herein as covenants.

        9. Utilities.  Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall promptly
pay any and all utility charges including but not limited to electricity,  fuel,
gas, and  telephone  (including  equipment  and  installation  charges) used in,
consumed  at, or  supplied  to the Leased  Premises.  Tenant  shall  immediately
transfer all separately  metered  utility  accounts for the Leased Premises into
its own name on the Rent  Commencement  Date.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  as
Additional  Rent,  its  Proportionate  Share of any and all  bills  for  utility
charges which are not




                                      -10-




separately metered in the manner described in Section 4(b)(iv) hereof.

        10. Landlord's Right of Entry.  Landlord, and its agents, shall have the
right, upon prior notice to Tenant and during  reasonable  business hours during
the Lease Term (except in the case of an emergency involving damage to person or
property),  to enter upon the Leased  Premises to examine  the same,  or to make
such repairs,  alterations  or  improvements,  as Landlord may deem necessary or
proper,  or to remove any alteration or improvement which is in violation of the
provisions  of this  Lease,  provided,  however,  Landlord  shall not  adversely
interfere  with  Tenant's  business  operations in a material  manner.  Landlord
reserves the right to show the Leased Premises to prospective tenants or brokers
during  the last  ninety  (90) days of the Lease  Term,  and to show the  Leased
Premises to prospective  purchasers at all reasonable times, provided that prior
verbal  notice  is given to  Tenant  in each  case  and  that  Tenant's  use and
occupancy of the Leased Premises shall not be materially  inconvenienced  by any
such action of Landlord.

        11.   Condition - Maintenance and Repair.

                         (a) Tenant's Responsibility.  Tenant shall maintain the
Leased Premises in  substantially  the same good order and condition as it is on
the  commencement  of the Lease Term and shall  return the  Leased  Premises  to
Landlord in such condition at the Expiration Date or at the earlier  termination
of this Lease, ordinary wear and tear excepted.  Except as obligations to repair
are expressly  delegated to Landlord as described in Section 11(b) below, Tenant
shall be responsible  for the full cost of all maintenance and repair of (i) the
Leased Premises,  including but not limited to the doors,  door jambs,  windows,
window  casings and sills,  screens,  floor  coverings,  walls  (excluding  load
bearing structures), and ceilings located in the Leased Premises, and all pipes,
gutters, downspouts, wires, conduits and other equipment and fixtures located in
the Leased  Premises,  and (ii) the common areas of the Property  (including all
landscaping  thereon,  except for the  landscaping  immediately  surrounding the
Adjacent  Laboratory  Building).  Tenant, at its expense,  shall perform routine
maintenance,  repair,  and  replacement  of the plumbing,  electrical,  heating,
ventilating and  air-conditioning  systems, and all other systems and equipment,
serving the Leased  Premises.  Tenant will  throughout the Lease Term obtain and
keep in  force a  maintenance  contract  with a  qualified  service  company  to
regularly inspect and perform maintenance  services to the heating,  ventilating
and air-conditioning system serving the Leased Premises. Tenant, at its expense,
shall furnish Landlord with a copy of said maintenance contract, and of renewals
or replacements thereof,  promptly after the effective date thereof. All repairs
and maintenance  required to be performed by Tenant at the Leased Premises shall
be made or performed  within a reasonable  period of time upon the occurrence of
the necessity therefor,  and shall be made or performed in a workmanlike manner,
using first  class  materials,  by a  contractor  duly  licensed in the State of
Maryland,  and shall be made or performed in accordance  with (i) all applicable
federal, state and county governmental codes and regulations, and (ii) insurance
requirements.  Tenant shall also be  responsible  for keeping all  sidewalks and
parking areas on the Property free and clear of dirt, trash,  debris, ice, snow,
and any other obstructions;  provided, however, that Landlord shall upon request
promptly  reimburse  Tenant  for  nine  percent  (9%) of the  cost  of any  such
services.  Tenant shall keep its trash and garbage in enclosed  containers  in a
trash holding area within the Leased  Premises,  and shall perform regular trash
removal from such trash holding area.  Tenant shall also be responsible  for the
performance of regular,  periodic pest control  services at the Leased Premises.
All  glass,  both  exterior  and  interior,  shall be  maintained  in the Leased
Premises at the sole





                                      -11-




risk of Tenant,  and Tenant  agrees to replace  any glass  promptly  at its sole
expense in the event of breakage.

                         (b)   Landlord's   Responsibility.   Except   for   any
structural  alterations or improvements made by Tenant,  Landlord shall maintain
in good order and repair the roof and the structural portions of the foundation,
floors,  stairwells,  exterior walls, columns and other load bearing elements of
the Leased Premises, and shall perform all non-routine repair and replacement of
the heating,  ventilating and  air-conditioning  system at the Leased  Premises,
provided,  in each case, that Tenant shall give Landlord notice of the necessity
therefor, whereupon Landlord shall have a reasonable period of time within which
to make such repairs, and provided,  further, that any such repairs necessitated
by the acts or  omissions  of Tenant,  its  agents,  employees,  contractors  or
invitees,  shall be performed at Tenant's expense, and the cost thereof shall be
paid by Tenant to Landlord,  as Additional  Rent,  within twenty (20) days after
Landlord's submission of a bill therefor.

        12.  Alterations  or  Improvements  by  Tenant.  Except  for  incidental
painting and  decoration of the interior of the Leased  Premises and other minor
alterations  and  improvements  which do not  affect  the  structure  or utility
systems  of  the  Leased  Premises,  Tenant  shall  not  make  any  alterations,
additions,   or   improvements,    structural   or   otherwise    (collectively,
"Alterations")  in, on or to the  Leased  Premises,  without  the prior  written
consent  of  Landlord,  which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld  or
delayed.  In connection with Landlord's  review of such proposed  alterations or
improvements prior to giving its consent thereto,  Landlord shall have the right
to require  that Tenant  supply  plans,  specifications,  working  drawings  and
similar  documents  in  reasonable  detail  which  show the  scope of work to be
performed  within  the  Leased  Premises.  Landlord's  approval  of  the  plans,
specifications  and working  drawings for Tenant's  alterations and improvements
shall create no liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design
sufficiency,  or compliance  with all laws,  rules,  regulations of governmental
agencies or authorities. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant desires to build a P3
laboratory in the Leased Premises during the Lease Term, and that Landlord shall
not unreasonably  withhold or delay its consent to the construction thereof. Any
contractors  employed by Tenant to perform  Tenant's work (i) shall be qualified
to  perform  such work and  licensed  in the State of  Maryland  and (ii)  shall
maintain any insurance which may be reasonably  required by Landlord,  and (iii)
shall be bonded or otherwise  reasonably  satisfactory to Landlord.  Tenant will
defend,  indemnify  and hold  Landlord  harmless  from and  against  any and all
expenses,  liens,  claims or damages,  including  attorneys' fees, for injury to
person or property which may or might arise,  directly or indirectly,  by reason
of the making of any  Alterations.  If any Alterations are effected  without the
prior written  consent of Landlord,  Landlord may remove or correct the same and
Tenant shall be liable for any and all  expenses of this work.  All rights given
to Landlord herein shall be in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord
contained  in  this  Lease.  Tenant  shall  be  obligated  to  make  any and all
Alterations and other improvements to the Leased Premises required by applicable
federal, state, and local law, in connection with the use of the Leased Premises
by Tenant during the Leased Term. Tenant hereby agrees that all Alterations made
in, to, or on the Leased Premises shall,  unless  otherwise  provided by written
agreement or by the provisions of Section 13 below,  be the property of Landlord
and  shall  remain  upon and be  surrendered  with the  Leased  Premises  on the
Expiration Date or other termination of this Lease.

         13.  Surrender.  Upon the Expiration  Date or other  termination of the
Lease Term,  Tenant shall quit and surrender the Leased Premises to the Landlord
in good order and condition,




                                      -12-




ordinary  wear and tear  excepted,  and Tenant  shall remove all of its personal
property  from the Leased  Premises  on or before the  Expiration  Date or other
termination  of this  Lease.  Tenant's  obligation  to observe  or  perform  the
covenants  described in this Section 13 shall  survive the  expiration  or other
termination of this Lease. If Tenant does not remove Tenant's  furniture,  trade
fixtures and all other items of personal  property of every kind and description
from the Leased Premises as specified  herein,  then Landlord shall be permitted
to remove, dispose or otherwise discard such property without further payment or
credit by Landlord to Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
in this Lease,  Tenant  shall have the right and the  obligation , at the end of
the Lease  Term,  to remove all  built-in  desks,  cabinets,  basins,  emergency
showers and other pieces of equipment  which are affixed to the Leased  Premises
by Tenant.  In connection  with the removal of said  equipment,  Tenant shall be
obligated to stub pipes;  bundle and cap wires; close ducts;  repair and replace
(as appropriate)  flooring coverings;  repair,  replace,  finish and repaint (as
appropriate)  walls,  and  perform  all other acts which are  necessary  for the
Leased  Premises to be returned to Landlord in same good order and  condition as
exists of the Rent Commencement Date.

        14.  Tenant  Holding  Over.  If Tenant  holds  possession  of the Leased
Premises after the Expiration Date or other termination of this Lease,  Landlord
shall have the option,  exercisable in writing within thirty (30) days after the
date of  termination  as  aforesaid,  to treat Tenant as a  trespasser,  or as a
tenant by the month. If the Landlord fails to make such election then the Tenant
shall be deemed a tenant by the month,  commencing  with the first day after the
termination  of the  Lease at one  hundred  fifty  percent  (150%)  of the Basic
Monthly  Rent paid  during  the last month of the Lease  Term,  and upon all the
other  terms of this Lease,  including  the  provisions  of this  Section.  Said
holdover term shall terminate upon thirty (30) days notice from one party to the
other.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed within said thirty (30) days
after the date of Lease termination as aforesaid as a consent by Landlord to the
occupancy or possession of the Leased  Premises by Tenant after the  termination
of the Lease, and Landlord,  upon said termination,  if Landlord elects to treat
Tenant as a  trespasser,  shall be  entitled  to the  benefit of all  general or
public  laws  relating  to the speedy  recovery  of the  possession  of land and
tenements held over by Tenant,  whether now or hereafter in force and effect. If
Tenant fails to  surrender  the Leased  Premises  upon the  expiration  or other
termination  of this Lease  despite  demand to do so by  Landlord,  Tenant shall
indemnify,  defend,  and hold Landlord harmless from all injury,  loss,  claims,
expenses and  liability,  including  without  limitation,  any claim made by any
succeeding  tenant and any  attorneys'  fees,  founded on or resulting from such
failure to surrender.

         15.  Assignment and Subletting.

                         (a)  Assignment  by Tenant.  Tenant  shall not  assign,
mortgage or encumber this Lease, or any right  hereunder,  nor sublet the Leased
Premises  or any part  thereof,  nor permit the  Leased  Premises  to be used by
others without the prior written consent of Landlord,  which consent shall be at
Landlord's  sole  discretion.   If  Tenant  is  a  corporation,   unincorporated
association or partnership,  then the transfer,  assignment or  hypothecation of
any stock or interest in such  corporation,  association or partnership so as to
result in a change of fifty percent  (50%) or more in the  ownership  thereof by
the person, persons or entities owning said entity as of the date of this Lease,
without  the prior  written  consent of  Landlord  (which  consent  shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed),  shall be deemed an assignment made in breach
of this covenant. Landlord's consent in any specific instance to any assignment,
mortgage, encumbrance, subletting or use of the Leased Premises and its





                                      -13-




collection and acceptance of rent from any such approved assignee,  subtenant or
other  occupant  shall  neither  constitute a waiver of the  provisions  of this
paragraph,  nor  be  construed  as  permission  of  any  subsequent  assignment,
mortgage, encumbrance, subletting or use without compliance with this paragraph.
Without the prior  written  consent of Landlord,  this Lease and the interest of
Tenant, or any assignee of Tenant, shall not pass by operation of law, nor shall
it be subject to garnishment  or sale under  execution in any suit or proceeding
which may be brought  against  or by  Tenant,  or any  assignee  of  Tenant.  No
assignment of this Lease, sublease of all or any portion of the Leased Premises,
or collection of rent from an assignee or subtenant (whether or not permitted by
Landlord) shall relieve Tenant of its obligations  hereunder.  In the event that
Landlord gives Tenant its written consent to assign,  transfer, or sublet all or
a portion of the Leased  Premises to a third party which is unrelated to Tenant,
any monthly rent or other  payment  accruing to Tenant as the result of any such
assignment,  transfer or sublease, including any lump sum or periodic payment in
any manner relating to such assignment, transfer or sublease, which is in excess
of the Minimum Annual Rent and Additional  Rent then payable by Tenant under the
Lease shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord monthly as Additional Rent,  excluding
any reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment or
subletting,  e.g.  legal fees and brokers'  commissions.  Landlord may require a
certificate  from  Tenant  specifying  the full  amount of any such  payment  of
whatsoever  nature.  Any  reasonable  costs and expenses,  including  reasonable
attorneys'  fees  incurred  by  Landlord  in  connection  with any  proposed  or
purported assignment, transfer or sublease shall be borne by Tenant and shall be
payable to Landlord as Additional Rent within five (5) days of demand therefor.

           Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the contrary,  Tenant shall have
the right,  without  Landlord's prior written  consent,  to assign this Lease or
sublet  the  Leased  Premises  to any parent  corporation  of Tenant,  or to any
subsidiary of any parent corporation of Tenant, subject to the following express
conditions:

               (i) No such  assignment  or  sublease  shall be deemed to release
                   Tenant  from   continuing   liability  for  all  of  Tenant's
                   covenants  and  obligations   under  this  Lease,  or  Boston
                   Biomedica,  Inc. ("Tenant's  Guarantor") from its obligations
                   under its Guaranty; and

               (ii)Any assignee or subtenant  must  expressly  assume in writing
                   all of the  covenants  and  obligations  of Tenant under this
                   Lease, joint and severally with Tenant.

              Further,  Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold its consent
to an  assignment  of this Lease (or to a sale or transfer  of  Tenant's  stock)
resulting from a merger,  consolidation,  corporate  reorganization  (other than
pursuant to the bankruptcy  laws), sale of the assets or other transfer of stock
of Tenant, subject to the following conditions:

               (i) Such assignee or transferee, as the case may be, shall have a
                   net worth at least  equal to that of  Tenant,  as of the date
                   hereof,  or the  date  of  such  request  for  consent  to an
                   assignment or transfer, whichever is greater;

              (ii) No such  assignment  shall  be  deemed  to  release  Tenant's
                   Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty; and

              (iii)Such  assignee  or  transferee,  as the  case  may  be,  must
                   expressly assume in writing all of the





                                      -14-





                   covenants and obligations of Tenant under this Lease, jointly
                   and severally with Tenant.

           Further,  any  issuance  by Tenant of its  capital  stock in a public
offering which is effected in compliance with the  registration  requirements of
the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  and  the  rules  and  regulations
thereunder,  shall not be deemed to be a change in control or an  assignment  of
this Lease requiring Landlord's consent.

                  (b)  Assignment by Landlord.  It is expressly  understood  and
agreed that this Lease and all rights of Landlord  hereunder  shall be fully and
freely  assignable by Landlord without notice to, or consent of, Tenant.  In the
event of the transfer and  assignment by Landlord of its interest in this Lease,
Landlord shall thereby be released from any  responsibility  for the performance
of obligations  thereafter accruing hereunder,  and Tenant agrees to look solely
to  such  successor  in  interest  of  the  Landlord  for  performance  of  such
obligations.  Nothing  contained  herein  shall  prevent  Tenant from looking to
Landlord  for the  performance  of  obligations  of which  Landlord  has  actual
knowledge and which predate the effective date of the transfer and assignment by
Landlord  of its  interest in this Lease.  The term  "Landlord"  as used in this
Lease shall mean the owner of the Leased Premises,  at the time in question.  In
the event of a transfer (whether  voluntary or involuntary) by such owner of its
interest in the Leased  Premises,  such owner shall  thereupon  be released  and
discharged from all covenants and obligations of the Lease thereafter  accruing,
but such covenants and  obligations  shall be binding during the Lease Term upon
each new owner for the duration of such owner's ownership.

            16. Bankruptcy.

                   (a) The following  shall be Events of  Bankruptcy  under this
Lease:  (1) Tenant or any  guarantor  of Tenant's  obligations  under this Lease
("Tenant's  Guarantor") becoming insolvent,  as that term is defined in Title 11
of the United States Code (the "Bankruptcy  Code"), or under the insolvency laws
of any state,  district,  commonwealth  or territory  of the United  States (the
"Insolvency  Laws");  (2) the  appointment of a receiver or custodian for any or
all of Tenant's or Tenant's  Guarantor's  property or assets, or the institution
of a  foreclosure  action upon any of Tenant's or Tenant's  Guarantor's  real or
personal  property;  (3) the filing of a voluntary petition under the provisions
of the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency Laws by Tenant or Tenant's  Guarantor;  (4)
the filing of an involuntary  petition  against Tenant or Tenant's  Guarantor as
the subject debtor under the Bankruptcy  Code or Insolvency  Laws,  which either
(A) is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days of the date of filing,
or (B) results in the issuance of an order for relief against the debtor; or (5)
Tenant's or Tenant's  Guarantor's  making or consenting to an assignment for the
benefit of creditors or a common law composition of creditors.

                   (b) Upon occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy, Landlord shall
have all rights and  remedies  available  to  Landlord  pursuant  to Section 18;
provided, however, that while a case in which Tenant is the subject debtor under
the  Bankruptcy  Code is pending,  Landlord  shall not  exercise  its rights and
remedies pursuant to Section 20 so long as (1) the Bankruptcy Code prohibits the
exercise  of  such  rights  and  remedies,  and (2)  Tenant  or its  Trustee  in
Bankruptcy  (hereinafter  referred to as "Trustee") (i) cures all defaults under
this Lease, (ii) compensates  Landlord for monetary damages incurred as a result
of such defaults, (iii) provides adequate assurance of future performance on the
part of Tenant as debtor in  possession  or on the part of the assignee  tenant,
and (iv) complies with all other  requirements  of the Bankruptcy  Code and this
Lease.




                                      -15-


          17. Default. Each of the following shall be deemed a default by Tenant
 and a material breach of this Lease:

                      (a)   An Event of Bankruptcy as defined in Section 16;

                      (b)   An assignment or encumbrance of Tenant's interest
                            in  this  Lease  or  the  Leased  Premises  or  a
                            subletting of any part of the Leased  Premises in
                            violation of Section 15;

                      (c)   A  failure  by  Tenant  to make  any  payment  of
                            Minimum  Annual  Rent or  Additional  Rent within
                            five (5) days of receipt of written  notice  that
                            such  payment  was not  received  on its due date
                            (provided that Landlord shall not be obligated to
                            provide Tenant with such written notice more than
                            twice during any twelve  month period  during the
                            Lease  Term,  and after  receipt  of such  second
                            notice,   Tenant  shall  be  deemed  in  default,
                            without  further  notice,  if any such payment is
                            not received by Landlord on its due date);

                      (d)   Abandonment of the Leased Premises; and

                      (e)   A failure  by Tenant  in the  performance  of any
                            other term,  covenant,  agreement or condition of
                            this Lease on the part of Tenant to be  performed
                            after  fifteen  (15)  days  notice,  or  if  such
                            default  cannot  reasonably  be cured within said
                            fifteen  (15)  day  period  and  Tenant  does not
                            commence  to  diligently  pursue the same  within
                            said  fifteen  (15) day period and to continue to
                            diligently pursue the same until remedied.

Landlord  agrees that it shall not exercise  any rights or  remedies,  which are
available  to it pursuant to the terms of Section 18, as a result of an event of
default described in Section 17 (b) or (d) above,  unless and until Landlord has
provided  Tenant  with a period of fifteen  (15) days  after  receipt of written
notice thereof within which to cure such default.

          18. Landlord's Rights Upon Tenant's Default. Upon default by Tenant of
any of the terms or  covenants  of this  Lease,  Landlord  shall be  entitled to
remedy such default as follows:

                 (a) Landlord  shall have the right,  immediately or at any time
                     after  said  default,  without  further  notice  to  Tenant
                     (unless  otherwise  provided  herein),  to enter the Leased
                     Premises, without terminating this Lease or being guilty of
                     trespass,  and do any and all  acts as  Landlord  may  deem
                     necessary,  proper or convenient to cure such default,  for
                     the account and at the expense of Tenant, and Tenant agrees
                     to pay to Landlord  as  Additional  Rent all damage  and/or
                     expense  incurred  by  Landlord  in  so  doing,   including
                     interest  at the  Penalty  Rate from the due date until the
                     date  payment is received by  Landlord.  The making of such
                     payment or the taking of such action by Landlord  shall not
                     be deemed to cure the default or to stop  Landlord from the
                     pursuit of any remedy to which Landlord would  otherwise be
                     entitled.

                 (b) Landlord shall,  following said default,  have the right to
                     terminate this Lease and/or Tenant's right to possession of
                     the Leased  Premises and,  with or without  legal  process,
                     take  possession of the Leased  Premises and remove Tenant,
                     any  occupant  and any property  therefrom,  without  being
                     guilty of trespass and without  relinquishing any rights of
                     Landlord  against  Tenant.  Landlord  shall be  entitled to
                     recover




                                      -16-




damages from Tenant in an amount  equal to the amount  herein  covenanted  to be
paid as Minimum Annual Rent during the remainder of the Lease Term, said Minimum
Annual Rent for the full term then  remaining  having been fully  accelerated at
the  option  of  Landlord,  together  with (i) all  reasonable  expenses  of any
proceedings (including,  but not limited to, legal expenses and attorney's fees)
which may be necessary in order for Landlord to recover possession of the Leased
Premises,  (ii) the reasonable expenses of the re-renting of the Leased Premises
(including,  but not limited to, any commissions  paid to any real estate agent,
advertising expense and the costs of such alterations, repairs, replacements and
decoration  or  re-decoration  as  Landlord,  in its  sole  judgment  reasonably
exercised,  considers  advisable and necessary for the purpose of re-renting the
Leased  Premises),  and (iii) interest computed at the Penalty Rate from the due
date until paid;  provided,  however,  that said damages  shall be discounted to
present  value using a discount  factor of 5%, and  further  that there shall be
credited  against the amount of such  damages  all amounts  received by Landlord
from such  re-renting of the Leased  Premises and such amounts shall be refunded
to Tenant.  No act or thing done by Landlord shall be deemed to be an acceptance
of a surrender of the Leased  Premises,  unless Landlord shall execute a written
agreement of surrender with Tenant.  Tenant's  liability  hereunder shall not be
terminated by the  execution of a new lease of the Leased  Premises by Landlord.
In the event  Landlord does not exercise its option to accelerate the payment of
Minimum  Annual  Rent as  provided  hereinabove,  then  Tenant  agrees to pay to
Landlord, upon demand, the amount of damages herein provided after the amount of
such damages for any month shall have been ascertained;  provided, however, that
any  expenses  incurred by Landlord  shall be deemed to be a part of the damages
for the month in which they were  incurred.  Separate  actions may be maintained
each month or at other times by Landlord  against  Tenant to recover the damages
then due,  without  waiting until the end of the term of this Lease to determine
the aggregate amount of such damages.

              (c) Upon any  default  by Tenant  to pay  Minimum  Annual  Rent or
Additional  Rent,  Landlord shall have a lien upon the property of Tenant in the
Leased  Premises for the amount of any unpaid  Minimum Annual Rent or Additional
Rent. In such event,  Tenant shall not remove any of Tenant's  property from the
Leased Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent
shall be granted at Landlord's sole and absolute discretion.

              (d) All rights and remedies  provided to either Landlord or Tenant
herein as a result of a default by the other party shall be cumulative, and none
shall exclude any other right or remedy  allowed by law. For the purposes of any
suit  brought or based  hereon,  this Lease shall be construed to be a divisible
contract,  to the end that successive actions may be maintained on this Lease as
successive periodic sums mature hereunder.

        19.  Lender Requirements.

              (a)  Subordination.  Tenant  agrees that this Lease is subject and
subordinate  to the lien of any  existing  mortgage  or deed of trust which is a
lien upon the Property or any part thereof on the Rent Commencement Date, and to
all  renewals,  modifications,   consolidations,   replacements  and  extensions
thereof,  and to all  advances  made or  hereafter  to be made upon the security
thereof.  Landlord  agrees that it shall use reasonable  efforts to acquire from
any  such  existing  mortgagee  or  holder  of  an  existing  deed  of  trust  a
non-disturbance agreement in such lender's usual form for the benefit of Tenant.
Tenant  agrees  that this Lease is and shall be subject and  subordinate  to the
lien of any  future  mortgages  or deeds of trust  which at any time  during the
Lease Term may be made a lien upon the Property or any part thereof,  and to all
advances made or hereafter to be





                                      -17-




made  upon the  security  thereof;  provided  that such  subordination  shall be
effective  only upon the  delivery to Tenant of a  non-disturbance  agreement in
such lender's  usual form for the benefit of Tenant by such future  mortgagee or
holder  of  a  deed  of  trust.   These   subordination   provisions   shall  be
self-operative  and no further  instrument of  subordination  shall be required.
Tenant agrees to execute and deliver,  upon request,  such further instrument or
instruments  confirming this subordination as shall be desired by Landlord or by
any mortgagee or proposed mortgagee;  and Tenant hereby constitutes and appoints
Landlord  as  Tenant's  attorney-in-fact  to  execute  any  such  instrument  or
instruments.  Tenant  further  agrees  that,  at the option of the holder of any
mortgage  or of the  trustee  under  any deed of trust,  this  Lease may be made
superior  to said  mortgage  or deed of  trust  by the  insertion  therein  of a
declaration  that  this  Lease  is  superior  thereto,   and  to  all  renewals,
modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof.

              (b)  Attornment.  In the event any proceedings are brought for the
foreclosure of, or in the event of exercise of the power of sale under, any deed
to secure a debt given by Landlord  and  covering  the Leased  Premises,  Tenant
shall execute such attornment  agreement as shall be reasonably required by said
purchaser,  pursuant to the terms of which Tenant  recognizes  such purchaser as
the owner and landlord under this Lease, and the purchaser  recognizes Tenant as
the tenant under this Lease.

              (c) Notice to Mortgagee  Upon Landlord  Default.  Tenant agrees to
give any mortgagee by certified mail,  return receipt  requested,  a copy of any
notice of default served upon Landlord,  provided that before such notice Tenant
has been notified in writing of the address of such  mortgagee.  Tenant  further
agrees that if Landlord  shall have failed to cure such default  within the time
provided for in this Lease, then mortgagee shall have an additional fifteen (15)
days within which to cure such default; provided,  however, that if such default
cannot be reasonably cured within that time, then such mortgagee shall have such
additional  time as may be  necessary  to cure such default so long as mortgagee
has  commenced and is  diligently  pursuing the remedies  necessary to cure such
default  (including,   without  limitation,   the  commencement  of  foreclosure
proceedings,  if  necessary),  in which event this Lease shall not be terminated
while such remedies are being so diligently pursued. In the event of the sale of
the Property or the Leased Premises, by foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof, the
mortgagee or purchaser at such sale shall be  responsible  for the return of the
security  deposit only to the extent that such  mortgagee or purchaser  actually
received the  security  deposit.  In  addition,  Tenant shall not pay any rental
hereunder for more than one (1) month in advance.

        20. Estoppel  Certificates.  Tenant agrees, at any time and from time to
time,  upon not less than five (5) business  days prior  notice by Landlord,  to
execute,  acknowledge  and  deliver to  Landlord  a  statement  in  writing  (i)
certifying  that this  Lease is  unmodified  and in full force and effect (or if
there have been  modifications  the nature of same),  (ii)  stating the dates to
which the  Minimum  Annual  Rent and  Additional  Rent have been paid by Tenant,
(iii)  stating  whether or not to the best  knowledge of Tenant,  Landlord is in
default in the performance of any covenant,  agreement or condition contained in
this Lease,  and, if so,  specifying  each such default of which Tenant may have
knowledge,  (iv) stating the address to which  notices to Tenant should be sent,
and (v) certifying such other matters as may be requested by Landlord.  Any such
statement  delivered  pursuant  hereto  may be  relied  upon by an  owner of the
Property,   any  prospective  purchaser  of  the  Property,   any  mortgagee  or
prospective mortgagee of the Property, or of Landlord's interest therein, or any
prospective assignee of any such mortgage.




                                      -18-




        21.   Damage by Fire or Other Casualty.

              (a)  Restoration.  If the Leased Premises shall be damaged by fire
or other  casualty  but such damage does not render the Leased  Premises  wholly
unfit for Tenant's  business  operations  as shall be determined by Landlord and
Tenant in their reasonable business judgment,  Landlord,  at Landlord's expense,
shall  promptly  restore  the Leased  Premises,  and Tenant,  at  Tenant's  sole
expense,  shall  promptly  restore all leasehold  improvements  installed in the
Leased  Premises  by  Tenant  or at  Tenant's  request  and its  own  furniture,
furnishings,   trade  fixtures  and  equipment.  No  penalty  shall  accrue  for
reasonable  delay which may arise by reason of  adjustment  of  insurance on the
part of  Landlord,  or on account of labor  problems,  or any other cause beyond
Landlord's  reasonable  control.  Minimum Annual Rent and Additional  Rent shall
abate  proportionately  (based on the  proportion  of the number of square  feet
rendered  untenantable  to the  total  number  of  square  feet  of  the  Leased
Premises),  from  the  date of the  damage  or  destruction  until  the date the
Landlord has substantially completed such restoration.  Notwithstanding anything
stated to the contrary herein,  in the event that such damage shall occur during
the last year of the Lease Term,  Landlord  shall not be required to restore the
Leased Premises.

               (b) Termination. If the Leased Premises are substantially damaged
or are rendered substantially  untenantable by fire or other casualty during the
Lease  Term to such an extent  that it is  rendered  substantially  unusable  by
Tenant for the purposes  originally  contemplated by this Lease,  Landlord shall
restore or repair the same unless  expressly not required to do so under Section
21(c).  If such damage occurs,  however,  at any time during the Lease Term, and
(i) Landlord's  architect  certifies that the Leased Premises cannot be repaired
within one hundred  twenty (120)  working  days of normal  working  hours,  said
period  commencing  on the  casualty  date,  or (ii)  Landlord  shall  decide to
demolish the Leased  Premises or not to rebuild it, then  Landlord  may,  within
ninety  (90) days after  such fire or other  casualty,  terminate  this Lease by
giving Tenant notice of such decision, and thereupon the Lease Term shall expire
by lapse of time upon the third day after such notice is given, and Tenant shall
thereupon vacate the Leased Premises and surrender the same to Landlord.  In the
event that damage to the Leased Premises cannot be repaired  sufficiently within
one hundred  twenty (120) days after such fire or other  casualty so that Tenant
can commence to refixture the Leased  Premises for the use thereof as originally
contemplated  by this Lease,  then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this
Lease by giving  Landlord  written notice thereof within said one hundred twenty
(120) day period,  and  thereupon  the Lease Term shall  expire by lapse of time
upon the third day after such notice is given, and Tenant shall thereupon vacate
the Leased Premises and surrender the same to Landlord.  Upon the termination of
this Lease under the conditions  hereinbefore  provided,  Tenant's liability for
Minimum Annual Rent and Additional  Rent shall cease as of the day following the
casualty.

              (c) Lender's Approval. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this Section or in any other provision of this Lease, any obligation (under this
Lease or  otherwise)  of  Landlord  to restore  all or any portion of the Leased
Premises  shall be subject to Landlord's  receipt of approval of the same by the
mortgagee(s) of Landlord (and any other approvals  required by applicable laws),
as well as  receipt  from any such  mortgagee(s)  of such fire and other  hazard
insurance  policy proceeds as may have been assigned to any such  mortgagee;  it
being  agreed that if Landlord has not received  such  approval(s)  and proceeds
within one hundred and eighty (180) days after any such casualty,  then Landlord
shall have the option to terminate this Lease, at any time thereafter, by notice
to Tenant. Landlord shall diligently




                                      -19-



pursue the receipt of all  approvals  and insurance  policy  proceeds  which are
described in this Section 21(c).

          22.  Condemnation.  In the event the whole or a "substantial part" (as
hereinafter  defined)  of the Leased  Premises  shall be taken for any public or
quasi-public  purpose by any lawful  power or authority by exercise of the right
of  appropriation,  condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to said authority to
prevent such taking (collectively referred to herein as a "taking"),  this Lease
shall  terminate  effective  as  of  the  date  possession  is  required  to  be
surrendered to said  authority,  and the Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent
shall  be  apportioned  as  of  the  date.  For  purposes  of  this  Section,  a
"substantial part" of the Leased Premises shall be considered to have been taken
if fifty  percent  (50%) or more of the Leased  Premises is taken or  condemned.
Tenant shall not assert any claim against  Landlord or the taking  authority for
any compensation  arising out of or related to such taking and Landlord shall be
entitled to receive the entire  amount of any award  without  deduction  for any
estate or interest of Tenant; provided,  however, that nothing contained in this
section  shall be deemed to give  Landlord  any  interest  in any award  made to
Tenant for the taking of personal  property and fixtures  belonging to Tenant or
for Tenant's moving  expenses,  as long as such award is made in addition to and
separately  stated from any award made to Landlord  for the Leased  Premises and
the  Property.  If less than fifty  percent  (50%) of the Leased  Premises is so
taken, the Lease shall continue to be in full force and effect,  and the Minimum
Annual Rent and Additional  Rent shall be adjusted  (based on the ratio that the
number of square feet of rentable area taken from the Leased  Premises  bears to
the number of rentable square feet in the Leased Premises  immediately  prior to
such taking) as of the date  possession  is required to be  surrendered  to said
authority;  provided,  however,  Landlord shall have the right to determine that
the  Leased  Premises  should be  demolished  and not  rebuilt,  in which  event
Landlord may, within ninety (90) days after such taking, terminate this Lease by
giving Tenant notice of such decision, and thereupon the Lease Term shall expire
by lapse of time upon the third day after such notice is given, and Tenant shall
thereupon vacate the Leased Premises and surrender the same to Landlord.  In the
event that the Lease  remains in full  force and effect in  accordance  with the
terms  described  above,  Landlord  shall be obligated to repair and restore the
Leased  Premises  to usable  condition  by Tenant,  and such  repair  shall be a
condition precedent to the continued effectiveness of this Lease. Landlord shall
have no obligation to contest any taking.

          23. Landlord's Liability. Landlord, or its agents, shall not be liable
for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire,  explosion,
falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain, or leaks from any part of
the Leased Premises, or from the pipes, conduits,  appliances or plumbing works,
or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever  nature,  unless caused by or
due to the gross negligence of Landlord, its agents, servants, or employees. All
personal  property and equipment  located in the Leased Premises shall be at the
risk of Tenant.

          24. Tenant's and Landlord's Liability. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord
for all expense, damages or fines, incurred or suffered by Landlord by reason of
any breach,  violation or nonperformance by Tenant, or its agents,  servants, or
employees,  of any  covenant  or  provision  of  this  Lease  or the  Rules  and
Regulations promulgated by Landlord hereunder from time to time, or by reason of
damage to persons or property  caused by moving  property of or for Tenant in or
out of the  Property,  or by the  installation  or removal of furniture or other
property  of or for  Tenant,  by reason of or arising  out of the  carelessness,
negligence or improper conduct of Tenant,  or its agents,  servants,  employees,
invitees or licensees in the use or





                                      -20-




occupancy of the Leased  Premises or the common areas of the Property.  Landlord
shall reimburse Tenant for all expense,  damages or fines,  incurred or suffered
by Tenant by reason of any breach,  violation or nonperformance by Landlord,  or
its agents,  servants, or employees, of any covenant or provision of this Lease,
by reason of or arising out of the gross negligence of Landlord,  or its agents,
servants, employees, invitees or licensees.

          25. Indemnity.

                 (a) By Tenant.  Tenant shall  indemnify and defend Landlord and
its agents and  employees  and save them  harmless  from and against any and all
claims,  actions,  damages,  liabilities  and expense in connection with loss of
life,  personal  injury  and/or  damage to property  arising  from or out of any
occurrence in, upon or at the Leased Premises, or the occupancy or use by Tenant
of the Leased Premises or any part thereof,  or occasioned  wholly or in part by
any act or omission of the Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees, servants,
invitees or licensees,  whether  inside the Leased  Premises or elsewhere in the
Property.

                 (b) By Landlord. Landlord shall indemnify and defend Tenant and
its agents and  employees  and save them  harmless  from and against any and all
claims,  actions,  damages,  liabilities  and expense in connection with loss of
life,  personal injury and/or damage to property occasioned wholly or in part by
any  act or  omission  of the  Landlord,  its  agents,  contractors,  employees,
servants, invitees or licensees, whether inside the Leased Premises or elsewhere
in the Property.

          26. Tenant's Insurance.

                 (a)  Coverages.  Tenant  shall have  issued,  pay the  premiums
therefor,  and  maintain in full force and effect  during the Lease Term and any
option period:

                                 (i)        Comprehensive      Liability.      A
                                            commercial     general     liability
                                            insurance   policy  or  policies  in
                                            which the  Landlord  and  Landlord's
                                            mortgagee(s)  (and  such  additional
                                            persons and/or  entities as Landlord
                                            may request) and Tenant shall be the
                                            insured, protecting the Landlord and
                                            Landlord's  mortgagee(s)  (and  such
                                            additional  persons and/or  entities
                                            as Landlord  may request) and Tenant
                                            in  the  amount  of at  least  Three
                                            Million    and    No/100     Dollars
                                            ($3,000,000.00)   combined,   single
                                            limit  coverage  for bodily  injury,
                                            including death, or property damage,
                                            which amount may be  increased  from
                                            time  to  time  by  Landlord  in its
                                            reasonable determination;

                                 (ii)       All-Risk Casualty. All-risk casualty
                                            insurance, naming Landlord (and such
                                            additional  persons and/or  entities
                                            as Landlord  may request) and Tenant
                                            as insureds (as their  interests may
                                            appear), written at replacement cost
                                            value  and  with   replacement  cost
                                            endorsement,  covering all leasehold
                                            improvements installed in the Leased
                                            Premises  by Tenant  or at  Tenant's
                                            request and all of Tenant's personal
                                            property  in  the  Leased   Premises
                                            (including,    without   limitation,
                                            inventory,   trade  fixtures,  floor
                                            coverings,   furniture   and   other
                                            property  removable  by Tenant under
                                            the provisions of this Lease).





                                      -21-




                                 (iii)      Workers' Compensation. If and to the
                                            extent  required  by  law,  workers'
                                            compensation      and     employer's
                                            liability  or similar  insurance  in
                                            form and amounts required by law.

              (b)  Policy   Requirements.   Tenant's  failure  to  provide  such
insurance  or failure to pay the  premiums  when due,  shall be deemed a default
hereunder.  Any monies expended by Landlord to cure said default shall be deemed
Additional  Rent and shall be due and owing with  Tenant's next payment of Basic
Monthly Rent.  All such policies shall contain only such  reasonable  deductible
amounts as may be approved in advance by Landlord and shall  contain a provision
that  Landlord  shall  receive not less than thirty (30) days advance  notice in
writing from the insurance  company of any intention of the insurance company to
cancel  such  policy or  policies.  Tenant  shall  provide  written  evidence to
Landlord of its  acquisition of such policies prior to the  commencement of this
Lease and prior to any renewal  date of such  policies.  All  policies  shall be
carried with a reputable insurance company qualified to do business in the State
of Maryland and rated not lower than A-XII in the A.M. Best Rating Guide.

              (c) No  Limitation  of  Liability.  Neither  the  issuance  of any
insurance  policy  required  under this Lease nor the minimum  limits  specified
herein  shall be  deemed  to limit or  restrict  in any way  Tenant's  liability
arising under or out of this Lease.

        27. Waiver of  Subrogation.  Landlord and Tenant  mutually  covenant and
agree that each party,  in connection  with  insurance  policies  required to be
furnished  in  accordance  with the terms and  conditions  of this Lease,  or in
connection  with insurance  policies  which they obtain  insuring such insurable
interest as Landlord or Tenant may have in its own properties,  whether personal
or real,  shall  expressly  waive  any right of  subrogation  on the part of the
insurer against the Landlord (and any mortgagee requested by Landlord) or Tenant
as the same may be  applicable,  which  right to the  extent not  prohibited  or
violative of any such policy is hereby expressly waived, and Landlord and Tenant
each mutually waive all right of recovery against each other,  their agents,  or
employees for any loss, damage or injury of any nature whatsoever to property or
person for which either party carries  insurance or is required by this Lease to
carry insurance.

        28. No Liens Permitted; Discharged. Tenant will not permit to be created
or to remain  undischarged  any lien,  encumbrance or charge (arising out of any
work done or  materials or supplies  furnished,  or claimed to have been done or
furnished, by any contractor,  mechanic, laborer or materialman or any mortgage,
conditional sale, security agreement or chattel mortgage, or otherwise by or for
Tenant)  which  might be or  become a lien or  encumbrance  or  charge  upon the
Property or any part thereof or the income therefrom.  If any lien, or notice of
lien on  account of an alleged  debt of Tenant or any  notice of  contract  by a
party engaged by Tenant or Tenant's  contractor  to work on the Leased  Premises
shall be filed against the Property or any part thereof,  Tenant, within fifteen
(15)  days  after  notice  of the  filing  thereof,  will  cause  the same to be
discharged of record by payment,  deposit,  bond,  order of a court of competent
jurisdiction or otherwise.  If Tenant shall fail to cause such lien or notice of
lien to be  discharged  within the period  aforesaid,  then,  in addition to any
other right or remedy,  Landlord may, but shall not be obligated  to,  discharge
the same  either by paying the  amounts  claimed to be due or by  procuring  the
discharge  of such lien by  deposit or by  bonding  proceedings  and in any such
event  Landlord  shall be  entitled,  if  Landlord  so  elects,  to  compel  the
prosecution of an action for the





                                      -22-




foreclosure  of such lien by the lienor and to pay the amount of the judgment in
favor of the lienor with interest,  costs and allowances.  Any amount so paid by
Landlord and all  reasonable  costs and  expenses,  including  attorneys'  fees,
incurred by Landlord in connection  therewith,  shall constitute Additional Rent
payable by Tenant  under this Lease and shall be paid by Tenant to  Landlord  on
demand.  Nothing herein  contained shall obligate Tenant to pay or discharge any
lien created by Landlord.

        29. Signs,  Awnings and Canopies.  Tenant will not place or suffer to be
placed or maintained on the exterior of the Leased Premises any sign,  awning or
canopy, or other written matter of any kind, without first obtaining  Landlord's
written approval which shall not be unreasonably  withheld or delayed,  provided
that any such sign,  awning,  canopy or written matter is in compliance with the
applicable federal,  state and/or county  regulations.  Tenant further agrees to
maintain in good  condition and repair at all times such sign,  awning,  canopy,
decoration,  lettering,  or written matter as may be approved. Any of said items
so  installed  without  such  written  approval  and  consent  may be removed by
Landlord at Tenant's expense.

        30. Environmental  Protection.  Tenant and Tenant's employees and agents
shall not dispose of any oil, petroleum or chemical liquids or solids, liquid or
gaseous  products  or any  hazardous  waste or  hazardous  substance  including,
without limitation, asbestos (hereinafter collectively referred to as "hazardous
waste"),  as those terms are used in the Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, or in any other federal, state or local
law  governing  hazardous  substances,  as such laws may be amended from time to
time  (hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the "Act"),  at, upon, under or
within the Leased  Premises or the  Property,  or into the  plumbing or sewer or
water  system  servicing  the Leased  Premises  and/or the  Property,  nor shall
Tenant,  its  agents or  employees  cause or  permit  the  discharge,  spillage,
uncontrolled  loss, seepage or filtration of any hazardous waste at, upon, under
or within the Leased  Premises or the  Property or into the plumbing or sewer or
water  system  servicing  the  same.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Landlord
acknowledges  that the use which  Tenant  contemplates  for the Leased  Premises
involves the use, storage, and disposal of materials which are defined herein as
hazardous  waste,  and Tenant shall have the right to maintain such materials on
the  Leased  Premises  so long as they  are  used,  stored  and  disposed  of in
accordance  with  the  Act.  Tenant  shall  comply  in  all  respects  with  the
requirements  of the Act and  related  regulations,  and shall  notify  Landlord
immediately in the event of its discovery of any hazardous waste at, upon, under
or within the Leased Premises or the Property which has not been used, stored or
disposed  of in  accordance  with the Act.  Tenant  shall  advise  Landlord,  in
writing,  of the  identities  of  hazardous  wastes being used and stored in the
Leased  Premises  promptly upon written  request from Landlord,  but in no event
less  frequently  than once every  twelve (12) months.  Tenant  shall  indemnify
Landlord against all costs, expenses, liabilities, losses, damages, injunctions,
suits, fines,  penalties,  claims, and demands,  including reasonable attorneys'
fees,  arising out of any  violation of or default by Tenant,  and its employees
and agents,  in the  covenants of this Section.  The  provisions of this Section
shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

        31.  Notices.  All  notices to be given  under  this  Lease  shall be in
writing and either (i)  hand-delivered,  (ii) sent by Federal  Express (or other
nationally  recognized,  overnight  mail  courier  service),  (iii) or mailed by
United States Certified or Registered Mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage
prepaid. Notices should be delivered as follows:

                     (a)  To Landlord to the attention of the "General  Manager"
                          at the business and mailing address





                                      -23-



                          stated  on  page 1 of  this  Lease,  with  a  copy  to
                          Shulman,  Rogers,  Gandal,  Pordy & Ecker, P.A., 11921
                          Rockville Pike, Suite 300, Rockville,  Maryland 20852,
                          attn: Karl L. Ecker, Esquire. Pursuant to the terms of
                          Section   19(a)   hereof,   for  so  long  as   Signet
                          Bank/Maryland  holds a first lien security interest in
                          the Property,  a copy of any notice of default  served
                          on Landlord shall be delivered to Signet Bank/Maryland
                          at  7700  Wisconsin  Avenue,   Suite  400,   Bethesda,
                          Maryland  20814,  attn:  Ms. Susan  Benninghoff,  Vice
                          President.

                     (b)  To Tenant to the  attention of Richard T.  Schumacher,
                          President,  at the business and mailing address stated
                          on page 1 of this Lease,  with a copy to Brown Rudnick
                          Freed  &  Gesmer,   One  Financial   Center,   Boston,
                          Massachusetts 02111, attn: Howard L. Levin, Esquire.

Any such notice shall be deemed to be received on the date it is  hand-delivered
or delivered by Federal Express (or other nationally recognized,  overnight mail
courier service), or on the third day after the date on which it is deposited in
the U.S. mails.  Landlord,  Tenant and Signet  Bank/Maryland shall each have the
right to change the person  and/or  address to which  notices shall be delivered
upon notice thereof to the other parties sent pursuant to the provisions of this
paragraph.

        32. Time. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that time is of the essence in
the performance of any and all obligations, terms, and provisions of this Lease.

        33.  Postponement of Performance.  In the event that either party hereto
shall be delayed or hindered in or  prevented  from the  performance  of any act
required  hereunder by reason of strikes,  labor troubles,  inability to procure
labor  or  materials,   failure  of  power,  restrictive  governmental  laws  or
regulations,  riots,  insurrection,  war, acts of God, fire or other casualty or
other reason of a similar or dissimilar nature beyond the reasonable  control of
the party delayed in performing  work or doing acts required  under the terms of
this Lease,  then performance of such act shall be excused for the period of the
delay and the period for the performance of any such act shall be extended for a
period equivalent to the period of such delay; provided, however that nothing in
this  section  shall  excuse any delay in the payment of Minimum  Annual Rent or
Additional  Rent;  and  provided,  further,  that  delays or failures to perform
resulting  from lack of funds shall not be deemed delays  beyond the  reasonable
control of a party.  Nothing  contained  herein  shall be construed to limit the
provisions  concerning the abatement of Minimum Annual Rent and Additional  Rent
resulting  from  fire and  casualty  damage or from  condemnation  damage to the
Leased Premises as more fully described in Sections 21 and 22 hereof.

         34.  Brokers.  Landlord  and Tenant  represent  and warrant each to the
other that neither has authorized any broker,  agent or finder purporting to act
on  either's  behalf in  respect to this Lease  transaction  except the  Leasing
Broker  specified in Section  l(a)(11),  and each hereby agree to indemnify  and
hold  harmless  one from the other from and against any cost,  expense,  claims,
liability or damage resulting from a breach of the  representation  and warranty
herein contained.

        35. No Waiver.  No waiver by  Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any of
the terms, covenants, agreements, or conditions of this Lease shall be deemed to
constitute a waiver of any succeeding breach thereof,  or a waiver of any breach
of any of the other terms, covenants, agreements, and conditions herein






                                      -24-



contained.  No  provision  of this Lease  shall be deemed to have been waived by
Landlord or Tenant,  unless such waiver be in writing  signed by such party.  No
employee of Landlord or of Landlord's  agents shall have any authority to accept
the keys of the Leased  Premises  prior to  termination  of the  Lease,  and the
delivery of keys to any  employee of Landlord  or  Landlord's  agents  shall not
operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Leased Premises. The
receipt by  Landlord of any payment of Minimum  Annual Rent or  Additional  Rent
with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a
waiver of such  breach.  The failure of Landlord to enforce any of the Rules and
Regulations made a part of this Lease, or hereafter  adopted,  against Tenant or
any other tenant in the Property  shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Rules
and Regulations.

         36. Amendments.  This Lease and the Exhibits attached hereto,  together
with  the  terms  and  conditions  of that  certain  Assets  for  Cash  Purchase
Agreement,  of even  date,  entered  into by and  between  Landlord,  Tenant and
Tenant's  Guarantor,  which  describe the sale and purchase of certain assets by
Landlord to Tenant and Tenant's Guarantor,  contain the entire agreement between
the parties,  and any agreement  hereafter  made shall be ineffective to change,
modify,  discharge  or effect an  abandonment  in whole or in part  unless  such
agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom  enforcement of the
change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought.

        37.  Applicable  Law. The laws of the State of Maryland shall govern the
validity, performance and enforcement of this Lease.

        38. Transfer of the Property. In the event of the sale or other transfer
of Landlord's  right,  title and interest in the Leased Premises or the Property
(except in the case of a sale- leaseback financing transaction in which Landlord
is the  lessee),  Landlord  shall  transfer  and  assign  to such  purchaser  or
transferee all amounts of pre-paid  Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent, and
provided  that the  purchaser or  transferee  shall assume all of the  surviving
liabilities   and   obligations  of  Landlord   hereunder   accruing  after  the
consummation of such sale or transfer, Landlord thereupon shall be released from
all liability and obligations  hereunder  derived from this Lease arising out of
any act,  occurrence or omission  relating to the Leased  Premises or this Lease
occurring after the consummation of such sale or transfer.  Tenant shall have no
right to terminate this Lease, to abate Minimum Annual Rent or Additional  Rent,
nor to deduct from, nor set-off, nor counterclaim against Minimum Annual Rent or
Additional Rent because of any sale or transfer (including,  without limitation,
any sale-leaseback) by Landlord or its successors or assigns.

        39.  Extension  Option.  Provided  (i) that this Lease  shall be in full
force and effect;  (ii) that BTRL  Contracts and Services,  Inc. (or a permitted
assignee  of  Tenant  [which  is a  related  party to  Tenant]  pursuant  to the
provisions of Section 15 hereof) shall be the tenant  hereunder;  and (iii) that
Tenant shall not be in default under any of the terms, provisions,  covenants or
condition  of this Lease,  then,  and only in such event,  Tenant shall have the
right,  at Tenant's  sole  option,  to extend the term of this Lease for two (2)
additional  periods  of five (5)  years  each  ("Extension  Terms").  Each  such
extension  option shall be  exercisable  by Tenant giving  written notice of the
exercise of such  extension  option to  Landlord  no sooner  than three  hundred
sixty-five  (365) days and no later than one hundred  eighty (180) days prior to
the expiration date of the then-current term;  provided,  however,  in the event
Tenant fails to exercise any option to extend during the  aforesaid  period such
extension  option shall become null and void and all rights with respect thereto
and with respect to any subsequent  extension  option shall become null and void
and all rights with respect





                                      -25-




thereto and with respect to any subsequent  extension option shall automatically
terminate  and  expire.  Each  Extension  Term  shall be upon  the  same  terms,
covenants  and  conditions  as set forth  herein with respect to the Lease Term,
except that Minimum Annual Rent payable during each Lease Year of each Extension
Term shall be computed in the  following  manner.  On the first day of the first
Lease Year of the first  Extension Term, and on the first day of each Lease Year
thereafter  during  the  remainder  of the first  Extension  Term and during the
Second  Extension  Term,  the  Minimum  Annual  Rent (then in  effect)  shall be
adjusted by [Language  Deleted Due To  Confidential  Treatment  Request.] of any
change  in the Index now known as  "United  States  Bureau of Labor  Statistics,
Consumer  Price  Index  for All  Urban  Consumers,  All  Items  (1982-1984=100)"
("Index"),  provided, however, that the amount of Minimum Annual Rent payable by
Tenant  during any Lease Year of an Extension  Term  pursuant to this  provision
shall  not  be  less  than  [Language  Deleted  Due  To  Confidential  Treatment
Request.]of the Minimum Annual Rent paid during the previous Lease Year. Subject
to the  foregoing,  each such  adjustment  shall be  accomplished  (and shall be
effective  for the entire then-  operative  Lease Year) by adding to the Minimum
Annual  Rent (then in effect)  the amount  created by  multiplying  the  Minimum
Annual Rent then in effect by the amount created by  subtracting  one (1) from a
fraction,  the numerator of which shall be the most recently  published  monthly
Index figure prior to the date of the  adjustment,  and the denominator of which
shall be the  published  monthly Index figure for the same month of the previous
year.  Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of each such adjustment and the
amount of Minimum Annual Rent payable during the forthcoming  Lease Year. Should
said Index cease to be published, then the closest similar published Index by an
agency of the United States Government shall be substituted.  Should there be no
such  substitute,  then the parties  hereto  shall,  under rules of the American
Arbitration  Association,  agree to a substitute formula, or source, designed to
accomplish the same original purpose of this provision. This extension option is
personal  to  Tenant,  and shall not be  available  to any  other  subtenant  or
assignee  of the  Lease  (other  than a  party  which  is  related  to  Tenant),
regardless of whether such  sublease or  assignment  was approved by Landlord in
the manner described herein.

        40.  Right of First  Offer.  In the event  that,  during the Lease Term,
Landlord  determines  to sell the  Property to any party which is  unrelated  to
Landlord,  then, provided that (i) this Lease shall be in full force and effect;
(ii) that BTRL Contracts and Services,  Inc. (or a permitted  assignee of Tenant
[which is a related  party to Tenant]  pursuant to the  provisions of Section 15
hereof) shall be the tenant hereunder;  and (iii) Tenant shall not be in default
under any of the terms, provisions, covenants or conditions of this Lease, then,
and only in such  event,  Tenant  shall  have the first  right to  purchase  the
Property upon the following terms and conditions. Promptly after determining the
terms and  conditions  upon which the  Property  shall be sold to a third party,
Landlord shall give Tenant  written notice of its  opportunity to purchase same,
by  presenting  Tenant  with an  execution  copy of a  Contract  of Sale for the
Property  containing all material terms and conditions as determined by Landlord
to be appropriate for the sale of the Property.  Tenant shall exercise its right
of first  offer  by  executing  the copy of the  Contract  of Sale  tendered  by
Landlord and returning it to Landlord  (together with any required earnest money
deposit)  within  thirty  (30)  calendar  days  of the  date on  which  Landlord
delivered  the  proposed  Contract  of Sale to Tenant.  The failure of Tenant to
execute and deliver the Contract of Sale (and required earnest money deposit) to
Landlord   within  the   aforesaid   thirty  (30)   calendar  day  period  shall
automatically  extinguish  Tenant's  right to exercise such right of first offer
with regard to the Property,  and further shall relieve  Landlord of any and all
liability with respect to same; provided that such right of first offer shall be
reinstated,  without  further  act  required  by any  party,  in the event  that
Landlord  has not  settled  on the sale of the  Property  within  three  hundred
sixty-five (365) days of the expiration date of Tenant's right of first offer as
described





                                      -26-



herein.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Landlord shall not thereafter offer to
sell the  Property  to any third  party for a purchase  price which is less than
that offered to Tenant or upon such other material  terms and  conditions  which
are substantially less advantageous to the purchaser, without first renewing its
offer to Tenant to purchase  same at the lesser  amount of  purchase  price (and
affording  Tenant the right to  exercise  its first right of offer in the manner
described  herein).  Should Tenant fail to exercise  properly its right of first
offer as described above, Landlord shall be free to proceed with the sale of the
Property to any third  party,  free and clear of all rights of Tenant;  provided
that such right of first offer shall be reinstated, without further act required
by any party,  in the event  that  Landlord  has not  settled on the sale of the
Property  within three hundred  sixty-five  (365) days of the expiration date of
Tenant's  right of first  offer as  described  herein.  In the event that Tenant
exercises its right of first offer as provided herein,  then Landlord and Tenant
shall  proceed  to  settlement  thereunder  in  accordance  with the  terms  and
conditions of the Contract of Sale. In the event that Tenant thereafter fails to
settle  on its  purchase  of the  Property  in  accordance  with the  terms  and
conditions of the Contract of Sale,  then Landlord shall have the right (but not
the obligation), as determined in its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate
this  Lease,  in  addition  to  exercising  any and all rights  available  to it
pursuant to the terms and  conditions  of the Contract of Sale.  Landlord  shall
exercise its right to terminate  this Lease by giving  written notice thereof to
Tenant,  in which  event this Lease shall  terminate  on the third day after the
giving of such  notice,  and  Tenant  shall  deliver  possession  of the  Leased
Premises to Landlord. This right of first offer is personal to Tenant, and shall
not be available  to any other  subtenant or assignee of the Lease (other than a
party  which is related to  Tenant),  regardless  of whether  such  sublease  or
assignment was approved by Landlord in the manner described herein.

            41.  Right of First  Refusal.  Provided  (i) that  Landlord  has not
offered  Tenant the right to purchase the Property for a purchase price which is
equal to or less than the offer  described below and is upon such material terms
and conditions  which are  substantially  the same or more  advantageous  to the
purchaser  than are contained in the offer  described  below,  and that Tenant's
right of first offer has not expired (and  Tenant's  right under  Section 40 has
not been  reinstated),  all pursuant to the terms and  conditions  of Section 40
hereof; (ii) that this Lease shall be in full force and effect;  (iii) that BTRL
Contracts  and  Services,  Inc. (or a permitted  assignee of Tenant  [which is a
related party to Tenant]  pursuant to the provisions of Section 15 hereof) shall
be the tenant hereunder;  and (iv) that Tenant shall not be in default under any
of the terms,  provisions,  covenants or condition of this Lease, then, and only
in such event,  Tenant  shall have the right of first  refusal to  purchase  the
Property (the "Right of First Refusal") upon the following terms: If at any time
during the Lease  Term,  Landlord  shall  receive a bona fide offer from a third
party for the purchase of the Property,  which offer Landlord desires to accept,
Landlord  promptly  shall  deliver to Tenant a copy of such  offer.  Tenant may,
within  thirty  (30) days after  receipt of such offer,  elect to  purchase  the
Property  on the same  terms  and  conditions  as set  forth in such  offer,  by
delivering  to Landlord  written  notice of said  exercise  within the aforesaid
thirty (30) day period.  In the event that  Landlord  shall receive an offer for
the purchase of the Property  which is not  consummated  by delivering a deed to
the offeror,  Tenant's  Right of First  Refusal as set forth herein shall remain
applicable  to  subsequent  offers made to Landlord.  In the event that Landlord
shall  sell the  Property  after  Tenant  fails to  exercise  its Right of First
Refusal,  such  sale  shall be  subject  to the terms of this  Lease,  provided,
however, the Right of First Offer and the Right of First Refusal as set forth in
this Lease shall  expire  upon the date of  conveyance  of the  Property to said
third party,  and said rights  shall not continue in force or effect,  nor shall
they be applicable to any





                                      -27-



subsequent sale or ownership of the Property by successive parties. In the event
that any  mortgagee or holder of a deed of trust or other  security  interest in
the  Property  shall  foreclose  on the  Property  or  accept  a deed in lieu of
foreclosure  as a result of the failure of  Landlord to pay any debt  secured by
the  Property,  the Right of First  Offer and the Right of First  Refusal as set
forth in this Lease shall expire  automatically  upon the date of  conveyance of
the Property to said mortgagee or holder of a security  interest  therein (or to
any third party  assignee  of said  mortgagee  or holder of a security  interest
therein), and said Right of First Offer and the Right of First Refusal shall not
continue in force or effect, nor shall they be applicable to any subsequent sale
or ownership of the Property by successive parties.

         42. Waiver of Counterclaim and Trial by Jury/Attorneys  Fees.  Landlord
and Tenant  waive  their  right to trial by jury in any  action,  proceeding  or
counterclaim  brought by either of the parties  hereto against the other (except
for personal injury or property damage) on any matters whatsoever arising out of
or in any way  connected  with this Lease,  the  relationship  of  Landlord  and
Tenant,  Tenant's use of or occupancy of the Leased Premises,  and any emergency
statutory  or any  other  statutory  remedy.  Tenant  shall  not  interpose  any
counterclaim(s)  or claim(s)  for  set-off,  recoupment  or deduction of Minimum
Annual Rent or Additional Rent in a summary proceeding for nonpayment of Minimum
Annual Rent or Additional Rent,  unless such counterclaim is mandatory in nature
and must be  interposed  in such  summary  proceeding  initiated  by Landlord or
otherwise be deemed waived.  In the event either Landlord or Tenant institute an
action or  proceeding  against the other to enforce the terms and  conditions of
this Lease,  the  prevailing  party shall be entitled to recover all  reasonable
attorneys fees and costs incurred as a result thereof.

        43.  Separability.  If any  term  or  provision  of  this  Lease  or the
application  thereof to any person or  circumstances  shall,  to any extent,  be
invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease or the application of such
term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is
held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each other term
and provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent
permitted by law.

        44. Corporate Authority.  Concurrently with the execution of this Lease,
Tenant has  delivered to Landlord a certified  copy of a resolution  of Tenant's
Board of  Directors  (or other  evidence  reasonably  satisfactory  to Landlord)
approving the leasing of the Leased Premises by Tenant pursuant to the terms and
conditions  contained  herein,  stating  that this Lease is fully  binding  upon
Tenant,  and authorizing the execution of this Lease by each person signing this
Lease on behalf of Tenant.

        45. Interpretation.

              (a)  Captions.   The  captions,   marginal   references,   General
Information  sheet,  and table of contents  appearing in this Lease are inserted
only as a matter of convenience and in no way amplify,  define, limit, construe,
or described the scope or intent of this Lease nor in any way affect this Lease.

              (b) Gender.  The neuter,  feminine or masculine  pronoun when used
herein shall each include each of the other  genders and the use of the singular
shall include the plural.

              (c) Covenants. The parties hereto agree that all the provisions of
this Lease are to be construed as covenants  and  agreements as though the words
importing  such covenants and  agreements  were used in each separate  provision
hereof.

              (d)  Interpretation. Although the printed provisions of this Lease
were drawn by Landlord, this Lease shall





                                      -28-




not be  construed  for or against  Landlord  or Tenant,  but this Lease shall be
interpreted in accordance with the general tenor of the language in an effort to
reach the intended result.

         46. Landlord's Agreement re: Contract of Sale of the Property. Landlord
agrees  that,  during the Lease Term and prior to its  execution of any contract
for the sale of the Property to a prospective  purchaser,  it shall give written
notice of the  existence of this Lease and Tenant's  occupancy  rights in and to
the  Leased  Premises  (together  with a  copy  of  this  Lease),  to  any  such
prospective purchaser of the Property.

         47. Reasonableness of Expenses. Wherever it is required by the terms of
this  Lease  that one party  reimburse  the other  party for costs and  expenses
incurred in connection  with the performance of an obligation or the exercise of
a right described  herein,  unless  expressly  stated  otherwise,  all costs and
expenses for which such  reimbursement  is sought shall be  reasonable in amount
and nature,  as  determined  in  accordance  with local  standards of commercial
reasonableness in the District of Columbia metropolitan area.

         48. Limits of Landlord's Liability.  In the event that any mortgagee or
holder  of a deed of trust or other  security  interest  in the  Property  shall
foreclose on the Property or accept a deed in lieu of foreclosure as a result of
the  failure  of  Landlord  to pay  any  debt  secured  by the  Property,  then,
thereafter,  neither the owner of the  Property,  as  Landlord,  nor its agents,
employees or officers, whether disclosed or undisclosed, shall have any personal
liability under any provision of this Lease,  and if such a subsequent  owner of
the Property, as Landlord, defaults in the performance of any of its obligations
hereunder or otherwise,  Tenant shall look solely to Landlord's equity, interest
and rights in the  Property  for  satisfaction  of Tenant's  remedies on account
thereof.

        49. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure
to the benefit of the parties hereto, and the heirs,  personal  representatives,
successors and assigns of said parties.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have duly executed,  sealed, and
delivered this Lease,  or have caused same to be executed,  sealed and delivered
by their duly authorized attorney-in-fact, as of the day and year above written.

WITNESS                               LANDLORD:
                                      Cambridge Biotech Corporation,
                                         a Delaware corporation


                                      By: /s/ signature unreadable (SEAL)
- ---------------------------             ---------------------------------
                                         /s/ signature unreadable
                                        ---------------------------------


                                      Date of Execution: July 14, 1992
                                                        ---------


WITNESS/ATTEST:                       TENANT:
                                      BTRL Contracts and Services, Inc.,
                                         a Massachusetts corporation



/s/ signature unreadable              By: /s/ signature unreadable (SEAL)
                                        ---------------------------------
                                          /s/ signature unreadable , President
                                        --------------------------

                                      Date of Execution: July 14, 1992
                                                        --------








                                    EXHIBIT C

                              RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant agrees as follows:


         1. Tenant will keep the Leased  Premises and  approaches  thereto clean
and free from  rubbish;  will  remove  snow,  ice and debris  from the  adjacent
sidewalks;  will keep all  windows  and any sign neat,  clean and in good order;
will not erect any screen or fence;  and will not  perform  any acts or carry on
any  practices  which may damage the Leased  Premises  or the  Property  or be a
nuisance or menace to other tenants.

        2. Tenant shall not  obstruct or interfere  with the rights of others to
use any Property driveways, parking facilities,  sidewalks, exits, entrances, if
any.

        3. Tenant  shall not store any  material,  supplies,  equipment,  wooden
pallets,  vehicles or anything whatsoever outside of the Leased Premises. If any
such items are not removed within forty-eight (48) hours Landlord shall have the
right  to  remove  the  same,   with  prior  notice  to  Tenant,   and  with  no
responsibility  to  Tenant  for loss or damage  to such  items,  and the cost to
Landlord of such removal shall be deemed to be  Additional  Rent under the Lease
and will be immediately paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

        4. Business and mechanical equipment which cause noise or vibration that
may be  transmitted  to the  structure  of the Leased  Premises  or to any space
therein to such a degree as to be  objectionable to Landlord or any other tenant
of the Property,  shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant's expense,
on vibration  eliminators  or other  devices  sufficient  to eliminate  noise or
vibration.

        5. Tenant shall comply with any governmental  energy-saving  rules, laws
or regulations of which Tenant has notice.

        6. The sewage  system shall not be used for any purpose  other than that
for which it was  constructed  and no foreign  substance of any kind  whatsoever
shall be  thrown  therein.  The  expense  of any  breakage,  stoppage  or damage
resulting  from the  violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who, or
whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

        7. Should the Tenant,  its agents or invitees,  activate  its  sprinkler
system (if there is one in the Leased Premises), Tenant agrees that it will pay,
as  Additional  Rent to  Landlord,  any  damage to the  Leased  Premises  and to
property of other Property tenants.

        8. All trash and garbage shall be kept within the Leased Premises (or in
a dumpster  placed on the common areas of the Property at a location  reasonably
satisfactory  to Landlord)  and collected on a regular  basis.  Tenant shall not
place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be disposed of in
the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal.

        9. Tenant shall comply with all safety,  fire  protection and evacuation
procedures  and  regulations  established by or any  governmental  agency having
jurisdiction.

        10. Tenant assumes any and all  responsibility for protecting the Leased
Premises from theft,  robbery and pilferage which includes  keeping doors locked
and other means of entry to the Leased Premises closed.

        11.  Tenant  shall keep the  inside and the  outside of all glass in the
doors and windows within the Leased Premises clean,  keep all exterior  surfaces
of the Leased Premises clean, replace







promptly any cracked or broken glass of the Leased  Premises  with glass of like
kind, color, and quality.

        12. Tenant shall be responsible  for the observance of all the foregoing
rules by Tenant's employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

        13.  Tenant  shall  give  Landlord  immediate  notice in case of fire or
accidents  in the  Leased  Premises,  and in case of  fire or  accidents  on the
Property involving Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees.







                                    GUARANTY


         In consideration of, and as a material  inducement to Cambridge Biotech
Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  qualified  to do business in the State of
Maryland,  with a  business  and  mailing  address  at  1500  East  Gude  Drive,
Rockville,  MD 20850 (the "Landlord"),  executing and delivering  simultaneously
herewith,  in reliance upon this  Guaranty,  that certain  Lease (the  "Lease"),
dated as of June 30, 1992,  between  Landlord and BTRL  Contracts  and Services,
Inc.,  a  Massachusetts  corporation  qualified  to do  business in the State of
Maryland ("Tenant"),  the undersigned,  Boston Biomedica,  Inc., a Massachusetts
corporation (the  "Guarantor"),  with a business and mailing address at 375 West
Street,  West  Bridgewater,  Massachusetts  02379,  hereby  unconditionally  and
absolutely  guarantees  unto Landlord,  its  successors  and assigns,  the full,
prompt and complete  payment by Tenant of the Minimum Annual Rent and Additional
Rent provided in the Lease,  and the prompt,  faithful and complete  performance
and  observance by Tenant of all of the terms,  covenants and  conditions of the
Lease on the Tenant's part to be performed and/or observed.  Upon the failure of
Tenant to make any such  payment  of  Minimum  Annual  Rent or  Additional  Rent
provided  in the Lease,  or to perform or  observe  any such term,  covenant  or
condition of the Lease on the Tenant's  part to be  performed  and/or  observed,
Guarantor  shall,  promptly upon demand,  pay such required sum to Landlord,  or
perform or observe the required term, covenant or condition of the Lease.

        Guarantor  does hereby  waive notice of any and all defaults on the part
of the Tenant, waives acceptance and notice of acceptance of this Guaranty,  and
waives all demand for payment and/or  performance;  and Guarantor agrees that no
delay on the part of  Landlord  in  enforcing  any of its rights or  remedies or
insisting thereupon,  nor any extension of time nor any changes or modifications
in or to, or in  connection  with the Lease,  shall in any way limit,  affect or
impair the  liability of Guarantor  hereunder;  and Guarantor  hereby  expressly
consents to and  approves  thereof  with the same force and effect as though its
written consent had been given to each of such delays,  extensions,  changes and
modifications.

        This Guaranty is independent of and in addition to any security or other
remedies  which  Landlord  has or may  have  for the  performance  of any of the
obligations on the part of Tenant;  and Guarantor agrees that Landlord shall not
be required to resort to any other security or other remedies before  proceeding
upon this Guaranty, but that Landlord may proceed hereunder against Guarantor at
any time it sees fit,  independently of or concurrently  with any other remedies
it may have.

        This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect  notwithstanding the
institution by or against Tenant, of bankruptcy,  reorganization,  readjustment,
receivership or insolvency  proceedings of any nature,  or the  disaffirmance of
the Lease in any such proceedings or otherwise.

        If  Guarantor  is a  corporation  and is  merged  into or with any other
company, firm or corporation,  the resulting merged company, firm or corporation
shall become  liable as Guarantor  under this Guaranty to the same extent as the
original named Guarantor hereunder.

        Concurrently  with  the  execution  of  this  Guaranty,   Guarantor  has
delivered to Landlord a certified copy of a resolution of its Board of Directors
(or other evidence  reasonably  satisfactory to Landlord) approving the guaranty
by Guarantor  of Tenant's  obligations  contained  in the Lease  pursuant to the
terms and  conditions  contained  herein,  stating  that this  Guaranty is fully
binding upon  Guarantor,  and authorizing the execution of this Guaranty by each
person signing this Lease on behalf of Guarantor.








         This Guaranty shall be binding upon the undersigned,  the undersigned's
successors  and  assigns,  and  shall  inure to the  benefit  of  Landlord,  its
successors and assigns,  and to the benefit of any successors to the interest of
Landlord under the Lease and/or to the Leased Premises.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has duly executed this Guaranty
under seal as of the 30th day of June, 1992.

WITNESS/ATTEST:                              GUARANTOR:
                                             Boston Biomedica, Inc.


/s/ signature unreadable                     By: /s/ signature unreadable (SEAL)
- ----------------------------                    --------------------------------
Secretary                                       Name: /s/ signature unreadable
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                Title: President
                                                      --------------------------


State of  UNREADABLE
          ------------------
County of UNREADABLE
          ------------------

On this the 14th day of July, 1992,  before me, the subscriber,  a Notary Public
in and  for the  jurisdiction  aforesaid,  personally  appeared  UNREADABLE  who
acknowledged  himself/herself  to be the President of Boston Biomedica,  Inc., a
Massachusetts corporation,  and that he/she, as such President, being authorized
so to do, executed the foregoing and annexed Guaranty for the purposes contained
therein, by signing the name of the corporation by himself/herself as President.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.


                                                   /s/ signature unreadable
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Notary Public

                                                   My Commission Expires 11/6/92
                                                                         -------








BTRL Contracts and Services, Inc.
375 West Street
West Bridgewater, Massachusetts 02379


        Re:   Lease  Agreement  Dated  as of June  30,  1992  between  Cambridge
              Biotech  Corporation  and  BTRL  Contracts  and  Services,   Inc.,
              covering  certain  premises  known  as 3  Taft  Court,  Rockville,
              Maryland 20850

Gentlemen:

       Reference is made to the  above-reference  Lease Agreement (the "Lease"),
pursuant to which Cambridge Biotech Corporation  ("Landlord") has leased certain
premises known as 3 Taft Court,  Rockville,  Maryland,  to be BTRL Contracts and
Services, Inc. ("Tenant").

       In  mutual  consideration  of  Landlord  and  Tenant  entering  into  the
above-referenced  Lease,  this will confirm that Landlord and Tenant have agreed
to supplement the provisions of the Lease as follows:

       1.        Landlord  and Tenant have agreed to clarify the  provisions  of
                 Section 4(b)(iii),  relating to insurance,  so as to clarify in
                 the third  paragraph  thereof  that in the event that  Landlord
                 causes its  insurance  carrier  to provide a written  statement
                 reflecting   the   allocation  of  premiums  paid  by  Landlord
                 attributable  to the Leased  Premises (as defined  therein) and
                 the premiums  attributable  to the  insurance  carried on other
                 properties owned by Landlord,  the premiums attributable to the
                 Leased  Premises  shall  be  Tenant's  Proportionate  Share  of
                 insurance costs payable under the Lease.

       2.        Landlord has agreed to provide to Tenant, on a quarterly basis,
                 true and  complete  copies of bank  statements  reflecting  the
                 status of  accounts  in which  monies  have been  deposited  in
                 escrow on  account of real  estate  taxes  pursuant  to Section
                 4(b)(ii) of the Lease,  insurance  premiums pursuant to Section
                 4(b)(iii) of the Lease,  and the Security  Deposit  pursuant to
                 Section 5 of the Lease.

       3.        In the event that  Landlord  refinances  the real  property  of
                 which the Leased Premises constitute a part, Landlord agrees to
                 modify and amend the Lease so as to eliminate  the  limitations
                 on  the  Landlord's  (and  any  subsequent  owner's)  liability
                 pursuant  to  Section  48  of  the  Lease,   unless  Landlord's
                 prospective new mortgage  lender,  if any, refuses (in its sole
                 discretion)  to finance the  property if such  modification  or
                 amendment is made.

      EXECUTED as a sealed instrument as of the 30th day of June, 1992.

TENANT:                                           LANDLORD:

BTRL CONTRACTS  SERVICES, INC.                    CAMBRIDGE BIOTECH CORPORATION


BY: /s/ signature unreadable                      BY: /s/ signature unreadable
  ----------------------------                      ----------------------------
                                                      Vice President






                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8
                                      LEASE

                                 BY AND BETWEEN

                                  MB ASSOCIATES

                                       AND

                BBI - NORTH AMERICAN CLINICAL LABORATORIES, INC.

                             75 NORTH MOUNTAIN ROAD
                            NEW BRITAIN, CONNECTICUT

                            DATED AS OF JULY 28, 1995







                                    CONTENTS
                                    --------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION           CAPTION                                                                                 PAGE
- -------           -------                                                                                 ----
<S>              <C>                                                                                      <C> 

1.                Demise - Premises - Term ........................................................................
2.                Rent ............................................................................................
3.                Renewal Options .................................................................................
4.                Construction by the Landlord ....................................................................
5.                Use .............................................................................................
6.                Signs ...........................................................................................
7.                Subordination of Lease ..........................................................................
8.                Quiet Enjoyment .................................................................................
9.                Assignments and Subleases .......................................................................
10.               No Nuisance; Compliance with Laws and Requirements of Public Authorities.........................
11.               Insurance .......................................................................................
12.               Rules and Regulations ...........................................................................
13.               Alterations and Improvements ....................................................................
14.               Tenant's Property ...............................................................................
15.               Tenant's Repairs ................................................................................
16.               Landlord's Repairs, Maintenance, ................................................................
17.               Access to Demised Premises ......................................................................
18.               Damage or Destruction ...........................................................................
19.               Condemnation ....................................................................................
20.               Surrender .......................................................................................
21.               Default and Damages .............................................................................
22.               Parking .........................................................................................
23.               Unperformed Covenants ...........................................................................
24.               Holding Over ....................................................................................
25.               Certain Rights Reserved by the Landlord .........................................................
26.               Waiver of Notice ................................................................................






27.               Notices .........................................................................................
28.               Estoppel Certificate ............................................................................
29.               Limitation of Liability .........................................................................
30.               Rights of Landlord; Non-Waiver ..................................................................
31.               Broker ..........................................................................................
32.               Notice of Lease .................................................................................
33.               Prior Agreements ................................................................................
34.               Captions; Sections; Gender ......................................................................
35.               Benefit and Burden ..............................................................................
36.               Applicable Law ..................................................................................
                  Signatures ......................................................................................
</TABLE>


EXHIBITS
- --------
Exhibit A - Plan of Demised Premises
Exhibit B - Schedule of Landlord's Work
Exhibit C - Rules and Regulations








                                      LEASE
                                      -----

         THIS LEASE  made as of the 28th day of July,  1995,  by and  between MB
ASSOCIATES,   a  Connecticut   partnership  having  its  office  at  Plainville,
Connecticut  (the  "Landlord",  and BBI- NORTH AMERICAN  CLINICAL  LABORATORIES,
INC., a Massachusetts  corporation  having an address of 75 North Mountain Road,
New Britain, Connecticut (the "Tenant").

         1.       Demise - Premises - Term.

         (a) The  Landlord  hereby  demises  and leases to the  Tenant,  and the
Tenant  hereby  takes  and hires  from the  Landlord,  for the term  hereinafter
stated,  for  the  rent  hereinafter  reserved,  and  upon  and  subject  to the
covenants,   agreements,   terms,   conditions,   limitations,   exceptions  and
reservations  of this lease,  the building  known as 75 North Mountain Road, New
Britain,  Connecticut,  together  with the exclusive use of the parking area and
land shown and  described in Exhibit A,  attached  hereto and made a part hereof
(the "Demised Premises).

         (b) The term of this lease and the estate hereby granted  (collectively
the "term of this Lease") shall commence on the Commencement Date (as defined in
section  1(c))  and  shall  end on the last day of the  calendar  month in which
occurs the day preceding the fifth (5th)  anniversary of the Commencement  Date,
which ending date, unless the context otherwise requires,  is hereinafter called
the "Expiration  Date", or shall end on such earlier date upon which the term of
this lease may expire or be terminated pursuant to any of the provisions of this
lease or pursuant to law.

         (c) The term  "Commencement  Date:  shall be that date when the Demised
Premises are ready for occupancy by the Tenant, or on August 1, 1995,  whichever
date  shall  occur  later,  and all of the  following  conditions  are met:  (i)
temporary or final  certificate of occupancy  shall have been issued by the City
of New Britain permitting the activities  specified in Section 5 to be conducted
in the Demised Premises;  (ii) the contractor engaged by the Landlord has issued
a certificate  attesting that the  Landlord's  Work (as defined in section 4(b))
has  been  substantially  completed;  and  (iii)  the  Landlord's  Work has been
substantially  completed,  and it shall be deemed to be substantially  completed
notwithstanding  the fact that minor or  insubstantial  details of construction,
mechanical adjustment or decoration remain to be performed, the noncompletion of
which does not interfere  materially  with the Tenant's normal use and occupancy
of the Demised Premises,  provided,  however, that if substantial  completion of
the Landlord's Work shall be delayed beyond July 31, 1995, because of changes in
the  Landlord's  Work at the request of the Tenant as  provided in Section  4(c)
(within  fifteen  (15) days after the delivery of any such change  request,  the
Landlord shall notify the Tenant


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -1-





whether or not such change  request is likely to cause a delay in the completion
of the Landlord's Work beyond July 31, 1995) then the Commencement Date shall be
deemed to be August 1,  1995,  provided  all other  work has been  substantially
completed,  even though the  conditions set forth in this Section 1(c) shall not
have been satisfied.

         2.  Rent.

         (a) The rent reserved under this lease (the "Rent") for the term hereof
shall commence to accrue on the Commencement Date and shall be:

<TABLE>

            <S>          <C>
                  (i)      Annual Fixed Rent For the First Year, [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]

                  (ii)     Annual Fixed Rent For the Second Year, [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.] 

                  (iii)    Annual Fixed Rent For the Third Year, [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]

                  (iv)     Annual Fixed Rent For the Fourth Year, [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]

                  (v)      Annual Fixed Rent For the Fifth Year, [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.]

                  (vi)     such  other  sums of money as  shall  become  due and
                           payable by the Tenant to the  Landlord as provided in
                           this lease,  such other sums of money to be deemed to
                           be additional  rent whether or not such sums of money
                           are designated as such hereunder.
</TABLE>

         (b) The Rent shall be paid to the Landlord at its address  specified in
Section  27,  or at such  other  place as the  Landlord  may  from  time to time
designate, in lawful money of the United States of America, as and when the same
shall become due and payable and without  abatement or offset and without notice
or demand therefor.

         (c) The annual Fixed Rent for each lease year shall be payable in equal
monthly  installments  in  advance  on the first day of each and every  calendar
month during each lease year. If the  Commencement  Date is other than the first
day of the calendar month, the first monthly installment of the Fixed Rent shall
include  a  pro  rata  installment  of  Fixed  Rent  for  the  period  from  the
Commencement  Date to the last day of the month in which the  Commencement  Date
occurs based upon the Fixed Rent payable during the term hereof.



                                                             Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -2-





         (d) If the  Tenant  fails to pay within ten (10) days after the same is
due and payable any  installment of Fixed Rent or any additional rent to be paid
by the Tenant to the  Landlord as provided  in this  lease,  such unpaid  amount
shall bear interest from the due date thereof to the date of payment at the rate
equal to the lesser of (i) twelve  percent (12%) per annum,  or (ii) the maximum
rate  permitted by applicable  law. Such interest shall be paid by the Tenant to
the  Landlord  on the earlier to occur of A) at the time that the Tenant pays to
the Landlord the  installment  of Fixed Rent or the  additional  rent upon which
such  interest  shall have  accrued or (B) five (5) days  after  written  demand
therefor.

         (e) As used  herein,  the term  "lease  year"  shall  mean  the  period
commencing on the  Commencement  Date and ending on the last day of the calendar
month in which  occurs the day  preceding  the first  (1st)  anniversary  of the
Commencement  Date, and each period of twelve (12)  consecutive  calendar months
thereafter.

         (f) If, on the Grand Lists of 10/1/95,  10/1/96,  10/1/97,  10/1/98 and
10/1/99,  as a result of Tenant's use of the Demised  Premises,  the City of New
Britain provides real property tax abatement for the Demised Premises,  the rent
reserved  in Section  2(a),  above,  will be  reduced by an amount  equal to the
amount of tax abatement received, but in no event less than Six Thousand Dollars
($6,000.00) per year for the 2nd through the 5th year of the Term, and the first
year of the first renewal term of this Lease.

         The parties  agree to execute an amendment  to this Lease  establishing
the fixed annual rent in the event of such tax  abatement  and to establish  the
annual fixed rent for the renewal terms set forth in Sections 3 (a) and (b).

         3.       Renewal Options:

         (a) Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease for a term of five
(5) years on the same terms and  conditions  as provided  herein except that the
annual  fixed rent for each year  during  said first  renewal  term shall be the
greater of (i) [Language Deleted Due To Confidential Treatment Request.] or (ii)
[Language  Deleted Due To Confidential  Treatment  Request.] plus the cumulative
percentage of increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index All Item Figures for
Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (N.Y.,  Northern N.J., Long Island, N.Y,
NJ,  CT)  (1982-94 = 100)  published  by the  Bureau of Labor  Statistics,  U.S.
Department  of Labor as of the date of the  commencement  of the  first  renewal
period  over the said Index as of the date of the  commencement  of the  initial
term of this Lease,  which  increase shall not exceed  [Language  Deleted Due To
Confidential Treatment Request.].

         (b)  Tenant  shall  have a further  option to renew  this  Lease for an
additional term of five


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -3-



(5) years on the same terms and conditions as provided  herein except that there
shall be no  further  right of renewal  and that the annual  fixed rent for each
year of said second  renewal term shall be the greater of (i) an amount equal to
the annual fixed rent during said first renewal term plus [Language  Deleted Due
To  Confidential  Treatment  Request.] or (ii) the annual fixed rent during said
first renewal term plus the  cumulative  percentage of increase,  if any, in the
Consumer  Price  Index All Item  Figures  for Urban Wage  Earners  and  Clerical
Workers  (N.Y.,  Northern  N.J.,  Long  Island,  N.Y,  NJ,  CT)  (1982-94 = 100)
published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics,  U.S. Department of Labor as of the
date of the  commencement of the second renewal period over the said Index as of
the date of the  commencement  of the first renewal period of this Lease,  which
increase  shall not  exceed  [Language  Deleted  Due To  Confidential  Treatment
Request.].

         (c) The Tenant's right to exercise its options to renew hereunder shall
be  contingent  upon (i) the  Tenant's  giving  to the  Landlord  notice  of the
Tenant's election to exercise its option to renew not later than nine (9) months
prior to the  expiration  date of the initial term or first renewal term, as the
case may be, of this Lease and (ii) the term of this  lease  being in full force
and  effect  on the date  that the  Landlord  receives  notice  of the  Tenant's
election  to  exercise  its  option to renew and on the  expiration  date of the
initial  term or first  renewal  term as the case may be of this lease.  If such
contingencies  shall be  satisfied  in respect to the  exercise of the  Tenant's
options to renew hereunder, then the renewal period shall be added to and become
part of the term of this lease and any  reference in this lease to "term of this
lease";  the "term hereof" or any similar  expression shall be deemed to include
such renewal period.

         (d) If at any time the  Landlord  shall be  restricted  or prevented by
virtue  of any  law,  rule,  regulation  or  order,  such as a  "Wage-Price-Rent
Freeze",  from obtaining the full amount of the Rent for such renewal term, then
on any occasion  upon which it becomes  lawful to obtain and receive the balance
(or any part thereof) of the full rent payable, the Fixed Rent payable hereunder
shall be  increased  by the  maximum  amount  lawful  until the full Fair Market
Rental Value for such renewal period is received by the Landlord.

         (e) A  memorandum  recording  the amount of the rent  payable  for such
renewal period shall be annexed hereto and signed by the Landlord and the Tenant
promptly upon the same being agreed or  determined in accordance  with the terms
hereof.

         4. Construction by the Landlord.

         (a) The Landlord may make such improvements or additions to the Demised
Premises and its  appurtenances  as the  Landlord  shall see fit except that the
Landlord shall secure the prior written  approval of the Tenant,  which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, in the


                                                             Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -4-




case of any change,  addition or deletion which materially and adversely affects
the  visibility,  access of or to Tenant's  use of the Demised  Premises for the
purposes  set forth in Section 5 or any other  rights of the  Tenant  under this
lease.

         (b) The  Landlord  shall  perform  work and make  installations  in the
Demised  Premises in a good and  workmanlike  manner and in accordance  with the
plans and  specifications  set forth in Exhibit B attached  hereto.  (All of the
work to be performed  by the Landlord  pursuant to this Section 4(b) is referred
to as the "Landlord's Work").

         (c) The Tenant may make written  requests for changes in the Landlord's
Work, and the Landlord shall comply with any such request that in the Landlord's
judgment is not  unreasonable.  Any change in the scope of the  Landlord's  Work
which would  result from such a request and which would  unreasonably  interfere
with or delay the work of the Landlord's  contractors and  subcontractors in the
Demised  Premises or elsewhere in or about the  building  shall be  conclusively
deemed unreasonable.  Any increase in the Landlord's cost of construction of the
Landlord's  Work resulting from such a request shall be  acknowledged in writing
by the Tenant prior to the performance of the change in the Landlord's Work. Any
net increase  arising from all such changes in the Landlord's Work shall be paid
by the Tenant to the Landlord,  as additional  rent,  within ten (10) days after
the Landlord's  written demand.  The Tenant shall not be entitled to any payment
from the Landlord, or to any credit against or reduction in the Rent, on account
of any net decrease arising from all such changes in the Landlord's Work.

         (d) The Tenant, by entering into actual possession of any part or parts
of the Demised Premises, shall be deemed to have agreed that the Landlord, up to
the time of such possession, has performed all of its obligations hereunder with
respect to  preparation  of such part or parts of the Demised  Premises  for the
Tenant's  possession,  except  for (i)  latent  defects  and  (ii)  minor  items
remaining incomplete.  The Tenant, within sixty (60) days after the Commencement
Date,   shall  give  the  Landlord  written  notices  of  any  incomplete  work,
unsatisfactory  conditions or defects,  and the Landlord shall repair or replace
all materials  and  workmanship,  fixtures,  systems,  facilities  and equipment
installed by the Landlord in or serving the Demised  Premises  which prove to be
defective,  and shall prosecute  those items remaining  incomplete to completion
with reasonable diligence.

         5. Use.  The Tenant  shall have the right to occupy and use the Demised
Premises   for   a   medical   laboratory,   clinical   laboratory,   biomedical
manufacturing,  biomedical repository, research and general office purposes, and
the Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Demised Premises for any other
purpose.



                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -5-





         6.  Signs.  Unless the  Landlord  shall  have  given its prior  written
consent,  which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, the Tenant shall not
install,  paint,  inscribe or  maintain  any  lettering,  name,  sign,  business
designation,  advertising  or  publicity  device on the Land or on any  exterior
window or on any other  interior  or  exteriors  portion  of the  building.  All
signage shall be consistent with a comprehensive  sign plan for the planned area
development  of this North  Mountain Road area and is  contingent  upon approval
from all appropriate governmental agencies.

         7. Subordination of Lease.

         Tenant  agrees  that upon the  request of  Landlord  in writing it will
subordinate  this Lease and the lien hereof from time to time to the lien of any
present or future  mortgage to a bank,  insurance  company or similar  financial
institution,  irrespective  of the time of execution or time of recording of any
such mortgage or mortgages,  provided that the holder of any such mortgage shall
enter into an agreement with Tenant,  in recordable  form,  that in the event of
foreclosure  or other  right  asserted  under the  mortgage by the holder or any
assignee  thereof,  this Lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder shall continue
in full force and  effect and shall not be  terminated  or  disturbed  except in
accordance with the provisions of this Lease. Tenant agrees that if requested by
the holder of any such  mortgage it will be a party to said  agreement  and will
agree in  substance  that if the  mortgagee  or any  person  claiming  under the
mortgagee  shall  succeed to the  interest of  Landlord  in this Lease,  it will
recognize  said  mortgagee  or  person as its  landlord  under the terms of this
Lease.  Tenant  agrees  that it will  upon the  request  of  Landlord,  execute,
acknowledge and deliver any and all  instruments  necessary or desirable to give
effect to or notice of such  subordination.  The word  "mortgage" as used herein
includes   mortgages,   deeds  of  trust  or  other  similar   instruments   and
modifications,    consolidations,   extensions,   renewals,   replacements   and
substitutes thereof.

         Such  subordination  agreement  shall  include,  but not be limited to,
statements  that if the lender or ground  lessor  succeeds  to the  interest  of
Landlord under this Lease, lender or ground lessor shall not be:


                  (i)  liable  for any act or  omission  of any  prior  landlord
                  (including  Landlord) except for those acts or omissions which
                  are continuing  after lender succeeds to landlord's  interest;
                  or

                  (ii)subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have
                  against any prior landlord (including Landlord); or



                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -6-





                  (iii) bound by any rent or additional  rent which Tenant might
                  have  paid  for  more  than the  current  month  to any  prior
                  landlord (including Landlord).

         (b) If, in connection with the procurement, amendment or renewal of any
financing  of the Demised  Premises,  the  mortgagee  shall  request  reasonable
modifications  of this lease as a condition of such financing,  the Tenant shall
not withhold or delay its consent to such  modifications  provided  that they do
not increase the obligations of the Tenant under this lease or adversely  affect
the rights of the Tenant under this lease.

         8. Quiet Enjoyment.  The Landlord  covenants and agrees that so long as
the Tenant pays the Rent and performs the remainder of the Tenant's  obligations
under this lease,  the Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have,  hold, and enjoy
the Demised Premises without  interference by any person claiming by, through or
under the Landlord.

         9. Assignments and Subleases.

         (a) Except as otherwise  provided in this Section 9, the Tenant  agrees
not to assign or in any way  encumber  this  lease,  nor to sublet  the  Demised
Premises,  or any part thereof, nor to permit the Demised Premises,  or any part
thereof,  to be used by others,  without  obtaining the prior written consent of
the Landlord in each instance,  which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld
or delayed.

         (b)  So  long  as no  event  of  default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing  hereunder,  the Tenant may assign this lease to any  corporation  or
other entity into which the Tenant may be merged or with which the Tenant may be
consolidated,  or to which all or substantially all of the Tenant's assets shall
be transferred,  provided that such corporation or other entity shall have a net
worth at least  equal to that of the Tenant  immediately  prior to such  merger,
consolidation  or transfer.  The Tenant shall give notice to the Landlord of any
assignment  under  this  Section  9(b),  and shall  deliver to the  Landlord  an
executed counterpart of the instrument effecting such assignment,  together with
an undertaking  by any such  corporation or other entity to agree to be bound by
and to perform all of the Tenant's obligations hereunder.

         (c) (Left Intentionally Blank)

         (d) No  assignment or subletting of this lease shall relieve the Tenant
of any of the Tenant's  obligations under this lease, unless otherwise agreed to
in writing by Landlord.


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -7-





         (e) Notwithstanding  Subparagraph 9(a) above, until such time as Tenant
is able to  utilize  the  entire  floor  space of the  building  of the  Demised
Premises,  Tenant may sublet that portion of the building  which it does not use
for its business  purposes,  with Landlord's  prior written approval which shall
not be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed,  subject,  however,  to the following
conditions:

         1.  Sublessee shall be of good reputation and financial responsibility.

         2.  Character of business to be conducted  by such  sublessee  shall be
reasonably  acceptable  to Landlord,  and the premises  shall be used only for a
purpose  allowed in Section 5 above and shall be in keeping with the  character,
standing, and quality of the building.

         3. Any assignee or subleasee shall be bound by the terms of this Lease,
including Schedule C hereto.

         4. Tenant shall not be released by reason of such  subletting  from the
due,  prompt,  and  punctual  performance  of all of the terms,  covenants,  and
conditions  contained  in this  lease to be  performed  on its part and from the
payment of the rents and additional rents herein reserved.

         5. Landlord's  consent to such subletting shall not constitute a waiver
of any  provision  of this  agreement  and no further  subletting  shall be made
without  Lessor's  written  consent.  The  sublessee  shall not further  assign,
sublet, or underlet the premises without  Landlord's prior written consent,  and
then only on compliance with all of the provisions contained in this Paragraph.

         10.  No  Nuisance;  Compliance  with  Laws and  Requirements  of Public
Authorities.  The Tenant  agrees (a) not to create or permit any  nuisance in or
about the  Demised  Premises,  (b) to comply  with and conform to (i) all of the
laws and  regulations  of the  State  of  Connecticut,  and  (ii)  the  by-laws,
ordinances,  rules  and  regulations  of the City of New  Britain  so far as the
Tenant's  use of the  Demised  premises  may be  concerned,  and (c) to save the
Landlord harmless from all damages,  fines, penalties and costs for violation of
or non-compliance  by the Tenant or the Tenant's  servants,  employees,  agents,
customers,  invitees, licensees, or visitors with the provisions of this Section
10 and obtain and keep in effect all permits  required by governmental  agencies
for the operation of a medical laboratory,  including, but not limited to, waste
discharge permits from the Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection.

         11.      Insurance.

         (a) At all times  during the term of this  lease,  the  Landlord  shall
insure the building


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -8-





against  loss or damage by fire,  and such other  casualties  as may be included
within the extended coverage clauses of policies which are then standard for use
in the State of Connecticut, in such amount as the Landlord in its sole judgment
shall deem appropriate.

         (b) The Tenant shall not commit or permit any violation of the policies
carried by the Landlord  pursuant to Section 11(a),  or do or permit anything to
be done, or keep or permit  anything to be kept, on or in the Demised  Premises,
which, in case of any of the foregoing (i) would result in termination of any of
such policies,  (ii) would  adversely  affect the  Landlord's  right of recovery
under any of such  policies,  or (iii) would  result in the refusal by reputable
and  independent  insurance  companies to insure the building or the property of
the Landlord therein in amounts reasonably  satisfactory to the Landlord. If any
such  action by the  Tenant,  or any  failure by the  Tenant to comply  with the
reasonable requirements of insurance policies with respect to the building or to
perform any of the  Tenant's  obligations  under this  lease,  or the use of the
Demised  Premises by the  Tenant,  shall  result in any  increase in the rate of
premiums  payable with respect to such  policies  carried by the  Landlord,  the
Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as additional rent, within ten (10) days after
demand therefor,  the resulting  additional  premiums which shall be paid by the
Landlord,  it being  understood  that such  policies  obtained by Landlord  will
permit without extra cost the uses described in Paragraph 5 above.

         (c) At all times  during the term of this lease,  the Tenant  shall (i)
insure the Tenant's  Improvements  (as defined in Section 13), but excluding all
fixtures and real property and the Tenant's  Property (as defined in Section 14)
against  loss or damage by fire and such  other  casualties  as may be  included
within the extended coverage clauses of policies which are then standard for use
in  the  State  of  Connecticut  in  amounts  at all  times  equal  to the  full
replacement value of the Tenant's  Improvements and the Tenant's  Property,  and
(ii) keep in full force and  effect a policy of public  liability  and  property
damage insurance with respect to the Demised Premises, the building and the Land
in  which  the  limits  initially  shall be not less  than One  Million  Dollars
($1,000,000.00)  for each person and Three Million Dollars  ($3,000,000.00)  for
each accident, and in which the limit for property damage initially shall not be
less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($250,000.00),  such limits to be
increased  from  time  to time  as  reasonably  specified  by the  Landlord.  In
addition,  for and  during  any time when the Tenant  shall be  constructing  or
making Tenant's  Improvements,  the Tenant shall keep in full force and effect a
policy  of  completed  value  builder's  risk  insurance  (or an  "installations
floater")  for  the  Demised  Premises,  covering  loss  or  damage  from  fire,
lightning,  extended  coverage,  perils,  vandalism and  malicious  mischief and
perils in an amount not less than the final cost, as reasonably estimated by the
Tenant, of such Tenant's Improvements.

         (d) Each  party  hereto  shall  procure  an  appropriate  clause in, or
endorsement on, each of


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                       -9-





its  policies  for fire and  extended  coverage  insurance  covering the Demised
Premises,  the  Tenant's  Improvements,  or the  building or personal  property,
fixtures  or  equipment  located  thereon  or  therein,  pursuant  to which  the
insurance  company  waives  subrogation  or  consents  to a  waiver  of right of
recovery  against the other party, and if such a clause or endorsement of waiver
of  subrogation  or consent to a waiver of right of recovery is  obtained,  such
party hereby  agrees that it will not make any claim  against or seek to recover
from the other for any loss or damage to its  property or the property of others
covered by such fire or extended coverage insurance; provided, however, that the
release,  discharge,  exoneration and covenant not to sue herein contained shall
be limited by the terms and  provisions of the waiver of  subrogation  clause or
endorsement  or the  clause or  endorsement  consenting  to a waiver of right of
recovery and shall be co-extensive therewith.

         (e) All  insurance  provided by the Tenant  pursuant to this Section 11
shall be effected  under valid and  enforceable  policies in form and  substance
then  standard in the State of  Connecticut,  issued by  insurers of  recognized
responsibility  licensed to do business  in the State of  Connecticut.  Upon the
Commencement  Date,  and  thereafter not less than thirty (30) days prior to the
expiration  dates of expiring  policies  provided by the Tenant pursuant to this
Section  11, the Tenant  shall  deliver to the  Landlord  copies of  policies or
certificates  with  respect  to the  insurance  being  maintained  by the Tenant
pursuant to the terms of this lease.  All such  policies or  certificates  shall
contain an agreement by the insurers  that such  policies  will not be canceled,
amended or otherwise  modified  without at least thirty (30) days prior  written
notice to the Landlord,  and that the Landlord's rights and interests under such
polices shall not be subject to cancellation by reason of any act or omission of
the Tenant.  All  insurance  policies  provided  by the Tenant  pursuant to this
Section  11 shall  name the  Landlord  and the  Landlord's  mortgage  lenders as
additional insureds as their interests may appear.

         (f) The Tenant shall indemnify and hold the Landlord  harmless  against
and from any liability or expense,  including,  without  limitation,  reasonable
attorney's  fees,  on account of (i) any  accident or injury to the Tenant,  the
Tenant's  servants,  employees,  agents,  customers,   invitees,  licensees,  or
visitors who may be injured or suffer an accident in the Demised Premises unless
the same is caused by the  negligence  or willful  act of the  Landlord,  or the
Landlord's servants, agents or employees, and (ii) the Tenant's activities in or
use of the Demised Premises or elsewhere on the Land or in the building.

         12. Rules and Regulations.  The Tenant and its officers,  employees and
agents  shall  conform  to and aide by such  reasonable  rules and  regulations,
including  those  Rules and  Regulations  as are set forth on Exhibit C attached
hereto,  as shall be established from time to time by the Landlord in connection
with the operation, maintenance, safety and security of the Demised


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                      -10-





Premises.  The Landlord  shall not be liable to the Tenant for violation of such
rules and regulations by others.

         13.  Alterations and Improvements.

         (a)  The   Tenant   may  make  or  have  made   interior   alterations,
improvements,  decorations, installations and substitutions (collectively called
"Tenant's  Improvements"),  to the Demised  premises  without the prior  written
consent of the Landlord,  but shall make no structural  alterations  or exterior
improvements  or additions  without the prior written  consent of Landlord.  Any
improvements  or  alterations  in  the  Demised  Premises  made  by  the  Tenant
(including, without limitation, permanent partitions, wall paneling and lighting
fixtures,  but excepting the Tenant's Property (as defined in Section 14)) shall
be and remain the  property of the Landlord  and,  except as provided in Section
20,  shall  remain  upon and be  surrendered  with the  Demised  Premises at the
termination  of the term of this  lease.  If the  Landlord  consents to any such
alterations,  improvements  or  additions,  it may impose such  conditions  with
respect thereto as the Landlord reasonably deems appropriate, including, without
limitations,  requiring the Tenant to furnish the Landlord with security for the
payment of all costs to be  incurred  in  connection  with such work,  insurance
against  liabilities which may arise out of such work and plans,  specifications
and permits  necessary  for such work.  Upon  completion of such work the Tenant
shall  deliver to the  Landlord,  if payment is made  directly  to  contractors,
evidence of payment,  contractors'  affidavits and full and final waivers of all
liens for labor, services of materials.

         (b) The Tenant, at its expense, shall obtain all necessary governmental
permits and  certificates  for the  commencement and prosecution of the Tenant's
improvements  (other than the Landlord's  Work) and for final  approval  thereof
upon  completion,  and shall  cause the  Tenant's  Improvements  (other than the
Landlord's Work) to be performed in compliance therewith and with all applicable
laws and  requirements  of  public  authorities,  and in a good and  workmanlike
manner using only good grades of materials.

         (c) The  Tenant's  Improvements  shall not  constitute  the basis for a
claim  against  the  Landlord,  nor a lien or charge upon or against the Demised
Premises,  and if at any time  any such  claim,  lien or  charge  shall be filed
against the Demised Premises,  the Tenant shall cause such claim, lien or charge
to be properly  released of record within  forty-five (45) days after the filing
thereof,  and if the Tenant shall fail to do so, then the Landlord may discharge
the same. The Tenant shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the Landlord from
and  against  any and all such  claims,  liens  and  charges,  and all costs and
expenses,  including  reasonable  attorney's  fees,  incurred by the Landlord in
procuring the discharge of any such claim,  lien or charge or in connection with
any


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)




                                      -11-




action or proceeding brought thereon.

         (d)  The  Tenant  shall  pay  for  all  materials,  excluding  Tenant's
equipment and personal  property  constituting  Tenant's  Improvements,  and the
Tenant agrees that none of such materials that are incorporated  into and made a
part  of the  building  or  real  estate  shall  be at any  time  subject  to or
encumbered by any lien,  security  interest,  encumbrance,  charge,  installment
sales contract or the interest of any other person,  firm or corporation whether
created voluntarily or involuntarily.

         14. Tenant's Property.

         (a) Except for  Tenant's  Improvements  and those  items  furnished  or
installed by the Landlord as part of the Landlord's  Work as provided in Section
4(b), all movable partitions,  business machinery and equipment,  communications
equipment  and all other  property  which is not  attached  to or built into the
Demised  Premises and which is  installed in the Demised  Premises by or for the
account of the Tenant at its sole expense,  and all furniture,  furnishings  and
other  articles  of  personal  property  owned by the Tenant and  located in the
Demised Premises (all of which are collectively called the "Tenant's Property"),
shall be and shall remain the property of the Tenant, and shall be removed by it
at the termination of the term of this lease. The Tenant shall repair or pay the
cost  of  repairing  any  damage  to the  Demised  Premises  or to the  building
resulting from such removal.

         (b) The Landlord  shall not be liable to the Tenant or any other person
for any loss or damage to the Tenant's Property or the Tenant's Improvements, or
to any  property  of any  other  person,  from  any  cause,  including,  without
limitation,  theft, vandalism, illegal entry, or by steam, gases or electricity,
or by water,  rain or snow,  whether the same may leak into,  issue or flow from
any part of the building, or from the pipes or plumbing work of the building, or
from any other place or quarter,  unless caused by the negligence or willful act
of the Landlord, its servants, agents or employees.

         15. Tenant's Repairs, Cleaning & Utilities.

         (a) Except for the  maintenance  for which the  Landlord  is  expressly
responsible  pursuant to the  provisions  of Section 16, the Tenant  agrees that
throughout the term of this lease,  the Tenant,  at its expense,  shall (i) keep
the  interior  of Demised  Premises in a clean  condition  and in clean and neat
condition,  and (ii) not do or suffer  any  waste,  damage in or to the  Demised
Premises or the Tenant's Improvements.

         (b)  Except  for loss or damage by  reason of the  causes  set forth in
Section 11(a), the


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)









Tenant shall  reimburse  the Landlord for all costs and expense  incurred by the
Landlord  to repair all damage to the  Demised  Premises as shall be required by
reason of the fault or neglect of the Tenant, or any of its officers, employees,
contractors,  agents or  invitees,  such payment to be made within ten (10) days
after written demand therefor.

         (c) Tenant shall provide its own janitorial services within the Demised
Premises and shall pay for all utility  charges  related to the provision of hot
and cold running water,  electricity,  heat, air conditioning and ventilation in
the building on the Demised  Premises.  At the end of the first Lease year,  the
parties agree to review the costs of janitorial and utility services paid for by
Tenant.  Upon the signing of this Lease, the Tenant has estimated its janitorial
costs to be $7,800.00 per year and Landlord has estimated the utility costs, for
a 5-day,  14-hour per day week,  and a 1/2 day Saturday,  to be  $42,000.00  per
year. If the actual costs for utility  services vary from the above  estimate by
more  than five  percent  (5%),  the  parties  agree to  discuss  in good  faith
modifying the amount of rent payable under this Lease in light of such variance.
The parties shall consider  splitting the cost of purchasing and installing such
energy saving measures as they may mutually agree upon, but are not obligated to
do so.

         16. Landlord's Repairs, Maintenance

         The  Landlord  shall keep,  maintain  and repair the Demised  Premises,
including  without  limitation,   its  fixtures,   appurtenances,   systems  and
facilities,  sidewalks, exterior, roof, structural elements, foundation, parking
lot, exterior lighting and other  appurtenances  thereto,  in good working order
and condition and will obtain and pay for maintenance  service contracts for the
Landlord's systems. The Landlord shall not be required to maintain or repair the
Tenant's Improvements.

         17. Access to Demised Premises.

         (a) The Landlord and the  Landlord's  agents shall have the right,  but
not the obligation,  to enter and pass through the Demised  Premises or any part
or parts  thereof  during  business  hours and at such other times as such entry
shall be required by circumstances  of emergency  affecting the Demised Premises
(i)  to  examine  the  Demised  Premises  and to  show  them  to any  mortgagee,
prospective  mortgagees or purchasers of the Demised Premises,  and (ii) for the
purpose of performing such  maintenance and making such repairs or changes in or
to the Demised Premises or its facilities as may be provided for or permitted by
this lease or as may be mutually  agreed upon by the parties or as the  Landlord
may be  required to make by laws and  requirements  of public  authorities.  The
Landlord  shall be  allowed  to take  all  materials  into and upon the  Demised
Premises that may be required for such repairs, changes or maintenance. Landlord
agrees to abide by Tenant's


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                





restricted access policies and written safety procedures. Tenant shall cooperate
with  Landlord in making  access  available  consistent  with such  policies and
procedures.

         (b) During the period of six (6) months prior to the  Expiration  Date,
the Landlord may, unless the Tenant shall have  theretofore  given notice to the
Landlord of its election to exercise its option to renew the term of this lease,
exhibit the Demised Premises to prospective tenants.

         18. Damage or Destruction.

         (a) In the  event  that  the  Demised  Premises  (other  than  Tenant's
Improvements),  or any part  thereof,  or access  thereto,  shall be  damaged or
destroyed by fire or other insured  casualty,  but the Tenant shall  continue to
have reasonably  convenient access to the Demised Premises and no portion of the
Demised  Premises (other than Tenant's  Improvements)  shall thereby be rendered
unfit for use and  occupancy by the Tenant for the purposes set forth in Section
5, the Landlord shall promptly and diligently  repair such damage or destruction
(except damage or destruction  to Tenant's  Property or Tenant's  Improvements).
During the period when such repair work is being  conducted,  the Rent shall not
be abated or suspended.

         (b) In the  event  that  the  Demised  Premises  (other  than  Tenant's
Improvements),  or any part thereof,  or access thereto,  shall be so damaged or
destroyed  by fire or other  insured  casualty  that the  Tenant  shall not have
reasonably  convenient  access to the  Demised  Premises  or any  portion of the
Demised Premises (other than Tenant's Improvements),  or so that part of but not
more than 25% of the Demised  Premises' square footage then in use by the Tenant
shall  thereby  be  rendered  unfit for use or  occupancy  by the Tenant for the
purposes set forth in Section 5, and if in Landlord's  determination  reasonably
exercised  the damage or  destruction  may be repaired  within  ninety (90) days
after the  occurrence of the damage or  destruction,  then the Landlord shall so
notify the Tenant within thirty (30) days after the  occurrence of the damage or
destruction and shall promptly and diligently  repair such damage or destruction
(except damage or destruction to Tenant's Property or Tenant's Improvements). In
the event that the Landlord  shall not complete such repairs  within ninety (90)
days after the  occurrence of the damage or  destruction,  then the Tenant shall
have the right to terminate the term of this lease by giving  written  notice of
such  termination  to the  Landlord  within then (10) days after the end of such
ninety (90) day period. If in the Landlord's  determination reasonably exercised
the Demised  Premises  (other than  Tenant's  Improvements),  or means of access
thereto,  cannot be repaired within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of the
damage  or  destruction  or, if more than 25% of the  Demised  Premises'  square
footage then in use by the Tenant should be rendered unfit for use and occupancy
by Tenant,  then either party shall have the right to terminate the term of this
lease by giving written notice of such termination to the other party within the
period


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                
                                      -14-





of thirty (30) to  forty-five  (45) days after the  occurrence of such damage or
destruction.  If neither  party give such notice of intention  to terminate  the
term of this lease,  then the Landlord shall promptly and diligently  repair the
damage or destruction.

         (c) If any  casualty  results  in the  suspension  of  business  in the
Demised Premises,  all rents and additional charges shall abate from the date of
such suspension of business until the date business is resumed.  If the casualty
or restoration results in a partial suspension of business,  rent and additional
charges shall be equitably  abated during any such period.  If Landlord fails to
begin or complete the restoration  within a reasonable time period,  then Tenant
may, in addition to any other remedies it may have,  perform all or a portion of
such restoration, and Landlord shall pay to Tenant the reasonable costs incurred
by Tenant to restore the Demised Premises.

         (d) In  addition  to and apart from the  foregoing  provisions  of this
Section,  (i) if more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of the Gross Rentable Area
of the Demised  Premises shall be totally or almost totally damaged or destroyed
by fire or other cause at any time during the last six (6) months of the term of
this  lease,  or during  the last six (6)  months of any  renewal  or  extension
thereof,  either the Landlord or the Tenant may terminate the term of this lease
by giving written notice of such  termination to the other party within ten (10)
days  after  the  occurrence  of such  damage  or  destruction,  and (ii) if the
building on the Demised  Premises is damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause
to such extent that the cost of repair the damage or destruction,  as reasonably
estimated by the Landlord,,  will be more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of the
replacement  value of the building  immediately  prior tot he occurrence of such
damage or destruction, then either party may terminate the term of this lease by
giving written notice of such  termination to the Tenant within thirty (30) days
after the occurrence of such damage or destruction.

         (e) Except as provided in this  Section,  no damages,  compensation  or
claim shall be payable by the  Landlord to the  Tenant,  or any other  person by
reason of  inconvenience,  loss of business or annoyance arising from any damage
or destruction, or any repair thereof, as if referred to in this Section.

         19. Condemnation.

         (a) If all of the  building,  or so much of the building or the Demised
Premises as is  necessary  for the  Tenant's  use and  occupancy  of the Demised
Premises for the purposes set forth in Section 5, or for  reasonably  convenient
access to the Demised  Premises,  shall be taken by condemnation or in any other
manner for any public or  quasi-public  use and  purpose,  then the term of this
lease  shall  forthwith  terminate  as of the date  title  vests  in the  taking
authority and the Rent


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                




shall be apportioned as of such date.

         (b) In addition to and apart from the  foregoing  provisions of Section
20(a), if more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of the Gross Rentable Area of the
building  shall be so taken,  then either party may  terminate  the term of this
lease by giving  written  notice of such  termination to the other within thirty
(30) days after the date title vests in the taking authority.

         (c) The Tenant shall have the exclusive  right in any  proceeding  with
respect to any taking  referred to in this  Section 20 to any award  payable for
the Tenant's  moving expenses and the then value of the Tenant's  Property,  but
the Tenant shall have no other right to any award for either a total taking or a
partial taking of the land, the building or the Demised Premises,  including any
right for the contract value of this lease, and any such award shall be retained
by the Landlord as the Landlord's sole property.

         (d) In the event of any taking  which does not result in a  termination
of the term of this lease,  the Rent shall be equitably  suspended or abated and
the Landlord, at its expense,  shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair
and restore  the  remaining  part of the  building  and the Demised  Premises to
substantially  its former condition to the extent that the same may be feasible.
Any suspension or abatement of Rent shall cease upon  substantial  completion of
such repairs or restoration.

         20.  Surrender.  On the  Expiration  Date, or on the  expiration of the
final  renewal  period to which the  Tenant  exercises  its  right,  or upon any
earlier  termination  of the  term of this  lease,  the  Tenant  shall  quit and
surrender the Demised Premises, including Tenant's Improvements, to the Landlord
in good order,  condition and repair,  except for (a) Ordinary wear and tear and
(b)  Conditions  requiring  repairs  which  are not  required  to be made by the
Tenant.  The  Tenant  shall  remove  all of the  Tenant's  Property,  and at the
Landlord's request,  shall remove those portions of the Tenant's Improvements as
shall  be  designated  by the  Landlord  for  Tenant's  removal  at the time the
Landlord approves the plans therefor, and shall repair any damage to the Demised
Premises on account of such removal.

         21. Default and Damages.

         (a) Any of the following  occurrences or acts shall constitute an event
of default  under this  lease:  (i)  whenever  the Tenant  shall  default in the
payment of any Rent or any other charge  payable by the Tenant to the  Landlord,
on any day upon which the same is due, and such default shall  continue for five
(5) days after written notice thereof from Landlord; or (ii) whenever the


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                





Tenant  shall do, or fail to do,  or  permit  to be done,  whether  by action or
inaction, anything contrary to any of the Tenant's obligations hereunder, and if
such situation shall continue and shall not be remedied by the Tenant within

                    (A) Five (5) days after notice in the case of any  voluntary
situation within the Tenant's reasonable control, or

                    (B)  Thirty  (30)  days  in  the  case  of  any  involuntary
situation not within the Tenant's reasonable  control,  after the Landlord shall
have  given to the  Tenant a notice  specifying  the same,  or, in the case of a
situation  which cannot with due  diligence be cured within a period of five (5)
or thirty (30) days, as the case may be, if the Tenant shall not (1) within such
5-day or 30-day period,  as the case may be, advise the Landlord of the Tenant's
intention duly to institute all steps  necessary to remedy such  situation,  and
(2) duly institute  within such 5-day or 30-day period,  as the case may be, and
thereafter diligently prosecute to completion, all steps necessary to remedy the
same;  (iii)  whenever the Tenant is  dissolved  (other than in the contest of a
corporate  reorganization  where the business  enterprise is  continued),  makes
assignment  for  the  benefit  of  creditors,  files  a  voluntary  petition  in
bankruptcy,  is adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent,  files a petition or answer
seeking   for  the  Tenant   any   reorganization,   arrangement,   composition,
readjustment,  liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any statute, law
or regulation, files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest
material allegations of a petition filed against the Tenant in any proceeding of
this  nature,  or seeks,  consents to, or  acquiesces  in the  appointment  of a
trustee, receiver, or liquidator of the Tenant or of all or any substantial part
of the  Tenant's  properties;  or (iv) if  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the
commencement  of any  proceeding  against  the  Tenant  seeking  reorganization,
arrangement,  composition,  readjustment,  liquidation,  dissolution  or similar
relief  under any  statute,  law, or  regulation,  the  proceeding  has not been
dismissed;  or if within  sixty  (60) days  after the  appointment  without  the
Tenant's  consent or acquiescence of a trustee,  receiver,  or liquidator of the
Tenant  or of all or any  substantial  part  of  the  Tenant's  properties,  the
appointment  is not  vacated  or  stayed;  or if within  sixty  (60) days  after
expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated; or (v) the event of
an  occurrence  of default  beyond any  applicable  grace period in that certain
$87,000 Promissory Note from Tenant to Landlord of even date herewith.

         (b) If an event of default shall have happened and be  continuing,  the
Landlord  shall have the  immediate  right at its election (i) to terminate  the
term of this  lease by giving  the  Tenant  not less than five (5) days  written
notice of the  Landlord's  election to  terminate,  and (ii)  whether or not the
Landlord  shall have  terminated the term of this lease pursuant to this Section
21(b), and without demand or notice whatever, to re-enter and take possession of
the Demised  Premises,  removing  all persons and property  therefrom  either by
summary  process  proceedings  or by other action,  without being liable for any
damages therefor.

                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                
                                      -17-





         (c) If the  Landlord  elects to  re-enter  and take  possession  of the
Demised  Premises  pursuant to Section 21 (b),  and whether or not the  Landlord
shall have  terminated  the term of this lease  pursuant to Section 21 (b),  the
Landlord may (but shall be under no obligation  to) re-let the whole or any part
of the  Demised  Premises  on behalf  of the  Tenant  for a period  equal to, or
greater or less than, the remainder of the term of this lease,  at such rent and
upon such terms and conditions as the Landlord shall  determine  reasonable,  to
any tenant the  Landlord  may  consider  suitable and for any use or purpose the
Landlord may deem appropriate in the Demised Premises. The Landlord shall not be
liable for failure to re-let the Demised  Premises,  and the  Landlord  shall be
entitled to receive and retain the rent received upon such  re-letting,  whether
or not such rent is in excess of the Rent.

         (d) Should  Landlord elect to re-enter as herein  provided or should it
take possession pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any notice provided
for by law,  it may either  terminate  this Lease or make such  alterations  and
repairs  as may be  necessary  in order to relet the  premises,  and relet  said
premises  or any part  thereof  for such term or terms  (which may be for a term
extending  beyond the term of this Lease) and at such rental or rentals and upon
such  other  terms  and  conditions  as  Landlord  in its  discretion  may  deem
advisable;  and upon each such  reletting  all rentals  received by the Landlord
from such reletting shall be applied first,  to the payment of any  indebtedness
other than rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of
any  costs  and  expenses  of  such  reletting,  including  brokerage  fees  and
attorneys' fees and of costs and expenses of such reletting, including the costs
of recovering possession of the Demised Premises,  brokerage fees and attorneys'
fees and of costs of such  alterations and repairs;  third, all utility expenses
and expenses of maintaining the Demised  Premises while vacant,  fourth,  to the
payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder, and the residue, if any, shall be held
by Landlord and applied in payment of future rent as the same may become due and
payable hereunder. If such rentals received from such reletting during any month
be less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall
pay any  deficiency to Landlord.  Such  deficiency  shall be calculated and paid
monthly.  No such re-entry or taking  possession of Demised Premises by Landlord
shall be construed  as an election on its part to terminate  this Lease unless a
written  notice of such  intention be given to Tenant or unless the  termination
thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

         22.  Parking.  The Landlord  shall  provide to the Tenant  seventy (70)
parking spaces in the parking area provided and maintained by the Landlord.

         23.  Unperformed  Covenants.   If  the  Tenant  shall  default  in  the
performance of any of the Tenant's obligations hereunder, the Landlord,  without
thereby waiving such default,  may, at the Landlord's  option,  by reason of any
default of the Tenant hereunder, perform the same for the


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                





account of the Tenant.  If the  Landlord  makes any  expenditures  or incurs any
obligations for the payment of money,  including attorneys' fees, such sums paid
or obligations incurred shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord on the first
day of the  calendar  month next  following  the  rendition to the Tenant of the
Landlord's bill therefor to the Tenant.

         24.  Holding  Over.  The Tenant  shall pay to the Landlord an amount as
Rent equal to one hundred  fifty  percent  (150%) of  one-twelfth  (1/12) of the
Fixed Rent required to be paid by the Tenant  during the previous  Lease Year as
herein  provided  for each month or portion  thereof for which the Tenant  shall
retain  possession  of the  Demised  Premises,  or any part  thereof,  after the
termination  of the term of this lease,  whether by lapse of time or  otherwise,
and also shall pay all damages  sustained  by the  Landlord,  whether  direct or
consequential,  on account thereof.  The provisions of this Section 24 shall not
be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of the
Landlord  provided herein or at law.  Without limiting any rights or remedies of
the Landlord  resulting by reason of the wrongful holding over by the Tenant, or
creating  any right in the  Tenant to  continue  in  possession  of the  Demised
Premises, all of the Tenant's obligations with respect to the use, occupancy and
maintenance  of the  Demised  Premises  shall  continue  during  such  period of
unlawful retention.

         25.  Certain Rights  Reserved by the Landlord.  The Landlord shall have
the following rights, each of which the Landlord may exercise with notice to the
Tenant but  without  liability  to the Tenant for damage or injury to  property,
person or business on account of the exercise  thereof,  and the exercise of any
such rights shall not be deemed to constitute an eviction or  disturbance of the
Tenant's use or  possession  of the Demised  Premises and shall not give rise to
any claim for set-off or abatement of rent or any other claim, provided that the
Landlord  agrees that in the exercise of such rights it shall not do or cause to
be done  anything  which  is, in any  material  respect,  inconsistent  with the
operation of the Demised Premises as a first-class/laboratory office building:

         (a) To change the building's  street  address,  if required by the U.S.
Postal Service.

         (b) To install,  affix and maintain any and all reasonable  directional
signs on the land of the Demised Premises.

         (c) Upon reasonable notice to Tenant, to make repairs, or improvements,
whether structural or otherwise,  in an about the building, or any part thereof,
and for such purposes to enter upon the Demised Premises, Landlord agrees to use
reasonable  efforts  to cause  minimal  disruption  to the  Tenant's  use of the
Demised Premises.



                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                
                                      -19-





         (d) The Tenant shall not install or operate machinery or any mechanical
devices of a nature not  directly  related to the  Tenant's  ordinary use of the
Demised Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord. The Tenant's
movements of property into or out of the building or Demised Premises and within
the building are entirely at the risk and responsibility of the Tenant.

         26. Waiver of Notice. The Tenant hereby waives any notice to quit under
the statutes  relating to summary  process  which,  were it not for this waiver,
might otherwise be necessary in obtaining possession of the Demised Premises.

         27. Notices. Any notice, approval, request, consent, bill, statement or
other communication required or permitted to be given, rendered,  served or made
by either  party  hereto,  shall be in writing and shall be sent by certified or
registered United Stated Mail,  postage prepaid,  return receipt  requested,  or
federal express, or hand delivery or over night carrier:

                  (a)      addressed to the Tenant at:

                           BBI - North American Clinical Laboratories, Inc.
                           C/O Boston Biomedica, Inc.
                           375 West Street
                           West Bridgewater, MA 02379
                           Attn:  Treasurer
                           Fax No.  508-580-1110
                           Telephone No. 508-580-1900

                  (b)      addressed to the Landlord at:

                           MB Associates
                           414 New Britain Road
                           P.O. Box 99
                           Plainville, CT 06062
                           Attn:  Property Management Department
                           Fax No.  203-747-5299
                           Telephone No.  203-229-4853

Either party may, from time to time, by written notice to the other, designate a
different mailing address for notices, bills, statements or other communications
intended for it.


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                
                                      -20-





         28. Estoppel  Certificate.  The Tenant shall, from time to time, within
ten (10) days after the Landlord's  written  request,  deliver to the Landlord a
written certificate, in recordable form, ratifying this lease, and stating

         (a) the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date,

         (b)  that  this  lease is in full  force  and  effect  and has not been
assigned, modified, supplemented or amended (except by such writings as shall be
stated),

         (c)  that all  conditions  under  this  lease  to be  performed  by the
Landlord have been satisfied,

         (d) that there are no defenses or offsets  against the  enforcement  of
this lease by the Landlord, or stating those claimed by the Tenant,

         (e) the amount of advance rental, if any (or none if such is the case),
paid by the Tenant,

         (f) the date to which rental has been paid, and

         (g) the  amount of  security  deposited  with the  Landlord,  provided,
however,  that the Tenant shall not be required to make written  declarations as
to any matters  which to its  knowledge  are  inaccurate  or not true.  Any such
certificate  may be relied upon by any  mortgagee of the Land and the  building,
any assignee of such mortgagee,  and any  prospective  purchaser of the Land and
the building. Landlord agrees to provide written confirmation of the Lease terms
and status upon Tenant's written request.

         29.  Limitation  of  Liability.  Anything in this lease to the contrary
notwithstanding,  the Tenant  agrees that it shall look solely to the estate and
property of the  Landlord  in the Demised  Premises  for the  collection  of any
judgment  (or other  judicial  process)  requiring  the  payment of money by the
Landlord in the event of any default or breach by the  Landlord  with respect to
any of the terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of this lease to be  observed  or
performed by the Landlord, and no other assets of the Landlord or of any partner
in the Landlord shall be subject to levy,  execution or other procedures for the
satisfaction of the Tenant's remedies.

         30. Rights of Landlord; Non-Waiver. No right or remedy herein conferred
upon or reserved to the  Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other right
or remedy, and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any
other right or remedy given hereunder or now or


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                





hereafter  existing.  The  failure  of the  Landlord  to insist  upon the strict
performance of any provision hereof or to exercise any option,  right,  power or
remedy  contained  herein shall not be  construed as a waiver or  relinquishment
thereof  for  the  future.  Receipt  by the  Landlord  of any  Fixed  Rent,  any
additional rent or any other sum payable  hereunder with knowledge of the breach
of any  provision  hereof  shall not be deemed a waiver of such  breach,  and no
waiver by the Landlord of any provision hereof shall be deemed to have been made
unless  expressed  in writing and signed by the  Landlord.  In addition to other
remedies  provided  herein,  the Landlord  shall be entitled,  to the extent not
prohibited by law, to injunctive  relief in case of the violation,  or attempted
or  threatened  violation,  of any  of the  provisions  hereof,  or to a  decree
compelling  performance of any of the provisions  hereof, or to any other remedy
allowed to the Landlord by law.

         31. Broker.  The Tenant  represents  that no broker or agent other than
Grubb & Ellis  participated  with the  Tenant in this  transaction.  The  Tenant
agrees to indemnify and hold the Landlord harmless from and against any claim or
demand of any other  broker or agent who claims  that he  participated  with the
Tenant in this  transaction.  Landlord  represents  that it has only  dealt with
Grubb & Ellis in connection with this lease.

         32. Notice of Lease.

         (a) This lease shall not be recorded in the New Britain  Land  Records.
Upon the request of either  party,  the other  party  shall  execute a Notice of
Lease, in recordable  form,  satisfying the requirements of Section 47-19 of the
Connecticut General Statutes, Rev. 1958, as amended.

         (b) The parties shall also enter into recordable  supplementary notices
setting forth, among other proper matters, such items as the termination of this
lease and the exercise of any options afforded by this lease.

         33. Prior  Agreements.  This lease and the exhibits and Notice of Lease
constitute the entire  agreement by and between the parties hereto affecting the
Demised  Premises and  supersedes  any and all previous  agreements,  written or
oral, between the parties and affecting the Demised Premises.

         34. Captions; Sections; Gender. The captions contained herein have been
inserted  for  convenience  only and  shall not have the  effect  of  modifying,
amending  or changing  the  express  terms and  provisions  of this  lease.  All
references  to a  "Section"  shall  refer to a Section of this lease  unless the
context otherwise requires. Whenever used, the singular number shall include the
plural,  the  plural  the  singular,  and use of any gender  shall  include  all
genders.


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                
                                      -22-





         35. Benefit and Burden. The covenants, conditions, agreements and terms
of this  lease  shall be  binding  upon and shall  inure to the  benefit  of the
parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.

         36.  Applicable  Law.  This Lease shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut.

         37. Signatures. This Lease may be signed in counterparts and any number
of counterparts signed in the aggregate by the parties shall constitute a single
original  document.   Additionally,   a  facsimile  signature  shall  be  deemed
equivalent to an original signature.

         TENANT  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT THIS LEASE IS A COMMERCIAL  TRANSACTION  AND
THAT IT HAS THE RIGHT UNDER CHAPTER 903a of the  CONNECTICUT  GENERAL  STATUTES,
SUBJECT TO CERTAIN  LIMITATIONS,  TO NOTICE OF, AND HEARING ON, THE RIGHT OF THE
LANDLORD TO OBTAIN A PREJUDGMENT  REMEDY, SUCH AS ATTACHMENT OR GARNISHMENT UPON
COMMENCING ANY LITIGATION AGAINST IT. NOTWITHSTANDING,  TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ALL
RIGHTS TO NOTICE,  JUDICIAL  HEARING OR PRIOR COURT ORDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE
ASSERTION BY THE LANDLORD OF ANY  PREJUDGMENT  REMEDY TO COLLECT THE OBLIGATIONS
OR TO ENFORCE LANDLORDS RIGHTS HEREUNDER.



                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                






         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Landlord and the Tenant have hereunto caused to
be set their hands and seals as of the day and year first above written.

WITNESSES:                                  LANDLORD: MB ASSOCIATES

___________________________                 By_______________________________

___________________________                      A Partner, Duly Authorized

                                             TENANT:  BBI - NORTH
                                             AMERICAN CLINICAL LABORATORIES,
                                             INC.

____________________________                 By_________________________________
                                              Kevin Quinlan
                                              Its Sr. Vice President & Treasurer
____________________________                  Duly Authorized




                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                 
                                      -24-





STATE OF CONNECTICUT)
                    )  ss:                                         July 28, 1995
COUNTY OF HARTFORD  )

         Personally  appeared  ____________________,  __________________  of  MB
Associates,  signer and sealer of the foregoing  instrument and acknowledged the
same to be his free act and deed and the free act and deed of said  partnership,
before me.

                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Commissioner, Superior Court
                                                 Notary Public
                                                 My Commission Expires:

STATE OF                          )
                                  )  ss:                           July 28, 1995
COUNTY OF                         )

         Personally appeared  ____________________,  __________________ of BBI -
North American Clinical  Laboratories,  Inc., signer and sealer of the foregoing
instrument  and  acknowledged  the same to be his free act and deed and the free
act and deed of said corporation, before me.

                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Commissioner, Superior Court
                                                 Notary Public
                                                 My Commission Expires:



                        GUARANTY OF TENANT'S PERFORMANCE
                        --------------------------------

         In consideration of Landlord's having executed said Lease a the request
of the undersigned and in further  consideration of One Dollar ($1.00) and other
valuable  considerations paid, the receipt whereof is hereby  acknowledged,  the
undersigned  (Guarantor) hereby  unconditionally  guarantees to Landlord and its
successors and assigns,  the payment of the rents and other sums provided for in
said Lease and the  performance  and observance of all agreements and conditions
contained in said Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed.

         Guarantor  hereby waives  presentment for payment,  demand for payment,
notice of  nonpayment or dishonor,  protest and notice of protest,  diligence in
collection, and any and all


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                





formalities  which may be legally required to charge it with liability;  and the
Guarantor does further agree that its liability as Guarantor  shall in nowise be
impaired or affected by any renewals,  waivers,  or extensions which may be made
from time to time, with or without its knowledge and consent,  of any default or
the  time of  payment  or  performance  required  under  said  Lease,  or by any
forbearance  or delay in enforcing any obligation  thereof,  or by assignment of
said Lease or subletting of the demised premises,  neglect or refusal to enforce
or to realize  upon any security  which may have been given or may  hereafter be
given  thereunder  or  hereunder,  or by  any  modifications  of  the  terms  or
provisions of the Lease.

         The  Guarantor  further  covenants  and agrees to pay all  expenses and
fees,  including  attorney's  fees which may be incurred by the  landlord or its
successors  and  assigns in  enforcing  any of the terms or  provisions  of this
Guaranty.

         This Guaranty shall be binding upon the successors,  and assigns of the
Guarantors,  shall not be  discharged  or  affected,  in whole or in part by the
bankruptcy, or insolvency of the Tenant.

         This Guaranty is absolute, unconditional, and continuing and payment of
the sums for which the undersigned  become liable shall be made at the office of
the  Landlord or its  successors  or assigns  from time to time on demand as the
same become or are declared due.

         Dated:  July 28, 1995               BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

                                          BY:_____________________________
                                              Kevin Quinlan
                                              Its Sr. Vice President & Treasurer
                                              Duly Authorized


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                
                                      -26-





                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------

                                 LEASED PREMISES


                                  EXHIBIT 'A'

                                LEASED PREMISES


A certain piece or parcel of land with all buildings  and  improvements  thereon
situated  northerly  of  North  Mountain  Road  in  the  City  of  New  Britain,
Connecticut  and being more  particularly  shown on a map entitled  "Map Showing
Location  Of  Proposed  Leasing  Agreement  For  BBI - North  American  Clinical
Laboratories,  Inc. Located At #75 North Mountain Road, New Britain, Connecticut
Map  Prepared  By: MBA  Engineering,  Inc.,  211 New  Britain  Road,  Suite 103,
Kensington,  Connecticut 06037 (203) 827-0222 Job Number: 95068, Scale 1" = 50'
Drawn By: BNB Checked By LJM Date: July 13, 1995" and containing 4.081 +/- acres
and being more particularly bounded and described as follows:

Beginning at a point  located in the westerly line of Lot No. 206 which point is
the southeast corner of the within described premises;  thence running N 89o 07'
53" W.  417.53 feet to a point as shown on said map;  thence  running N 06o 75'
26" E, 66.77 feet to a point as shown on said map; thence running N 31o 03' 55"
W, 35.15 feet to a point as shown on said map;  thence running N 00o 09' 15" W.
276.41 feet,  to a point as shown on said map;  thence  running N 77o 44' 24" E,
291.54 feet,  to a point as shown on said map;  thence  running S 86o 44' 06" E,
152.84 feet to a point as shown on said map;  thence  running S O1o 07' 17" W.
426.62 feet to the point and place of beginning.

Said premises are leased  together with a 30 foot wide  right-of-way  from North
Mountain  Road to the leased  premises,  in common with the Landlord and others,
for motor vehicle and pedestrian ingress and egress.  Said right-of-way is shown
on said map as "Minimum 30 Ft. Wide Driveway  Right-of-Way  From North  Mountain
Road to Leased Portion of Site.  R.O.W. to be centered of 24 Ft. BIT.  Driveway"
and "Minimum 30 Ft. Wide  Right-of-Way From Driveway R.O.W. To Front Entrance of
Site. R.O.W. to be centered over aisle portion of existing BIT. Parking Lot."


                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)







                                    EXHIBIT B
                                    ---------

                           SCHEDULE OF LANDLORD'S WORK

The  Improvement  list below is a detailed list subject to minor  modifications.
These  "modifications"  must be finalized  immediately.  Both parties understand
that this final plan directly correlates to the Landlord's Performance Schedule.

Improvements

1.  Existing  cafeteria  to be  subdivided  and used as an  employee  lounge and
soundproofed conference room.

2. One existing Lab area,  as specified in the front left area of the  facility,
to be renovated into 3 or 4 offices,  to be located as reasonably  determined by
Tenant.

3.  One  existing  lab  area  to be  refurbished  as a  client  service/specimen
processing, as determined by Tenant.

4. all existing computer and phone wiring to be removed.

5. Floor areas, as designated by Tenant, to be sealed.

6. All carpets, as designated by Tenant, to be replaced.

7. Any damaged ceiling tiles to be replaced.

8. Interior to be cleaned and painted.

9.  Landlord to warrant  that  electrical  systems HVAC and plumbing are in good
working order, including all Emergency Lighting,  exterior  building/parking lot
lighting and the existing security camera in the parking area is operational.

10. New driveway and parking area adjacent to Tenant's building.

11. Lab furniture to be in good working  order as  reasonably  determined by the
parties.



                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                
12. Landlord to warrant that the electric circuits are fully operational via the
back-up generator or will identify which  circuits/outlets  are operational from
this generator.




                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)



                                                                                




                                    EXHIBIT C
                                    ---------

                              RULES AND REGULATIONS


1. The sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways,
corridors and public parts of the Building shall not be obstructed or encumbered
by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and
from the Demised Premises.

2. No awnings,  air conditioning units or other projections shall be attached to
the outside walls or windowsills  of the Building or otherwise  project from the
Building, without the prior written consent of landlord.

3. All signs or  lettering  affixed by Tenant on any part of the  outside of the
Demised  Premises  shall be approved by landlord,  which  approval  shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed.

4. No bottles,  parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills or in any
other part of the Building,  nor shall any article be thrown out of the doors or
windows of the Demised Premises.

5. Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, unseemly or disturbing noises or
interfere with other tenants or those having business with them.

6. Tenant  shall not put any covering of any type or nature upon the exterior of
windows in the Demised Premises.



                                                            Initials
                                                            _________ (Landlord)
                                                            _________ (Tenant)


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9

            NEITHER THIS WARRANT NOR THE SHARES OF STOCK  ISSUABLE  UPON
        EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
        1933, AS AMENDED. NO SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS
        WARRANT OR SAID SHARES MAY BE EFFECTED  WITHOUT (I) AN EFFECTIVE
        REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATED THERETO,  OR (II) AN OPINION OF
        COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY, THAT
        AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SAID ACT IS AVAILABLE.

    Warrant                                                       No. of
    No. 1                     STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT       Shares 10,000
       ---                                                        ------
                  To Subscribe for and Purchase Common Stock of

                             BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

        THIS CERTIFIES that, for value received,  Worcester  County  Institution
for  Savings,  a  Massachusetts  savings  bank  (together  with  any  subsequent
transferees of all or any portion of this Warrant,  the "Holder"),  is entitled,
upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, to subscribe
for and  purchase  from Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.,  a  Massachusetts  corporation
(hereinafter called the "Company"), at the price of $20.00 per share (subject to
adjustment as provided in Section 6, the "Warrant Purchase Price"), up to 10,000
fully paid and  non-assessable  shares of the Company's  common stock,  $.01 par
value per share (the "Shares"),

        1.  Definitions.  As used  herein  the  following  terms  shall have the
following meanings:

        "Act" means the Securities Act of 1933 as amended,  or a similar Federal
statute and the rules and  regulations of the Commission  issued under that Act,
as they each may, from time to time, be in effect.

        "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission,  or any other
Federal  agency at the time  administering  the  securities  laws of the  United
States.

        "Registration  Statement"  means a registration  statement (other than a
registration  statement  on Form S-8 solely  with  respect to  employee  benefit
plans,  or on Form S-4  solely  with  respect to Rule 145  transactions,  or any
successor  form or forms used for the purpose  specified by such forms) filed by
the Company with the Commission  under the Act for a public offering and sale of
securities of the Company.

        "Shares" means the 10,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock issued or
issuable to the Holder upon the exercise of this Warrant and any other shares of
Common Stock of the Company issued with respect to such shares (because of stock
splits,   stock  dividends,   reclassifications,   recapitalizations,   mergers,
consolidations,   or  similar  events);  provided,   however,  that  any  shares
previously  sold by the Holder to the public  pursuant  to a  registered  public
offering  or Rule 144 under the Act shall cease to be within the  definition  of
"Shares" as used herein.



                                      -1-


        2. Purchase Rights.  The purchase rights represented by this Warrant are
exercisable by the Holder in accordance with the following provisions:

        (a) subject to the provisions of subparagraph  (b) hereof,  this Warrant
is  exercisable,  in  whole  or in  part,  at any  time  and  from  time to time
commencing on the date hereof and ending at 5:00 p.m. on December 1, 2001.

        (b) the Holder's  right to exercise this Warrant shall vest with respect
to the indicated percentage of the total number of Shares purchaseable hereunder
at the expiration of the indicated periods from the date hereof:

Years Expired From                                   Percentage of Total Shares
 Date of Issuance                                   of Common Stock Purchaseable
 ----------------                                   ----------------------------

Less than 1 year                                                50%

1 or more and less than 2 years                               62 1/2%

2 or more and less than 3 years                                 75%

3 or more and less than 4 years                               87 1/2%

4 or more years                                                 100%

        3. Exercise of Warrant.  Subject to Section 2 above, the purchase rights
represented by this Warrant may be exercised,  in whole or in part and from time
to time, by (a) the  surrender of this Warrant and the duly  executed  Notice of
Exercise (the form of which is attached as Exhibit A) at the principal office of
the Company and by the payment to the Company,  by check,  of an amount equal to
the then applicable Warrant Purchase Price per share multiplied by the number of
Shares then being  purchased,  or (b) if in connection with a registered  public
offering of the Company's securities, the surrender of this Warrant and the duly
executed  Notice of Exercise  (the form of which is attached as Exhibit  A-1) at
the  principal  office of the  Company  together  with  notice  of  arrangements
reasonably  satisfactory  to the Company  for  payment to the Company  either by
check or from the  proceeds  received  from the sale of Shares to be sold by the
Holder in such public offering of an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant
Purchase  Price  per  share  multiplied  by the  number  of  Shares  then  being
purchased.  Upon  exercise,  the Holder  shall be entitled to receive,  within a
reasonable time, a certificate or  certificates,  issued in the Holder's name or
in such name or names as the  Holder  may  direct,  for the  number of Shares so
purchased.  The Shares so purchased shall be deemed to be issued as of the close
of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised.

        4. Shares to be Issued;  Reservation  of Shares.  The Company  covenants
that all shares that may be issued  upon the  exercise  of the  purchase  rights
represented   by  this  Warrant  will,   upon


                                      -2-


issuance,  be fully paid and non-assessable,  and free from all taxes, liens and
charges with respect to the issue  thereof.  During the period  within which the
purchase rights represented by the Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at
all times  have  authorized  and  reserved,  for the  purpose of  issuance  upon
exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant, a sufficient number
of  shares  of its  Common  Stock  to  provide  for the  exercise  of the  right
represented by this Warrant.

        5.  No Fractional Shares.  No fractional shares shall be issued upon the
exercise of this Warrant. In lieu thereof, a cash payment shall be made equal to
such  fraction  multiplied  by the fair  market  value of such  shares of Common
Stock, as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors.

        6. Adjustments of Warrant Purchase Price and Number of Shares.

        (a) If there  shall be any  change in the  Common  Stock of the  Company
through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend,
stock  split  or  other  change  in the  corporate  structure  of  the  Company,
appropriate  adjustments  shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Company
(or if the Company is not the surviving corporation in any such transaction, the
Board of Directors of the surviving  corporation)  in the  aggregate  number and
kind of shares  subject to this  Warrant,  and the number and kind of shares and
the price per share then applicable to shares covered by the unexercised portion
of this Warrant.

        (b) Upon each adjustment under subparagraph (a) above, the Company shall
give prompt  written  notice  thereof  addressed to the Holder at the address of
such holder as shown on the records of the Company (if to the  original  holder,
to the attention of the Commercial  Loan  Department),  which notice shall state
the Warrant  Purchase Price  resulting from such  adjustment and the increase or
decrease,  if any,  in the number of shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the
exercise  of this  Warrant,  setting  forth in  reasonable  detail the method of
calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

        7.      Piggyback Registration Rights.  The Company agrees as follows:

        (a) The rights  granted  to the Holder in Section  7(b) below are wholly
subordinated,  junior and subject to the exercise of certain registration rights
granted to G & G Diagnostics Limited Partnership I under a certain  Registration
Rights Agreement dated June 5, 1990 (the "G&G Registration Rights Agreement"), a
copy of which shall be furnished to the Holder upon written  request and without
charge.

        (b) If the Company shall  determine to register any shares of its Common
Stock  under  the Act and in  connection  therewith  the  Company  may  lawfully
register  any of the Shares,  the Company  will  promptly  give  written  notice
thereof to the  Holder.  Upon the


                                      -3-


written  request of the Holder  within 30 days after  receipt of any such notice
from the Company, the Company will, except as herein provided,  cause all of the
Shares which the Holder has  requested to be  registered  to be included in such
Registration Statement,  all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or other
disposition of the Shares. However nothing herein shall prevent the Company from
at any time abandoning or delaying any registration.

        (c) If any  shares  registered  pursuant  to this  Section  7  shall  be
included in an underwritten public offering in whole or in part, the Company may
require that the Shares  requested  for  inclusion  hereunder be included in the
underwriting on the same terms and conditions as the securities  otherwise being
sold through the underwriters. If and in the event that the managing underwriter
of such public  offering  shall be of the opinion  that  inclusion of all of the
Shares would adversely  affect the marketing of the securities to be sold by the
Company  therein,  then the number of Shares  otherwise  to be  included  in the
underwritten  public offering may be reduced on a pro rata basis with the shares
proposed  to be  included  in such  offering  by any other  selling  shareholder
(exclusive of the Company and the holder or holders of shares subject to the G&G
Registration Rights Agreement).  No Shares will be registered under this Section
7 if the  holder or holders of shares  subject  to the G&G  Registration  Rights
Agreement  request the  registration  of all but do not have all of their shares
subject to said G&G Registration Rights Agreement so registered.

        8.  Registration Procedures.  If and whenever the Company is required by
the provisions of Section 7 to effect the  registration  of the Shares under the
Act, the Company will:

        (a) prepare and file with the Commission a  Registration  Statement with
respect to such securities,  and use its best efforts to cause such Registration
Statement to become and remain  effective  for such period as may be  reasonably
necessary to effect the sale of such securities, not to exceed nine months;

        (b)  prepare  and  file  with the  Commission  such  amendments  to such
Registration  Statement and supplements to the prospectus  contained  therein as
may be necessary to keep such Registration  Statement  effective for such period
as may be reasonably  necessary to effect the sale of such Shares, not to exceed
nine months;

        (c) furnish to the Holder  participating in such registration and to the
underwriters of the securities being registered such reasonable number of copies
of the Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus and such
other  documents  as such  underwriters  may  reasonably  request  in  order  to
facilitate the public offering of such securities;

        (d) use its best efforts to register or qualify the  securities  covered
by such  Registration  Statement under the state  securities or blue sky laws of
such jurisdictions as the Holder


                                      -4-


may  reasonably  request  within 20 days  following the original  filing of such
Registration  Statement,  except that the  Company  shall not for any purpose be
required to execute a general  consent to service of process or to qualify to do
business  as a foreign  corporation  in any  jurisdiction  wherein  it is not so
qualified;

        (e) notify the Holder promptly after it shall receive notice thereof, of
the time when such  Registration  Statement has become effective or a supplement
to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed;

        (f) notify the Holder  promptly of any request by the Commission for the
amending or  supplementing of such  Registration  Statement or prospectus or for
additional information;

        (g) prepare and promptly file with the  Commission  and promptly  notify
the Holder of the filing of such  amendment or supplement  to such  Registration
Statement  or  prospectus  as may be  necessary  to correct  any  statements  or
omissions  if, at the time when a  prospectus  relating  to such  securities  is
required to be  delivered  under the Act,  any event shall have  occurred as the
result of which any such  prospectus  or any other  prospectus as then in effect
would  include  an  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state any
material  fact  necessary to make the  statements  therein,  in the light of the
circumstances in which they were made, not misleading;

        (h) advise the Holder  promptly  after it shall receive notice or obtain
knowledge  thereof,  of  the  issuance  of any  stop  order  by  the  Commission
suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or
threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and promptly use its best efforts
to prevent the  issuance of any stop order or to obtain its  withdrawal  if such
stop order should be issued; and

        (i) furnish on the effective date of the  Registration  Statement to the
Holder and any  underwriters,  at the closing  provided for in the  underwriting
agreement,  an  opinion  of  counsel  for the  Company  and a  letter  from  the
independent  certified public accountants for the Company, in form and substance
customary for similar offerings;

        9.  Expenses.  All expenses in connection  with,  or incidental  to, the
preparation  and  filing of any  Registration  Statement  pursuant  to Section 7
hereof,  any registration or qualification  under securities or blue sky laws of
states in which the  offering  will be made,  and any filing fee of the National
Association  of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD")  relating to such offering,
shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Holder shall bear its
pro rata share of the underwriting  discount and commissions and transfer taxes,
all fees and disbursements of Holder's  counsel,  and, to the extent required by
applicable state securities laws and NASD rules and regulations,  all legal fees
and  disbursements and other


                                      -5-


expenses  of  complying   with  state   securities  or  blue  sky  laws  of  any
jurisdictions  in  which  the  Shares  to be  offered  are to be  registered  or
qualified.

        10.     Indemnification.

        (a) The Company  will  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the Holder and any
underwriter (as defined in the Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who
controls such Holder or such underwriter within the meaning of the Act, from and
against,   and  will  reimburse  such  Holder  and  each  such  underwriter  and
controlling  person with respect to, any and all loss, damage,  liability,  cost
and expense to which such Holder or any such  underwriter or controlling  person
may become subject under the Act or otherwise,  insofar as such losses, damages,
liabilities,  costs or expenses  are caused by any untrue  statement  or alleged
untrue statement of any material fact contained in any  Registration  Statement,
any  prospectus  contained  therein or any amendment or supplement  thereto,  or
arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein
a  material  fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to make  the
statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not
misleading;  provided,  however, that the Company will not be liable in any such
case to the extent that any such loss, damage, liability, cost or expense arises
out of or is based upon an untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue  statement  or
omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished by
such Holder, such underwriter or such controlling person in writing specifically
for use in the preparation thereof.

        (b) The  Holder  will  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the  Company,  its
directors and  officers,  any  underwriter  and any  controlling  person of such
underwriter  from and against,  and will  reimburse the Company,  underwriter or
controlling person with respect to, any and all loss, damage, liability, cost or
expense to which the Company,  any underwriter or any controlling person thereof
may become subject under the Act or otherwise,  insofar as such losses, damages,
liabilities,  costs or  expenses  are  caused by any  untrue or  alleged  untrue
statement of any material  fact  contained in any  Registration  Statement,  any
prospectus  contained therein or any amendment or supplement  thereto,  or arise
out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein,  in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading,
in each case to the extent,  but only to the extent,  that such untrue statement
or alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission or alleged  omission  was so made in
reliance upon written information  furnished by such Holder specifically for use
in the preparation thereof.

        11. Rights and Obligations  Survive  Exercise and Expiration of Warrant.
The rights and  obligations  of the Company and the Holder set forth in Sections
7, 8, 9 and 10 shall survive the exercise and expiration of this Warrant.


                                      -6-


        12. No Rights as Shareholders.  This Warrant does not entitle the Holder
to any voting  rights or other rights as a  shareholder  of the Company prior to
exercise  of this  Warrant  and the  payment  for the shares of Common  Stock so
purchased.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company agrees to transmit to the
Holder such information,  documents and reports as are generally  distributed to
holders of the capital stock of the Company  concurrently  with the distribution
thereof to the shareholders. Upon valid exercise of this Warrant and payment for
the shares of Common  Stock so  purchased  in  accordance  with the terms of the
Warrant,  the  Holder or the  Holder's  designee,  as the case may be,  shall be
deemed a shareholder of the Company.

        13. Sale or Transfer of the Warrant; Legend.  The Warrant and the shares
of Common Stock shall not be sold or  transferred  unless  either (i) they first
shall have been  registered  under the Act, or (ii) the Company first shall have
been furnished with an opinion of legal counsel  satisfactory  to the Company to
the  effect  that  such  sale  or  transfer  is  exempt  from  the  registration
requirements of the Act. Each  certificate  representing  any Warrant shall bear
the legend set out on page 1 hereof.  Each  certificate  representing any Common
Stock shall bear a legend substantially in the following form, as appropriate:

        THE SHARES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED
        FOR  INVESTMENT  AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION  WITH,
        THE SALE OR  DISTRIBUTION  THEREOF.  NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION
        MAY BE  EFFECTED  WITHOUT AN  EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
        RELATED  THERETO OR AN OPINION  OF COUNSEL  SATISFACTORY  TO THE
        COMPANY  THAT  SUCH  REGISTRATION  IS  NOT  REQUIRED  UNDER  THE
        SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

Such Warrant and Shares may be subject to  additional  restrictions  on transfer
imposed under applicable state and federal securities law.

        14. Modifications and Waivers. This Warrant may not be changed,  waived,
discharged or terminated  except by an instrument in writing signed by the party
against which enforcement of the same is sought.

        15. Notices. Any notice, request or other document required or permitted
to be given or delivered to the holder hereof or the Company shall be delivered,
or shall be sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Holder
at its  address  shown on the  books of the  Company  or to the  Company  at the
address indicated therefor on the signature page of this Warrant.

        16.   Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant.   The   Company
covenants  with  the  Holder  that  upon  its  receipt  of  evidence  reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or mutilation of
this Warrant or any stock  certificate  and, in the case of any such loss, theft
or destruction,  of an indemnity or security reasonably  satisfactory to it, and
upon reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable


                                      -7-


expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant
or stock  certificate,  if  mutilated,  the Company  will make and deliver a new
Warrant  or stock  certificate,  of like  tenor,  in lieu of the  lost,  stolen,
destroyed or mutilated Warrant or stock certificate.

        17. Representations and Warranties of Holder. By accepting this Warrant,
the Holder  represents  and warrants  that it is acquiring  this Warrant and the
Shares for its own account,  for  investment and not with a view to, or for sale
in  connection  with,  any  distribution  thereof  or any part  thereof.  Holder
represents  and  warrants  that  it is  (a)  experienced  in the  evaluation  of
businesses  similar  to the  Corporation,  (b) is able to fend for itself in the
transactions contemplated by this Warrant, (c) has such knowledge and experience
in financial and business  matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and
risks of an  investment  in the  Corporation,  (d) has the  ability  to bear the
economic risks of an investment in the Corporation,  (e) has been furnished with
or has had access to such information as is specified in subparagraph  (b)(2) of
Rule 502 promulgated  under the Act and (f) has been afforded the opportunity to
ask questions of and to receive  answers from the  Corporation and to obtain any
additional  information  necessary to make an informed  investment decision with
respect to an investment in the Corporation.

        18. Binding Effect on Successors. This Warrant shall be binding upon any
corporation  succeeding the Company by merger,  consolidation  or acquisition of
all or substantially all of the Company's assets,  and all of the obligations of
the Company  relating to the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall
survive the exercise and  termination  of this Warrant and all of the  covenants
and  agreements of the Company shall inure to the benefit of the  successors and
assigns of the Holder.

        19.  Governing Law.  This  Warrant  shall be  construed  and enforced in
accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. has caused this Warrant to be
executed under seal by its officer thereunto duly authorized.

DATED:  December 1, 1991

                                                BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.
CORPORATE
    SEAL
                                                By: ____________________________
                                                    Its President

                                                Address: _______________________

                                                ________________________________



                                      -8-


                                    EXHIBIT A


                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE
                               ------------------


        To:     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

        1. The  undersigned  hereby elects to purchase  _______ shares of Common
Stock of BOSTON  BIOMEDICA,  INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant,
and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

        2. Please issue a certificate or certificates  representing  said shares
in the name of the  undersigned  or in such other name or names as are specified
below.

        3. The undersigned  represents that the aforesaid shares of Common Stock
are being  acquired for the account of the  undersigned  for  investment and not
with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the  distribution  thereof and
that the undersigned has no present  intention of distributing or reselling such
shares. The undersigned further represents that such shares shall not be sold or
transferred  unless either (1) they first shall have been  registered  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  or (ii) the Company first shall have been
furnished  with an  opinion  of legal  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Company to the effect that such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration
requirement.

        4. In the event of partial  exercise,  please  re-issue  an  appropriate
Warrant exercisable into the remaining shares.



                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 (Name)

                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 (Address)

                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 (Signature)

                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 (Date)


                                      -9-


                                   EXHIBIT A-1

                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE
                               ------------------


        To:     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. (the "Company")


        1. Contingent upon and effective  immediately  prior to the closing (the
"Closing") of the Company's  public offering  contemplated  by the  Registration
Statement of Form S_____, filed __________,  19__, the undersigned hereby elects
to purchase  _____ shares of Common Stock of the Company (or such lesser  number
of shares as may be sold on behalf of the  undersigned at the Closing)  pursuant
to the terms of the attached Warrant.

        2. Please deliver to the custodian for the selling  shareholders a stock
certificate representing such ____ shares.

        3.  The  undersigned  has  instructed  the  custodian  for  the  selling
shareholders  to deliver to the Company  $______  from the net  proceeds due the
undersigned from the sale of shares in the aforesaid public offering.


                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 (Signature)

                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 (Date)

                                      -10-


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10

        NEITHER  THIS  WARRANT  NOR THE  SHARES OF STOCK  ISSUABLE  UPON
        EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
        1933, AS AMENDED. NO SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS
        WARRANT OR SAID SHARES MAY BE EFFECTED  WITHOUT (I) AN EFFECTIVE
        REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATED THERETO,  OR (II) AN OPINION OF
        COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY, THAT
        AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SAID ACT IS AVAILABLE.

Warrant                                                                   No. of
No. 2                          STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT              Shares 40,000
   ---                                                                    ------
                  To Subscribe for and Purchase Common Stock of

                             BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

        THIS CERTIFIES that, for value received,  Worcester  County  Institution
for  Savings,  a  Massachusetts  savings  bank  (together  with  any  subsequent
transferees of all or any portion of this Warrant,  the "Holder"),  is entitled,
upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, to subscribe
for and  purchase  from Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.,  a  Massachusetts  corporation
(hereinafter called the "Company"),  at the price of $2.50 per share (subject to
adjustment as provided in Section 6, the "Warrant Purchase Price"), up to 40,000
fully paid and  non-assessable  shares of the Company's  common stock,  $.01 par
value per share (the "Shares"),

         1.  Definitions.  As used  herein the  following  terms  shall have the
following meanings:

        "Act" means the Securities Act of 1933 as amended,  or a similar Federal
statute and the rules and  regulations of the Commission  issued under that Act,
as they each may, from time to time, be in effect.

        "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission,  or any other
Federal  agency at the time  administering  the  securities  laws of the  United
States.

        "Registration  Statement"  means a registration  statement (other than a
registration  statement  on Form S-8 solely  with  respect to  employee  benefit
plans,  or on Form S-4  solely  with  respect to Rule 145  transactions,  or any
successor  form or forms used for the purpose  specified by such forms) filed by
the Company with the Commission  under the Act for a public offering and sale of
securities of the Company.

        "Shares" means the 40,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock issued or
issuable to the Holder upon the exercise of this Warrant and any other shares of
Common Stock of the Company issued with respect to such shares (because of stock
splits,   stock  dividends,   reclassifications,   recapitalizations,   mergers,
consolidations,   or  similar  events);  provided,   however,  that  any  shares
previously  sold by the Holder to the public  pursuant  to a  registered  public
offering  or Rule 144 under the Act shall cease to be within the  definition  of
"Shares" as used herein.



                                      -1-


         2. Purchase Rights. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant are
exercisable by the Holder in accordance with the following provisions:

         (a) subject to the provisions of subparagraph (b) hereof,  this Warrant
is  exercisable,  in  whole  or in  part,  at any  time  and  from  time to time
commencing on the date hereof and ending at 5:00 p.m. on July 26, 1998.

         (b) the Holder's right to exercise this Warrant shall vest with respect
to the indicated percentage of the total number of Shares purchaseable hereunder
at the expiration of the indicated periods from the date hereof:

Years Expired From                                Percentage of Total Shares
 Date of Issuance                                of Common Stock Purchaseable
 ----------------                                ----------------------------

Less than 1 year                                              50%

1 or more and less than 2 years                              62 1/2%

2 or more and less than 3 years                               75%

3 or more and less than 4 years                              87 1/2%

4 or more years                                               100%

        3. Exercise of Warrant.  Subject to Section 2 above, the purchase rights
represented by this Warrant may be exercised,  in whole or in part and from time
to time, by (a) the  surrender of this Warrant and the duly  executed  Notice of
Exercise (the form of which is attached as Exhibit A) at the principal office of
the Company and by the payment to the Company,  by check,  of an amount equal to
the then applicable Warrant Purchase Price per share multiplied by the number of
Shares then being  purchased,  or (b) if in connection with a registered  public
offering of the Company's securities, the surrender of this Warrant and the duly
executed  Notice of Exercise  (the form of which is attached as Exhibit  A-1) at
the  principal  office of the  Company  together  with  notice  of  arrangements
reasonably  satisfactory  to the Company  for  payment to the Company  either by
check or from the  proceeds  received  from the sale of Shares to be sold by the
Holder in such public offering of an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant
Purchase  Price  per  share  multiplied  by the  number  of  Shares  then  being
purchased.  Upon  exercise,  the Holder  shall be entitled to receive,  within a
reasonable time, a certificate or  certificates,  issued in the Holder's name or
in such name or names as the  Holder  may  direct,  for the  number of Shares so
purchased.  The Shares so purchased shall be deemed to be issued as of the close
of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised.

        4. Shares to be Issued;  Reservation  of Shares.  The Company  covenants
that all shares that may be issued  upon the  exercise  of the  purchase  rights
represented   by  this  Warrant  will,   upon


                                      -2-


issuance,  be fully paid and non-assessable,  and free from all taxes, liens and
charges with respect to the issue  thereof.  During the period  within which the
purchase rights represented by the Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at
all times  have  authorized  and  reserved,  for the  purpose of  issuance  upon
exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant, a sufficient number
of  shares  of its  Common  Stock  to  provide  for the  exercise  of the  right
represented by this Warrant.

        5.  No Fractional Shares.  No fractional shares shall be issued upon the
exercise of this Warrant. In lieu thereof, a cash payment shall be made equal to
such  fraction  multiplied  by the fair  market  value of such  shares of Common
Stock, as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors.

        6. Adjustments of Warrant Purchase Price and Number of Shares.

        (a) If there  shall be any  change in the  Common  Stock of the  Company
through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend,
stock  split  or  other  change  in the  corporate  structure  of  the  Company,
appropriate  adjustments  shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Company
(or if the Company is not the surviving corporation in any such transaction, the
Board of Directors of the surviving  corporation)  in the  aggregate  number and
kind of shares  subject to this  Warrant,  and the number and kind of shares and
the price per share then applicable to shares covered by the unexercised portion
of this Warrant.

        (b) Upon each adjustment under subparagraph (a) above, the Company shall
give prompt  written  notice  thereof  addressed to the Holder at the address of
such holder as shown on the records of the Company (if to the  original  holder,
to the attention of the Commercial  Loan  Department),  which notice shall state
the Warrant  Purchase Price  resulting from such  adjustment and the increase or
decrease,  if any,  in the number of shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the
exercise  of this  Warrant,  setting  forth in  reasonable  detail the method of
calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

        7.      Piggyback Registration Rights.  The Company agrees as follows:

        (a) The rights  granted  to the Holder in Section  7(b) below are wholly
subordinated,  junior and subject to the exercise of certain registration rights
granted to G & G Diagnostics Limited Partnership I under a certain  Registration
Rights Agreement dated June 5, 1990 (the "G&G Registration Rights Agreement"), a
copy of which shall be furnished to the Holder upon written  request and without
charge.

        (b) If the Company shall  determine to register any shares of its Common
Stock  under  the Act and in  connection  therewith  the  Company  may  lawfully
register  any of the Shares,  the Company  will  promptly  give  written  notice
thereof to the  Holder.  Upon the


                                      -3-


written  request of the Holder  within 30 days after  receipt of any such notice
from the Company, the Company will, except as herein provided,  cause all of the
Shares which the Holder has  requested to be  registered  to be included in such
Registration Statement,  all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or other
disposition of the Shares. However nothing herein shall prevent the Company from
at any time abandoning or delaying any registration.

        (c) If any  shares  registered  pursuant  to this  Section  7  shall  be
included in an underwritten public offering in whole or in part, the Company may
require that the Shares  requested  for  inclusion  hereunder be included in the
underwriting on the same terms and conditions as the securities  otherwise being
sold through the underwriters. If and in the event that the managing underwriter
of such public  offering  shall be of the opinion  that  inclusion of all of the
Shares would adversely  affect the marketing of the securities to be sold by the
Company  therein,  then the number of Shares  otherwise  to be  included  in the
underwritten  public offering may be reduced on a pro rata basis with the shares
proposed  to be  included  in such  offering  by any other  selling  shareholder
(exclusive of the Company and the holder or holders of shares subject to the G&G
Registration Rights Agreement).  No Shares will be registered under this Section
7 if the  holder or holders of shares  subject  to the G&G  Registration  Rights
Agreement  request the  registration  of all but do not have all of their shares
subject to said G&G Registration Rights Agreement so registered.

        8.  Registration Procedures.  If and whenever the Company is required by
the provisions of Section 7 to effect the  registration  of the Shares under the
Act, the Company will:

        (a) prepare and file with the Commission a  Registration  Statement with
respect to such securities,  and use its best efforts to cause such Registration
Statement to become and remain  effective  for such period as may be  reasonably
necessary to effect the sale of such securities, not to exceed nine months;

        (b)  prepare  and  file  with the  Commission  such  amendments  to such
Registration  Statement and supplements to the prospectus  contained  therein as
may be necessary to keep such Registration  Statement  effective for such period
as may be reasonably  necessary to effect the sale of such Shares, not to exceed
nine months;

        (c) furnish to the Holder  participating in such registration and to the
underwriters of the securities being registered such reasonable number of copies
of the Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus and such
other  documents  as such  underwriters  may  reasonably  request  in  order  to
facilitate the public offering of such securities;

        (d) use its best efforts to register or qualify the  securities  covered
by such  Registration  Statement under the state  securities or blue sky laws of
such jurisdictions as the Holder


                                      -4-


may  reasonably  request  within 20 days  following the original  filing of such
Registration  Statement,  except that the  Company  shall not for any purpose be
required to execute a general  consent to service of process or to qualify to do
business  as a foreign  corporation  in any  jurisdiction  wherein  it is not so
qualified;

        (e) notify the Holder promptly after it shall receive notice thereof, of
the time when such  Registration  Statement has become effective or a supplement
to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed;

        (f) notify the Holder  promptly of any request by the Commission for the
amending or  supplementing of such  Registration  Statement or prospectus or for
additional information;

        (g) prepare and promptly file with the  Commission  and promptly  notify
the Holder of the filing of such  amendment or supplement  to such  Registration
Statement  or  prospectus  as may be  necessary  to correct  any  statements  or
omissions  if, at the time when a  prospectus  relating  to such  securities  is
required to be  delivered  under the Act,  any event shall have  occurred as the
result of which any such  prospectus  or any other  prospectus as then in effect
would  include  an  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state any
material  fact  necessary to make the  statements  therein,  in the light of the
circumstances in which they were made, not misleading; and

        (h) advise the Holder  promptly  after it shall receive notice or obtain
knowledge  thereof,  of  the  issuance  of any  stop  order  by  the  Commission
suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or
threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and promptly use its best efforts
to prevent the  issuance of any stop order or to obtain its  withdrawal  if such
stop order should be issued.

        (i)

        9.  Expenses.  All expenses in connection  with,  or incidental  to, the
preparation  and  filing of any  Registration  Statement  pursuant  to Section 7
hereof,  any registration or qualification  under securities or blue sky laws of
states in which the  offering  will be made,  and any filing fee of the National
Association  of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD")  relating to such offering,
shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Holder shall bear its
pro rata share of the underwriting  discount and commissions and transfer taxes,
all fees and disbursements of Holder's  counsel,  and, to the extent required by
applicable state securities laws and NASD rules and regulations,  all legal fees
and  disbursements and other expenses of complying with state securities or blue
sky laws of any  jurisdictions  in which  the  Shares  to be  offered  are to be
registered or qualified.

        10.     Indemnification.

        (a) The Company  will  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the Holder and any
underwriter (as defined in the Act) for such Holder and

                                      -5-

each person,  if any, who controls  such Holder or such  underwriter  within the
meaning of the Act, from and against,  and will  reimburse  such Holder and each
such  underwriter  and  controlling  person  with  respect to, any and all loss,
damage, liability, cost and expense to which such Holder or any such underwriter
or controlling person may become subject under the Act or otherwise,  insofar as
such losses,  damages,  liabilities,  costs or expenses are caused by any untrue
statement or alleged  untrue  statement of any  material  fact  contained in any
Registration  Statement,  any prospectus  contained  therein or any amendment or
supplement  thereto,  or arise out of or are based upon the  omission or alleged
omission  to state  therein a material  fact  required  to be stated  therein or
necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which
they were made, not misleading;  provided, however, that the Company will not be
liable in any such case to the  extent  that any such loss,  damage,  liability,
cost or expense  arises out of or is based upon an untrue  statement  or alleged
untrue  statement  or omission or alleged  omission so made in  conformity  with
information  furnished  by such Holder,  such  underwriter  or such  controlling
person in writing specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

        (b) The  Holder  will  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the  Company,  its
directors and  officers,  any  underwriter  and any  controlling  person of such
underwriter  from and against,  and will  reimburse the Company,  underwriter or
controlling person with respect to, any and all loss, damage, liability, cost or
expense to which the Company,  any underwriter or any controlling person thereof
may become subject under the Act or otherwise,  insofar as such losses, damages,
liabilities,  costs or  expenses  are  caused by any  untrue or  alleged  untrue
statement of any material  fact  contained in any  Registration  Statement,  any
prospectus  contained therein or any amendment or supplement  thereto,  or arise
out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein,  in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading,
in each case to the extent,  but only to the extent,  that such untrue statement
or alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission or alleged  omission  was so made in
reliance upon written information  furnished by such Holder specifically for use
in the preparation thereof.

        11. Rights and Obligations  Survive  Exercise and Expiration of Warrant.
The rights and  obligations  of the Company and the Holder set forth in Sections
7, 8, 9 and 10 shall survive the exercise and expiration of this Warrant.

        12. No Rights as Shareholders.  This Warrant does not entitle the Holder
to any voting  rights or other rights as a  shareholder  of the Company prior to
exercise  of this  Warrant  and the  payment  for the shares of Common  Stock so
purchased.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company agrees to transmit to the
Holder such information,  documents and reports as are generally  distributed to
holders of the capital stock of the Company  concurrently  with the distribution
thereof to the shareholders. Upon valid exercise of this Warrant and payment


                                      -6-


for the shares of Common Stock so purchased in accordance  with the terms of the
Warrant,  the  Holder or the  Holder's  designee,  as the case may be,  shall be
deemed a shareholder of the Company.

        13. Sale or Transfer of the Warrant; Legend.  The Warrant and the shares
of Common Stock shall not be sold or  transferred  unless  either (i) they first
shall have been  registered  under the Act, or (ii) the Company first shall have
been furnished with an opinion of legal counsel  satisfactory  to the Company to
the  effect  that  such  sale  or  transfer  is  exempt  from  the  registration
requirements of the Act. Each  certificate  representing  any Warrant shall bear
the legend set out on page 1 hereof.  Each  certificate  representing any Common
Stock shall bear a legend substantially in the following form, as appropriate:

        THE SHARES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED
        FOR  INVESTMENT  AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION  WITH,
        THE SALE OR  DISTRIBUTION  THEREOF.  NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION
        MAY BE  EFFECTED  WITHOUT AN  EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
        RELATED  THERETO OR AN OPINION  OF COUNSEL  SATISFACTORY  TO THE
        COMPANY  THAT  SUCH  REGISTRATION  IS  NOT  REQUIRED  UNDER  THE
        SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

Such Warrant and Shares may be subject to  additional  restrictions  on transfer
imposed under applicable state and federal securities law.

        14. Modifications and Waivers. This Warrant may not be changed,  waived,
discharged or terminated  except by an instrument in writing signed by the party
against which enforcement of the same is sought.

        15. Notices. Any notice, request or other document required or permitted
to be given or delivered to the holder hereof or the Company shall be delivered,
or shall be sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Holder
at its  address  shown on the  books of the  Company  or to the  Company  at the
address indicated therefor on the signature page of this Warrant.

        16.   Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant.   The   Company
covenants  with  the  Holder  that  upon  its  receipt  of  evidence  reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or mutilation of
this Warrant or any stock  certificate  and, in the case of any such loss, theft
or destruction,  of an indemnity or security reasonably  satisfactory to it, and
upon reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto,
and upon surrender and  cancellation  of this Warrant or stock  certificate,  if
mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate,
of like tenor, in lieu of the lost,  stolen,  destroyed or mutilated  Warrant or
stock certificate.

        17. Representations and Warranties of Holder. By accepting this Warrant,
the Holder  represents  and warrants  that it is acquiring  this Warrant and the
Shares for its own account,  for


                                      -7-


investment  and  not  with a view  to,  or for  sale  in  connection  with,  any
distribution thereof or any part thereof. Holder represents and warrants that it
is (a) experienced in the evaluation of businesses  similar to the  Corporation,
(b) is able to fend for itself in the transactions contemplated by this Warrant,
(c) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be
capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the  Corporation,
(d)  has  the  ability  to bear  the  economic  risks  of an  investment  in the
Corporation,  (e) has been furnished with or has had access to such  information
as is specified in subparagraph (b)(2) of Rule 502 promulgated under the Act and
(f) has been afforded the opportunity to ask questions of and to receive answers
from the Corporation and to obtain any additional  information necessary to make
an  informed   investment   decision  with  respect  to  an  investment  in  the
Corporation.

        18. Binding Effect on Successors. This Warrant shall be binding upon any
corporation  succeeding the Company by merger,  consolidation  or acquisition of
all or substantially all of the Company's assets,  and all of the obligations of
the Company  relating to the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall
survive the exercise and  termination  of this Warrant and all of the  covenants
and  agreements of the Company shall inure to the benefit of the  successors and
assigns of the Holder.

        19.  Governing  Law.  This Warrant  shall be  construed  and enforced in
accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. has caused this Warrant to be
executed under seal by its officer thereunto duly authorized.

DATED:  July 26, 1993

                                                BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.
CORPORATE
  SEAL
                                                By: ____________________________
                                                    Its President

                                                Address: 375 West Street

                                                West Bridgewater, MA 02379




                                       -8-


                                    EXHIBIT A


                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE
                               ------------------


        To:     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

        1. The  undersigned  hereby elects to purchase  _______ shares of Common
Stock of BOSTON  BIOMEDICA,  INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant,
and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

        2. Please issue a certificate or certificates  representing  said shares
in the name of the  undersigned  or in such other name or names as are specified
below.

        3. The undersigned  represents that the aforesaid shares of Common Stock
are being  acquired for the account of the  undersigned  for  investment and not
with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the  distribution  thereof and
that the undersigned has no present  intention of distributing or reselling such
shares. The undersigned further represents that such shares shall not be sold or
transferred  unless either (1) they first shall have been  registered  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  or (ii) the Company first shall have been
furnished  with an  opinion  of legal  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Company to the effect that such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration
requirement.

        4. In the event of partial  exercise,  please  re-issue  an  appropriate
Warrant exercisable into the remaining shares.



                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 (Name)

                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 (Address)

                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 (Signature)

                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 (Date)


                                       -9-


                                   EXHIBIT A-1

                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE
                               ------------------


        To:     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. (the "Company")


        1. Contingent upon and effective  immediately  prior to the closing (the
"Closing") of the Company's  public offering  contemplated  by the  Registration
Statement of Form S_____, filed __________,  19__, the undersigned hereby elects
to purchase  _____ shares of Common Stock of the Company (or such lesser  number
of shares as may be sold on behalf of the  undersigned at the Closing)  pursuant
to the terms of the attached Warrant.

        2. Please deliver to the custodian for the selling  shareholders a stock
certificate representing such ____ shares.

        3.  The  undersigned  has  instructed  the  custodian  for  the  selling
shareholders  to deliver to the Company  $______  from the net  proceeds due the
undersigned from the sale of shares in the aforesaid public offering.


                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 (Signature)

                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 (Date)




                                      -10-

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11
================================================================================


                                  COMMON STOCK
                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                     between


                             BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.


                                       and


                      G&G DIAGNOSTICS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP I




                            Dated as of June 5, 1990





================================================================================






     COMMON STOCK  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT  dated as of June 5, 1990 between  BOSTON
BIOMEDICA,   INC.,  a  Massachusetts   corporation  (the  "Company"),   and  G&G
Diagnostics Limited Partnership I (the "Purchaser").

    WHEREAS,  the Company wishes to issue and sell to the Purchaser an aggregate
of 10,000 shares (the  "Shares") of the  authorized  but unissued  Common Stock,
$.01 par value, of the Company (the "Common Stock");

    WHEREAS,  the Company  wishes to grant the  Purchaser  an option to purchase
16,667 additional shares of Common Stock; and

    WHEREAS,  the  Purchaser  wishes to  purchase  the  Shares  on the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

    NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
contained in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   THE SHARES

     SECTION 1.01 Issuance,  Sale and Purchase of the Shares. The Company agrees
to issue and sell to the Purchaser and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the
Company at the Closing (as defined in Section 1.03 hereof), 10,000 shares of the
Company's Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000.00.

     SECTION 1.02 Grant of Option to Purchase  Additional  Shares. In connection
with the sale and purchase  described in Section 1.01 hereof, the Company agrees
to grant to the Purchaser an option to purchase up to 16,667 additional  shares,
exercisable  for a period  of two  years,  commencing  on the date  hereof  (the
"Option Period"), at a price of $20.00 per share during the first year following
the date  hereof  and at a price of $25.00  per share  during  the  second  year
following the date hereof; provided, however, that if the Company shall sell any
shares or equity-equivalents  (other than Reserved Employee Shares as defined in
Section  5.02 hereof or pursuant to Section  1.06  hereof) at a price lower than
$20.00 per share  during the first  year of the  Option  Period,  and (i) if the
Purchaser has not yet  exercised the option in full and the Purchaser  exercises
the  option in part or in full  within  thirty  (30) days  following  receipt of
notice  from the  Company of such sale,  or (ii) if the  Purchaser  has  already
exercised  the option in part or in full,  then (iii) the Company shall issue to
the Purchaser a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock as shall reduce (but
not  increase)  the cost per share paid by the  Purchaser  upon  exercise of the
option to such price at which such shares or equity-equivalents were issued; and
provided, further, that if the Company shall sell any shares or




                                     - 2 -

equity-equivalents  (other than Reserved  Employee  Shares as defined in Section
5.02  hereof) at a price lower than  $25.00 per share  during the second year of
the Option Period,  and (i) if the Purchaser has not yet exercised the option in
full and the  Purchaser  exercises  the option in part or in full within  thirty
(30) days following  receipt of notice from the Company of such sale, or (ii) if
the  Purchaser has already  exercised the option in part or in full,  then (iii)
the Company shall issue to the Purchaser a sufficient number of shares of Common
Stock as  shall  reduce  (but not  increase)  the  cost  per  share  paid by the
Purchaser  upon  exercise  of the option to such  price at which such  shares or
equity-equivalents were issued.

     SECTION 1.03  Closing.  The closing of the  purchase and sale  described in
Section 1.01 shall take place at 2:30 p.m.,  Boston time, on June 5, 1990, or at
such other date and time as may be agreed  upon  between the  Purchaser  and the
Company  (such  closing  being called the "Closing" and such date and time being
called the "Closing Date").

     SECTION  1.04  Payment and  Delivery.  At the  Closing,  the Company  shall
deliver to the  Purchaser  a  certificate  registered  in the  Purchaser's  name
representing  10,000 shares of Common  Stock.  As payment in full for the Shares
being purchased by and against delivery of the stock certificate therefore,  the
Purchaser  shall pay to the  Company by  certified  check or wire  transfer,  or
combination thereof, One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00).

     SECTION 1.05 Price Protection.

    (a) If the Company  shall  within  three years after the Closing  Date issue
additional  shares of Common  Stock or other  securities  convertible  into,  or
exercisable or exchangeable  for Common Stock (other than the Reserved  Employee
Shares described in Section 5.02 below) at a price per  common-equivalent  share
of less  than the price per share  paid for the  Shares by the  Purchaser  under
Section 1.01 hereof,  the Company shall issue to the Purchaser at no cost to the
Purchaser a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock as shall reduce (but not
increase)  the cost per share paid by the  Purchaser  for the Shares  (which for
purposes of this Section 1.05 shall  include any shares  issued  pursuant to the
option in Section  1.02) to such price at which such  Common  Stock  equivalents
were issued.

    (b) Any  Shares of Common  Stock  issued  under this  Section  1.05 shall be
included within the definition of Shares.

     SECTION 1.06 Additional Investments. The Purchaser hereby acknowledges that
within the six month period  following the Closing  Date,  the Company may issue
and sell up to an  additional  30,000  shares of Common  Stock  and  options  to
purchase  50,001  shares of Common Stock or an aggregate of 80,001  Common Stock
equivalents for the purpose of raising additional equity





                                      - 3 -




capital.  In connection with such issuance and sale, the Company shall not grant
any new  investors  any  rights  which  are  superior  to those  granted  to the
Purchaser under this Agreement  without  securing for the Purchaser the right to
participate  in such  superior  rights pro rata with such new  investors  on the
basis of the  total  dollar  amount  invested  by the  Purchaser  and each  such
investor.  Conversely, such new investors shall have the right to participate on
a similar pro rata basis with the  Purchaser  in  connection  with the rights of
Purchaser under the Registration Rights Agreement (as hereinafter defined),  and
the rights granted under Sections 5.01(a) (the Purchaser's  right of approval to
be  exercised  by  one  representative  of all  such  investors,  including  the
Purchaser), 5.02, and 5.11 (the nominee referred to therein being the nominee of
the Purchaser and the new  investors) of this  Agreement.  The Purchaser and the
Company each agrees to execute and deliver any and all such further  instruments
and waivers  which may be  reasonably  necessary  to carry out the intent of the
parties under this Section 1.06.


                                   ARTICLE II

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

    The Company  represents  and warrants to the Purchaser  that,  except as set
forth in the  Disclosure  Schedule  attached  as  Schedule  I (which  Disclosure
Schedule makes explicit  reference to the particular  representation or warranty
as to which  exception is taken,  which in each case shall  constitute  the sole
representation and warranty as to which such exception shall apply):

     SECTION 2.01 Organization,  Qualifications and Corporate Power. The Company
is a corporation duly incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts  and is duly licensed or qualified
to transact  business as a foreign  corporation  and is in good standing in each
jurisdiction  in  which  the  nature  of the  business  transacted  by it or the
character of the  properties  owned or leased by it requires  such  licensing or
qualification  except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on the  business,  operations  or  financial
condition of the Company.  The Company has the corporate  power and authority to
own and hold its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as
proposed to be conducted,  to execute,  deliver and perform this Agreement,  the
Registration Rights Agreement with the Purchaser in the form attached as Exhibit
A (the "Registration Rights Agreement") and the Stock Restriction Agreement with
the  Purchaser  and the other party thereto named in paragraph (h) of Article IV
of this  Agreement,  in the form  attached as Exhibit B (the "Stock  Restriction
Agreement"),  and to issue,  sell and  deliver  the  Shares.  The Company has no
subsidiaries.







                                      - 4 -



     SECTION 2.02 Authorization of Agreements, Etc.

          (a) The execution and delivery by the Company of this  Agreement,  the
Registration  Rights  Agreement  and  the  Stock  Restriction   Agreement,   the
performance  by the Company of its  obligations  hereunder and  thereunder,  the
issuance,  sale and  delivery  of the Shares  have been duly  authorized  by all
requisite  corporate action and will not violate any provision of law, any order
of any court or other agency of government,  the Articles of Organization of the
Company,  as amended (the "Charter") or the By-laws of the Company,  as amended,
or any provision of any  indenture,  agreement or other  instrument to which the
Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets
is bound, or conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice
or lapse of time or both) a default under any such indenture, agreement or other
instrument,  or result  in the  creation  or  imposition  of any  lien,  charge,
restriction,  claim or  encumbrance  of any  nature  whatsoever  upon any of the
properties or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  No provision of
the Stock Restriction Agreement violates, conflicts with, results in a breach of
or  constitutes  (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default  under any
indenture,  agreement  or other  instrument  to which the  Company or any of its
subsidiaries  is bound or,  to the best of the  Company's  knowledge,  any other
indenture,  agreement or instrument  (regardless,  in each such case, of whether
any such violation, conflict, breach or default relates to the Company or any of
its  subsidiaries or to another party to any such indenture,  agreement or other
instrument).

          (b)  The  Shares  have  been  duly  authorized  and,  when  issued  in
accordance  with  this  Agreement,  will  be  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and
nonassessable  shares of Common  Stock and will be free and clear of all  liens,
charges, restrictions, claims and encumbrances imposed by or through the Company
except as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.  The issuance, sale or
delivery of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive right of stockholders of
the  Company  or to any right of first  refusal  or other  right in favor of any
person.

     SECTION 2.03 Validity.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered
by the Company and  constitutes the legal,  valid and binding  obligation of the
Company,  enforceable  in accordance  with its terms.  The  Registration  Rights
Agreement and the Stock  Restriction  Agreement,  when executed and delivered in
accordance  with this Agreement,  will  constitute the legal,  valid and binding
obligations  of the Company,  enforceable  in accordance  with their  respective
terms.

     SECTION 2.04 Authorized  Capital Stock. The authorized capital stock of the
Company consists of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock.  Immediately  prior to the
Closing,  163,787 shares of Common Stock will be validly issued and outstanding,
fully paid







                                      - 5 -



and  nonassessable.  The  stockholders  of record and holders of  subscriptions,
warrants,  options,  convertible  securities,  and other rights  (contingent  or
other) to purchase or otherwise  acquire equity  securities of the Company,  and
the  number  of shares of  Common  Stock and the  number of such  subscriptions,
warrants,  options,  convertible securities, and other such rights held by each,
are  as set  forth  in the  attached  Schedule  II.  The  designations,  powers,
preferences, rights, qualifications,  limitations and restrictions in respect of
each class and series of  authorized  capital  stock of the  Company  are as set
forth in the  Charter,  a copy of which is  attached  as Exhibit C, and all such
designations,  powers,  preferences,  rights,  qualifications,  limitations  and
restrictions  are valid,  binding and  enforceable  and in  accordance  with all
applicable laws.  Except as set forth in the attached Schedule II, (i) no person
owns of  record  or is known to the  Company  to own  beneficially  any share of
Common Stock, (ii) no subscription,  warrant,  option,  convertible security, or
other  right  (contingent  or other) to  purchase or  otherwise  acquire  equity
securities  of the Company is authorized  or  outstanding  and (iii) there is no
commitment by the Company to issue  shares,  subscriptions,  warrants,  options,
convertible securities,  or other such rights or to distribute to holders of any
of its equity  securities  any  evidence  of  indebtedness  or asset.  Except as
provided  for in the Charter or as set forth in the  attached  Schedule  II, the
Company has no obligation (contingent or other) to purchase, redeem or otherwise
acquire  any of its  equity  securities  or any  interest  therein or to pay any
dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof. Except for the Stock
Restriction  Agreement,  to the best of the  Company's  knowledge  there  are no
voting  trusts  or  agreements,  stockholders'  agreements,  pledge  agreements,
buy-sell  agreements,  rights of first  refusal,  preemptive  rights or  proxies
relating to any securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (whether or
not the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party thereto).

     SECTION  2.05  Financial  Statements.  The  Company  has  furnished  to the
Purchaser  the  audited  consolidated  balance  sheet  of the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1988 and the related consolidated  statements of
income,  stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries
for the year ended December 31, 1988, the unaudited  consolidated  balance sheet
of the Company and its  subsidiaries  as of December 31,  1989,  and the related
consolidated  statements of income,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows of the
Company and its  subsidiaries  for the year ended  December  31,  1989,  and the
unaudited  consolidated  balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as of
April 30, 1990 (the "Balance Sheet") and the related  consolidated  statement of
income,  for the four month  period  ended April 30,  1990.  All such  financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles  consistently  applied and fairly present the consolidated  financial
position  of the  Company  and its  subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1988 and
December 31,






                                      - 6 -



1989,  respectively,  and the consolidated  results of their operations and cash
flows for the years ended December 31, 1988 and December 31, 1989, respectively.
Since the date of the Balance Sheet, (i) there has been no change in the assets,
liabilities  or financial  condition of the Company and its  subsidiaries  (on a
consolidated  basis) from that reflected in the Balance Sheet except for changes
in the  ordinary  course  of  business  which  in the  aggregate  have  not been
materially  adverse  and  (ii)  none  of  the  business,  prospects,   financial
condition,  operations,  property or affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries
(on a  consolidated  basis)  has  been  materially  adversely  affected  by  any
occurrence or  development,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  whether or not
insured against.

     SECTION 2.06 Events Subsequent to the Date of the Balance Sheet.  Since the
date of the Balance  Sheet,  the  Company has not (i) issued any stock,  bond or
other corporate security, (ii) borrowed any amount or incurred or become subject
to any liability (absolute,  accrued or contingent),  except current liabilities
incurred and liabilities  under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of
business,  (iii)  discharged or satisfied any lien or encumbrance or incurred or
paid any obligation or liability  (absolute,  accrued or contingent)  other than
current liabilities shown on the Balance Sheet and current liabilities  incurred
since the date of the Balance  Sheet in the ordinary  course of  business,  (iv)
declared or made any payment or  distribution  to  stockholders  or purchased or
redeemed  any  share of its  capital  stock or other  security,  (v)  mortgaged,
pledged or subjected to lien any of its assets,  tangible or  intangible,  other
than liens of current real  property  taxes not yet due and payable,  (vi) sold,
assigned or transferred any of its tangible assets except in the ordinary course
of business,  or cancelled any debt or claim, (vii) sold, assigned,  transferred
or granted any exclusive  license with respect to any patent,  trademark,  trade
name, service mark,  copyright,  trade secret or other intangible asset,  (viii)
suffered any loss of property or waived any right of  substantial  value whether
or not in the  ordinary  course of  business,  (ix) made any  change in  officer
compensation  except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past
practice,  (x) made any material  change in the manner of business or operations
of the Company,  (xi) entered into any transaction except in the ordinary course
of  business  or as  otherwise  contemplated  hereby or (xii)  entered  into any
commitment (contingent or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing.

     SECTION  2.07  Litigation;  Compliance  with Law.  Except  with  respect to
Intellectual  Property  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  Section  2.14  of this
Agreement),  which  matters are  separately  discussed  in Section  2.14 of this
Agreement,  there is no (i) action,  suit,  claim,  proceeding or  investigation
pending  or,  to the best of the  Company's  knowledge,  threatened  against  or
affecting the Company, at law or in equity, or before or by any Federal,  state,
municipal or other governmental department, com-






                                      - 7 -



mission,  board, bureau,  agency or instrumentality,  domestic or foreign,  (ii)
arbitration   proceeding  relating  to  the  Company  pending  under  collective
bargaining  agreements or otherwise or (iii) governmental inquiry pending or, to
the best of the Company's knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company
(including without limitation any inquiry as to the qualification of the Company
to hold or receive any license or permit),  and there is no basis for any of the
foregoing.  The  Company is not in  default  with  respect  to any order,  writ,
injunction  or decree known to or served upon the Company of any court or of any
Federal, state, municipal or other governmental department,  commission,  board,
bureau,  agency or instrumentality,  domestic or foreign.  There is no action or
suit by the Company  pending or threatened  against  others.  To the best of the
Company's  knowledge the Company has complied with all laws, rules,  regulations
and orders applicable to its business, operations,  properties, assets, products
and  services,  and the Company has all  necessary  permits,  licenses and other
authorizations  required to conduct its business as conducted and as proposed to
be conducted  except where the failure to comply or obtain such permit,  license
or other authorization would not have a material adverse effect on the business,
operations  or financial  condition of the  Company.  There is no existing  law,
rule,  regulation  or order,  and the Company is not aware of any proposed  law,
rule,  regulation or order,  whether  Federal or state,  which would prohibit or
restrict the Company from, or otherwise  materially adversely affect the Company
in,  conducting its business in any  jurisdiction  in which it is now conducting
business or in which it proposes to conduct business.

     SECTION 2.08 Proprietary  Information of Third Parties.  To the best of the
Company's knowledge,  no third party has claimed or has reason to claim that any
person  employed by or  affiliated  with the Company has (a)  violated or may be
violating any of the terms or conditions of his employment,  non-competition  or
non-disclosure  agreement  with  such  third  party,  (b)  disclosed  or  may be
disclosing  or  utilized or may be  utilizing  any trade  secret or  proprietary
information  or  documentation  of such third party or (c)  interfered or may be
interfering in the employment  relationship  between such third party and any of
its present or former employees.  No third party has requested  information from
the Company which suggests that such a claim might be contemplated.  To the best
of the Company's knowledge, no person employed by or affiliated with the Company
has  employed  or  proposes  to employ any trade  secret or any  information  or
documentation  proprietary  to any  former  employer,  and to  the  best  of the
Company's  knowledge,  no person  employed by or affiliated with the Company has
violated any confidential  relationship  which such person may have had with any
third party,  in connection  with the  development,  manufacture  or sale of any
product  or  proposed  product  or the  development  or sale of any  service  or
proposed service of the Company,  and the Company has no reason to believe there
will be any such employment or violation. To the best of the Company's







                                      - 8 -



knowledge,  none of the execution or delivery of this Agreement, or the carrying
on of the  business  of the  Company  as  officers,  employees  or agents by any
officer,  director or key  employee of the  Company,  or the conduct or proposed
conduct of the business of the Company, will conflict with or result in a breach
of the terms,  conditions  or  provisions  of or  constitute a default under any
contract, covenant or instrument under which any such person is obligated.

     SECTION 2.09 Title to  Properties.  The Company and its  subsidiaries  have
good and marketable title to their respective properties and assets reflected on
the Balance Sheet or acquired by them since the date of the Balance Sheet (other
than  properties and assets disposed of in the ordinary course of business since
the date of the Balance Sheet),  and all such properties and assets are free and
clear  of  mortgages,  pledges,  security  interests,  liens,  charges,  claims,
restrictions and other  encumbrances,  except for liens for or current taxes not
yet due and payable and minor  imperfections  of title,  if any, not material in
nature or amount and not materially  detracting  from the value or impairing the
use of the property  subject  thereto or impairing  the  operations  or proposed
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries.

     SECTION  2.10  Leasehold  Interests.  Each lease or  agreement to which the
Company is a party under which it is a lessee of any property, real or personal,
is a  valid  and  subsisting  agreement  without  any  default  of  the  Company
thereunder  and,  to the best of the  Company's  knowledge,  without any default
thereunder of any other party  thereto.  No event has occurred and is continuing
which,  with due notice or lapse of time or both,  would constitute a default or
event of default by the  Company  under any such lease or  agreement  or, to the
best of the  Company's  knowledge,  by any other party  thereto.  The  Company's
possession  of such  property  has not been  disturbed  and,  to the best of the
Company's  knowledge,  no claim has been asserted against the Company adverse to
its rights in such leasehold interests.

     SECTION 2.11  Insurance.  The Company holds valid policies  covering all of
the insurance required to be maintained by it under Section 5.04.

     SECTION 2.12 Taxes. The Company has filed all tax returns,  Federal, state,
county and local, required to be filed by it, and the Company has paid all taxes
shown to be due by such  returns  as well as all other  taxes,  assessments  and
governmental  charges  which  have  become  due or  payable,  including  without
limitation  all taxes which the Company is  obligated  to withhold  from amounts
owing to employees,  creditors and third parties. All such taxes with respect to
which the Company has become obligated pursuant to elections made by the Company
in accordance  with  generally  accepted  practice  have been paid.  The Federal
income tax  returns of the  Company  have  never  been  audited by the  Internal
Revenue







                                      - 9 -



Service. No deficiency  assessment with respect to or proposed adjustment of the
Company's  Federal,  state,  county or local taxes is pending or, to the best of
the Company's  knowledge,  threatened.  There is no tax lien, whether imposed by
any Federal,  state,  county or local taxing authority,  outstanding against the
assets,  properties  or business of the Company.  Neither the Company nor any of
its stockholders has ever filed (a) an election  pursuant to Section 1362 of the
Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"),  that the Company be
taxed as an S corporation or (b) consent pursuant to Section 341(f) of the Code,
relating to collapsible corporations.

     SECTION 2.13 Other Agreements. Except as set forth in the attached Schedule
III(A),  the Company is not a party to or otherwise bound by any written or oral
contract  or  instrument  or other  restriction  involving  payment by or to the
Company of an amount greater than $25,000 which individually or in the aggregate
could materially adversely affect the business, prospects,  financial condition,
operations,  property  or  affairs  of the  Company.  Except as set forth in the
attached  Schedule  III(B),  the Company is not a party to or otherwise bound by
any written or oral:

          (a) distributor, dealer, manufacturer's representative or sales agency
        contract or agreement  which is not  terminable on less than ninety (90)
        days' notice without cost or other  liability to the Company (except for
        contracts  which, in the aggregate,  do not involve payment by or to the
        Company of amounts greater than $25,000);

          (b) sales contract which entitles any customer to a rebate or right of
        set-off,  to return any product to the Company after acceptance  thereof
        or to delay  the  acceptance  thereof,  involving  payment  by or to the
        Company of an amount greater than $25,000;

          (c)  contract  with any labor  union  (and,  to the  knowledge  of the
        Company,  no organizational  effort is being made with respect to any of
        its employees);

          (d)  contract or other  commitment  with any supplier  containing  any
        provision permitting any party other than the Company to renegotiate the
        price or other  terms,  or  containing  any  pay-back  or other  similar
        provision,  upon the  occurrence of a failure by the Company to meet its
        obligations  under the contract when due or the  occurrence of any other
        event,  involving payment by or to the Company of an amount greater than
        $25,000;

          (e) contract for the future purchase of fixed assets or for the future
        purchase of  materials,  supplies or  equipment  in excess of its normal
        operating requirements which involves the actual or potential payment by
        the Company of an amount greater than $25,000;








                                     - 10 -



           (f) contract  for the  employment  of any officer,  employee or other
        person  (whether  by  oral  or  written  agreement)  on a  full-time  or
        consulting basis which is not terminable on notice without cost or other
        liability to the  Company,  except  normal  severance  arrangements  and
        accrued vacation pay;


           (g)  bonus,  pension,  profit-sharing,  retirement,  hospitalization,
        insurance,  stock  purchase,  stock  option or other  plan,  contract or
        understanding pursuant to which benefits are provided to any employee of
        the Company (other than group  insurance  plans  applicable to employees
        generally);


           (h)  agreement or indenture  relating to the borrowing of money or to
        the  mortgaging or pledging of, or otherwise  placing a lien or security
        interest on, any asset of the Company;

           (i) guaranty of any obligation for borrowed money or otherwise;

           (j)  voting  trust  or  agreement,  stockholders'  agreement,  pledge
        agreement,  buy-sell  agreement or first  refusal or  preemptive  rights
        agreement relating to any securities of the Company;

           (k) agreement,  or group of related agreements with the same party or
        any group of affiliated parties, under which the Company has advanced or
        agreed to advance money or has agreed to lease any property as lessee or
        lessor;

           (l) agreement or obligation  (contingent or otherwise) to issue, sell
        or otherwise  distribute or to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire
        any share of its capital stock or any of its other equity securities;

           (m)  assignment,  license or other agreement with respect to any form
        of intangible property;

           (n) agreement under which it has granted any person any  registration
        rights, other than the Registration Rights Agreement;


           (o) agreement  under which it has limited or restricted  its right to
        compete with any person in any respect;

           (p) other contract or group of related  contracts with the same party
        involving more than $25,000 or continuing over a period of more than six
        months from the date or dates thereof (including  renewals or extensions
        optional with another  party),  which  contract or group of contracts is
        not terminable by the Company without penalty upon notice of thirty (30)
        days or less,  but excluding  any contract or group of contracts  with a
        customer of the Company for the sale,







                                     - 11 -



        lease or rental of the  Company's  products or services if such contract
        or group of  contracts  was entered  into by the Company in the ordinary
        course of business; or

          (q) other contract,  instrument,  commitment,  plan or arrangement,  a
        copy of which  would be  required  to be filed with the  Securities  and
        Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") as an exhibit to a registration
        statement on Form S-1 if the Company were  registering  securities under
        the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

The  Company,  and to the best of the  Company's  knowledge,  each  other  party
thereto have in all material respects performed all the obligations  required to
be performed by them to date,  have received no notice of default and are not in
default (with due notice or lapse of time or both) under any material  provision
of any lease,  agreement  or  contract  now in effect to which the  Company is a
party or by which it or its  property  may be bound.  The Company has no present
expectation or intention of not fully performing all its obligations  under each
such lease, contract or other agreement, and the Company has no knowledge of any
breach or anticipated breach by the other party to any contract or commitment to
which the Company is a party.  The Company is in full compliance with all of the
terms and provisions of its Charter and By-laws, as amended.

     SECTION 2.14 Patents,  Trademarks,  Etc. The Company has no patents, patent
rights  or patent  applications.  Set  forth in  Schedule  I is a list and brief
description of all trademarks,  trademark  applications,  service marks, service
mark  applications,  trade names and copyrights,  and all  applications for such
which are in the process of being  prepared,  owned by or registered in the name
of the  Company,  or of which the  Company is a licensor or licensee or in which
the Company has any right, and in each case a brief description of the nature of
such  right.  No claim is pending  or, to the best of the  Company's  knowledge,
threatened  to the effect that the  operations  of the Company  infringe upon or
conflict with the asserted rights of any other person under any patents,  patent
applications,  trademarks,  trademark applications,  service marks, service mark
applications, trade names, copyrights,  manufacturing processes, formulae, trade
secrets and know how (collectively,  "Intellectual  Property"),  and the Company
has not been notified as to any basis for any such claim (whether or not pending
or  threatened).  No claim is pending or  threatened to the effect that any such
Intellectual  Property  owned or licensed by the  Company,  or which the Company
otherwise has the right to use, is invalid or unenforceable by the Company,  and
the Company has not been notified as to any basis for any such claim (whether or
not  pending  or  threatened).  To the  best  of the  Company's  knowledge,  all
technical  information  developed by and  belonging to the Company which has not
been  patented  has been kept  confidential.  The  Company  has not  granted  or
assigned to any other person or entity any right to manufacture, have







                                     - 12 -



manufactured,  assemble or sell the products or proposed  products or to provide
the services or proposed services of the Company.

     SECTION 2.15 Loans and Advances.  The Company does not have any outstanding
loans or advances to any person and is not  obligated  to make any such loans or
advances,  except,  in each case,  for  advances to  employees of the Company in
respect of reimbursable  business expenses anticipated to be incurred by them in
connection with their performance of services for the Company.

     SECTION  2.16  Assumptions,  Guaranties,  Etc.  of  Indebtedness  of  Other
Persons. The Company has not assumed,  guaranteed,  endorsed or otherwise become
directly  or  contingently  liable  on  any  indebtedness  of any  other  person
(including,  without  limitation,  liability by way of agreement,  contingent or
otherwise,  to purchase,  to provide  funds for  payment,  to supply funds to or
otherwise  invest in the debtor,  or otherwise  to assure the  creditor  against
loss),  except for  guaranties  by  endorsement  of negotiable  instruments  for
deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.

     SECTION 2.17 Significant  Customers and Suppliers.  No customer or supplier
which was  significant to the Company during the period covered by the financial
statements  referred  to in Section  2.05 or which has been  significant  to the
Company  thereafter,  has  terminated,   materially  reduced  or  threatened  to
terminate or materially  reduce its  purchases  from or provision of products or
services to the Company,  as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 2.17,
a customer is  significant  to the Company if it accounts  for or is expected to
account for five percent  (5%) or more of the  Company's  annual  revenues and a
supplier is  significant  to the  Company if it  accounts  for or is expected to
account for supply purchases by the Company in excess of $25,000 per year.

     SECTION  2.18  Governmental  Approvals.  Subject  to  the  accuracy  of the
representations  and  warranties  of the  Purchaser set forth in Article III, no
registration  or filing with,  or consent or approval of or other action by, any
Federal,  state or other  governmental  agency or  instrumentality is or will be
necessary for the valid  execution,  delivery and  performance by the Company of
this  Agreement,  the  Registration  Rights  Agreement or the Stock  Restriction
Agreement, the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares, other than (i) filings
pursuant to state  securities  laws (all of which  filings have been made by the
Company) in connection  with the sale of the Shares and (ii) with respect to the
Registration  Rights  Agreement,  the registration of the shares covered thereby
with the Commission and filings pursuant to state securities laws.

     SECTION  2.19  Disclosure.  Neither  this  Agreement,  nor any  Schedule or
Exhibit to this Agreement,  nor the Business Plan of the Company dated March 31,
1989 (the "Business Plan"), contains






                                     - 13 -



an untrue  statement of a material  fact or omits a material  fact  necessary to
make the statements  contained herein or therein not misleading  except that the
Company makes no  representations or warranties as to third party marketing data
contained in the Business Plan. None of the statements,  documents, certificates
or  other  items  prepared  or  supplied  by the  Company  with  respect  to the
transactions contemplated hereby contains an untrue statement of a material fact
or omits a material fact necessary to make the statements  contained therein not
misleading.  There  is no  fact  which  the  Company  has not  disclosed  to the
Purchaser and its counsel and of which the Company is aware which materially and
adversely  affects  or could  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  business,
prospects, financial condition,  operations,  property or affairs of the Company
or any of its  subsidiaries.  The  financial  projections  and  other  estimates
contained  in the  Business  Plan  were  prepared  by the  Company  based on the
Company's  experience in the industry and on  assumptions of fact and opinion as
to future events which the Company,  at the date of the issuance of the Business
Plan,  believed  to be  reasonable,  but which the  Company  cannot and does not
assure or guarantee the  attainment  of in any manner.  As of the date hereof no
facts have come to the  attention of the Company  which  would,  in its opinion,
require  the  Company  to revise or  amplify  the  assumptions  underlying  such
projections and other estimates or the conclusions derived therefrom.

     SECTION  2.20  Offering of the  Shares.  Neither the Company nor any person
authorized or employed by the Company as agent,  broker,  dealer or otherwise in
connection  with the  offering  or sale of the  Shares  or any  security  of the
Company  similar  to the  Shares  has  offered  the  Shares or any such  similar
security  for sale to,  or  solicited  any  offer to buy the  Shares or any such
similar  security  from,  or otherwise  approached  or  negotiated  with respect
thereto  with,  any person or  persons,  and  neither the Company nor any person
acting on its behalf has taken or will take any other action (including, without
limitation,  any offer,  issuance or sale of any  security of the Company  under
circumstances  which might  require the  integration  of such  security with the
Shares under the Securities  Act or the rules and  regulations of the Commission
thereunder),  in either case so as to subject the offering,  issuance or sale of
the Shares to the registration provisions of the Securities Act.

     SECTION  2.21  Brokers.  The  Company  has  no  contract,   arrangement  or
understanding  with any  broker,  finder or similar  agent  with  respect to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     SECTION  2.22  Officers.  Set forth in Schedule I is a list of the names of
the officers of the Company,  together with the title or job  classification  of
each such person and the total compensation  anticipated to be paid to each such
person by the Company and its  subsidiaries in 1990. None of such persons has an
employment agreement, whether oral or written, with the


                                     - 14 -



Company or any of its  subsidiaries,  which is not  terminable  on notice by the
Company or such  subsidiary  without  cost or other  liability to the Company or
such subsidiary other than voluntary payment of reasonable severance.

     SECTION 2.23 Transactions With Affiliates.  No director,  officer, employee
or  stockholder of the Company,  or member of the family of any such person,  or
any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any such person, or
any member of the family of any such person, has a substantial interest or is an
officer, director, trustee, partner or holder of more than 5% of the outstanding
capital stock thereof, is a party to any transaction with the Company, including
any contract,  agreement or other  arrangement  providing for the employment of,
furnishing  of  services  by,  rental  of  real or  personal   property  from or
otherwise requiring payments to any such person or firm.

     SECTION  2.24  Employees.  Each of the  officers of the  Company,  each key
employee  and each other  employee now employed by the Company who has access to
confidential  information  of the Company has executed a Employee  Nondisclosure
Developments  Agreements  substantially  in the form of Exhibit D (collectively,
the "Employee Nondisclosure and Developments Agreements"), and such agreement is
in full force and effect.  No officer or key employee of the Company has advised
the Company (orally or in writing) that he intends to terminate  employment with
the  Company.  To the best of the  Company's  knowledge  it has  complied in all
material  respects with all applicable laws relating to the employment of labor,
including  provisions  relating to wages,  hours, equal opportunity,  collective
bargaining  and the payment of Social  Security  and other  taxes,  and with the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

     SECTION 2.25 U.S. Real Property Holding Corporation. The Company is not now
and has never been a "United  States  real  property  holding  corporation",  as
defined  in  Section  897(c)(2)  of  the  Code  and  Section  1.897-2(b)  of the
Regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service.


                                   ARTICLE III

                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

    The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that:

            (a) it is an  "accredited  investor"  within the meaning of Rule 501
       under the Securities  Act and was not organized for the specific  purpose
       of acquiring the Shares;

            (b) it has  sufficient  knowledge  and  experience  in  investing in
       companies  similar  to the  Company  in terms of the  Company's  stage of
       development so as to be able to evaluate







                                     - 15 -



       the risks and  merits of its  investment  in the  Company  and it is able
       financially to bear the risks thereof;

            (c) it has had an  opportunity  to discuss the  Company's  business,
       management  and  financial  affairs with the  Company's  management,  the
       officers  of  the  Company  have  made  available  any  and  all  written
       information  which the  Purchaser  has requested and have answered to the
       Purchaser's satisfaction all inquiries made by the Purchaser;

            (d) the Shares being  purchased by it are being acquired for its own
       account for the purpose of investment  and not with a view to or for sale
       in connection with any distribution thereof;

            (e) it  understands  that (i) the  Shares  have not been  registered
       under the  Securities  Act by reason of their  issuance in a  transaction
       exempt from the registration  requirements of the Securities Act pursuant
       to  Section  4(2)  thereof  or  Rule  505 or 506  promulgated  under  the
       Securities  Act,  based in part on the bona fide nature of its investment
       intent as  expressed  herein,  (ii) the Shares must be held  indefinitely
       unless  a  subsequent   disposition   thereof  is  registered  under  the
       Securities Act or is exempt from such registration, (iii) the Shares will
       bear a legend to such effect and (iv) the Company will make a notation on
       its transfer books to such effect;

            (f) it has the power and authority to enter into this  Agreement and
       to perform all of its obligations hereunder; and

            (g)  it has no  contract,  arrangement  or  understanding  with  any
       broker,  finder  or  similar  agent  with  respect  to  the  transactions
       contemplated by this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                          CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS
                                OF THE PURCHASER

    The  obligation  of the  Purchaser  to purchase and pay for the Shares being
purchased  by it on  the  Closing  Date  is,  at  its  option,  subject  to  the
satisfaction, on or before the Closing Date, of the following conditions:

            (a) Opinion of Company's Counsel.  The Purchaser shall have received
       from Brown, Rudnick,  Freed & Gesmer, counsel for the Company, an opinion
       dated the Closing  Date,  substantially  in the form  attached  hereto as
       Exhibit E.

            (b)  Representations  and  Warranties  to be True and  Correct.  The
       representations and warranties contained in Arti-







                                     - 16 -



       cle II shall be true,  complete and correct on and as of the Closing Date
       with the same effect as though such  representations  and  warranties had
       been made on and as of such date,  and the President and Treasurer of the
       Company shall have certified to such effect to the Purchaser in writing.

            (c) Performance.  The Company shall have performed and complied with
       all agreements contained herein required to be performed or complied with
       by it prior to or at the Closing Date, and the President and Treasurer of
       the Company  shall have  certified  to the  Purchaser  in writing to such
       effect and to the further  effect that all of the conditions set forth in
       this Article IV have been satisfied.

            (d) All  Proceedings  to be  Satisfactory.  All  corporate and other
       proceedings   to  be  taken  by  the  Company  in  connection   with  the
       transactions contemplated hereby and all documents incident thereto shall
       be  satisfactory  in form and substance to the Purchaser and its counsel,
       and  the   Purchaser  and  its  counsel  shall  have  received  all  such
       counterpart  originals or certified or other copies of such  documents as
       they reasonably may request.

            (e) Supporting  Documents.  The Purchaser and its counsel shall have
       received copies of the following documents:

          (i) (A) the Charter, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of
          State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,  (B) a certificate of said
          Secretary  dated as of a recent date as to the due  incorporation  and
          good  standing of the Company,  the payment of all excise taxes by the
          Company  and listing  all  documents  of the Company on file with said
          Clerk  and  (C) a  certificate  of  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the
          jurisdiction of  incorporation  of each of the Company's  subsidiaries
          dated  as of a  recent  date  as to the  due  incorporation  and  good
          standing of such subsidiary;

          (ii) a certificate  of the Clerk or an Assistant  Clerk of the Company
          dated the Closing Date and certifying:  (A) that attached thereto is a
          true and  complete  copy of the By-laws of the Company as in effect on
          the date of such  certification;  (B) that attached  thereto is a true
          and complete copy of all resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors
          or the stockholders of the Company authorizing the execution, delivery
          and performance of this Agreement,  the Registration  Rights Agreement
          and the Stock Restriction Agreement and issuance, sale and delivery of
          the Shares, and that all such resolutions are in full force and effect
          and  are  all  the   resolutions   adopted  in  connection   with  the
          transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the







                                     - 17 -



          Registration Rights Agreement and the Stock Restriction Agreement; (C)
          that the  Charter  has not  been  amended  since  the date of the last
          amendment referred to in the certificate  delivered pursuant to clause
          (i)(B) above; and (D) to the incumbency and specimen signature of each
          officer of the Company  executing  this  Agreement,  the  Registration
          Rights  Agreement  or  the  Stock  Restriction  Agreement,  the  stock
          certificates representing the Shares and any certificate or instrument
          furnished  pursuant hereto,  and a certification by another officer of
          the Company as to the incumbency and signature of the officer  signing
          the certificate referred to in this clause (ii); and

          (iii) such additional  supporting documents and other information with
          respect to the  operations and affairs of the Company as the Purchaser
          or its counsel reasonably may request.

            (f) Registration  Rights Agreement.  The Company shall have executed
       and delivered the Registration Rights Agreement.

            (g) Board of Directors. The By-laws of the Company shall provide, in
       addition to any  provisions  required by law,  that any two directors may
       call a meeting of the Board.

            (h) Stock Restriction  Agreement.  The Stock  Restriction  Agreement
       shall have been  executed  and  delivered  by the  Company and Richard T.
       Schumacher.

            (i)  Non-Competition  Agreements.  Each officer of the Company shall
       have entered  into a  Non-Competition  Agreement  with the Company in the
       form   attached  as  Exhibit  F   (collectively,   the   "Non-Competition
       Agreements"), and copies thereof shall have been delivered to counsel for
       the Purchaser.

            (j) Charter.  The Charter shall read in its entirety as set forth in
       Exhibit C.

            (k) Employee Agreements.  Copies of the Employee  Non-disclosure and
       Development  Agreements  shall have been  delivered  to  counsel  for the
       Purchaser.

            (1) Preemptive  Rights.  All  stockholders of the Company having any
       preemptive, first refusal or other rights with respect to the issuance of
       the Shares shall have irrevocably waived the same in writing.

            (m) Percentage  Ownership.  The Company shall have sufficient  Stock
       outstanding  so that the  purchase of shares by the  Purchaser  shall not
       result in aggregate ownership by







                                     - 18 -



       the Purchaser of twenty percent (20%) or more of the equity securities of
       the Company.

            (n) Fees of  Purchaser's  Counsel.  The  Company  shall have paid in
       accordance  with Section 6.01 the fees and  disbursements  of Purchaser's
       counsel invoiced at the Closing.

All such documents  shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchaser
and its counsel.


                                    ARTICLE V

                            COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

    The  Company  covenants  and agrees with the  Purchaser  that until the date
which is the  earlier of (i) five (5) years  after the  Closing  Date under this
Agreement;  (ii) the effective date of the registration under the Securities Act
of an underwritten public offering of securities of the Company of $2,000,000 or
more;  or (iii) such time as the number of Shares owned by the  Purchaser  shall
drop below five  percent (5%) of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock of the
Company:

     SECTION 5.01 Financial Statements,  Reports, Etc. The Company shall furnish
to the Purchaser:

          (a) within  ninety  (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the
       Company a consolidated  balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries
       as of the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements
       of income,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for the fiscal year then
       ended,   prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted   accounting
       principles  and  certified by a firm of  independent  public  accountants
       selected by the Board of  Directors  of the  Company and  approved by the
       nominee of the Purchaser;

          (b) within  forty-five  (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter
       in each fiscal  year  (other than the last fiscal  quarter in each fiscal
       year), a consolidated  balance sheet of the Company and its  subsidiaries
       and the  related  consolidated  statements  of income  and  stockholders'
       equity,  unaudited but prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
       accounting principles and certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the
       Company,  such  consolidated  balance  sheet  to be as of the end of such
       fiscal quarter and such consolidated statements of income,  stockholders'
       equity and cash flows to be for such  fiscal  quarter  and for the period
       from the beginning of the fiscal year to the end of such fiscal  quarter,
       in each case with comparative  statements for the corresponding period in
       the prior fiscal year;







                                     - 19 -



          (c) at the  time  of  delivery  of  each  annual  financial  statement
      pursuant to Section 5.01(a), a certificate executed by the Chief Financial
      Officer of the Company stating that such officer has caused this Agreement
      to be reviewed  and has no  knowledge of any default by the Company in the
      performance  or observance of any of the  provisions of this Agreement or,
      if such officer has such knowledge, specifying such default and the nature
      thereof;

          (d) within  thirty (30) days prior to the start of each  fiscal  year,
      consolidated capital and operating expense budgets,  cash flow projections
      and income and loss  projections  for the Company and its  subsidiaries in
      respect  of such  fiscal  year,  all  itemized  in  reasonable  detail and
      prepared  on  a  monthly  basis,  and,  promptly  after  preparation,  any
      revisions to any of the foregoing;

          (e) promptly  following  receipt by the Company,  each audit  response
      letter,  accountant's management letter and other written report submitted
      to the Company by its independent public accountants in connection with an
      annual  or  interim  audit  of  the  books  of the  Company  or any of its
      subsidiaries;

          (f) promptly after the  commencement  thereof,  notice of all actions,
      suits,  claims,  proceedings,  investigations  and  inquiries  of the type
      described  in Section  2.07 that  could  materially  adversely  affect the
      Company or any of its subsidiaries;

          (g) promptly upon sending,  making  available or filing the same,  all
      press releases, reports and financial statements that the Company sends or
      makes  available  to its  stockholders  or  directors  or  files  with the
      Commission; and

          (h) promptly,  from time to time, such other information regarding the
      business, prospects, financial condition,  operations, property or affairs
      of the Company  and its  subsidiaries  as such  Purchaser  reasonably  may
      request.

    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if the Company,  using its best efforts is
unable to deliver the  materials  specified  in  paragraphs  (a) and (d) of this
Section 5.01 within the specified time period,  the Purchaser  shall accept such
materials if delivered in the case of Section  5.01(a) within one hundred twenty
(120) days after the end of the fiscal  year and in the case of Section  5.01(d)
within thirty (30) days after the end of the fiscal year.

     SECTION  5.02  Right of First  Refusal.  The  Company  shall,  prior to any
issuance by the  Company of any of its  securities  (other than debt  securities
with no equity feature), offer to the Purchaser by written notice the right, for
a period of thirty







                                     - 20 -



(30) days, to purchase all of such securities for cash at an amount equal to the
price or  other  consideration  for  which  such  securities  are to be  issued;
provided,  however,  that the first refusal rights of the Purchaser  pursuant to
this Section 5.02 shall not apply to securities  issued (A) as a stock  dividend
or upon any subdivision of shares of Common Stock,  provided that the securities
issued  pursuant to such stock dividend or subdivision are limited to additional
shares of Common  Stock,  (B)  pursuant  to  subscriptions,  warrants,  options,
convertible securities, or other rights which are listed in Schedule II as being
outstanding on the Closing Date, (C) solely in consideration for the acquisition
(whether by merger or  otherwise) by the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  of
all or  substantially  all of the  stock or  assets  of any  other  entity,  (D)
pursuant to a firm commitment  underwritten public offering, (E) pursuant to the
exercise  of options to  purchase  Common  Stock  granted  to  employees  of the
Company, not to exceed in the aggregate that number of shares that is 20% of the
Common Stock  outstanding at any time  (appropriately  adjusted to reflect stock
splits, stock dividends, combinations of shares and the like with respect to the
Common  Stock)  less the number of shares (as so  adjusted)  issued  pursuant to
options granted to current or former employees,  consultants or directors of the
Company,  outstanding  on the date of this  Agreement  and listed in Schedule II
pursuant  to clause  (B) above (the  shares  exempted  by this  clause (E) being
hereinafter referred to as the "Reserved Employee Shares"),  (F) within a period
of six months  following  the  Closing  Date for the  purpose of raising  equity
capital  for the  Company but not to exceed  30,000  shares of Common  Stock and
options to purchase  50,001  shares of Common  Stock or an  aggregate  of 80,001
Common  Stock  equivalents,  (G) upon the  exercise  of any right  which was not
itself in violation of the terms of this Section 5.02, and (H) at any time after
the date which is five (5) years  from the date of the  Closing.  The  Company's
written notice to the Purchaser  shall  describe the  securities  proposed to be
issued by the  Company and specify  the  number,  price and payment  terms.  The
Purchaser  may accept the  Company's  offer as to all, but not less than all, of
the  securities  offered  to it by  written  notice  thereof  given by it to the
Company  prior to the  expiration of the  aforesaid  thirty (30) day period,  in
which event the Company shall  promptly  sell and the Purchaser  shall buy, upon
the terms  specified,  the number of  securities  agreed to be  purchased by the
Purchaser.  The Company  shall be free at any time prior to one  hundred  twenty
(120) days after the date of its notice of offer to the Purchaser,  to offer and
sell to any third party or parties the number of such  securities  not agreed by
the  Purchaser to be  purchased  by it, at a price and on payment  terms no less
favorable  to the Company  than those  specified  in such notice of offer to the
Purchaser. However, if such third party sale or sales are not consummated within
such one  hundred  twenty  (120) day  period,  the  Company  shall not sell such
securities  as shall not have been  purchased  within such period  without again
complying with this Section 5.02.







                                     - 21 -



     SECTION 5.03 Corporate Existence. The Company shall maintain and cause each
of its subsidiaries to maintain their respective corporate existence, rights and
franchises in full force and effect.

     SECTION 5.04 Properties,  Business,  Insurance.  The Company shall maintain
and cause each of its subsidiaries to maintain as to their respective properties
and business,  with financially sound and reputable insurers,  insurance against
such  casualties and  contingencies  and of such types and in such amounts as is
customary for companies similarly  situated,  which insurance shall be deemed by
the Company to be  sufficient.  The Company shall also maintain in effect a "key
person" life insurance policy, payable to the Company, on the life of Richard T.
Schumacher (so long as he remains an employee of the Company),  in an amount not
less than  $2,000,000.  If the Company shall  maintain life  insurance  policies
payable to the Company on the life of Mr.  Schumacher  in an amount in excess of
$2,000,000,  then on the death of Mr.  Schumacher,  nothing in this Section 5.04
shall restrict the Company's use of insurance  proceeds in excess of $2,000,000.
The Company shall not cause or permit any  assignment  or change in  beneficiary
and shall not borrow against any such policy.  The Company will add one designee
of the  Purchaser as a notice  party for any such policy and shall  request that
the issuer of such  policy  provide  such  designee  with ten (10) days'  notice
before such policy is  terminated  (for failure to pay premiums or otherwise) or
assigned or before any change is made in the beneficiary thereof.

     SECTION 5.05 Inspection,  Consultation and Advice. The Company shall permit
and cause each of its  subsidiaries  to permit the Purchaser and such persons as
it may designate,  at the Purchaser's  expense,  to visit and inspect any of the
properties  of the Company and its  subsidiaries,  examine  their books and take
copies and extracts therefrom, discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the
Company  and  its  subsidiaries  with  their  officers,   employees  and  public
accountants (and the Company hereby  authorizes said accountants to discuss with
the  Purchaser and such  designees  such affairs,  finances and  accounts),  and
consult with and advise the management of the Company and its subsidiaries as to
their  affairs,  finances  and  accounts,  all  at  reasonable  times  and  upon
reasonable notice.

     SECTION 5.06 Restrictive Agreements Prohibited. Neither the Company nor any
of its  subsidiaries  shall become a party to any  agreement  which by its terms
restricts the Company's  performance of this Agreement,  the Registration Rights
Agreement, the Stock Restriction Agreement or the Charter.

     SECTION  5.07  Transactions   with  Affiliates.   Except  for  transactions
contemplated  by  this  Agreement  or as  otherwise  approved  by the  Board  of
Directors,  neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall enter into any
transaction with any







                                     - 22 -



director, officer, employee or holder of more than 5% of the outstanding capital
stock of any class or  series  of  capital  stock of the  Company  or any of its
subsidiaries,  member of the  family  of any such  person,  or any  corporation,
partnership,  trust or other entity in which any such  person,  or member of the
family of any such person, is a director, officer, trustee, partner or holder of
more than 5% of the outstanding  capital stock thereof,  except for transactions
on customary terms related to such person's employment.

     SECTION 5.08 Use of Proceeds.  The Company  shall use the proceeds from the
sale of the Shares in accordance with Exhibit G.

     SECTION 5.09 Board of Directors  Meetings.  The Company  shall use its best
efforts to ensure that meetings of its Board of Directors are held at least four
times each year and at least once each quarter.

     SECTION  5.10  Compensation.  The Company  shall not pay to its  management
compensation in excess of that  compensation  customarily  paid to management in
companies of similar size, of similar maturity, and in similar businesses.

     SECTION 5.11  By-laws.  The Company shall at all times cause its By-laws to
provide  that,  (i) the number of  directors  constituting  the entire  Board of
Directors  is six (6),  and (ii)  unless  otherwise  required by the laws of the
Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  any two directors shall have the right to call a
meeting of the Board of Directors  or  stockholders.  The Company  shall use its
best efforts to ensure that at all times a nominee of the  Purchaser  shall have
been elected and shall hold office as one of the directors. The Company shall at
all times maintain  provisions in its By-laws and/or  Charter  indemnifying  all
directors  against  liability and absolving all directors  from liability to the
Company and its  stockholders to the maximum extent  permitted under the laws of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

     SECTION 5.12 Performance of Contracts. The Company shall not amend, modify,
terminate,  waive or otherwise  alter,  in whole or in part, any of the Employee
Nondisclosure  and  Developments  Agreements  or the  Non-Competition  Agreement
without the approval of the Company's Board of Directors.

     SECTION 5.13 Vesting of Reserved  Employee  Shares.  The Company  shall not
grant to any of its employees options to purchase Reserved Employee Shares which
will  become  exercisable  at a rate in excess of 20% per annum from the date of
such grant  without the approval of the Company's  Board of  Directors.  Nothing
contained  in this  Section 5.13 shall  prohibit  the  immediate  vesting of all
options to purchase  Reserved Employee Shares in the event of the sale of all or
substantially all of the assets







                                     - 23 -



of the  Company,  a merger  or  consolidation  with and into  another  entity or
entities,  or any similar  transaction  in which there is a change in control of
the Company.

     SECTION  5.14  Employee  Nondisclosure  and  Developments  Agreements.  The
Company shall use its best efforts to obtain and shall cause its subsidiaries to
use their best  efforts to obtain an  Employee  Nondisclosure  and  Developments
Agreement in substantially  the form of Exhibit D from all future officers,  key
employees and other employees who will have access to  confidential  information
of the Company upon their employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

     SECTION 5.15 Mergers,  Sale of Assets,  Etc. of  Subsidiaries.  The Company
shall not permit any  subsidiary to consolidate or merge into or with or sell or
transfer all or substantially all its assets, except that any subsidiary may (i)
consolidate  or  merge  into or with or sell or  transfer  assets  to any  other
subsidiary,  or (ii)  merge  into or sell or  transfer  assets  to the  Company,
without the approval of the Company's Board of Directors.

     SECTION 5.16  Maintenance of Ownership of  Subsidiaries.  The Company shall
not sell or otherwise  transfer any shares of capital  stock of any  subsidiary,
except to the Company or another subsidiary,  or permit any subsidiary to issue,
sell or otherwise  transfer any shares of its capital stock or the capital stock
of any  subsidiary,  except to the  Company or another  subsidiary,  without the
approval of the Company's Board of Directors.

     SECTION 5.17  Distributions by  Subsidiaries.  The Company shall not permit
any subsidiary to purchase or set aside any sums for the purchase of, or pay any
dividend  or make any  distribution  on,  any  shares of its  stock,  except for
dividends or other  distributions  payable to the Company or another subsidiary,
without the approval of the Company's Board of Directors.

     SECTION 5.18  Compliance  with Laws. The Company shall use its best efforts
to comply, and cause each subsidiary to comply, with all applicable laws, rules,
regulations  and orders,  noncompliance  with which could  materially  adversely
affect its business or condition, financial or otherwise.

     SECTION  5.19  Keeping of Records and Books of Account.  The Company  shall
keep, and cause each subsidiary to keep,  adequate records and books of account,
in which complete  entries will be made in accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting   principles   consistently   applied,   reflecting   all   financial
transactions of the Company and such  subsidiary,  and in which, for each fiscal
year,   all  proper   reserves  for   depreciation,   depletion,   obsolescence,
amortization,  taxes,  bad debts  and  other  purposes  in  connection  with its
business shall be made.







                                     - 24 -



     SECTION 5.20 Change in Nature of Business.  The Company  shall not make, or
permit any subsidiary to make, any material change in the nature of its business
as set forth in the Business Plan without the approval of the Company's Board of
Directors.

     SECTION 5.21 U.S. Real Property Interest Statement.  Upon a written request
by the  Purchaser,  the  Company  shall  provide  the  Purchaser  with a written
statement   informing  the  Purchaser   whether  its  interest  in  the  Company
constitutes a U.S. real property  interest.  The Company's  determination  shall
comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.897-2(h)(1) or any
successor  regulation,  and the  Company  shall  provide  timely  notice  to the
Internal  Revenue  Service,  in  accordance  with and to the extent  required by
Treasury Regulation section 1.897-2(h)(2) or any successor regulation, that such
statement has been made. The Company's  written statement to the Purchaser shall
be delivered to the Purchaser  within ten (10) days of the  Purchaser's  written
request  therefor.  The  Company's  obligation  to  furnish a written  statement
pursuant to this Section  5.24 shall  continue  notwithstanding  the fact that a
class  of  the  Company's  stock  may  be  regularly  traded  on an  established
securities market.

     SECTION 5.22 Changes in Outstanding  Equity  Securities.  The Company shall
not repurchase  outstanding  equity securities or otherwise adjust the number of
equity  securities  outstanding if such repurchase or adjustment would result in
the  Purchaser's   aggregate  investments  in  the  securities  of  the  Company
accounting for 20% or more of the equity  securities of the Company,  unless the
Company shall offer to repurchase a sufficient  number of shares of Common Stock
from the Purchaser as shall be necessary to reduce the aggregate  investments in
the  securities of the Company to less than 20% of the equity  securities of the
Company at the same time and on the same  terms and  conditions  as the  Company
repurchases outstanding equity securities from other security holders.

     SECTION 5.23 Delayed  Commencement  of Certain  Covenants.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Article V or in this Agreement  generally,  the
covenants set forth in Section 5.01, 5.02, 5.04, 5.11, 5.15, 5.16, 5.17 and 5.21
shall  not  commence  and  the  Company  shall  have no  obligations  whatsoever
thereunder  unless  and until  either  (i) within a period of two years from the
Closing Date, the Company  receives not less than $100,000 from the Purchaser in
consideration of the issuance and sale to the Purchaser of additional  shares of
Common Stock or Common Stock  equivalents,  whether  pursuant to the exercise of
the option  referred to in Section 1.02 or pursuant to  purchases of  additional
securities directly from the Company, or (ii) within a period of six months from
the Closing  Date,  the  company  has  received  not less than an  aggregate  of
$500,000  from the sale of  securities  referred to in Section  1.06 or from the
Purchaser pursuant to clause (i), above. The date on which the earlier of







                                     - 25 -



the two  events set forth in clause (i) and clause  (ii),  above,  shall  occur,
provided such occurrence takes place within the respective time periods also set
forth in said clauses, shall be referred to as the "Effective Date."

                                  ARTICLE V(A)
                                  ------------

                  RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL FOR PURCHASER'S SHARES
                  ---------------------------------------------

    At anytime after the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall, prior to any sale or
transfer  of any of the  Company's  securities  held by it (other  than sales or
transfers to Irwin J.  Gruverman,  G.D.  Searle & Co., or any  affiliate of G.D.
Searle & Co.),  offer the Company by written  notice the right,  for a period of
thirty (30) days, to purchase all of such securities for cash at an amount equal
to the price or other  consideration for which such securities are to be sold or
transferred.  The  Purchaser's  written notice to the Company shall describe the
type  and  number  of  securities  proposed  to be  sold or  transferred  by the
Purchaser  and  specify the number,  price and  payment  terms.  The Company may
accept the Purchaser's offer as to all, but not less than all, of the securities
offered to it by written  notice  thereof given by it to the Purchaser  prior to
the  expiration  of the  aforesaid  thirty (30) day  period,  in which event the
Purchaser  shall  promptly  sell and the  Company  shall  buy,  upon  the  terms
specified,  the number of securities agreed to be purchased by the Company.  The
Purchaser shall be free at any time prior to one hundred twenty (120) days after
the date of its notice of offer to the Company to sell and transfer to any third
party or parties the number of such  securities  not agreed by the Company to be
purchased  by it,  at a price  and on  payment  terms no less  favorable  to the
Purchaser than those specified in such notice of offer to the Company.  However,
if such third party sale or transfer is not consummated  within such one hundred
twenty  (120)  day  period,  the  Purchaser  shall  not  sell or  transfer  such
securities  as shall not have been  purchased  with such  period  without  again
complying with this Article V(A).


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION  6.01  Expenses.  Each party  hereto  will pay its own  expenses in
connection with the transactions  contemplated hereby,  provided,  however, that
the Company  shall pay the fees and  disbursements  of the  Purchaser's  special
counsel,  Testa,  Hurwitz & Thibeault,  in connection with such transactions and
the subsequent amendment or enforcement thereof up to $3,000.

     SECTION  6.02   Survival  of   Agreements.   All   covenants,   agreements,
representations  and  warranties  made  herein  or in  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement, the Stock Restriction Agreement,







                                     - 26 -



or any  certificate or instrument  delivered to the Purchaser  pursuant to or in
connection with this Agreement,  the Registration  Rights Agreement or the Stock
Restriction  Agreement,  shall  sur- vive the  execution  and  delivery  of this
Agreement,   the  Registration   Rights  Agreement  and  the  Stock  Restriction
Agreement,  the issuance,  sale and delivery of the Shares,  and all  statements
contained  in any  certificate  or other  instrument  delivered  by the  Company
hereunder or thereunder or in connection  herewith or therewith  shall be deemed
to constitute representations and warranties made by the Company.

     SECTION 6.03 Brokerage.  Each party hereto will indemnify and hold harmless
the  others  against  and in  respect  of  any  claim  for  brokerage  or  other
commissions  relative  to this  Agreement  or to the  transactions  contemplated
hereby,  based in any way on agreements,  arrangements or understandings made or
claimed to have been made by such party with any third party.

     SECTION  6.04  Parties in  Interest.  All  representations,  covenants  and
agreements  contained  in this  Agreement  by or on behalf of any of the parties
hereto  shall bind and inure to the  benefit of the  respective  successors  and
assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not.  Without limiting the
generality of the  foregoing,  all  representations,  covenants and agree- ments
benefiting the Purchaser shall inure to the benefit of any qualified  subsequent
holder from time to time of the Shares.  For  purposes of this  Section 6.04 the
term  qualified  subsequent  holder  shall  include  G.D.  Searle  & Co.  or any
affiliate, the General Partner of the Purchaser or any individual or entity that
purchases 100% of the shares purchased by the Purchaser under this Agreement.

     SECTION  6.05   Notices.   All  notices,   requests,   consents  and  other
communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or
mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested,  or telexed in
the case of non-U.S. residents, addressed as follows:

           (a) if to the Company,  at Boston  Biomedica,  Inc., 375 West Street,
       West Bridgewater,  Massachusetts 02379, Attention: President, with a copy
       to Steven R. London, Esq., Brown, Rudnick,  Freed & Gesmer, One Financial
       Center, Boston, MA 02111; and

           (b) if to the Purchaser,  at G&G  Diagnostics  Corp.,  90 Oak Street,
       Newton,  Massachusetts 02164, Attention:  Irwin J. Gruverman, with a copy
       to Katherine M. Todd, Esq., Testa,  Hurwitz & Thibeault,  Exchange Place,
       53 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109;

or, in any such case,  at such other  address  or  addresses  as shall have been
furnished in writing by such party to the others.







                                     - 27 -



     SECTION  6.06  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be  governed  by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

     SECTION 6.07 Entire Agreement. This Agreement,  including the Schedules and
Exhibits  hereto,  constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties with
respect to the subject  matter  hereof.  All Schedules  and Exhibits  hereto are
hereby incorporated herein by reference.

     SECTION 6.08  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     SECTION 6.09 Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended or modified, and
no provisions  hereof may be waived,  without the written consent of the Company
and the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
issued as Shares under this Agreement.

     SECTION 6.10  Severability.  If any  provision of this  Agreement  shall be
declared void or unenforceable by any judicial or administrative  authority, the
validity  of any  other  provision  and of the  entire  Agreement  shall  not be
affected thereby.

     SECTION 6.11 Titles and  Subtitles.  The titles and subtitles  used in this
Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or
interpreting any term or provision of this Agreement.

     SECTION  6.12  Certain  Defined  Terms.  As  used in  this  Agreement,  the
following  terms shall have the following  meanings (such meanings to be equally
applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

          (a)   "person"   shall  mean  an   individual,   corporation,   trust,
        partnership,  joint  venture,  unincorporated  organization,  government
        agency or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or other entity.

          (b)  "subsidiary"  shall mean, as to the Company,  any  corporation of
        which more than 50% of the  outstanding  stock  having  ordinary  voting
        power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such  corporation
        (irrespective  of whether or not at the time stock of any other class or
        classes of such  corporation  shall have or might have  voting  power by
        reason of the happening of any  contingency)  is at the time directly or
        indirectly owned by the Company,  or by one or more of its subsidiaries,
        or by the Company and one or more of its subsidiaries.







                                     - 28 -



        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company and the  Purchaser  have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                                      BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.



                                                      By:/s/Richard T. Shumacher
                                                         -----------------------
[Corporate Seal]                                      Title: President
                                                             -------------------
ATTEST:



/s/Signature Unreadable
- -----------------------
Clerk
                                                     G&G DIAGNOSTICS LIMITED
                                                     PARTNERSHIP I



                                                     By: /s/Signature Unreadable
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         General Partner




                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                         COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                                      WITH
                             BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

                                   Dated as of
                                December 5, 1990











                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                         COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

      This  Amendment  No. 1 (the  "Amendment")  to the  Common  Stock  Purchase
Agreement,  dated  June  5,  1990  by and  between  Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.,  a
Massachusetts   corporation   (the  "Company")  and  G&G   Diagnostics   Limited
Partnership  I (the  "Purchaser")  (the  "Purchase  Agreement")  is  made  as of
December 5, 1990, by and between the Company,  the Purchaser and G&G Diagnostics
Limited Partnership II (the "Additional Purchaser").

     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to issue and sell to the Additional  Purchaser,
and Additional  Purchaser  wishes to purchase from the Company,  an aggregate of
10,000 shares (the "New Shares") of Common Stock,  $.01 par value per share (the
"Common Stock"), of the Company; and

     WHEREAS,  the Company  wishes to grant the  Additional  Purchaser an option
(the "New Option") to purchase 16,667 shares of Common Stock; and

     WHEREAS,  the  Additional  Purchaser  wishes to purchase the New Shares and
accept the New Option subject to substantially  the same terms and conditions as
are set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

     WHEREAS,  the parties hereto wish to amend the Purchase  Agreement pursuant
to Section 6.09 thereof, as hereinafter provided;

     NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the payments  provided herein and for
other good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which is
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

I.   THE NEW SHARES AND NEW OPTION
     -----------------------------

          1.1  Issuance,  Sale and  Purchase of New Shares and New  Option.  The
parties  hereby  agree that the Company  shall issue and sell to the  Additional
Purchaser and the  Additional  Purchaser  shall purchase from the Company at the
Second  Closing (as defined in Section 1.3 hereof) 10,000 shares of Common Stock
having  the  rights  and  privileges  set  forth in the  Company's  Articles  of
Organization,  as amended,  for an aggregate  purchase price of $150,000.00.  In
connection  with the sale and  purchase  described  in Section 1.1  hereof,  the
Company agrees to grant to the Additional  Purchaser an option to purchase up to
16,667 additional shares,  exercisable for a period of two years,  commencing on
the date hereof (the "New Option  Period") at a price of $20.00 per share during
the first year following the







                                      - 2 -



date hereof and at a price of $25.00 per share during the second year  following
the date hereof; provided, however, that if the Company shall sell any shares or
equity-equivalents  (other than Reserved  Employee  Shares as defined in Section
5.02 of the  Purchase  Agreement  or  pursuant to Section  1.06 of the  Purchase
Agreement,  as amended by Section  1.5  hereof) at a price lower than $20.00 per
share during the first year of the New Option Period,  and (i) if the Additional
Purchaser  has not yet  exercised  the New  Option  in full  and the  Additional
Purchaser  exercises  the New Option in part or in full within  thirty (30) days
following  receipt  of notice  from the  Company  of such  sale,  or (ii) if the
Additional  Purchaser  has already  exercised the New Option in part or in full,
then (iii) the Company  shall  issue to the  Additional  Purchaser a  sufficient
number of shares of Common Stock as shall reduce (but not increase) the cost per
share paid by the  Additional  Purchaser upon exercise of the New Option to such
price at which such shares or  equity-equivalents  were  issued;  and  provided,
further, that if the Company shall sell any shares or equity-equivalents  (other
than  Reserved  Employee  Shares as  defined  in  Section  5.02 of the  Purchase
Agreement)  at a price lower than $25.00 per share during the second year of the
New Option Period, and (i) if the Additional Purchaser has not yet exercised the
New Option in full and the Additional Purchaser exercises the New Option in part
or in full within thirty (30) days following  receipt of notice from the Company
of such sale, or (ii) if the Additional  Purchaser has already exercised the New
Option in part or in full,  then (iii) the Company shall issue to the Additional
Purchaser a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock as shall reduce (but not
increase) the cost per share paid by the  Additional  Purchaser upon exercise of
the New  Option to such price at which such  shares or  equity-equivalents  were
issued.

          1.2 Second Closing,  Payment and Delivery. The closing of the purchase
and sale  described  in Section  1.1 shall  take place at the  offices of Testa,
Hurwitz & Thibeault, 53 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 at 10:00 a.m.,
Boston time, on December , 1990, or at such other date and time and place as may
be agreed upon between the  Additional  Purchaser  and the Company (such closing
being  called the  "Second  Closing")  and such date and time  being  called the
"Second Closing Date"). At the Second Closing,  the Company shall deliver to the
Additional Purchaser a certificate registered in the Additional Purchaser's name
representing  10,000  shares of Common  Stock.  As  payment  in full for the New
Shares  being  purchased  by  and  against  delivery  of the  stock  certificate
therefore,  the Additional Purchaser shall pay to the Company by certified check
or wire transfer,  or combination  thereof,  One Hundred Fifty Thousand  Dollars
($150,000.00).

          1.3 Definitions.  The parties further agree that the New Shares issued
hereunder  shall be deemed to be "Shares"  for all  purposes  under the Purchase
Agreement and to the same extent







                                      - 3 -



as if such shares had been originally  issued under the Purchase  Agreement.  In
addition,  all references in the Purchase  Agreement to the "Purchaser" shall be
deemed to refer to the Purchaser and the Additional Purchaser.

          1.4 Price  Protection.  The provisions of Section 1.05 of the Purchase
Agreement  shall apply to the New Shares  purchased by the Additional  Purchaser
under the Amendment to the same extent as if the New Shares had been  originally
issued under the Purchase  Agreement except that for purposes of determining the
three-year  period during which such price protection  provisions shall apply to
the New Shares the "Closing Date" shall be the Second Closing Date as defined in
Section 1.3 hereof.

          1.5  Additional  Investments.  After the  purchase  by the  Additional
Purchaser of the New Shares, the number of shares of Common Stock and options to
purchase  Common Stock which the Company may issue and sell  pursuant to Section
1.06 of the  Purchase  Agreement  shall be reduced  to 20,000  shares and 33,334
shares  respectively  or an aggregate of 53,334  Common  Stock  equivalents.  In
addition,  Section  1.06 of the  Purchase  Agreement  shall be  amended  so that
reference to the "Closing Date" shall be changed to the "Second Closing Date" as
defined in Section 1.3 hereof.

II. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.
    ----------------------------------------------

     The Company represents and warrants to the Additional Purchaser that except
as set forth in the  Supplemental  Disclosure  Schedule  attached  as  Exhibit A
hereto,  the  representations  and  warranties  in  Article  II of the  Purchase
Agreement shall be true and correct on the Second Closing Date.

III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ADDITIONAL PURCHASER.
     -----------------------------------------------------------

     The Additional  Purchaser  represents and warrants to the Company that each
of the  representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in Article III
to the Purchase  Agreement shall be true on the Second Closing Date with respect
to the Additional Purchaser.

IV. CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE ADDITIONAL PURCHASER.
    ----------------------------------------------------------

     The obligation of the Additional  Purchaser to purchase the New Shares from
the Company is subject to the  satisfaction on or before the Second Closing Date
of the following conditions, all or any of which may be waived in writing by the
Additional Purchaser:

      (a)   Representations   and  Warranties.   Subject  to  any   supplemental
information  set forth in  Exhibit  A, the  representations  and  warranties  in
Article II of the Purchase







                                      - 4 -



Agreement  shall be true,  complete and correct on and as of the Second  Closing
Date with the same effect as though then made,  and the  President and Treasurer
of the Company shall have certified to such effect to the  Additional  Purchaser
in writing.

       (b)  Performance.  The Company shall have performed and complied with all
agreements  contained  herein  required to be performed  or complied  with by it
prior to or at the Second  Closing Date,  and the President and Treasurer of the
Company  shall have  certified  to the  Additional  Purchaser in writing to such
effect and to the further  effect that all of the  conditions  set forth in this
Article IV have been satisfied.

       (c)  All  Proceedings  to  be  Satisfactory.   All  corporate  and  other
proceedings  to be taken by the  Company  in  connection  with the  transactions
contemplated  hereby and all documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in
form  and  substance  to the  Additional  Purchaser  and  its  counsel,  and the
Additional  Purchaser and its counsel  shall have received all such  counterpart
originals or certified or other copies of such documents as they  reasonably may
request.

      (d) Supporting  Documents.  The Additional Purchaser and its counsel shall
have received  copies of the documents  specified in Article IV paragraph (e) of
the Purchase Agreement.

       (e) Registration  Rights  Agreement.  The Company,  the Purchaser and the
Additional  Purchaser  shall have  executed  and  delivered  an amendment to the
Registration  Rights  Agreement in  substantially  the form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit B.

      (f) Stock  Restriction  Agreement.  The Company and Richard T.  Schumacher
shall  have  executed  and  delivered  an  amendment  to the  Stock  Restriction
Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

      (g)  Preemptive  Rights.  All  stockholders  of  the  Company  having  any
preemptive,  first  refusal or other  rights with respect to the issuance of the
New Shares shall have irrevocably waived the same in writing.

      (h)  Percentage  Ownership.   The  Company  shall  have  sufficient  Stock
outstanding so that the purchase of shares by the Additional Purchaser shall not
result in aggregate  ownership by the Purchaser and the Additional  Purchaser of
twenty percent (20%) or more of the equity securities of the Company.

      (i)  Fees  of  Counsel.   The  Company   shall  have  paid  the  fees  and
disbursements  of counsel to the  Purchaser  and  Additional  Purchaser,  Testa,
Hurwitz & Thibeault,  as invoiced at the Second Closing for services rendered to
the Purchaser and the Additional Purchaser.







                                      - 5 -



V.   COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
     ------------------------

     The Company covenants and agrees with the Additional Purchaser that it will
observe,  perform and comply with each of the covenants of the Company set forth
in Article V of the Purchase Agreement,  provided,  however,  that clause (F) of
Section 5.02 of the Purchase Agreement shall be amended so that reference to the
"Closing  Date"  shall be changed  to the  "Second  Closing  Date" as defined in
Section  1.3  hereof  and the  number of shares of Common  Stock and  options to
purchase  Common  Stock which the  Company  may issue and sell  pursuant to such
clause shall be reduced to 20,000  shares and 33,334 shares  respectively  or an
aggregate of 53,334 Common Stock equivalents.

VI. MISCELLANEOUS
    -------------
          6.1 Except where  context  otherwise  requires all  references  to the
Purchaser in the Purchase  Agreement  shall be deemed to refer to the  Purchaser
and the Additional Purchaser, collectively or individually, as applicable.

          6.2.  The  Purchase  Agreement  shall  remain in full force and effect
except as amended hereby.

          6.3. From and after the date hereof,  the parties hereto shall execute
and deliver such instruments, amendments and other documents as may be necessary
to effectuate fully the purposes of this Amendment.

          6.4.  This  Amendment  may be  executed  in  any  number  of  separate
counterparts  with  the  same  effect  as if all  parties  had  signed  the same
document. All such counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute
one and the same instrument.


     [The Remainder of this Page is Intentionally Left Blank]







                                      - 6 -



            IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Amendment No. 1
to the Common Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.


                                                   BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.



                                                   By: /s/ Richard T. Shumacher
                                                       ------------------------
                                                   Title: President
                                                          ---------------------


                                                   G&G DIAGNOSTICS LIMITED
                                                   PARTNERSHIP I


                                                   By: /s/ Irwin J. Gruverman
                                                      -------------------------
                                                      General Partner


                                                   G&G DIAGNOSTICS LIMITED
                                                   PARTNERSHIP II


                                                   By: /s/ Irwin J. Gruverman
                                                       ------------------------
                                                       General Partner









                                                                       Exhibit A

                        SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

Section 2.04    Authorized Capital Stock
- ------------    ------------------------

Immediately prior to the Second Closing,  175,454 shares of Common Stock will be
issued and outstanding.

See attached Schedule II.


Section 2.05    Financial Statements
- ------------    --------------------

1.      The Company sold 10,000  shares of its Common Stock and granted  options
        to  purchase  16,667  additional  shares of Common  Stock to G&G Limited
        Partnership I for $150,000 on June 5, 1990.

2.      On  September  7,  1990,  the  Company  amended  its Loan  and  Security
        Agreement  with Worcester  County  Institution  for Savings  ("WCIS") to
        increase its revolving line of credit to $500,000.  On the same day, the
        Company  amended and  restated  its  Revolving  Demand Note with WCIS to
        increase the principal sum to $500,000.


Section 2.06    Events Subsequent to Date of Balance Sheet
- ------------    ------------------------------------------

See Section 2.05.


Section 2.09    Title to Properties
- ------------    -------------------

1.      WCIS has a perfected  security  interest in all assets of the Company to
        secure the obligations of the Company  pursuant to its Loan and Security
        Agreement  dated August 17, 1988 and amendments  thereto dated September
        7, 1990.

2.      Bank of New England has a security interest in a $15,000  Certificate of
        Deposit of the Company to secure a Secured  Time Note,  the  outstanding
        balance of which is approximately $13,000.

3.      North Easton Savings Bank has a security interest in the following items
        presently owned by the Company:

        a.   1989 Chevrolet Nova
        b.   1988 Chevrolet Corsica
        c.   Desk Top Publishing System
        d.   Toshiba Copier











November 30, 1990





Mr. Irwin J. Gruverman, General Partner
G & G Diagnostics Limited Partnership I                     [COPY]
90 Oak Street
Newton, MA 02164

Dear Irv:

Pursuant  to your  request,  please  find  below a detailed  description  of our
intended use of the  proceeds  from the  upcoming  sale of common stock  (10,000
shares: $150,000) to G & G Diagnostics Limited Partnership I.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

I.    Marketing and Sales
      -------------------
      <S>                                                                   <C>
      1.  full-time sales representative                                    $30,000

      2.  full time sales support person                                     24,000

      3.  American Association of Blood Banks Meeting
           a.  booth space                                                    3,000
           b.  travel, lodging and entertainment expenses                    10,000
           c.  promotional materials -                                       10,000
              (poster, pamphlet, PERFORMANCE Panel  Handouts)

      4.  Promotional material (sales catalogue, pamphlets, etc.)            12,000

      5.  Direct mail (postage, labels, brochures)                            6,000

      6.  Miscellaneous                                                      10,000


II.  Research and Development/Production
     -----------------------------------
       1.  Preparation of new PERFORMANCE Panels for release during          45,000
           first two quarters of 1991  (anti-HTLV,  HIV Antigen,  HLA,
           False Positive  anti-HIV 1, anti-HIV 2, Low Titer anti-HIV 1)

</TABLE>


Sincerely,

/s/ Ric
- ---------------------
Richard T. Schumacher
President


RTS/cjk



          BBI                BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.
                    375 WEST STREET - WEST BRIDGEWATER MA 02379
            Tel (508) 580-1900 - Telex 5106012210 - FAX (508) 580-2202












                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           STOCK RESTRICTION AGREEMENT

    This Amended and Restated Stock Restriction  Agreement (this "Agreement") is
made and entered into as of this 5th day of December,  1990, by and among Boston
Biomedica,  Inc.,  a  Massachusetts  corporation  (the  "Company"),  Richard  T.
Schumacher (the  "Stockholder"),  and G&G Diagnostics  Limited Partnership I and
G&G Diagnostics  Limited Partnership II (each an "Investor" and collectively the
"Investors").

     WHEREAS,  the Stockholder is the holder of an aggregate of 82,500 shares of
common stock, $.01 par value, of the Company (the "Common Stock");

     WHEREAS,  the Investors have acquired shares of Common Stock of the Company
pursuant to the terms of a Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 5, 1990 as
amended on the date hereof  between the Company and the Investors (the "Purchase
Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS,  it is a  condition  to the  obligations  of the  Investors  under
Amendment No. 1 to the Purchase Agreement that this Agreement be executed by the
parties hereto,  and the parties are willing to execute this Agreement and to be
bound by the provisions hereof;

      NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing,  the agreements set
forth below,  and the parties'  desire to provide for continuity of ownership of
the Company to further the  interests  of the Company and its present and future
stockholders, the parties hereby agree with each other as follows:

     1. Certain Defined Terms.  As used in this  Agreement,  the following terms
shall have the following respective meanings:

          (a) "Stock" shall mean and include all shares of Common Stock, and all
other  securities  of the  Company  which may be issued  in  exchange  for or in
respect  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  (whether  by way of stock  split,  stock
dividend, combination, reclassification, reorganization, or any other means).

          (b)  "Shares"  shall mean and include all shares of Stock now owned or
hereafter acquired by either the Stockholder or the Investor.

          (c) "Effective  Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.23
of the Purchase Agreement.







                                      - 2 -


    2. Prohibited Transfers. After the Effective Date, the Stockholder shall not
sell, assign, transfer, pledge,  hypothecate,  mortgage,  encumber or dispose of
all or any of his Shares except to the Company or as expressly  provided in this
Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Stockholder may transfer all or
any of his Shares (i) by way of gift to any member of his family or to any trust
for the benefit of any such family member or the Stockholder,  provided that any
such transferee  shall agree in writing with the Company and the Investor,  as a
condition  to  such  transfer,  to be  bound  by all of the  provisions  of this
Agreement to the same extent as if such transferee were the Stockholder, (ii) by
will  or the  laws of  descent  and  distribution,  in  which  event  each  such
transferee shall be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement to the same
extent as if such transferee  were the  Stockholder.  Notwithstanding  Section 3
below the Stockholder may pledge not more than 50% of the Shares held by him for
purposes of obtaining  personal  financing.  As used herein,  the word  "family"
shall  include any spouse,  lineal  ancestor or  descendant,  brother or sister,
niece or nephew.

    3.   Right of First Refusal on Dispositions.
         ---------------------------------------

          (a) If at any time after the Effective Date the Stockholder desires to
sell for cash or cash  equivalents  all or any part of his Shares  pursuant to a
bona fide offer from a third party (the "Proposed Transferee"),  the Stockholder
shall  submit a written  offer (the  "Offer") to sell such Shares (the  "Offered
Shares") to the  Investor on terms and  conditions,  including  price,  not less
favorable to the Investors than those on which the Stockholder  proposes to sell
such Offered  Shares to the Proposed  Transferee.  The Offer shall  disclose the
identity of the Proposed Transferee, the Offered Shares proposed to be sold, the
total  number  of Shares  owned by the  Stockholder,  the terms and  conditions,
including  price, of the proposed sale, and any other material facts relating to
the proposed sale. The Offer shall further state that the Investors may acquire,
in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, all, but not less than all,
of the  Offered  Shares for the price and upon the other  terms and  conditions,
including deferred payment (if applicable), set forth therein.

          (b) The Investors shall have the absolute right to purchase all of the
Offered  Shares.  To the extent that the  Investors as a group may purchase all,
but not less than all, of the Offered Shares,  the Investors may determine among
themselves the number of such Offered Shares to be purchased by each Investor.

          (c) If an Investor  desires to purchase all or any part of the Offered
Shares,  said Investor shall  communicate in writing its election to purchase to
the Stockholder,  which  communication  shall state the number of Offered Shares
said Investor desires to







                                       -3-



purchase and shall be delivered  in person or mailed to the  Stockholder  at the
address set forth in accordance  with Section 11 below within thirty days of the
date the Offer was made.  Such  communication  shall,  when taken in conjunction
with the Offer, be deemed to constitute a valid, legally binding and enforceable
agreement for the sale and purchase of such Offered Shares. Sales of the Offered
Shares to be sold to  purchasing  Investors  pursuant to this Section 3 shall be
made at the offices of the Company on the 45th day  following the date the Offer
was made (or if such 45th day is not a business day, then on the next succeeding
business  day).  Such sales shall be effected by the  Stockholder's  delivery to
each purchasing Investor of a certificate or certificates evidencing the Offered
Shares to be  purchased by it, duly  endorsed  for  transfer to such  purchasing
Investor,  against  payment to the Stockholder of the purchase price therefor by
such purchasing Investor.

          (d) If the  Investors do not purchase all of the Offered  Shares,  the
Offered  Shares  not so  purchased  may be sold by the  Stockholder  at any time
within 90 days after the date the Offer was made,  subject to the  provisions of
Sections 4, 5 and 6. Any such sale shall be to the Proposed  Transferee,  at not
less than the price  and upon  other  terms  and  conditions,  if any,  not more
favorable  to the Proposed  Transferee  than those  specified in the Offer.  Any
Offered  Shares not sold within such 90-day period shall  continue to be subject
to the  requirements  of a prior offer  pursuant  to this  Section 3. If Offered
Shares are sold  pursuant to this Section 3 to any  purchaser who is not a party
to this Agreement,  the Offered Shares so sold shall no longer be subject to any
of the restrictions imposed by this Agreement.

          (e) The Investors'  right of first refusal  provided in this Section 3
shall not apply with respect to sales of Shares to the Company.

     4.   Right of Participation in Sales.
          --------------------------------

          (a) If at any time after the Effective Date the Stockholder desires to
sell all or any part of the Shares  owned by him to any  person or entity  other
than one or more of the Investors (the "Purchaser"), each of the Investors shall
have the  right to sell to the  Purchaser,  as a  condition  to such sale by the
Stockholder, at the same price per share and on the same terms and conditions as
involved  in such sale by the  Stockholder,  the same  percentage  of the Shares
owned  by such  Investor  as the  Shares  to be sold by the  Stockholder  to the
Purchaser  represents  with  respect  to the  Shares  owned  by the  Stockholder
immediately  prior to the sale of any of his  Shares to the  Purchaser.  For the
purposes of this  Section 4, all of the stock which an Investor has the right to
acquire from the Company upon the conversion, exercise or exchange of any of the
securities of the Company then owned by such Investor.







                                      - 4 -


          (b) Each  Investor  wishing to so  participate  in any sale under this
Section 4 it shall notify the  Stockholder  in writing of such intention as soon
as practicable after receipt of the Offer made pursuant to Section 3, and in any
event within  twenty days after the date the Offer was made.  Such  notification
shall be  delivered in person or mailed to such  Stockholder  at the address set
forth in accordance with Section 11 below.

          (c) The Stockholder and each participating  Investor shall sell to the
Purchaser  all,  or at the  option  of the  Purchaser,  any  part of the  Shares
proposed  to be sold by them at not less than the price and upon other terms and
conditions,  if any, not more favorable to the Purchaser than those in the Offer
provided by the Stockholder under Section 3 above;  provided,  however, that any
purchase of less than all of such Shares by the Purchaser shall be made from the
Stockholder  and each  participating  Investor  pro rata based upon the relative
amount of the Shares that the  Stockholder and each  participating  Investor are
otherwise entitled to sell pursuant to Section 4(a).

           (d) Any Shares sold by the  Stockholder  pursuant  to this  Section 4
shall no longer be subject to the restrictions imposed by this Agreement and any
Shares sold by a  participating  Investor  pursuant  to this  Section 4 shall no
longer be entitled to the benefits conferred by this Agreement.

           (e) The  Investors'  right to  participate  in sales pursuant to this
Section 4 shall not apply with respect to sales of Shares to the Company.

     5. Election of Directors.  After the Effective Date, the Stockholder agrees
to vote all his Shares at all  elections of directors of the Company so that the
Board of Directors of the Company shall consist of six members.  The Stockholder
further  agrees to vote his Shares to cause and  maintain  the  election  to the
Board of Directors of the Company of the person designated by the Investor.

     6. Sales Before the Effective Date. If the Stockholder shall sell,  assign,
transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any of his Shares prior to the Effective
Date to any  Purchaser  who is not a party to this  Agreement the Shares so sold
shall continue to be subject to the  restrictions  of this Agreement  (including
but not limited to the  restrictions on transfer in Sections 2, 3, and 4 and the
voting provisions of Section 5).

     7. Term.  This  Agreement  shall  terminate  (a)  immediately  prior to the
consummation of the first firm commitment  underwritten public offering pursuant
to an  effective  registration  statement  on Form S-1 (or its then  equivalent)
under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  pursuant to which the aggregate
price paid by the public for the  purchase of Stock is at least  $5,000,000,  or
(b) the fifth anniversary of the Second Closing Date, whichever occurs first.







                                      - 5 -


     8. Failure to Deliver Shares. If the Stockholder  becomes obligated to sell
any Shares to an  Investor  or the  Company  under this  Agreement  and fails to
deliver  such  Shares  in  accordance  with the  terms of this  Agreement,  such
Investor or the Company,  as the case may be, may, at its option, in addition to
all other remedies it may have,  send to the  Stockholder the purchase price for
such Shares as is herein specified.  Thereupon,  the Company upon written notice
to  the  Stockholder,   (a)  shall  cancel  on  its  books  the  certificate  or
certificates  representing  the Shares to be sold and (b) shall  issue,  in lieu
thereof,  in the name of such Investor or the Company, as the case may be, a new
certificate or certificates  representing such Shares,  and thereupon all of the
Stockholder's rights in and to such Shares shall terminate.

     9.  Specific  Enforcement.   The  Stockholder  expressly  agrees  that  the
Investors and the Company will be  irreparably  damaged if this Agreement is not
specifically  enforced.  Upon a  breach  or  threatened  breach  of  the  terms,
covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement by the Stockholder,  the Investors
and the Company shall, in addition to all other remedies,  each be entitled to a
temporary or permanent  injunction,  without showing any actual damage, and/or a
decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof.

     10.  Legend.  Each  certificate  evidencing  any of the Shares shall bear a
legend substantially as follows:

              "The shares represented  by this  certificate   are   subject   to
              restrictions   on  transfer  and  may  not  be  sold,   exchanged,
              transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of except
              in accordance  with and subject to all the terms and conditions of
              a certain Stock Restriction  Agreement dated as of June 5, 1990, a
              copy of which  the  Company  will  furnish  to the  holder of this
              certificate upon request and without charge."

     11.  Notices.  Notices  given  hereunder  shall be deemed to have been duly
given on the date of  personal  delivery or on the date of postmark if mailed by
certified or  registered  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  to the party being
notified at his or its address specified on the applicable signature page hereto
or such other address as the addressee may subsequently notify the other parties
of in writing.

     12. Entire Agreement and Amendments.  This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement of the parties with respect to the subject  matter  hereof and neither
this  Agreement nor any  provision  hereof may be waived,  modified,  amended or
terminated  except by a written  agreement signed by the parties hereto.  To the
extent  any  term or  other  provision  of any  other  indenture,  agreement  or
instrument  by which any party hereto is bound  conflicts  with this  Agreement,
this Agreement shall have precedence over such conflicting term or provision.







                                      - 6 -


     13. Governing Law; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be governed
by the laws of the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  and shall be binding upon the
heirs,  personal  representatives,  executors,  administrators,  successors  and
assigns of the parties.

     14.  Waivers.  No  waiver  of any  breach  or  default  hereunder  shall be
considered valid unless in writing,  and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver
of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature.

     15.  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement  shall be held to be
illegal,   invalid   or   unenforceable,    such   illegality,   invalidity   or
unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner
affect or render illegal,  invalid or unenforceable  any other provision of this
Agreement,  and this  Agreement  shall be  carried  out as if any such  illegal,
invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

     16.  Captions.  Captions are for convenience  only and are not deemed to be
part of this Agreement.

     17.  Continuation of Employment.  Nothing in this Agreement shall create an
obligation  on the  Company  or  the  Investor  to  continue  the  Stockholder's
employment with the Company.

     18.   Counterparts.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  two  or  more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Agreement  has been executed as of the date and
year first above written.

                                          COMPANY:

                                          BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.


                                          By: /s/Richard T. Shumacher
                                              -------------------------
                                          Title: President
                                                 ----------------------
                                          Address: 375 West Street
                                                   West Bridgewater,
                                                   MA 02379







                                      - 7 -



                                           INVESTORS:

                                           G&G DIAGNOSTICS LIMITED
                                           PARTNERSHIP I



                                           By: /s/ Irwin J. Gruverman
                                               --------------------------
                                           Title: General Partner

                                           Address: 90 Oak Street
                                                    Newton, MA 02164


                                           G&G DIAGNOSTICS LIMITED
                                           PARTNERSHIP II


                                           By: /s/ Irwin J. Gruverman
                                               --------------------------
                                           Title: General Partner

                                           Address: 90 Oak Street
                                                    Newton, MA 02164


                                           STOCKHOLDER:



                                           /s/Richard T. Shumacher
                                           ------------------------------
                                           Richard T. Schumacher

                                           Address: 375 West St.
                                           W. Bridgewater, MA 02379









                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                                December 5, 1990


     This Amendment No. 1 (the "Amendment") to the Registration Rights Agreement
dated as of June 5, 1990 (the "Agreement") by and among Boston Biomedica,  Inc.,
a  Massachusetts   corporation  (the  "Company")  and  G&G  Diagnostics  Limited
Partnership  I (the  "Purchaser")  is made as of December 5, 1990 by and between
the Company,  the  Purchaser and G&G  Diagnostics  Limited  Partnership  II (the
"Additional Purchaser").

     WHEREAS,  the Additional  Purchaser has agreed to purchase shares of Common
Stock, $.0l par value ("Common Stock"), of the Company pursuant to Amendment No.
1 to the  Common  Stock  Purchase  Agreement  of June  5,  1990  (the  "Purchase
Agreement")  between the Company,  the Purchaser and the  Additional  Purchaser,
dated the date hereof; and

     WHEREAS,  as an inducement to the  Additional  Purchaser to consummate  the
transactions  contemplated  by the  Purchase  Agreement,  the  Company  and  the
Purchaser have agreed to make the Additional Purchaser a party to the Agreement;

     NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing and the agreements set
forth below, the parties hereby agree and consent to the following:

     As of the date  hereof,  the  following  terms as used in the  Registration
Rights Agreement of June 5, 1990 shall have the following respective meanings:

           "Registrable  Shares" shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued or
           issuable to the Purchaser and the  Additional  Purchaser  pursuant to
           the Purchase Agreement and any amendment thereto whether purchased or
           issued pursuant to the equity provisions thereof.


      [The Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank.]







                                      - 2 -



     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Amendment  has been executed as of the date and
year first above written.

                                                    BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.




                                                    By:/s/Richard T. Shumacher
                                                       ------------------------
                                                    Title: President
                                                          ---------------------

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED as of
the date first above written.


G&G Diagnostics Limited
Partnership I


By: /s/ Irwin J. Gruverman
    -----------------------
Title: General Partner



G&G Diagnostic Limited
Partnership II


By: /s/ Irwin J. Gruverman
    -----------------------
Title: General Partner




                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12





                                  STANDARD FORM
                           PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT



<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>
                                 This 11th day of December 1995
1. PARTIES                       JAMES  LEONARD, TRUSTEE, C.W.B. REALTY TRUST
   AND MAILING
   ADDRESSES                     hereinafter called the SELLER, agrees to SELL and

   (fill in)                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

                                 hereinafter called the BUYER or PURCHASER, agrees to BUY,
                                 upon the terms hereinafter set forth, the following
                                 described premises:

2.  DESCRIPTION                  375 West Street, West Bridgewater, MA recorded in the Plymouth
   (fill in and include          County Registry of Deeds at Book 8406, Page 180 and 80 Manley
    title reference)             Street, West Bridgewater, MA recorded in the Plymouth County
                                 Registry of Deeds at Book 8406 Page 180

3.  BUILDINGS,                   Included in  the sale as a part of said premises are the
    STRUCTURES,                  buildings, structures, and improvements now thereon, and the
    IMPROVEMENTS,                fixtures belonging to the SELLER and used in connection
    FIXTURES                     therewith including, if any, all wall-to-wall carpeting,
                                 drapery rods, automatic garage door openers, venetian
                                 blinds, window shades, screens, screen doors, storm windows
                                 and doors, awnings, shutters, furnaces, heaters, heating
                                 equipment, stoves, ranges, oil and gas burners and fixtures
                                 appurtenant thereto, hot water heaters, plumbing and bathroom
                                 fixtures, garbage disposers, electric and other lighting
                                 fixtures, mantels, outside television antennas, fences,
                                 gates, trees, shrubs, plants, and, refrigerators, air
                                 conditioning equipment, ventilators, dishwashers, washing
                                 machines and dryers; but excluding the inventory equipment,
                                 construction materials, and construction equipment at 80
                                 Manley Street, W. Bridgewater, MA.

4.  TITLE DEED                   Said premises are to be conveyed by a good and sufficient
    (fill in)                    quitclaim deed running to the BUYER, or to the nominee
* Include here by specific       designated by the BUYER by written notice to the SELLER at
  reference any restric-         least seven days before the deed is to be delivered as herein
  tions, easements, rights       provided, and said deed shall convey a good and clear record
  and obligations in party       and marketable title thereto, free from encumbrances, except
  walls not included in (b)        (a)  Provisions of existing building and zoning laws;
  leases, municipal and            (b)
  other liens, other encum-        (c)  Such taxes for the then current year as are not due and
  brances, and make pro-                payable on the date of the delivery of such deed:
  vision to protect                (d)  Any liens for municipal betterments assessed after the
  SELLER against BUYER's                date of this agreement;
  breach of SELLER's               (e)  Easements, restrictions and reservations of record, if
  covenants in leases,                  any, so long as the same do not prohibit or materially
  where necessary.                      interfere with the current use of said premises;

5.PLANS                          If said deed refers to a plan necessary to be recorded
                                 therewith the SELLER shall deliver such plan with the deed in
                                 form adequate for recording or registration.

6.  REGISTERED
    TITLE

7.  PURCHASE PRICE               The agreed purchase price for said premises is EIGHT HUNDRED
   (fill in); space is          FIFTY THOUSAND 
    allowed to write            ($850,000.00)----------------------------- dollars, of which
    out the amounts              $     10.00            have been paid as a deposit this day and
    if desired                   $
                                 $                      are to be paid at the time of delivery
                                                        of the deed in cash, or by certified,
                                 $                      cashier's, treasurer's or bank check(s).

                                 $
                                 $ 849,990.00           TOTAL


COPYRIGHT  1979 1984. 1986. 1987, 1988 [GRAPHIC OMITTED] All rights reserved This form may not be
GREATER BOSTON REAL ESTATE BOARD      [Real Estate Logo] copied or reproduced in whole or in part
                                                      In any  manner  whatsoever without the prior
                                                      express written   consent  of  the Greater
                                                      Boston Real Estate Board.







8.    TIME FOR                   Such deed is to be delivered at 10:00  o'clock AM on the 11th day
      PERFORMANCE;               of December  1995,  at the    offices of Brown Rudnick Freed &
      DELIVERY OF                Gesmer unless otherwise  agreed upon in writing.  It is agreed
      DEED (fill in)             that time is of the essence of this agreement.


9.    POSSESSION AND             Full possession of said premises free of 
      CONDITION OF               all tenants and occupants is to be delivered
      PREMISE.                   at the time of the delivery of the deed, 
      (attach a list of          said premises to be then (a) in the same 
      exceptions, if any)        condition as they now are, reasonable use 
                                 and wear thereof excepted, and (b) not in violation of said
                                 building and zoning laws, and (c) in compliance with
                                 provisions of any instrument referred to in clause 4 hereof.
                                 The BUYER shall be entitled personally to inspect said
                                 premises prior to the delivery of the deed in order to
                                 determine whether the condition thereof complies with the
                                 terms of this clause. *except Boston Biomedica, Inc., at 375
                                 West Street and CWB Contractors, Inc. at 80 Manley St. West
                                 Bridgewater.

10.   EXTENSION TO               If the SELLER shall be unable to give title or to make conveyance, or to deliver possession
      PERFECT TITLE              of the premises, all as herein stipulated, or if at the time of the delivery of the deed the
      OR MAKE                    premises do not conform with all provisions hereof, then the SELLER shall use reasonable
      PREMISES                   efforts to remove any defect in title, or to deliver possession as provided herein, or to
      CONFORM                    make the said premises conform to the provisions hereof, as the case may be, in which event
      (Change period of          the SELLER shall give written notice thereof to the BUYER at or before the time for
      time if desired).          performance hereunder, and thereupon the time for performance hereof shall be extended for a
                                 period of thirty days.

11.   FAILURE TO                 If at the expiration of the extended time the SELLER shall have
      PERFECT TITLE              failed so to remove any defect in title, deliver possession,
      OR MAKE                    or make the premises conform,  as the case may be, all as 
      PREMISES                   herein  agreed,  or if at any time during the period of this  agreement or
      CONFORM,ETC.               any  extension,  thereof,  the holder of a mortgage on said
                                 premises shall refuse to permit the insurance proceeds, if any, to
                                 be used for such purposes, then any payments made under this
                                 agreement shall be forthwith refunded and all other obligations of
                                 the parties hereto shall cease and this agreement shall be void
                                 without recourse to the parties hereto.

12.   BUYER's                    The BUYER shall have the  election,  at either the original or any
      ELECTION TO                extended  time for  performance,  to accept such title as the
      ACCEPT TITLE               SELLER  can  deliver  to the said  premises  in their  then
                                 condition and to pay therefore the purchase price without
                                 deduction, in which case the SELLER shall convey such title, except
                                 that in the event of such conveyance in accord with the provisions
                                 of this clause, if the said premises shall have been damaged by
                                 fire or casualty insured against, then the SELLER shall, unless the
                                 SELLER has previously restored the premises to their former
                                 condition, either

                                     (a)  pay over or assign to the BUYER, on delivery of the deed,
                                          all amounts recovered or recoverable on account of such
                                          insurance, less any amounts reasonable expended by the
                                          SELLER for any partial restoration, or

                                     (b)  if a holder of a mortgage on said premises shall not
                                          permit the insurance proceeds or a part thereof to be used
                                          to restore the said premises to their former condition or
                                          to be so paid over or assigned, give to the BUYER a credit
                                          against the purchase price, on delivery of the deed, equal
                                          to said amounts so recovered or recoverable and retained
                                          by the holder of the said mortgage less any amounts
                                          reasonably expended by the SELLER for any partial
                                          restoration.

13.   ACCEPTANCE                 The acceptance of a deed by the BUYER or his nominee as the case
      OF DEED                    may be, shall be deemed to be a full performance and discharge of
                                 every agreement and obligation herein contained or expressed,
                                 except such as are, by the terms hereof, to be performed after the
                                 delivery of said deed.

14.   USE OF                     To enable the SELLER to make conveyance as herein provided, the
      MONEY TO                   SELLER may, at the time of delivery of the deed, use the purchase
      CLEAR TITLE                money or any portion thereof to clear the title of any or all
                                 encumbrances or interests, provided that all instruments so
                                 procured are recorded simultaneously with the delivery of said
                                 deed, or to make such reasonable arrangements with all lienholders
                                 of record to clear title.

15.   INSURANCE                  Until the delivery of the deed, the SELLER shall maintain insurance 
     *Insert amount              on said premises as follows:
      (list additional               Type of Insurance                           Amount of Coverage
      types of insurance
      and amounts as agreed)      (a) Fire and Extended Coverage      $ as currently insured
                                  (b)

16.   ADJUSTMENTS                Water use charges, and taxes for the then current fiscal year,
      (list operating ex-        shall be apportioned and fuel  value shall be adjusted,
      penses, if any, or         as of the day of  performance of this agreement and the net amount 
      attach  schedule)          thereof shall be added to or deducted from, as the case may be,
                                 the purchase  price  payable by  the BUYER at the time of
                                 delivery of the deed. Uncollected rents for the current rental
                                 period shall be apportioned if and when collected by either party.






17.   ADJUSTMENT                 If the amount of said taxes is not known at the time of the
      OF UNASSESSED              delivery of the deed, they shall be apportioned on the basis of the
      AND                        taxes assessed for the preceding fiscal year, with a
      ABATED TAXES               reapportionment as soon as the new tax rate and valuation can be
                                 ascertained; and, if the taxes which are to be apportioned shall
                                 thereafter be reduced by abatement, the amount of such abatement,
                                 less the reasonable cost of obtaining the same, shall be
                                 apportioned between the parties, provided that neither party shall
                                 be obligated to institute or prosecute proceedings for an abatement
                                 unless herein otherwise agreed.

18.  BROKER's FEE                THE PARTIES REPRESENT THAT NO BROKERAGE COMMISSION IS DUE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.
     (fill in fee with
     dollar amount or 
     percentage; also
     name of Brokerage
     firm(s))

19.  BROKER(S) WARRANTY
     (fill in name)

20.  DEPOSIT                     All deposits made hereunder shall be held in escrow by JAMES M.
     (fill in name)              BURKE, ESQUIRE as escrow agent subject to the terms of this
                                 agreement and shall be duly accounted for at the time for
                                 performance of this agreement.

21.   BUYER's                    If the BUYER shall fail to fulfill the BUYER's agreements herein,
      DEFAULT;                   all deposits made hereunder by the BUYER shall be retained by the
      DAMAGES                    SELLER as liquidated damages and shall be the SELLER's sole and
                                 exclusive remedy at law and in equity.

22.   RELEASE BY
      HUSBAND OR
      WIFE


23.   BROKER AS
      PARTY

24.   LIABILITY  OF              If the SELLER or BUYER executes this agreement in a representative
      TRUSTEE,                   or fiduciary capacity, only the principal or estate represented
      SHAREHOLDER,               shall be bound, and neither the SELLER or BUYER so executing, nor
      BENEFICIARY,  etc.         any shareholder or beneficiary of any trust, shall be personally
                                 liable for any obligation, express or implied, hereunder.

25.   WARRANTIES AND             The BUYER acknowledges that the BUYER has not been influenced to
      REPRESENTATIONS            enter into this transaction nor has he relied upon any warranties
      (fill in); if none,        or representations not set forth or incorporated in this agreement
      state "none"; if           or previously made in writing except for the following additional
      any listed, indicate       warranties and representations, if any, made by either the SELLER
      by whom each war-          or the Broker(s): NONE.
      ranty or represen-
      tation was made

26.   MORTGAGE
      CONTINGENCY
      CLAUSE
      (omit if not
      provided for
      in Offer to
      Purchase)






27.   CONSTRUCTION               The instrument, executed in multiple counterparts, is to be
      OF AGREEMENT               construed as a Massachusetts contract, is to take effect as a
                                 sealed instrument, sets forth the entire contract between the
                                 parties, is binding upon and enures to the benefit of the parties
                                 hereto and their respective heirs, devisees, executors,
                                 administrators, successors and assigns, and may be cancelled,
                                 modified or amended only by a written instrument executed by both
                                 the SELLER and the BUYER. If two or more persons are named herein
                                 as BUYER their obligations hereunder shall be joint and several.
                                 The captions and marginal notes are used only as a mater of
                                 convenience and are not to be considered a part of this agreement
                                 or to be used in determining the intent of the parties to it.

28.   LEAD PAINT
      LAW

29.   SMOKE
      DETECTORS

30.   ADDITIONAL                 The initialed riders, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated
      PROVISIONS                 herein by reference.

                                 SEE RIDER TO PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT HERETO ANNEXED CONTAINING
                                 PARAGRAPHS 31-40.

  FOR RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO 1978, BUYER MUST ALSO HAVE SIGNED
           LEAD PAINT "PROPERTY TRANSFER NOTIFICATION CERTIFICATION"
</TABLE>


NOTICE:  This is a legal  document  that  creates  binding  obligations.  If not
understood, consult an attorney.


                                                  /s/James Leonard Trustee
- --------------------------                        -----------------------------
SELLER (or spouse)                                SELLER  JAMES LEONARD, TRUSTEE
                                                  C.W.B. REALTY TRUST

- --------------------------                        -----------------------------
BUYER                                             BUYER
                                                  BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

                    Broker(s)             BY: /s/Richard T. Shumacher, President


                        EXTENSION OF TIME FOR PERFORMANCE
                                                             Date _____________

   The time for the performance of the foregoing agreement is extended until __
________ o'clock _____  M. on the ___________________  day of__________________
19 ______  time still being of the essence of this agreement as extended. In all
other respects, this agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed.
   This extension, executed in multiple counterparts, is intended to take effect
as a sealed instrument

- -----------------------------------          ----------------------------------
SELLER (or spouse)                                            SELLER

- -----------------------------------          ----------------------------------
BUYER                                                         BUYER
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Broker(s)







     RIDER TO PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT BETWEEN JAMES LEONARD, TRUSTEE, C.W.B.
REALTY TRUST,  SELLER,  AND BOSTON  BIOMEDICA,  INC., BUYER, WITH RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES AT 375 WEST STREET,  WEST  BRIDGEWATER,  MA AND 80 MANLEY STREET,  WEST
BRIDGEWATER, MA

31. COMPLIANCE WITH TITLE REQUIREMENTS: Without limiting any other provisions of
this  Agreement,  the Premises shall not be considered to be in compliance  with
the provisions of this Agreement with respect to title unless:

       (a) All structures and improvements on the Premises, including driveways,
garages, cesspools, leach field, etc. (but not limited thereto) and all means of
access to the premises shall be wholly within the lot lines of said premises and
shall not encroach upon or under any property not within said lot lines;

       (b) No  building,  structure,  improvement,  way or  property of any kind
encroaches upon or under said Premises from any other premises;

       (c) Title to said  Premises is  insurable,  for the benefit of Buyer by a
title  insurance  company in a fee owner's  title  insurance  policy,  at normal
applicable  premium rates, in the American Land Title Association form currently
in use,  subject  only to those  printed  exceptions  normally  included in said
policy; and

       (d) Said  Premises  abut a public way,  duly laid out and/or  accepted as
such by the town or city in which said premises are located.

  32. HAZARDOUS WASTE:
      ---------------

       (a) The Seller's  Lender has had a hazardous  waste site  inspection  and
assessment  performed  on the  Premises  by a qualified  environmental  engineer
indicating that no hazardous  waste is present on the premises,  a copy of which
report will be furnished to the Buyer.

       (b) Buyer  agrees  that if any  additional  testing  is  required  by its
lending institution, that it will be done at the Buyer's sole expense. Copies of
all test results will be furnished to the Seller.

       (c) Should any evidence of oil, hazardous waste or hazardous materials as
defined by  Massachusetts  General Law,  Chapter 21E, be found in, upon or under
the premises to be purchased then this Agreement  shall be null and void and all
deposits returned.

33.  NOTICES:  All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be
delivered personally or shall be sent by U.S. Post Office, Express Mail, Federal
Express, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:









TO SELLERS:          JAMES LEONARD, TRUSTEE
                     C.W.B. REALTY TRUST
                     80 Manley Street
                     West Bridgewater, MA 02379

With a copy to:      JAMES M. BURKE, ESQUIRE
                     48 North Pearl Street
                     Brockton, MA 02401


TO BUYER:            KEVIN W. QUINLAN, SR. VICE PRESIDENT
                     CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.
                     375 West Street
                     West Bridgewater, MA 02379

With a copy to:      HOWARD L. LEVIN, ESQUIRE
                     BROWN RUDNICK FREED & GESMER
                     ONE FINANCIAL CENTER
                     BOSTON, MA 02111


34. RIGHT OF ENTRY PRIOR TO CLOSING: Upon reasonable prior notice to the Seller,
the Buyer may, enter and inspect the premises.

35.  AFFIDAVITS:  Seller  agrees to  execute  at the time of  closing  customary
affidavits or other documents  required by the title insurance  company insuring
title to the Premises as may be necessary to delete the standard  exceptions for
mechanic's  liens,  and for claims of  tenants.  Seller  agrees to execute  such
affidavits required by Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code.

  36. SELLER'S REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS:

  36.1 Seller hereby represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

        (a)  No  written  notice  or  written   communication,   not  heretofore
rectified,  has been received by Seller (or its  management  agent) from (A) any
public  authority  that (i) the  Premises  are not zoned for  their  present  or
intended use or (ii) there  exists with  respect to the  Premises any  condition
which violates any municipal,  state or federal law, rule or regulation,  or (B)
any insurance carrier of the Premises regarding any dangerous,  illegal or other
condition requiring any corrective action;

         (b)  The  Premises  are  not  subject  to any  service,  management  or
maintenance contracts and are not the subject of any outstanding agreements with
any party  pursuant  to which any such party may  acquire  any  interest  in the
Premises,  other  than the  right of  occupancy  as set  forth in any lease of a
portion of the Premises;










     (c)  Seller has  received  no written  notice of  taking,  condemnation  or
assessment, actual or proposed, with respect to the Premises;

     (d) Seller has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to
carry out the transactions  contemplated  hereby, and the persons executing this
Agreement  on behalf of Seller  are duly  authorized  to  execute,  on behalf of
Seller, this Agreement,  and other instruments or documents reasonably necessary
to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

     (e) Between the date hereof and the Closing  Date,  Seller  shall not sell,
transfer or, convey or further mortgage the Premises, or any part thereof;

     (f) There are no assessments for public  improvements  presently  affecting
the Premises of which Seller has knowledge;

     (g) All certificates of occupancy  required for the lawful operation of the
Premises have been issued and are in full force and effect.

36.2 Except as otherwise herein  provided,  the  representations  and warranties
contained in Paragraph 36.1 and elsewhere in this  Agreement,  refer to the date
of execution of this Agreement except as otherwise therein provided. Seller will
promptly  notify  Buyer  of any  change  in  facts  which  would  make  any such
representation or warranty  materially untrue if such state of facts had existed
on the date of  execution  of this  Agreement.  Unless Buyer waives such changed
facts,  (whether or not informed thereof by Seller) or Seller rectified the same
to  Buyer's  satisfaction,  Buyer's  sole  remedy  shall  be to  terminate  this
Agreement and receive back his deposits together with any earnings thereon.

37.  ZONING:  This  Agreement is contingent on the securing of a Special  Permit
from the Town of West  Bridgewater to allow  manufacturing at the property at 80
Manley  Street and 375 West Street,  West  Bridgewater,  MA, to which all appeal
periods have expired.

38. MORTGAGE  CONTINGENCY  CLAUSE: This agreement is contingent upon the Buyer's
securing mortgage financing from Bank of Boston in an amount of $750,000.00.

39.  CAPTIONS:  The captions in this  Agreement are inserted for  convenience of
reference  only and in no way  define,  describe or limit the scope or intent of
this Agreement or any of the provisions thereof.

40. MISCELLANEOUS:

       The  Seller  shall,  if  available,  provide  to the  Buyer a copy of all
existing Title policies including schedule prior to the closing











and agrees to  cooperate  to the extend  possible in the  issuance of an owner's
policy of insurance in the Buyer's name at closing.



SELLER:                                   BUYER:
                                          BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

/s/James Leonard, Trustee                 BY:/s/Richard T. Shumacher, President
- -------------------------                    ----------------------------------
JAMES LEONARD, TRUSTEE
C.W.B. REALTY TRUST









                                 QUITCLAIM DEED

JAMES LEONARD, TRUSTEE, C.W.B. REALTY TRUST u/d/t dated March 21, 1988, recorded
at Plymouth County Registry of Deeds at Book 8406, Page 168

of Manley Street, West Bridgewater, Plymouth County, Massachusetts

in consideration of EIGHT HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND ($850,000.00) DOLLARS

grants to BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC., a Massachusetts corporation with a usual place
of business at 375 West Street, West Bridgewater, MA 02379

                                                        with quitclaim covenants

the land with buildings thereon located at 375 West Street and 80 Manley Street,
West Bridgewater, Plymouth County, Massachusetts, more particularly described as
follows:

PARCEL I - 375 WEST STREET, WEST BRIDGEWATER, MA

The land in West Bridgewater,  Plymouth County, Massachusetts,  on the northerly
side of West Street and the westerly side of Manley Street, shown as Lot 1A on a
plan  entitled,  "Plan  of land in West  Bridgewater,  Mass.,  owned  by  C.W.B.
Contractors,  Inc.,  June 11, 1985" said plan being recorded in Plymouth  County
Registry of Deeds in Plan Book 26, Page 260.

Being the same  premises  conveyed  by deed  dated  April 22,  1988 from  C.W.B.
Contractors,  Inc. and duly recorded with Plymouth  County  Registry of Deeds at
Book 8406, Page 180.

PARCEL II - 80 MANLEY STREET, WEST BRIDGEWATER, MA

The land in West  Bridgewater,  Plymouth County,  Massachusetts on the northerly
side of West Street and the westerly side of Manley Street as shown as Lot 2A on
a plan  entitled,  "Plan of Land in West  Bridgewater,  Mass.  owned  by  C.W.B.
Contractors,  Inc.,  June 11, 1985" said plan being recorded in Plymouth  County
Registry of Deeds in Plan Book 26, Page 260.

Being the same  premises  conveyed  by deed  dated  April 22,  1988 from  C.W.B.
Contractors,  Inc.,  and recorded at Plymouth  County  Registry of Deeds at Book
8406, Page 180.

Executed as a sealed instrument this llth day of December, 1995.


                                                   /s/JAMES LEONARD, TRUSTEE
- ------------------------                           ---------------------------
                                                   JAMES LEONARD, TRUSTEE
                                                   C.W.B. REALTY TRUST


                          COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
Suffolk, SS                                                    December 11, 1995

      Then personally  appeared the above named JAMES LEONARD,  TRUSTEE,  C.W.B.
REALTY TRUST, and  acknowledged the foregoing  instrument to be his free act and
deed, before me,


                                                  /s/ Signature Unreadable
                                                 ------------------------
                                                 Notary Public
                                                 My commission expires: 3/22/96


RETURN TO:











                              WARRANTY BILL OF SALE

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that  James  Leonard,  Trustee  of C.W.B.
Realty  Trust,  with a  usual  place  of  business  at 80  Manley  Street,  West
Bridgewater,  MA, in  consideration  of the sum of Eight Hundred Fifty  Thousand
($850,000.00)  Dollars to us paid by Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.,  a  Massachusetts
Corporation  with  its  usual  place  of  business  at  375  West  Street,  West
Bridgewater,  MA, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,  do hereby grant,
sell, transfer, assign and deliver unto the said Boston Biomedica, Inc., all the
right, title and interest in and to all equipment, fixtures and property used in
connection  with the property  located at 80 Manley  Street and 375 West Street,
West  Bridgewater,  MA, the Trustee's  interest in said property being that of a
100% owner.

       To have and to hold all and singular the said goods and chattels unto the
said Boston Biomedica, Inc., their heirs, administrators, successors and assigns
to their own use and behalf forever.

       The Trustee  hereby  warrants that he is the sole and only Trustee of the
Trust and has full power and  authority  to sign on behalf of the Trust and that
the Trust has good right to sell the same as aforesaid.

       Witness my hand and seal this   11    day of  December, 1995




/s/Signature Unreadable                             /s/James Leonard, Trustee
- -----------------------                             --------------------------
WITNESS                                             JAMES LEONARD, TRUSTEE
                                                    C.W.B. REALTY TRUST


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13

                                  STANDARD FORM
                           PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT


                          This  20          day of December  1995

<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
1.    PARTIES                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.
      AND MAILING
      ADDRESSES                   herein after called the SELLER, agrees to SELL and DONALD M.
      (fill in)                   LEONARD, TRUSTEE, LIVE OAK REALTY TRUST, u/d/t dated June 30, 1995
                                  to be recorded at the Plymouth County Northern District Reg.
                                  hereinafter called the BUYER or PURCHASER, agrees to BUY, upon the
                                  terms hereinafter set forth, the following described premises: 

2.    DESCRIPTION                 80 MANLEY STREET, WEST BRIDGEWATER, MA as per deed recorded at
      (fill in and include        Plymouth County Registry of Deeds at Book 8406, Page 180.
      title reference)

3.    BUILDINGS,                  Included in the sale as a part of said premises are the buildings,
      STRUCTURES,                 structures, and improvements now thereon, and the fixtures
      IMPROVEMENTS,               belonging to the SELLER and used in connection therewith
      FIXTURES                    including, if any, all wall-to-wall carpeting, drapery rods,
      (fill in or delete)         automatic garage door openers, venetian blinds, window shades,
                                  screens, screen doors, storm windows and doors, awnings, shutters,
                                  furnaces, heaters, heating equipment, stoves, ranges, oil and gas
                                  burners and fixtures appurtenant thereto, hot water heaters,
                                  plumbing and bathroom fixtures, garbage disposers, electric and
                                  other lighting fixtures, mantels, outside television antennas,
                                  fences, gates, trees, shrubs, plants, and ONLY IF BUILT IN,
                                  refrigerators, air conditioning equipment, ventilators,
                                  dishwashers, washing machines and dryers.

4.    TITLE DEED                  Said premises are to be conveyed by a good and sufficient quitclaim deed running to the
      (fill in)                   BUYER, or to the nominee designated by the BUYER by written notice to the SELLER at least
* Include here by specific        seven days before the deed is to be delivered as herein provided, and said deed shall
    reference any restric-        convey a good and clear record and marketable title thereto, free from encumbrances,
    tions, easements, rights      except
    and obligations in party       (a)      Provisions of existing building and zoning laws;
    walls not included in (b),     (c)      Such taxes for the then current year as are not due and payable on the date
    leases, municipal and                   of the delivery of such deed;
    other liens, other encum-      (d)      Any liens for municipal betterments assessed after the date of this
    brances, and make pro-                  agreement;
    vision to protect              (e)      Easements, restrictions and reservations of record, if any, so long as the
    SELLER against BUYER's                  same do not prohibit or materially interfere with the current use of said
    breach of SELLER's                      premises;
    covenants in leases
    where necessary.

5.  PLANS                         If said deed refers to a plan necessary to be recorded therewith
                                  the SELLER shall deliver such plan with the deed in form adequate
                                  for recording or registration.

6.    REGISTERED
      TITLE

7.    PURCHASE PRICE             The agreed purchase price for said premises is ONE HUNDRED THIRTY THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED
      (fill in); space is        (130,800.00) -----------dollars, of which
      allowed to write
      out the amounts            $
      if desired                 $
                                 $

                                 $
                                 $130,800.00*  TOTAL

                                 *payment to be made as provided for in paragraph 35 of Rider

COPYRIGHT  1979 1984. 1986. 1987, 1988 [GRAPHIC OMITTED] All rights reserved This form may not be
GREATER BOSTON REAL ESTATE BOARD      [Real Estate Logo] copied or reproduced in whole or in part
                                                         in any  manner  whatsoever without the prior  express
                                                         written   consent  of  the  Greater Boston Real Estate
                                                         Board.





<PAGE>


8.    TIME FOR                   Such deed is to be delivered at 10:00 o'clock AM on the 27th day of December 1995* at the
      PERFORMANCE;               Office of Atty. Wayne Mathews or at Plymouth County Registry of Deeds at Brockton, MA.
      DELIVERY OF                It is agreed that time is of the essence of this agreement.
      DEED (fill in)             * or such sooner date as agreed to between the parties.

9.    POSSESSION AND             Full possession of said premises free of all tenants and occupants, except C.W.B.
      CONDITION OF               CONTRACTORS, INC. herein provided, is to be delivered at the time of the delivery of the
      PREMISE                    deed, said premises to be then (a) in the same condition as they now are, reasonable use and
      (attach a list of          wear thereof excepted, and (b) not in violation of said building and zoning laws, and (c) in
      exceptions, if any)        compliance with provisions of any instrument referred to in clause 4 hereof.  The BUYER shall
                                 be  entitled   personally   to inspect said premises prior to
                                 the  delivery  of the  deed in order to determine whether the
                                 condition   thereof   complies  with the terms of this clause.

10.   EXTENSION TO               If the SELLER shall be unable to give title or to make conveyance, or to deliver possession
      PERFECT TITLE              of the premises, all as herein stipulated, or if at the time of the delivery of the deed the
      OR MAKE PREMISES           premises do not conform with the provisions hereof, then the SELLER shall use reasonable
      CONFORM                    efforts to remove any defects in title, or to deliver possession as provided herein, or to
      (Change period of          make the said premises conform to the provisions hereof, as the case may be, in which event
      time if desired)           the SELLER shall give written notice thereof to the BUYER at or before the time for
                                 performance hereunder, and thereupon the time for performance  hereof  shall  be
                                 extended   for  a  period   of  thirty days.

11.   FAILURE TO                 If at the expiration of the extended time the SELLER shall have failed so to remove any
      PERFECT TITLE              defect in title, deliver possession, or make the premises conform, as the case may be, all as
      OR MAKE                    herein agreed, or if at any time during the period of this agreement or any extension
      PREMISES                   thereof, the holder of a mortgage on said premises shall refuse to permit the insurance
      CONFORM, etc.              proceeds, if any, to be used for such purposes, then any payments made under this agreement
                                 shall be forthwith refunded and all other obligations of the
                                 parties hereto shall cease and this agreement shall be void
                                 without recourse to the parties hereto.

12.   BUYER's                     The BUYER shall have the election, at either the original or any
      ELECTION TO                 extended time for performance, to accept such title as the SELLER
      ACCEPT  TITLE               can deliver to the said premises in their then condition and to
                                  pay therefore the purchase price without deduction, in which case
                                  the SELLER shall convey such title, except that in the event of
                                  such conveyance in accord with the provisions of this clause, if
                                  the said premises shall have been damaged by fire or casualty
                                  insured against, then the SELLER shall, unless the SELLER has
                                  previously restored the premises to their former condition, either
                                  (a) pay over or assign to the BUYER, on delivery of the deed, all
                                  amounts recovered or recoverable on account of such insurance,
                                  less any amounts reasonably expended by the SELLER for any partial
                                  restoration, or 
                                  (b) if a holder of a mortgage on said premises shall not permit
                                  the insurance proceeds or a part thereof to be used to restore the
                                  said premises to their former condition or to be so paid over or
                                  assigned, give to the BUYER a credit against the purchase price,
                                  on delivery of the deed, equal to said amounts so recovered or
                                  recoverable and retained by the holder of the said mortgage less
                                  any amounts reasonably expended by the SELLER for any partial
                                  restoration.

13.   ACCEPTANCE                  The acceptance of a deed by the BUYER or his nominee as the case
      OF DEED                     may be, shall be deemed to be a full performance and discharge of
                                  every agreement and obligation herein contained or expressed,
                                  except such as are, by the terms hereof, to be performed after the
                                  delivery of said deed.

14.   USE OF                      To enable the SELLER to make conveyance as herein provided, the
      MONEY TO                    SELLER may, at the time of delivery of the deed, use the purchase
      CLEAR TITLE                 money or any portion thereof to clear the title of any or all
                                  encumbrances or interests, provided that all instruments so
                                  procured are recorded simultaneously with the delivery of said
                                  deed, or reasonably satisfactory arrangements are made for
                                  subsequent record.

15.   INSURANCE                   Until the delivery of the deed, the SELLER shall maintain insurance on said premises as
      Insert amount               follows:
      (list additional              Type of Insurance                                    Amount of Coverage
      types of insurance
      and amounts as              (a) Fire and Extended Coverage      $ as currently insured
      agreed)                     (b)

16.   ADJUSTMENTS                 water  charges, and taxes for the then current fiscal
      (list operating ex-         year, shall be apportioned and fuel value shall be adjusted, as of
      penses,  if any, or         the day of performance of this agreement and the net amount
      attach schedule)            thereof shall be added to or deducted from, as the case may be,
                                  the purchase price payable by the BUYER at the time of delivery of
                                  the deed. Uncollected rents for the current rental period shall be
                                  apportioned if and when collected by either party.






17.   ADJUSTMENT                  If the amount of said taxes is not known at the time of the
      OF UNASSESSED               delivery of the deed, they shall be apportioned on the basis of
      AND                         the taxes assessed for the preceding fiscal year, with a
      ABATED  TAXES               reapportionment as soon as the new tax rate and valuation can be
                                  ascertained; and, if the taxes which are to be apportioned shall
                                  thereafter be reduced by abatement, the amount of such abatement,
                                  less the reasonable cost of obtaining the same, shall be
                                  apportioned between the parties, provided that neither party shall
                                  be obligated to institute or prosecute proceedings for an
                                  abatement unless herein otherwise agreed.

18.   BROKER's FEE                THE PARTIES REPRESENT THAT NO BROKERAGE COMMISSION IS DUE UNDER THIS
      (fill in fee with           AGREEMENT
      dollar amount or
      percentage; also
      name of Brokerage
      firm(s))

19.   BROKER(S)
      WARRANTY
      (fill in name)

21.   BUYER's                     If the BUYER shall fail to fulfill the BUYER's agreements herein,
      DEFAULT                     all deposits made hereunder by the BUYER shall be retained by the
      DAMAGES                     SELLER as liquidated damages and shall be the Seller's sole and
                                  exclusive remedy at law or in equity.

22.   RELEASE BY
      HUSBAND OR
      WIFE

23.   BROKER AS
      PARTY

24.   LIABILITY  OF               If the SELLER or BUYER executes this agreement in a representative
      TRUSTEE,                    or fiduciary capacity, only the principal or the estate
      SHAREHOLDER,                represented shall be bound, and neither the SELLER or BUYER so
      BENEFICIARY,  etc.          executing, nor any shareholder or beneficiary of any trust, shall
                                  be personally liable for any obligation, express or implied,
                                  hereunder.

25.   WARRANTIES AND              The BUYER acknowledges that the BUYER has not been influenced to enter into this transaction
      REPRESENTATIONS             nor has he relied upon any warranties or representations not set forth or incorporated in the
      (fill in); if none,         agreement or previously made in writing, except for the following additional warranties and
      state "none"; if            representations, if any, made by either the SELLER or the Broker(s): NONE
      any listed, indicated
      by whom each war-
      ranty or represen-
      tation was made

26.   (omit if not
      provided for
      in Offer to
      Purchase)






27.   CONSTRUCTION                This instrument, executed in multiple counterparts, is to be
      OF AGREEMENT                construed as a Massachusetts contract, is to take effect as a
                                  sealed instrument, sets forth the entire contract between the
                                  parties, is binding upon and ensures to the benefit of the parties
                                  hereto and their respective heirs, devisees, executors,
                                  administrators, successors and assigns, and may be cancelled,
                                  modified or amended only by a written instrument executed by both
                                  the SELLER and the BUYER. If two or more persons are named herein
                                  as BUYER their obligations hereunder shall be joint and several.
                                  The captions and marginal notes are used only as a matter of
                                  convenience and are not to be considered a part of this agreement
                                  or to be used in determining the intent of the parties to it.

30.   ADDITIONAL                  The initialed riders, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein by reference.
      PROVISIONS
                                  SEE RIDER TO PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT  HERETO ANNEXED CONTAINING
                                  PARAGRAPHS 31-36.


</TABLE>

 FOR RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO 1978, BUYER MUST ALSO HAVE SIGNED
            LEAD PAINT "PROPERTY TRANSFER NOTIFICATION CERTIFICATION"



NOTICE:  This is a legal  document  that  creates  binding  obligations.  If not
understood, consult an attorney.

 BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

BY: /s/Richard T. Schumacher, President
    -----------------------------------           -----------------------------
  SELLER                                                     SELLER


  /s/Donald M. Leonard Trustee
  -------------------------------------           -----------------------------
  BUYER                                                      BUYER

DONALD M. LEONARD,  TRUSTEE
LIVE OAK  REALTY TRUST
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Broker(s)


                        EXTENSION OF TIME FOR PERFORMANCE


     The time for the  performance of the foregoing  agreement is extended until
____ o'clock M. on the  _______________________  day of  ____________________ 19
_____ , time still being of the essence of this  agreement as  extended.  In all
other respects, this agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed.

     This  extension,  executed  in multiple  counterparts,  is intended to take
effect as a sealed instrument.

- -----------------------------------               -----------------------------
   SELLER (or spouse)                                           SELLER

- -----------------------------------               -----------------------------
   BUYER                                                        BUYER

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Broker(s)



RIDER TO PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT BETWEEN BOSTON BIOMEDICA,  INC., SELLER AND
DONALD M. LEONARD,  TRUSTEE,  LIVE OAK REALTY TRUST,  BUYER, WITH RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES AT 80 MANLEY STREET, WEST BRIDGEWATER, MA



31.  NOTICES:  All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be
delivered personally or shall be sent by U.S. Post Office, Express Mail, Federal
Express, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

TO SELLERS:          KEVIN W. QUINLAN, SR. VICE PRESIDENT
                     CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.
                     375 West Street
                     Bridgewater, MA 02329

With a copy to:      HOWARD L. LEVIN, ESQUIRE
                     BROWN RUDNICK FREED & GESMER
                     1 FINANCIAL CENTER
                     BOSTON, MA 02111

TO BUYER:            DONALD M. LEONARD, TRUSTEE
                     LIVE OAK REALTY TRUST
                     80 Manley Street
                     West Bridgewater, MA 02379

With a copy to:      James M. Burke, Esquire
                     48 North Pearl Street
                     Brockton, MA 02401

32.  AFFIDAVITS:  Seller  agrees to  execute  at the time of  closing  customary
affidavits or other documents  required by the title insurance  company insuring
title to the Premises as may be necessary to delete the standard  exceptions for
mechanic's  liens,  and for claims of  tenants.  Seller  agrees to execute  such
affidavits required by Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code.

33.  CAPTIONS:  The captions in this  Agreement are inserted for  convenience of
reference  only and in no way  define,  describe or limit the scope or intent of
this Agreement or any of the provisions thereof.

34.   SELLER'S RIGHT OF OPTION AND FIRST REFUSAL:

        The Buyer and the Seller  agree  that the  Seller  shall have a right of
first  refusal to purchase  the property for a period of ten (10) years from the
date of this  Agreement,  if offered  for sale by the owner at the same or equal
sales price as long as the Buyer holds title to the property and Seller,  or its
successor,  is still an operating entity. The Buyer (Oak) will provide copies of
any  bonified  written  offer to purchase  the  property to the Seller  (Boston)
within seven (7) calendar  days of receipt.  Boston shall then have the right to
purchase at the same price by giving  written  notice to Oak within  thirty (30)
calendar  days.  Boston will purchase the property at the offered  selling price
within sixty (60) days of its notification of intent to purchase at the Plymouth
County Registry of Deeds. Should Boston not notify Oak of its intent to purchase
or not purchase the property on or before the date  required,  Oak shall be free
to sell the property to any third party, at that purchase price, for a period of
three  months.  If the Property is not sold at that  purchase  price within said
three  month  period,  any  subsequent  offer to sell  within said ten (10) year
period shall be subject to this right of refusal.

       The  foregoing  right of refusal shall be  incorporated  into the Deed by
including the following language in the Deed: [SEE EXHIBIT "B"].

       Further, the Seller shall have an option to purchase the subject property
at any time  after  June 27,  2000,  subject  to the  proviso  set forth  below,
provided the Seller gives the Buyer  written  notice of its intent to repurchase
at the then current fair market value, as set forth in the following language to
be inserted into the Deed:

        Said  premises  (the  "Premises')  are conveyed  subject to an option to
purchase  in  favor of  Grantor,  its  successors  and/or  assigns  (hereinafter
referred  to as "BBI").  To that end BBI hereby  reserves  an option to purchase
(the "Option") the Premises upon the following terms and conditions:

        1. BBI may  exercise  the  Option at any time from and after the date of
June 27, 2000 through and including June 27, 2015, (provided,  however, that BBI
may exercise  the Option prior to June 27, 2000,  upon the failure of Grantee to
perform the Grantee's  options under that certain Parking and Service  Agreement
dated December 20, 1995,  between  Grantee and BBI), by giving written notice to
Grantee (hereinafter referred to as "OAK"), its successors and/or assigns of its
intent to exercise  the Option in the manner  required  hereunder  (the  "Option
Notice").

        2. The Option Notice shall  specify (a) the name,  address and telephone
number  of  a  real  estate  appraiser  doing  business  in  West   Bridgewater,
Massachusetts,  whom BBI wishes to provide a fair market  value  appraisal  with
respect to the Premises, and (b) a date and time between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m.
on any day on which the Plymouth  County  Registry of Deeds is open for business
on which BBI  wishes the  closing of the  acquisition  of the  Premises  to take
place,  said date to be not less than  nine  months  after the date on which the
option  notice is given.  Within  seven  days from  Oak's  receipt of the Option
Notice,  Oak shall give written notice (the "Response Notice") to BBI specifying
the name,  address and telephone number of a real estate appraiser familiar with
commercial   real  estate  values  and  doing  business  in  West   Bridgewater,
Massachusetts,  whom Oak wishes to provide a fair market  value  appraisal  with
respect to the Premises.







     3. BBI and Oak shall use best efforts to obtain, within seven days from the
date of the Response Notice,  written appraisals of the fair market value of the
Premises without consideration of any brokerage commission, from the real estate
appraisers  specified in each of the Option Notice and Response  Notice.  If the
values stated by such appraisers differ by less than $10,000.00,  the average of
such values shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the Premises. If such
values differ by $10,000.00 or more, BBI and Oak shall use good faith efforts to
agree to a value,  provided,  however, if the parties are unable to agree within
seven days from the date the later of the two appraisals is received,  BBI shall
request the two appraisers to select a third  appraiser whose  determination  of
value  shall  be  deemed  to be  the  fair  market  value,  provided  the  third
appraiser's  value shall not exceed or be less than the values determined by the
prior two appraisers.  If the third appraiser's value exceeds the high appraisal
of the two, the high  appraisal of the first two shall be deemed the fair market
value. If the third appraiser's value is below the low appraisal of the two, the
low appraisal of the first two shall be deemed the fair market value.  BBI shall
have fourteen days from the date of receipt of the  determination of fair market
value, in accordance  with this  paragraph,  to notify Oak whether BBI elects to
complete  the  acquisition  of the Premises at a purchase  price (the  "Purchase
Price") equal to the fair market value as determined pursuant to this paragraph.
In the event that BBI elects not to complete the acquisition of the Premises for
the Purchase Price,  this option shall terminate.  If BBI elects to proceed with
the acquisition of the premises for the Purchase  Price,  the closing shall take
place  at the  Plymouth  County  Registry  of  Deeds at the time and on the date
specified  (the "Closing  Date") in the Option  Notice,  unless  another time or
place is mutually agreed upon in writing.

       4. At the  closing,  BBI shall  tender  the full  Purchase  Price for the
Premises,  determined in accordance with the preceding paragraph,  by certified,
cashiers,  treasurers or bank check(s), and Oak shall deliver to BBI a Quitclaim
Deed to the premises,  conveying good and clear record and  marketable  title to
the  premises,  free and clear from  encumbrances  other than (a)  provisions of
existing  building and zoning laws,  (b) such taxes for the then current year as
are not due and payable on the date of the delivery of such Deed,  (c) any liens
for municipal  betterments assessed after the date of the Option Notice, and (d)
easements,  restrictions and reservations of record, if any, so long as the same
do not prohibit or  materially  interfere  with the current use of the Premises.
Oak agrees that, prior to the expiration of this Option,  Oak will not suffer or
permit the  Premises to be  encumbered  by any lien beyond the initial  mortgage
amount of  $100,000.00  without the  permission  of BBI, and will not permit the
Premises to be contaminated by oil, or other hazardous  materials as defined and
described  in  Massachusetts  General  Laws  Chapter 21C or 21E,  or  applicable
federal law.

       5. Rent,  taxes for the then current  fiscal year and water and sewer use
charges shall be apportioned, as of the date Closing















Date, and the net amount thereof shall be added to or deducted from, as the case
may be, the  Purchase  Price  payable by BBI at the time of the  delivery of the
Deed.  If the amount of said taxes is not known at the time of the  delivery  of
the Deed,  they shall be  apportioned on the basis of the taxes assessed for the
preceding  fiscal year, with a  reapportionment  as soon as the new tax rate and
valuation  can be  ascertained;  and,  if  taxes  which  are  apportioned  shall
thereafter  be reduced by  abatement,  the  amount of such  abatement,  less the
reasonable cost of obtaining the same, shall be apportioned between the parties,
provided  that  neither  party shall be  obligated  to  institute  or  prosecute
proceedings  for an  abatement.  Any  other  obligations  of Oak to BBI shall be
applied to reduce the Purchase  Price,  and any other  obligations of BBI to Oak
shall be added to the Purchase Price.

        6. If BBI fails to purchase  the  Premises on the date  specified in the
Option  Notice,  or on such other date as may be agreed upon in writing  between
the parties,  or if BBI notifies Oak in writing  following the  determination of
the  Purchase  Price  pursuant  to  paragraph  3 above that BBI does not wish to
purchase the Premises for the Purchase Price,  then this Option shall terminate,
and neither BBI nor Oak shall have any further obligation hereunder, except that
the  parties  agree to  execute a written  notice of  termination  suitable  for
recording with the Plymouth County Registry of Deeds.

        7. All  notices  required  or which may be given under the terms of this
Option, shall be deemed properly given (a) two business days after being mailed,
postage prepaid,  by certified mail,  return receipt  requested,  or (b) one day
after delivered to a national overnight  delivery service,  or (c) when actually
received by hand  delivery,  including  but not limited to,  courier  service or
facsimile transmission, to the parties as follows:

if to Oak, to:                      Donald M. Leonard, Trustee
                                    Live Oak Realty Trust
                                    80 Manley Street
                                    West Bridgewater, MA 02379

if the to BBI, to:                  Boston Biomedica, Inc.
                                    375 West Street
                                    West Bridgewater, MA 02379
                                    ATTN: Chief Financial Officer

Either party,  may by written  notice to the other sent in  accordance  with the
provisions  of this  paragraph,  change  the  address  for such party to receive
notice.

      8. The Option shall be construed as a Massachusetts  contract,  is to take
effect as a sealed instrument, is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their respective transferees, successors and assigns, and
may be modified or amended only by a written instrument  executed by BBI, Oak or
their respective transferees, successors and assigns.




     35.  PURCHASE  PRICE:  The  purchase  price  for the  subject  property  is
$130,800.00 of which the sum of $50,000.00  shall be paid to the Seller in cash,
cashier's check or bank funds. The remainder of the purchase price of $80,800.00
will be paid by means of the attached  Promissory Note and the attached  Service
and Parking Agreement (marked as Exhibit "A") dated this date between the Seller
and Buyer,  by which the Buyer  agrees to perform  maintenance  services  on the
Seller's  adjacent  property at 375 West  Street,  West  Bridgewater,  MA, for a
period of fifty four (54) months.  For each month of service  provided the Buyer
will be credited with a payment toward the outstanding balance of the Promissory
Note of  $1,496.29.  Upon  completion  of the Service and Parking  Agreement the
Seller shall have received the full purchase price of  $130,800.00.  For so long
as said  Promissory  Note  remains  unsatisfied,  or said  Service  and  Parking
Agreement  has not been fully and  completely  performed,  whichever  is longer,
Buyer will not suffer or permit the Premises to be encumbered by any lien beyond
the first mortgage amount of $100,000.00  without the prior written  approval of
the Seller, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

       Should the Buyer sell the subject  property  prior to  performance of all
work  required  under the Service and  Parking  Agreement,  then the Buyer shall
provide the Seller with the balance of funds due under the contract for purchase
less sums credited for services provided.

        36. EARLY SALE:  The parties agree that the Buyer shall have a period of
fifty-four  months from  12/27/95,  before the  Options to  Purchase  shall take
effect.  The Buyer  agrees,  therefore,  that should the  property be sold for a
price above $130,800.00 at any time within the said fifty four (54) months,  the
Seller  shall be  entitled  to any excess upon sale,  including  any  additional
payments for services not yet performed under the Service and Parking  Agreement
or credited,  according to the following formula (the "Appreciation Credit"): If
the property is sold within one month following  12/27/95,  the original date of
transfer,  the Seller  (Boston) shall be entitled to the full proceeds in excess
of $130,800.00.  Should the property be sold after the first month, but prior to
the second month,  then the Seller (Boston) shall receive 53/54ths of any excess
beyond the  purchase  price of  $130,800.00.  This formula  shall  continue on a
descending  scale until the expiration of the 54 months at which time the Seller
(Boston) shall not be entitled to any excess beyond the original  purchase price
of $130,800.00.  In the event Seller should  reacquire the property prior to the
expiration of said 54 month period the  Appreciation  Credit shall be applied to
reduce the Purchase Price due from the Seller.







SELLER:                                    BUYER:
BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

BY: /s/Richard T. Shumacher, President     /s/Donald M. Leonard, Trustee
    ----------------------------------     -----------------------------
                                           DONALD M. LEONARD, TRUSTEE
                                           LIVE OAK REALTY TRUST











                                   EXHIBIT "A"



                              LIVE OAK REALTY TRUST

                                80 Manley Street
                      West Bridgewater, Massachusetts 02379



December 20, 1995




Boston Biomedica, Inc.
375 West Street
West Bridgewater, MA 02379

RE: Parking and Service Agreement
    Fifty Four month agreement from
    December 27, 1995 to June 27, 2000

The intent of this  Agreement  is to supply ten parking  spaces and building and
yard  maintenance  for the  benefit  of 375  West  Street,  Brockton,  MA.  This
Agreement includes the following:

1. Ten additional  parking spaces for Boston  Biomedica at 80 Manley Street (see
   attached parking plan).

2. Snow removal  services as required to keep parking area and  sidewalks  clean
   and passable.

3. Law  mowing  services-keeping  law  mowed  to  a  reasonable  appearance  and
   fertilizing as necessary.

4. Supply  labor  for  maintenances  as  required  and  requested  (it being the
   intention of the parties that labor and  maintenance  provided  shall average
   approximately 20.6 hours per month) for:

            a. weeding, mulching, trimming of bushes;
            b. snow shoveling and installation of ice melt;
            c. Exterior building maintenance-roof work,
               caulking, repairs and cleaning;
            d. interior repairs;
            e. or any services required by BBI.

This Agreement does not include any materials. All materials will be supplied at
cost or by Boston Biomedica.

In  consideration  for the services  provided in accordance with this Agreement,
Live Oak shall be credited an amount equal to $1,496.29 per month,  which amount
is equal to, and shall be credited as, the








Boston Biomedica, Inc.
December 20, 1995
Page 2


monthly  payment due under that certain  Promissory Note made by Live Oak to the
order of Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.,  dated as of December 20,  1995.  Any default
under or failure by Live Oak to perform this Agreement that remains  uncured for
ten (10) days after BBI provides  notice to Oak,  shall  constitute  an event of
default under said Promissory Note.

This  Agreement  is for the  benefit of and has been fully  performed  by Boston
Biomedica and its  successors  and assigns and is not cancelable for the term of
the Agreement. It can be extended by mutual agreement between both parties.

Your signature below and our acceptance thereof will formalize the Agreement.

BOSTON BIOMEDICA INC.                             LIVE OAK REALTY TRUST

BY: /s/Richard T. Shumacher                       BY: /s/Donald M. Leonard
    -----------------------                           -----------------------
TITLE: President                                  TITLE: Trustee
       --------------------                              --------------------
DATE:  12/27/95                                   DATE: 12/27/95
       --------------------                             ---------------------







                                 QUITCLAIM DEED

       Property Address: 80 Manley Street, West Bridgewater, Massachusetts

Boston  Biomedica,  Inc., a Massachusetts  corporation  having an address at 375
West Street, West Bridgewater,  Plymouth County,  Massachusetts ("Grantor"),  in
consideration of ONE HUNDRED THIRTY THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED ($130,800.00) DOLLARS
paid, grants to DONALD M. LEONARD, TRUSTEE of LIVE OAK REALTY TRUST, u/d/t dated
June 30, 1995 recorded  herewith,  having an address at 80 Manley  Street,  West
Bridgewater, Massachusetts ("Grantee"),

the land with buildings  thereon located at 80 Manley Street,  West Bridgewater,
Plymouth County, Massachusetts, more particularly described as follows:

The land in West  Bridgewater,  Plymouth County,  Massachusetts on the northerly
side of West Street and the westerly side of Manley Street as shown as Lot 2A on
a plan  entitled,  "Plan  of Land in West  Bridgewater,  Massachusetts  owned by
C.W.B.  Contractors,  Inc.,  June 11, 1985" said plan being recorded in Plymouth
County Registry of Deeds in Plan Book 26, Page 260.

Being the same premises conveyed to Grantor by deed dated December 11, 1995 from
JAMES LEONARD, TRUSTEE, C.W.B. REALTY TRUST u/d/t dated March 21, 1988, recorded
at Plymouth County Registry of Deeds at Book 8406, Page 168, which deed recorded
at Plymouth County Registry of Deeds at Book 14018 Page ___.

       Said  premises  (the  "Premises")  are  conveyed  subject to an option to
purchase  in  favor of  Grantor,  its  successors  and/or  assigns  (hereinafter
referred  to as "BBI").  To that end BBI hereby  reserves  an option to purchase
(the "Option") the Premises upon the following terms and conditions:

1.       BBI may exercise the Option at any time from and after the date of June
         27, 2000 through and including June 27, 2015 (provided,  however,  that
         BBI may exercise the Option prior to June 27, 2000, upon the failure of
         Grantee to perform  any of  Grantee's  obligations  under that  certain
         Service and Parking Agreement dated December 20, 1995,  between Grantee
         and BBI), by giving written notice to Grantee (hereinafter  referred to
         as "OAK"),  its successors and/or assigns of its intent to exercise the
         Option in the manner required hereunder (the "Option Notice").

2.       The Option  Notice shall  specify (a) the name,  address and  telephone
         number of a real estate  appraiser doing business in West  Bridgewater,
         Massachusetts, whom BBI wishes to provide a fair market value appraisal
         with respect to the Premises, and (b) a date and time between 9:00 a.m.
         and 3:00 p.m. on any day on which the Plymouth County Registry of Deeds
         is open for business on which BBI wishes








                                      - 1 -






         the closing of the acquisition of the Premises to take place, said date
         to be not less than nine nor more than thirty-six months after the date
         on which the  Option  Notice is given.  Within  seven  days from  OAK's
         receipt  of the  Option  Notice,  OAK shall give  written  notice  (the
         "Response  Notice") to BBI specifying  the name,  address and telephone
         number of a real estate appraiser  familiar with commercial real estate
         values and doing business in West Bridgewater,  Massachusetts, whom OAK
         wishes to provide a fair market  value  appraisal  with  respect to the
         Premises.

3.       BBI and OAK shall use best  efforts to obtain,  within  seven days from
         the date of the Response Notice,  written appraisals of the fair market
         value  of  the  Premises   without   consideration   of  any  brokerage
         commission,  from the real estate  appraisers  specified in each of the
         Option  Notice  and  Response  Notice.  If the  values  stated  by such
         appraisers  differ by less than $10,000.00,  the average of such values
         shall be deemed to be the fair market  value of the  Premises.  If such
         values differ by  $10,000.00 or more,  BBI and OAK shall use good faith
         efforts to agree to a value,  provided,  however,  if the  parties  are
         unable to agree  within  seven  days from the date the later of the two
         appraisals is received,  BBI shall request the two appraisers to select
         a third  appraiser whose  determination  of value shall be deemed to be
         the fair market value,  provided that the third appraiser's value shall
         not  exceed  the  greater  of, or be less than the  lesser  of, the two
         values determined by the prior two appraisers. If the third appraiser's
         value exceeds the high  appraisal of the two, the high appraisal of the
         first  two  shall  be  deemed  the  fair  market  value.  If the  third
         appraiser's  value is less than the low  appraisal  of the two, the low
         appraisal of the first two shall be deemed the fair market  value.  BBI
         shall have fourteen days from the date of receipt of the  determination
         of fair market value, in accordance with this paragraph,  to notify OAK
         whether BBI elects to complete  the  acquisition  of the  Premises at a
         purchase price (the "Option  Purchase  Price") equal to the fair market
         value as determined  pursuant to this paragraph.  In the event that BBI
         elects not to complete the  acquisition  of the Premises for the Option
         Purchase Price,  this Option shall terminate.  If BBI elects to proceed
         with the acquisition of the Premises for the Option Purchase Price, the
         closing  shall take place at the Plymouth  County  Registry of Deeds at
         the time and on the date specified  (the "Closing  Date") in the Option
         Notice,  unless  another  time or  place  is  mutually  agreed  upon in
         writing.

4.       At the closing, BBI shall tender the full Option Purchase Price for the
         Premises,  determined in accordance  with the preceding  paragraph,  by
         certified, cashiers, treasurers or bank check(s), and OAK shall deliver
         to BBI a  Quitclaim  Deed to the  Premises,  conveying  good and  clear
         record  and  marketable  title to the  premises,  free and  clear  from
         encumbrances  other than (a) provisions of existing building and zoning
         laws,  (b)  such  taxes  for the then  current  year as are not due and
         payable on the date of the  delivery  of such  Deed,  (c) any liens for
         municipal betterments assessed after the date of the Option Notice, and
         (d) easements, restrictions and reservations of record, if any, so long
         as the same do not prohibit




                                      - 2 -





         or  materially  interfere  with the  current use of the  Premises.  OAK
         agrees  that,  prior to the  expiration  of this  Option,  OAK will not
         suffer or permit the Premises to be  encumbered  by any lien beyond the
         initial  mortgage amount of $100,000.00  without the permission of BBI,
         and will not permit the  Premises to be  contaminated  by oil, or other
         hazardous  materials as defined and described in Massachusetts  General
         Laws Chapter 21C or 21E, or applicable federal law.

5.       Rent,  taxes for the then  current  fiscal year and water and sewer use
         charges shall be apportioned,  as of the date Closing Date, and the net
         amount  thereof shall be added to or deducted from, as the case may be,
         the Option Purchase Price payable by BBI at the time of the delivery of
         the Deed.  If the  amount of said taxes is not known at the time of the
         delivery  of the Deed,  they shall be  apportioned  on the basis of the
         taxes assessed for the preceding fiscal year, with a reapportionment as
         soon as the new tax rate and  valuation  can be  ascertained;  and,  if
         taxes which are apportioned  shall  thereafter be reduced by abatement,
         the amount of such abatement, less the reasonable cost of obtaining the
         same, shall be apportioned  between the parties,  provided that neither
         party shall be obligated to institute or prosecute  proceedings  for an
         abatement.  Any other  obligations  of OAK to BBI shall be  applied  to
         reduce the Option Purchase Price,  and any other  obligations of BBI to
         OAK shall be added to the Option Purchase Price.

6.       If BBI fails to  purchase  the  Premises on the date  specified  in the
         Option  Notice,  or on such other date as may be agreed upon in writing
         between the parties,  or if BBI notifies OAK in writing  following  the
         determination  of the Option  Purchase  Price  pursuant to  paragraph 3
         above that BBI does not wish to purchase  the  Premises  for the Option
         Purchase Price,  then this Option shall terminate,  and neither BBI nor
         OAK  shall  have any  further  obligation  hereunder,  except  that the
         parties agree to execute a written notice of  termination  suitable for
         recording with the Plymouth County Registry of Deeds.

         The Premises are also  conveyed  subject to a right of first refusal in
favor of BBI. To that end,  BBI hereby  reserves a right of first  refusal  (the
"Right of Refusal")  with respect to the Premises upon the  following  terms and
conditions:

A.       OAK  shall  not  sell all or any  portion  of the  legal or  beneficial
         ownership  in the Premises for a period of ten (10) years from the date
         of this Deed  without  first  offering to sell the  Premises to BBI, as
         hereinafter set forth.

B.       In the event that OAK shall  receive any bona fide  written  offer (the
         "Offer") to purchase the Premises,  or any interest therein,  OAK shall
         provide a copy of such offer within seven (7) calendar  days of receipt
         of such offer,  together with a written offer to sell the Premises,  or
         such interest  therein,  for the purchase price set forth in the Offer.
         BBI shall have the right to elect to  purchase  the  Premises,  or such
         portion  thereof  described  in  the  Offer,  for  the  purchase  price
         specified in the Offer,  by giving  written notice to OAK within thirty
         (30) days of receipt by BBI of the





                                      - 3 -



         Offer (the "Acceptance  Notice").  The Acceptance  Notice shall specify
         the time,  date and place  within  Plymouth or Suffolk  County that the
         closing  is to take  place,  provided  that such date shall be not more
         than sixty (60) days from the date of giving the Acceptance Notice.

C.       In the event that BBI elects to purchase  the  Premises at the purchase
         price stated in the Offer, BBI shall purchase the Premises as set forth
         in the  Acceptance  Notice.  At the closing,  BBI shall tender the full
         purchase  price  for  the  Premises,  as  specified  in the  Offer,  by
         certified, cashiers, treasurers or bank check(s), and OAK shall deliver
         to BBI a  Quitclaim  Deed to the  Premises,  conveying  good and  clear
         record  and  marketable  title to the  premises,  free and  clear  from
         encumbrances  other than (a) provisions of existing building and zoning
         laws,  (b)  such  taxes  for the then  current  year as are not due and
         payable on the date of the  delivery  of such  Deed,  (c) any liens for
         municipal betterments assessed after the date of the Acceptance Notice,
         and (d) easements,  restrictions and reservations of record, if any, so
         long as the  same do not  prohibit  or  materially  interfere  with the
         current use of the Premises.  OAK agrees that,  prior to the expiration
         of this Right of Refusal, OAK will not suffer or permit the Premises to
         be  encumbered  by any lien  beyond  the  initial  mortgage  amount  of
         $100,000.00  without  the  permission  of BBI,  and will not permit the
         Premises to be  contaminated  by oil, or other  hazardous  materials as
         defined and described in Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 21C or 21E,
         or applicable federal law. Rent, taxes for the then current fiscal year
         and water and sewer use charges  shall be  apportioned,  as of the date
         closing date  specified in the  Acceptance  Notice,  and the net amount
         thereof  shall be added to or  deducted  from,  as the case may be, the
         purchase  price payable by BBI at the time of the delivery of the Deed.
         If the amount of said taxes is not known at the time of the delivery of
         the Deed,  they shall be apportioned on the basis of the taxes assessed
         for the preceding  fiscal year, with a  reapportionment  as soon as the
         new tax rate and valuation can be ascertained;  and, if taxes which are
         apportioned  shall  thereafter be reduced by  abatement,  the amount of
         such abatement,  less the reasonable cost of obtaining the same,  shall
         be apportioned  between the parties,  provided that neither party shall
         be obligated to institute or prosecute  proceedings  for an  abatement.
         Any other obligations of OAK to BBI shall be applied to reduce the said
         purchase price, and any other  obligations of BBI to OAK shall be added
         to said purchase price.

D.       If BBI notifies OAK that it does not elect to purchase the Premises for
         the  purchase  price  stated in the Offer,  or if BBI does not give the
         Acceptance Notice on or before the date required,  OAK shall be free to
         sell the  Premises  to any third party for a period of three (3) months
         at the purchase price  specified in the Offer.  If the Premises are not
         sold at that  purchase  price within that three (3) month  period,  any
         subsequent offer to purchase the Premises shall be subject to the Right
         of Refusal.




                                      - 4 -




E.       If,  after  giving the  Acceptance  Notice,  BBI fails to purchase  the
         Premises on the date  specified in the  Acceptance  Notice,  or on such
         other day as may be agreed upon in writing  between the parties,  or if
         BBI fails or declines to give the  Acceptance  Notice and OAK sells the
         Premises for the purchase  price  specified in the Offer to a bona fide
         third party within the three (3) month period provided in the preceding
         paragraph,  or if BBI  ceases to exist as a going  concern  leaving  no
         assignee or successor by merger,  acquisition or other  reorganization,
         then this Right of Refusal  shall  terminate,  and  neither BBI nor OAK
         shall have any further  obligation  hereunder,  except that the parties
         agree to execute a written notice of termination suitable for recording
         with the Plymouth County Registry of Deeds.

         All  notices  required  or which  may be given  under  the terms of the
Option or the Right of Refusal,  shall be deemed properly given (a) two business
days after being mailed,  postage  prepaid,  by certified  mail,  return receipt
requested,  or (b) one day after  delivered  to a  national  overnight  delivery
service,  or (c) when  actually  received by hand  delivery,  including  but not
limited  to,  courier  service  or  facsimile  transmission,  to the  parties as
follows:

          if to OAK, to:                      Donald M. Leonard, Trustee
                                              Live Oak Realty Trust
                                              80 Manley Street
                                              West Bridgewater, MA 02379

          if to BBI, to:                      Boston Biomedica, Inc.
                                              375 West Street
                                              West Bridgewater, MA 02379
                                              ATTN: Chief Financial Officer

Either party,  may by written  notice to the other sent in  accordance  with the
provisions  of this  paragraph,  change  the  address  for such party to receive
notice.

           Each of the Option and the Right of Refusal  shall be  construed as a
Massachusetts contract, is to take effect as a sealed instrument, shall run with
the land,  is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto
and their respective transferees, successors and assigns, and may be modified or
amended only by a written  instrument  executed by BBI, OAK or their  respective
transferees, successors and assigns.





                                      - 5 -




Executed as a sealed instrument as of the 20th day of December, 1995.


GRANTOR:                                  BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.


                                          By: /s/Richard T. Shumacher
                                              --------------------------------
                                              Richard T. Schumacher, President


                                          By: /s/Kevin W. Quinlan
                                              --------------------------------
                                              Kevin W. Quinlan, Treasurer


GRANTEE:


                                          /s/Donald M. Leonard, Trustee
                                          ------------------------------------
                                         Donald M. Leonard, Trustee of Live Oak
                                         Realty Trust, as aforesaid


                          COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

PLYMOUTH, SS                                                   December 28, 1995

            Then personally appeared the above named Kevin W. Quinlan, Treasurer
as aforesaid,  and acknowledged the foregoing  instrument to be his free act and
deed, and the free act and deed of Boston Biomedica, Inc., before me,

                                                   /s/Candice J. Kobyluck
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                                ,Notary Public
                                           My commission expires: June 1, 2001


                          COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

PLYMOUTH, SS                                                   December 28, 1995

             Then personally appeared the above named Donald M. Leonard, Trustee
of  Live  Oak  Realty  Trust,  as  aforesaid,  and  acknowledged  the  foregoing
instrument to be his free act and deed, before me,

                                                   /s/Candice J. Kobyluck
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                                ,Notary Public
                                           My commission expires: June 1, 2001



                                      - 6 -


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14
                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                            ------------------------


        This Stock  Purchase  Agreement is entered into as of April 26, 1996, by
and between Kyowa Medex Co., Ltd.  ("Investor")  and Boston  Biomedica,  Inc., a
Massachusetts corporation (the "Company").

                                    RECITALS

        The Investor  desires to purchase from the Company that number of shares
of Common Stock,  $.01 par value per share, set forth in paragraph 1 hereof (the
"Shares").

        The  Investor is currently  the  exclusive  distributor  in Japan of the
Company's products.  The Company and the Investor are currently  negotiating the
terms and conditions of a formal  agreement  pursuant to which the Investor will
continue as the exclusive distributor of the Company's products in Japan.

                                    AGREEMENT

        For good and  valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.  Purchase of Shares;  Payment.  Investor  hereby  agrees to purchase from the
Company, and the Company hereby agrees to sell to the Investor,  235,295 Shares,
in accordance with the terms hereof.  The purchase price shall be $4.25 for each
Share being  acquired,  or  $1,000,003.75  in the aggregate.  The closing of the
purchase and sale  contemplated  hereby shall be on a date  determined by mutual
agreement  of the  parties,  provided  that the  closing  shall take place on or
before April 30, 1996.

2.  Agreement to be Bound by Securities  Laws. By executing  this Stock Purchase
Agreement,  the Investor  agrees as follows:  the Shares offered hereby have not
been and will not be registered under the United States  Securities Act of 1933,
as amended,  and the rules and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder  (the "1933
Act"), and Investor shall not offer or sell the Shares offered hereby within the
United  States (as  defined in  Regulation  S of the 1933 Act) or to, or for the
account or benefit of, U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S of the 1933 Act)
except in  accordance  with  Regulation  S of the 1933  Act,  or  pursuant  to a
registration  statement under the 1933 Act or an exemption from the registration
requirements of such Act.

3.      Representations.  Investor represents and warrants that:

        (a) All information  provided to the Corporation  concerning Investor is
true and correct in all respects as of the date thereof;

        (b) Investor is acquiring  the Shares  subscribed  for hereunder for its
own  account for  investment  and not for the account of another nor with a view
to, or for  resale in  connection  with,  any  distribution  or public  offering
thereof within the meaning of the Securities  Act, the state





securities  laws of the applicable  jurisdiction,  or the rules and  regulations
promulgated thereunder;

        (c) Investor is able  financially  to bear the risk of losing its entire
investment,  has adequate  means of providing for its current needs and possible
contingencies, and has no need for liquidity of this investment;

        (d)  Investor  has  itself,  or  is  relying  on a  qualified  purchaser
representative who has, sufficient knowledge and expertise in business,  tax and
financial  matters  to be able to  evaluate  the risks and  merits  inherent  in
investments of this type;

        (e) Investor and/or its professional adviser or purchaser representative
has received  information  from the  Corporation  with respect to all matters it
considers  material to its investment  decision,  has had the opportunity to ask
questions  of the  officers  of the  Corporation  on any matter  material to its
investment  decision,   and  all  such  questions  have  been  answered  to  its
satisfaction;

        (f) Investor  acknowledges that no representations  have been made to it
orally or in writing  regarding the Corporation  except by means of responses by
the  officers of the  Corporation  to  questions  asked and written  information
furnished in response to requests by Investor for such  information  pursuant to
paragraph 3(e) above,  and by executing this  Agreement,  Investor  acknowledges
that it is not  relying  upon any  representations  or  information  other  than
representations  or information  furnished in response to questions and requests
for information  under paragraph 3(e), and the results of its own  investigation
or that of its financial adviser or purchaser representative; and

        (g) Investor  understands  that an investment  in the Shares  involves a
high degree of risk.

               Investor  understands  that the Corporation  will rely upon these
representations and warranties and those contained in paragraph 4 in determining
its  exemption  from  registration  of the  offering  of the  Shares  under  the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

4. Additional Representations and Covenants. Investor certifies,  represents and
warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, the Company as follows:

        (a) Investor is not organized under the laws of any jurisdiction  within
the United States, was not formed by a U.S. Person (as defined in Section 902(o)
of Regulation S) for the purpose of investing in Regulation S securities  and is
not otherwise a U.S.  Person.  Investor is not, and on the closing date will not
be, an affiliate of the Company;

        (b) At the time the buy order for the  Shares was  originated,  Investor
was outside the United States and is outside of the United States as of the date
of the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

        (c)    No offer to purchase the Shares was made in the United States;


                                      -2-



        (d)  Investor is  purchasing  the Shares for its own account and not for
the  account  or benefit of any U.S.  Persons,  and  Investor  is  qualified  to
purchase  the Shares under the laws of its  residence  and the offer and sale of
the Shares will not violate the securities or other laws of such jurisdiction;

        (e) Any offers and sales of the Shares by Investor  permitted  hereunder
shall  be  made  in  compliance  with  any  applicable  securities  laws  of any
applicable  jurisdiction  and in accordance with Rule 903 or 904, as applicable,
of Regulation S or pursuant to  registration of the Shares under the 1933 Act or
pursuant to an exemption from registration;

        (f) The  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement (a) have not been
and will not be prearranged  by Investor with a purchaser  located in the United
States or a purchaser  which is a U.S.  Person,  and (b) are not and will not be
part of a plan or scheme by Investor to evade the registration provisions of the
1933 Act;

        (g) Investor  understands  that the Shares are not registered  under the
1933 Act and are being offered and sold to it in reliance on specific exemptions
from the  registration  requirements of Federal and State  securities  laws, and
that the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of the  representations,
warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of Investor set forth
herein  in order to  determine  the  applicability  of such  exemptions  and the
suitability of Investor to acquire the Shares;

        (h)  Investor  has not  conducted  and shall not conduct  any  "directed
selling  efforts," as that term is defined in Rule 902(b) of  Regulation  S, nor
has Investor conducted any general  solicitation  relating to the offer and sale
of the Shares in the United States or elsewhere;

        (i) Any invitations, offers or sales of, or in respect of, the Shares by
Investor and any distribution by Investor of any documents relating to any offer
by it of the Shares will be in compliance  with  applicable laws and regulations
and will be made in such a manner that no prospectus  need be filed and no other
filing  need be made by the  Company  with  any  regulatory  authority  or stock
exchange in any country or any political subdivision of any country;

        (j) Investor  will not make any offer or sale of the Shares by any means
which would not comply with the laws and  regulations  of the territory in which
such  offer or sale  takes  place or to which  such  offer or sale is subject or
which  would in  connection  with any such offer or sale impose upon the company
any  obligation  to satisfy any public  filing or  registration  requirement  or
provide or publish any information of any kind whatsoever or otherwise undertake
or become obliged to do any act;

        (k) Neither Investor nor any of its affiliates has entered into, has the
intention of entering into, or will during the Restricted Period enter into, any
put option,  short position or other similar instrument or position with respect
to the Shares or securities of the same class as the Shares;



                                      -3-


        (l)  Investor has an overall  commitment  to  investments  which are not
readily marketable which is not disproportionate to the Investor's net worth and
which, with the investment in the Shares, will not cause such overall commitment
to become excessive;

        (m)  Investor  was not formed for the  specific  purpose of making  this
investment,  has been in existence for more than one year and is investing  less
than 25% of its capital in the Corporation; and

        (n)  Investor  is a  corporation  or other  entity  not  formed  for the
specific  purpose of  acquiring  the Shares,  and  Investor  has total assets in
excess of Five Million United States Dollars ($5,000,000).

5.  Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents
and warrants to the Investor that:

         (a) Organization and  Qualification.  The Company is a corporation duly
organized,  validly  existing  and  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of the
jurisdiction  of its  incorporation  and has all  required  corporate  power and
authority to own its property,  to carry on its business as presently  conducted
and to carry out the transactions  contemplated hereby. The Company is qualified
to do  business  as a  foreign  corporation  and is in  good  standing  in  each
jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

        (b)   Subsidiaries.   The  Company  has  no  investments  in  any  other
corporation  or business  organization  except its  investments in the following
Subsidiaries:

Name of Subsidiary                                        Place of Incorporation
- ------------------                                        ----------------------

BBI - North American Clinical                             Connecticut
  Laboratories, Inc.

BTRL Contracts and Services, Inc.                         Maryland
  (d/b/a) Biotech Research Laboratories

Each Subsidiary is duly organized,  validly  existing and in good standing under
the laws of the state of its  incorporation and is qualified to do business as a
foreign  corporation  and is in good  standing in each  jurisdiction  where such
qualification is required.  Each Subsidiary has all required corporate power and
authority  to own  its  property  and to  carry  on its  business  as  presently
conducted. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary are
owned by the Company,  which has good and  marketable  title thereto free of any
lien, restriction or encumbrance,  and said shares have been duly issued and are
validly outstanding.

         (c)  Capitalization.  The  authorized  capital  stock  of  the  Company
consists of 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock, .01 par value, of which 5,280,835
shares are validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable.



                                      -4-


         (d)   Authorization  of  Transaction.   The  execution,   delivery  and
performance  of this  Agreement  have  been  duly  authorized  by all  necessary
corporate  or other  action  of the  Company  and it is the  valid  and  binding
obligation of the Company,  enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to
laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of
debtors.  The  issuance of the Shares  pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement
shall be duly and validly  authorized,  and no further  approval or authority of
the  shareholders  or the  directors  of  the  Company  or of  any  governmental
authority  or agency will be required for the issuance and sale of the Shares as
contemplated  by this  Agreement.  When  issued and sold to the  Investors,  the
Shares will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

         (e)  Approvals;  Compliance  With Laws.  Neither  the  Company  nor any
Subsidiary is in violation of its Charter or by-laws as of the date hereof.  The
execution,  delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement  and the  transactions
contemplated  hereby (i) do not  require  any  approval or consent of, or filing
with,  any  governmental  agency or authority in the United States of America or
otherwise  which has not been obtained and which is not in full force and effect
as of the date  hereof,  (ii) will not conflict  with or  constitute a breach or
violation  of  the  respective  Charters  or  by-laws  of  the  Company  or  any
Subsidiary, and (iii) will not result in a violation of or any law or regulation
to which they are subject.

         (f) Condition of Properties. All of the Company's and its Subsidiaries'
properties,  machinery and equipment  which are necessary to the business of the
Company or any Subsidiary is in good condition and repair.

         (g) Payment of Taxes.  The Company  and each of its  Subsidiaries  have
filed all federal, state and local income, excise or franchise tax returns, real
estate and personal  property  tax returns,  sales and use tax returns and other
tax  returns  required to be filed by them and have paid all taxes owing by them
except  taxes which have not yet accrued or  otherwise  become due.  Neither the
Internal  Revenue Service nor any other taxing authority is now asserting or, to
the knowledge of the Company or any  Subsidiary,  threatening  to assert against
the Company or any Subsidiary  any  deficiency or claim for additional  taxes or
interest thereon or penalties in connection therewith.

         (h) Compliance with Instruments. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
is in  default in the  performance  of any  material  obligation,  agreement  or
condition  contained  in  any  bond  or  debenture  or  any  other  evidence  of
indebtedness or any indenture or loan agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary
which default  affords to any person the  unconditional  right to accelerate any
material  indebtedness  or  terminate  any  material  right or  agreement of the
Company or any Subsidiary. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
nor the fulfillment of the terms herein set forth,  nor the  consummation of the
transactions  contemplated hereby, will (i) conflict with or constitute a breach
of, default under or violation of any agreement,  indenture,  mortgage,  deed of
trust or other material instrument or undertaking by which the Company or any of
the Subsidiaries is bound or to which they or any of their respective properties
are subject,  or (ii) result in a violation of any court decree binding upon the
Company  or any  of the  Subsidiaries,  or  (iii)  result  in  the  creation  or
imposition  of any material



                                      -5-

lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of
the Subsidiaries.

         (i) Litigation.  There is no litigation pending or, to the knowledge of
the Company,  any Subsidiary,  threatened  against the Company or any Subsidiary
and there are no outstanding court orders,  court decrees, or court stipulations
to which the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party which question this
Agreement or affect the transactions contemplated hereby, or which will or could
result in any materially adverse change in the business, properties, operations,
prospects, assets or in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Company or any
of its  Subsidiaries.  Neither  the  Company  nor any  Subsidiary  has reason to
believe that any such action,  suit,  proceeding or investigation may be brought
against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

         (j) Permits and Licenses;  Compliance with Law. The Company and each of
its  Subsidiaries  have all necessary  franchises,  permits,  licenses and other
rights and  privileges  necessary to permit them to own their  properties and to
conduct their  present  business.  Neither the Company nor any  Subsidiary is in
violation of any law, regulation, authorization or order of any public authority
relevant to the  ownership of its  properties  or the carrying on of its present
business which violation would have a material adverse effect on the Company and
its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         (k) Descriptive Memorandum.  The Company's Descriptive Memorandum dated
June 1995  furnished  to the  Investor  prior to the date hereof  describes  all
material aspects of the business of the Company and its  Subsidiaries,  contains
no untrue or misleading  statement of a material fact or any omission to state a
fact material to the business of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  or necessary
to make the statements  contained therein not misleading,  except however,  with
respect to the financial projections contained therein,  which have been revised
and furnished to the Investor and are included as Exhibit A hereto.

         (l) Financial  Projections.  Attached hereto as Exhibit A are financial
projections  dated April 10, 1996 prepared by the Company.  The Company believes
that the  assumptions  upon  which  such  financial  projections  are  based are
reasonable. However, there can be no assurance that actual results will not vary
materially from those contained in the projections.  Investor  acknowledges that
it has received and has read and understands  the risk factors  described in the
Company's Descriptive  Memorandum dated June 1995. Investor further acknowledges
that actual results may differ  materially from those contained in the financial
projections as a result of a number of important  factors,  including those risk
factors described in the Company's Descriptive Memorandum.

6.  Registration  Rights.  The Company  hereby grants the following  rights with
respect to the Shares.

         (a) "Piggy-Back"  Registration.  If at any time after the expiration of
the one-year period following the Company's initial public offering, the Company
shall  determine to register  under the Securities Act of 1933 any of its common
stock (other than on Form S-8 or Form S-4


                                      -6-


or their  then  equivalents  relating  to  shares of common  stock  issuable  in
connection  with any stock option or other  employee  benefits plan or shares of
common stock to be issued solely in connection with an acquisition of any entity
or business),  it shall send to Investor  written  notice of such  determination
and,  if within 5 days after  receipt of such  notice,  Investor  so requests in
writing,  the Company  shall include in such  registration  statement all or any
part of the Shares as to which Investor  requests  inclusion in the registration
statement.  The Company  shall cause the  managing  underwriter  of the proposed
offering  to offer the Shares on the same terms and  conditions  as the  capital
stock  to be  included  in the  offering  by the  Company.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  if in  connection  with  any  underwritten  offering,  the  managing
underwriter  shall impose a  limitation  on the number of shares of common stock
which  may be  included  in any  such  registration  statement  because,  in its
judgment,  such limitation is necessary to effect an orderly public distribution
of the common stock and to maintain a stable  market for the  securities  of the
Company,  then the Company  shall be obligated  to include in such  registration
statement  only such  limited  portion  (which may be none) of the  Shares  with
respect to which  Investor has requested  registration.  The  obligations of the
Company  under this section  shall expire and terminate at such time as Investor
shall be  entitled  to sell such  securities  without  restriction  and  without
registration  under the Securities Act, pursuant to subparagraph (k) of Rule 144
as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         (b) Demand  Registration  Rights.  One time after the expiration of the
one-year period following the Company's  initial public  offering,  within sixty
(60) days of the  written  request of the  Investor,  the  Company  shall file a
Registration  Statement on Form S-3 (or any successor Form) under the Securities
Act of 1933,  and use its best efforts to cause the Shares to be registered  for
resale by the  Investor  under such Act and to be  qualified  for  resale  under
applicable state  securities laws, as necessary.  The Company shall maintain the
effectiveness  of such  Registration  Statement under the Act and shall maintain
such  qualifications  for a period of three months after the  effective  date of
such Registration Statement. The Company shall only be obligated to register the
Shares  under  this  subsection  if the  Company is  eligible  to use a Form S-3
Registration Statement (or a successor Form).

         (c) Expenses.  In the case of a registration  under subsection (a), the
Company shall bear all costs and expenses of each such registration,  including,
but not limited to,  printing,  legal and  accounting  expenses,  Securities and
Exchange  Commission  and NASD filing  fees,  and "Blue Sky" fees and  expenses;
provided, however, that the Company shall have no obligation to pay or otherwise
bear any portion of the  underwriters  commissions or discounts  attributable to
the Shares,  or the fees and expenses of any counsel for Investor in  connection
with  the  registration  of the  Shares.  In the  case of a  registration  under
subsection  (b),  the  Investor  shall bear all the costs and  expenses  of such
registration.

7.      Restrictions on Transfer.

        (a) As long  as the  Distributor  Agreement  of even  date  between  the
Company  and the  Investor  (the  "Distributor  Agreement")  remains  in effect,
subject  and in  addition  to any  other  restrictions  provided  herein  on the
transferability  of the Shares, the Investor shall not transfer the Shares until
the expiration of the earlier of (i) the one-year period following  consummation
of an


                                      -7-


initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock and (2) two years from the
date hereof, provided,  however, that the Investor may transfer the Shares to an
"affiliate" of the Investor (which, for purposes hereof,  means an entity (which
is not a  U.S.  Person)  controlled  by,  or  under  common  control  with,  the
Investor), provided that such transfer is in compliance with Regulation S of the
1933 Act.

        (b)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained  herein, in no
event shall the Shares be offered or sold by the  Investor to or for the account
or benefit of any U.S.  Person prior to the expiration of the earlier of (i) the
one-year  period  following  consummation  of an initial public  offering of the
Company's  Common Stock and (2) two years from the date hereof (the  "Restricted
Period"). However, the Investor shall not at any time transfer the Shares to any
person or entity engaged in a business which is in any way competitive  with the
Company's business.

8. Restrictive  Legend.  The  certificate(s)  evidencing the Shares shall bear a
restrictive legend, substantially in the following form:

          "THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK  EVIDENCED  HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN
          AND  WILL  NOT  BE   REGISTERED   UNDER  THE  UNITED  STATES
          SECURITIES  ACT OF  1933,  AS  AMENDED,  AND THE  RULES  AND
          REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER (THE "1933 ACT"), AND MAY
          NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED  STATES (AS DEFINED
          IN  REGULATION  S OF THE 1933 ACT) OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT
          OR BENEFIT OF, U.S.  PERSONS (AS DEFINED IN  REGULATION S OF
          THE 1933 ACT) EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE  WITH REGULATION S OF THE
          1933 ACT OR PURSUANT TO  REGISTRATION  UNDER OR AN EXEMPTION
          FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT."

          "TRANSFER OF THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED  HEREBY IS
          SUBJECT TO  RESTRICTION  UNDER THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A
          CERTAIN STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT."

9. Transfer and  Registration  of Shares.  The Company shall not register in the
Company's stock transfer records any transfer of the Shares which is not made in
accordance with Regulation S of the 1933 Act.

10.  Authorization  of  Agreement.  Investor  represents  that:  (i) it is  duly
organized,  validly  existing  and  in  good  standing  in its  jurisdiction  of
organization  and has all the  requisite  power and  authority  to invest in the
Shares as provided herein; (ii) such investment does not result in any violation
of,  or  conflict  with,  any term of the  charter,  bylaws  or other  governing
documents of the Investor or any  instrument  to which it is bound or any law or
regulation  applicable to it; (iii) such  investment has been duly authorized by
all  necessary  action on behalf of the Investor;  and (iv) this Stock  Purchase
Agreement  has been duly  executed  and  delivered on behalf of the Investor and
constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Investor.  The foregoing


                                      -8-



representations  and warranties shall be true and accurate as of the date hereof
and as of the date of  delivery of the  purchase  price to the  Corporation  and
shall survive such delivery.

11.  Indemnity.  Investor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation,
its  directors  and  officers and its  affiliates  from and against all damages,
losses, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) which they may
incur by reason of the  failure of the  Investor  to  fulfill  any of the terms,
conditions or agreements of this Stock Purchase  Agreement,  or by reason of any
breach of the  representations  and warranties by the Investor  herein or in any
document provided by Investor to the Corporation.

12.  Repurchase  Rights.  Investor  shall sell the Shares to the Company and the
Company shall buy the Shares from the Investor if the  Distributor  Agreement is
terminated or expires prior to the Company's  initial public offering ("IPO") of
securities upon the terms and conditions  hereinafter set forth (the "Repurchase
Rights").  The purchase price for such Shares under the Repurchase  Rights shall
be $4.25 per share or $1,000,003.75  in the aggregate,  subject to proportionate
adjustment in the event of any stock dividends, stock splits,  recapitalizations
or similar  events.  The  obligation  to sell and  purchase the Shares under the
Repurchase  Rights may be exercised by either Investor or the Company during the
three (3) month period  following  termination or expiration of the  Distributor
Agreement,  provided the Company's IPO has not been completed, by written notice
to the other party of the exercise of the Repurchase  Rights. The purchase price
for the Shares  shall be paid by the  Company  in three  equal  installments  of
$333,334.58  payable one (1) month,  thirteen (13) months and  twenty-five  (25)
months following such notice.  Certificates  representing all such Shares,  duly
endorsed for transfer,  shall be delivered in escrow to the  Company's  counsel,
Brown,  Rudnick,  Freed & Gesmer,  Attn:  Steven R. London,  Esq., One Financial
Center, Boston, MA 02111 in exchange for the initial installment of the purchase
price.  Upon receipt of notice from the  Investor  that it has received the full
amount of the purchase price for the Shares, the Company's counsel shall deliver
the  certificates  evidencing  the Shares to the Company.  In the event Investor
fails to tender the Shares or the  certificate(s)  evidencing  the  Shares,  the
Company may cancel the Shares and the certificate(s) representing the Shares and
deposit the purchase  price in a bank  account for the benefit of the  Investor,
whereupon  such  Shares  shall be for all  purposes  canceled,  and  neither the
Investor nor any transferee shall have any rights as stockholders of the Company
for any purpose, including,  without limitation,  dividend and voting rights. In
addition to any other legal or equitable remedies which it may have, the Company
may  enforce  its  rights by actions  for  specific  performance  (to the extent
permitted by law).

13.     Miscellaneous.

        (a)    This Agreement may not be modified or amended except in writing.

        (b) This Agreement shall be governed by and  interpreted  under the laws
of the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  without  regard  to the  choice of law
principles thereof.


                                      -9-


14. Record  Ownership.  The Shares will be registered in the name of Kyowa Medex
Co., Ltd., unless otherwise indicated in the space provided below:



      IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  executed  this  Stock  Purchase
Agreement on the day and year first above written.


                                            Kyowa Medex Co., Ltd.


                                            By: /s/ Akira Furuya  4/30-96
                                               ------------------------------
                                            Akira Furuya, Ph.D., President



                                            Boston Biomedica, Inc.


                                            By: /s/ Richard T. Schumaker 4/30/96
                                               ---------------------------------
                                            Richard T. Schumacher, President






                                      -10-



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15
                             BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

                      1987 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN

                         [REVISED AS OF JULY 23, 1993]

        1.  Purpose.  This 1987  Non-Qualified  Stock Option Plan is intended to
provide an opportunity to employees,  officers, directors and consultants now or
hereafter  employed  by or  affiliated  with  the  Corporation  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  to  acquire  stock  in  the  Corporation,   to  provide  increased
incentives to such persons to promote the success of the Corporation's  business
and to encourage such persons to become affiliated with the Corporation  through
the granting of options to acquire its capital stock.

        2.  Definitions.  As used  herein,  the  following  terms  will have the
indicated meaning:

        "Committee"  means the  Committee of the Board of Directors as described
in Section 4.

        "Corporation" means Boston Biomedica, Inc., a Massachusetts Corporation.

        "Fair  Market  Value"  means the fair market value of the Stock or other
asset, as reasonably  determined in good faith by the Committee,  on the date as
of which Fair Market Value is determined.

        "Option" means the  contractual  right to purchase  shares of Stock upon
specified terms pursuant to this Plan.

        "Plan" means this Boston Biomedica, Inc. 1987 Non-Qualified Stock Option
Plan.

        "Stock" means the Common  Stock, $.01 par value, of the Corporation.

        "Subsidiary"  means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations
beginning with the Corporation  if, at the time of grant of the Option,  each of
the corporations other than the last in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing
50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of
the other corporations in such chain.

        3. Stock  Subject  to the Plan.  The  aggregate  number of shares of the
Corporation's  Stock  that may be  issued  and  sold  under  the  Plan  shall be
1,795,200 shares. The shares to be issued upon exercise of Options granted under
this Plan shall be made available,  at the discretion of the Board of Directors,
from  (i)

* Increased by Board of Directors in connection with the 20 to 1 stock split in 
  the form of a 19 shares for each share divided effective July  23, 1993.


                                      -1-


Corporation for the purpose,  including  shares  purchased in the authorized but
unissued shares,  (ii) shares previously  reserved for issuance upon exercise of
Options  which have expired or been  terminated,  or (iii)  treasury  shares and
shares  reacquired  by the open market.  If any Option  granted  under this Plan
shall expire or terminate for any reason  without having been exercised in full,
the unpurchased  shares covered  thereby shall become  available for grant under
additional Options under the Plan so long as it shall remain in effect.

        4.      Administration of the Plan.

        (a) The "Plan" shall be  administered  by the  Committee.  The Committee
shall consist of at least one member  appointed by the Board of  Directors,  and
such member shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  The Board of
Directors may from time to time appoint  additional  members of the Committee or
remove  members and appoint new  members in  substitution  for those  previously
appointed and fill vacancies  however caused.  A majority of the Committee shall
constitute  a quorum and the acts of a majority  of the  members  present at any
meeting  at  which a quorum  is  present  shall  be  deemed  the  action  of the
Committee.  At such time as any class of equity  security of the  Corporation is
registered  pursuant  to Section 12 of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 as
amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  (i) the Committee  shall consist of at least two
members of the Board of Directors  and (ii) no member of the  Committee  while a
member  thereof shall be eligible to participate in the Plan, nor may any person
be appointed to the Committee  unless he or she was not eligible to  participate
in the Plan or any other Plan of the Corporation at any time within the one-year
period  immediately  prior  to  such  appointment  as  provided  in  Rule  16b-3
promulgated under the Exchange Act.

        (b) Subject to the express provisions of this Plan and provided that all
actions taken shall be consistent  with the purposes of the Plan,  the Committee
shall have full and complete authority and the sole discretion to: (i) determine
those persons to whom Options shall be granted  under the Plan;  (ii)  determine
the  number of shares  covered  by and the form of the  Options,  if any,  to be
granted,  (iii) determine the time or times when Options shall be granted;  (iv)
establish the terms and  conditions  upon which Options may be exercised  and/or
transferred;  (v) alter any  restrictions or conditions  upon Options;  and (vi)
adopt rules and regulations,  establish, define and/or interpret any other terms
and  conditions,   and  make  all  other  determinations  (which  may  be  on  a
case-by-case  basis) deemed necessary or desirable for the administration of the
Plan.

        (c) In making its  determinations  hereunder,  the Committee  shall take
into  account  the nature of the  services  rendered  or to be  rendered  by the
potential recipients,  their present and potential  contributions to the success
of the Corporation,  and such other factors as the Committee, in its discretion,
shall deem relevant in order to accomplish the purposes of the Plan.

        5.  Eligibility.  Options  will  be  granted  only  to  persons  who are
employees of the  Corporation  or of a Subsidiary or to persons who are officers
or directors of, or consultants or providers of services to, the  Corporation or
a Subsidiary.

        6.      Terms of Options and Limitations Thereon.

        (a) General.  Any Option granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by a
written  agreement  between the  Corporation  and the Option holder and shall be
upon such terms and conditions not inconsistent  with this Plan as the Committee
may determine.



                                      -2-


        (b)  Price.  The  price at which any  shares  of Stock may be  purchased
pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Committee,  but
in no event shall the price be less than the par value of the Stock.

        (c) Period of Option. Each Option granted under this Plan shall continue
in effect for such period as the Committee shall determine.

        (d) Non-Assignability. No Option or right or interest in an Option shall
be  assignable  or  transferable  by the  holder  except  by will or the laws of
descent  and  distribution  and  during  the  lifetime  of the  holder  shall be
exercisable only by him.

        (e) Other Restrictions.  At the discretion of the Committee, any Options
granted may be subject to restrictions on vesting or  transferability or to risk
of forfeiture, any of which may be accelerated or waived in the Committee's sole
discretion.

        7.      Exercise of Options; Payment.

        (a)  Options  may be  exercised  in whole or in part at such time and in
such manner as the  Committee  may  determine  and as shall be prescribed in the
written agreement with each holder.

        (b) The  purchase  price of shares of Stock upon  exercise  of an Option
shall be paid by the  Option  holder in full upon  exercise  and must be paid in
cash.

        (c) At the discretion of the Committee, any Stock issuable upon exercise
of an Option may be subject to restrictions on vesting or  transferability or to
risk of  forfeiture  upon the  happening  of such  events as the  Committee  may
determine,  any of which may be  accelerated or waived in the  Committee's  sole
discretion.

        (d) No shares of Stock shall be issued or  transferred  upon exercise of
any Option under this Plan unless and until all legal requirements applicable to
the  issuance  or transfer  of such  shares and such other  requirements  as are
consistent  with the Plan have been  complied  with to the  satisfaction  of the
Committee, including without limitation those described in Section 11 hereof.

        8.      Stock Adjustments.

        (a) If the  Corporation is a party to any merger or  consolidation,  any
purchase or acquisition of property or stock, or any separation,  reorganization
or  liquidation,  the Board of  Directors  (or,  if the  Corporation  is not the
surviving  corporation,  the Board of  Directors of the  surviving  corporation)
shall  have the power to make  arrangements,  which  shall be  binding  upon the
holders of unexpired  Options,  for the  substitution of new options for, or the
assumption by another  corporation  of, any unexpired  Options then  outstanding
hereunder.



                                      -3-


        (b) If by reason of recapitalization,  reclassification, stock split-up,
combination  of shares,  separation  (including  a spin-off)  or dividend on the
Stock payable in Stock,  the outstanding  shares of Stock of the Corporation are
increased or decreased  or changed into or exchanged  for a different  number or
kind of shares or other  securities of the  Corporation,  the Board of Directors
shall conclusively  determine the appropriate  adjustment in the exercise prices
of  outstanding  Options  and in the  number  and  kind of  shares  as to  which
outstanding Options shall be exercisable.

        (c) In the event of a  transaction  of the type  described in paragraphs
(a) and (b) above,  the total number of shares of Stock on which  Options may be
granted  under  this  Plan  shall  be  appropriately  adjusted  by the  Board of
Directors.

        9.  Termination  of  Affiliation.  The  Committee  may  provide  for the
termination of any Option upon termination of the holder's  affiliation with the
Corporation.

        10. No Rights Other Than Those Expressly  Created.  No person affiliated
with the  Corporation  or any Subsidiary or other person shall have any claim or
right to be granted an Option hereunder.  Neither this Plan nor any action taken
hereunder  shall be  construed  as (i) giving any Option  holder any right to be
retained in the employ of, or continue to be  affiliated  with the  Corporation,
(ii)  giving any Option  holder any equity or interest of any kind in any assets
of the  Corporation,  or  (iii)  creating  a trust  of any  kind or a  fiduciary
relationship of any kind between the Corporation and any such person.  As to any
claim for any unpaid  amounts  under this  Plan,  any person  having a claim for
payments shall be an unsecured creditor.  No Option holder shall have any of the
rights of a  stockholder  with  respect to shares of Stock  covered by an Option
until such time as the Option has been  exercised  and shares of Stock have been
issued to such person.

        11.     Miscellaneous.

        (a) Withholding of Taxes.  Pursuant to applicable Federal,  state, local
or foreign  laws,  the  Corporation  may be required to collect  income or other
taxes upon the grant of an Option to, or exercise of an Option by, a holder. The
Corporation may require,  as a condition to the exercise of an Option,  that the
recipient pay the Corporation,  at such time as the Committee or the Corporation
determines,  the amount of any taxes which the Committee or the  Corporation may
determine is required to be withheld.

        (b) Securities Law  Compliance.  Upon exercise of an Option,  the holder
shall be required to make such  representations  and furnish such information as
may, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, be appropriate to permit the
Corporation  to issue or  transfer  the shares of Stock in  compliance  with the
provisions of applicable  Federal or state securities laws. The Corporation,  in
its  discretion,  may postpone the issuance and delivery of shares of Stock upon
any  exercise  of an  Option  until  completion  of such  registration  or other
qualification  of such


                                      -4-


shares  under any  Federal or state  laws,  or stock  exchange  listing,  as the
Corporation  may  consider  appropriate.  The  Corporation  is not  obligated to
register or qualify the shares of Stock under federal or state  securities  laws
and may  refuse to issue  such  shares if  neither  registration  nor  exemption
therefrom is practical.  The Committee may require that prior to the issuance or
transfer of Stock upon exercise of an Option, the recipient enter into a written
agreement to comply with any  restrictions  on subsequent  disposition  that the
Committee or the  Corporation  deems necessary or advisable under any applicable
Federal and state securities laws. Certificates of Stock issued hereunder may be
legended to reflect such restrictions.

        (c) Indemnity. Neither the Board of Directors nor the Committee, nor any
members of either, nor any employees of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, shall
be liable for any act, omission,  interpretation,  construction or determination
made in good faith in connection with their responsibilities with respect to the
Plan, and the Corporation hereby agrees to indemnify the members of the Board of
Directors,  the members of the Committee,  and the employees of the  Corporation
and  its  Subsidiaries  in  respect  of any  claim,  loss,  damage,  or  expense
(including  counsel fees) arising from any such act,  omission,  interpretation,
construction or determination to the full extent permitted by law.

        12.     Effective Date; Amendment; Termination.

        (a) The effective date of this Plan shall be the date of adoption by the
Board of Directors.

        (b) The date of grant of any Option granted  hereunder shall be the date
upon  which  such  Option  shall  be  voted by the  Committee,  unless  the vote
expressly otherwise provides.

        (c) The Board of Directors of the  Corporation may at any time, and from
time to  time,  amend,  suspend  or  terminate  this  Plan in  whole or in part.
However,  except as provided herein, no amendment,  suspension or termination of
this Plan may affect the rights of any person to whom an Option has been granted
without such person's consent.

        (d) This Plan shall  terminate ten (10) years from its  effective  date,
and no Option shall be granted under this Plan thereafter,  but such termination
shall  not  affect  the  validity  of  Options  granted  prior  to the  date  of
termination.

        Date of Board of Director Adoption:  December 16, 1987
                                           ----------------------
        Amended June 2, 1993 effective July 23, 1993                            


        A true copy.

                                                 ATTEST:

                                                  /s/ Illegible
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Clerk or Secretary

                                      -5-



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.16
                             BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.

                           EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN


        1. Purpose.  The purpose of this Boston  Biomedica,  Inc. Employee Stock
Option Plan (the  "Plan") is to provide  increased  incentives  to  employees of
Boston  Biomedica,  Inc. and its Parent and  Subsidiaries,  if any (referred to,
unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,   as  the  "Corporation")  to  remain
affiliated  with the  Corporation,  to promote the success of the  Corporation's
business,  to encourage new employees to become  affiliated with the Corporation
and to associate  more  closely the  interests of such persons with those of the
Corporation  through the granting of options to acquire the capital stock of the
Corporation.

        2.  Definitions.  As used  herein,  the  following  terms  will have the
indicated meaning:

        "Board" means the "Board of Directors" of the Corporation.

        "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as it may be amended
from time to time.

        "Committee" means the Committee of the Board as described in Section 4.

        "Corporation" means Boston Biomedica, Inc.

        "Fair Market Value"  means,  on the date for which the Fair Market Value
is to be  determined,  the closing price of the  Corporation's  Stock on the New
York Stock Exchange,  American Stock Exchange or such other national  securities
exchange or the National  Association of Securities Dealers Automated  Quotation
System on which the Stock is then traded, or if no such price is available or if
the Stock is not then so traded, the fair market value reasonably  determined by
the Committee in good faith.

        "Incentive  Stock  Option" means any Option  issued  hereunder  which is
treated as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

        "Option" means the  contractual  right to purchase  shares of Stock upon
specified terms pursuant to this Plan.

        "Parent" has the meaning  specified for "Parent  Corporation" in Section
424(e) of the Code.

        "Permanent and Total Disability" has the meaning specified for permanent
and total disability in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

        "Plan" means this Boston Biomedica, Inc. Employee Stock Option Plan.






        "Employees"  means all those persons who are employed by the Corporation
for a minimum of 20 hours per week.

        "Stock" means the Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Corporation.

        "Subsidiary" has the meaning  specified for "Subsidiary  Corporation" in
Section 424(f) of the Code.

        "Ten Percent Stockholder" means an individual who directly or indirectly
owns capital stock  possessing  more than 10% of the total combined voting power
of all classes of capital stock of the  Corporation  or any Parent or Subsidiary
at the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted under this Plan.

        3. Stock  Subject  to the Plan.  The  aggregate  number of shares of the
Corporation's  Stock  that may be  issued  and  sold  under  the  Plan  shall be
1,500,000  shares.  The shares of Stock to be issued  upon  exercise  of Options
granted under this Plan shall be made available,  at the discretion of the Board
of Directors,  from (i) authorized but unissued shares,  (ii) shares  previously
reserved  for  issuance  upon  exercise  of Options  which have  expired or been
terminated,  or (iii) treasury  shares and shares  reacquired by the Corporation
for this purpose,  including shares purchased in the open market.  If any Option
granted under this Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason  without having
been exercised in full,  the  unpurchased  shares  covered  thereby shall become
available for grant under additional  Options under the Plan so long as it shall
remain in effect.

        4.      Administration of the Plan.

        (a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall
consist of at least one member  appointed  by the Board,  and such member  shall
serve at the  pleasure  of the  Board.  The Board may from time to time  appoint
additional members of the Committee or remove members and appoint new members in
substitution for those previously appointed and fill vacancies however caused. A
majority of the Committee  shall  constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority
of the  members  present at any  meeting  at which a quorum is present  shall be
deemed the action of the Committee. At such time as any class of equity security
of the  Corporation  is  registered  pursuant  to Section  12 of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"), (i) the Committee shall consist of
at least two  members of the Board and (ii) no member of the  Committee  while a
member  thereof shall be eligible to participate in the Plan, nor may any person
be appointed to the Committee  unless he or she was not eligible to  participate
in the Plan or any other plan of the Corporation at any time within the one-year
period  immediately  prior  to  such  appointment  as  provided  in  Rule  16b-3
promulgated under the Act.

        (b) Subject to the express provisions of this Plan and provided that all
actions taken shall be consistent  with the purposes of the Plan,  the Committee
shall have full and complete authority and the sole discretion to: (i) determine
those  Employees of the  Corporation  to whom Options shall be granted under the
Plan;  (ii)  determine  the number of shares of Stock subject to and the form of
Options  to be  granted  to such  Employees;  (iii)  amend the  number of shares



                                      -2-


covered by and the form of the Options to be granted; (iv) determine the time or
times when Options shall be granted; (v) establish the terms and conditions upon
which Options may be exercised and/or transferred;  (vi) establish the terms and
conditions,  if any,  upon which the shares of Stock  issuable  upon exercise of
Options  may be  transferred,  including,  but not limited to the return of such
shares to the Corporation upon the occurrence of certain events; (vii) alter any
restrictions or conditions upon Options and/or the shares of Stock issuable upon
exercise of Options; and (viii) adopt rules and regulations,  establish,  define
and/or   interpret  any  other  terms  and   conditions,   and  make  all  other
determinations  (which  may be on a  case-by-case  basis)  deemed  necessary  or
desirable for the administration of the Plan.

        (c) In making its  determinations  hereunder,  the Committee  shall take
into  account  the nature of the  services  rendered  or to be  rendered  by the
Employees,  their  present  and  potential  contributions  to the success of the
Corporation,  and such other factors as the Committee, in its discretion,  shall
deem relevant in order to accomplish the purposes of the Plan.

        5. Eligibility. Options may be granted only to persons who are Employees
as defined in Section 2 of this Plan.

        6.      Terms of Options and Limitations Thereon.

        (a) General.  Any Option granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by a
written  agreement  between the  Corporation  and the Option holder and shall be
upon such terms and conditions not inconsistent  with this Plan as the Committee
may determine.  The Committee shall designate, at the time of the grant, whether
the Option is an Incentive Stock Option.  If the Option is not intended to be an
Incentive  Stock Option,  but otherwise  qualifies as an Incentive  Stock Option
under the  Code,  such  agreement  shall  include  the  following,  or a similar
statement:  "This Stock Option is not intended to be an Incentive  Stock Option,
as that term is described  in Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended."

        (b)  Price.  The  price at which any  shares  of Stock may be  purchased
pursuant  to the  exercise  of an Option  shall be for any lawful  consideration
determined by the  Committee,  but not less than par value,  and, in the case of
any Incentive Stock Option,  such purchase price shall not be less than the Fair
Market  Value of the Stock on the date of the grant of the  Option  (or,  in the
case of Ten Percent  Stockholders,  110% of the Fair Market Value on such date),
without regard to any restrictions  other than those restrictions which by their
terms will never lapse.

        (c) Period of Option. Each Option granted under this Plan shall continue
in effect for such period as the  Committee  shall  determine,  provided that no
Incentive Stock Option, or installment thereof, may be exercisable subsequent to
ten years from the date of grant  (five years from the date of grant in the case
of Incentive  Stock Options  issued to Ten Percent  Stockholders).  No Incentive
Stock Option shall be exercisable  beyond three months after the date upon which
the Incentive  Stock Option holder ceases to be an employee of the  Corporation,
except that the Committee may provide in the Incentive  Stock Option that in the
event of  termination  of  employment  by reason of death or Permanent and Total
Disability  of the holder,  the  Incentive  Stock Option may be exercised by the
holder or his or her estate for a period of up


                                      -3-


to one year after  termination of employment.  The Committee may provide for the
termination of any Option upon  termination of the Option  holder's  affiliation
with the Corporation.

        (d) Non-Assignability. No Option or right or interest in an Option shall
be  assignable  or  transferable  by the  holder  except  by will or the laws of
descent and distribution.  During the lifetime of the holder, an Option shall be
exercisable only by him or her.

        (e) Other Restrictions.  At the discretion of the Committee, any Options
granted and the shares of Stock issuable upon exercise of Options may be subject
to restrictions on vesting or  transferability or to risk of forfeiture upon the
happening of such events as the  Committee  may  determine,  any of which may be
accelerated or waived in the Committee's sole discretion.

        7. One  Hundred  Thousand  Dollar  Limitation.  To the  extent  that the
aggregate  Fair Market Value of Stock with respect to which any incentive  stock
options  of the  Corporation  issued  under  this Plan or any other  plan of the
Corporation  (determined without regard to this Section) are exercisable for the
first time by any  holder  during  any  calendar  year  exceeds  $100,000,  such
Incentive  Stock  Options  shall be treated as Options  which are not  Incentive
Stock Options.  For the purpose of this limitation,  Options shall be taken into
account in the order  granted,  and the Committee may designate  that portion of
any  Incentive  Stock  Option  that shall be treated as not an  Incentive  Stock
Option in the event that the  provisions  of this Section  apply to a portion of
any Option, unless otherwise required by the Code or regulations of the Internal
Revenue Service. The designation described in the preceding sentence may be made
at  such  time as the  Committee  considers  appropriate,  including  after  the
issuance of the Option or at the time of its  exercise.  For the purpose of this
Section,  Fair Market Value shall be  determined  as of the time the Option with
respect to which such Stock is granted.

        8.      Exercise of Options; Payment.

        (a)  Options  may be  exercised  in whole or in part at such time and in
such manner as the  Committee  may  determine  and as shall be prescribed in the
written agreement with each holder.

        (b) The  purchase  price of shares of Stock upon  exercise  of an Option
shall be paid by the Option  holder in full upon exercise and may be paid (i) in
cash,  (ii) by delivery of shares of Stock  (valued at Fair Market  Value at the
date of purchase  of the shares of Stock  subject to the  Option),  or (iii) any
combination of cash and Stock,  as the Committee may permit.  The Committee also
may allow the cashless exercise of Options, subject to applicable law.

        9.      Stock Adjustments.

        (a) If the  Corporation is a party to any merger or  consolidation,  any
purchase or acquisition of property or stock, or any separation,  reorganization
or  liquidation,  the  Board  of  Directors  (or if the  Corporation  is not the
surviving  corporation,  the board of  directors of the  surviving  corporation)
shall  have the power to make  arrangements,  which  shall be  binding  upon


                                      -4-


the holders of unexpired  Options,  for the  substitution of new Options for, or
the assumption by another corporation of, any unexpired Options then outstanding
hereunder.

        (b) If by reason of recapitalization,  reclassification, stock split-up,
combination  of shares,  separation  (including  a spin-off)  or dividend on the
Stock payable in Stock,  the outstanding  shares of Stock of the Corporation are
increased or decreased  or changed into or exchanged  for a different  number or
kind of shares or other  securities of the  Corporation,  the Board of Directors
shall conclusively  determine the appropriate  adjustment in the exercise prices
of  outstanding  Options  and in the  number  and  kind of  shares  as to  which
outstanding Options shall be exercisable.

        (c) In the event of a  transaction  of the type  described in paragraphs
(a) and (b) above,  the total number of shares of Stock on which  Options may be
granted  under  this  Plan  shall  be  appropriately  adjusted  by the  Board of
Directors.

        10. No Rights  Other Than Those  Expressly  Created.  No Employee of the
Corporation  or other  person  shall  have any claim or right to be  granted  an
Option  hereunder.  Neither  this Plan nor any action taken  hereunder  shall be
construed as (i) giving any Option holder any right to be retained in the employ
of the  Corporation,  (ii) giving any Option holder an equity or interest of any
kind in any assets of the Corporation,  or (iii) creating a trust of any kind or
a  fiduciary  relationship  of any kind  between  the  Corporation  and any such
person.  As to any claim for any unpaid  amounts  under  this  Plan,  any person
having a claim for payments  shall be an unsecured  creditor.  No Option  holder
shall have any of the rights of a  stockholder  with  respect to shares of Stock
covered by an Option until such time as the Option has been exercised and shares
of Stock have been issued to such person.

        11.     Miscellaneous.

        (a) Withholding of Taxes.  Pursuant to applicable Federal,  state, local
or foreign  laws,  the  Corporation  may be required to collect  income or other
taxes upon the grant of an Option to, or exercise of an Option by, a holder. The
Corporation may require,  as a condition to the exercise of an Option,  that the
recipient pay the Corporation,  at such time as the Committee or the Corporation
determines,  the amount of any taxes which the Committee or the  Corporation may
determine  is  required  to be withheld or  collected.  In its  discretion,  the
Corporation  may  withhold  shares of Stock to be received  upon  exercise of an
Option if it deems this an  appropriate  method for  withholding  or  collecting
taxes.

        (b) Legal and Other Requirements. Upon exercise of an Option, the holder
shall be required to make such  representations  and furnish such information as
may, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, be appropriate to permit the
Corporation  to issue or  transfer  the shares of Stock in  compliance  with the
provisions of applicable  Federal or state securities laws. The Corporation,  in
its  discretion,  may postpone the issuance and delivery of shares of Stock upon
any  exercise  of an  Option  until  completion  of such  registration  or other
qualification  of such shares under any Federal or state laws, or stock exchange
listing, as the Corporation may consider appropriate.  The Committee may require
that prior to the issuance or transfer of Stock


                                      -5-


upon  exercise of an Option,  the  recipient  enter into a written  agreement to
comply with any restrictions on subsequent disposition that the Committee or the
Corporation deems necessary or advisable under any applicable law, regulation or
official  interpretation  thereof.  No  shares  of Stock  shall be  issued  upon
exercise of Options unless and until the  Corporation is satisfied,  in its sole
discretion,   that  there  has  been  compliance  with  all  legal  requirements
applicable  to the  issuance  of  such  shares.  Certificates  of  Stock  issued
hereunder may be legended to reflect such restrictions.

        (c) Indemnity. Neither the Board of Directors nor the Committee, nor any
members of either, nor any employees of the Corporation, shall be liable for any
act, omission, interpretation,  construction or determination made in good faith
in  connection  with their  responsibilities  with respect to the Plan,  and the
Corporation  hereby  agrees to indemnify  the members of the Board of Directors,
the members of the Committee, and the employees of the Corporation in respect of
any claim,  loss,  damage, or expense  (including counsel fees) arising from any
such act,  omission,  interpretation,  construction or determination to the full
extent permitted by law.

        12.     Effective Date; Amendment; Termination.

        (a) The effective date of this Plan shall be the date of adoption by the
Board of Directors;  provided, however, that the Plan is subject to the approval
of the  stockholders  at the next meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and
within twelve months from the effective date of this Plan.

        (b) The date of grant of any Option granted  hereunder shall be the date
upon  which  such  Option  shall  be  voted by the  Committee,  unless  the vote
expressly otherwise provides.

        (c) The Board of Directors of the  Corporation may at any time, and from
time to  time,  amend,  suspend  or  terminate  this  Plan in  whole or in part;
provided,  however,  that the Board of Directors may not materially increase the
benefits accruing to participants in the Plan, materially increase the number of
shares of Stock  reserved  for  purposes of this Plan other than  pursuant to an
adjustment  under  Section  9,  or  materially  modify  the  requirements  as to
eligibility for participation in this Plan without stockholder approval.

        (d) Without  amending  this Plan,  except to the extent  required by the
Code in the case of Incentive  Stock  Options,  the  Committee may modify grants
made to participants who are foreign nationals or otherwise employed outside the
United States so as to recognize differences in local law, tax policy or custom.

        (e) Except as provided herein,  no amendment,  suspension or termination
of this Plan may  affect  the  rights of any  person to whom an Option  has been
granted without such person's consent.

        (f)  Stockholder  approval  of  this  Plan  or any  amendment  requiring
stockholder  approval under paragraph (c) shall mean the affirmative  vote of at
least a majority of the shares of capital  stock present and entitled to vote at
a duly held meeting of  stockholders  unless a


                                      -6-


greater  vote is required by state or federal law.  Stockholder  approval may be
obtained by written consent or other means permitted by applicable state law.

        (g) This Plan shall  terminate  ten (10)  years from the  earlier of the
date of  stockholder  approval of the Plan or its effective  date, and no Option
shall be granted  under this Plan  thereafter,  but such  termination  shall not
affect the validity of Options granted prior to the date of termination.

        (h) This Plan and all Options granted hereunder shall be governed by the
law of the state in which the Corporation is incorporated.

Date of Board of Director Adoption:  March 29, 1994

Date of Stockholder Approval:  June 29, 1994

                                  A true copy.

                                  ATTEST:


                                  ------------------------------
                                  Clerk




                                                                       EXECUTION


                           SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                                  By and Among

                   BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC., BTRL CONTRACTS AND
        SERVICES, INC. and BBI-NORTH AMERICAN CLINICAL LABORATORIES, INC.

                                 as the Borrower

                                       and

                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON

                                  as the Lender




                           Dated: As of August 2, 1995






             SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          Page
                                                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
Preamble.........................................................................................            1

Section 1 - Definitions; Use of Terms; Incorporation by Reference................................            2


Section 2 - Establishment of Loan Account and Description of Loan Arrangement
                  and Credit Facilities..........................................................            7

2.1  Amounts and Types of Loans; Notes Evidencing Loans..........................................            7
2.2  Interest Rate on Loans......................................................................            8
2.3  Repayment of Loans..........................................................................            8
2.4  Security for the Loans......................................................................            8
2.5  Use of Proceeds ............................................................................            8
2.6  Loan Advances...............................................................................            8
2.7  Other Advances and Payments.................................................................            9
2.8  Loan Statements.............................................................................            9
2.9  Release of Guaranty.........................................................................           10
2.10 Review of  Line of Credit...................................................................           10

Section 3 - Security Interest in Collateral......................................................           10

3.1 Granting Clause; Description of Collateral...................................................           10
3.2 Certain Representations, Warranties, and Covenants Regarding the Collateral..................           12

    3.2.1  Lock Box Agreement....................................................................           12
    3.2.2  Schedules and Assignments of Account/Consents to Assignments..........................           12
    3.2.3  Bona Fide Accounts....................................................................           13
    3.2.4  Notification To Account Debtors and Others by Lender..................................           13
    3.2.5  Allowances and Adjustments............................................................           13
    3.2.6  Notification To Account Debtors by Borrower...........................................           14
    3.2.7  Title to Collateral...................................................................           14
    3.2.8  Actions To Maintain Perfection........................................................           14
    3.2.9  Lender's Payment of Taxes and Other Payments..........................................           14
    3.2.10 Verification..........................................................................           15
    3.2.11 Location of Collateral................................................................           15
    3.2.12 Powers of Attorney....................................................................           15
    3.2.13 Ratification and Indemnification Under Power of Attorney..............................           17
    3.2.14 Motor Vehicle Certificates of Title...................................................           17
    3.2.15 Audit Fees............................................................................           17
    3.2.16 Borrowing Base Determinations.........................................................           17

3.3  Inventory Collateral........................................................................           18
3.4  Equipment Collateral........................................................................           18

    3.4.1  Business Use; Purchase Money Acquisitions.............................................           18
    3.4.2  Fixtures..............................................................................           18

Section 4 - Representations, Covenants and Warranties............................................           19

4.1 General Representations, Covenants and Warranties............................................           19

    4.1.1 Business; Supplementary Information Regarding Borrower.................................           19
    4.1.2 Due Organization and Existence; Authorization..........................................           19
    4.1.3 Articles of Organization; Stock; Accurate Records......................................           20
    4.1.4 Binding Documents; Violation of Other Agreements.......................................           20
    4.1.5 Title To Assets; Security Interests and Mortgages; Leases;
                  Royalties; etc.................................................................           20
    4.1.6 Investments............................................................................           20
    4.1.7 Litigation; Outstanding Orders.........................................................           20
    4.1.8 Financial Statements Delivered.........................................................           21
    4.1.9 Current Stockholders...................................................................           21
    4.1.10 Other Liabilities; Tax Returns; No Adverse Changes....................................           21
    4.1.11 No Agency Between Borrower and Lender.................................................           21
    4.1.12 Regulation U..........................................................................           22
    4.1.13 ERISA.................................................................................           22
    4.1.14 Necessary Permits and Licenses........................................................           22
    4.1.15 Governmental Approvals Not Required...................................................           22
    4.1.16 Adequate Financing....................................................................           23
    4.1.17 No Event of Default...................................................................           23
    4.1.18 Compliance with Leases................................................................           23
    4.1.19 President and Chief Executive Officer; Major Stockholder..............................           23
    4.1.20 Compliance with Certain Environmental Laws............................................           23
    4.1.21 Recent Changes of Name or Structure...................................................           24
    4.1.22 Payment of Wages......................................................................           24

4.2 Certain Affirmative Covenants................................................................           24

    4.2.1 Payment of Obligations.................................................................           24
    4.2.2 Books and Records......................................................................           24
    4.2.3 Inspection.............................................................................           24
    4.2.4 Commercial Purposes....................................................................           25
    4.2.5 Notice of Adverse Matters..............................................................           25
    4.2.6 Principal Lending Business.............................................................           25





    4.2.7  Maintenance of Corporate Existence; Compliance with Laws..............................           25
    4.2.8  Payment of Taxes and Filing of Returns................................................           25
    4.2.9  Maintenance of Properties.............................................................           26
    4.2.10 Collection Costs; Legal Fees; etc.....................................................           26
    4.2.11 Insurance.............................................................................           26
    4.2.12 Further Agreements; Compliance with Other Obligations; Tax Returns;
                  Notice of Litigation and of Events of Default..................................           27
    4.2.13 Certain Environmental Matters.........................................................           28
    4.2.14 Changes in Master Exhibit.............................................................           29
    4.2.15 Government Approvals..................................................................           29
    4.2.16 Key Man Life Insurance................................................................           29

4.3  General Negative Covenants..................................................................           29

    4.3.1 Other Debt.............................................................................           29
    4.3.2 Payment of Dividends...................................................................           30
    4.3.3 Loans by the Borrower..................................................................           30
    4.3.4 Investments............................................................................           30
    4.3.5 Mergers, etc...........................................................................           30
    4.3.6 Sales of Assets........................................................................           30
    4.3.7 No Liens; Permitted Encumbrances ......................................................           30
    4.3.8 Continuance of Business................................................................           30

Section 5 - Financial and Reporting Covenants....................................................           31

5.1 Reporting Covenants..........................................................................           31

    5.1.1 Quarterly Financial Statements.........................................................           31
    5.1.2 Annual Financial Statements............................................................           32
    5.1.3 Monthly and Weekly Reports.............................................................           32
    5.1.4 Officer's Certificate..................................................................           33
    5.1.5 Other Information......................................................................           33

5.2  Financial Covenants.........................................................................           33

Section 6 - Events of Default....................................................................           35

Section 7 - Remedies.............................................................................           37

7.1 General Remedies.............................................................................           37
7.2 License .....................................................................................           39
7.3 No Duty of Preservation; Joint Property......................................................           39
7.4 Cumulative Remedies .........................................................................           39





Section 8 - Waiver; Termination .................................................................           40

8.1 Waiver By The Borrower.......................................................................           40
8.2 Lender's Option To Waive.....................................................................           40

Section 9 - Miscellaneous........................................................................           40

9.1 Deposits As Collateral; Set-Off..............................................................           40
9.2 Transfer of Collateral to Bank...............................................................           41
9.3 No Duty To Preserve or Collect...............................................................           41
9.4 Survival of Covenants; Binding Effect........................................................           41
9.5 Termination of Agreement.....................................................................           42
9.6 Conflict of Terms............................................................................           42
9.7 Prior Discussions; Amendments in Writing; Counterparts;
                  Filing As Financing Statement..................................................           42
9.8 General Indemnification......................................................................           43
9.9 Destruction of Documents; Jurisdiction.......................................................           43
9.10 Notices.....................................................................................           43
9.11Application of Proceeds......................................................................           44
9.12 Continuance of Defaults.....................................................................           44
9.13 Severability................................................................................           44
9.14 Headings....................................................................................           44
9.15 Governing Law; Sealed Instrument............................................................           45
9.16 Force Majeure...............................................................................           45
9.17 Interpretation of Agreement.................................................................           45


</TABLE>





Master Exhibit


Exhibit 1.4.1              1994 BBI, BTRL and NACL Equipment Appraisal Report

Exhibit 1.8                Existing Government Contracts

Exhibit 3.2.1              Form of Lock Box Agreement

Exhibit 4.2.15(A)          Form of Collateral Assignment

Exhibit 4.2.15(B)          Form of Notice of Collateral Assignment

Exhibit 5.2.3              Calculation of Debt Service Ratios




             SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
             -------------------------------------------------------


         This Second  Amended and  Restated  Loan and Security  Agreement  (this
"Agreement")  is  dated  as of  August  2,  1995,  and  is by and  among  BOSTON
BIOMEDICA,  INC.  ("BBI"),  BTRL  CONTRACTS AND  SERVICES,  INC.  ("BTRL"),  and
BBI-NORTH AMERICAN CLINICAL LABORATORIES, INC. ("NACL"), formerly known as NORTH
AMERICAN  LABORATORY GROUP,  INC., each of which is a Massachusetts  corporation
validly  created,  legally  existing and in good standing  under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts  and each of which has its "Notice Address" at 375
West Street, West Bridgewater, Massachusetts 02379 (BBI, BTRL and NACL, together
with their  respective  successors  and assigns,  are  collectively  referred to
herein as the  "Borrower")  and THE FIRST  NATIONAL  BANK OF BOSTON,  a national
banking   association   having  an  office  and  "Notice  Address"  at  Bank  of
Boston-Worcester   Tower,   P.O.  Box  15073,   100  Front  Street,   Worcester,
Massachusetts   01608-1438  (together  with  its  successors  and  assigns,  the
"Lender"),  successor-by-merger  to WORCESTER COUNTY  INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS, a
Massachusetts savings bank ("WCIS").

         WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Lender entered into a certain amended and
restated loan  arrangement  (the "Loan  Arrangement")  as evidenced by a certain
Amended and Restated Loan and Security  Agreement dated as of June 18, 1993 (the
"Amended and Restated Agreement"),  which Loan Arrangement has been subsequently
amended by a certain letter  agreement dated August 26, 1993 ("Amendment No. 1")
by and  between  the  Borrower  and the  Lender,  further  amended  by a certain
Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of July 29, 1994
("Amendment  No. 2") by and  between  the  Borrower  and the Lender and  further
amended by Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated  Loan and Security  Agreement
dated as of October 11, 1994 ("Amendment No. 3") by and between the Borrower and
the Lender (the  Amended and Restated  Agreement as amended by Amendment  No. 1,
Amendment No. 2 and Amendment No. 3 is sometimes  hereinafter referred to as the
"Amended Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  BTRL  and NACL are  each  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of BBI,
formed to acquire  certain  assets  determined to be useful and necessary to the
business conducted by BBI; and

         WHEREAS,  the Borrower and the Lender  desire to again restate in their
entirety  all of the  provisions  of the  Loan  Arrangement,  to  amend  certain
provisions of the Loan Arrangement as more particularly described herein, and to
further increase the amount of credit available to the Borrower; and

         WHEREAS,  the Lender is willing to enter into this  Agreement and grant
such  financial  accommodations  to or  for  the  benefit  of  the  Borrower  in
accordance  with the terms of this Agreement only if the Borrower shall make and
enter into certain agreements, covenants,  representations and warranties as set
forth herein and as further set forth and contained in the Financing Instruments
(as  hereinafter  defined),  all of the terms and conditions of which  Financing
Instruments are hereby incorporated herein by reference;

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in order to induce the Lender to lend certain sums, to
extend such additional credit and to grant financial  accommodations,  all to or
for  the  benefit  of  the  Borrower,   and  in  consideration  thereof  and  in
consideration of the mutual covenants herein  contained,  and for other good and
valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged,  the Borrower  hereby  represents and warrants to the Lender,  and
hereby covenants and agrees with the Lender, all as follows:

                                    SECTION 1

                           DEFINITIONS; USE OF TERMS;
                           INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
                           --------------------------

         In this Agreement:

         1.1 "Accounts" shall mean and refer to any and all of Borrower's rights
to payment  for goods  sold or leased or for  services  rendered,  which are not
evidenced by an  Instrument  or Chattel  Paper,  whether or not such





rights  have been earned by  performance,  and shall  include  all  receivables,
notes, drafts, acceptances, other forms of obligations and "accounts" as defined
in the UCC, all in whatever form and however arising or created;

         1.2 "Borrowing  Base" shall mean and refer to the lesser of the Line of
Credit Maximum Amount (defined below), or the Calculated Amount (defined below),
where:

                  1.2.1 "Line of Credit Maximum  Amount" shall mean and refer to
         the amount of THREE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($3,500,000);
         and

                  1.2.2  "Calculated  Amount" shall mean and refer to the sum of
        the following items:

                           1.2.2.1  Eighty  Percent  (80%) of the net  amount of
                  Eligible Accounts; plus

                           1.2.2.2  the  lesser  of Forty  percent  (40%) of all
                  Eligible  Inventory,  or One  Million  Five  Hundred  Thousand
                  Dollars ($1,500,000);

         1.3  "Eligible  Accounts"  shall  mean  and  refer to that  portion  of
Borrower's  Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower's  business,
which have been earned by performance and which are not:

                  1.3.1  outstanding more than ninety (90) days;

                  1.3.2 based on payment  terms other than those which are usual
        and customary to the Borrower's business;

                  1.3.3 due from any Account  Debtor  which holds or is entitled
         to any claim, counterclaim, setoff or chargeback or which has the right
         to return to the Borrower for credit or refund the goods giving rise to
         such Account;

                  1.3.4  based  on  any  sale  made  on,   so-called,   "delayed
        shipping", "bill and hold" or "dating" basis;

                  1.3.5  evidenced by a promissory note;

                  1.3.6 due from any  Person  employed  by, or any  salesman  or
        independent contractor of, the Borrower;

                  1.3.7 due from any  Guarantor  or any past,  present or future
        affiliate, parent or subsidiary of BBI, BTRL or NACL;

                  1.3.8  due from  Account  Debtors  with  respect  to which the
         Borrower is an Account  Debtor (to the extent of the amount  payable by
         Borrower);

                  1.3.9 based on delivery of goods on  consignment  or otherwise
         on "sale on approval",  "sale or return" or similar  terms  (whether or
         not compliance has been made with Section 2-326 of the UCC); or

                  1.3.10 determined by the Lender, in the exercise of reasonable
         judgment,  to be difficult to collect, to be of diminished or uncertain
         value,  or in  which  the  Lender  may not  have a  perfected  security
         interest pursuant to the provisions of the Financing Instruments.

         Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if at any time, fifty percent (50%) or
         more of the Accounts due from any particular  patient Account Debtor of
         NACL remain unpaid (in whole or in part) after the passage of more




         than ninety (90) days from the  respective  dates of each such  patient
         Account invoice from NACL, then from and after such determination, none
         of the Accounts  (then  existing or  thereafter  arising) due from such
         patient  Account  Debtor shall be deemed to be Eligible  Accounts until
         such time as all patient  Accounts due from such patient Account Debtor
         are no more than  ninety  (90) days past due from date of  invoice as a
         result of actual payments received thereon.

         In addition,  Eligible  Accounts shall not include Accounts relating to
         Existing Government  Contracts (as hereinafter defined) until such time
         as the same have been novated  into the name of BTRL and are  otherwise
         in full compliance with 48 C.F.R.  ss.42.12 (1991) to the  satisfaction
         of Lender;

         Characterization  of any  account  due  from an  Account  Debtor  as an
         Eligible  Account shall not be deemed a determination  by the Lender as
         to its actual  value nor in any way  obligate  the Lender to accept any
         Account  subsequently  arising  from such  Account  Debtor to be, or to
         continue  to open  such  account  to be,  an  Eligible  Account;  it is
         Borrower's  responsibility to determine the creditworthiness of Account
         Debtors and all risks  concerning  the same and  collection of Accounts
         are with  Borrower.  All  Accounts  whether  or not  Eligible  Accounts
         constitute Collateral hereunder.

         1.4  "Eligible Equipment" shall mean

                  1.4.1    that  part  of  BBI's  Equipment  purchased  in  1994
                           appraised  by the  appraisal  dated  August  9,  1994
                           conducted by Frank Ronne & Associates, which Eligible
                           Equipment is listed in Exhibit 1.4.1 annexed hereto;

                  1.4.2    Equipment owned by BTRL (the "BTRL Equipment"), which
                           was  appraised  by  appraisal  dated  August  9, 1994
                           conducted by Frank Ronne & Associates, which Eligible
                           Equipment is listed in Exhibit 1.4.1 annexed hereto;

                  1.4.3    Equipment owned by NACL (the "NACL Equipment"), which
                           was  appraised  by  appraisal  dated  August  9, 1994
                           conducted by Frank Ronne & Associates, which Eligible
                           Equipment is listed in Exhibit 1.4.1 annexed  hereto;
                           and

                  1.4.4    Equipment  to be  purchased  by  the  Borrower  ("New
                           Eligible Equipment").

         1.5 "Eligible  Inventory" shall mean that part of BBI's Inventory which
the  Lender  determines,  from  time to time and in its sole  discretion,  to be
eligible for purposes of determining the Calculated Amount;

         1.6 "Equipment"  shall mean all motor vehicles  (whether or not subject
to motor vehicle  registration),  rolling stock,  machinery,  furniture,  office
equipment, plant equipment,  laboratory equipment, fixtures, tools, spare parts,
accessories, dies, molds and all other like goods, property and assets owned now
or hereafter by Borrower and used in the operation or  furtherance of Borrower's
business  (whether or not Eligible  Equipment or New  Eligible  Equipment);  and
"equipment" as defined in the UCC;

         1.7 "Equipment  Collateral"  shall mean all Equipment and all Documents
(whether negotiable or non-negotiable) which relate to Equipment;

         1.8 "Existing Government  Contracts" means the United States contracts,
subcontracts  and  agreements  relating  to BTRL which are listed on Exhibit 1.8
annexed hereto;

         1.9  "Financing  Instruments"  shall  mean  and  refer  to any  and all
agreements  (including  this  Agreement),   Instruments,  Documents,  and  other
writings including without  limitation,  security  agreements,  loan agreements,






notes,   guarantees,   mortgages,   deeds  of  trust,   collateral  assignments,
subordination agreements,  contracts,  notices, leases, financing statements and
all other written matter,  whether heretofore,  now, or hereafter executed by or
on behalf of the Borrower and  delivered  to the Lender in  connection  with the
transactions  described in this Agreement or contemplated hereby,  together with
all agreements and documents referred to therein or contemplated thereby;

         1.10  "GAAP"  shall  mean and refer to  generally  accepted  accounting
principles in the United States;

         1.11  "Inventory"  shall mean and refer to any and all of the following
owned  by  Borrower:  goods,  wares,  merchandise,   raw  materials,   supplies,
components,  work in process,  finished  goods and all  packaging,  advertising,
shipping material, labels and other devices, names, or marks affixed thereto for
purpose of selling the same; tangible personal property held by the Borrower for
processing,  sale,  license,  or lease,  or  furnished or to be furnished by the
Borrower  under  contracts  of sale or service or to be used or  consumed in the
Borrower's business (whether or not Eligible Inventory); items referred to above
which are in transit,  returned,  rejected,  repossessed or detained (whether or
not Eligible Inventory); and "inventory" as defined in the UCC;

         1.12 "Inventory  Collateral" shall mean all Inventory and all Documents
(whether negotiable or non-negotiable) which relate to Inventory;

         1.13 "IRC" shall mean and refer to the  Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended,  and  regulations as promulgated  and in effect,  from time to time,
thereunder;

         1.14 "Liens" shall mean and refer to any and all:  mortgages,  pledges,
security interests,  encumbrances,  liens, or charges of any kind including, but
not limited to,  agreements to give any of the foregoing;  conditional  sales or
other  title  retention  agreements  or  devices,  or any  leases in the  nature
thereof;  and the filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement under
the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction;

         1.15  "Obligations"  shall mean and refer to any and all  indebtedness,
liabilities, duties, undertakings,  covenants and agreements (including those of
payment or of  performance)  of the  Borrower to the Lender,  all of every kind,
nature and  description,  and  arising  pursuant  to the terms of the  Financing
Instruments or otherwise, including, without limitation:

                  1.15.1  Borrower's  liability to repay the Loans  (hereinafter
         defined),  together  with the payment of all  interest and other monies
         due  pursuant  to the  terms  of any  and  all  notes,  and any and all
         substitutions,  renewals, extensions,  amendments and rewritings of the
         Loans  or  such  notes  and  all  present  and  future   advances  made
         thereunder;

                  1.15.2 the faithful performance and observance by the Borrower
         of all agreements, covenants and conditions contained in this Agreement
         and in each of the other Financing Instruments; and

                  1.15.3  any and all such  indebtedness,  liabilities,  duties,
         undertakings, covenants and agreements whether or not the same are: now
         existing or hereafter arising;  imposed by agreement or by operation of
         law;  due  or  not  due,   absolute  or   contingent,   liquidated   or
         unliquidated,   voluntary  or  involuntary;  evidenced  by  a  writing;
         presently  contemplated  by the  parties;  the  joint  or  the  several
         liabilities of the Borrower;  direct or indirect;  related or unrelated
         to the  transactions  described  in or  contemplated  by the  Financing
         Instruments;  liabilities  or  undertakings  of the Borrower as surety,
         guarantor or endorser with respect to  obligations of one or more other
         parties;  specifically  described  as secured or  unsecured;  hereafter
         acquired by Lender by  assignment,  other transfer or operation of law;
         the result of any transaction  whatsoever  between the Borrower and the
         Lender;  or by reason of any cause of action  which the Lender may have
         against the Borrower.







         1.16  "Persons"  shall  mean  and  refer  to any and  all  individuals,
corporations,  partnerships, joint stock associations, business or other trusts,
governments  or any agencies or  subdivisions  thereof,  joint ventures or other
entities or associations whatsoever;

         1.17 "UCC"  shall mean the  Uniform  Commercial  Code as in effect from
time to time in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts;

         1.18 The following terms shall have the respective meanings ascribed to
them  in  the  UCC:  "Account  Debtor",   "Chattel  Paper",  "Deposit  Account",
"Document", "Equipment", "General Intangibles" and "Instrument";

         1.19  Terms  defined   elsewhere  in  this  Agreement  shall  have  the
respective meanings ascribed to them where so defined;

         1.20 All exhibits to this Agreement are hereby  incorporated  herein by
reference;

         1.21 The use of the  singular  of terms which are defined in the plural
shall mean and refer to any one of the matters or items or entities  included in
such definition; and

         1.22 Use of the  connective  "or" is not intended to be exclusive;  the
term  "may  not"  is  intended  to be  prohibitive  and not  permissive;  use of
"includes"  and  "including"  is intended to be  interpreted  as  expansive  and
amplifying  and not as limiting in any way;  and  pronouns  used herein shall be
deemed to include the singular and the plural and all genders.

                                    SECTION 2

                        ESTABLISHMENT OF LOAN ACCOUNT AND
             DESCRIPTION OF LOAN ARRANGEMENTS AND CREDIT FACILITIES
             ------------------------------------------------------

         Upon  all  the  terms  and  conditions  established  by  the  Financing
Instruments,  the  Lender and the  Borrower  agree to enter  into  certain  loan
transactions,  pursuant to which the Lender agrees to lend (or otherwise  extend
credit or provide other financial  accommodations)  to or for the benefit of the
Borrower,  and the Borrower agrees to borrow (or otherwise guarantee,  undertake
to repay or be  liable  for) the  amount  and the  Obligations  described  below
(altogether,  the  "Loans"),  and the Lender hereby opens for and in the name of
the Borrower one or more loan  accounts  for the purposes of  administering  the
following Loans:

         2.1 Amounts and Type of Loans;  Notes Evidencing  Loans. The respective
amounts and types of the Loans shall be:

                  2.1.1  a  Three   Million   Five  Hundred   Thousand   Dollars
         ($3,500,000)  term revolving line of credit (the "Line of Credit") (the
         authorized  maximum principal amount  outstanding from time to time, of
         which  shall not exceed the  Borrowing  Base),  which is  evidenced  by
         Borrower's  Second Amended and Restated Term Revolving  Promissory Note
         (the "Line of Credit  Note")  dated of even date  herewith  in the face
         amount of the Line of Credit Maximum Amount;

                  2.1.2 a term loan in the  original  principal  amount of Eight
         Hundred  Forty-nine  Thousand  Dollars  ($849,000)  (the  "Amended  and
         Restated Term Loan"),  evidenced by the Borrower's Amended and Restated
         Term  Promissory  Note (the  "Amended  and  Restated  Term Note") dated
         October 11, 1994;






                  2.1.3 a term  loan in the  original  principal  amount  of Two
         Hundred  Thousand  Dollars   ($200,000)  (the  "$200,000  Term  Loan"),
         evidenced by the Borrower's  Term  Promissory  Note (the "$200,000 Term
         Note") dated October 11, 1994 in the face amount of the full  principal
         thereof; and

                  2.1.4 a term loan in the  original  principal  amount of Three
         Hundred Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($350,000) (the "$350,000 Term Loan"),
         evidenced by the Borrower's  Term  Promissory  Note (the "$350,000 Term
         Note")  dated of even  date  herewith  in the face  amount  of the full
         principal thereof.

(The Line of Credit Note,  the Amended and Restated Term Note, the $200,000 Term
Note  and the  $350,000  Term  Note  may each be  referred  to as a  "Note"  and
collectively as the "Notes".)

         2.2 Interest Rate on Loans. The principal amount outstanding, from time
to time,  of each of the Loans  shall  bear  interest  at the  respective  rates
applicable to each Loan in accordance with the provisions of the Notes.

         2.3  Repayment of Loans.  Principal  and interest of the Loans shall be
paid to the Lender in accordance with the provisions of the Notes.

         2.4  Security  for the Loans.  All of the Loans shall be secured by the
security  interests  granted  in the  Collateral  (as  hereinafter  defined)  as
provided by this Agreement.

         2.5  Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds of the Loans shall be used:

                  2.5.1 with respect to the Line of Credit,  for working capital
         purposes;

                  2.5.2 with  respect to the  Amended  and  Restated  Term Loan,
         advances up to the full amount of the  Amended and  Restated  Term Note
         have  been  made  for  the  purchase  by  the  Borrower  of  laboratory
         equipment,  furniture and computer equipment,  and to pay down the Line
         of Credit;

                  2.5.3 with respect to the $200,000  Term Loan,  advances up to
         the full amount of the  $200,000  Term Loan have been made for purposes
         of the  purchase  and  installation  by BBI,  BTRL and NACL of Eligible
         Equipment; and

                  2.5.4 with respect to the $350,000 Term Loan,  advances  shall
         be made at the request of the  Borrower  from time to time for a period
         of six (6) months from the date hereof for  purposes of the purchase of
         New Eligible Equipment, but such advances shall not exceed seventy-five
         percent (75%) of the purchase price of such New Eligible Equipment.

         2.6 Loan  Advances.  After  the  date  hereof,  Loans  shall be made by
advances by the Lender to one or more of the accounts maintained by the Borrower
pursuant to Section  4.2.6 hereof  (hereafter,  the "Main  Operating  Account").
Subject  to the terms and  conditions  hereof,  the Lender may make Loans to the
Borrower (i) to cover checks drawn by Borrower on the Main Operating Account and
(ii) to cover  other  authorized  charges  whether  given to the Lender  orally,
telephonically  or in writing and (iii) to cover  other  charges due and payable
hereunder.  As an  accommodation  to the Borrower,  and to facilitate  the "zero
balance account" relationship  contemplated by this Agreement,  and to avoid the
necessity  that the Lender  communicate  with the Borrower  each time checks are
presented for payment against the Main Operating Account,  the Borrower requests
the Bank to make a Loan charged to the Loan Account  sufficient  to cover checks
and other authorized  charges on each occasion that the same are presented.  All
actions of the Lender in  connection  with the  ordinary  administration  of the
foregoing are hereby  ratified and confirmed and shall be conclusive and binding
upon the  Borrower.  Each request by the Borrower to Lender for an advance under
the Line of Credit or the $350,000 Term Loan shall  constitute a  representation
by  the  Borrower  that  as of  the  date  of  such  request  (a)  each  of  the
representations and warranties set






forth  herein  are  true,  (b) the  Borrower  is in  compliance  with all of the
covenants,  terms and conditions hereof, and (c) no event or circumstances exist
which constitute or with the lapse of time or notice,  or both, would constitute
or result in the occurrence of an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined).

         2.7 Other  Advances  and  Payments.  Whether or not the  entire  amount
available  under  the Line of Credit  shall  have  been  advanced  to or for the
benefit  of the  Borrower,  and  whether or not the Loans  shall be payable  (by
maturity or by  acceleration)  or an Event of Default shall have occurred  under
this Agreement, the Lender shall be entitled (but shall not be obligated and may
not be required) to make, at its sole discretion,  additional advances from time
to time:

                  2.7.1 in payment or reimbursement,  as the case may be, of any
         and  all  payments  made  or  amounts  owing   pursuant  to  applicable
         provisions of the Financing Documents;

                  2.7.2 to pay the Lender's usual and customary  charges for (a)
         services rendered by it to the Borrower at the Borrower's request which
         charges relate to the Obligations;  and (b) charges otherwise  required
         to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; and

                  2.7.3  otherwise  to or for the  benefit of the  Borrower,  as
         requested  or consented  to by the  Borrower,  as the Lender may in its
         discretion deem proper or expedient;

and each such additional advance shall be a part of the Obligations and shall at
all times be subject to the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement and secured
as provided in the Financing Instruments.

         2.8 Loan Statements. All advances to or for the benefit of the Borrower
pursuant  to this  Agreement  shall be charged to the loan  account or  accounts
opened in the Borrower's  name on the Lender's  books.  The Lender  periodically
shall  render to the  Borrower  statements  of such loan  account  or  accounts,
setting  forth the daily loan  balance  and total  accrued  interest  during the
subject  period,  which,  when so  rendered,  shall be  considered  prima  facie
evidence  of the  correctness  thereof  except  to the  extent  that the  Lender
receives  written  notice of any  exceptions  proposed by the Borrower  within a
reasonable  time,  but in no event later than one hundred twenty (120) days from
the date of such statement. If for any reason the Borrower has not paid interest
charges and/or any fees for services, expenses incurred or other charges owed to
the Lender by the Borrower, the Lender, at its option and discretion, may at any
time or times debit such  charges,  expenses,  and fees to the  Borrower's  loan
account and such amounts shall be added to the principal amount thereof,  or the
Lender  may  debit  such  interest,  charges  and  fees,  and any  other  unpaid
Obligations  then due,  to any deposit or other  account of the  Borrower at the
Lender.  Such debits shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default.  Any
item received in payment towards the Borrower's  outstanding  indebtedness which
requires  clearance or payment  shall not be  considered  to have been  credited
until final clearance and final payment.







         2.9  Additional  Term  Loan.  Provided  that  there  exists no Event of
Default  hereunder,  and no event shall have occurred  which with the passage of
time or the  giving  of  notice,  or both,  could  become  an  Event of  Default
hereunder,  the Lender agrees to provide the Borrower,  by January 1, 1996, with
an  additional  term loan in an  original  principal  amount  not to exceed  One
Hundred Thousand  Dollars  ($100,000) for purposes of paying down the balance of
the Line of Credit  then  outstanding.  Such  additional  term loan shall have a
five-year term and shall be upon such additional  terms, and shall bear interest
at a rate,  as shall  be  determined  by the  Lender  in its  sole and  absolute
discretion.

         2.10 Review of Line of Credit. The Lender agrees (a) to review the Line
of Credit  annually on or before  July 30 of each year  commencing  in 1996,  to
determine  whether the  Maturity  Date (as  defined in the Line of Credit  Note)
thereof  will be  extended  for an  additional  twelve-month  period  beyond the
Maturity  Date  then  in  effect;  and  (b)  to  notify  the  Borrower  of  such
determination  in  accordance  with  the  notice  provisions  of the  Agreement.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  any  determination  by the Lender to extend the
Maturity Date shall not be binding and enforceable  against the Lender until the
execution of an Extension Agreement, executed by the parties hereto.

                                    SECTION 3

                         SECURITY INTEREST IN COLLATERAL
                         -------------------------------

         3.1 Granting  Clause;  Description of  Collateral.  As security for the
prompt  and  full  repayment  (and  performance  as  the  case  may  be)  of the
Obligations,  the Borrower  hereby  grants to the Lender a  continuing  security
interest in and to all of the  Borrower's  present and future  right,  title and
interest in and to the  following  assets and  property,  and each item thereof,
whether now or  hereafter  existing,  owned or acquired by  Borrower,  or now or
hereafter arising or due or to become due, wherever such assets and property may
be  located,   together  with  all   substitutions,   replacements,   additions,
accessions,  products and proceeds (of every kind and nature, cash and non-cash,
including,  without  limitation,  insurance  proceeds and proceeds  which may be
property of any type  described  below) of or to any of the  following,  (all of
which, together with any other property in which the Lender may in the future be
granted a security interest to secure the Obligations,  is collectively included
within the meaning of "Collateral" as used herein):

                  3.1.1 all Inventory and all Documents  (whether  negotiable or
         non-negotiable);

                  3.1.2 all  Accounts  (whether  or not  Eligible  Accounts  for
         purposes of determining  the Borrowing Base  hereunder);  all rights of
         Borrower to draw under letters of credit; and all rights of Borrower in
         and to the  Inventory  which gave rise to any  Account,  and all liens,
         guaranties and security  granted to or held by Borrower with respect to
         Accounts or other  obligations  owing to Borrower (all of the foregoing
         are collectively referred to herein as the "Receivables Collateral");

                  3.1.3 all contract rights, including,  without limitation, all
         rights to payment under Existing Government Contracts and contracts not
         yet earned by performance and not evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel
         Paper;

                  3.1.4 all General  Intangibles,  including without  limitation
         all goodwill,  customer  lists,  judgments,  licenses,  permits,  trade
         names, logos, trademarks,  service marks, patents, patent applications,
         copyrights,   blueprints,   drawings,   designs,   papers,   rights  to
         performance,   intellectual   property,   trade  secrets,   proprietary
         processes,  developmental  ideas and concepts,  and proprietary rights,
         information and property of any kind and nature;

                  3.1.5 all Equipment,  whether or not Eligible Equipment or New
         Eligible Equipment;






                  3.1.6 all items of tangible and intangible  personal  property
         of any and every kind and description which are not otherwise described
         in this subsection 3.1;

                  3.1.7 all Instruments  (whether  negotiable or non-negotiable,
         and  regardless  of their  being  attached to Chattel  Paper),  Chattel
         Paper,  policies and certificates of insurance,  securities,  deposits,
         Deposit Accounts, money, cash and other property;

                  3.1.8 all liens,  guarantees,  rights, remedies and privileges
         pertaining to any of the Collateral, including the right of stoppage in
         transit;

                  3.1.9  all  federal,  state,  and  local  tax  refunds  and/or
         abatements to which the Borrower is, or becomes, entitled no matter how
         or when arising,  including  but not limited to any loss  carryback tax
         refunds;

                  3.1.10 all books,  records and information  relating to any of
         the Collateral or the operation of the Borrower's  business in whatever
         medium  the same may be  stored,  contained,  recorded  or  maintained,
         including without  limitation all electronically  recorded  information
         and all  rights of  access  to such  books,  records  and  information,
         computer software and information (and all rights,  programs,  manuals,
         storage,  backup,  service  contracts,  licenses  and source codes with
         respect  thereto),  and all  property in which such books,  records and
         information are stored, contained, recorded or maintained; and

                  3.1.11 all insurance proceeds,  refunds,  and premium rebates,
         whether  arising out of insurance  relating to any of the  foregoing or
         otherwise.

         3.2 Certain  Representations,  Warranties,  and Covenants Regarding the
Collateral. In addition to the warranties,  representations and covenants of the
Borrower set forth  elsewhere in this Agreement,  the Borrower hereby  warrants,
represents, and covenants as follows:

                  3.2.1 Lock Box Agreement.  The Borrower  shall  hereafter make
         collection of all  Receivables  Collateral in accordance with the terms
         and  provisions  of the form of Lock Box Agreement  attached  hereto as
         Exhibit  3.2.1  (the  "Lock  Box  Agreement"),  and  shall  immediately
         instruct its Account Debtors to remit all payments,  including  without
         limitation all checks, drafts, cash,  instruments,  and other items and
         forms of payment which represent, or constitute proceeds or collections
         of,  the  Receivables  Collateral,  in  accordance  with the  terms and
         provisions  of the Lock  Box  Agreement.  Upon  receipt,  Lender  shall
         deposit all such  Receivables  Collateral in a collateral  account with
         the Lender (the  "Collateral  Account"),  subject to the  provisions of
         this  subsection  3.2.1.  After  allowing  two (2)  business  days  for
         collection  of checks and other  instruments,  Lender  will credit (but
         conditional upon final  collection) such payments to Borrower's Line of
         Credit loan account (except foreign  collection items received by check
         of a foreign bank drawn on U.S.  Dollars  which shall be credited  when
         actually received in immediately  available funds by the Lender).  Such
         credits  shall be  conditional  upon  final  payment in cash or solvent
         credits of the items  giving rise to them.  If any item is not so paid,
         the Lender, in its discretion, whether or not the item is returned, may
         either reverse any credit given for the item or charge it to Borrower's
         Deposit Account.  Any surplus remaining in the Collateral Account after
         payment of any then due amounts under the Loans shall be then deposited
         in  Borrower's  Deposit  Account  and may be used  by  Borrower  in its
         discretion subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

                  3.2.2  Schedules  and  Assignments  of   Accounts/Consents  to
         Assignments.  As and to the  extent  the  Lender  may from time to time
         request,   the  Borrower   shall  provide  the  Lender  with  schedules
         describing  all Accounts  created or acquired by the Borrower,  and the
         Borrower shall execute and deliver written assignments of such Accounts
         to the Lender,  including without limitation the Collateral





         Assignments  contemplated  by Section  4.2.15  hereof when  applicable,
         provided,  however,  that the Borrower's failure to execute and deliver
         such  schedules  and/or  assignments  shall  not  affect  or limit  the
         Lender's  security  interest  or other  rights in and to each  Account.
         Together with each schedule so  requested,  the Borrower  shall furnish
         its sales and cash  journals or  equivalents  acceptable to the Lender,
         and shall warrant the genuineness  thereof. the Borrower shall also, on
         request of the Lender,  furnish the Lender with the  original  shipping
         and/or delivery receipts for all merchandise sold.

                  3.2.3 Bona Fide Accounts.  The Borrower  hereby  warrants that
         all Accounts are and will be bona fide existing  obligations created by
         the sale and delivery of  merchandise  (not on consignment or approval)
         or the  rendition of services to  customers  in the ordinary  course of
         business,  free of Liens,  and  unconditionally  owed to the  Borrower,
         without  defense,  offset  or  counterclaim,  or that in the  event the
         Borrower  becomes aware of the existence of a claim of defense,  offset
         or  counterclaim,  the Borrower will promptly notify the Lender of such
         status of any such Account,  and the portion of such Account subject to
         defense,  offset or counterclaim shall be excluded from  classification
         as an Eligible  Account until such time as the Lender is satisfied that
         such  Account  is no  longer  subject  to claim of  defense,  offset or
         counterclaim.

                  3.2.4  Notification  To  Account  Debtors  and  Others  by the
         Lender.  The Lender or the Lender's  designee may, at any time or times
         thereafter,  with notice to the Borrower  (given  before,  concurrently
         with or within a  reasonably  prompt  time  thereafter,  except that no
         notice  shall be required if an Event of Default  has  occurred  and is
         continuing),  notify  customers  or Account  Debtors  of the  Borrower,
         either in the name of the Lender or the  Borrower,  that  Accounts have
         been  assigned  to the Lender  and of the  Lender's  security  interest
         therein,  and may instruct such  customers and Account  Debtors to make
         payment  directly  to  the  Lender  or  such  other  address  as may be
         specified by the Lender,  and the Lender may collect  directly from the
         obligors  thereon  all  amounts  due  on  account  of any or all of the
         Collateral  and may charge the  collection  costs and  expenses  to the
         Borrower,  and the Lender may, at any time or times,  advise any Person
         of the Lender's security interest in and to the Collateral.

                  3.2.5 Allowances and  Adjustments.  Unless and until otherwise
         directed by the Lender acting in its sole discretion,  the Borrower may
         grant such  allowances or other  adjustments to Account  Debtors as may
         reasonably accord with sound business  practice;  provided however that
         no extension of time for payment shall be granted  without the Lender's
         prior written  consent and provided that the Borrower shall furnish the
         Lender with all reports required hereby with respect to such allowances
         and adjustments.  If any Inventory is returned to or repossessed by the
         Borrower (other than for any routine  warranty,  modification or repair
         service) or is downgraded in quality or has its marketability adversely
         affected, or is detained from or refused entry to the United States, or
         required  to be removed  from the United  States,  the  Borrower  shall
         report any such  occurrence to the Lender in writing in accordance with
         the  provisions  hereof,  and if within three (3) days after receipt by
         the Lender of such written  report  thereof,  the Lender fails to issue
         specific  instructions to the Borrower  concerning such Inventory,  the
         Borrower shall have the right to dispose of the same in accordance with
         sound business  practices,  subject,  however, to the Lender's security
         interest  therein and in any  Collateral  arising from the  disposition
         thereof.  Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  the Lender may
         settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with customers or Account
         Debtors  for  amounts  and  upon  terms  which  the  Lender   considers
         advisable,  and in all cases the Lender will credit the Borrower's Line
         of Credit loan account with only the net amounts received by the Lender
         in payment of such Accounts.

                  3.2.6 Notification To Account Debtors by the Borrower.  At the
         request  of the Lender  made at any time or times,  the  Borrower  will
         provide written  notifications to any or all of the Borrower's  Account
         Debtors concerning the Lender's security interest in the Collateral and
         will request that such Account Debtors forward payment thereof directly
         to the Lender or as the Lender may direct.






                  3.2.7 Title to  Collateral.  Except for the security  interest
         hereby granted or previously granted and the Permitted Encumbrances (as
         hereinafter defined), the Borrower is and shall remain the owner of the
         Collateral  free from all  Liens,  and the  Borrower  will  defend  the
         Collateral  against  all claims and  demands of all persons at any time
         claiming the same or any interest therein,  and, except with respect to
         the Permitted Encumbrances,  no financing statement covering any of the
         Collateral  is on file in any public  office in any  jurisdiction.  The
         Borrower will promptly upon learning  thereof  report to the Lender all
         matters  materially  adversely  affecting the value,  collectibility or
         enforceability of any Collateral. The Borrower does not have presently,
         and  shall  not  have   hereafter,   possession  of  any  Inventory  on
         consignment.

                  3.2.8  Actions  To  Maintain  Perfection.  From  time to time,
         whether or not  requested  by the Lender,  the  Borrower  will take all
         steps and actions necessary in order to create,  confirm and maintain a
         valid and  perfected  security  interest  in favor of the Lender in the
         Collateral,  subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances,  and will join
         with the Lender in taking any such actions reasonably  requested by the
         Lender,  including without  limitation  executing one or more financing
         statements in form satisfactory to the Lender, and will pay the cost of
         filing the same in all public offices  wherever filing is deemed by the
         Lender to be  necessary  for the purpose of  creating,  perfecting,  or
         maintaining  the  perfection  or  priority  of the  security  interests
         granted herein;  and the Borrower will from time to time at the request
         of the Lender  also do, or execute and  deliver,  such  additional  and
         further  acts,  things,   assurances  and  instruments  as  are  deemed
         desirable by the Lender in order to more  completely vest in and assure
         to the Lender all of its rights hereunder and in or to the Collateral.

                  3.2.9  Lender's  Payment of Taxes and Other  Payments.  At the
         Lender's option, the Lender may at any time or times (but shall have no
         obligation to):

                           3.2.9.1 discharge taxes, Liens, or security interests
                  or other encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances,  and
                  other than taxes being  contested in good faith in  accordance
                  with and to the extent permitted by this Agreement,  unless in
                  either  case an Event of Default  shall have  occurred  and be
                  continuing)  at any time  levied,  placed or  assessed  on the
                  Collateral;

                           3.2.9.2 pay for  insurance on the  Collateral  if the
                  Borrower shall at any time fail to maintain such insurance, or
                  if the Lender  shall at any time  receive  notice or otherwise
                  become  aware that such  insurance  may be cancelled or become
                  cancelable within twenty (20) days; and

                           3.2.9.3 pay for the maintenance  and  preservation of
                  the Collateral.

         The Borrower shall  reimburse the Lender on demand for any payment made
         or  expense   incurred  by  the  Lender   pursuant  to  the   foregoing
         authorization,  and such  obligation  to  reimburse  the  Lender  shall
         constitute part of the Obligations secured by this Agreement.

                  3.2.10 Verification. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender
         to  verify  the  Collateral,   and  any  portion   thereof,   including
         verification  with Account  Debtors,  and with the  Borrower's  billing
         companies,  collection  agencies,  and accountants at any time and from
         time to time, and to sign the Borrower's  name to any notice to Account
         Debtors or any notice relative to such verification of Collateral.

                  3.2.11  Location  of  Collateral.  Such of the  Collateral  as
         constitutes  tangible  property  will  be  kept  at  all  times  at the
         Borrower's  Notice  Address or at the Maryland  Office (as  hereinafter
         defined) or the Connecticut Office (as hereinafter  defined),  wherever
         the same is  currently  located.  The  Borrower  will not  remove  such
         Collateral from such location  without the prior written consent of the
         Lender.  All the




         Borrower's books and records regarding  Collateral are and will be kept
         and maintained at the Borrower's  Notice Address or at BTRL's principal
         office  at 3 Taft  Court,  Rockville,  Maryland  20850  (the  "Maryland
         Office") or at NACL's  principal  office at 75 North Mountain Road, New
         Britian,  Connecticut  06053 (the "Connecticut  Office"),  wherever the
         same  are  currently  located  and  shall  not be  removed  from  those
         locations without the Lender's prior written consent.

                  3.2.12  Powers of Attorney.  The Borrower  hereby  irrevocably
         constitutes  and appoints the Lender as the Borrower's  true and lawful
         attorney,  with full  power of  substitution  (in each case at the sole
         risk,  cost and  expense  of the  Borrower  but for the  benefit of the
         Lender) to do the following:

                           3.2.12.1  at any  time or  times  (whether  or not an
                  Event of Default has occurred), to file and record without the
                  Borrower's signature,  or sign the Borrower's name to and file
                  and record,  financing  statements  and any other  instruments
                  (including without limitation  applications to name the Lender
                  as lienholder on any motor  vehicle or other  Certificates  of
                  Title),  and to take such other actions as the Lender may deem
                  necessary in order to,  perfect or maintain the  perfection or
                  priority  of or  disclose  or protect  the  Lender's  security
                  interests in the Collateral or any portion thereof; to receive
                  and open the  Borrower's  mail,  remove  therefrom and hold or
                  apply any  Collateral  and  dispose  of such mail or turn over
                  such mail (other than such  Collateral) to the Borrower or any
                  trustee  in  bankruptcy,  receiver,  assignee  for  benefit of
                  creditors  or other legal  representatives  to whom the Lender
                  determines  to be the  appropriate  Person  to turn  over such
                  mail;  to  endorse  the name of the  Borrower  in favor of the
                  Lender upon any and all checks,  drafts,  notes, money orders,
                  acceptances and other items, Instruments and forms of payment,
                  and to sign and  endorse  the  name of the  Borrower  on,  and
                  receive as secured party,  any of the Collateral;  to sign the
                  Borrower's name to any invoices, schedules, freight or express
                  receipts,  bills of lading, and other Documents or writings of
                  a similar or different nature, relating to the Collateral;  to
                  sign the name of the Borrower on any schedules and assignments
                  of  Accounts,   and  on  notices  of   assignment,   financing
                  statements   and  other   public   records   relating  to  the
                  Collateral,  and  on any  notice  to  the  Borrower's  Account
                  Debtors for verification of the Receivables Collateral; and to
                  receive  and  apply  any  proceeds  of any  Collateral  and to
                  otherwise  exercise  any rights or remedies  available  to the
                  Lender hereunder or under any of the Financing  Instruments or
                  otherwise  under  agreement or  applicable  law, to the extent
                  exercisable  or  available  to the Lender prior to an Event of
                  Default; and

                           3.2.12.2  at any  time or  times  after  an  Event of
                  Default has  occurred  and is  continuing,  in addition to the
                  actions described in subsection  3.2.12.1 above, to prosecute,
                  defend,  compromise  or  release  any action  relating  to the
                  Collateral;  to notify the post office  authorities  to change
                  the address for delivery of the Borrower's  mail to an address
                  designated by the Lender,  and to sign change of address forms
                  therefor;  to sign the  Borrower's  name in proofs of claim in
                  bankruptcies of Account  Debtors,  notices of lien,  claims of
                  mechanics'  liens,  or  assignments  or releases of mechanics'
                  liens  securing the Accounts;  to take any such actions as may
                  be  necessary  to obtain  payment  of any  letter of credit of
                  which the Borrower is a beneficiary;  to repair,  manufacture,
                  assemble,  complete,  package, deliver, alter or supply goods,
                  if any,  necessary to fulfill in whole or in part the purchase
                  order of any  customer  of the  Borrower;  to take any and all
                  other actions (including, without limitation, the right to sue
                  in the name of the  Borrower or the Lender to collect upon any
                  and all Collateral and to settle, adjust or compromise any and
                  all claims  with  respect to  Collateral  including  insurance
                  claims) as the Lender  shall deem  necessary  or  expedient to
                  convert the Collateral  into cash;  and to otherwise  exercise
                  any rights or remedies to the Lender hereunder or under any of
                  the Financing  Instruments,  or otherwise  under  agreement or
                  applicable law.


                  3.2.13  Ratification  and   Indemnification   Under  Power  of
         Attorney.  In connection  with all powers of attorney set forth in this
         Agreement or in the other Financing Instruments,  the Lender shall have
         full power to  exercise  such  powers as fully and  effectually  as the
         Borrower  might or could do; and the  Borrower  agrees  that the Lender
         shall not be obligated to exercise any of the powers authorized herein,
         and shall be free to exercise or refrain  from  exercising  any of such
         powers at any time or times in its  absolute  discretion,  and,  if the
         Lender  elects  to  exercise  any  of  such  powers,  it  shall  not be
         accountable  for more  than it  actually  receives  as a result of such
         exercise of power,  and shall not be responsible to the Borrower except
         for the  Lender's  actual bad faith or gross  negligence;  and that all
         powers conferred upon the Lender by this Agreement,  being coupled with
         an interest,  shall be irrevocable  until such time as all  Obligations
         have been paid or performed and the Lender's agreement to make advances
         has terminated.

                  3.2.14  Motor  Vehicle  Certificates  of Title.  The  Borrower
         hereby  represents and warrants  that,  with the exception of Equipment
         which has been  financed in compliance  with Section  4.3.1 hereof,  it
         will  promptly  deliver to the Lender upon request the originals of all
         Certificates  of Title within its  possession or control  pertaining to
         any Equipment owned by it for which Certificates of Title are currently
         issued,  together with a duly completed and executed Application to Add
         Lienholder for each such  Certificate;  and the Borrower  covenants and
         agrees that it will  promptly  deliver to the Lender  upon  request all
         Certificates of Title relating to any Equipment  hereafter  acquired by
         it,  together  with a duly  completed and executed  Application  to Add
         Lienholder  therewith (in form and content satisfactory for filing with
         the appropriate office), and that the Borrower shall not seek to obtain
         any  Certificate  of Title for any Equipment  currently  lacking such a
         Certificate,  and it shall not  attempt  to  recertify  or obtain a new
         Certificate for any Equipment  currently  evidenced by a Certificate of
         Title  (whether  in the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  or any  other
         jurisdiction)  without  first  notifying  the  Lender,  and only if the
         original  of such  Certificate  of Title  properly  names the Lender as
         first lienholder thereon (subject only to any Permitted  Encumbrances),
         in each case duly  perfecting the Lender's  security  interest  granted
         under this Agreement.

                  3.2.15 Audit Fees.  The  Borrower  shall pay to the Lender the
         Lender's  usual audit fees (as determined by the Lender for accounts of
         the type and size of the Borrower)  per audit  conducted by the Lender,
         from time to time, of the Collateral  located outside of Massachusetts,
         plus any  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses of the Lender  associated
         therewith.

                  3.2.16 Borrowing Base Determinations. The calculations used to
         determine  the  Borrowing  Base are  intended  solely for  purposes  of
         determining the aggregate amount of Loans which the Lender is presently
         willing to make to the Borrower.  The Borrower and the Lender expressly
         agree  that  such  calculations  are  not  intended  to and  shall  not
         constitute for any purposes:

                           3.2.16.1 a determination  by the Lender of the actual
                  present or future value of any Collateral;

                           3.2.16.2   any   limitation   with   respect  to  the
                  description of Collateral;

                           3.2.16.3 any determination by the Lender with respect
                  to the  creditworthiness  of Account Debtors or any assumption
                  by the Lender of any risk concerning such creditworthiness; or

                           3.2.16.4 any  limitation,  reduction or diminution of
                  the Obligations or the security  therefor,  all as provided in
                  this Agreement and the other Financing Instruments.

         3.3 Inventory Collateral.  With respect to all Inventory Collateral, so
long as no Event  of  Default  has  occurred,  the  Borrower  may sell  items of
Inventory Collateral:

                  3.3.1  Pricing  and Cash  Sales.  for cash in amounts not less
         than the Borrower's  published,  usual or customary  prices,  less only
         usual and customary discounts for volume sales or prompt payment; or

                  3.3.2  Credit  Terms and  Accounts.  on credit terms usual and
         customary in the business  conducted by the  Borrower,  at prices which
         conform  to the  terms of  subsection  3.3.1,  above,  and  under  such
         circumstances as give rise to Accounts subject to this Agreement.

Any  Inventory  Collateral  which will be acquired with proceeds of the Loans is
described on the Master Exhibit.

         3.4    Equipment Collateral.  With respect to all Equipment Collateral:

                  3.4.1 Business Use;  Purchase Money  Acquisitions.  all of the
         Equipment  Collateral  is and  will  be  used  by the  Borrower  in the
         ordinary  course  of  its  business   operations,   and  the  Equipment
         Collateral  which is  being  acquired  with  proceeds  of the  Loans is
         specifically described on the Master Exhibit; and

                  3.4.2 Fixtures.  if any part of the Equipment Collateral is or
         will be a Fixture (as defined in the UCC), the same shall be affixed to
         the real property at the Notice  Address of the Borrower or to the real
         property at the  Maryland  Office or at the  Connecticut  Office and to
         such additional locations as are specifically identified and designated
         in the Master  Exhibit;  and,  with respect to all items of  Collateral
         which are or become  Fixtures  prior to the  perfection  of, or in such
         circumstances  as the  interests of any other Person may have  priority
         over, the security interest granted to the Lender under this Agreement,
         the Borrower will, on demand of the Lender,  furnish to the Lender such
         waivers  or  disclaimers  of  any  and  all  interests  in  and  to the
         Collateral which could claim or have priority over the interests of the
         Lender, in each case in such form and upon such terms as the Lender may
         request.

                                    SECTION 4

                    REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES

         In addition to such other representations,  covenants and warranties as
are  contained  herein,  or elsewhere in the  Financing  Instruments  or as have
otherwise been made to the Lender, the Borrower hereby represents, covenants and
warrants that:

         4.1  General Representations, Covenants and Warranties.

                  4.1.1  Business;   Supplemental   Information   Regarding  the
         Borrower.  BBI is  engaged in the  business  of  assaying,  processing,
         manufacturing,  selling,  and distributing human blood-based  products;
         BTRL is engaged in the business of biomedical and biotechnical contract
         research  and  services;  NACL is engaged in the  business of providing
         clinical  reference  laboratory  services;  BBI's  principal  place  of
         business and chief  executive  office and mailing address is located at
         the Notice Address set forth at the beginning of this Agreement; BTRL's
         principal  place of business and mailing  address is the address of the
         Maryland  Office and NACL's  principal  place of  business  and mailing
         address is the address of the Connecticut Office. The Borrower does not
         and will not conduct any  business  under any trade name or trade style
         other  than the  Borrower's  legal  name or as set forth in the  Master
         Exhibit.  Set forth in the Master Exhibit attached hereto are the names
         and  addresses of the  respective  officers and members of the Board of
         Directors  of each  Borrower,  the  name  and  title  of  each  officer
         authorized to execute the Financial  Instruments  and  thereafter  deal
         with the Lender on behalf of the  Borrower,  and  locations  of all the
         Borrower's  other  places  of  business  or  at  which  the  Borrower's
         properties may be kept or located,  which information is true, accurate
         and  complete;  the Borrower  agrees to furnish the Lender with written
         notice



         within  ten  (10)  days  of any  changes  in such  information,  or any
         additional  information  necessary  to insure that said Master  Exhibit
         remains true,  accurate and complete.  Nothing in this subsection 4.1.1
         shall be construed  to permit any action which is otherwise  restricted
         or prohibited pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

                  4.1.2 Due Organization and Existence;  Authorization.  Each of
         BBI, BTRL and NACL (a) is duly organized,  validly existing and in good
         standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts,  (b) has
         adequate corporate power and authority to own its properties and assets
         and to carry on its business activities as and where now conducted, (c)
         is  qualified  to do business as a foreign  corporation  and is in good
         standing in each jurisdiction  wherein such qualification is necessary,
         and where the  failure  to so qualify  would  have a  material  adverse
         effect on the  business or property  of the  Borrower,  and (d) has the
         corporate  power and  authority  to  execute  and  deliver  such of the
         Financing  Instruments  as have been executed by it, and to perform the
         Financing Instruments in accordance with the terms thereof.

                  4.1.3 Articles of Organization;  Stock;  Accurate Records. The
         Articles of  Organization  and all  amendments  thereto of each of BBI,
         BTRL and NACL have been duly filed and are in proper order. All capital
         stock  issued  by BBI,  BTRL  and  NACL and  currently  outstanding  is
         properly  issued,  and all books and  records  of BBI,  BTRL and NACL ,
         including  but not  limited to, its minute  book,  by-laws and books of
         account, are accurate and up-to-date and will be so maintained.

                  4.1.4 Binding Documents;  Violation of Other Agreements.  Each
         of BBI, BTRL and NACL has taken all steps required by applicable law to
         make this Agreement, and each of such Financing Instruments, its legal,
         valid and binding obligation  enforceable in accordance with its terms,
         and neither the execution,  delivery nor  performance of this Agreement
         or any of the  Financing  Instruments  is in  violation of any law, the
         Articles of Organization,  Bylaws or other organizational  documents of
         it, or of any other  agreement or  instrument to which it is a party or
         by  which  it or any of its  assets  is or may be  bound,  and does not
         constitute  a  default  under  any of the  foregoing,  or result in the
         creation or imposition  of a Lien upon any of its  properties or assets
         other than that in favor of the Lender.

                  4.1.5  Title To  Assets;  Security  Interests  and  Mortgages;
         Leases; Royalties; etc. The Borrower has title (and good, clear, record
         and  marketable  title  in the  case of real  property)  to all  assets
         reflected  in the  financial  statements  hereinafter  referred  to and
         delivered to the Lender,  and to all assets  acquired since the date of
         said  financial   statements  (other  than  those  assets  subsequently
         disposed  of in the  ordinary  course  of  business),  free of any Lien
         except  in  favor  of  the  Lender   and   except  for  the   Permitted
         Encumbrances.

                  4.1.6 Investments.  The Borrower has no investment,  in equity
         or debt, in any Person other than  obligations  of the United States or
         Deposit Accounts.

                  4.1.7 Litigation;  Outstanding Orders.  Except as disclosed on
         the  Master  Exhibit  attached  hereto,  there are no  actions,  suits,
         proceedings  or  investigations  pending  or, to the  knowledge  of the
         Borrower, any of its agents, servants or employees,  threatened against
         the Borrower or any of its  properties  in any court,  before any other
         tribunal  or  any  federal,  state,  municipal  or  other  governmental
         authority.  The Borrower is not in default with respect to any order of
         any court, or other tribunal or governmental authority.  The execution,
         delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement and each of the Financing
         Instruments  by the Borrower will not constitute a default of any order
         of any court, or any other tribunal or governmental authority.




                  4.1.8  Financial  Statements   Delivered.   The  Borrower  has
         furnished   to  the  Lender   its   financial   statements,   including
         consolidated  balance  sheet and statement of profit and loss as at and
         for the  fiscal  years  ended  December,  1993 and 1994,  as audited by
         Coopers & Lybrand,  LLP. Said financial  statements  fairly present the
         financial  position of the  Borrower  as at the dates  thereof and said
         statement  of  profit  and loss  fairly  presents  the  results  of the
         operations  of the  Borrower  for the fiscal  years  indicated,  all in
         conformity with GAAP consistently applied.

                  4.1.9 Current  Stockholders.  Set forth on the Master  Exhibit
         annexed  hereto and made a part hereof are the names and  addresses  of
         each shareholder of the Borrower holding 5% or more of any class of the
         outstanding  capital stock of the Borrower having ordinary voting power
         and the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares held by each.

                  4.1.10 Other  Liabilities;  Tax Returns;  No Adverse  Changes.
         Except as may be set forth in the Master Exhibit  annexed  hereto,  (a)
         the  Borrower  has  no  knowledge  of  any  contingent  obligations  or
         liabilities  of the Borrower for taxes or long-term  commitments  which
         are not shown in the  balance  sheets  included in said  statements  or
         noted  therein;  (b) the Borrower has filed all required tax returns or
         extensions  therefor  and has paid all  applicable  federal,  state and
         local taxes shown to be due (other  than taxes which may  hereafter  be
         paid  without  penalty)  and  the  Borrower  has  no  knowledge  of any
         deficiency or additional  assessment in connection  therewith for which
         no provision has been made on its books; (c) there has been no material
         adverse change in the business,  properties or condition  (financial or
         otherwise) of the Borrower since the date of the most recent  financial
         statement   referred   to  above  and  (d)  the   Borrower's   Taxpayer
         Identification  Numbers are  04-2652826  (BBI),  04-3152484  (BTRL) and
         04-3196246  (NACL). The Borrower's federal income tax returns have been
         prepared and filed for its fiscal year(s) stated in the Master Exhibit.

                  4.1.11 No Agency Between the Borrower and the Lender.  Nothing
         herein  contained  shall be construed to constitute the Borrower as the
         Lender's agent for any purpose whatsoever,  and the Lender shall not be
         responsible or liable for any shortage,  discrepancy,  damage,  loss or
         destruction  of any  part of any  Collateral  wherever  the same may be
         located and  regardless of the cause thereof other than as a direct and
         proximate  result  of the  Lender's  actual  bad  faith  or  negligence
         provided  however that a standard of "gross  negligence"  shall be used
         with respect to the Lender's  engagement  of third parties with respect
         to the  foregoing.  The Lender does not,  by anything  herein or in any
         assignment or otherwise, assume any of the Borrower's obligations under
         any contract or agreement  assigned to the Lender, and the Lender shall
         not be  responsible  in any way for the  performance by the Borrower of
         any of the terms and conditions thereof.

                  4.1.12  Regulation  U. The Borrower  does not own, nor has any
         present  intention of  acquiring,  any "margin  security" as defined in
         Regulation  U (12  C.F.R.  Part 221) of the Board of  Governors  of the
         Federal Reserve System (herein called a "margin security"). None of the
         proceeds  of the Loans will be used,  directly or  indirectly,  for the
         purpose  of  purchasing  or  carrying  any margin  security  or for the
         purpose of reducing or retiring any  indebtedness  which was originally
         incurred  to  purchase  or carry a  margin  security  or for any  other
         purpose which might  constitute  this  transaction  a "purpose  credit"
         within the meaning of said Regulation U.

                  4.1.13  ERISA.  The  Borrower  has not  incurred  any material
         accumulated  funding  deficiency  within the  meaning  of the  Employee
         Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as amended,  or incurred any
         material   liability  to  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty   Corporation
         established  under such Act (or any successor  thereto under such Act),
         nor does the  Borrower  foresee  that it will  incur any such  material
         accumulated  funding deficiency or material liability in the future, in
         connection with any employee  benefit plan established or maintained by
         the Borrower.  The making of the Loans will not involve any  prohibited




         transaction  within  the  meaning  of the  Employee  Retirement  Income
         Security Act of 1974 or Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue  Code, as
         amended.  There are no facts known to the Borrower which create,  or in
         the future may (so far as the  Borrower can now  foresee)  create,  any
         withdrawal or other liability of the Borrower under the  Multi-employer
         Pension Plan Amendment Act of 1980.

                  4.1.14 Necessary Permits and Licenses.  The Borrower possesses
         all franchises, rights, certificates,  variances, licenses, permits and
         other  authorizations,  consents and approvals from all administrative,
         regulatory or governmental bodies and all patents, trademarks,  service
         marks,  trade names,  copyrights,  licenses and other  rights,  in each
         case,  free from  burdensome  restrictions,  that are  necessary in any
         material  respect for the ownership,  maintenance  and operation of its
         business,  properties and assets,  and the Borrower is not in violation
         of any thereof in any material respect.

                  4.1.15 Governmental Approvals Not Required. Neither the nature
         of the  Borrower nor its  business or  property,  nor any  relationship
         between  or among  the  Borrower  and any  other  Person  is such as to
         require any consent, authorization, waiver, approval or other action by
         or any notice to or filing with any court or administrative, regulatory
         or  governmental  body,  including,   without  limitation,   government
         agencies,  offices and  instrumentalities  with which the  Borrower has
         contracts,  in  connection  with  the  execution  and  delivery  by the
         Borrower of this  Agreement or the other  Financing  Instruments or the
         fulfillment of or compliance by the Borrower  with, or the  enforcement
         by the Lender of, the terms and provisions hereof or thereof.

                  4.1.16  Adequate  Financing.  The  Borrower  has no  reason to
         believe  that the  proceeds  of the  Loans,  together  with such  other
         sources of funds as are now directly and  immediately  available to the
         Borrower,  will not be adequate to finance its business  operations for
         the terms of the Amended and Restated Term Loan, the $200,000 Term Loan
         and the $350,000 Term Loan.

                  4.1.17 No Event of Default. As of the date hereof,  there does
         not exist any Event of Default or any event  which,  but for the giving
         of notice or the lapse of time or both,  would  constitute  an Event of
         Default under this Agreement, any of the Financing Instruments or under
         the provisions of any instrument  evidencing  any  indebtedness  of the
         Borrower to any other Person.

                  4.1.18  Compliance  with Leases.  The Borrower enjoys peaceful
         and undisturbed  possession as lessee under all leases necessary in any
         material respect for the operation of its business or of its properties
         and  assets,   none  of  which  contains  any  provisions  which  might
         materially  affect or impair  the  operation  of its  business  or such
         properties and assets. All such leases are valid and subsisting and are
         in full force and effect.

                  4.1.19   President   and  Chief   Executive   Officer;   Major
         Stockholder.  RichardET.  Schumacher  shall  continue  to  perform  the
         traditional  functions of President and chief executive  officer of the
         Borrower and shall  continue to exercise the  traditional  authority of
         such officer. In addition,  Richard T. Schumacher shall continue to own
         and exercise  complete control over not less than  twenty-five  percent
         (25%) of the outstanding  capital stock of BBI;  provided  however that
         such  limitation  shall not apply in the event that BBI offers stock in
         BBI  pursuant to an initial  public  offering or private  placement  to
         investors. In addition,  while any Obligations remain outstanding,  BBI
         shall  continue  to own one  hundred  percent  (100%) of the issued and
         outstanding capital stock of BTRL and NACL.

                  4.1.20 Compliance with Certain Environmental Laws. Neither the
         Borrower, nor any Person for whose conduct the Borrower is responsible,
         owns, occupies or operates,  or has ever owned,  occupied or operated a
         site or vessel on which has been stored any hazardous  material or oil,
         without   compliance  with  all  statutes,   regulations,   ordinances,
         directives,  and orders of every  federal,  state,  municipal and other




         governmental  authority  which  has  or  claims  jurisdiction  relative
         thereto  (the  terms  "site",   "vessel",   and  "hazardous  material",
         respectively,  as used herein include the definitions of those terms in
         Massachusetts  General Laws,  Ch. 2lE);  neither the Borrower,  nor any
         Person for whose conduct the Borrower is responsible, has ever disposed
         of,  transported,  or  arranged  for  the  transport  of any  hazardous
         material or oil without compliance with all such statutes, regulations,
         ordinances,  directives,  and orders; and neither the Borrower, nor any
         Person for whose  conduct the  Borrower is  responsible,  has ever been
         legally  responsible  for any  release  or  threat  of  release  of any
         hazardous  material or oil;  received  notification of any potential or
         known  release or threat of release of any  hazardous  material  or oil
         from any site or vessel owned, occupied or operated by the Borrower, or
         any Person for whose  conduct the  Borrower is  responsible,  or of the
         incurrence  of any expense or loss in connection  with the  assessment,
         containment,  or  removal  of any  release  or threat of release of any
         hazardous material or oil from any such site or vessel.

                  4.1.21  Recent  Changes  of  Name  or  Structure.   Except  as
         reflected in the Master  Exhibit with respect to the corporate  name of
         NACL, the Borrower has not within the preceding four (4) months changed
         its name,  identity or corporate structure and has not previously had a
         principal place of business or chief  executive  office located outside
         the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts;  and no Collateral has been brought
         into this  Commonwealth  within the past four (4)  months  subject to a
         security  interest  in favor of a third party  perfected  in any manner
         under  the law of the  jurisdiction  from  which  said  Collateral  was
         removed.

                  4.1.22 Payment of Wages. The Borrower  represents and warrants
         that all currently  owed wages to employees  have been paid, and agrees
         and covenants that all wages to employees will be paid as and when due.

                  4.2  Certain Affirmative Covenants.

                  4.2.1  Payment  of  Obligations.  The  Borrower  will duly and
         punctually pay or cause to be paid, and perform or observe, or cause to
         be performed or  observed,  as the case may be, all of the  Obligations
         and will pay and perform or observe, or cause to be paid,  performed or
         observed all other duties or liabilities of any kind of the Borrower to
         the  Lender,  under or as  provided in the  Financing  Instruments,  or
         otherwise by agreement or applicable law.

                  4.2.2  Books and  Records.  The  Borrower  will  maintain  its
         financial  books and records in an accurate,  up-to-date,  complete and
         standardized fashion in accordance with GAAP consistently  applied, and
         in  accordance  with  any  state  or  federal  regulatory  requirements
         applicable to the Borrower's business or activities.

                  4.2.3  Inspection.  The Borrower will, at all reasonable times
         during regular business hours, and upon reasonable advance notice, make
         available in its offices,  and shall allow the Lender,  at the Lender's
         expense,  access  to,  all of the  Borrower's  books  and  records  for
         inspection,  audit,  examination  and  copying  by the  Lender  and the
         Lender's  representatives,  and the Borrower  will,  at all  reasonable
         times,  permit  entry by the Lender upon the  Borrower's  premises  for
         purpose of inspection of its  properties by the Lender and the Lender's
         representatives and agents, including but not limited to the Collateral
         or any portion thereof.

                  4.2.4 Commercial Purposes.  All advances under the Loans shall
         be used exclusively for the Borrower's business purposes and operations
         and shall not in any respect be used for personal,  family or household
         purposes.




                  4.2.5  Notice  of  Adverse   Matters.   The   Borrower   will,
         immediately  upon  learning  thereof,  report  to  Lender  all  matters
         materially  adversely  affecting the  Borrower's  business or financial
         condition or properties,  including,  without limitation, any damage or
         destruction  of  any  material  amount  of  the  Borrower's  properties
         (whether or not  constituting  Collateral)  by fire or other  casualty,
         whether or not insured against.

                  4.2.6 Principal  Lending  Business.  The Borrower will use the
         Lender as its sole  lender of  account  and  depository  for BBI's main
         operating  accounts;  provided  however that BTRL and NACL may maintain
         checking  accounts  at banks  other  than the Lender  for  purposes  of
         handling their accounts payable and payroll.

                  4.2.7  Maintenance  of Corporate  Existence;  Compliance  with
         Laws.  The Borrower  will maintain and keep in full force its corporate
         existence and good standing and comply with all laws,  regulations  and
         orders  of the  United  States  and of any state or  states,  and other
         political subdivision thereof, and of any other governmental  authority
         which may have  jurisdiction  over the  Borrower or its  properties  or
         businesses.

                  4.2.8  Payment of Taxes and Filing of  Returns.  The  Borrower
         will pay when due all taxes,  including without limitation all real and
         personal  property  taxes,  assessments  and charges and all franchise,
         income,  unemployment,  old age benefit,  withholding,  sales and other
         taxes  assessed  against  it or any of its  properties,  and  otherwise
         payable  by it, at such  times and in such  manner as is  necessary  to
         prevent any penalty from accruing or any Lien or charge from  attaching
         to its  properties.  The Borrower  shall  prepare and file when due all
         federal,  state and local  tax,  informational  and other  governmental
         returns, reports,  extensions, and filings, as may be applicable to the
         Borrower.  The  provisions  of  this  subsection,  however,  shall  not
         preclude the Borrower from  contesting in good faith and by expeditious
         process any such tax,  and the Borrower  shall not be in default  under
         this subsection by reason of the existence of a Lien for taxes not then
         due, all provided that: (a) an adequate  reserve therefor is maintained
         on the books of the  Borrower;  (b) the  Lender  has been  notified  in
         writing by the Borrower of such contest; (c) the enforcement of any and
         all Liens for  non-payment of such taxes is effectively  stayed and the
         Lender is satisfied, in its judgment, that such contest or dispute does
         not  materially  affect the  existence,  perfection  or priority of the
         Lender's security interest in any of the Collateral;  (d) the Lender is
         reasonably  satisfied that the Borrower has  reasonable  basis for such
         contest or dispute; and (e) the Borrower shall immediately pay the full
         amount of such charges and claims in the event the  Borrower's  contest
         or dispute is unsuccessful.

                  4.2.9 Maintenance of Properties.  The Borrower will safeguard,
         protect and preserve the Collateral for the benefit of the Lender, will
         keep the Collateral  free from any adverse lien,  security  interest or
         encumbrance  taking  priority over the security  interest of the Lender
         (other than Permitted  Encumbrances),  will keep all tangible  property
         constituting  part of the  Collateral in good working order and repair,
         will preserve all beneficial  contract rights,  will take  commercially
         reasonable steps to collect all Accounts, and will not waste or destroy
         the  Collateral  or any part thereof;  and the Borrower will  otherwise
         preserve,  maintain and protect its rights and keep its  properties and
         assets in good  repair,  working  order and  condition,  and capable of
         identification,  and make (or cause to be made) all  needful and proper
         repairs or renewals, replacements,  additions and improvements thereto,
         and shall use its assets only in the ordinary course of business.

                  4.2.10 Collection Costs;  Legal Fees; etc. The Borrower agrees
         to pay, and to reimburse the Lender, on demand, for all fees, costs and
         expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' reasonable fees and
         expenses)  incurred  or paid  by the  Lender  in  connection  with  the
         preparation,   negotiation,   interpretation   or   amendment  of  this
         Agreement,  and of any or all of the Financing Instruments,  and of any




         other instrument, agreement or document executed and delivered pursuant
         thereto  or in  connection  therewith,  and for any and all such  fees,
         costs and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  collection  of the
         Obligations  or the  enforcement  of the  Lender's  rights and remedies
         under this  Agreement or any of the Financing  Instruments or otherwise
         against the Borrower, or in the administration, supervision, protection
         of  or  realization  on  any  Collateral   held  as  security  for  any
         Obligation,  or in the  defense of any action  against  the Lender with
         respect  to  the  Lender's   rights  or  remedies  in  respect  of  any
         Obligation; and all of the foregoing fees, costs, and expenses shall be
         part of the  Obligations  secured  by  this  Agreement,  and the  other
         Financing Instruments.

                  4.2.11 Insurance.  The Borrower will maintain insurance at all
         times with financially sound and reputable  companies as are reasonably
         satisfactory  to the Lender,  in such amounts and against such risks as
         are customarily  insured  against by businesses  operating in a similar
         line of business in a similar area, and consistent  with sound business
         practice,  in no event less than the greater of (a) the amount required
         to avoid coinsurance or (b) the total aggregate  outstanding  principal
         indebtedness  owing by the  Borrower to the Lender,  including  without
         limitation   casualty  insurance  covering  the  Collateral  and  other
         property of the Borrower against the hazards of fire, flood,  sprinkler
         leakage,  burglary,  theft,  pilferage,  loss in transit, those hazards
         covered by extended coverage,  and such other hazards as the Lender may
         require,  all such  insurance to be in such form,  for such periods and
         with such  companies as shall be  reasonably  acceptable to the Lender.
         All premiums  thereon shall be paid by the Borrower and if the Borrower
         fails to do so, the Lender may at its option (but  without  obligation)
         procure such  insurance and charge the cost to the  Borrower's  Line of
         Credit account; provided,  however, that any such payment by the Lender
         shall not constitute  satisfaction of the Borrower's  obligations  with
         respect to payment hereunder, or a waiver by the Lender of any Event of
         Default  with  respect  to  such  non-payment.   Without  limiting  the
         generality of the foregoing, all such insurance policies shall provide,
         in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the Lender,  that (i) any loss
         thereunder  shall be payable to the Lender as loss payee  (first to the
         Lender and then to the Borrower,  as their interests may appear),  (ii)
         any such  payment to the Lender shall be made by an  instrument  to the
         Lender alone and not to the  Borrower  and Lender  jointly and (iii) no
         cancellation or modification of such policy shall be effective  without
         at least thirty (30) days prior  written  notice to the Lender.  If any
         insurance losses are paid by check,  draft or other instrument  payable
         to the  Borrower  and the Lender  jointly,  the Lender may  endorse the
         Borrower's name thereon and do such other things as the Lender may deem
         advisable to reduce the same to cash. All loss  recoveries  received by
         the Lender upon any such insurance  shall be applied to the Obligations
         in such  order as the  Lender  in its sole  discretion  may  determine,
         unless otherwise  expressly  consented to in writing by the Lender. Any
         surplus  shall be paid by the Lender to the  Borrower or applied as may
         be otherwise  required by law.  Certificates  of insurance of, and true
         and  complete  copies of, and upon request the  originals  of, all such
         casualty insurance policies and endorsements thereto shall be delivered
         to the Lender  contemporaneously  with the execution of this Agreement.
         Annually  thereafter,  the Borrower shall deliver  certificates of such
         insurance coverages to the Lender, along with satisfactory  evidence of
         general liability,  products liability, workmens compensation and other
         insurance coverage,  in form and substance  satisfactory to the Lender.
         The Borrower shall advise the Lender of each claim made by the Borrower
         under any policy of  insurance  which  covers the  Collateral  and will
         permit the Lender,  to the exclusion of the  Borrower,  at the Lender's
         option in each instance,  to conduct the adjustment of each such claim.
         The Borrower hereby  appoints the Lender as the Borrower's  attorney to
         obtain,  adjust,  settle,  and cancel any  insurance  described in this
         section  and to  endorse  in favor of the Lender any and all drafts and
         other  instruments  with  respect  to  such  insurance.  The  foregoing
         appointment  being  coupled with an interest is  irrevocable  until the
         within  Agreement is terminated by a written  instrument  executed by a
         duly authorized  officer of the Lender.  The Lender shall not be liable
         on  account  of any  exercise  pursuant  to said  power  except for any
         exercise in actual wilful bad faith.  The Lender may apply any proceeds
         of such insurance  against the Obligations at any time,  whether or not
         such have  matured,  in such  order of  application  as the  Lender may
         determine.

                  4.2.12 Further  Agreements;  Compliance With Other Agreements;
         Payment of Other Obligations;  Tax Returns; Notice of Litigation and of
         Events of Default.

                  The Borrower will:

                           4.2.12.1  from time to time  execute  and  deliver or
                  cause to be executed and delivered,  and furnish to the Lender
                  such other agreements,  documents,  instruments or statements,
                  and do or cause to be done such  other  acts as the Lender may
                  reasonably  request,  to  effect,  confirm  and  secure to the
                  Lender all rights and  advantages  intended by this  Agreement
                  and the Financing Instruments;

                           4.2.12.2  comply with all leases,  and with all other
                  agreements to which the Borrower is a party if a default under
                  any such  agreement  could  materially  adversely  affect  the
                  Collateral;

                           4.2.12.3   generally   pay  all   other   debts   and
                  liabilities as they become due (except for liabilities,  other
                  than the Obligations,  being contested in good faith for which
                  adequate provision has been made on the books of the Borrower,
                  provided  that all  enforcement  proceedings  are  effectively
                  stayed  pending such contest) and not permit the  acceleration
                  of any indebtedness owed by the Borrower to any Person; and

                           4.2.12.4 give written notice to the Lender within ten
                  (10) days of the occurrence thereof of any litigation filed by
                  or against the Borrower  which claims in connection  therewith
                  exceed,  either  individually  or when  aggregated  with other
                  existing litigation filed by or against the Borrower,  the sum
                  of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000),  and the occurrence
                  or  existence  of  any  Event  of  Default  hereunder,  or the
                  existence of any  situation  or state of facts  which,  either
                  with  notice or lapse of time,  or both  would  constitute  an
                  Event of Default  hereunder,  and the action the  Borrower has
                  taken or proposes to take with respect  thereto,  all provided
                  that the receipt of such notice shall not limit or impair,  in
                  any way the Lender's rights hereunder.

                  4.2.13  Certain Environmental Matters.  The Borrower shall:

                           4.2.13.1  not store  (except in  compliance  with all
                  laws,  ordinances,  and regulations  pertaining  thereto),  or
                  dispose of any hazardous material or oil on any site or vessel
                  owned,  occupied, or operated by the Borrower or by any Person
                  for whose conduct the Borrower is responsible;

                           4.2.13.2 neither directly nor indirectly transport or
                  arrange for the  transport  of any  hazardous  material or oil
                  except in compliance with all laws, ordinances and regulations
                  pertaining thereto;

                           4.2.13.3 provide the Lender with written notice:  (a)
                  upon the  Borrower's  obtaining  knowledge of any potential or
                  known  release,  or threat of  release,  in  violation  of any
                  federal,   state  or  local  law,   ordinance  or   regulation
                  pertaining  thereto,  of any  hazardous  material or oil at or
                  from any site or vessel  owned,  occupied  or  operated by the
                  Borrower,  or by any Person for whose  conduct the Borrower is
                  responsible  or whose  liability may result in any lien on any
                  Collateral;  (b) upon the Borrower's  receipt of any notice to
                  such  effect  from any  federal,  state or other  governmental
                  authority;  or (c) upon the Borrower's  obtaining knowledge of
                  any  incurrence  of any  expense or loss by such  governmental
                  authority in connection  with the  assessment,  containment or
                  removal of any hazardous  material or oil for which expense or
                  loss the  Borrower  may be liable or for which  expense a Lien
                  may be imposed on any Collateral.

                  4.2.14 Changes in Master Exhibit.  The Borrower shall promptly
         notify  the Lender in writing  of any  changes in or  additions  to the
         information set forth in the Master Exhibit.

                  4.2.15 Governmental Approvals. To the extent that the Borrower
         has entered into, or enters into in the future, any contract subject to
         the provisions of the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended,  31
         U.S.C.  3727 (the "Assignment of Claims Act"),  the Borrower  covenants
         and agrees to  promptly  execute  and  deliver  to Lender a  Collateral
         Assignment  for  each  such  contract  in the  form  of the  Collateral
         Assignment annexed hereto as Exhibit 4.2.15(A) and to complete, execute
         and send by  certified  mail  return  receipt  requested  a  Notice  of
         Assignment of Contract (the "Notice") in the form of the Notice annexed
         hereto as  Exhibit  4.2.15(B)  to (a) the  Contracting  Officer  or the
         agency head; (b) surety on any bond applicable to the contract; and (c)
         the  Disbursing  officer  designated  in the contract to make  payment.
         Furthermore,  the Borrower agrees to seek  acknowledgement of each such
         Notice from the addressees thereof as provided in the form of Notice in
         Exhibit  4.2.15(B)  and to transmit the same to the Lender upon receipt
         thereof.

                  4.2.16  Key  Man  Life  Insurance.  So  long  as  any  of  the
         Obligations  remain  outstanding,  the Borrower agrees to maintain life
         insurance  on the life of Richard  T.  Schumacher  providing  for a net
         payment  in cash upon the death of said  Richard  T.  Schumacher  in an
         amount  of not less  than Two  Million  Dollars  ($2,000,000),  and the
         Borrower shall pledge or collaterally assign such policy or policies to
         the  Lender  and,  at all times,  maintain  such  pledge or  collateral
         assignment. Such insurance coverage shall include a disability rider in
         the full amount of such coverage.

                  4.3  General Negative Covenants.

                  4.3.1 Other Debt.  The Borrower will not issue any evidence of
         indebtedness   or  create,   or  incur,   assume,   guarantee,   become
         contingently  liable for or suffer to exist, any indebtedness in excess
         of  One  Hundred  Fifty  Thousand   Dollars   ($150,000)   (other  than
         indebtedness  to the Lender),  without the prior written consent of the
         Lender  which  consent  will not be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed;
         provided,  however,  that the Borrower may incur  liabilities which are
         incurred or arise in the  ordinary  course of the  Borrower's  business
         (other  than  liabilities  incurred  or arising  with  respect to money
         borrowed  or for the  purchase  or lease of assets)  without  the prior
         written  consent of the Lender.  The  Borrower  shall not enter into or
         participate  in any  agreement,  arrangement  or  transaction  with any
         Person without the prior written  consent of the Lender,  if the effect
         of such agreement,  arrangement or transaction has, or could reasonably
         be  expected  in the future to have,  the effect of (i)  rendering  the
         Borrower either  primarily or contingently  liable for any indebtedness
         or other  obligation of any Person (ii)  transferring  any asset of the
         Borrower  to or  for  the  benefit  of  any  Person  (except  as may be
         otherwise expressly  permitted by this Agreement);  or (iii) subjecting
         any of the  Collateral  to any lien in favor of any third party  (other
         than Permitted Encumbrances), including but not limited to any creditor
         or obligee of any Person.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Borrower
         shall be permitted to grant purchase  money security  interests for the
         purchase of assets otherwise permitted hereunder.

                  4.3.2  Payment of  Dividends.  The  Borrower  will not pay any
         dividends either in cash or kind on any class of its stock nor make any
         distribution  on  account  of their  stock,  nor  redeem,  purchase  or
         otherwise  acquire  directly or indirectly any of their stock,  without
         prior  written  notice to and written  consent of the Lender  except in
         compliance  with this  subparagraph  4.3.2.  During any period that the
         Borrower is a  "Subchapter  S"  corporation  pursuant  to the IRC,  the
         Borrower may pay dividends to its shareholders in the amounts necessary
         to permit such  shareholders  to pay the  portion of their  federal and
         state  income  taxes which is directly  related to the  Borrower's  net
         income attributable to such shareholders.




                  4.3.3 Loans By the  Borrower.  The Borrower  will not make any
         loan or advances  to any Person,  including,  without  limitation,  its
         officers and employees.

                  4.3.4  Investments.  The Borrower will not invest in equity or
         debt of any Person  other  than  obligations  of the  United  States or
         Deposit Accounts.

                  4.3.5 Mergers, etc. The Borrower will not merge or consolidate
         or be merged or  consolidated  with or into any other  Person,  or be a
         party to any  reorganization,  change in legal  structure  or any sale,
         lease, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its
         assets.

                  4.3.6 Sales of Assets.  The Borrower will not sell,  lease, or
         dispose  of any of its  assets  except  for sales of  Inventory  in the
         ordinary and usual course of its business,  and for Equipment no longer
         needed  in the  operation  of its  business,  so long  as the  Borrower
         receives  therefor a sum  substantially  equal to such Equipment's fair
         value and such sum is  immediately  paid to Lender to be applied to the
         Loan.

                  4.3.7 No Liens; Permitted Encumbrances.  The Borrower will not
         grant or assume or suffer to exist any Lien with  respect to any of its
         assets  or  property,  tangible  or  intangible,  whether  now owned or
         hereafter acquired,  except for Liens granted to the Lender pursuant to
         this  Agreement,  and  except  for  the  following  (collectively,  the
         "Permitted  Encumbrances"):  (a)  liens  in  respect  of  taxes,  fees,
         assessments and other governmental  charges not yet due and payable, or
         with respect to which the validity thereof is currently being contested
         in good  faith  by  appropriate  proceedings  in  accordance  with  the
         provisions of this Agreement;  (b) landlord's  liens in respect of rent
         not in  default  or Liens in  respect  of  pledges  or  deposits  under
         worker's compensation,  unemployment insurance, social security laws or
         similar  legislation  or in  connection  with appeal and similar  bonds
         incidental to litigation,  mechanics', laborers', and materialmen's and
         similar liens,  if the  obligations  secured by such liens are not then
         delinquent,  and liens securing statutory obligations incidental to the
         conduct of the business of the Borrower  which do not in the  aggregate
         materially  detract  from the value of the  property of the Borrower or
         materially  impair the use thereof in the operation of their respective
         businesses;  (c) judgment  liens which shall not have been in existence
         for a period  longer than thirty (30) days after the  creation  thereof
         (provided no foreclosure or execution action shall have been commenced)
         or if a stay of execution  shall have been obtained for a period longer
         than  thirty  days  after  the  expiration  of such stay  (provided  no
         foreclosure  or  execution  action  shall have yet been  commenced)  or
         judgment  liens for which the  Borrower has obtained a bond in favor of
         the  judgment  holder in the full  amount of the lien and which bond is
         otherwise satisfactory to Lender; (d) the security interests, mortgages
         or Liens, if any,  described in the Master Exhibit annexed hereto;  and
         (e) Liens otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 4.3.1 hereof.

                  4.3.8 Continuance of Business. The Borrower will not engage in
         any business other than the businesses in which it is currently engaged
         or a business reasonably allied thereto, and the Borrower will continue
         to conduct and operate its business actively and in good faith.

                                    SECTION 5

                        FINANCIAL AND REPORTING COVENANTS

         5.1 Reporting Covenants. The Borrower agrees to provide the Lender with
the reports, statements,  certificates and information set forth in this Section
5, all of which are referred to as the "Reporting Requirements".

                  5.1.1  Quarterly  Financial  Statements.   The  Borrower  will
         furnish to the Lender,  within  forty-five (45) days after the close of
         each   calendar   quarter  of  its  fiscal   year,   consolidated   and
         consolidating   (except





         the last in each fiscal year) financial statements, including a balance
         sheet,  and a statement  of profit and loss  reflecting  the  financial
         condition  of the Borrower at the end of such period and the results of
         its operations for such period and for the period from the beginning of
         the current fiscal year to the end of such period,  in comparative form
         with figures for the corresponding  periods of the previous fiscal year
         accompanied by a certificate by the Borrower's chief financial  officer
         or  President  to the  effect  that such  financial  statements  fairly
         present such  financial  condition  and results of operations as of the
         end of and during such period,  in  accordance  with GAAP  consistently
         applied, subject only to year-end adjustments and audit.

                  5.1.2 Annual Financial  Statements.  The Borrower will furnish
         the  Lender,  within one hundred  twenty  (120) days after the close of
         each fiscal year,  consolidated and consolidating financial statements,
         including a balance sheet,  statement of profit and loss, statements of
         cash  flow,  and  a  statement  of  changes  in  shareholders   equity,
         reflecting  the financial  condition of the Borrower at the end of such
         fiscal year and the results of its  operations  during such fiscal year
         (in each  case  setting  forth in  comparative  form the  corresponding
         figures for the  preceding  year)  audited and  reported  upon (in form
         generally  recognized as "unqualified")  by Coopers & Lybrand,  LLP, or
         such other independent certified public accountant  satisfactory to the
         Lender,  prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied  consistently in the
         preparation  thereof  and with  prior  periods,  and  accompanied  by a
         certificate by the Borrower's chief financial officer or president that
         such financial  statements fairly present such financial  condition and
         results of operations as of the end of and during such period; together
         with, upon request of the Lender,  an opinion of such certified  public
         accountant  that to its  knowledge  there has  occurred  no event which
         constitutes,  or which  with the  lapse of time or  giving of notice or
         both  would  constitute  an  Event of  Default  hereunder,  or,  if the
         contrary  appears to be true,  a statement of such Event of Default and
         the nature thereof.

                  5.1.3  Monthly and Weekly  Reports.  The  Borrower  shall also
         furnish to the Lender monthly, within fifteen (15) days of the last day
         of each month hereafter:

                           5.1.3.1 an accounts receivable agings and collections
                  report in  sufficient  detail to allow  Lender to determine if
                  the Borrower is in compliance with the Borrowing Base;

                           5.1.3.2  a  Borrowing   Certificate   detailing   the
                  Eligible  Accounts and Eligible  Inventory  then  available to
                  support the Line of Credit in accordance  with this Agreement;
                  and

                           5.1.3.3   an   Inventory   breakdown   report,   with
                  certificates  of the Borrower's  President or chief  financial
                  officer as to the values of the Borrower's Inventory,  each in
                  form  satisfactory  to  Lender,   together  with  evidence  of
                  shipments or deliveries and such other  information  regarding
                  Inventory as Lender may request.

         The Borrower  shall also furnish to the Lender  weekly,  within two (2)
         business  days of the end of each week,  copies of its weekly sales and
         cash journals.

                  All of such reports,  to the extent governed by GAAP, shall be
         prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP,   applied   consistently  in  the
         preparation thereof and with prior periods.

                  5.1.4 Officer's Certificates.  The Borrower will, upon request
         of the Lender but in any event  within  thirty  (30) days of the end of
         each calendar quarter,  deliver to the Lender an officer's  certificate
         signed by its President or chief financial officer certifying that: (a)
         the signer has reviewed the relevant terms of the Financing Instruments
         and is familiar  with the  operations  and  financial  condition of the
         Borrower;  (b) there is in existence  no Event of Default  described in
         any of the Financing Instruments and no event which, with the giving of
         notice or lapse of time, or both,  would result in the occurrence of an




         Event of Default; or (c) if there is a continuing Event of Default or a
         continuing condition which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time,
         or both,  would result in the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  the
         nature and period thereof and the action which has been taken, is being
         taken or is proposed to be taken with respect thereto, provided that no
         such notice,  action or proposed  action shall affect  Lender's  rights
         hereunder with respect to any Event of Default.

                  5.1.5 Other  Information.  In addition to the  foregoing,  the
         Borrower will furnish the Lender from time to time with such  financial
         information and statements as the Lender may reasonably  request,  and,
         upon request of the Lender, with copies of all financial statements and
         financial  reports  that the Borrower  sends or makes  available to its
         members of its Board of  Directors  or to any  governmental  authority,
         together with copies of all  management  letters of substance and other
         reports of  substance  submitted  to the  Borrower  by its  independent
         accountants in connection  with any annual or interim audit;  and, upon
         request of the  Lender,  the  Borrower  will  authorize  and direct all
         accountants and auditors to exhibit and deliver copies of any financial
         statements, trial balances or other accounting records of any sort, and
         to disclose to the Lender any information  they may have concerning the
         Borrower's financial or business condition.

         5.2  Financial Covenants.

         The Borrower shall maintain and observe all of the following  financial
standards,  in each case,  determined  and  classified in  accordance  with GAAP
applied on a consistent  basis at the applicable  dates or during the applicable
time periods indicated in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

====================================================================================================================
                                       APPLICABLE DATE OR TIME                    APPLICABLE RATIOS
        FINANCIAL STANDARDS                     PERIOD                        OR MONETARY REQUIREMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                                   <C>                        <C>                             
5.2.1:  Consolidated Debt Service     Quarterly, at the end of    At least 1.25:1 (rounded to nearest hundredth)
Ratio                                 each quarter                on an average four- quarter rolling basis
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.2.2:  Consolidated Total Debt:      Quarterly                   Not to exceed 3.0:1 (in each case rounded to the
Tangible Net Worth Ratio                                          nearest hundredth)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.2.3:  Fixed Asset Expenditures      Annually                    For 1995, the Borrower will not make
                                                                  Expenditures (as hereinafter defined) for the
                                                                  purchase of fixed assets from the proceeds of
                                                                  any debt financing (including the Line of Credit
                                                                  or the other Loans) in excess of an aggregate of
                                                                  $600,000; provided however that the Borrower may
                                                                  $150,000 for such Expenditures.  Thereafter, the
                                                                  Borrower will not make Expenditures for the
                                                                  purchase of fixed assets from the proceeds of
                                                                  the Line of Credit in any fiscal year in excess
                                                                  of an aggregate of $150,000 per year, without
                                                                  the prior written consent of the Lender, which
                                                                  consent will not be unreasonably withheld or
                                                                  delayed; provided however that this covenant
                                                                  shall not reduce the level of indebtedness of
                                                                  $150,000 which is permitted to be incurred by
                                                                  the Borrower pursuant to subsection 4.3.1
                                                                  hereof.  This covenant shall be reviewed
                                                                  annually by the Lender and any change therein
                                                                  shall be determined by the Lender by notice to
                                                                  the Borrower.
=====================================================================================================================


</TABLE>


                  3.3.6  As used in this Agreement:

                  (a) "Total Debt" means the aggregate of all liabilities of the
         Borrower for money borrowed, incurred from any source and in any manner
         whatsoever,  all in accordance  with GAAP,  including all  subordinated
         debt, plus the  capitalization of all obligations on leases of real and
         personal property;

                  (b) "Tangible Net Worth" means the aggregate  tangible  assets
         of the  Borrower  after  excluding  the book  value  of all  Intangible
         Assets,  minus  the  amount of  aggregate  liabilities,  including  all
         deferred  income  taxes,  and  "Intangible  Assets"  shall  include all
         goodwill,   organizational  expense,  licenses,  patents,   trademarks,
         tradenames,  copyrights, capitalized research and development expenses,
         deferred  charges,  and all other  intangible  assets as  determined in
         accordance with GAAP consistently applied);

                  (c) "Consolidated Debt Service Ratio" means Adjusted Operating
         Cash Flow (as described on Exhibit 5.2.1  attached  hereto)  divided by
         Total Debt Service (as described on Exhibit 5.2.1 attached hereto).

                  (d) "Expenditures" shall refer to entire purchase price of any
         fixed asset in the event of purchase, and the aggregate rental over the
         entire rental  period in the case of a lease.  The  acquisition  of any
         fixed asset under a lease shall be deemed a purchase of a fixed asset.

                  3.3.6 Computation  According to GAAP. All of the terms used in
         the  foregoing  financial  covenants,  except to the  extent  otherwise
         specifically  defined  herein,  and all  computations  made  under  the
         foregoing covenants, shall in all respects be governed by and performed
         in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

                                    SECTION 6

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         Notwithstanding  any  provision  to  the  contrary  in  any  instrument
evidencing  any  Obligation,  the occurrence of any one or more of the following
shall constitute and mean an "Event of Default" under this Agreement:

         6.1 Any statement,  report,  certificate,  representation  or warranty,
made or furnished by the Borrower in, or in  connection  with the  execution and
delivery of this Agreement or any of the Financing Instruments, or in compliance
with the  provisions of this Agreement or any of the Financing  Instruments,  or
otherwise furnished to the Lender at any time, shall prove to have been false or
erroneous  when  made in any  material  respect,  or  omits  or fails to state a
material fact  necessary in order to make the  statements  contained  therein or
herein not misleading;



         6.2 The  Borrower  shall  fail  to make  payment  of the  principal  or
interest on the Loans when and as due;

         6.3 The  Borrower  shall fail to make  payment of any other  Obligation
within fifteen (15) days of the date when and as due;

         6.4 The Borrower shall fail to perform, observe, comply with or satisfy
any covenant,  agreement or condition  contained in this  Agreement  (other than
payment of any  Obligation)  not cured within thirty (30) days of the earlier of
(i)  notice by the  Lender  to the  Borrower  or (ii)  actual  knowledge  by the
Borrower of the occurrence thereof, plus such additional time as may be required
to cure such default  because of delays beyond the Borrower's  control,  if such
default is  susceptible  of being  cured and if the  Borrower  is acting in good
faith and is making diligent  efforts to cure such default;  provided,  however,
that such cure  period  shall not exceed the  aggregate  of ninety (90) days and
shall  not  apply  to:  (a) any  transfer  or  voluntary  encumbrance  of assets
(including  Collateral);  (b) any failure with respect to any requirement of the
Borrower  to give  notice to the Lender as provided  herein;  (c) the  Reporting
Requirements;  or (d) any event which is otherwise an Event of Default  pursuant
to any other  subsections  of this  Section  6; and such cure  period  shall run
concurrently  with, and not in addition to, any and all applicable grace or cure
periods contained in any of the other Financing Instruments;

         6.5 The Borrower shall default in payment of (a) any obligations  under
the lease between BBI and C.W.B. Realty Trust concerning the premises from which
the Borrower operates its business;  or (b) any obligation under any lease which
default  could  materially  adversely  affect  the  Collateral  or the  business
operations of the Borrower;  or (c) any obligation or  indebtedness to any other
Person at any time  outstanding,  continued for a period sufficient to cause the
acceleration of the maturity of such obligation or indebtedness  (whether or not
such obligation or indebtedness is actually  accelerated) and such  acceleration
could materially  adversely affect the Collateral or the business  operations of
the Borrower;

         6.6 Failure,  generally,  of the Borrower to pay its debts when due and
such failure could  materially  adversely  affect the Collateral or the business
operations of the Borrower; or the taking of possession,  custody or control of,
or the attachment by judicial process of, or issuance of an injunction  against,
or creation of any other Lien (other than in favor of the Lender) upon, any part
of the  Borrower's  assets by any Person,  which action is not dissolved  within
thirty (30) days;

         6.7  The Borrower:

                  6.7.1 files a voluntary  petition  in  bankruptcy  (which term
         includes any action under Title 11 of the United  States Code  entitled
         "Bankruptcy" and commonly referred to as the "Bankruptcy Code"); or

                  6.7.2  is adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent; or

                  6.7.3 files any petition or answers  seeking or acquiescing in
         any    reorganization,    arrangement,    composition,    readjustment,
         liquidation,  dissolution  or similar  relief for itself  under any law
         relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or other relief for debtors; or

                  6.7.4 seeks or consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of
         any trustee, receiver, master or liquidator (or other similar official)
         of itself or of all or any substantial part of its property; or

                  6.7.5  makes  any  general   assignment  for  the  benefit  of
         creditors; or

                  6.7.6  admits in writing to its general  inability  to pay its
         debts as they become due;






         6.8  Commencement of any bankruptcy,  insolvency,  or other  creditor's
relief proceedings against, or entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of any
order,  judgment or decree  approving  a petition  filed  against the  Borrower,
seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation,
dissolution  or similar  relief under any present or future federal or state law
or regulation relating to bankruptcy,  insolvency,  or other relief for debtors,
which proceeding, order, judgment or decree remains unvacated or unstated for an
aggregate  of thirty  (30) days,  whether or not  consecutive,  from the date of
entry thereof;

         6.9 A material  portion of the  Borrower's  assets  shall be damaged by
fire or other  casualty,  the  restoration or  replacement  cost of which damage
exceeds,  in the aggregate,  the amount of insurance  proceeds readily available
(less  applicable  deductibles  and plus capital in an amount which, in Lender's
sole  discretion (a) is available for such purposes and (b)  expenditure of such
capital  for such  purposes is  appropriate  under the  circumstances)  for such
restoration or replacement;

         6.10 The issuance or existence of any judgment or judgments against the
Borrower by any court of competent jurisdiction, or other governmental authority
of competent jurisdiction, aggregating in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars
($100,000)  in any fiscal year,  and not covered by  insurance,  not paid within
thirty (30) days of the date thereof;

         6.11 The loss,  suspension or revocation  of any  governmental  license
required  or  necessary  in  connection  with the  operation  of the  Borrower's
business;

         6.12  The  termination  or  revocation  of any  guaranty  given  by any
Guarantor to guarantee payment of any of the Obligations;

         6.13 Service of any process upon the Lender  seeking to attach by means
of trustee process any funds of the Borrower or of any Affiliate on deposit with
Lender, which attachment or process is not dissolved within thirty (30) days; or

         6.14 The  occurrence  of any  change  in the  Borrower's  condition  or
affairs  (financial or  otherwise)  that,  in the Lender's  reasonable  opinion,
impairs the Lender's  security or  materially  increases the Lender's risk under
this Agreement or the Financing  Instruments,  or the occurrence of any event or
circumstance  with respect to the Borrower such that the Lender reasonably deems
itself insecure.

                                    SECTION 7

                                    REMEDIES

         7.1 General  Remedies.  In addition to and without in any way  limiting
any other rights and remedies available to the Lender under this Agreement prior
to an Event of Default, or any other rights and remedies available to the Lender
(whether  prior to or after an Event  of  Default)  under  any of the  Financing
Instruments or under applicable law or in equity,  upon and at any time or times
after the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder:

                  7.1.1 the Lender may  declare  and cause all or any portion of
         the Obligations to be immediately due and payable;

                  7.1.2  the  Lender  may  decline  to honor  the  credit of the
         Borrower or may refuse to make further advances to the Borrower;





                  7.1.3 The Lender may collect the  Receivables  Collateral with
         or without taking possession of the Collateral;

                  7.1.4 the Lender shall be entitled to immediate  possession of
         the  Collateral  or any portion or portions  thereof and may enter upon
         the Borrower's  premises to take  possession  thereof;  may require the
         Borrower to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Lender
         at a  place  to  be  designated  by  the  Lender  which  is  reasonably
         convenient to both parties;  and/or may require the Borrower to deliver
         all books,  records  and  accounts  relating to the  Collateral  to the
         Lender;

                  7.1.5 the Lender may enter upon,  occupy, and use any premises
         owned or occupied by the  Borrower,  and may exclude the Borrower  from
         such  premises  or portion  thereof  as may have been so entered  upon,
         occupied,  or used by the Lender.  The Lender  shall not be required to
         remove any of the  Collateral  from any such premises upon the Lender's
         taking possession  thereof,  and may render any Collateral  unusable to
         the  Borrower.  In no event shall the Lender be liable to the  Borrower
         for use or  occupancy  by the Lender of any  premises  pursuant to this
         Agreement   except  for  claims  arising  out  of  the  Lender's  gross
         negligence,  willful  misconduct or bad faith, nor for any charge (such
         as wages  for the  Borrower's  employees  and  utilities)  incurred  in
         connection  with the  Lender's  exercise  of the  Lender's  rights  and
         remedies;

                  7.1.6 the Lender may take such steps as it deems  necessary to
         protect the Lender's interest in and to preserve the Collateral and the
         Borrower  agrees to  cooperate  fully with all of  Lender's  efforts to
         preserve,  and will take such  actions  as the Lender  shall  direct to
         preserve, the Collateral;

                  7.1.7 the  Lender  shall have the  rights  and  remedies  of a
         secured party under the UCC and other  applicable  laws, the choice and
         manner of exercise of any right or remedy  being in the  Lender's  sole
         discretion;  and  pursuant  thereto the Lender  shall have the right to
         foreclose  the  security  interest  granted  in any  Collateral  by any
         available  judicial procedure and to take possession of and sell any or
         all of the Collateral with or without judicial process;  the Lender may
         lease  or  otherwise  dispose  of  the  Collateral,  or  may  sell  the
         Collateral, or any part thereof, at public or private sale, at any time
         or place, in one or more sales, at such price or prices,  and upon such
         terms,  either for cash,  credit or future delivery,  as the Lender may
         elect,  and,  except  as to  that  part  of  the  Collateral  which  is
         perishable or threatens to decline steadily in value, or is of the type
         customarily  sold on a  recognized  market,  the Lender  shall give the
         Borrower reasonable notification of such sale or sales, it being agreed
         that in all events written notice mailed to the Borrower at least seven
         (7) days prior to such sale or sales is reasonable notification, and it
         is hereby  further  agreed  that at any public sale the Lender may (but
         shall have no  obligation  to) bid for and become the  purchaser of any
         Collateral;  the Borrower  hereby waives any and all rights it may have
         to  judicial  hearing  in  advance  of  the  enforcement  of any of the
         Lender's rights hereunder,  indicting  without  limitation the Lender's
         right to take immediate  possession of the  Collateral;  and the Lender
         may do any of the  foregoing or otherwise  deal with the  Collateral in
         its then  condition or following  such  preparation as the Lender deems
         advisable, with or without taking possession thereof;

                  7.1.8  the  Lender  shall  have  the  right  to  apply  to the
         Obligations  any deposits or other sums at any time  credited by or due
         from the Lender to the Borrower; and

                  7.1.9  the  Lender  may  treat  any or  all  of the  Financing
         Instruments  as  being in  default  and may  exercise  any  rights  and
         remedies thereunder as it shall deem appropriate.

         7.2 License.  The Borrower  hereby grants to the Lender a  nonexclusive
irrevocable license to use, apply, and affix any trademark, trade name, logo, or
the like in which the Borrower or any  Affiliate  now or  hereafter  has rights,
such license being granted in connection  with the completion of the manufacture
of Inventory or sale or other disposition of Inventory by Lender in the exercise
of its rights and remedies hereunder.






         7.3 No Duty of  Preservation;  Joint  Property.  The  Lender may at all
times  proceed  directly  against  the  Borrower  to enforce  the payment of the
Borrower's  Obligations  to the  Lender,  and shall not be  required to take any
action of any kind to preserve, collect upon or protect the rights of the Lender
in any Collateral obtained pursuant to the Financing  Instruments.  In the event
any Collateral,  or any Deposit  Account,  is held in joint or common names, the
Lender may deal with such Collateral,  or any Deposit Account,  for all purposes
hereunder, and under any or all of the Financing Instruments, as if belonging to
any one, and no more than one, of such joint or common owners.

         7.4 Cumulative Remedies. The enumeration of rights and remedies herein,
and in each of the Financing Instruments, shall be cumulative and not exclusive,
and shall be in addition  to, and shall not  exclusive  of, any other  rights or
remedies the Lender may have,  whether under the UCC or other applicable law, or
in equity,  or otherwise.  The Lender shall,  in its  discretion,  determine its
choice of rights and  remedies  and the order in which they shall be  exercised,
and whether or not, and which,  Collateral  is to be proceeded  against,  and in
which order. The exercise of any right or remedy shall not preclude the exercise
of others.

                                    SECTION 8

                               WAIVER; TERMINATION

         8.1  Waiver  By  the  Borrower.  The  Borrower  hereby  waives  demand,
presentment, protest and notice thereof with respect to any and all instruments,
notice of acceptance  hereof,  notice of Loan or advances made, credit extended,
Collateral received or delivered, or any other action taking in reliance herein,
and all other  notices  and demands of any kind  except as  expressly  set forth
herein.






         8.2 Lender's Option To Waive. The Lender may at its sole discretion, at
any time and from time to time,  waive  any of the  requirements  or  provisions
hereof,  or contained  within any of the Financing  Instruments,  or any default
hereunder  or under any of the  Financing  Instruments,  but only by an  express
written waiver signed by an authorized  officer of the Lender; no act other than
an express written  waiver,  nor any failure to act or delay by the Lender shall
constitute a waiver of any requirement or provision of, or any default under, or
any of the  Lender's  rights or remedies  under,  this  Agreement  or any of the
Financing  Instruments.  No  single  or  partial  waiver  by the  Lender  of any
provision of this Agreement or any of the Financing  Instruments,  or any breach
or  default  thereunder,  or of any right or remedy  which the  Lender may have,
shall  operate as a waiver of any other  provision,  breach,  default,  right or
remedy, nor of the same one on any future occasion.

                                    SECTION 9

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1 Deposits As  Collateral;  Set-Off.  Any and all  deposits,  Deposit
Accounts, and other sums at any time credited by or due to the Borrower from the
Lender or any of its  banking or lending  affiliates  or any lender  acting as a
participant under any loan arrangement between the Lender and the Borrower,  and
any cash, certificates of deposit, securities,  instruments, documents, policies
and certificates of insurance, goods, Accounts, choses in action, Chattel Paper,
and other  property  of the  Borrower  in the  possession  or control  of, or in
transit to or from, the Lender, or any of its banking or lending affiliates,  or
any lender acting as a participant under any loan arrangement between the Lender
and the Borrower,  or any third party acting on the Lender's behalf,  regardless
of the reason the  Lender,  or such other  party,  receives or is to receive the
same  (whether in pledge,  or for  safekeeping,  or as agent for  collection  or
transmission   or   otherwise)   and   regardless  of  whether  the  Lender  has
conditionally  released the same, shall at all times constitute security for any
and all  Obligations,  and may be applied or set off against such Obligations at
any time,  whether or not other  collateral  is available to the Lender.  Lender
shall have the  unrestricted  right from time to time to apply (or to change the
application  already  made of) proceeds of  Collateral  to any  Obligations,  as
Lender in its discretion may determine.

         9.2 Transfer of Collateral to Bank.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default,  the Lender may at any time thereafter transfer any securities or other
property  constituting  Collateral  into its own name or that of its nominee and
receive  the income  thereon and hold the same as security  for  Obligations  or
apply it to  principal  or interest due on  Obligations.  Insofar as  Collateral
shall  consist of  Accounts,  contract  rights,  other  claims and rights to the
payment of money,  insurance  policies,  instruments,  chattel  paper,  chose in
action or the like, the Lender may, without notice to or demand on the Borrower,
demand,  collect,  receipt  for,  settle,  compromise,  adjust,  use,  sue  for,
foreclosure or realize upon  Collateral as the Lender may determine,  whether or
not Obligations or Collateral are then due, and for the purpose of realizing the
Lender's rights  therein,  the Lender may receive and open mail addressed to the
Borrower  and  endorse  and/or  remove  notes,  checks,  drafts,  money  orders,
documents  of title or other  evidences  of payment,  shipment or storage or any
form of  Collateral or items which relate  directly to any of the  Collateral on
behalf of and in the name of the  Borrower.  All  contents of mail opened by the
Lender,  except for removal of Collateral  therefrom,  shall be forwarded to the
Borrower and the Lender  shall not  disclose  the contents  thereof to any other
party,  except Bank's  attorneys,  agents and  independent  contractors  who are
directly involved with the Lender's  relationship with the Borrower,  unless any
such contents relate directly to Collateral.  The powers conferred on the Lender
by this  subsection  are solely to protect the  interest of the Lender and shall
not impose any duties on the Lender to exercise any powers.

         9.3 No Duty To Preserve or Collect. The Lender shall have no duty as to
the collection or protection of the  Collateral  beyond the safe custody of such
of the  Collateral  as may come into  possession of the Lender and shall have no
duty as to the  preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights
pertaining  thereto.  The Lender's rights and remedies may be exercised  without
resort or regard to any other source of satisfaction of the Obligations.




         9.4   Survival  of   Covenants;   Binding   Effect.   All   agreements,
representations,   covenants  and  warranties  made  by  the  Borrower  in  this
Agreement,  the Financing  Instruments,  or in any certificate or other document
delivered to the Lender in connection  herewith shall survive the termination of
this  Agreement and survive the execution  and delivery of this  Agreement,  and
shall remain in full force and effect until all  Obligations  to the Lender have
been paid in full and  satisfied,  and the  security  interest,  lien and rights
granted to the Lender in any  Collateral  and its rights and remedies  hereunder
and under the  Financing  instruments  shall  continue  in full force and effect
notwithstanding  the fact that the  Borrower's  Line of Credit loan  account may
from time to time be in a zero or credit  position,  until all Obligations  have
been satisfied. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Financing
Instruments shall be binding upon and inure to and be enforceable by and against
the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

         9.5      Termination of Agreement.

                  9.5.1  This  Agreement  shall  terminate  upon the  final  and
         irrevocable payment in full by the Borrower of the Obligations, or upon
         acceleration  of  the  Obligations   pursuant  to  the  terms  of  this
         Agreement.

                  9.5.2 The  termination of this Agreement  shall not affect any
         rights of the  Borrower or the Lender  arising  prior to the  effective
         date of such termination, as the case may be, and the provisions hereof
         shall continue to be fully  operative  until all  transactions  entered
         into,  rights created or Obligations  incurred prior to such occurrence
         or  termination  shall  have  been  fully  disposed  of,  concluded  or
         liquidated.   Upon  termination  of  this  Agreement,  all  Obligations
         (including,  without  limitation,  the Loans)  shall be due and payable
         without  notice or demand.  The  security  interests,  liens and rights
         granted to the Lender  hereunder  and under any  instrument or document
         delivered  pursuant hereto or in connection  herewith shall continue in
         full  force  and  effect,   notwithstanding  the  termination  of  this
         Agreement  or the fact that the  Borrower's  Accounts  may from time to
         time be temporarily in a credit position,  until all of the Obligations
         have   been   paid  in  full   after  the   termination   hereof.   All
         representations,   warranties,   covenants,   waivers  and   agreements
         contained herein shall survive the termination  hereof unless otherwise
         provided.

         Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if after receipt of any payment of all
         or any part of the Obligations,  the Lender is for any reason compelled
         to surrender  such payment to any person or entity because such payment
         is  determined  to be void or voidable as a  preference,  impermissible
         setoff,  a  diversion  of trust  funds or for any  other  reason,  this
         Agreement shall continue in full force and the Borrower shall be liable
         to, and shall indemnify and hold the Lender harmless for, the amount of
         such payment  surrendered  until the Lender shall have been finally and
         irrevocably  paid in full.  The  provisions of the  foregoing  sentence
         shall be and remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which
         may have been taken by the Lender in reliance  upon such  payment,  and
         any such  contrary  action so taken shall be without  prejudice  to the
         Lender's  rights under this  Agreement and shall be deemed to have been
         conditioned upon such payment having become final and irrevocable.

         9.6 Conflict of Terms.  In the event of any  conflict or  contradiction
between or among any provision or provisions of this Agreement and any provision
or provisions of any of the other Financing Instruments,  the provisions of this
Agreement shall govern.

         9.7 Prior Discussions;  Amendments in Writing; Counterparts;  Filing As
Financing  Statement.   This  Agreement  and  all  other  Financing  Instruments
incorporate  all  discussions  and  negotiations  between the  Borrower  and the
Lender,  either express or implied,  concerning the matters  included herein and
therein,  any  custom  or  usage  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding.   No  such
discussions  or  negotiations  shall  limit,  modify,  or  otherwise  affect the





provisions  of the  Financing  Instruments.  This  Agreement  may be  amended or
modified only in writing  signed by the parties  hereto,  and in the case of the
Lender  signed by a duly  authorized  officer  thereof.  This  Agreement  may be
executed  in two or  more  counterparts,  each  of  which  shall  constitute  an
original,  but such  counterparts  together  shall  constitute  one and the same
instrument. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of
any financing statement executed to perfect the security interest created herein
may be filed as a  financing  statement  under  the UCC (or  under  the  Uniform
Commercial Code in effect in any jurisdiction outside Massachusetts).

         9.8 General  Indemnification.  The  Borrower  shall,  and does  hereby,
further  indemnify and save the Lender  harmless  from any and all  liabilities,
damages, costs, losses and expenses (including,  without limitation, court costs
and  attorney's  reasonable  fees and  expenses)  that the Lender may sustain or
incur by reason  of,  relating  to or  arising  out of the  preparation  of this
Agreement,  the  defending or  protecting  of any  Collateral or the priority of
Lender's interest therein, or in collecting or enforcing the Obligations,  or in
enforcing any of Lender's  rights or remedies,  or in the prosecution or defense
of any action or proceeding  concerning  any matter  growing out of or connected
with this Agreement, any of the Financing Instruments,  the Obligations,  or the
Collateral,  or on account of the Lender's  relationship with the Borrower (each
of which may be  defended,  compromised,  settled or pursued by the Lender  with
counsel of  Lender's  selection,  at expense  of the  Borrower)  except for such
claims which have been  determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction to have
arisen  out  of  the  Lender's  gross   negligence  or  bad  faith.  The  within
indemnification  shall survive  termination  of this  Agreement.  The Borrower's
obligations under this subsection  constitute part of the Obligations secured by
the  security  interest  created by this  Agreement  and by the other  Financing
Instruments.

         9.9  Destruction  of Documents;  Jurisdiction.  This  Agreement and all
other   Financing   Instruments,   may  be  reproduced  by  the  Lender  by  any
photographic,  photostatic,  microfilm,  or similar process,  and the Lender may
destroy  the  original  from  which any  document  was so  reproduced.  Any such
reproduction  shall be  admissible  in  evidence as the  original  itself in any
judicial  or  administrative  proceeding  (whether  or not  the  original  is in
existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of
business).  The Borrower  acknowledges  receipt of a true,  correct and complete
copy or counterpart of this Agreement.





         9.10 Notices.

                  9.10.1 All notices or demands  hereunder to the parties hereto
         shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been  sufficiently
         given for all purposes one business day after being sent by  recognized
         overnight  delivery service for next day delivery service,  on the same
         business day if delivered by hand and three  business  days after being
         sent by United States mail,  certified mail return  receipt  requested,
         first class,  postage  prepaid,  and  addressed to the parties at their
         respective  Notice  Addresses  set  forth  above,   together  with  the
         following additions: (a) for the Lender, "Attention: Commercial Banking
         Group" and (b) for the  Borrower,  "Attention:  Richard T.  Schumacher,
         President".  Either  of the  parties  may  change  its  Notice  Address
         hereunder  by  giving  notice  of such  change  to the  other  party in
         accordance with the provisions of this subsection.

                  9.10.2  Notwithstanding  any provision herein to the contrary,
         the  Borrower  agrees that the failure or delay by the Lender in giving
         any  notice  or  statement  hereunder,  or any  inaccuracy  therein  or
         incompleteness  thereof,  shall  not in any way  alter  or  affect  the
         absolute  and  unconditional  obligation  of the  Borrower  to pay  and
         perform in full the  Obligations,  but any action taken or not taken by
         the Borrower as a direct result of such lack or delay of notice,  or of
         the Borrower's good faith reliance upon a material  inaccuracy  therein
         or the material  incompleteness  thereof, as the case may be, shall not
         in of itself, and to the extent thereof, constitute an Event of Default
         hereunder,  so long as the Borrower does not otherwise  have or receive
         notice or  knowledge  of the  material  contents or  substance  of such
         notice, or of the inaccuracy or incompleteness thereof, as the case may
         be, and the Borrower acts at all times in good faith.

         9.11 Application of Proceeds.  The proceeds of any collection,  sale or
disposition  of the  Collateral,  or of any other payments  received  hereunder,
shall be applied  toward the  Obligations in such order and manner as the Lender
determines in its sole discretion,  any statute (the application of which may be
waived  or  modified   by   agreement),   customs  or  usage  to  the   contrary
notwithstanding.  The  Borrower  shall  remain  liable  to the  Lender  for  any
deficiency remaining following such application.

         9.12  Continuance  of  Defaults.  As  used  herein,  and  in any of the
Financing Instruments, upon any and each occurrence of an Event of Default, such
Event of Default  shall be deemed to  continue  until  cured by the  Borrower in
accordance  with this Agreement (and the applicable  provisions of the Financing
Instruments,  as the case may be), and until such time as the Borrower  requests
and receives from the Lender the Lender's written acknowledgment that such Event
of  Default  (as  specified  in the  request)  has been  cured  and is no longer
continuing,  which acknowledgment the Lender shall not unreasonably  withhold or
delay.

         9.13  Severability.  If any  provision of this  Agreement or any of the
Financing  Instruments,  or any portion of such  provision,  or the  application
thereof to any person or  circumstance,  shall to any extent be held  invalid or
unenforceable,  the remainder of this Agreement and the Financing Instruments or
the remainder of such provision and the application  thereof to other persons or
circumstances (other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable)
shall not be affected  thereby,  and each term and  provision  hereof and of the
Financing  Instruments  shall  be  valid  and  enforced  to the  fullest  extent
permitted by law. To the extent  permitted by law, the parties  hereto waive any
provision of law which renders any such provision prohibited or unenforceable in
any respect.

         9.14  Headings.  Headings  appearing in this Agreement are intended for
convenience only and do not constitute and shall not be interpreted to be a part
of this Agreement.

         9.15 Governing Law; Sealed  Instrument.  This Agreement is executed and
delivered in The  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts,  and for all purposes shall be
construed in  accordance  with and governed by the laws of The  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts,  and shall  take  effect  as a sealed  instrument.  The  Borrower
submits



itself to the  jurisdiction of the Courts of The  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts
for all purposes with respect to this Agreement and the Borrower's  relationship
with the Lender.

         9.16 Force Majeure.  The Lender shall not be responsible  for delays or
failures in  performance  hereunder  resulting  from causes  beyond its control,
including without  limitation,  acts of God, strikes,  lockouts,  riots, acts of
war,  governmental   regulations,   fire,  communication  line  failures,  power
failures, earthquakes or other disasters.

         9.17  Interpretation  of  Agreement.   Should  any  provision  of  this
Agreement  or  the  other  Financing   Instruments  require   interpretation  or
construction,  it is agreed by the parties hereto that the court, administrative
body, or other entity  interpreting  or construing  this  Agreement or the other
Financing  Instruments shall not apply a presumption that the provisions thereof
shall be more  strictly  construed  against  one  party by reason of the rule of
construction  that a document is to be construed more strictly against the party
who itself or through its agents  prepared  the same,  it being  agreed that the
parties and/or their respective  attorneys and agents have fully participated in
the  preparation  of all  provisions of this  Agreement and the other  Financing
Instruments.




         EXECUTED  as an  instrument  under  seal as of the day and  year  first
stated above.

                                         Borrower:

Signed in the presence of:               BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.


______________________________           By:_________________________________
Witness                                  Kevin W. Quinlan, Treasurer, hereunto
                                         duly authorized


                                         BTRL CONTRACTS AND SERVICES, INC.


                                         By:_________________________________
                                                Kevin W. Quinlan, Treasurer,
                                                hereunto duly authorized


                                         BBI-NORTH AMERICAN CLINICAL
                                         LABORATORIES, INC.


                                         By:_________________________________
                                                Kevin W. Quinlan, Treasurer,
                                                hereunto duly authorized

                                         Lender:

                                         THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON


                                         By:_________________________________
                                                Roger F. Allard
Vice President/Director






                                  EXHIBIT 1.4.1


              Appraisal conducted by Frank Ronne & Associates dated
                  August 9, 1994 of BBI, BTRL and NACL Eligible
                                Equipment is held
                              in the Lender's files









                                   EXHIBIT 1.8

                       TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN
                             AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


1)    Contract Number:     263-MQ-519321-1

      Issued By:           National Cancer Institute, NIH

      Contracting
      Officer:             Ms. Patricia Haun

      Description:         LN2 Freezer Maintenance Contract (#108)

      Disbursing
      Officer:             Chief, Contracts Section, FAAB, Division of
                           Financial Mgmt. Bldg. 31, Rm. B1B05A,
                           9000 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, MD 20892

      Sureties:            N/A



2)    Contract Number:     NO1-CP-33060

      Issued By:           Cancer Etiology Contracts Section, NCI, NIH

      Contracting
      Officer:             Nancy E. Coleman

      Description:         Repository for Cancer Study (#115)

      Disbursing
      Officer:             Chief, Contracts Section, FAAB, Division of
                           Financial Mgmt. Bldg. 31, Rm. B1B05A,
                           9000 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, MD 20892

      Sureties:            N/A



3)    Contract Number:     2-R44-AI29224

      Issued By:           National Institute of Allergy &
                           Infectious Diseases, NIH

      Contracting
      Officer:             Todd Ball, Grants Mgmt. Officer, GMB, DEA-NIAID

      Description:         Lyme PCR (#117)

      Disbursing
      

      Officer:             Ms. Jessilynn Elliott, Division of Payment
                           Management, P.O. Box
                           6021, Rockville, MD 20852

      Sureties:            N/A



4)    Grant Number:        5-RO1-AI-33066 (NIH, NIAID)
      Subcontract No.:     5-50257

      Issued By:           University of North Carolina

      Contracting
      Officer:             Ms. Carol Alderson, NIAID Contract Specialist

      Description:         Plant Anti-HIV Drug Testing (#112)

      Disbursing
      Officer:             Mary Fedash, Chief, Contracts Section, FAAB, Div. of
                           Financial Mgmt. Bldg. Rm. B1B05A,
                           9000 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, MD 20892

      Sureties:            N/A



5)    Contract Number:     N01-HD-33183

      Issued By:           NICHD, NIH

      Contracting
      Officer:             Harvey Shifrin

      Description:         Repository for PAMA Studies (116)

      Disbursing
      Officer:             Chief, Contracts Section, FAAB, Division of
                           Financial Mgmt. Bldg. 31, Rm. B1B05A,
                           9000 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, MD 20892

      Sureties:            N/A



6)    Contract Number:     1 R43 HL54370

      Issued By:           National Heart, Lung & Blood Institute, NIH

      Contracting Officer: Jane R. Davis, Section Grants Mgmt. Officer, GOB








      Description:         Multiplex PCR (#120)

      Disbursing
      Officer:             Ms. Mary S. Reid, Division of Financial
                           Management, NIH
                           Building 31, Room B1B11, Bethesda, MD 20892

      Sureties:            N/A



7)    Contract Number:     N01-HD-5-3232

      Issued By:           NICHD, NIH

      Contracting Officer: Ms. Mya Hlaing

      Description:         Repository for MFMU Studies (122)

      Disbursing
      Officer:             Chief, Contracts Section, FAAB, Division of
                           Financial Mgmt. Bldg. 31, Rm. B1B05A,
                           9000 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, MD 20892

      Sureties:            N/A



8)    Contract Number:     263-00045134-03-BPA/G

      Issued By:           NIH, PHS, DHHS

      Contracting Officer: Bill Ainsworth
      Description:         NIH BPA

      Disbursing
      Officer:             Accounts Payable Section, DFM, Bldg. 31,
                           Rm. B1B39

      Sureties:            N/A

9)    Contract Number:     FDA 001273-00-95-00 00

      Issued By:           FDA, Supply Contracts Section, HFA-513

      Contracting
      Officer:             Donald W. Broome

      Description:         FDA BPA







      Disbursing
      Officer:             DHHS/FDS/Commercial Accts., 5600 Fishers    Lane,
                           HFA-122, Rockville, MD 20857

      Sureties:            N/A



10)   Contract Number:     DAMD17-94-A-4011 (BPA)

      Issued By:           U.S. Army Medical Research Acquisition Activity

      Contracting
      Officer:             Herman F. Willis, Jr.

      Description:         Army BPA

      Disbursing
      Officer:             Finance & Accounting Office, Bldg. 810,
                           Fort Detrick, MD 21702-5000

      Sureties:            N/A






11)   Contract Number:     N01-AI-42902 (MAA)

      Issued By:           National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Disease,
NIH

      Contracting
      Officer:             Toni A. Kuhn

      Description:         NIAID Master Agreement

      Disbursing
      Officer:             Chief, Contracts Section, FAAB, Division of
                           Financial Mgmt. Bldg. 31, Rm. B1B05A,
                           9000 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, MD 20892

      Sureties:            N/A






                                  EXHIBIT 3.2.1

                               LOCK BOX AGREEMENT


      This Lock Box  Agreement  (the  "Agreement"),  dated as of this ___ day of
________ , 199_ , by and between  ______________  , a Massachusetts  corporation
("________"), and THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON (the "Lender").  Capitalized
terms used without  definition  shall have the  meanings  given them in the Loan
Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

      WHEREAS,  the Lender has entered into a Second  Amended and Restated  Loan
and Security Agreement with Boston Biomedica, Inc., BTRL Contracts and Services,
Inc.  and  BBI - North  American  Clinical  Laboratories,  Inc.  (together,  the
"Borrower") dated as of August 2, 1995 (the "Loan Agreement")  pursuant to which
the  Borrower has granted the Lender a security  interest  in,  inter alia,  its
present and future Eligible Accounts and proceeds thereof; and

      WHEREAS,  the Loan Agreement provides that all collections and proceeds of
such  Eligible  Accounts  shall be remitted in kind to the Lender in  accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement and the Loan Agreement.

      NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and other  good and
valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

      1. Post  Office  Box.  The Lender has rented a Post  Office Box (the "Lock
Box") at the post  office  located  at , in the name of for the  benefit  of the
Lender under  United  States Post Office Box No. . hereby  authorizes  Lender to
date and deliver the executed  Notice to Postmaster to the Post Office  attached
hereto as Exhibit A. __________ hereby  represents,  warrants and covenants that
all customers of have been instructed to mail their  remittances to the Lock Box
in accordance with the terms of the Loan  Agreement.  In the event that receives
any such remittances, shall promptly deliver such remittances to the Lender.

      2.  Access to Contents of Lock Box.  The Lender  will have  exclusive  and
unrestricted  access  to the Lock  Box and  will  have  complete  and  exclusive
authority  to receive,  pick up and open all regular,  registered,  certified or
insured mail  addressed  to at the Lock Box.  Such mail will be picked up by the
Lender at the same time as its own mail is collected throughout the working day.

      3. Remittance  Collection.  The Lender will open all mail addressed to the
Lock Box and will remove and inspect the  enclosures.  All checks,  money orders
and  other  forms or  orders  for the  payment  of money  and  other  collection
remittances  (hereinafter   collectively  referred  to  as  "checks")  shall  be
processed by the Lender as follows:

               (a) Missing Date.  All undated checks will be dated by the Lender
      as of the date of receipt and processed as hereafter provided.

               (b)  Postdated.  Checks  postdated  two days from date of receipt
      will be processed on the date of receipt.  Checks  postdated three days or
      more from the date of receipt  will be processed on the date of receipt in
      the absence of notice of a specific  agreement  between  ________  and the
      Lender in which case the Lender will consult with ___________ .

               (c) Stale Date. Checks dated six months or more prior to the date
      of collection will be deposited on the date of receipt.








               (d) Differing Amounts.  Where written and numeric amounts differ,
      a check will be  processed  by the Lender in  accordance  with the written
      amount.

               (e)  Signature  Missing.  Checks  which do not bear the  drawer's
      signature  will be deposited  and  processed by affixing a notice  thereto
      requesting that the drawee Lender contact the drawer thereof for authority
      to pay thereunder.

               (f)  Alterations and  Restrictions.  The Lender will consult with
      __________   regarding   checks  with   alterations   and  checks  bearing
      restrictive  notations  such as those  marked  "Payment in Full",  and the
      Lender will either deposit such checks or return them to the maker.

               (g) Foreign  Currency.  Checks drawn in foreign  currency will be
      processed  in  accordance  with the  Lender's  normal  procedure  for such
      checks.

      4.  Processing  of  Acceptable  Checks.  All  checks,   except  those  not
acceptable for deposit under the terms of this Agreement,  shall be deposited on
the day of  receipt  by the  Lender to  Account  _______________  , and shall be
endorsed as follows:

      CREDIT TO THE ACCOUNT OF THE WITHIN NAMED PAYEE.  PAYMENT ACCEPTED WITHOUT
      PREJUDICE. ABSENCE OF ENDORSEMENT GUARANTEED. WORCESTER COUNTY INSTITUTION
      FOR SAVINGS.

      __________________ agrees to indemnify the Lender from and against any and
all  losses,   costs  and  expenses  incurred  by  it  which  result  from  such
endorsement.

      All  remittances,   advices,  envelopes  and  written  matter  (except  as
expressly  provided herein) received in the Lock Box shall be sent by the Lender
to  ____________ . On each day on which there is a deposit to said account,  the
Lender shall send by telecopier to a detailed analysis of the check amount,  the
check  number and the invoices  being paid,  and the Lender shall mail a monthly
statement of account to ______________.

      5. Returned  Checks.  Checks  deposited in said account which are returned
unpaid because of insufficient  or uncollected  funds will be redeposited by the
Lender only once. If redeposit is not warranted because payment has been stopped
on the  check or  because  the  account  on which  the  check was drawn has been
closed,  or if a check is  returned a second  time,  the Lender will charge said
account and send a debit advice with the item to ____.

      6.  Remittances  Received by _______.  will forward to the Lock Box on the
day received any remittances which are sent directly to ____.

      7. Record  Maintenance.  All deposited checks will be microfilmed on front
and back by the  Lender and  retained  for seven  years by the  Lender  prior to
destruction thereof.

      8.  Lender  Charges.  All  charges  of the Lender  for  services  rendered
pursuant to this Agreement shall be debited to ______'s account.

      9.  Force  Majeure.  The  Lender  shall not be  responsible  for delays or
failures in  performance  hereunder  resulting  from causes  beyond its control,
including without  limitation,  acts of God, strikes,  lockouts,  riots, acts of
war,  governmental   regulations,   fire,  communication  line  failures,  power
failures, earthquakes or other disasters.

      10. Term.  This  Agreement  shall  continue in full force and effect until
termination by the Lender in accordance with the Loan Agreement or prior written
notice to _____.








      11. Modification.  This Agreement may be modified only by a writing signed
by all of the parties hereto.

      12.  Addresses.  All  notices,  including  phone  notices,  daily  deposit
advices,  monthly  statements  of  account  and  copies  of all  checks  and the
documents  which are to be given or sent hereunder  shall be sent as provided in
the Loan Agreement and, where applicable, given at the following phone numbers:


      If to the Lender: The First National Bank of Boston
                                  ATTN: Roger F. Allard, Vice President/Director
                                        (508) 770-7125

      If to the Borrower:        ________________________________
                                  ATTN: Kevin J. Quinlan, Chief
                                        Financial Officer
                                        (508) 580-1900

      13.  Jurisdiction.  This  Agreement  shall be  governed by the laws of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the date and year first above written.

                                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON



                                       By:
                                          ---------------------------           
                                          Roger F. Allard
                                          Vice President/Director





                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------
                                          Kevin W. Quinlan, Treasurer








                                    EXHIBIT A



                                  ____________




                                   DATE __________, 199



Postmaster
Worcester, Massachusetts


Dear Sir/Madam:

        We request and  authorize  that you rent to The First  National  Bank of
Boston  ("FNBB") a post office box in our name and to grant  representatives  of
FNBB  unrestricted  access to the post  office  box for the  removal of any mail
placed therein.




                                                    ______________


                                                    By:____________________
                                                    Name:  Kevin W. Quinlan
                                                    Title: Treasurer











                               EXHIBIT 4.2.15 (A)


                         [FORM OF COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT]



         This Collateral  Assignment (the  "Assignment") is made this ___ day of
_______, 19___ by _____________________________________________, a Massachusetts
corporation      having     a     principal     place     of     business     at
_________________________________          (the          "Assignor")          to
____________________________,  a Massachusetts  bank having a principal place of
business at _____________________________________________ (the "Assignee").

         This  Assignment  is  executed  and  delivered  by the  Assignor to the
Assignee     pursuant     to    and    in     furtherance     of    a    certain
_____________________________________  executed and delivered by the Assignor to
the Assignee dated _____________________ (the "Loan Agreement").

         FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  and other good and  valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the Assignor  does
hereby  transfer,  assign,  convey,  set over and deliver to the Assignee all of
Assignor's rights, title and interests in and to all moneys due or to become due
under the contracts listed on Schedule A attached hereto and incorporated herein
by reference  and entered into by and between the Assignor and the United States
of  America  and  amendments  thereof  and  supplements  thereto  heretofore  or
hereafter made (the "Contracts").

         This  Assignment  shall be deemed to  include,  and the  Assignor  does
hereby  assign to the  Assignee  all moneys due or to become due to the Assignor
from the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA,  under any letter of intent, letter of award,
acceptance of bid or proposal, other contract, order,  authorization to commence
performance,  communication or instruction  received by the Assignor relative to
or in anticipation  of said  Contracts,  including said Contracts in their final
definitive form and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto, all of which
shall be included in the term "Contracts" as herein used. Assignor warrants that
the  property  purported  to be  assigned  hereby  is  assignable  by it to  the
Assignee,  that it has full  right to make this  Assignment  and that it has not
made any prior assignment of the Contracts or of any moneys due or to become due
thereunder.  Assignor will execute and deliver such further  instruments  and do
such  further  acts as the  Assignee  may  request or as shall be  necessary  or
desirable  for the  further  assurance  of the  Assignee of the moneys due or to
become due from the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA under the  Contracts,  will deliver
and transfer to the Assignee  upon request all books,  correspondence  and other
papers  appropriate  to verify or  substantiate  such moneys,  and will give the
Assignee all  reasonable  assistance in collecting  such.  Assignor will hold in
trust  for the  Assignee  all  such  moneys  hereafter  received  by it and will
forthwith  transmit  the  same in  specie  (after  first  making  any  necessary
endorsements) to the Assignee.

         This  Assignment is executed in accordance  with the  provisions of the
Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 as amended.

         The Assignee is authorized  and shall be entitled to do in its name, or
in the name of the Assignor,  all things with  reference to the moneys due under
the  Contracts  or any of them  and  hereby  assigned  under  the  terms of this
instrument,  that the  Assignor  might have done but for this  Assignment.  Such
include, without limitation, the following:

         1.   To  receive,  collect (by suit or  otherwise)  and receipt for the
              payment of all moneys due or  hereafter to become due under any of
              the Contracts;

         2.   To  endorse  in the name of the  Assignor  any  checks  or  drafts
              payable to the  Assignor  which shall be  collected or received on
              account  of or in  payment  of  any  moneys  due  or  which  shall
              hereafter become due under the terms of any of the Contracts;








         3.   To settle,  adjust and  compromise  all present and future  claims
              arising  out of any of the moneys due or  hereafter  to become due
              under the terms of the Contracts or any of them, without liability
              except for its own wilful malfeasance in connection therewith.


                  [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]








         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Assignor  has caused this  instrument  to be
executed  and  delivered  in its  name  and on its  behalf  by an  officer  duly
authorized, as an instrument under seal, as of the date first written above.

ATTEST:                             ASSIGNOR:

                                    _____________________________


________________________   By: ______________________________
Clerk/Assistant Clerk
                            Its: ____________________

                            [AFFIX CORPORATE SEAL OR
                            ATTACH CERTIFIED COPY OF
                         BOARD OF DIRECTORS' RESOLUTION
                        AUTHORIZING EXECUTION BY SIGNOR]



                          COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

___________________, ss.                             Date:  __________________

         Then personally appeared the above named  ________________________  who
being  by  me  duly   sworn,   said   that  he  is  the   _________________   of
_______________________  the corporation  described above and which executed the
foregoing  instrument,  and  that  he is  duly  authorized  to so  execute  said
instrument as aforesaid, before me.

                                            ----------------------------
                                            Notary Public
                                            My Commission Expires:








                                   SCHEDULE A

TO COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT BETWEEN ___________________________ AND 
______________________________________________



1)    Contract Number:

      Issued By:

      Contracting
      Officer:

      Disbursing
      Officer:



2)    Contract Number:

      Issued By:

      Contracting
      Officer:

      Disbursing
      Officer:













                               EXHIBIT 4.2.15 (B)

                    [FORM OF NOTICE OF COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT]




Certified Mail                                            Date: _________, 199__
Return Receipt Requested
Receipt No. __________________



________________________                               ________________________
________________________                               ________________________
________________________                               ________________________
                       
ATTN: ____________                                     ATTN:___________________
(CONTRACTING OFFICER OR
DISBURSING OFFICER OR DESIGNATED
AGENCY HEAD IN THE CONTRACT
TO MAKE PAYMENT)


      Re:      NOTICE OF ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS as more particularly  described
               on  Schedule A attached  hereto  (hereinafter  referred to as the
               "Contracts")  made  by  _________________________________________
               with  BTRL   Contracts  and  Services,   Inc.,  a   Massachusetts
               corporation  with a  principal  place  of  business  at 375  West
               Street,  West  Bridgewater,  MA  02379  (hereinafter  called  the
               "Corporation")

Dear Sir/Madam:

      Please  take  notice  that  all of the  Corporation's  rights,  title  and
interest  in and to all monies  due or to become  due under the  above-described
Contracts,  including all amendments thereof and supplements thereto,  have been
assigned to The First  National Bank of Boston having a principal  office at 100
Front Street,  Worcester,  MA 01608 (hereinafter  called "FNBB") pursuant to the
provisions of the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended,  31 U.S.C. 3727,
41 U.S.C. 15 (the "Act").

      A true copy of the instrument of assignment executed by the Corporation as
Contractor on / / is attached to this notice.

      Pursuant to the Act, we advise you that:

      1.       FNBB is a Massachusetts bank;

      2.       The assignment covers all amounts payable to the Corporation 
under the Contracts which have not already been paid;

      3.       The assignment has been made to FNBB and no part thereof has been
made to any other parties; and

      4.       No further assignment has been made.









      The copy of the  Contracts we have reviewed does not indicate any sureties
with respect to the Contracts. We would appreciate your confirming this fact or,
if such is not the case,  please supply us with appropriate  names and addresses
of all  sureties  with  respect to the  Contracts,  so that they can be notified
under the Act.

      The Contracts  also indicate that payment will be made by the  "disbursing
officer" as defined under the Act unless you advise us further below.

      All payments due or to become due on the Contracts  should be made payable
to: FNBB,  and should be mailed to: 100 Front Street,  Worcester,  MA 01615-0073
Attention: Commercial Banking Group.

      Please return to the  undersigned the three enclosed copies of this Notice
with the  appropriate  notations  (showing  the date  and hour of  receipt,  and
confirming the above information concerning sureties and disbursing officer) and
duly signed by the  addressee or person  acknowledging  receipt on behalf of the
addressee,  to: First National Bank of Boston, 100 Front Street,  Worcester,  MA
01608, Attention: Commercial Banking Group.









      If you have any  questions or problems,  please  contact the  undersigned.
Thank you for your cooperation.

                                           Very truly yours,

                                           FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON

                                           By: _______________________________
                                              (Signature of Signing Officer)

                                           Its: _______________________________
                                               (Title of Signing Officer)

                                                100 Front Street
                                                Worcester, MA 01615-0073
                                                Address of Assignee


                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT

      The addressee  designated above hereby  acknowledges  receipt of the above
Notice of Assignment of Contracts and of a copy of the  instrument of assignment
attached hereto at _______, __m. on ________________, 19___.

                                                ----------------------------
                                                Title: ________________________
 
                                                ON BEHALF OF:

                                                ----------------------------









                                  EXHIBIT 5.2.1




A.    OPERATING CASH FLOW ("OCF")

      Add:     1.          Earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT)
               2.          Depreciation and Amortization
               3.          Non-cash related and other
      Less:    4.          Cash taxes
               5.          Capital Expenditures (CAPEX)                         
               6.          OCF                                                  

B.    ADJUSTMENTS TO OCF ("Adjusted OCF")

      Add:     7.          Net Equity Raised (1)
               8.          Financed Capex (2)                                   
               9.          Adjusted OCF                                         

C.    TOTAL DEBT SERVICE ("TDS")

               1.          Interest Expense
               2.          Current Maturities of Long Term Debt (CMLTD)         
               3.          TDS                                                  


Adjusted OCF/TDS = Debt Service Ratio




      Note:
      (1)    Net equity raised is less any equity used to finance acquisitions.
      (2)    Financed Capex is bank/lease debt used to offset capital purchases.








 
                                                                       EXECUTION


                 FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

      This First  Amendment  to Second  Amended and  Restated  Loan and Security
Agreement  (this  "Agreement")  is dated as of December ___, 1995, and is by and
among BOSTON  BIOMEDICA,  INC.,  ("BBI"),  BTRL  CONTRACTS  AND  SERVICES,  INC.
("BTRL") and BBI - NORTH AMERICAN CLINICAL LABORATORIES, INC., formerly known as
NORTH AMERICAN LABORATORY GROUP, INC. ("NACL"), each of which is a Massachusetts
corporation  validly  created,  legally  existing and in good standing under the
laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  and each of which has its  "Notice
Address" at 375 West Street,  West Bridgewater,  Massachusetts  02379 (BBI, BTRL
and NACL, together with their successors and assigns, are collectively  referred
to herein as the "Borrower")  and THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON,  a national
banking   association   having  an  office  and  "Notice  Address"  at  Bank  of
Boston-Worcester   Tower,   P.O.  Box  15073,   100  Front  Street,   Worcester,
Massachusetts   01608-1438  (together  with  its  successors  and  assigns,  the
"Lender").

      WHEREAS,  the  Borrower  and the  Lender are  parties to a certain  Second
Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the "Loan Agreement") dated as
of August 2, 1995 (the Loan  Agreement,  together  with any other  documents and
instruments  executed  and  delivered  in  connection  therewith or securing the
payment and performance obligations of the Borrower thereunder shall be referred
to collectively as the "BBI Commercial Financing Documents"); and

      WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lender extend to the Borrower
and the Lender has  agreed to so extend a loan (the "Real  Estate  Loan") in the
original amount of $750,000 to finance BBI's  acquisition of two parcels of real
property with the improvements thereon known as and numbered 375 West Street and
80 Manley Street, West Bridgewater,  Plymouth County, Massachusetts (referred to
together as the "Property"); and

      WHEREAS, the Real Estate Loan is to be evidenced by a Term Promissory Note
given by the Borrower to the Lender in the original principal amount of the Real
Estate Loan and a Real Estate Loan Agreement, which is, in turn, secured in part
by two certain  Mortgage,  Financing  Statement  and  Security  Agreements,  two
certain  Assignments  of  Rents  and  Leases  and  two  certain  Assignments  of
Agreements,  Permits  and  Rights,  each with  respect to the  Property,  and an
Environmental  Indemnification  (the foregoing documents referred to together as
the "Real Estate Loan Documents"); and

      WHEREAS,  the Lender is willing to extend the Real  Estate  Loan to or for
the benefit of the Borrower in accordance with the terms of the Real Estate Loan
Documents  only if the  Borrower  agrees to amend the Loan  Agreement to provide
that (i) the payment and performance  obligations of the Borrower under the Real
Estate  Loan  Documents  are  "Obligations"  under  the  Loan  Agreement,  which
Obligations are secured, in part, by the BBI Commercial  Financing Documents and
in part by the Real Estate Loan Documents,  and (ii) the occurrence of any Event
of Default,  as defined in the Real Estate Loan Documents,  shall  constitute an
Event of Default under the Loan Agreement and the other BBI Commercial Financing
Documents;









      NOW,  THEREFORE,  in order to induce the Lender to extend the Real  Estate
Loan and to grant  certain  other  financial  accommodations,  all to or for the
benefit of the Borrower,  and in  consideration  thereof and in consideration of
the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

      1. Definitions. Terms not otherwise specifically defined in this Agreement
shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement or in the
Real Estate Loan Documents.

      2. Amendments to the Loan Agreement.  The Loan Agreement is hereby amended
as follows:

               A.  Section  2.1  Amounts  and Types of Loans;  Notes  Evidencing
        Loans.  The word "and" at the end of subsection 2.1.3 is hereby deleted.
        The period at the end of subsection  2.1.4 is hereby deleted and "; and"
        substituted therefor.  The following subsection 2.1.5 is hereby added at
        the end of Section 2.1:

                       2.1.5 a term  loan in the  original  principal  amount of
                Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($750,000) (the "$750,000
                Real  Estate  Term  Loan"),  evidenced  by the  Borrower's  Term
                Promissory  Note (the  "$750,000  Term Note") dated December 11,
                1995 in the face amount of the full principal thereof.

        and the  sentence  in  parentheses  at the end of Section  2.1 is hereby
        deleted and the following substituted therefor:

                (The Line of Credit Note,  the Amended and  Restated  Term Note,
                the $200,000 Term Note,  the $350,000 Term Note and the $750,000
                Term Note may each be referred  to as a "Note" and  collectively
                as the "Notes".

               B.  Section  2.5 Use of  Proceeds.  The word  "and" at the end of
        subsection 2.5.3 is hereby deleted.  The period at the end of subsection
        2.5.4 is hereby deleted and ";and" substituted  therefor.  The following
        subsection 2.5.5 is hereby added at the end of Section 2.5:

                       2.5.5 with respect to the $750,000 Real Estate Term Loan,
                advances up to the full amount of the $750,000  Real Estate Term
                Loan shall be made to acquire two parcels of real  estate,  with
                the buildings and other improvements thereon,  known as 375 West
                Street and 80 Manley  Street,  West  Bridgewater,  Massachusetts
                (together, the "Property") as more particularly described in the
                Mortgages.

               C. Section 3.1 Granting  Clause;  Desription of  Collateral.  The
        word "and" at the end of subsection 3.1.10 is hereby deleted. The period
        at the end of subsection 3.1.11 is hereby deleted and ";and" substituted
        therefor.  The following subsection 3.1.12 is hereby added at the end of
        Section 3.1:

                       3.1.12  The "Mortgaged Estate" as defined in the 
                Mortgages.




                                      -2-




               D.  Section  6.4.  The phrase "or any  Financing  Instrument"  is
        hereby  added after the word  "Agreement"  in the second line of Section
        6.4.

      2.  Ratification  and  Confirmation  of  Representations,   Covenants  and
Warranties.  In order to induce  the Lender to enter  into this  Agreement,  the
Borrower  hereby  ratifies  and  confirms  all  representations,  covenants  and
warranties contained in the Loan Agreement and all other Financing  Instruments,
and the  Borrower  hereby  restates  all  such  representations,  covenants  and
warranties as of the date of this Agreement.

      3. Incorporation of Agreement into the Loan Agreement. Except as expressly
amended hereby,  the Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect, and
all  references  to the  Loan  Agreement  in any  of the  Financing  Instruments
hereafter shall mean the Loan Agreement as amended by this Agreement.

      4. Counterpart Execution.  To facilitate execution,  this Agreement may be
executed in as many counterparts as may be convenient or required.  It shall not
be necessary  that the  signature and  acknowledgment  of, or on behalf of, each
party, or that the signature and  acknowledgment of all persons required to bind
any party,  appear on each  counterpart.  All  counterparts  shall  collectively
constitute  a single  instrument.  It shall not be  necessary in making proof of
this  Agreement  to  produce  or  account  for more  than a  single  counterpart
containing the respective  signatures  and  acknowledgment  of, or on behalf of,
each of the parties hereto.




                                      -3-






   EXECUTED AS A SEALED INSTRUMENT as of the day and year first stated above.

                                                     BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.



__________________________ By:_______________________________
Witness as to Borrower                            Richard T. Schumacher
                                                  President
                                                  Hereunto duly authorized


                                               BTRL CONTRACTS AND SERVICES,
                                                          INC.


                                               By:__________________________
                                                  Richard T. Schumacher
                                                  President
                                                  Hereunto duly authorized

                                               BBI - NORTH AMERICAN CLINICAL
                                               LABORATORIES, INC.


                                               By:__________________________
                                                  Richard T. Schumacher
                                                  President
                                                  Hereunto duly authorized

                                               
                                               THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON



                                               By:_________________________     
Witness as to Lender                              Roger F. Allard
                                                  Vice President/Director
                                                  Hereunto duly authorized




PABOS:SCS:201888_2




                                      -4-






                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.19
                            INDEMNIFICATION CONTRACT
                            ------------------------


        This Agreement,  made and entered into as of this __ day of ___________,
1996  ("Agreement"),  by and between  BOSTON  BIOMEDICA,  INC., a  Massachusetts
corporation (the "Company"), and ( ) (the "Indemnitee").

        WHEREAS,  highly competent  persons are becoming more reluctant to serve
corporations  as  directors,  officers  or in other  capacities  unless they are
provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate  indemnification
against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their
service to and activities on behalf of the corporation; and

        WHEREAS,  the current  impracticability  of obtaining adequate insurance
and the uncertainties  relating to indemnification have increased the difficulty
of attracting and retaining such persons; and

        WHEREAS,  it is  reasonable,  prudent  and  necessary  for  the  Company
contractually to obligate itself to indemnify such persons to the fullest extent
permitted  by  applicable  law so that they will serve or  continue to serve the
Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

        WHEREAS,  Indemnitee is willing to serve,  continue to serve and to take
on  additional  service  for or on behalf of the Company on the  condition  that
Indemnitee be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted.

        NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises  and the  covenants
contained  herein,  the Company and  Indemnitee do hereby  covenant and agree as
follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions
                                   -----------

        For  purposes  of this  Agreement  the  following  terms  shall have the
meanings indicated:

        1.01    "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

        1.02 "Corporate Status" describes the status of a person who is or was a
director,  officer,  employee,  agent, trustee or fiduciary of the Company or of
any other corporation,  partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan
or other  Enterprise  which such person is or was serving at the express written
request of the Company.

        1.03 "Court" means the court in which the Proceeding in respect of which
indemnification  is sought by the  Indemnitee  shall  have  been  brought  or is
pending,  or another  court  having  subject  matter  jurisdiction  and personal
jurisdiction over the parties.






        1.04 "Disinterested Director" means a director of the Company who is not
and was not a party to the  Proceeding  in respect of which  indemnification  is
sought by Indemnitee.

        1.05  "Enterprise"  shall mean the  Company  and any other  corporation,
partnership,  joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of
which Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company
as a director, officer, employee, agent, trustee or fiduciary.

        1.06  "Expenses"  shall  include,  without  limitation,  all  reasonable
attorneys' fees,  retainers,  court costs,  transcript  costs,  fees of experts,
witness fees, travel expenses,  duplicating  costs,  printing and binding costs,
telephone  charges,  postage,  delivery  service  fees,  facsimile  transmission
charges,  and all other  disbursements  or  expenses  of the  types  customarily
incurred in connection with  prosecuting,  defending,  preparing to prosecute or
defend, investigating or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

        1.07 "Good Faith" shall mean  Indemnitee  having acted in good faith and
in a manner Indemnitee  reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Company or, in the case of an  Enterprise  which is an employee
benefit plan, the best interests of the  participants or  beneficiaries  of said
plan, as the case may be, and, with respect to any Proceeding  which is criminal
in nature,  having had no reasonable cause to believe  Indemnitee's  conduct was
unlawful.

        1.08 "Improper  Personal Benefit" shall include,  but not be limited to,
the  personal  gain  in fact by  reason  of a  person's  Corporate  Status  of a
financial profit,  monies or other advantage not also accruing to the benefit of
the Company or to the stockholders generally and which is unrelated to his usual
compensation including,  but not limited to, (i) in exchange for the exercise of
influence  over the  Company's  affairs,  (ii) as a result of the  diversion  of
corporate  opportunity,  or  (iii)  pursuant  to  the  use or  communication  of
confidential  or inside  information for the purpose of generating a profit from
trading in the Company's  securities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  "Improper
Personal Benefit" shall not include any benefit, directly or indirectly, related
to actions taken in order to evaluate,  discourage, resist, prevent or negotiate
any  transaction  with or proposal from any person or entity seeking control of,
or a controlling interest in, the Company.

        1.09 "Independent  Counsel" means a law firm, or a member of a law firm,
that is experienced  in matters of corporation  law and may include law firms or
members  thereof  that are  regularly  retained by the Company but not any other
party to the Proceeding  giving rise to a claim for  indemnification  hereunder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the term "Independent Counsel" shall not include
any person who, under the standards of professional  conduct then prevailing and
applicable  to such counsel,  would have a conflict of interest in  representing
either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine  Indemnitee's  rights
under this Agreement.

        1.10  "Officer"  means  the  president,   vice  presidents,   treasurer,
assistant treasurer(s), clerk, assistant clerk and such other executive officers
as  are  appointed  by the  board  of  directors  of the  Company  or any  other
Enterprise, as the case may be.

        1.11  "Proceeding"  includes any action,  suit,  arbitration,  alternate
dispute resolution  mechanism,  investigation  (including any internal corporate
investigation),  administrative  hearing  or any  other  actual,  threatened  or
completed proceeding, whether civil, criminal,  administrative or


                                      -2-


investigative,  other than one  initiated  by  Indemnitee.  For  purposes of the
foregoing sentence, a "Proceeding" shall not be deemed to have been initiated by
Indemnitee where Indemnitee  seeks,  pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement,
to enforce Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                Term of Agreement
                                -----------------

        This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (i)
ten (10) years  after the date that  Indemnitee  shall have ceased to serve as a
director,  officer,  employee,  agent, trustee or fiduciary of the Company or of
any other Enterprise;  or (ii) the final termination of all pending  Proceedings
in  respect  of  which  Indemnitee  is  granted  rights  of  indemnification  or
advancement of expenses hereunder and of any proceeding  commenced by Indemnitee
pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement relating thereto.

                                   ARTICLE III

                  Services by Indemnitee, Notice of Proceedings
                  ---------------------------------------------

        3.01  Services.  Indemnitee  agrees to serve or  continue  to serve as a
Director  or  Officer  of the  Company  for so  long as he is  duly  elected  or
appointed.  Indemnitee  may at any  time and for any  reason  resign  from  such
position (subject to any other contractual  obligation or any obligation imposed
by operation of law).

        3.02  Notice of  Proceeding.  Indemnitee  agrees  promptly to notify the
Company in writing  upon being  served  with any  summons,  citation,  subpoena,
complaint, indictment,  information or other document relating to any Proceeding
or matter which may be subject to  indemnification  or  advancement  of Expenses
covered  hereunder,  but the omission so to notify the Company shall not relieve
the Company from its obligations hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 Indemnification
                                 ---------------

        4.01 In General.  In connection with any  Proceeding,  the Company shall
indemnify  and  advance  Expenses  to  Indemnitee  serving as a Director  of the
Company, and may, at the discretion of the Board, indemnify and advance Expenses
to  Indemnitee  serving  as an  Officer  of the  Company,  as  provided  in this
Agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the
date hereof and to such greater extent as applicable law may hereafter from time
to time permit.

        4.02  Proceedings  Other  Than  Proceedings  by or in the  Right  of the
Company.  Indemnitee shall be entitled,  subject to Section 4.01 hereof,  to the
rights  of  indemnification  provided  in this  Section  4.02 if,  by  reason of
Indemnitee's  Corporate  Status,  Indemnitee  is, or is threatened to be made, a
party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding,  other than a Proceeding by
or in the right of the  Company.  Indemnitee  shall be  indemnified,  subject to
Section 4.01 hereof, against Expenses,  judgments,  penalties, fines and amounts
paid in  settlement,  actually


                                      -3-


and reasonably  incurred by Indemnitee or on  Indemnitee's  behalf in connection
with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein,  if Indemnitee acted
in Good Faith and such  Indemnitee  has not been  adjudged  during the course of
such  Proceeding  to  have  derived  an  Improper   Personal  Benefit  from  the
transaction or occurrence forming the basis of such Proceeding.

        4.03    Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company.

        (a) Indemnitee shall be entitled, subject to Section 4.01 hereof, to the
rights  of  indemnification  provided  in this  Section  4.03 if,  by  reason of
Indemnitee's  Corporate  Status,  Indemnitee  is, or is threatened to be made, a
party to or is otherwise  involved in any Proceeding  brought by or in the right
of the  Company  to  procure  a  judgment  in its  favor.  Indemnitee  shall  be
indemnified,  subject to  Section  4.01  hereof,  against  Expenses,  judgments,
penalties,  and amounts paid in settlement,  actually and reasonably incurred by
Indemnitee  or on  Indemnitee's  behalf in  connection  with such  Proceeding if
Indemnitee  acted in Good Faith and such Indemnitee has not been adjudged during
the course of such Proceeding to have derived an Improper  Personal Benefit from
the   transaction   or  occurrence   forming  the  basis  of  such   Proceeding.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  no such indemnification shall be made in respect
of any claim,  issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which  Indemnitee  shall
have been adjudged to be liable to the Company if applicable  law prohibits such
indemnification;   provided,  however,  that,  if  applicable  law  so  permits,
indemnification  shall  nevertheless be made by the Company in such event if and
only to the extent  that the Court  which is  considering  the  matter  shall so
determine.

        4.04  Indemnification  of a Party Who is  Wholly  or Partly  Successful.
Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  Agreement,  to the  extent  that
Indemnitee  is, by reason of  Indemnitee's  Corporate  Status,  a party to or is
otherwise  involved in and is  successful,  on the merits or  otherwise,  in any
Proceeding,  Indemnitee shall be indemnified, subject to Section 4.01 hereof, to
the maximum extent permitted by law, against all Expenses, judgments, penalties,
fines,  and amounts  paid in  settlement,  actually and  reasonably  incurred by
Indemnitee or on Indemnitee's behalf in connection  therewith.  If Indemnitee is
not wholly  successful in such  Proceeding but is  successful,  on the merits or
otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such
Proceeding,  the Company  shall  indemnify  Indemnitee,  subject to Section 4.01
hereof, to the maximum extent permitted by law, against all Expenses, judgments,
penalties,  fines,  and amounts  paid in  settlement,  actually  and  reasonably
incurred  by  Indemnitee  or on  Indemnitee's  behalf  in  connection  with each
successfully  resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 4.04
and without limitation,  the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a
Proceeding  by  dismissal,  with or without  prejudice,  shall be deemed to be a
successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

        4.05  Indemnification  for  Expenses of a Witness.  Notwithstanding  any
other provision of this  Agreement,  to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason
of Indemnitee's Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding,  Indemnitee shall
be indemnified,  subject to Section 4.01 hereof,  against all Expenses  actually
and reasonably  incurred by Indemnitee or on  Indemnitee's  behalf in connection
therewith.


                                    ARTICLE V


                                      -4-



                             Advancement of Expenses
                             -----------------------

        Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in Article VI, the Company
(acting  through the  President  or any Vice  President  of the  Company)  shall
advance all  reasonable  Expenses  which,  by reason of  Indemnitee's  Corporate
Status, were incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee serving as a Director of the
Company in  connection  with any  Proceeding,  within thirty (30) days after the
receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from  Indemnitee  requesting
such advance or advances,  whether prior to or after final  disposition  of such
Proceeding.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  to the contrary in Article VI, the
Company (acting through the President or any Vice President of the Company) may,
at the discretion of the Board, advance all reasonable Expenses which, by reason
of Indemnitee's  Corporate  Status,  were incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee
serving as an Officer of the Company in connection with any  Proceeding,  within
thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement  or  statements
from Indemnitee  requesting such advance or advances,  whether prior to or after
final  disposition  of such  Proceeding.  Such  statement  or  statements  shall
reasonably  evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be
preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay
any  Expenses  if it shall  ultimately  be  determined  that  Indemnitee  is not
entitled to be indemnified  against such Expenses.  Any advance and undertakings
to repay  pursuant  to this  Article V shall be  unsecured  and  interest  free.
Advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Article V made to an Indemnitee serving
as a  Director  of the  Company  shall  not  require  approval  of the  Board of
Directors or the  stockholders  of the Company,  or of any other person or body.
The Clerk of the  Company  shall  promptly  advise  the Board in  writing of the
request for  advancement  of  Expenses,  of the amount and other  details of the
advance and of the undertaking to make repayment pursuant to this Article V.


                                   ARTICLE VI

  Procedures for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification and Defense of
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Claims
                                     ------

        6.01 Initial  Request.  To obtain  indemnification  under this Agreement
(other than  advancement of Expenses  pursuant to Article V),  Indemnitee  shall
submit to the Company a written  request,  including  therein or therewith  such
documentation  and  information as is reasonably  available to Indemnitee and is
reasonable  necessary  to  determine  whether and to what extent  Indemnitee  is
entitled to indemnification.  The Clerk of the Company shall promptly advise the
Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

        6.02 Method of Determination. A determination (if required by applicable
law  in  the  specific  case)  with  respect  to  Indemnitee's   entitlement  to
indemnification  shall be made (a) by the Board by a  majority  vote of a quorum
consisting of Disinterested  Directors, or (b) in the event that a quorum of the
Board  consisting  of  Disinterested  Directors  is not  obtainable  or, even if
obtainable,  such quorum of Disinterested  Directors so directs,  by Independent
Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to
Indemnitee,  or (c) by the holders of a majority of the votes of the outstanding
stock at the time entitled to vote on matters other than the election or removal
of  directors,  voting as a single  class,  including  the stock of the  Covered
Person seeking indemnification.




                                      -5-


        6.03 Selection, Payment, Discharge, of Independent Counsel. In the event
the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent
Counsel  pursuant to Section 6.02 of this  Agreement,  the  Independent  Counsel
shall be selected, paid, and discharged in the following manner:

                (a)      The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board,
                         and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee
                         advising  Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent
                         Counsel so selected.

                (b)      Following the initial selection described in clause (a)
                         of this Section 6.03,  Indemnitee may, within seven (7)
                         days after such written  notice of  selection  has been
                         given,  deliver to the Company a written  objection  to
                         such selection.  Such objection may be asserted only on
                         the ground  that the  Independent  Counsel so  selected
                         does not meet the requirements of "Independent Counsel"
                         as defined in Section 1.10 of this  Agreement,  and the
                         objection  shall  set  forth  with   particularity  the
                         factual  basis of such  assertion.  Absent a proper and
                         timely  objection,  the person so selected shall act as
                         Independent Counsel. If such written objection is made,
                         the  Independent  Counsel so selected  may not serve as
                         Independent  Counsel  unless  and  until  a  court  has
                         determined that such objection is without merit.

                (c)      Either the Company or  Indemnitee  may petition a Court
                         if  the  parties  have  been  unable  to  agree  on the
                         selection of  Independent  Counsel  within  twenty (20)
                         days  after  submission  by  Indemnitee  of  a  written
                         request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6.01 of
                         this   Agreement.   Such   petition   may   request   a
                         determination  whether  an  objection  to  the  party's
                         selection is without merit and/or seek the  appointment
                         as  Independent  Counsel  of a person  selected  by the
                         Court  or by  such  other  person  as the  Court  shall
                         designate.   A  person  so   appointed   shall  act  as
                         Independent   Counsel   under   Section  6.02  of  this
                         Agreement.

                (d)      The Company  shall pay any and all  reasonable  fees of
                         Independent  Counsel  and  expenses  incurred  by  such
                         Independent  Counsel in connection with acting pursuant
                         to  this  Agreement,  and  the  Company  shall  pay all
                         reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures
                         of this Section 6.03, regardless of the manner in which
                         such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

                (e)      Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or
                         arbitration pursuant to Section 8.02 of this Agreement,
                         Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of
                         any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to
                         the applicable  standards of professional  conduct then
                         prevailing).

        6.04 Cooperation. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or
entity making the  determination  with respect to  Indemnitee's  entitlement  to
indemnification  under  this  Agreement,  including  providing  to such  person,
persons  or  entity  upon  reasonable   advance  request  any  documentation  or
information  which is not privileged or otherwise  protected from


                                      -6-


disclosure  and which is  reasonably  available  to  Indemnitee  and  reasonably
necessary to such  determination.  Any costs or expenses  (including  attorneys'
fees and  disbursements)  incurred  by  Indemnitee  in so  cooperating  with the
person,  persons  or  entity  making  such  determination  shall be borne by the
Company  (irrespective of the  determination  as to Indemnitee's  entitlement to
indemnification)   and  the  Company  hereby  indemnifies  and  agrees  to  hold
Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

        6.05  Defense  of  Claim.  With  respect  to  any  Proceeding  to  which
Indemnitee shall have requested indemnification in accordance with Section 6.01:

                (a)      The  Company  will be entitled  to  participate  in the
                         defense at its own expense.

                (b)      Except as otherwise provided below, the Company jointly
                         with any other  indemnifying  party will be entitled to
                         assume the defense with counsel reasonably satisfactory
                         to  Indemnitee.  After  notice  from the Company to the
                         Indemnitee  of its  election to assume the defense of a
                         suit,  the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee
                         under this  Agreement  for any legal or other  expenses
                         subsequently  incurred by the  Indemnitee in connection
                         with  the   defense  of  the   Proceeding   other  than
                         reasonable  costs  of  investigation  or  as  otherwise
                         provided below.  The Indemnitee shall have the right to
                         employ his own counsel in such  Proceeding but the fees
                         and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from
                         the Company of its  assumption  of the defense shall be
                         at  the  expense  of  the  Indemnitee  unless  (i)  the
                         employment  of  counsel  by  the  Indemnitee  has  been
                         authorized by the Company,  (ii) the  Indemnitee  shall
                         have concluded  reasonably that there may be a conflict
                         of interest  between the Company and the  Indemnitee in
                         the  conduct  of the  defense  of such  action and such
                         conclusion  is  confirmed  in writing by the  Company's
                         outside counsel regularly  employed by it in connection
                         with  corporate  matters or (iii) the Company shall not
                         in fact have employed  counsel to assume the defense of
                         such  Proceeding,  in each of which  cases the fees and
                         expenses  of  counsel  shall be at the  expense  of the
                         Company.  The  Company  shall not be entitled to assume
                         the  defense  of any  Proceeding  brought  by or in the
                         right  of the  Company  or as to which  the  Indemnitee
                         shall  have made the  conclusion  provided  for in (ii)
                         above and such conclusion  shall have been so confirmed
                         by the Company's said outside counsel.

                (c)      Notwithstanding  any provision of this Agreement to the
                         contrary,  the Company shall not be liable to indemnify
                         the  Indemnitee  under this Article of any amounts paid
                         in  settlement  of any  Proceeding  or  claim  effected
                         without its  written  consent.  The  Company  shall not
                         settle  any  Proceeding  or claim in any  manner  which
                         would    impose    any    penalty,     limitation    or
                         disqualification  of the  Indemnitee  for  any  purpose
                         without the Indemnitee's  written consent.  Neither the
                         Company nor the Indemnitee will  unreasonably  withhold
                         their consent to any proposed settlement.



                                      -7-



        6.06  Payment.  If it is  determined  that  Indemnitee  is  entitled  to
indemnification  not covered by defense of the claim afforded under Section 6.05
above,  payment  to  Indemnitee  shall be made  within  ten (10) days after such
determination.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                 Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings
                 ----------------------------------------------

        7.01  Burden  of  Proof.  In  making a  determination  with  respect  to
entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making
such determination  shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification
under this Agreement if Indemnitee  has submitted a request for  indemnification
in accordance  with Section 6.01 of this  Agreement,  and the Company shall have
the burden of proof to overcome that  presumption in connection  with the making
by  any  person,  persons  or  entity  of any  determination  contrary  to  that
presumption.

        7.02 Effect of Other  Proceedings.  The termination of any Proceeding or
of any  claim,  issue or matter  therein,  by  judgment,  order,  settlement  or
conviction,  or upon a plea of guilty or of nolo  contendere or its  equivalent,
shall not (except as otherwise  expressly  provided in this Agreement) of itself
adversely  affect  the  right  of  Indemnitee  to  indemnification  or  create a
presumption that Indemnitee did not act in Good Faith.

        7.03 Reliance as Safe Harbor.  For purposes of any determination of Good
Faith,  Indemnitee  shall be deemed to have acted in Good Faith if  Indemnitee's
action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise,  including
financial  statements,  or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the Officers
of the  Enterprise  in the  course of their  duties,  or on the  advice of legal
counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to
the Enterprise by an independent  certified public accountant or by an appraiser
or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise.  The provisions
of this  Section 7.03 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way
the other  circumstances  in which the  Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

        7.04 Actions of Others. The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act,
of  any  Director,  Officer,  employee,  agent,  trustee  or  fiduciary  of  the
Enterprise  shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of  determining  the
right to indemnification under this Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                             Remedies of Indemnitee
                             ----------------------

        8.01  Application.  This  Article  VIII  shall  apply in the  event of a
Dispute.  For  purposes  of  this  Article,  "Dispute",  shall  mean  any of the
following events:

                (a)      a determination  is made pursuant to Article VI of this
                         Agreement   that   Indemnitee   is  not   entitled   to
                         indemnification under this Agreement;



                                      -8-


                (b)      advancement  of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to
                         Article V of this Agreement;

                (c)      the determination of entitlement to be made pursuant to
                         Section 6.02 of this Agreement has not been made within
                         sixty  (60) days after  receipt  by the  Company of the
                         request for indemnification;

                (d)      payment  of  indemnification  is not made  pursuant  to
                         Section  4.05 of this  Agreement  within  ten (10) days
                         after  receipt  by the  Company  of a  written  request
                         therefor; or

                (e)      notice of election by the Company to assume  defense of
                         a claim as provided  for in Section  6.05 or payment of
                         indemnification,  as the case may be,  is not  given or
                         made  within  ten (10) days after a  determination  has
                         been   made   that    Indemnitee    is    entitled   to
                         indemnification or such determination is deemed to have
                         been made pursuant to Article VI of this Agreement.

        8.02  Adjudication.  In the  event  of a  Dispute,  Indemnitee  shall be
entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate Court of Indemnitee's  entitlement
to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses.  Alternatively,  Indemnitee,
at  Indemnitee's  option,  may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a
single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association.
Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in
arbitration  within one hundred  eighty (180) days  following  the date on which
Indemnitee  first has the right to  commence  such  proceeding  pursuant to this
Section 8.02. The Company shall not oppose  Indemnitee's  right to seek any such
adjudication or award in arbitration.

        8.03 De Novo Review.  In the event that a determination  shall have been
made pursuant to Article VI of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to
indemnification,  any judicial  proceeding or arbitration  commenced pursuant to
this Article  VIII shall be  conducted  in all  respects as a de novo trial,  or
arbitration,  on the merits and Indemnitee  shall not be prejudiced by reason of
that adverse determination.  In any such proceeding or arbitration,  the Company
shall  have  the  burden  of  proving  that   Indemnitee   is  not  entitled  to
indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

        8.04 Company Bound. If a determination shall have been made or deemed to
have been made  pursuant  to Article VI of this  Agreement  that  Indemnitee  is
entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in
any judicial  proceeding or arbitration  absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee
of a material  fact,  or any  omission  of a  material  fact  necessary  to make
Indemnitee's statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request
for  indemnification,  or  (ii) a  prohibition  of  such  indemnification  under
applicable law.

        8.05 Procedures  Valid. The Company shall be precluded from asserting in
any judicial  proceeding or arbitration  commenced pursuant to this Article VIII
that the procedures and  presumptions  of this Agreement are not valid,  binding
and  enforceable  and  shall  stipulate  in any such  court or  before  any such
arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.



                                      -9-



        8.06 Expenses of Adjudication. In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to
this Article VIII,  seeks a judicial  adjudication of or an award in arbitration
to enforce  Indemnitee's rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this
Agreement,  Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company,  and shall
be  indemnified  by the  Company  against,  any and all  expenses  (of the types
described  in the  definition  of  Expenses in Section  1.08 of this  Agreement)
actually  and  reasonably   incurred  by  Indemnitee  in  such  adjudication  or
arbitration,  but only if Indemnitee prevails therein. If it shall be determined
in such  adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part
but not all of the  indemnification  or  advancement  of  Expenses  sought,  the
expenses  incurred  by  Indemnitee  in  connection  with  such  adjudication  or
arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                     Non-Exclusivity, Insurance, Subrogation
                     ---------------------------------------

        9.01  Non-Exclusivity.  The  rights of  indemnification  and to  receive
advancement  of  Expenses  as  provided  by this  Agreement  shall not be deemed
exclusive  of any other rights to which  Indemnitee  may at any time be entitled
under  applicable law, the Amended and Restated  Articles of  Organization,  the
By-Laws, any agreement, a vote of shareholders or a resolution of directors,  or
otherwise. No amendment, alteration, rescission or replacement of this Agreement
or any provision  hereof shall be effective as to Indemnitee with respect to any
action taken or omitted by such  Indemnitee  in  Indemnitee's  Corporate  Status
prior to such amendment, alteration, rescission or replacement.

        9.02 Insurance. The Company may maintain an insurance policy or policies
against liability arising out of this Agreement or otherwise.

        9.03 Subrogation.  In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the
Company  shall be  subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights
of recovery of  Indemnitee,  who shall execute all papers  required and take all
action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as
are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

        9.04 No Duplicative  Payment. The Company shall not be liable under this
Agreement to make any payment of amounts  otherwise  indemnifiable  hereunder if
and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise  actually  received such payment
under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.


                                    ARTICLE X

                               General Provisions
                               ------------------



                                      -10-



        10.01  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding upon the
Company  and its  successors  and  assigns  and shall  inure to the  benefit  of
Indemnitee  and  Indemnitee's  legal   representatives,   heirs,  executors  and
administrators.

        10.02  Severability.  If any provision or  provisions of this  Agreement
shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:

                  (a)    the  validity,   legality  and  enforceability  of  the
                         remaining   provisions  of  this  Agreement  (including
                         without limitation, each portion of any Section of this
                         Agreement  containing  any  such  provision  held to be
                         invalid,  illegal or unenforceable,  that is not itself
                         invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way
                         be affected or impaired thereby; and

                  (b)    to the fullest extent possible,  the provisions of this
                         Agreement (including,  without limitation, each portion
                         of any Section of this  Agreement  containing  any such
                         provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
                         that is not itself invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable)
                         shall be  construed  so as to give effect to the intent
                         manifested  by the provision  held invalid,  illegal or
                         unenforceable.

        10.03 No Adequate  Remedy.  The parties declare that it is impossible to
measure in money the damages  which will  accrue to either  party by reason of a
failure to perform any of the obligations  under this Agreement.  Therefore,  if
either party shall  institute any action or proceeding to enforce the provisions
hereof,  such party  against whom such action or  proceeding  is brought  hereby
waives the claim or defense  that such party has an adequate  remedy at law, and
such party shall not urge in any such action or proceeding  the claim or defense
that the other party has an adequate remedy at law.

        10.04  Headings.  The headings of the  paragraphs of this  Agreement are
inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this
Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

        10.05 Modification and Waiver. No supplement,  modification or amendment
of this  Agreement  shall be binding  unless  executed in writing by both of the
parties  hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement  shall be
deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other  provisions  hereof (whether or
not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

        10.06 Notices. All notices,  requests,  demands and other communications
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i)
delivered  by hand and  receipted  for by the party to whom said notice or other
communication  shall  have  been  directed,  (ii)  sent  by  prepaid  commercial
overnight courier,  or (iii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage
prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

      If to Indemnitee, to:         As shown with Indemnitee's
                                    Signature below.

      If to the Company, to:        BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.



                                      -11-


                                    375 West Street
                                    West Bridgewater, Massachusetts 02379
                                    Attention:  Richard T. Schumacher, President

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company
or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

        10.07  Governing  Law. The parties  agree that this  Agreement  shall be
governed by, and  construed  and enforced in  accordance  with,  the laws of the
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  without  application  of the  conflict  of laws
principles thereof.



                                      -12-


        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the __ day of ________, 1996.

                                            BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC.


                                            By: ___________________________
                                                Richard T. Schumacher, President


                                           INDEMNITEE


                                           -------------------------------
                                           Name:

                                           Address:  _______________________
                                                     _______________________
                                                     _______________________

                                                                 EXHIBIT 11 

BOSTON BIOMEDICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
              STATEMENT RE COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 
                                                -----------------------        ------------------------- 
                                             1993        1994        1995         1995          1996 
                                             ----        ----        ----         ----          ---- 
<S>                                        <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING: 
Average common stock outstanding           2,402,534   2,551,946   2,569,641    2,562,398     2,625,241 
Net effect of dilutive common stock 
  equivalents -- based on treasury stock 
  method using average market price           --          --         548,542       --           623,044 
Issuance of "cheap stock"                     77,117      77,117      74,013       77,117        17,826 
                                              ------      ------      ------       ------        ------ 
Weighted average common and common 
  equivalent shares outstanding            2,479,651   2,629,063   3,192,196    2,639,515     3,266,111 
                                           =========   =========   =========    =========     ========= 
ADJUSTED NET INCOME: 
Income before extraordinary item              92,586      96,528     102,990      (36,156)       82,869 
Extraordinary item -- gain on elimination 
  of debt, net of income taxes                49,736      --          --           --            -- 
                                              ------      ------     -------       ------        ------
Net income                                   142,322      96,528     102,990      (36,156)       82,869 
Add: net reduction of interest on debt, less 
  40% taxes based on adjusted treasury stock 
  method                                          --      --          27,258       --            20,894 
                                             -------      ------     -------      -------       -------
Adjusted net income for earnings per share 
  calculation                                142,322      96,528     130,248      (36,156)      103,763 
                                             =======      ======     =======      =======       ======= 
Income (loss) per share                         0.06        0.04        0.04        (0.01)        0.03 
                                                ====        ====        ====        =====         ==== 
</TABLE>

  

                                                                      Exhibit 21

                         Subsidiaries of the Registrant

      Name                             Jurisdiction of Organization
      ----                             ----------------------------



BBI -- North American Clinical
  Laboratories, Inc.                        Massachusetts

BTRL Contracts and Services, Inc.
  (d/b/a Biotech Research Laboratories)     Massachusetts  






                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

     This is the form of the consent which will be issued upon  effectiveness of
the  common  stock  split  described  in the first  paragraph  of Note 11 to the
financial statements.

                                            COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P. 

Boston, Massachusetts 
August 23, 1996 

                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS 

    We consent to the  inclusion in this  registration  statement on Form S-1 to
issue shares of Common Stock of our reports  dated March 12, 1996,  except as to
the  information  in the  first  paragraph  of Note 11,  for  which  the date is
September  [ ], 1996 on our audits of the  financial  statements  and  financial
statement schedule of Boston Biomedica,  Inc. and Subsidiaries.  We also consent
to  the  references  to our  firm  under  the  captions  "Selected  Consolidated
Financial Data" and "Experts."

Boston, Massachusetts 



                       See Notes to Financial Statements


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
This  Schedule  contains  summary  financial   information  extracted  from  the
Company's audited financial  statements for the year ended December 31, 1995 and
the Company's unaudited  financial  statements for the six months ended June 30,
1996 and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                                            <C>               <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                  YEAR              6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1995       DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1995       Jan-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1995       JUN-01-1996
<CASH>                                         11,463            10,548
<SECURITIES>                                   0                 0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  3,218,242         2,999,980
<ALLOWANCES>                                   142,372           133,579
<INVENTORY>                                    3,676,851         3,865,219
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               7,129,149         7,250,352
<PP&E>                                         4,026,668         4,301,587
<DEPRECIATION>                                 1,411,686         1,676,470
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 9,928,373         10,047,283
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          2,300,215         2,753,251
<BONDS>                                        4,215,501         2,797,581
                          3,330,948         3,332,217
                                    0                 0
<COMMON>                                       0                 0
<OTHER-SE>                                     (144,000)         0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   9,928,373         10,047,283
<SALES>                                        6,621,631         3,945,759
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               12,270,730        6,928,383
<CGS>                                          7,731,866         4,256,443
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  3,850,234         2,288,211
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               0                 0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               181,084           77,145
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             335,899           168,469
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                171,647           138,115
<INCOME-TAX>                                   68,657            55,246
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            102,990           82,869
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0                 0
<CHANGES>                                      0                 0
<NET-INCOME>                                   102,990           82,869
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  .04               .03
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  .04               .03
                                                                 

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission